Skip to main content

Full text of "The atoll of Funafuti, Ellice group: its zoology, botany, ethnology, and general structure based on collections made by Mr. Charles Hedley, of the Australian museum, Sydney, N.S.W"

See other formats 


AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM,  SYDNEY, 


MEMOIK  III. 


THE 

ATOLL     OF    FUNAFUTI, 

ELLICE   GROUP: 

ITS  ZOOLOGY,  BOTANY,  ETHNOLOGY,  AND 
GENERAL  STRUCTURE 

BASED   ON    COLLECTIONS    MADE   BY 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 

SYDNEY,    N.S.W. 


PUBLISHED  BY  ORDER  OF  THE  TRUSTEES. 
R.  ETHERZDGE,  Junr.,  Curator. 

SYDNEY,  1896-97. 


INTRODUCTORY   NOTE. 


THE  Local  Committee  of  the  "  Funafuti  Coral  Reef  Boring 
Expedition,  of  the  Royal  Society  "  (London),  in  charge  of 
Prof.  Sollas,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  having  suggested  to  the  Trustees 
of  the  Australian  Museum  that  one  of  their  Officers  should  be 
deputed  to  accompany  the  Expedition,  Mr.  Charles  Hedley  was 
selected  for  the  purpose. 

Mr.  Hedley  left  Sydney  in  H.M.S.  "Penguin,"  under  the 
command  of  Capt.  Mervyn  Field,  R.N.,  on  May  1st,  arriving  at 
Funafuti  on  May  21st.  He  remained  on  the  island  for  two  and 
a  half  months,  leaving  in  the  same  vessel.  On  the  return  voyage 
to  Fiji,  the  Island  of  Nukulailai  was  touched  at,  where  scientific 
investigations  were  renewed  for  two  days.  Mr.  Hedley  finally 
reached  Sydney  on  August  22nd. 

During  his  stay  on  Funafuti,  Mr.  Hedley  succeeded  in  amassing 
an  interesting  collection,  particularly  of  Invertebrate  and  Ethno- 
logical objects,  together  with  much  valuable  scientific  information. 
The  collections  are  now  in  process  of  description  by  the  Scientific 
Staff  of  the  Museum,  and  the  results  are  being  published  in  the 
order  in  which  the  study  of  the  various  groups  is  completed. 

A  brief  account  of  the  results  of  the  boring  operations  at 
Funafuti,  extracted  from  Prof.  Sollas'  letters,  will  be  found  in 
"Nature"  of  24th  Sept.,  1896,  p.  517. 


R.  ETHERIDGE,  Junr., 

Curator. 


Sydney,  21st  December,  1896. 


AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM,  SYDNEY. 


MEMOIR  III. 


THE 

ATOLL    OF    FUNAFUTI, 

ELLICE  GROUP: 

ITS  ZOOLOGY,  BOTANY,  ETHNOLOGY,  AND 
GENERAL  STRUCTURE 

BASED   ON    COLLECTIONS    MADE   BY 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 
SYDNEY,   N.S.W. 


PUBLISHED  BY  ORDER  OF  THE  TRUSTEES. 
R.  ETHERIDGE,  Junr.,  J.P.,  Curator. 

SYDNEY,   1896-1900. 


DU 


M 


Part  I.    Published  21st  December,  1893. 

Page.        Plate. 
Introductory  Note          ...         ...         1 

I.    General  Account  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti.  By 

Charles  Hedley        1 

II.    Eock    Specimens    from    Funafuti.      By    T. 

Cooksey        ...         ...         ...       73 

III.     Aves  from  Funafuti.     By  A.  J.  North  ...       79 


Part  n.    Published  25th  February,  1897. 
IV.     The  Insect  Fauna.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow         ...       89  i. 

V.  The  Arachnidan  Fauna.  By  W.  J.  Eainbow  105  ii.  -  v. 
VI.  The  Crustacea  By  Thomas  Whitelegge  ...  .127  vi. -vii. 
VII.  The  Echinodermata.  By  Thomas  Whitelegge  155 

Part  HI.    Published  12th  July,  1897. 

VIII.     The    Mammals,    Reptiles,    and     Fishes     of 

Funafuti.     By  Edgar  R.  Waite 165  viii. 

IX.     The  Enteropneusta  of  Funafuti,  Part  I.     By 

Jas  P.  Hill 203  ix. 

X.    The  Alcyonaria    of  Funafuti,    Part   I.     By 

Thomas  Whitelegge          211        x.-xii. 


Part  IV.    Published  27th  September,  1897. 

XI.    The  Ethnology  of    Funafuti.     By    Charles 

Hedley          227    xiii.-xv. 


Part  V.    Published  17th  November,  1897. 

XII.    The  Alcyonaria    of  Funafuti,   Part  2.     By 

Thomas  Whitelegge  307  xvi.-xvii. 

XIII.  The    Sponges    of    Funafuti.      By    Thomas 

Whitelegge 323  xviii. 

XIV.  The  Enteropneusta  of  Funafuti,  Part  2.     By 

Jas.  P.  Hill    .,  .     336xix.-xxii. 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Part  VI.    Published  21st  February,  1898. 

Page.        Plate. 
XV.    The  Madreporaria  of  Funafuti.    By  Thomas 

Whitelegge 349 


Part  VII.    Published  6th  March,  1899. 

XVI.  The  Hydrozoa,  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa  and 
Vermes.  By  Thomas  Whitelegge  and 
James  P.  Hill  369  xxiii. 

XVII.     TheMolluscaof  Funafuti,  Parti.    By  Charles 

Hedley          395         xxvii. 


Part  VIII.    Published  3rd  July,  1899. 

XVIII.    The  Mollusca  of  Funafuti,  Part  II.  By  Charles 

Hedley  489 

XIX.     Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti 511 


Part  IX.    Published  7th  August,  1899. 

XX.     The  Fishes  of  Funafuti   (Supplement).     By 

Edgar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S 539 

XXI.    The  Mollusca  of  Funafuti  (Supplement).     By 

Charles  Hedley       547 


Part  X.    Published  16th  May,  1900. 
Title  Page,  Contents,  and  Index        571 


LIST    OF   THE    CONTRIBUTOR. 


Cooksey,  Thomas—  Page 

Rock  Specimens 73 

Etheridge,  B.,  Junr.— 

Introductory  Note            ...         ...         ...         ...  I. 

Medley,  Charles- 
General  Account  of  the  Atoll 1 

The  Ethnology      227 

The  Mollusca,  Part  1 395 

The  Mollusca,  Part  II 489 

The  Mollusca  (Supplement)       547 

Hedley,  Charles,  and  others- 
Summary  of  the  Fauna   ...         ....  511 

Hill,  James  P.  - 

The  Enteropneusta,  Part  1 203 

The  Enteropneusta,  Part  II 336 

North,  Alfred  J.— 

Aves 79 

Rainbow,  W.  J.- 

The  Insect  Fauna 89 

The  Arachnidan  Fauna 105 

Waite,  Edgar  E.- 

The  Mammals,  Beptiles,  and  Fishes 165 

The  Fishes  of  Funafuti  (Supplement) 539 

Whitelegge,  Thomas— 

The  Crustacea       127 

The  Echinodermata         155 

The  Alcyonaria,  Part  1 213 

The  Alcyonaria,  Part  II 307 

The  Sponges          323 

The  Madreporaria 349 

Whitelegge,  Thomas,  and  James  P.  Hill- 

The  Hydrozoa,  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa,  and  Vermes 371 


LIST    OF    THE    PLATES. 


[NOTE. — For  the  convenience  of  those  who  prefer  to  bind  the   Plates 

with  the  text,  rather  than  at  end  of  the  volume,  the  pages  which 
they  should  face  are  indicated  in  margin.] 

Plate.  To  face  Page 

I.    Insects          92 

II.     Arachnids      108 

III.  Arachnids      112 

IV.  Arachnids      .'. 116 

V.    Arachnids      120 

VI.     Crustacea       134 

VII.     Crustacea      144 

VIII.     Mammals  and  Fishes         166 

IX.     Enteropneusta         206 

X.     Alcyonaria 216 

XL    Alcyonaria 218 

XII.     Alcyonaria    ... 224 

XIII.  Method  of  putting  on  a  "  tukai  "  dress 240 

XIV.  Method  of  scraping  coconut  with  the  "twaikarea"  262 
XV.    Canoe  and  appurtenances 280 

XVI.     Alcyonaria 308 

XVII.    Alcyonaria 314 

XVIII.     Sponges 326 

XIX.     Enteropneusta         336 

XX.     Enteropneusta         338 

XXI.    Enteropneueta         342 

XXII.     Enteropneusta         344 

XXIII.  Hydrozoa      372 

XXIV.  Zoantharia 385 

XXV.     Zoantharia 386 

XXVI.     Zoantharia 388 

XXVII.  Zoantharia    .,                                                             .390 


CORRECTIONS. 


Page   iii.,  paragraph  2,  line  2 — -for  "  Mervyn  "  read  "  Mostyn. 

„  9,          „            4,  line  I— for  "  Mervyn  "  read  "  Mostyn." 

20,  foot-note  §  —for  "  1844"  read  "  1884,  p.  — ." 

„  71,  paragraphs,  line  4 — for  "  supplied ''  read  "  applied." 

97,  line  6  —for  "  Nob  "  read  "  Latr." 

„  98,  line  17                        — for  "  Nob "  read  "  Macq." 

„  155,  heading,  above  Echinodermata,  read,  "  [VII.]  " 

„  220,  line  34                         —for  "  VIRIDE  "  read  "  VIBIDIS." 

„  231,  line  2                          —for  "  genealologies"  read  "  genealogies.' 

„  250,  foot-note  §                 — -for  "  ix."  read  "  xi." 

„  276,  foot-note  t                 —for  "  1897"  read  "  1887." 

„  301,  foot-note  *                 —for  "  1876 "  read  "  1878." 

„  389,  paragraphs,  line  1—  add  after  fig.  2,  "and  Plate  xxvii.,  fig.  1.' 

„  389,          „             4,  line  3— /or  "fig.  6"  read  "fig.  2." 

„  389,          „            4,  line  7— /or  "  fig.  7  "  read  "  fig.  1." 

„  390,          „             3,  line  2— for  "  fig.  8  "  read  "  Plate  xxvii.,  fig.  2." 

„  390,          „            3,  line  10— delete  "&g.  8." 

„  392,          „            2,  line  4 — for  "  perceptable  "  read  "  perceptible." 

„  398,          „            2,  line  4- for  "  indicate  "  read  "  indicates." 

„  398,          „            4,  line  4 — for  "  have  "  read  "  has." 

,,  399,          „            4,  lineS — for  "  reject "  read  "  rejects." 

„  528,  line  16                        — for  "  davidi "  read  "  davidis." 

„  530,  line  38                        — for  "  Chiridota  "  read  "  Chirodota." 


CATALOGUE    SLIPS. 


MAIN    SERIES    ENTRY. 

Australian  Museum,  Sydney,  Memoir  iii. — The  Atoll  of 
Funafuti,  Ellice  Group :  Its  Zoology,  Botany,  Ethnology, 
and  General  Structure,  based  on  Collections  made  by  Mr. 
Charles  Hedley,  of  the  Australian  Museum.  Published  by 
order  of  the  Trustees.  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  Curator. 

1  vol.  8vo.,  Sydney,  1896-1900- 

CONTENTS. 
PART    1.— Introductory  Note. 

General  Account,  by  C.  Hedley. 
Eock  Specimens,  by  T.  Cooksey. 
Aves,  by  A.  J.  North.  21st  Dec.  1896 

PART    2. — The  Insect  Fauna,  by  W.  J.  Rainbow. 

The  Arachnidan  Fauna,  by  W.  J.  Rainbow. 

The  Crustacea,  by  Thomas  Whitelegge. 

The  Echinodermata,  by  Thomas  Whitelegge.     25th  Feb.  1897 

PART   3.— The  Mammals,  Reptiles,  and  Fishes,  by  Edgar  R.  Waite. 
The  Enteropneusta,  Part  I.,  by  Jas.  P.  Hill. 
The  Alcyonaria,  by  Thomas  Whitelegge.  12th  July,  1897 

PART  4.— The  Ethnology,  by  Charles  Hedley.  27th  Sep.  1897 

PART   5. — The  Alcyonaria,  Part  II.,  by  Thomas  Whitelegge. 
The  Sponges,  by  Thomas  Whitelegge. 
The  Enteropneusta,  Part  II.,  by  Jas.  P.  Hill. 

PART    6.— The  Madreporaria,  by  Thomas  Whitelegge.         2lst  Feb.  1898 

PART    7. — The  Hydrozoa,  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa,  and  Vermes,  by  Thomas 

Whitelegge  and  Jas.  P.  Hill. 
The  Mollusca,  Part  I.,  by  Charles  Hedley.        6th  March,  1899 

PART    8.— The  Mollusca.  Part  II.,  by  Charles  Hedley. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna.  3rd  July,  1899 

PART   9.— The  Fishes  (Supplement),  by  Edgar  R.  Waite. 

The  Mollusca  (Supplement),  by  Charles  Hedley.   7th  Aug.  1899 

Part  10.— Title  Page,  Preface,  Contents,  and  Index.  16th  May,  1900 


[II.] 


AUTHOR   ENTRIES. 


Cooksey,  T.— 

Eook  Specimens  from  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1896. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  1,  1896. 

Hedley,  Charles- 
General  Account  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1896. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  1,  1896. 

Hedley,  Charles- 
Ethnology  (The)  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1897. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  in.,  part  4,  1897. 

Hedley,  Charles— 

Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Part  I.  Gastropoda.    Sydney,  1899. 

•  Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Part  II.    Pelecypoda  and   Brachi- 
poda.     Sydney,  1899. 

Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Supplement.     Sydney,  1899. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  parts  7,  8,  9,  1899. 

Hedley,  C.,  and  others- 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1899. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 
Hill,  James  P.— 

Enteropneusta  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Parts  I.  and  II.    Sydney,  1897. 
Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  parts  3,  5,  1897. 

Hill,  James  P.- 

Zoanthariaof  Funafuti.  (See  Whitelegge  and  Hill— Hydrozoa,  &c., 
of  Funafuti). 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  7,  1899. 

North,  Alfred  J.- 

Aves  from  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1896. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2.  1896, 


EM 

Rainbow,  W.  J.- 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1897. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Rainbow,  W.  J.- 

Arachnidan  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1897. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Waite,  Edgar  R.— 

Mammals  (The),  Fishes  and  Eeptiles  of  Funafuti.    Sydney,  1897. 
Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  3,  1897. 

Waite,  Edgar  R.- 

Fishes  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Supplement.     Sydney,  1899. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  y,  1899. 

WkiteJegge,  Thomas- 
Crustacea  (The)  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1897. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Whitelegge,  Thomas— 

Echinodermata  (The)  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1897. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Whitelegrge,  Thomas— 

Alcyonaria  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Parts  I  and  2.     Sydney,  1897 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi  ,  parts  8,  5,  1897. 

Whitelegge,  Thomas- 
Sponges  (The)  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1897. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi  ,  part  5,  1897. 

Whitclegge,  Thomas  - 

Madreporaria  (The)  of  Funafuti.     Sydney,  1898. 

Australian  Museum,  M9moir  Hi.,  part  6,  1898. 

Whitelegge,  Thomas  and  James  P.  Hill— 

Hydrozoa  (The),  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa,  and  Vermes  of  Funafuti. 
Sydney,  1899. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi  ,  part  7,  18U9. 


SUBJECT    ENTRIES. 


Periodicals.    D.  1.    Museum  Publication. 

Australian    Museum,    Memoir    HI.       The   Atoll    of    Funafuti. 
Sydney,  8vo.,  1896-1900. 


Topography.    E.  2.    Voyages  and  Travels,  Australia  and 
Pacific. 

Funafuti,  Atoll  of. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  1896  -  1900. 

Geology.    C.  1.  59-9. 

General  Account  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti.    C.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir-  Hi.,  par I  i.,  1896. 
Eock  Specimens  from  Funafuti.     T.  Cooksey. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  i.,  189G. 

Ethnology.    B.  3.  57'2. 

General  Account  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti.    C.  Hedley.    Sydney, 
1896. 

Ethnology  (The)  of  Funafuti.     Chas.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  4,  1897- 

Botany.    B.  1.  58  'O. 

General  Account  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti.    C.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  1,  1896. 

Funafuti.  59*19. 

General  Account  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti.    C.  Hedley.    Sydney, 
1896. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  1,  1896. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  8,  1899. 

Formanifera.    A.  8.  59*31 '2. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii  .part  U,  189U. 


[v.] 


Sponges.    A.  8.  59*34. 

Sponges  (The)  of  Funafuti.     T.  Whitelegge. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  5,  1897. 

Actinozoa.    A.  8.  59*36. 

Hydrozoa    (The),    Scyphozoa,    Actinozoa,    &c.,    of     Funafuti. 
T.  Whitelegge  and  J.  P.  Hill. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  7,  1899. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Actinozoa.    A.  8.  593G"2. 

Alcyonaria  of  Funafuti.     Thos.  Whitelegge. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  parts  3  and  5,  1897. 

Zoantharia.    A.  8.  59-36-3. 

Hydrozoa  (The),  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa,  and  Vermesof  Funafuti. 
T.  Whitelegge  and  J.  P.  Hill. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  7, 1899. 

Corals.    A.  8.  SO'SG'G. 

Madreporaria  (The)  of  Funafuti.     T.  Whitelegge. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  6,  1898. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Hydrozoa.    A.  8.  59*37. 

Hydrozoa  (The),  &c.,  of  Funafuti.     T.  Whitelegge  and  J.  P.  Hill. 
Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  7,  1899. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Scyphozoa.     A.  8.  59*37'3. 

Hydrozoa  (The),  Scyphozoa,  &c.,  of  Funafuti.     T.  Whitelegge 
and  J.  P.  Hill. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi  ,  part  7,  1899. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  S,  1899. 

Echinodermata.    A.  7.  59*39. 

Echinodermata  (The)  of  Funafuti.     T.  Whitelegge. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 


Lvi.1 


Enteropneusta.  59*39*9. 

Enteropneusta  (The)  of  Funafuti.     James  P.  Hill. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  parts  3,5,  1897. 

Hemichorda.  59*39*9. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Mollusca.    A.  5.  59*4. 

Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti.     C.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  in,,  parts  7,  8,  9,  1899. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Mollusca.    A.  5.    Felecypoda.  59*41. 

Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti.     C.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  8,  1899. 

Mollusca.    A.  5.    Gasteropoda.  59-43. 

Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti.     C.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  7,  1899. 

Mollusca.    A.  5.    Brachiopoda.  59*48. 

Mollusca  (The)  of  Funafuti.     G.  Hedley. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  8,  1899. 

Chzetopoda.    A.  7.  59-51-4. 

Hydrozoa  (The),  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa,  and  Vermes  of  Funafuti. 
T.  Whitelegge  and  J.  P.  Hill. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  in.,  part  7,  1899. 

Annelida.    A.  7.  59*51-4. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  8,  1899. 

Gephyrea.    A.  7.  59'51*74. 

Hydrozoa  (The),  Scyphozoa,  Actinozoa,  and  Vermes  of  Funafuti. 
T.  Whitelegge  and  J.  P.  Hill. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  7,  1899. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.,  part  8,  1899. 


[VII.] 


Crustacea.    A.  7.  59'53. 

Crustacea  (The)  of  Funafuti.     T.  Whitelegge. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Musvum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Arachnida.    A.  7.  59'54. 

Arachnidan  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Eainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii ,  part  2,  1897. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Myriopoda.    A.  7.  59-56. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Insecta.    A.  6.  59'57. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Insecta.    A.  6.    Orthoptera  59-57*2. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W    J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Insecta.    A.  6.    Fseudoneuroptera.  59*57*3. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi  ,  part  2,  1897. 

Insecta.    A.  6.    Hemiptera.  59'57'5. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Insecta.    A.  6.    Coleoptera.  59*57-6. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  .1.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 


[VIII.] 

Insecta.    A.  6.    Diptera.  59'57'7. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,      emoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Insecta.    A.  6.    Lepidoptera.  59'57"8. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Iiisecta.    A.  6.    Hymenoptera.  59'57'9. 

Insect  (The)  Fauna  of  Funafuti.     W.  J.  Rainbow. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  2,  1897. 

Vertebrata.  59'6. 

Mammals,  Fishes,  and  Reptiles  of  Funafuti.     Edgar  R.  Waite. 
Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  3,  1897. 

Fishes.    A:  4.  59'7. 

Mammals,  Fishes,  &c.,  of  Funafuti.     Edgar  R.  Waite. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  3,  1897. 
Fishes  (The)  of  Funafuti :  Supplement.  Edgar  R.  Waite. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  9,  1899. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 

Reptiles.    A.  3.  59-81. 

Mammals,  Fishes,  and  Reptiles  of  Funafuti.     Edgar  R.  Waite. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  3,  1897. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  #,  1899. 

Birds.    A.  2.  59'82. 

Aves  from  Funafuti.     A.  J.  North. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  1,  1896. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  iii.t  part  8,  1899. 

Mammalia.    A.  1.  59'9. 

Mammals  (The),  &c.,  of  Funafuti.     Edgar  R.  Waite. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  3,  1897. 
Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti. 

Australian  Museum,  Memoir  Hi.,  part  8,  1899. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT 


OF  FUNAFUTI 

BY    C.    HEDLEY, 

Conchologist  to  the  Australian  Museum. 


p.] 

GENERAL   ACCOUNT 


OIF 

BY  C.  HEDLEY,  Conchologist  to  the  Australian  Museum. 


THE  ARCHIPELAGO. 

THE  Ellice  Group  is  an  Archipelago  of  somewhat  vague  limits, 
which  trends  for  about  four  hundred  miles  in  a  north-westerly 
and  south-easterly  direction,  and  lies  between  Lat.  5°  35'  and 
11°  20'  South,  and  Long.  176a  and  180°  East.  After  a  gap 
of  a  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  the  same  general  trend  is  con- 
tinued across  the  equator  into  the  Northern  Hemisphere  by  the 
Gilberts,  otherwise  known  as  the  Kingsmill  or  Line  Islands, 
whose  physical  features  repeat  those  of  the  Ellice  Group,  though 
the  character  of  their  inhabitants  is  widely  different. 

This  particular  archipelago  is  indeed  but  a  link  in  a  huge  chain 
of  islands  which  extends  for  about  3,500  miles  from  the  Austral 
Islands  through  the  Herveys,  Samoas,  Ellices,  and  Gilberts,  to 
the  Marshalls,  forming  the  S.W.  edge  of  that  axial  trough 
described  by  Dana*  as  the  Central  Depression  of  the  Pacific, 
mapped  by  Whitmeef  as  the  Great  Atoll  Valley,  and  mentioned 
by  Lapworth  as  "  the  mightiest  of  all  the  submarine  buckles  of 
the  earth  crust  ;"i  the  opposite  N.E.  edge  of  which  is  indicated 
by  the  answering  chain  of  islands  stretching  from  Hawaii  to 
Kure.  West  of  this  Marshall- Austral  chain  (the  "  zone  pacifique 
australe "  of  Sacco§),  and  roughly  parallel  both  to  it  and  to  the 
East  Australian  coast,  is  a  second  series  of  elevations  whose 
contour,  as  shown  by  the  "  Challenger's  "  cross  sections, |j  is  that  of 
waves  directed  westward.  These  latter  elevations  have  in  com- 
mon a  fauna  and  flora  characteristically  continental,  in  contrast 
to  the  essentially  drift  fauna  and  flora  of  the  outer  chain,  from 
which  they  are  also  distinguished  by  a  system  of  volcanoes.  The 
term  Melanesian  Plateau  has  been  proposedU  as  a  collective 
geographical  name  for  these  elevations, — whose  summits,  now  pro- 
jecting as  dry  land,  are  New  Zealand,  Lord  Howe  Island,  New 

*  Dana— Corals  and  Coral  Islands,  1872,  p.  328. 

t  Encyc.  Britt.,  (9)  xix.,  1885,  PI.  iii. 

+  Rep.  Brit.  Assoc.  for  1892  (1893),  p.  705. 

§  Sacco— Essai  sur  1'Orogenie  de  la  Terre,  Turin,  1895,  p.  31. 

j|  Challenger  Eeports— Deep  Sea  Deposits,  1891,  Diagrams,  11,  12,  13. 

IF  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2),  vii.,  1892  (1893),  p.  335. 


4  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Caledonia,  New  Hebrides,  Fiji  and  the  Solomons, — which  during 
the  life  of  the  existing  fauna  have  been  first  deeply  sunk  and 
then  slightly  elevated.  Viewing  Australia  as  the  massif  around 
which  have  been  concentrically  heaped  up*  this  inner  and 
outer  chain,  it  is  noteworthy  that  the  only  point  in  which  the 
outer  chain  has  swelled  into  large  and  lofty  islands  is  where,  in 
the  Samoan  Archipelago,  it  has  swept  on  to  the  heel  of  the 
Melanesian  Plateau. 

Proceeding  southwards  the  following  are  the  inhabited  islands 
of  the  Ellice : — Nanomea,  Niutao,  Nanomana,  Nui,  Vaitapu, 
Nukufetau,  Funafuti,  Nukulailai,  and  Nurakita.  Every  member 
of  the  group  is  essentially  an  atoll  or  lagoon  island,  but  in  the 
smallest,  like  Nurakita,  the  structure  is  masked  by  the  filling  in  of 
the  lagoon  having  reached  completion,  and  converted  the  interior 
of  the  atoll  from  water  to  land. 

To  elucidate  the  relation  of  Funafuti  to  the  other  members  of 
the  group,  the  following  sketch  of  the  archipelago  is  compiled 
from  the  notes  of  various  travellers  : — 

NUEAKITA. — "  Six  hundred  miles  from  Samoa,  sailing  north- 
westerly, the  first  of  the  group,  Sophia  Island,  is  sighted.  It  is 
the  south-easterly  outlier  of  the  group,  and  is  the  only  one  of 
sufficient  height  to  be  seen  from  the  vessel's  deck  at  a  distance  of 
twenty  miles.  Until  a  few  years  ago  it  was  uninhabited,  although 
the  people  of  the  next  island,  Nukulaelae,  say  that  '  in  the  old, 
old  time,  many  people  lived  there. 'f  It  is  about  three  miles  and 
a  half  in  circumference,  has  bub  few  cocoanuts  growing  upon  it, 
and  would  have  remained  untenanted  in  its  loneliness  to  this  day 
'out  for  the  discovery  of  a  fairly  valuable  deposit  of  guano.  Then 
it  was  taken  possession  of  by  an  enterprising  American  store- 
keeper in  Samoa,  named  Moors,  who  landed  native  labourers  and 
worked,  and  is  still  working,  the  deposit.  The  old  native  name 

*  In  this  connection  Messrs.  Haddon,  Sollas  and  Cole  (On  the  Geology 
of  Torres  Straits,  Trans.  E.  Irish  Acad.,  xxx.,  1894,  p.  473)  have 
remarked  that,  "  As  our  knowledge  grows,  we  the  more  distinctly  see 
in  Australia  and  its  islands  the  ruins  of  a  great  southern  continent, 
fractured  and  submerged,  possibly  during  the  great  Alpine  Himalayan 
revolutions,  and  now  in  process  of  resurgence,  as  the  vast  folds  of  the 
earth's  crust  roll  slowly  inwards  upon  the  central  continental  mass." 

f  Other  instances  of  Pacific  islands  once  inhabited  but  afterwards 
depopulated  by  war,  famine,  disease  or  storm,  are  :  Caroline  Island, 
where  the  American  Scientific  Expedition  discovered  maraes,  &c.  (Mem. 
Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  ii.,  1884)  j  Gente  Hermosa,  of  which  Whitmee  says,  "  The 
island  was  formerly  inhabited  by  a  large  race  of  people  whose  skeletons 
are  now  found,  all  of  them  I  am  told  exceeding  six  feet  in  length.  No 
one  knows  by  what  means  they  became  extinct,  but  the  fact  that  their 
skeletons  are  lying  unburied  in  various  parts  of  the  island,  points  to 
famine,  or  an  epidemic  which  quickly  proved  fatal  to  all  the  people,  as 
the  probable  cause  "  (Missionary  Cruise  in  the  S.  Pacific,  1871,  p.  6)  ;  and 
Palmerston  Island,  described  by  Gill  (Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  37). 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  5 

of  this  spot  is  Ulakita — a  name,   by.  the  way,   that  is  almost 
unknown,  even  to  the  local  traders  in  the  Ellice  Group."* 

NUKULAILAI. — "  Eighty  or  ninety  miles  away  is  Nukulaelae,t 
a  cluster  of  thirteen  low-lying  islets,  forming  a  perfect  atoll,  and 
enclosing  with  a  passageless  and  continuous  reef  a  lagoon  five 
miles  in  length  by  three  in  width.  This  narrow  belt  of  land — in 
no  case  are  any  of  the  islets  over  a  mile  in  width — is  densely 
covered  with  cocoanuts,  and,  seen  from  the  ship,  presents  an 
enchanting  appearance  of  the  highest  green,  accentuated  on  the 
westerly  or  lee  shore  by  beaches  of  the  most  dazzling  white. 
Thirty  years  ago  Nukulaelae  had  a  population  of  four  hundred 
natives.  Then  one  day  there  came  along  two  strange  vessels — a 
barque  and  a  brig — and  hove-to  close  to  the  reef  ;  and  in  a  few 
hours  nearly  three  hundred  of  the  unfortunate,  unsuspecting,  and 
amiable  natives  were  seized  and  taken  on  board  by  the  Peruvian 
throat-cutters  and  kidnappers  that  had  swept  down  upon  them, 
and,  with  other  companions  in  misery,  torn  from  their  island 
homes,  were  taken  away  to  slavery  in  the  guano  fields  of  the 
Chincha  Islands.  Of  the  Nukulaelae  people  none  ever  returned, 
and  all  but  two  perished  miserably  under  their  cruel  taskmasters 
on  the  gloomy  Chinchas."+  "  Fangafana  is  the  name  of  the  islet 
on  which  the  settlement  stands.  Nukulaelae  is  the  name  of 
another  islet  and  is  used  to  designate  the  group.  Near  tradition 
traces  the  people  to  the  island  of  Funafuti ;  remote  mythology 
says  that  Mauke,  the  first  man,  had  his  origin  in  a  stone."§ 

The  next  atoll,  FUNAFUTI  or  Ellice  Island,  is  reserved  for  a  more 
extended  description,  and  passing  over  it  we  come  to  NUKUFETAU, 
or  DePeyster's  Group,  lying  sixty  miles  to  the  leeward  and  con- 
sisting of  "  A  very  beautiful  group  of  thirty-seven  islets  almost 
surrounding  a  lagoon.  The  name  signifies  the  land  of  the  fetau 
( C '  alopliyllum  inophyllum),  the  only  indigenous  tree  of  large 
size  found  there.  The  settlement  is  located  on  the  island  of 
Te  anamu,  and  there  are  houses  also  on  Sakuru.||  Fairly  good 
water  can  be  obtained  at  Te  anamu.  Other  islets  in  this  group 
are  Te  afuavea,  Te  afuana,  Te  afatule,  Paifa,  Funata,  Mata 
Nukulaelae  (like  Nukulaelae),  Teafualoi,  Nualei,  Niuatangi, 
Teafuanono,  Motu  tu  lua,  Teafuniua,  Niuatui,  Niuatibu  (a  Gil- 
bert Island  name),  Oua,  Lafaga  (where  there  is  said  to  be  fresh 
water),  Niuaruko,  Faiava,  Potiki,  Moturaro  (here  also  water  is 
to  be  found),  Motufetau,  Motuloa,  Te  afua,  Te  motumua  (here 

*  Becke— Evening  News,  Sydney,  25  April,  1896. 
f  Officially  spelt  Nukulailai,  otherwise  the  Mitchell  Group. 
J  Becke— loc.  cit. 
§  Turner— Samoa,  1884,  p.  280. 

j|  "  Sakuru  seems  to  have  been  uplifted  ten  or  twelve  feet." — Turner, 
loc.  cit.,  p.  284. 


6  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

also  there  is  water),  Te  afualoto,  Motuloto,  Te  afua  fale  niu, 
Te  afuatakalau,  Te  fale  (here  also  there  is  said  to  be  water). 
The  names  here  given  will,  to  those  acquainted  with  Gilbert 
Island,  Tongan,  Samoan,  and  Rarotongan  dialects,  furnish 
instances  of  the  influence  of  all  these  dialects  in  the  nomen- 
clature of  the  group."*  In  1884  Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford  estimated 
the  population  at  240. t 

VAITUPU. — "Oaitupuj  (literally  'the  fountain  of  water')  is 
although  nearly  the  smallest,  the  most  thickly  populated  of  all. 
It  has  no  lagoon  accessible  from  the  sea,  and  landing  even  is  not 
always  easy.  Here,  although  the  soil  is  better  than  that  of  the 
other  islands,  and  the  natives  have  taro,  bananas,  and  pumpkins 
to  vary  the  monotonous  diet  of  cocoanut  and  fish  obtaining 
elsewhere  in  the  Ellices,  they  are  very  subject  to  that  species  of 
eczema  known  as  tinea  dequamans  (locally  it  is  called  'lafa')."§ 
The  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee  says||  : — "  It  is  nearly  round,  about 
four  miles  across,  and  has  a  salt  water  lagoon  in  the  centre,  com- 
pletely shut  off  from  the  sea  by  a  ring-like  strip  of  land  about 
half  a  mile  across.  The  population  amounting  to  three  hundred 
and  seventy-six  are  very  advanced." 

The  next  island,  Nui,  Egg  or  Netherland  Island,  is  remarkable 
for  being  in  the  possession  of  an  outlying  colony  of  Gilbert 
Islanders  or  "  Tafitos,"  differing  from  the  Ellice  Islanders  in 
language,  customs,  appearance  and  demeanor.H  Moresby  says:  — 
"  We  communicated  with  Egg  or  Netherland  Island,  a  crescent- 
shaped  reef,  with  the  horns  of  the  crescent  lying  about  two  and 
a  half  miles  north  and  south  of  each  other.  The  two  hundred 
inhabitants  were  all  Christians,  and  had  escaped  the  kidnapper  ; 
their  village  stands  on  an  islet  on  the  southern  horn."** 

NANOMANA. — "Nanomaga,  the  Hudson  Island  ft  of  Commodore 
Wilkes,  is  the  smallest  of  the  group.  It  is  barely  a  mile  and  a 
half  long,  and  not  one  in  width,  yet  supports  a  population  of 
six  hundred  people.  The  writer  (who  was  the  second  white  trader 
there  since  the  people  accepted  Christianity  in  1870)  spent  a  year 
on  the  island,  and  can  bear  testimony  to  the  kindly  nature  and 
honesty  of  its  people.  During  all  the  time  he  lived  there  as 

*  Kev.  J.  E.  Newell—  Proc.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  for  1895  (1896),  p.  609. 
fGeogr.  Journ.  1895,  vi ,  p.  344. 
I  Officially  Vaitupu,  otherwise  Tracey  Island. 
§  Becke— loc.  tit. 

||  In  Findlay— Directory  of  the  South  Pacific  Ocean,  1877,  p.  753. 
T  Turner,   Becke,   Newell   and   Findlay— loc.  cit.     Whitmee— Journ. 
Anthrop.  Inst.,  viii.,  1879,  p.  274. 
**  Moresby— New  Guinea,  1876,  p.  77. 
ft  After  the  Commander  of  the  "  Peacock." 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  7 

agent  for  Messrs.  John  S.  De  Wolf  and  Company,  of  Liverpool, 
he  never  had  as  much  as  a  scrap  of  tobacco  stolen  from  him, 
although  his  trade  goods  were  piled  up  indiscriminately  on  the 
floor  of  his  house,  which  had  neither  doors,  locks,  nor  a  bolt  of 
any  kind.  In  this,  however,  the  Nanomagans  are  peculiar — the 
other  islanders  are  not  so  particular."*  "  There  is  a  lagoon  here, 
centre  very  deep,  sides  very  muddy,"  writes  Dr.  Gill  in  a  MS. 
account  of  a  visit  to  this  island  in  1872,  which  he  has  kindly 
allowed  me  to  peruse.  Wilkes,  however,  denied  it  a  lagoon,  and 
none  is  shown  upon  the  Admirality  Chart  (South  Pacific,  No.  766, 
Ed.  1893). 

"  NIUTAO,  Lynx  or  Speidenf  Island  is  an  atoll  about  three  and 
a  half  miles  in  circumference,  and  has  two  small  lagoons.  It  is 
said  to  have  had  its  origin  with  other  islands  in  two  ladies,  the 
one  called  Pai  and  the  other  Vau.  They  came  from  the  Gilbert 
Islands  with  a  basket  of  earth,  and  wherever  they  threw  it  about 
the  islands  sprang  up.  Other  traditions  say  that  the  people  came 
from  Samoa  in  two  canoes  which  drifted  thither.  The  one  went 
to  Vaitupu  and  the  other  to  Niutao."|  "This  island,"  Moresby 
informs  us,  "  differs  from  the  others  of  the  group  in  having  no 
guarding  reef,  and  no  companion  islands  near  it.  It  stands 
alone  in  the  ocean,  scarcely  raised  above  its  level,  and  is  simply 
a  huge  flat-topped  coral  rock,  two  and  a  half  miles  by  one  and 
a  half  in  extent,  which  rises  perpendicularly  from  fathomless 
depths,  and  is  only  saved  from  being  washed  over  by  the  sea 
by  a  narrow  shore  reef,  on  which  the  great  surf  expends  itself. 
We  pulled  to  the  edge  of  the  boiling  surf  and  met  canoes, 
which  landed  us  without  a  wetting,  and  were  received  on  the 
beach  with  the  most  intense  curiosity  by  the  natives,  who 
had  never  seen  a  man-of-war  before.  They  are  a  well-looking, 
dark,  straight-haired  race,  and  number  four  hundred  and  seventeen 
souls,  a  large  population  for  so  small  an  island,  but  their  food  is 
abundant,  an  unlimited  supply  of  cocoanuts,  fowls,  pigs,  flying- 
fish,  skipjack  and  sharks Their  mode  of 

procuring  water  is  curious.  They  cut  the  coral  rock  to  a  depth 
of  twenty  feet,  and  make  an  opening  wide  at  the  top  and 
narrowing  into  three  small  holes  below,  which  fill  with  a  brackish 
water  as  the  tide  rises.  They  have  not  any  other  supply,  but 
do  not  need  it  as  they  have  an  unlimited  supply  of  cocoanut 
milk."§ 


*  Becke— loc.  cit. 

t  So  named  by  Wilkes, 

of  the  "  Peacock."     "  Niutao,"  says  Gill  (Jottings,  p.  1),  signifies  "  baked 
cocoanut." 


'ilkes,  who  sighted  the  island  in  1841,  after  the  pur 
"  Niutao,"  says  GDI  (Jottings,  p.  1),  signifies  "  bal 


t  Turner— loc.  cit.  p.  287. 
§  Loc.  cit.,  p.  79. 


8  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

NANOMEA. — This  is  the  northernmost  of  the  Ellice  Group,  it 
is  probably  the  San  Augustin  Island  of  Murelle  (1781),  and 
Taswell  and  Sherson  Islands  of  the  brig  "Elizabeth."*  (1809). 
The  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmeef  says  (1870),  "There  are  two  islands 
within  three  or  four  miles  of  each  other  connected  by  a  reef,  dry 
at  low  water.  The  westerly  island  is  named  Lakena ;  it  is 
nearly  round,  two  miles  or  more  across,  well  stocked  with  cocoa- 
nut  and  other  trees,  and  has  a  deep  fresh  water  lagoon  in  its 
centre.  It  is  not  inhabited,  but  is  used  by  the  people  of  the 
other  island  for  the  cultivation  of  food.  Nanomea,  the  second 
island,  is  about  four  miles  long  by  one  to  two  wide ;  it  has  a 
shallow  water  lagoon  towards  the  east  end,  partially  open  to  the 
sea.  The  inhabitants  are  taken  together  the  finest  race  of  men, 
so  far  as  muscular  development  goes,  I  have  ever  seen.  They  are 
almost  a  race  of  giants.  I  believe  nine  out  of  every  ten  would 
measure  six  feet  or  more  high,  and  their  breadth  is  proportionate 
to  their  height.  The  Englishman  resident  on  the  island  estimates 
the  population  at  about  one  thousand."  Becke  writesj  "  There 
were  last  year  eight  hundred  and  thirty  people  on  the  two 
islands,  Nanomea  and  Lakena."  Here  "  the  men  are  heavily 
bearded,  and  not  a  little  proud  thereof."§ 

The  Ellice  Islanders  seem  ethnologically  to  have  segregated 
themselves  in  three  groups.  Nukulailai  and  Nukufetau  were 
anciently  more  or  less  dependents  of  Funafuti,  with  which 
Vaitupu  was  allied  ;  all  four  for  instance  united  in  the  worship 
of  Foilape  or  Firafi.  In  1841,  the  Nukufetau  people  described 
their  world  to  Wilkes  as  consisting  of  Funafuti,  Vaitupu,  and 
the  Tokelaus.  Nanomana  and  Nanomea  were  closely  linked  by 
their  extraordinary  quarantine  rites,  Niutao  by  its  position  and 
skull  worship  was  associated  with  these ;  the  north  and  south 
group  also  differed  in  their  method  of  making  the  titi  (see  Vege- 
tation post).  As  we  have  already  remarked  Nui  stood  apart. 

The  atoll  of  Funafuti  was  discovered  by  Captain  Peyster[|  in 
the  "  Rebecca,"  on  March  18th,  1819.  According  to  the  observa- 
tions^! of  Captain  Wilkes,  it  lies  in  Lat.  8°  30'  45"  South, 
Long.  179°  13'  30"  East.  A  position  which  may  otherwise  be 
described  as  due  north  of  Fiji,  and  precisely  half  way  between  that 
and  the  Equator.  It  is  about  a  thousand  miles  south-south-west 
of  what  Dana  considered**  as  the  centre  of  the  great  Pacific 
subsidence. 

*  Mercantile  Magazine,  Sept.,  1873,  p.  257. 

f  In  Findlay—  loc.  cit.  p.  755. 

J  Loc.  cit. 

§  J.  B.  Davis— Anthrop.  Eev.,  vii.,  1870,  p.  191. 

||  Findlay— loc.  cit.,  p.  751. 

«j[  Wilkes— Narrative  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition,  1845,  p.  295. 

**  Dana— Corals  and  Coral  Islands,  1872,  p.  324. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  9 

The  nearest  high  land  is  the  small  island  of  Rotumah,  two 
hundred  and  sixty  miles  to  the  south-west ;  but  the  nearest  land 
of  any  considerable  size  is  Vanua  Levu,  four  hundred  and  fifty 
miles  south. 

On  nearing  Funafuti,  as  with  any  South  Sea  atoll,  a  long  low 
line  of  vegetation  on  the  horizon  gives  the  first  intimation  of  the 
approach  to  land.  Looming  larger,  the  tallest  palm  trees  show 
their  plumed  heads  sharp  against  the  sky.  Nearer,  if  to  wind- 
ward, the  dense  vegetation  is  framed  by  a  long  white  line  of  ever 
breaking  surf ;  to  leeward,  a  beach  of  sand,  dazzling  white  in  the 
sunshine,  limits  the  forest.  Not  till  the  observer  has  entered  the 
lagoon  by  one  of  the  navigable  channels  does  the  atoll  as  a  whole 
extend  before  him.  In  this  instance  Dana's  poetic  comparison*  of 
an  atoll  to  "a  garland  thrown  upon  the  waters"  is  scarcely  appli- 
cable, so  many  and  so  wide  are  the  rents  in  the  wreath  of  foliage. 

PHYSICAL  STRUCTURE  AND  GEOLOGY. 

The  outline  of  Funafuti  is  that  of  a  pear,  the  curved  stem  of 
which  is  directed  southwards.  On  the  east  or  windward  side  the 
outline  is  sketched  in  most  firmly,  the  thread  of  reef  and  palm 
being  here  almost  continuous  ;  but  on  the  leeward  side  so  many 
and  so  wide  are  the  gaps  that  the  interspaces  of  surf  far  exceed 
those  dots  where  the  atoll  rim  emerges  as  dry  land.  The  lagoon, 
a  noble  shest  of  water  about  ten  miles  long  and  eight  broad,  thus 
bounded,  is  plentifully  besprinkled  with  shoals,  many  of  which 
rise  to  the  surface  and  "  break."  Its  maximum  depth  is  thirty 
fathoms,  the  general  level  of  the  floor  being  about  twenty,  whence 
it  steeply  rises  to  the  beach. 

Beyond  the  atoll  rim,  I  am  informed  by  Captain  Mervyn  Field, 
R.N.,  of  H.M.S.  "  Penguin,"  that  his  exhaustive  series  of  sound- 
ings developed  the  interesting  fact  that  Funafuti  is  not  seated  on 
any  common  ridge,  or  connected  with  the  other  members  of  the 
Ellice  Group  by  any  bank,  but  that  it  rises  independently  from  the 
abyssal  floor  of  the  Pacific.  The  same  was  demonstrated  to  be 
the  case  with  Nukulailai,  and  therefore  the  remainder  of  the 
Archipelago  will  probably  prove  "  a  range  of  deep  sea  cones," 
which  Dana  saidf  would  be  so  "  interesting  a  discovery."  From 
the  reef  the  atoll  sloped  steeply  outwards  to  forty  fathoms,  whence 
to  a  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms  an  almost  precipitous  cliff  sur- 
rounded the  island.  Below  this  its  lower  slope,  as  was  suggested 
to  me  by  Prof.  Sollas,  compared  with  the  contour  of  Mount  Etna. 
The  outlines  of  the  atoll,  as  it  appears  on  the  surface,  are  repeated 
with  astonishing  fidelity  by  the  five  hundred,  thousand,  and  fifteen 
hundred  fathom  levels. 

*  Loc.  cit.,  p.  167. 
t  Loc.  cit.,  p.  372. 


10  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  largest  islet  of  the  atoll  extends  for  seven  miles,  occupying 
about  half  the  windward  side.  In  shape  it  resembles  a  reversed 
capital  L,  or  more  nearly  the  Australian  aboriginal  club  called 
"  Liangle."  The  concave  side  is  presented  to  the  lagoon  ;  against 
the  centre  of  concavity  sand  has  been  banked  up,  so  as  to  greatly 
increase  the  diameter  of  the  islet,  which  here  attains  its  maximum 
breath  of  seven  hundred  yards.  Here  is  situated  the  principal 
or  permanent  village,  Fungafari ;  here  also  is  the  only  supply  of 
fresh  water  and  the  gardens.  North  and  south  of  this  area  the 
islet  rapidly  narrows  to  a  width  of  about  a  hundred  yards,  which 
is  maintained  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length.  About  a  mile 
south  of  the  village,  at  a  spot  called  Luamanif,  is  a  well  beaten 
track,  the  porterage,  where,  to  avoid  the  long  pull  by  the  passage, 
the  natives  haul  their  canoes  overland  across  the  islet,  a  distance 
of  about  seventy  yards,  and  launch  them  on  the  other  side.  A 
considerable  area  of  perhaps  a  dozen  acres  in  the  centre  of  the 
islet  is  occupied  by  a  swamp,  which  from  the  fact  of  being  ringed 
round  with  Rhizophora  will  be  called  the  Mangrove  Swamp.  The 
native  name  of  this  locality  is,  I  believe,  Tisala.  This  swamp  is 
somewhat  the  shape  of  a  sagittate  leaf  of  an  aroid  like  the  taro ; 
the  tip  of  the  leaf  answering  to  the  south-east  corner,  while  the 
lobes  represent  two  branches,  a  broad  western  one  stretching 
nearly  across  the  island  and  penetrating  almost  to  the  village, 
and  a  narrow  northern  branch.  Along  its  whole  eastern  border 
the  swamp  is  walled  in  by  a  bank  of  shingle  and  rolled  coral 
blocks,  which  rise  twelve  or  fifteen  feet  above  the  flat,  and  on  the 
further  side  of  which  the  waves  break  at  high  tide.  This  shingle 
bank  is  narrowest  and  lowest  in  the  centre,  and  carries  a  few 
scattered  palms  and  pandanus.  On  its  inland  face  a  strip  of 
Rhizophora  luxuriates  in  soft,  dark  brown,  rather  deep  mud. 
The  chief  expanse  of  the  Mangrove  Swamp  is  bare  of  vegetation, 
extremely  level,  of  soft  decomposing  coral  rock,  whose  interstices 
are  filled  with  mud.  At  high  tide  it  is  covered  ankle  deep  with 
water  which  drains  away  at  half  ebb.  Following  the  retreating 
water  northward,  several  large  deep  pools  are  encountered  in  the 
northern  arm.  On  closer  approach  these  are  seen  to  be  in  such 
free  communication  with  the  ocean,  that  not  the  tides  alone  but 
every  individual  wave  pulsates  therein.  Some  have  an  easterly 
and  westerly  disposition,  which  suggests  that  they  are  breaks  in 
the  roofs  of  tunnels  which  extend  under  the  shingle  rampart, 
and  open  outside  the  reef  a  hundred  yards  away.  A  child, 
I  was  told,  once  disappeared  into  one  of  these  pools,  the  dead 
body  of  which  was  afterwards  recovered  on  the  ocean  beach. 
Striking  as  may  be  this  natural  siphon  of  the  northern  arm,  by 
which  the  rising  tide  floods  the  swamp,  yet  the  western  limb  sur- 
passes it  in  interest.  Here,  at  a  spot  a  quarter  of  a  mile  east  of 
the  Mission  Church,  round  flat-topped  table-like  bosses  three  to 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  11 

four  feet  across  rise  a  few  inches  above  the  general  level.  Just 
such  masses  occur  as  living  coral  in  the  reefs  in  the  lagoon,  and 
on  flaking  off  a  chip  these  prove  to  be  a  small-pored  Porites. 
From  these  bosses  of  Porites  extend  in  rays  for  several  yards  in 
every  direction,  thin  flat  stones  on  edge  like  tiles  along  a  garden 
walk.  A  glance  at  a  fragment  serves  to  identify  the  latter  as 
slabs  of  blue  coral,  Heliopora  ccerulea.  On  drawing  Prof.  Solias' 
attention  to  this  formation,  he  suggested  that  the  Porites  and  its 
surrounding  star  of  Heliopora  evidently  both  lived  in  situ,  and 
that  they  could  not  have  existed  at  their  present  level  where  high 
tide  alone  bathes  them.  I  am  of  opinion  that  the  action  of  the 
tides  is  impeded  in  the  Mangrove  Swamp,  but  that  the  high  tide, 
not  the  low  one,  must  be  the  affected  level ;  the  height  of  coral 
growth  is  determined  by  the  low  tide  not  the  high. 

We  are  therefore  here  facing  unequivocal  evidence  of  elevation 
in  Funafuti  to  the  extent  at  least  of  the  range  of  the  tide,  since 
low  water  springs  is  the  highest  level  to  which  the  Porites  and 
Heliopora  could  have  reached.  They  probably  also  grew  in 
smooth  and  sheltered  water.  The  cone  in  which  the  island  rises 
from  the  abyss  suggests  the  proximity  of  volcanic  force  to  give 
an  upward  thrust.  In  Honden  Island  and  Osnaburgh  Island 
Dana*  has  given  striking  instances  of  slightly  upheaved  atolls. 

Around  the  western  edge  of  the  Mangrove  Swamp,  and  most 
noticeable  in  the  north  arm,  is  an  old  beach  where  a  breccia  of 
coral  fragments  in  a  platform  two  or  three  feet  above  the  swamp 
has  been  eaten  back  by  wave  action.  That  this  breccia  formerly 
extended  as  a  sheet  over  what  is  now  the  surface  of  the  swamp, 
is  indicated  by  a  few  isolated  and  worn  cakes  of  it,  outliers  in 
other  words,  near  the  centre  of  the  flat ;  but  whether  or  not  it 
overlaid  the  Heliopora  I  possess  no  evidence  to  show,  although  I 
incline  to  the  opinion  that  it  did.f 

The  beach  outside  the  Mangrove  Swamp  is  furthest  to  wind- 
ward of  any  land  in  the  atoll ;  reverting  to  my  comparison  of  the 
islet  to  a  Liangle,  this  spot  corresponds  to  the  blade  of  the  weapon. 
In  other  words  it  is  the  most  exposed  corner  of  Funafuti. 

The  history  of  the  Mangrove  Swamp  as  indicated  by  these 
features  seems  to  me  to  be,  that  a  hurricane  breaking  on  the 
eastern  face  of  Funafuti,  tore  down  the  shingle  rampart  and 

*Loc.  cil.,  pp.  333  and  335.  Darwin  declined  (Structure  and  Distri- 
bution of  Coral  Keefs,  1874,  p.  169)  to  accept  these  evidences  of  slight 
elevation,  and  endeavoured  to  otherwise  explain  an  apparent  instance  of 
it  which  he  observed  (op.  cit.,  p.  21)  at  Keeling  Island. 

fA  too  brief  note  (Qt.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.,  1872,  xxviii.,  p.  381)  by 
S.  J.  Whitnell  (?  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee)  upon  raised  coral  rock  in  situ  at 
Funafuti,  may  refer  to  the  place  I  have  here  described,  but  I  rather 
suppose  that  the  subfossil  coral  exposed  by  the  beach  section  of  breccia 
was  mistaken  for  coral  in  the  position  of  growth. 


12  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

eroded  the  loose  coral  blocks  with  the  breccia  sheet  that  lay 
behind  it,  until  the  storm  had  made  a  breach  half  across  the  islet. 
Afterwards  the  waves  in  the  usual  course  of  their  work  rebuilt 
the  shingle  bank  as  it  now  stands.  Before  the  re-erection  of 
the  latter,  drifting  seeds  of  mangrove  reached  the  swamp  and 
originated  the  present  thicket. 

The  shingle  embankment  referred  to  continues  along  the  whole 
windward  face  of  the  atoll,  being  highest  at  the  eastern  angle 
and  diminishing  north  and  south  where  the  trade  winds  strike 
the  beach  obliquely.  On  the  leeward  side  it  is  entirely  absent. 
Six  feet  above  the  usual  level  of  the  ocean  waves  it  represents 
the  greatest  altitude,  the  culminating  peak,  of  the  atoll.  Great 
blocks  of  coral  packed  high  and  toppled  over  by  gales  of  past 
years,  all  weathered  and  discoloured,  compose  the  inland  face  of 
the  bank,  their  appearance  recalling  a  heap  of  blackened  lava  and 
scoriae  from  some  volcanic  hill  side.  A  similar  scene  reminded 
Dana  of  "  a  vast  field  of  ruins.  Angular  masses  of  coral  rock, 
varying  in  dimensions  from  one  to  a  hundred  cubic  feet,  lie  piled 
together  in  the  utmost  confusion  ;  and  they  are  so  blackened  by 
exposure,  or  from  incrusting  lichens,  as  to  resemble  the  clinkers 
of  Mauna  Loa  ;  moreover,  they  ring  like  metal  under  the  hammer. 
Such  regions  may  be  traversed  by  leaping  from  block  to  block, 
with  the  risk  of  falling  into  the  many  recesses  among  the  huge 
masses.  On  breaking  an  edge  from  the  black  masses,  the  usual 
white  colour  of  coral  is  at  once  apparent."*  On  the  seaward 
face  the  blocks  of  coral  are  smoothed,  rounded,  and  beach  worn, 
till  all  semblance  of  their  Actinozoan  origin  has  been  ground 
away. 

On  examining  the  beach  at  low  water,  the  shingle  bank  was  seen 
to  be  underlaid  throughout,  like  that  of  the  north  arm  of  the  swamp, 
by  a  breccia  of  angular  coral  fragments,  in  size  usually  of  a  man's 
head  or  fist.  The  corals  appeared  to  belong  to  the  same  species 
as  those  now  thrown  up  on  the  beach,  some  of  which,  presumably 
deep  water  species,  only  occurred  too  ground  and  battered  to  be 
worth  collecting.  A  species,  apparently  a  large  Mussa,  I  knew 
well  by  sight,  but  was  never  fortunate  enough  to  find  in  even  toler- 
able preservation.  Here  and  there  this  breccia  was  carved  by 
the  waves  into  fantastic  turrets  and  pinnacles  or  extended  sea- 
ward in  shelves.  The  highest  point  it  reached  was  a  little  above 
high  tide  mark.  I  thought  sometimes  that  the  mode  of  weather- 
ing and  the  composition  of  the  rock  indicated  an  upper  and  a 
lower  bed,  but  of  this  I  could  not  satisfy  myself.  The  history  of 
this  stratum  appears  to  be  that  fragments  of  coral  torn  from  the 
growing  edge  have  been  packed  in  a  bank  like  that  now  facing 
the  surf,  that  sea  or  rain  water  cemented  these  into  a  sheet  of 
breccia,  and  that  a  shift  of  winds  set  the  waves  to  tear  down  what 

*  Loc.  cit.,  p.  178. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  13 

they  had  formerly  built.*  In  general  wherever  rock  appeared  on 
the  atoll  it  was  definitely  related  to  the  situation.  Thus  the 
breccia  above  described  was  peculiar  to  the  ocean  beach,  and  was 
always  overlaid  by  coarse  shingle  and  rough  freshly  broken  coral 
fragments  ;  on  the  leeward  shore  of  the  atoll  the  coral-sand-rock 
always  accompanied  stretches  of  clean  sand  composed  of  foramini- 
fera,  coral  and  molluscan  fragments  ;  again  on  the  lagoon  beach 
of  the  Funafuti  islet  there  occur  low  scarps  of  shingle  conglomerate 
overspread  by  shingle  beaches. 

It  would  appear,  therefore,  that  these  rocks  were  here  con- 
solidated under  the  conditions  which  still  prevail.  A  little 
excavation  with  a  crowbar  shows  the  surface  to  be  usually 
harder  than  the  underlying  strata.  Often  an  apparently  solid 
crust  when  overturned  exhibited  a  lower  surface  bristling  with 
pebbles  that  adhered  to  the  mass  by  one  end  only.  The  process 
of  consolidation,  whether  solution  by  sea  water  and  deposition  or 
not,  having  operated  apparently  on  the  upper  surface  and  to  a 
slight  depth  only. 

On  the  outer  edge  of  the  reef  the  surf  does  not  permit  much 
close  examination.  From  the  base  of  the  shingle  bank  or  low 
scarp  of  breccia,  the  beach  usually  stretches  seawards  for  forty  or 
fifty  yards  in  a  bare  and  level  expanse,  which  dries  at  very  low 
tides  in  calm  weather.  It  then  appears  from  its  Nullipore  carpet 
as  a  sheet  of  dull  crimson.  Moresby  noticed  this  colour  on 
Nanomana  Island  but  erroneously  ascribed  it  to  coral. f  Deep 
fissures  appear  which  rapidly  widen  into  crevasses,  between  which 
the  ground  rises  into  knobs  or  hillocks,  pitted  and  honeycombed 
throughout.  These  breast  the  surf,  beyond  them  the  reef  plunges 
at  once  into  deep  water.  The  coral  appears  to  grow  seaward  in 
piers,  as  these  broaden  their  interstices  first  form  wide  trenches, 
then  narrow  crevasses  that  may  be  stepped  across,  which  clefts 
tend  to  be  roofed  in  by  growth  of  Nullipores  and  are  narrowest 
at  the  surface,  ultimately  (proceeding  inshore)  they  become  mere 
fissures  and  then  disappear.  This  disappearance  only  refers  to 
the  surface,  for  they  probably  form  tunnels  far  into  the  centre  of 
the  islet,  as  shown  by  the  openings  through  which  the  sea  floods 
the  mangrove  swamp.  At  Nui,  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee  observed 
that  "  the  seawater  gains  access  to  the  central  lagoon  through  the 
reef  underneath  the  islands.  In  some  it  bubbles  up  at  the  rise 
of  the  tide  in  the  midst  of  the  lagoons,  forming  immense  natural 
fountains."!  Further  inshore  the  roof  may  be  broken,  and  a 

*  A  formation  apparently  similar  to  this  breccia  is  described  by  Darwin 
from  Keeling  Island,  and  by  Chamisso  from  the  Marshall  Group. — 
Structure  and  Distribution  of  Coral  Reefs,  1874,  pp.  16  &  34. 

t  Moresby— New  Guinea,  1876,  p.  79. 

I  In  article  "  Polynesia,"  Encyc.  Britt.,  (9),  xix.,  1885,  p.  420. 


14  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

sea  fountain  be  forced  through  the  blow-hole  by  every  wave. 
Peering  down  into  these  coral  crevasses,  for  a  moment  there  is 
shown  an  abyss  as  narrow,  as  green,  and  as  deep  as  a  cleft  in 
some  vast  alpine  glacier,  in  perspective  beyond  perspective  swim 
a  shoal  of  brilliant  hued  fishes,  another  instant  and  a  rising 
wave  blots  out  the  scene  in  a  volume  of  spray  and  foam.  Dana 
remarks  that  "  Among  the  scattered  coral  islands  north  of  the 
Samoan  Group,  the  shore  platform  is  seldom  as  extensive  as  at 
the  Paumotus.  It  rarely  exceeds  fifty  yards  in  width,  and  is  cut 
up  by  passages  often  reaching  almost  to  the  beach.  Enderby's 
Island  is  one  of  the  number  to  which  this  description  applies.  .  . 
As  a  key  to  the  explanation  of  the  peculiarities  here  observed, 
it  may  be  remarked  that  the  tides  in  the  Paumotus  are  two 
to  three  feet,  and  about  Enderby's  Island  five  to  six  feet  in 
height."* 

Passing  inland  from  the  coast  anywhere  on  the  windward  islets 
a  descent  is  gradually  made  on  a  surface  of  loose  blocks,  from  a 
yard  in  diameter  downwards,  of  broken  and  decaying  coral.  The 
weather  has  etched  the  upper  faces  deeply,  and  exhibits  beautifully 
the  structure  particularly  of  the  astrean  species.  The  hardest 
kinds,  as  Montipora,  Heliopora,  and  Millepora,  had  suffered  little, 
but  softer  species  crumbled  readily  under  the  blows  of  a  hammer. 
Most  of  the  surface  of  the  eastern  islets  was  of  this  inhospitable 
description,  and  very  cruel  to  a  traveller's  limbs  and  raiment  was 
it.  Now  and  then  among  the  loose,  broken  blocks,  a  ridge  of 
breccia  running  parallel  to  the  islet's  length  could  be  detected. 
Though  of  so  barren  an  aspect,  this  country  supports  a  vegetation 
of  Ngia,  Ngashu,  Fau,  Fala,  Boua,  and  palms,  sufficiently  dense 
to  everywhere  shade  the  ground,  Nowhere  is  this  description  of 
country  more  than  a  foot  or  two  above  high  water  mark,  and  little 
depressions  commonly  occur  even  in  places  remotest  from  the  sea, 
where,  when  high,  the  tide  leaks  in  and  spreads  in  shallow  pools, 
such  are  always  densely  enclosed  by  a  thicket  of  Ngia  and 
Ngashu. 

Traverses  across  such  places  suggested  to  me  that  the  low  area 
of  decaying  coral  blocks  represents  a  final  stage  of  the  high 
shingle  bank  which  faces  the  ocean ;  the  loss  in  height  resulting 
from  decay  and  collapse  natural  to  a  loosely  piled  mass,  such  loss 
being  gradual  on  retreating  from  the  beach  as  this  hypothesis 
demands.  An  accompanying  transition  in  the  state  of  decay 
may  be  noted  likewise,  the  blocks  furthest  from  the  sea  being 
most  rotten.  This  explanation  implies  that  the  islet  is  growing 
peripherally,  and  that  seaward  from  the  present  embankment 
another  will  in  the  future  form.  I  am  prepared  to  accept  this 
implication,  and  fortify  the  position  by  quoting  an  opinion  in 
support  from  that  experienced  and  acute  observer,  the  Rev.  S.  J. 

i*.,p.  186. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLET.  15 

Whitmee,*  who  writes  of  Peru  in  the  Gilberts  :  "  The  island 
itself  is  formed  of  successive  ridges  of  sand,  broken  coral,  and 
shells.  These  ridges  are  most  of  them  from  thirty  to  fifty  feet 
across,  and  the  hollows  formed  between  them  are  generally  from 
four  to  six  feet  in  depth.  For  some  distance,  at  that  end  of  the 
island  which  I  examined,  they  run  across,  and  in  the  middle  they 
run  parallel  with  the  sides  of  the  island.  The  whole  extent 
examined  presented  the  same  appearance,  and  the  ridges  were  so 
regular  that  they  gave  one  the  idea  of  being  artificially  formed. 
The  waves  must  exert  a  mighty  force  during  heavy  weather  to 
form  these  extensive  ridges.  There  is  little  doubt  but  each 
ridge  is  the  result  of  a  single  storm.  I  have  already  referred,  in 
the  notice  of  Atafu  in  the  Tokelau  group,  to  a  similar  ridge  of 
smaller  dimensions  which  was  thrown  up  during  the  present  year  ; 
and  I  have  seen  several  small  islands  of  broken  coral  and  shells, 
which  were  formed  on  the  reefs  in  Samoa  during  a  hurricane  of  a 
few  hours  duration." 

North  and  south  of  the  Mangrove  Swamp  the  region  of  decayed 
coral  blocks  does  not  immediately  occur,  but  a  considerable  area 
of  sandy  soil  intervenes.  To  the  south  a  large  tract  of  this  is 
under  cultivation,  and  more  was  so  used  when  the  atoll  carried  a 
larger  population.  Here  also  are  the  wells  and  bathing  pools. 
To  this  area  Dana's  remarks!  are  quite  applicable  :  "  There  is 
but  little  depth  of  coral  soil,  although  the  land  may  appear  buried 
in  the  richest  foliage.  In  fact,  the  soil  is  scarcely  anything  but 
coral  sand.  It  is  seldom  discoloured  beyond  four  or  five  inches, 
and  but  little  of  it  to  this  extent ;  there  is  no  proper  vegetable 
mould,  but  only  a  mixture  of  darker  particles  with  the  white 
grains  of  coral  sand.  It  is  often  rather  a  coral  gravel,  and  below 
a  foot  or  two  it  is  usually  cemented  together  into  a  more  or  less 
compact  coral  sand-rock." 

The  northernmost  islet  of  the  Funafuti  atoll  stands  out  of 
water  higher  by  several  feet  than  does  any  other.  It  occurred 
to  me  that  the  whole  atoll  had  indeed  a  slight  tilt  from  north  to 
south,  but  I  had  no  opportunity  to  decide  whether  it  were  so. 
On  this  particular  islet  there  was  richer  red  soil,  plants  grow  here 
unseen  elsewhere,  there  is  also  the  best  garden  with  flourishing 
bananas,  not  cultivated  in  a  swamp  in  the  usual  Ellice  Island 
fashion  but  on  dry  ground. 

A  traverse  of  a  leeward  islet  crosses  formation  quite  different 
to  that  of  the  windward  islets.  The  dry  land  is  a  tolerably  level 
expanse  of  sandy  soil,  the  islets  are  not  arranged  so  strictly  along 
the  margin  of  the  reef  as  they  are  to  windward,  but  may  be 
seated  far  within  its  border.  The  major  axis  of  one  islet  is  even 

*  Whitmee — A  Missionary  Cruise  in  the  South  Pacific,  1871,  p.  35. 
t  Loc.  cit.  p.  179. 


16  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

at  right  angles  to  the  general  trend  of  the  reef.  From  the  base 
of  the  vegetation  a  broad  sandy  beach  extends  around  the  islet, 
it  is  largely  composed  of  two  species  of  Foraminifera,  which 
Mr.  Whitelegge  informs  me  are  Tinoporus  baculatus,  Mont.,  and 
Orbitolites  cornplanata,  Lamarck.  High  water  mark  indicated  by 
lines  of  drifted  leaves  and  shells  implies  a  quiet  sea.  At  about 
half  tide  mark,  especially  upon  the  ocean  side,  sheets  of  regularly 
bedded  coral-sand-rock  appear,  answering  in  position  to  the  breccia 
of  the  windward  beaches.  At  a  lower  level  the  shore  extends  in 
rough  ledges  and  deep  pools  for  perhaps  a  hundred  yards,  beyond 
this  it  becomes  more  level  and  carries  numerous  loose  boulders  of 
coral  rock,  as  large  as  ah  ordinary  chair  or  table  ;  such  boulders 
are  known  as  "  niggerheads "  on  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  of 
Queensland,  and  have  been  described  by  Dana,*  Jukes, f  and 
Kent.  I 

Everywhere  small  peebles§  of  pumice  the  size  of  a  walnut 
might  be  collected  on  the  beaches.  The  natives  say  that  a  few 
years  ago  much  pumice  came  ashore,  coincident  with  which  the 
fish  from  without  the  lagoon  became  unfit  for  food.  A  further 
account  of  this  pumice  will  be  found  in  the  accompanying  Report 
by  my  colleague,  Dr.  T.  Cooksey. 

"Funafuti,"  writes  Newell, ||  is  a  group  of  some  thirty  islets 
surrounding  a  lagoon  twelve  miles  in  length.  .  .  .  The  names 
of  many  of  the  islets  in  this  group  were  given  me.  Not  only 
here  but  all  through  the  Ellice  Group  I  found  that  not  merely 
did  every  little  atoll  bear  a  name,  but  that  the  names  of  atolls 
and  of  known  spots  on  these  atolls  were  significant  of  some  fact 
in  its  history,  either  original  ownership  or  some  physical  feature 
of  the  islet,  or  some  historical  fact  connected  with  the  place. 
The  following  names  of  islets  in  the  Funafuti  Group  are  interest- 
ing : — Te  Pava  (the  name  of  a  Samoan,  Upolu,  war  god)  ;  Te  fua 
te  fe'e,  the  offspring  of  the  Fe'e  (either  the  ancestor  or  the  god 
incarnate  in  the  cuttlefish)  ;  Aumatupu  ;  Te  muri  te  fala,  the  end 
of  the  Pandanus  ;  Te  af u  alii,  the  sweat  of  the  chief ;  Te  puka, 
the  name  of  a  tree;51  Te  puka  savilivili ;  Te  fua  lopa  ;  Te  fua 
fatu  ;  Fuage'a  ;  Te  fala,  the  pandanus  ;  Te  fala  o  Ingo  ;  Tutanga  ; 

*  Loc.  cit.,  p.  179,  figs.  1  and  2. 

t  Jukes— Voyage  of  the  "Fly,"  1847,  i.,  p.  16. 

J  Kent— Great  Barrier  Eeef  of  Queensland,  1893,  pp.  49,  104,  PL  xxx. 

§  These  peebles  of  pumice  are  of  very  frequent  occurrence  on  the 
shores  of  the  inlets  of  the  east  coast  of  Australia.  This  subject  lias 
been  discussed  at  length  by  Messrs.  David  and  Etheridge  in  Rec.  Geol. 
Surv.  N.S.W.,  1890,  ii.,  2,  p.  27.  And  for  Polynesia  see  Guppy— The 
Solomon  Islands,  their  Geology,  &c.,  1887,  Chap.  x. 

||  Loc.  cit.  p.  608. 

T  Hernandia  peltata,  Meissn. — See  Vegetation  post. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  17 

Te  ngasu  ;*  Te  afua  fou,  the  new  beginning  (the  name  refers  to  an 
unfortunate  incident  in  connection  with  their  first  contact  with 
the  white  man,  and  their  first  knowledge  of  the  deadly  firearms 
of  the  foreigner.  A  vessel  called  at  the  mouth  of  the  lagoon, 
and  the  natives  were  allowed  on  board.  On  leaving  one  of  them 
stole  a  bucket,  f  The  canoe  containing  the  thief  was  pursued, 
and,  to  the  astonishment  and  dismay  of  the  company,  the  man 
in  pursuit  was  able  to  produce  lightning  and  thunder  and  to 
inflict  death) ;  Avalau  (this  islet  is  said  to  possess  a  spring  of 
fresh  water) ;  Motu  ninie,  ironwood  islands ;  Nuku  savalivali, 
the  place  where  people  can  walk  about ;  Motu  loa,  long  island  ; 
Motu  sa  Nafa,  the  island  of  the  Nafa  clan  ;  Te  rere ;  Te  fata,  the 
platform  ;  Funafala,  the  pandanus  of  Funa,  the  name  of  a  chief, 
after  whom  also  the  group  has  been  named  Funafuti." 

An  exact  survey  of  the  islets  of  the  atoll  was  executed  by 
Captain  Mervyn  Field  and  his  officers  during  the  visit  of  H.M.S. 
"  Penguin,"  and  for  further  details  their  work  in  the  forthcoming 
Admiralty  chart  may  be  consulted. 

The  lagoon  at  Funafuti  appears  to  be  in  course  of  filling  up, 
though  the  agencies  at  work  must  take  long  to  make  a  perceptible 
advance  in  so  huge  a  task.  In  Vaitupu  this  has  been  partly, 
and  in  Nurakita  wholly  accomplished.  The  land  gains  upon 
the  water  at  many  points.  A  small  cay  in  the  heart  of  the 
lake  presents  a  permanently  dry  surface,  while  low  tide  shows 
many  patches  of  sand  and  gravel  above  water.  Scattered  over 
the  whole  lagoon  are  numerous  small  reefs  of  upwards  of  an 
acre  in  extent,  for  all  of  which  (being  good  fishing  grounds)  the 
natives  have  distinguishing  names  as  Fasua  Takau,  the  Clam  Shell 
Reef.  These  reefs  are  in  a  thriving  condition  and  evidently 
growing  vigorously.  Those  near  enough  to  the  surface  to  permit 
wading  at  low  water,  offered  to  the  naturalists  of  the  Expedition 
their  best  collecting  grounds.  Other  reefs  lying  deeper  seen 
through  a  water  telescope,  called  to  fancy  a  "  rockery  "  in  some 
botanical  garden,  if  for  boulders  be  taken  round  masses  of  Porites 
or  Goniastrcea,  tufts  of  soft  Alcyonaria  for  ferns,  and  branching 
Gorgonia  for  shrubs. 

Along  the  centre  of  the  concave  side  of  the  main  islet  is 
banked,  as  already  mentioned,  masses  of  sand  which  are  arranged 
in  low  broad  undulations,  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  islet. 
Nowhere  do  they  form  dunes  as  occur  on  other  atolls,  probably 
because  an  active  vegetation  fences  off  the  wind.  This  increment 
of  sand  is  still  adding  to  the  islet's  breadth.  A  space  was  pointed 
out  in  front  of  the  village  where  a  man  could  formerly  take  a 

*  Sccevola,  Jccenigii,  Vahl.     See  Vegetation. 

t  The  version  I  heard  on  Funafuti  was  tbat  the  ship's  chronometer 
was  taken  through  a  port  of  the  captain's  cabin,— a  much  more  serious 
offence. 


18  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

deep  dive,  but  which  is  now  barely  knee  deep.  Mr.  O'Brien,  the 
resident  trader,  told  me  that  within  his  recollection  this  place 
had  become  much  shallower.  A  similar  spot  in  the  lagoon  of 
Nukulailai  was  shown  to  me  by  Mr.  Collins,  the  local  trader, 
who  had  remarked  that  it  had  shoaled  visibly  during  his  residence 
on  the  atoll. 

North  and  south  of  Funafuti  islet  are  shallow  passages*  a  few 
hundred  yards  in  width,  interruptions  in  the  thread  of  land 
which  encloses  the  lagoon  but  not  in  the  reef  rim  upon  which  the 
islets  stand.  At  low  water  these  are  nearly  dry,  to  windward  the 
surf  breaks  upon  the  outer  edge  of  the  reef,  which  continues  from 
islet  to  islet  without  reference  to  the  passage,  and  to  which  my 
previous  description  of  low  mounds,  crevasses,  and  inner  platform 
applies.  Within  these  the  passage  offers  a  broad,  almost  level 
floor  of  shingle  and  rolled  blocks.  This  area  is  nearly  destitute 
of  life,  the  great  rush  of  water  sweeping  all  before  it  and  the 
unstable  floor  giving  little  holdfast.  A  few  of  the  hardiest 
Gasteropods  and  odd  scraps  of  living  coral  contrive  however  to 
withstand  these  adversities.  Coming  to  the  lagoon  shore  the 
passage  floor  is  seen  to  extend  into  it  in  a  fan,  identical  in  shape 
and  structure  with  the  fan  a  mountain  torrent  spreads  on  entering 
a  lake.  Below  and  beyond  the  steep  delta  slope  a  coral  garden 
stocked  with  fish,  shells,  sea  anemones,  and  many  other  pretty 
things,  flourishes  exceedingly.  A  collector  remembers  with  what 
cupidity  he,  floating  over  them  in  a  canoe,  gazed  at  treasures  so 
near  in  the  clear  water  and  yet  so  far  from  sketch  book  or  micro- 
scope. As  well  as  I  could  ascertain  the  water,  driven  by  the 
surf,  pours  from  without  to  within  across  the  passage,  during 
ebb  tide  as  well  as  flood.  Whether  or  not  these  passages  are 
growing  into  islets  there  was  nothing  to  show,  if  so  the  shingle 
floor  might  represent  the  breccia  in  course  of  formation  ;  but 
certainly  the  filling  in  of  the  lagoon  proceeds  at  the  passage 
delta. 

SUMMARY  OP  PRECEDING  GEOLOGICAL  OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  An  elevation  of  Funafuti  by  at -least  four  feet  is  proved  by 
dead  sub-fossil  reef-corals  in  the  position  of  life  near  high  water 
mark. 

2.  Darwin's  theory  of  coral   reefs  as  opposed  to  Murray's  is 
favoured  by  these  facts  : — Firstly,  soundings  show  the  atoll  to  be 
planted  not  on  a  bank  but  on  a  cone  ;    secondly,   they  also  show 
it  girdled  by  a  precipitous  submarine  cliff,  explicable  only  on  the 
subsidence  theory ;  thirdly,  our  observations  and  the  experience 
of  residents  agree  that  the  lagoon  is  filling  up,  whereas  Murray 
demands  its  excavation. 

*  These  "  passages "  are  not  to  be   confounded   with   the  deep   and 
navigable  channels  through  which  warships  may  enter  the  lagoon. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  19 

8.  A  peripheral  growth  at  present  level  is  indicated  on  both 
sides  of  the  islets. 

CLIMATE. 

During  our  visit  in  the  "winter"  of  this  latitude,  the  ther- 
mometer never  fell  below  75° ;  when  it  approached  this  minimum 
the  natives  seemed  to  feel  the  cold,  as  their  bare  skins  puckered 
into  "gooseflesh."  A  native  who  had  visited  Auckland,  New 
Zealand,  amused  me  with  a  description  of  how  in  that,  to  him, 
distant  and  frigid  clime,  he  saw  his  breath  appear  one  cold 
morning  "  like  smoke,"  and  how  he  felt  alarmed  that  he  were 
stricken  by  some  dire  malady.  The  highest  temperature  we 
noticed  was  about  92°,  sometimes  for  days  together  the  ther- 
mometer would  oscillate  within  a  few  degrees  of  80°,  the  latter 
being  the  temperature  of  the  surface  of  the  lagoon.  The  readings 
of  the  wet  and  dry  bulb  were  seldom  far  apart  in  that  humid 
atmosphere. 

A  week  hardly  ever  passed  without  rain,  and  it  sometimes 
poured  hard  all  day. 

The  wind  rarely  shifted  out  of  the  east.  Our  hut  upon  the 
lee  side  of  the  islet  had  its  sides  open  to  the  weather,  yet  it 
seldom  blew  enough  there  to  extinguish  a  match.  Only  twice  do 
I  recollect  a  gust  from  the  westward  strong  enough  to  scatter 
loose  papers  on  the  table. 

The  zodiacal  light  was  sometimes  seen  distinctly. 

Hurricanes  seldom  occur,  but  a  few  have  impressed  their 
memory  upon  residents.  I  have  already  stated  my  belief  that 
the  Mangrove  Swamp  is  a  scar  upon  the  islet  resulting  from  one 
of  these  conflicts  of  the  elements.  "  The  group,"  says  Becke, 
"  suffers  but  seldom  from  droughts  or  hurricanes,  although  the 
terrible  drought  experienced  in  the  near-to  Gilbert  Group  in 
1892,  which  has  not  yet  broken  up,  has  also  affected  the  Ellices, 
and  at  the  present  time  Nanomea  and  Nanomaga  present  a 
parched  up  appearance.  A  heavy  blow  in  1890  also  did  terrible 
havoc  among  the  cocoanuts,  which  had  not  the  strength  to  bear 
up  against  the  drought."*  Describing  the  Gilbert  Islands, 
Woodfordf  remarks  :  "  I  suspect  that  it  is  not  till  the  cyclone 
in  its  course  reaches  a  latitude  of  about  12°  to  18°  from  the 
equator,  that  the  level  of  the  water  accompanying  it  attains  a 
height  sufficient  to  do  serious  damage.  Were  it  not  so,  the 
Ellice  Group,  of  similar  formation,  which  lies  much  further  to 
the  southward,  would  he  rendered  uninhabitable.  A  wave  of 
the  height  of  eighteen  feet  would  be  sufficient  to  sweep  away  the 
whole  of  the  population  of  the  Gilbert  and  Ellice  Groups." 

*  Becke— loc.  cit.        f  Woodford— loc.  cit. 


20  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

VEGETATION. 

I  regret  that  I  was  unable  to  form  a  Botanical  Collection  in 
Funafuti.  I  did  indeed  attempt  to  dry  plants  in  blotting  paper, 
but  the  extreme  mmst.nrfi  of  the  climat.R  caused  the  specimens  to 
rot  even  in  the  press.  Zoological  study  being  the  principal  aim 
of  my  visit,  and  the  exhausting  'work  of  reef  collecting  leaving 
little  time  or  energy,  botany  was  reluctantly  sacrificed  ;  speci- 
mens of  such  plants  only  as  related  to  ethnological  inquiry  being 
preserved  in  a  solution  of  two  or  three  per  cent,  of  formol. 

The  study  of  atoll  floras  was  initiated  by  Henslow's  examina- 
tion* of  the  plants  collected  by  Darwin  on  the  Keeling  Islands, 
our  knowledge  of  which  was  expanded  by  Forbesf  and  by 
Guppy.J  Lists  of  plants  from  the  Marshall  Islands,§  Maid  on 
Island,jl  Gilbert  Islands,!!  Sikaiana  Island,**  Caroline  Island,ft  and 
Fanning  Island,  JJ  show  a  small  number  of  the  same  species 
repeated  from  atoll  to  atoll  over  enormous  distances  across  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  The  identity  of  the  vegetation  possessed  by  tiny 
islets  separated  by  thousands  of  miles  of  deepest  ocean  is  very 
striking,  since  paradoxically  they  present  a  greater  continuity  of 
life  range  than  any  continent  can  show.  The  inferences  deducible 
from  the  distribution  of  atoll  plants  are  so  admirably  drawn  by 
Dr.  H.  B.  Guppy,  and  are  so  entirely  in  accordance  with  my  own 
conclusions,  that  I  extract  from  his  article  "  The  Polynesians  and 
their  Plant-names, "§§  the  following  expression  of  his  views  :— 

"The  low  coral  islands  and  the  shores  of  the  more  elevated 
and  mountainous  islands  are  occupied  by  plants  such  as  Barring- 
tonia  speciosa,  Calophyllum  inophyllum,  the  Mangrove,  Morinda 
citrifolia,  the  Pandanus,  Thespesia  populnea,  &c.,  that  are  known 
to  be  dispersed  by  the  currents ;  and  they  are  all  plants  that  are 
widely  distributed  over  the  Indian  and  Pacific  Oceans.  The 
only  doubt  arises  as  to  the  particular  route  along  which  the 
floating  seed  were  drifted,  and  if  that  can  be  established  we  may 
obtain  a  clue  as  to  the  route  pursued  by  the  Polynesians.  Now 
a  species  that,  like  Barringtonia  speciosa  or  Thespesia  populnea, 

*  Florula  Keelingensis,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  i.,  1838,  p.  337. 
t  Forbes — A   Naturalist's  Wanderings   in   the   Eastern   Archipelago, 
1885,  p.  42. 

J  Nature,  xli.,  1890,  p.  492. 
§  E.  Betche,  Berliner  Gartenzeitung,  1844. 

||  Hooker  in  Hemsley,  Challenger  Beports— Botany,  i.,  1885,  p.  18. 
*[Woodford— Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  1895,  p.  34G. 
**  Beck— Ann.  K.K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  iii.,  1888,  pp.  251-256. 
tf  Dixon— Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  ii.,  1884,  p.  88. 
JJ  Hemsley— "  Challenger  "  Eeports— Botany,  iii.,  1885,  p.  116. 
§§  Trans.  Viet.  Inst.,  1896. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  21 

is  almost  universally  distributed  in  the  tropical  islands  of  the 
Pacific  can  scarcely  aid  us  in  the  matter.  If,  however,  we  can 
find  a  littoral  plant  that  has  only  partly  performed  the  traverse 
of  this  region,  then  we  shall  possess  in  the  interrupted  operation 
an  important  piece  of  evidence.  The  Mangrove  (Rhizophora, 
Bruguiera,  &c.)  is  absent,  or  very  rare,  in  Eastern  Polynesia, 
but  unfortunately  for  our  purpose  this  is  in  great  part  explained 
by  the  lack  of  a  suitable  station  on  the  precipitous  shores  of  the 
larger  islands.  We  have,  however,  in  Nipa  fruticans  a  plant 
well  fitted  for  our  object,  and  one  well  known  to  be  dispersed  by 
the  currents. .  For  a  littoral  species  it  has  a  limited  range.  It 
is  found  on  the  tropical  shores  of  Asia,  east  of  the  Ganges,  and 
in  the  Indian  Archipelago,  where  it  abounds  ;  and  there  is  no 
question  as  to  its  great  antiquity  in  this  region.  Now  the  Nipa 
Palm,  as  it  is  sometimes  termed,  has  attempted  to  reach  Polynesia 
by  two  routes  from  the  Indian  Archipelago,  viz.,  by  Melanesia 
and  Micronesia.  Along  the  first  route  it  has  in  the  course  of 
ages  reached  the  Solomon  Islands,  where  I  found  it  in  1884. 
Along  the  second  route  it  has  extended  its  range  to  Ualan  or 
Kusaie,  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  Caroline  Group,  where  it  was 
observed  by  Kittlitz  about  seventy  years  ago.  Since  its  intru- 
sion so  far  into  the  Pacific  seems  to  have  escaped  the  notice  of 
later  botanists,  and  as  no  reference  is  made  to  it  by  Hemsley  in 
his  account  of  the  floras  of  oceanic  islands,  given  in  his  '  Botany 
of  the  "  Challenger," '  I  may  here  remark  that  it  is  described  in 
general  terms  in  the  narrative  of  Kittlitz,  and  is  figured  in  his 
'  Views  of  the  Pacific  Vegetation,'  where  it  was  also  identified 
and  noted  by  Dr.  Seemann  in  his  English  edition  of  the  '  Views.' 
Now  the  island  of  Kusaie  lies  in  the  course  of  the  Pacific  Counter 
Current,  which  runs  to  the  eastward  from  the  Malay  Archipelago 
right  across  the  Pacific  between  the  parallels  of  about  4°  to  8°  N. 
Here  the  Nipa  Palm  has  reached  the  last  spot  where  it  could  find 
a  station.  Beyond  lie  the  coral  atolls  of  the  Marshall  Group  that 
could  afford  no  home  to  a  plant  that  frequents  the  extensive  coast 
swamps,  and  lines  the  mouths  of  large  rivers  in  Asia  and  in  the 
Archipelago.  Most  of  the  familiar  littoral  plants  of  Polynesia 
have  probably  reached  their  present  home  by  the  path  attempted 
in  vain  by  the  Nipa  Palm.  Since  they  for  the  most  part  frequent 
coral  islands,  the  atolls  of  the  Marshall,  Gilbert,  and  Ellice  Groups 
would  form  so  many  stepping-stones  by  which,  in  the  season  of 
the  north-west  winds,  they  would  be  able  to  find  their  way  to 
Samoa  and  Fiji  in  spite  of  the  westerly  drift  of  the  Equatorial 
Current."* 

*  Among  Mollusca  the  Trochomorph<e  would  seeru  to  have  "  reached  their 
present  home  by  the  path  attempted  in  vain  by  the  Nipa  Palm ;"  and 
Rhysota  sowerbyana,  Pfr.,  to  have  accompanied  the  Nipa  to  the  Carolines, 
and  like  it  to  have  there  "  reached  the  last  spot  where  it  could  find  a 
station."— C.H. 


22  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

No  account  of  the  botany  of  the  Ellice  Group  appears  to  have 
been  published.  In  his  recent  works  on  Polynesian  Botany, 
Drake  del  Castello  neglects  to  make  any  reference  to  this  Archi- 
pelago. A  few  plants  were  gathered  by  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee 
during  his  missionary  tours  and  presented  to  the  Kew  Herbarium. 
From  this  collection  Hemsley  in  the  ' '  Challenger  Reports — Botany  " 
incidentally  quotes  Suriana  inaritima,  Linn.,  and  JRhizophora 
mucronata,  Lamarck,  from  Funafuti  itself,  and  from  the  Ellice 
in  general  the  following  : — Ochrosia  parviflora,  Henslow,  Tourne- 
fortia  argentea,  Linn,  f.,  Acalypha  grandis,  Bentham,  Pipturus 
argenteus,  Weld,  Guettarda  speciosa,  Linn.,  Premna  taitensis, 
Schauer,  Nephrolepis  exaltata,  Schott,  and  Octoblepharum  smarag- 
dinum,  Mitten. 

The  vegetable  monarch  of  the  atoll  world  is  the  coconut  palm 
(Cocos  nucifera,  Linn.),  tall  individuals  of  which,  rearing  their 
plumes  to  a  height  of  over  eighty  feet,  give  to  the  mariner  his  first 
landfall.  Every  available  rod  of  dry  land  is  planted  with  coco- 
nuts, one  tiny  islet,  a  mere  shingle  bank,  so  swept  with  spray 
that  lichens  are  the  only  other  vegetable  life,  yet  grows  three  poor 
stunted  and  battered  palms.  It  is  to  be  emphasised  that  all 
coconuts  are  planted ;  the  idea  of  a  wild  palm  being  as  strange 
in  Funafuti  as  that  of  a  wild  peach  might  be  in  England.  Gill  in 
describing  the  primeval  forest  of  the  uninhabited  island  of  Nassau 
in  1862,  alludes  to  but  a  single  coconut  tree  among  the  indigenous 
vegetation.*  I  doubt  whether,  despite  popular  opinion  to  the 
contrary,  a  wild  coconut  palm  is  to  be  found  throughout  the 
breadth  of  the  Pacific.  Certainly  it  is  most  rare,  again  contrary 
to  popular  theory,  for  a  drifted  coconut  thrown  upon  the  beach 
by  winds  and  waves  to  produce  a  tree.f  So  intimately  is  this 
palm  now  associated  with  native  life  that  it  is  difficult  to  imagine 
an  atoll  before  its  introduction. 

*  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  30. 

f  From  eye-witnesses  I  have  heard  of  several  wild  coconut  palms  on 
Facing  Island,  Queensland,  and  again  of  one  at  Emu  Park,  Queensland. 
But,  if  the  popular  idea  were  correct,  the  Queensland  beaches  should 
have  presented  many  hundred  miles  of  coconut  groves  to  their  earliest 
explorers,  receiving,  as  I  can  testify  they  do,  abundance  of  drifted  nuts 
and  fulfilling  every  requirement  of  soil  and  climate.  As  Jukes  says : 
"  The  entire  absence  of  these  trees  from  every  part  of  Australia  is  a  most 
striking  fact,  since  it  is  I  believe  the  only  country  in  the  world  so  much 
of  which  lies  within  the  tropics  in  which  they  have  never  been  found." — 
(Voy.  "  Fly,"  i.,  1847,  p.  132.)  I  have  been  told  by  Queensland  Aborigines 
that  they  always  tore  up  and  ate  any  sprouting  nuts  they  might  find, 
but  even  this  scarcely  accounts  for  the  remarkable  absence  of  the 
coconut  palm  from  Queensland.  Guppy's  remarks  on  the  germination 
of  stranded  coconuts  (Nature,  xli.,  p.  492)  will  repay  perusal,  also 
Dana's  in  Corals  and  Coral  Islands,  1872,  p.  181.  Where  the  original 
home  of  this  palm  was,  has  been  discussed  at  length  by  Seemann  in 
the  Flora  Vitiensis,  and  by  De  Candolle— Origin  of  Cultivated  Plants, 
1884,  p.  429. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  23 

Though  romance  and  poetry  have  always  linked  together  reef 
and  palm,  yet  truth  to  tell,  the  coconut  does  not  attain  its 
greatest  luxuriance  upon  the  low  reef  islands.  To  an  eye,  not  to 
mention  an  appetite,  accustomed  to  the  coconuts  of  New  Guinea, 
the  fruit  of  Funafuti  seems  to  be  dwarfed  and  stunted,  and  the 
palm  trunks  to  be  small  and  slender.  A  hundred  nuts  on  a  stem 
is  a  maximum  yield  for  Funafuti,  but  double  that  amount  is 
obtained  elsewhere.  "  As  big  as  a  Rotumah  nut,"  is  a  phrase 
often  heard  upon  Funafuti,  the  richer  soil  of  that  high  island 
producing  larger  nuts  than  the  atolls  ;  the  shells  of  very  large 
nuts  being  valued  for  flasks  and  toddy  vessels. 

Native  traditions  point  not  only  to  the  fact  that  the  coconut 
is  an  introduced  plant,  but  that  the  date  of  its  introduction  into 
Funafuti  is,  historically  speaking,  comparatively  modern,  possibly 
a  couple  of  centuries  ago.  Certain  of  the  tallest  and  presumably 
oldest*  palms  about  the  principal  village  are  known  as  "Touassa's 
trees,"  having  been  planted  in  the  reign  of  that  chieftain. 
Tradition  narrates  how  the  priest  Erivada  despatched  double 
canoes,  "fouroua,"  or  ocean-going  craft,  to  Vaitupu  to  bring 
thence  seed  nuts,  Vaitupu  having  previously  received  the  coconut 
from  the  Gilberts.  On  the  canoes  returning  with  their  cargo, 
the  sprouting  nuts  were  dexteriously  split  so  that  the  spongy 
core  could  be  extracted  for  food,  while  the  germinating  plant, 
uninjured  by  this  treatment,  was  cultivated.  At  this  period  land 
other  than  the  village  site  and  the  taro  gardens  first  acquired  a 
value,  and  the  whole  atoll  was  then  parcelled  out  among  the  tribe, 
each  man  proceeding  to  plant  his  portion  with  coconuts.  Two 
generations  ago  so  valuable  were  the  nuts  that  to  steal  them  was 
a  crime  which  these  gentle  islanders  punished  by  drowning  the 
culprit  in  the  lagoon.  Two  varieties  of  coconut  are  recognised, 
the  sweet  nut  "  uta  maunga  "  and  bitter  "niu." 

When  the  nut  is  a  couple  of  inches  long  it  is  called  "  kaieri," 
a  little  olderf  when  the  creamy  deposit  begins  to  form  it  is 
"  mukkamuk,"  the  contained  liquid  being  "  swanu,"  later  when 
it  is  sufficiently  ripe  to  be  plucked  for  drinking  the  nut  is  termed 
"bee,"  the  milk  of  which  is  "swabee,"  and  the  kernel  "ingati;" 
a  more  mature  nut  whose  shell  begins  to  turn  black  is  "  mutta- 
mutta,"  and  when  the  nut  drops  naturally  from  the  tree  it  is 
"niu."  A  store  of  these  old  nuts  is  kept  always  in  the  huts 
against  time  of  famine,  they  are  partially  husked,  but  care  is 

*  Dr.  Gill  states  that  "  The  coconut  palm  attains  the  age  of  from  180 
to  200  years  in  well  sheltered  places."— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885, 
p.  203. 

t  The  stage  in  ripeness  which  the  nut  has  reached  is  ascertained  by 
tapping  on  it  with  the  knuckles,  as  in  Fiji.  See  Seemann — Flora  Vitiensis, 
1865-73,  p.  278. 


24  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

taken  to  leave  the  husk  intact  over  the  "  eyes,"  else  the  cock- 
roaches would  gnaw  through  at  this  point  and  spoil  the  fruit. 
A  rib  of  husk  like  the  crest  on  a  fireman's  helmet  is  usually  left, 
and  the  nuts  are  tied  in  couples  by  a  wisp  of  husk  fibre.  After 
the  lapse  of  a  year  the  liquid  has  dried  out,  and  the  kernel  turning 
red  and  soft  is  considered  more  palatable  and  termed  "  tukka- 
tukka  gea ;"  this  is  eaten  with  bonito.  Preserved  for  three 
years  the  kernel  turns  black  and  still  softer,  and,  though  it 
now  stings  the  tongue,  is  yet  thought  wholesome ;  this  stage  is 
known  as  "  tukkatukka  kula."  In  a  sprouting  nut  the  contained 
liquid  turns  to  a  white  spongy  mass  filling  the  cavity.  I  found 
this,  as  do  the  natives,  an  agreeable  food.  From  the  old  times 
the  people  here  have  extracted  (by  what  process  I  unfortunately 
neglected  to  ascertain)  coconut  oil,  with  which,  scented,  they 
anoint  themselves. 

In  former  years  a  considerable  trade  was  done  in  coconut  oil 
locally  expressed  and  casked.  The  dried  kernel  or  copra  now 
furnishes  the  sole  export  of  Funafuti,  amounting  annually  to 
about  8,000  Bbs.  In  return  the  natives  receive  through  the  local 
trader,  tobacco,  calico,  tools  and  other  requirements.  Out  of  the 
revenue  so  obtained,  the  salary  of  the  native  missionary  teacher 
and  the  taxes  due  to  the  Imperial  Government  are  both  paid. 

Palms  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of  toddy  (Fig.  1)  are  readily 
distinguished  by  having  step  notches  cut  in  their  trunks.  Every 
month  the  palm  puts  forth  a  budding  spathe.  In  toddy  palms  this 
is  not  permitted  to  dovelope  into  flower  and  fruit,  but  on  its  first 
appearance  is  lashed  round  with  twine,  "  marled  "  in  seafaring 
language,  from  the  base  to  the  apex.  The  peduncle  of  the  spathe 
is  scraped  and  slightly  split  to  allow  it  to  bend  more  freely. 
Then  the  spathe  is  bent  downwards  gradually  by  tying  down  the 
tip  for  two  or  three  days,  the  cord  being  shortened  at  intervals, 
till  the  spathe  has  acquired  the  proper  inclination.  Three  or  four 
inches  are  cut  off  with  a  knife  from  the  tip,  to  which  a  little 
spout  or  gutter  of  leaf  is  attached.  This  spout  guides  the  drip 
of  the  sap  into  an  empty  coconut  shell  hung  from  the  spathe. 
Twice  a  day  a  lad  ascends  the  tree,  unbinds  the  tip,  shaves  a 
little  off  it  with  his  knife  to  make  the  sap  run  freer,  re-binds  it 
and  exchanges  the  full  shell  for  an  empty  one.  Several  spathes 
in  one  palm  are  in  operation  simultaneously. 

The  juice  so  obtained  is  strained,  and  lest  it  should  turn  sour 
is  kept  warm  in  a  coconut  shell  by  the  fire.  "  Freshly  drawn 
from  the  tree,  it  is  of  an  agreeable  taste  resembling  ginger-beer."* 
When  sufficient  is  accuinrnulated  it  is  boiled  down  to  molasses, 
from  which  a  native  sweetmeat  is  made.  For  the  following  recipe 
I  am  indebted  to  a  Funafuti  lady  :  "  Beret,"  adopted  from  the 

*  Woodf ord— loc.  tit. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY. 


Fig.  1. — Method  of  collecting  sap  diopping  from  wounded  spathes  (toddy) 
into  suspended  coconut-shell  flasks. 

Gilbert  Islands,  take  hard  old  coconut  kernel,  grate  fine,  dry 
in  the  sun  and  pound  to  the  consistency  of  oatmeal  :  upon  this 
pour  boiling  syrup  of  molasses.  Water  sweetened  with  molasses 
is  an  ordinary  drink,  and  as  an  alternative  to  coconut  milk  a 
thrifty  householder  pointed  out  that  the  supply  of  beverage  for  his 
family  from  one  tree  yielding  toddy,  equalled  that  from  ten  trees 
yielding  nuts.  The  Ellice  Islanders,  who  were  also  unacquainted 
with  kava  or'  betelnut,  never  fermented  or  distilled  their  toddy 
into  an  intoxicant  like  the  Gilbert  Islanders,  among  whom  free 


26  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

indulgence  in  toddy  was  the  usual  prelude  to  murderous  fights. 
The  manufacture  of  toddy  is  an  art  unknown  to  either  Polynesians 
or  Melanesians,  and  was  certainly  derived  from  Micronesia,  reach- 
ing in  the  Ellice  its  furthest  extension  southward. 

The  green  heart  of  a  coconut  palm  being  only  to  be  obtained  by 
sacrificing  the  tree,  was  a  dainty  seldom  eaten  by  the  islanders. 

The  timber  of  the  palm  was  not  as  far  as  my  observation  went 
ever  employed  by  the  natives.  The  only  insect  foes  to  the  palm 
in  Funafuti  were  the  white  ants,  which  committed  much  damage 
by  eating  away  the  trunk  a  few  feet  from  the  ground.  I  saw 
several  tall  palms  snapped  by  the  wind  where  these  pests  had 
weakened  the  stem.  My  colleague,  Mr.  W.  J.  Rainbow,  recognised 
in  this  pest  Calotermes  margrinipennis,  Latr. 

The  cultivation  of  the  coconut  is  confined  to  the  simple  opera- 
tions of  placing  a  sprouting  nut  where  it  is  to  grow,  of  clearing 
the  shrubs  and  vines  from  around  it,  and  of  gathering  the  produce. 
The  work  of  collecting  and  husking  the  nuts  devolves  solely  upon 
the  men.  For  climbing  the  palms  a  stout  rope  loop,  "  kaf  unga," 
is  twisted  into  a  figure  of  eight,  into  this  each  foot  is  thrust  as 
far  as  the  instep.  Placing  his  hands  around  the  stem  the  man 
leaps  on  to  the  trunk,  resting  his  manacled  feet  on  either  side  of 
it.  Raising  his  hands  to  a  higher  grasp  he  makes  another  leap, 
and  ascends  the  tree  by  bounds  of  a  couple  of  feet  or  so.  Arrived 
at  the  summit  he  plucks  from  his  belt  a  short  notched  stick  and 
attached  cord,  "  kouteki."  Applying  the  stick  against  the  palm 
stem  like  a  ship's  crosstrees  against  her  mast,  he  winds  the  rope 
half  round  the  trunk,  over  the  notch  on  the  stick,  back  round  the 
tree  and  over  the  other  notched  end.  Repeating  this  twice  or 
thrice  the  stick  is  securely  hitched  to  the  trunk,  and  the  native 
standing  upon  the  crosstrees  may  conveniently  do  his  work.  A 
nut  is  gathered  by  seizing  the  apex  with  the  fingers  and  twirling 
it  round  till  the  twisted  stalk  breaks,  when  the  nut  is  allowed  to 
drop  to  the  ground. 

Husking  is  effected  by  fixing  a  stout  stake,  which  presents  a 
sharp  spear  point,  in  the  ground  at  an  angle  of  about  45°.  The 
nut  held  in  both  hands  is  driven  against  the  stake  so  that  the  point 
penetrates  the  husk  but  not  the  shell,  and  with  a  twist  a  strip  of 
husk  is  wrenched  off.  After  two  or  three  repetitions  the  husk  is 
torn  off,  except  a  strip  by  which  it  is  fastened  to  another  nut. 
The  labourer  returns  from  his  work  with  his  plane  iron  adze 
caught  in  a  loop  of  the  kafunga,  and  these  with  the  koutekei 
slung'  with  his  freshly  husked  nuts  from  the  husking  stake,  a 
valued  implement  and  potential  weapon,  over  his  shoulder. 

A  proprietor  wishing  his  tree  to  be  untouched  resorts  to  the 
"  Niu  tabu,"  (Fig.  2)  effected  by  tying  a  coconut  frond  around  the 
stem.  This  widespread  South  Sea  warning,  equivalent  to  our 
"  Trespassers  will  be  prosecuted,"  I  saw  in  use  throughout  British 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT HEDLEY. 


•27 


Fig.  2. — A  palin  reserved  by  the  "  Niu  Tabu." 

New  Guinea,  and  the  Rev.  W.  W.  Gill  described*  it  in  Rarotonga. 
There  it  is  held  to  represent  the  owner  clasping  the  tree  with  his 
arms  and  legs,  separate  bunches  of  pinnules  being  knotted  to 
represent  the  limbs.  Dr.  Gill  tells  me  that  in  old  Rarotonga,  if 
the  midrib  of  the  niu  tabu  was  injured  the  owner  would  consider 
that  his  spine  was  figuratively  broken,  a  mortal  injury  only  to  be 
atoned  by  the  blood  of  the  offender.  In  Tonga  the  trespasser 
incurred  a  curse  that  his  child  would  die  within  the  year,  but  in 
peaceful  Funafuti  I  did  not  learn  of  any  dire  evil  befalling  the 
offender.  The  tip  of  the  coconut  frond,  the  sacred  "iku  kukau," 
was  a  religious  emblem  in  former  days.} 

Anyone  athirst  in  another  man's  land  was  in  Funafuti  at 
liberty  to  pluck  his  neighbour's  coconut,  but  he  was  expected  to 
report  the  circumstance  to  the  owner  on  his  return. 

*  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  205. 

t  Gill— loc.  cit.,  pp.  15  and  22.  On  Nukufetau  the  American  Expedi- 
tion observed  a  coconut  leaflet  tied  around  the  neck,  probably  as  a  sign  of 
amity  and  peace.  Wilkes — Narr.  Amer.  Explor.  Exped.,  v.,  1845,  p.  48. 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Baskets  similar  to,  but  not  identical  with  that  recently  figured 
and  described*  by  the  writer  from  New  Guinea,  are  constructed 
from  palm  fronds,  as  are  trays  for  carrying  fish,  eyeshades,  and 
rough  mats  for  the  floors  and  walls  of  houses.  Rough  dresses, 
"titi,"  for  working  in  are  made  from  palm  leaves.  Temporary  huts 
are  thatched  with  coconut,  but  pandanus  replaces  it  in  permanent 
residences.!  A  leaning  palm  is  used  to  collect  rain  water  (Fig.  3), 


Fig.  3. — Method  of  draining  rain  water  from  a  leaning  palm. 

which  trickling  down  the  stem  is  turned  by  a  wisp  of  leaves  and 
caught  in  a  wooden  trough.  The  fashion  is  not  in  vogue  in 
Funafuti  which  Danaj  describes  from  the  neighbouring  Tokelaus 
as  follows:  "Water  is  sometimes  obtained  by  making  a  large 

*  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2)  x.,  1895,  p.  615,  PI.  Iviii.,  f.  2. 

f  "  The  thatch  of  Atupa's  house  [in  Nanomanga]  is  merely  the  leaf  of 
the  coconut,  which  is  very  pervious  to  rain  ;  whilst  the  idol-temples  are 
well  covered  with  the  leaf  of  Pandanus  odoroMssimus,  the  finest  thatch  in 
the  world.  We  suggested  to  a  chief  that  the  king's  dwelling  might 
have  a  better  thatch.  He  replied,  "  The  king's  house  is  thatched  with 
coconut  leaves,  not  with  pandanus,  because  he  is  but  mortal."  The 
same  feeling  formerly  existed  on  Mangaia  with  reference  to  this  cele- 
brated thatch  tree."  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  23. 

J  Loc.  cit.  p.  284. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  29 

cavity  in  the  body  of  a  coconut  tree,  two  feet  or  so  from  the 
ground.  At  the  Duke  of  York's  Island,  and  probably  also  at 
the  adjacent  Bowditch  Island,  this  method  is  put  in  practice  ;  the 
cavities  hold  five  or  six  gallons  of  water." 

The  dried  leaves  tied  in  bundles  are  used  at  night  for  torches 
while  fishing. 

Fibre  for  sinnet  is  obtained  by  macerating  green  coconut  husk 
for  three  or  four  weeks  in  fresh  or  salt  water,  such  is  known  as 
"loukafa." 

A  kind  of  fish  trap  like  our  crab  pot  was  wove  in  basket  work 
from  the  roots  of  the  palm. 

After  the  coconut  the  principal  tree,  both  in  numbers  and 
utility,  is  the  Fala,  Screw  Pine,  probably  Pandanus  odoratis- 
simus,  Linn.,  but  the  confused  literature*  of  this  difficult  genus 
has  not  allowed  a  satisfactory  identification  of  this  species.  The 
natives  recognise  and  name  several  varieties  of  the  native  Fala, 
but  I  do  not  know  whether  these  are  botanical  species.  On 
the  third  islet  south  of  the  permanent  village  I  remarked  an 
apparently  starved  form  with  scanty  foliage  and  slender  limbs. 
Approaching  the  atoll  from  the  sea,  the  pyramidal  shape  and  vivid 
green  of  the  Fala  enables  the  eye  to  detect  it  before  any  other 
indigenous  plant.  It  extends  over  the  whole  of  every  islet,  and 
appears  to  have  no  especial  choice  of  soil  or  situation,  attaining  a 
height  of  25  -30  feet,  and  a  diameter  of  trunk  of  12-14  inches. 
The  facetted  fruit,  "  fui  Fala,"  about  the  size  of  a  man's  head,  is 
orange-red  when  ripe  and  then  emits  a  sweet  smell,  three  or  four 
in  different  stages  of  maturity  being  usually  carried  on  one  tree. 
The  fruit  being  broken  open  the  proximal  soft  portion  of  the 
phalanges  is  chewed.  The  sweet  sugary  taste  is  a  favourite  with 
adults  and  children  alike,  and  meets  the  approval  of  the  Robber 
Crab,  Birgus  latro,  but  does  not  commend  itself  to  a  European 
palate.  Having  chewed  the  ends  into  the  semblance  of  a  paint 
brush,  the  eater  throws  the  phalanges  away  and  never  opens  them 
for  the  edible  seeds  they  contain.  There  appears  to  be  no  private 
property  in  Pandanus,  anyone  may  take  any  ripe  fruit  he  may 
meet. 

The  trunk  and  branches  of  the  Fandango,  as  the  beach-combers 
call  it,  are  soft  and  useless  for  fuel  or  building,  but  the  leaves, 
"  lau  Fala,"  yield  material  for  the  local  arts  and  manufactures. 
For  thatch  the  leaves  are  dressed,  stripped  of  their  thorns,  folded 
in  a  row  over  a  batten  and  pinned  by  a  riblet  of  palm  frond  ; 
battens  so  loaded  are  arranged  on  the  roof  one  above  another 
with  a  considerable  lap.  Such  a  thatch  is  excellent  and  lasts 
four  or  five  years.  The  leaves  yields  material  for  fine  mats,  and 

*  Vide  Balfour,  Observations  on  the  genus  Pandanus,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc. 
Bot.  xvii.  p.  54. 


30  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

is  one  of  the  fabrics  for  the  titi,  or  native  kilt.  These  leaves 
readily  take  a  dye,  and  patterns  of  red,  white  and  black,  have  of 
old  figured  in  the  mats  and  dresses.  The  aerial  roots  were  in 
other  atolls  of  the  Ellice  chewed*  into  fibre  for  the  titi.  "  It  is 
believed  to  attain  to  a  great  age.  .  .  I  have  seen  the  veritable 
screw-pine  on  which  Mautara,  some  hundred  and  fifty  years  ago, 
disembowelled  Kikau  in  revenge  for  the  murder  of  his  son 
Teuanuku.  The  tree  was  uprooted  in  the  cyclone  of  1860,  or  it 
might  well  have  lived  on  for  many  a  long  year."f 

A  different  Pandanus  from  the  wild  one  is  cultivated  near  the 
village,  it  has  a  sweeter  fruit,  twice  as  large  as  the  indigenous 
species,  longer,  broader  leaves,  and  stouter  stem.  The  natives 
call  it  the  Fala  kai,  edible  Screw  Pine,  and  they  told  me  that  it 
had  been  introduced  from  the  Gilbert  Islands.  This  is  probably 
the  species  mentioned  by  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee,  who  writes  of 
Peru  :|  "  The  natives  appear  to  value  the  Pandanus  even  more 
than  the  cocoanut  palm.  They  consume  immense  quantities  of 
the  fruit  raw,  and  the  variety  which  they  cultivate  in  the  Gilbert 
Group  (which  is  much  superior  to  that  found  in  the  Ellice  Islands, 
and  immeasureably  superior  to  the  kind  cultivated  in  Samoa) 
produces  a  very  palatable  fruit.  The  women  prepare  a  kind  of 
cake  by  baking  the  fruit  till  it  becomes  soft  ;  they  then  pound  a 
large  number  in  a  large  mat,  and  spread  the  prepared  pulp  in 
cakes  two  or  three  feet  wide  by  six  or  eight  long,  and  one-sixth 
of  an  inch  thick.  The  whole  is  then  dried  in  the  sun,  and  made 
into  a  roll  like  an  ancient  manuscript.  This  keeps  for  a  length 
of  time  and  tastes  something  like  old  dates." 

"  In  the  Line  Islands,  during  frequent  seasons  of  drought,  when 
the  cocoanut  palm  ceases  to  bear  fruit,  the  natives  contrive  to 
exist  upon  fish  and  the  drupes  of  the  never  failing  screw  pine. 
The  inner  part  of  the  drupe  is  fleshy  and  pleasantly  sweet. 
Several  tiny  kernels,  in  extremely  hard  shells,  fill  up  the  outer 
part.  On  many  of  the  Gilbert  Islands  preparations  of  the 
Pandanus  were  presented  to  us,  as  the  most  valuable  gifts  they 
could  bestow.  First,  the  ripe  fleshy  parts  of  the  drupe,  pounded 
into  a  flat  cake,  in  appearance  like  a  mass  of  pressed  oakum  ; 
this  we  could  not  eat.  Next  came  extremely  thin,  paper  like 
stuff,  consisting  of  the  sugary  juice  of  the  fruit  dried  in  the  sun  ; 
this  was  very  palatable.  Lastly  came  a  sort  of  sawdust,  or  fine 
nutritious  particles  out  of  the  kernel  and  drupe  dried  ;  this  too 

*  In  the  New  Hebrides  the  petticoat  worn  by  women  find  girls  is  pre- 
pared from  the  exposed  roots  of  the  Pandanus  by  splitting  and  chewing 
them.  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  186. 

t  Gill— loc.  tit.,  p.  187. 

J  Whitmee— A  Missionary  Cruise  iu  the  South  Pacific,  Sydney,  1871, 
p.  36. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLET.  31 

was  very  nice,  but  it  would  take  a  great  deal  of  such  food  to 
satisfy  the  appetite."* 

Leichhardt  writes  of  Northern  Australia  :  "  At  the  deserted 
camp  of  the  natives,  which  I  visited  yesterday,  I  saw  half  a  cone 
of  the  Pandanus  covered  up  in  hot  ashes,  large  vessels  (koolimans) 
filled  with  water  in  which  roasted  seed-vessels  were  soaking  ;  seed 
vessels  which  had  been  soaked,  were  roasting  on  the  coals,  and 
large  quantities  of  them  broken  on  stones  and  deprived  of  their 
seeds.  This  seems  to  shew  that,  in  preparing  the  fruit  when  ripe 
for  use,  it  is  first  baked  in  hot  ashes,  then  soaked  in  water  to 
obtain  the  sweet  substance  contained  between  its  fibres,  after 
which  it  is  put  on  the  coals  and  roasted  to  render  it  brittle,  when 
it  is  broken  to  obtain  the  kernels."! 

In  Funafuti  the  children  make  necklaces  out  of  bits  of  the 
brightly  coloured  nuts.  J 

Of  the  timber  trees  the  most  imposing  is  the  Fetau  (Calophyllum 
inophyllum,  Linn.).  On  the  lagoon  side  of  the  north-eastern  islet 
and  overhanging  the  water  are  some  handsome  examples  of  this 
tree  forty  feet  in  height  and  six  or  seven  in  diameter,  whose  roots 
extend  downwards  to  the  hightide  mark,  and  clasp  the  rocks  in 
the  fashion  of  the  Maritime  Pines  of  Europe,  or  the  Spotted  Gums 
of  Australia.  The  rough  barked,  short,  stout  trunk  branches 
like  an  oak  abruptly  into  heavy,  thick  limbs.  The  foliage  is 
dense,  glossy  and  dark  green  ;  among  which  is  borne  a  profusion 
of  delicate,  sweet  smelling,  white  flowers,  greatly  valued  by  the 
natives,  and  woven  by  them  into  garlands  for  feasts  and  festivals. 
On  the  main  islet  were  a  few  small  trees,  but  the  species  was  not 
abundant  thore.  I  did  not  notice  the  hard  dark  timber  in  use 
by  the  natives.  Probably  it  was  not  workable  by  the  shell  adzes 
used  before  civilisation.^ 

Another  of  the  taller  timber  trees  is  the  Pouka||  (Hernandia 
peltala,  Meissn.).  On  a  sandy  flat  just  behind  the  village,  is  a 
wood  chiefly  composed  of  this  species.  Hemmed  in  by  each  other 
and  the  palms  they  have  shot  up  into  straight,  unbranched, 
slender  saplings,  forty  feet  high  and  twenty  inches  in  diameter ; 

*  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  185. 

t  Leichhardt— Journal  of  an  Overland  Expedition  in  Australia,  1847, 
p.  406. 

J  As  described  by  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  186. 

§  Seemann  (Flora  Vitiensis,  1865-73,  p.  12)  says  of  the  oil  of  this  tree  in 
Fiji,  "  the  natives  use  it  for  polishing  arms  and  greasing  their  bodies, 
when  coconut  is  not  at  hand.  The  leaves  ere  torn  in  small  pieces,  soaked 
in  water  for  a  night  and  then  used  for  washing  inflamed  eyes.  Boats 
and  canoes  are  built  of  the  wood  and  it  is  named  with  the  Vesi  (Afzelia 
bijuga)  as  the  best  timber  produced  in  Fiji." 

||  "  Buka  "  in  Karotonga— Gill,  loc.  cit.,  p.  166. 


32  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

these,  the  first  examples  noted,  were  too  lofty  to  show  flower  or 
fruit,  but  the  peltate  leaf,  alluded  to  by  the  specific  name,  enabled 
me  to  recognise  later  the  species,  in  a  graceful  round  topped  tree, 
twenty  feet  high,  growing  in  the  open.  The  curious  capsule  of 
the  bell  shaped  fruit  recalled  that  of  the  Cape  Gooseberry. 
During  our  stay  on  Funafuti  several  canoes,  "  vaka,"  were  built, 
all  of  which  were  carved  out  of  the  soft  white  Pouka  wood, 
together  with  their  accessories,  balers,  outriggers  and  paddles. 
In  past  times,  from  seed  of  this,  the  pigment  used  in  tatooing 
was  made. 

For  posts  and  the  frames  of  houses  the  natives  had  recourse  to 
the  hard,  heavy,  white  wood  of  the  Fau  (Ochrosia  parviflorus, 
Henslow),  a  smooth  barked,  small,  round  topped  tree,  twenty-five 
feet  in  height  and  a  foot  in  diameter,  which  flourished  among 
broken  coral  debris,  independent  of  sand  or  soil.  In  hot  weather 
the  dense  foliage  of  large,  smooth,  glossy  leaves  offered  a  refresh- 
ing shade.  The  nuts,  which  Darwin  aptly  compared  to  walnuts 
in  appearance,  turn  yellow  when  ripe,  and  hang  from  long  stalks 
in  clusters  of  twos  and  threes.  Beneath  the  tree  are  thickly 
scattered  on  the  ground  the  fallen  fruit,  looking,  when  the  outer 
rind  decays,  as  if  meshed  in  netting.  No  use  is  made  of  these 
nuts  by  the  natives.* 

Only  one  clump  of  the  handsome  Barringtonia  butonica,  Forst., 
was  seen,  it  grew  a  little  beyond  the  north  arm  of  the  mangrove 
swamp.  I  am  not  aware  if  the  Rarotongan  methodf  of  poisoning 
fish  with  Barringtonia  was  practised  by  the  Ellice  Islanders. 
Of  the  uses  to  which  this  tree  is  put  in  Fiji,  Seemann  writes  :  "  A 
magnificent  seaside  tree,  from  which  liku  (woman's  dress)  is  made. 
The  large  square  fruits  are  used  by  the  natives  for  floats  of  fishing 
nets,  and  in  a  favourite  game  (veitegi  vutu).  The  outer  portion 
of  the  fruit,  which  is  poisonous,  is  employed  for  stupefying  fish, 
for  the  purpose  of  catching  them."| 

Around  the  swamp  a  hedge  of  Tonga  (Rhizophora  mucronata, 
Lamk.)  extended  for  most  of  its  circumference.  This  was  the 
only  spot  it  inhabited  in  the  atoll,  and  no  other  species  of 
mangrove  grows  in  Funafuti.  The  arched  hoop-like  roots,  spring- 
ing high  from  the  trunk,  stretch  out  for  yards  across  the  mud, 
and  from  them  spring  smaller  and  yet  smaller  hoops  that  anchor 
the  tree  further  and  further  into  the  swamp.  The  pendulous 
viviparous  fruit  is  called  "  pika."  It  is  not  used  for  food  upon 


*  In  the  Solomons,  "The  fruit  of  the  common  littoral  tree  Ochrosia 
parviflora  ("pokosola")  contains  an  edible  flat  kernel."  Guppy — Solomon 
Islands,  1887,  p.  87. 

f  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  140. 

£  Seemann — loc.  cit.,  p.  87.  See  also  Guppy — Solomon  Islands,  1887, 
p.  158. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLBY.  33 

Funafuti,  but  is  eaten  on  neighbouring  atolls  where  food  is  less 
plentiful.*  Rhizophora  tan  was  formerly  used  as  a  dye,  but  its 
place  is  now  taken  by  European  tar.  "  A  mangrove  which 
supplies  a  black  dye"  is  noted  by  Dr.  Steinbach  from  the 
Marshall  Islands."!  The  hard  wood  of  this  mangrove  was 
carved  into  "  afa,"  meshing  needles.  In  Fiji,  Dr.  Seemann 
observes  of  this  tree:  "The  sap  has  a  blood  red  colour,  and 
is  much  employed  by  the  natives,  amongst  whom  it  is  as 
fashionable  to  dye  their  hair  red  as  it  was  amongst  the  ladies  of 
ancient  Rome,  after  their  roving  husbands  had  become  acquainted 
with  the  fair  locks  of  the  Teutonic  race.  On  the  Island  of 
Nukubati  I  also  saw  the  sap  employed  by  potters  for  painting 
their  crockery.  Just  after  the  pots  had  been  baked,  and  were 
still  quite  hot,  a  mixture  consisting  of  this  fluid  and  the  sap  of 
of  Hibiscus  moschatus,  L.,  was  used  for  that  purpose,  the  colours 
of  the  paint  remaining  almost  unchanged  after  the  vessels  had 
become  cool  and  dry.  The  aerial  roots,  being  very  elastic,  offer 
good  materials  for  bows  of  which  the  Fijians  avail  themselves." \ 
Both  the  Solomon  Islanders  and  the  Tongans  also  used  this  wood 
for  bows.§ 

The  Fo  fafini,  or  Woman's  Fibre  tree  (Hibiscus  iiliaceus,  Linn.), 
grows  in  abundance  as  a  small  tree  thirty  feet  in  height,  bearing 
numerous  large,  showy,  lemon  coloured  flowers,  with  a  brown 
centre.  The  western  end  of  the  mangrove  swamp  was  overgrown 
by  a  dense  thicket  of  this  tree.  I  did  not  notice  that  its  very 
soft  white  wood  was  applied  to  any  purpose  by  the  natives. 
The  bark,  as  elsewhere  in  the  Pacific,  is  a  favourite  material 
with  the  local  costumieres,  who  soak  it  in  sea  water  for  a  couple 
of  weeks,  dry  it  in  the  sun,  and  bleach  it  with  lime,  or  stain  it 
red  with  Nonou  bark,  or  blacken  it  with  charcoal,  bonito  blood, 
or  Tonga  tan.  In  the  Ellice  this  use  of  Fo  was  restricted  to 
Nukulailai,  Funafuti,  Nukufetau,  and  Vaitupu,  beyond  which 
it  was  replaced  by  Pandanus. 

Seemann  says  :  "  In  most  countries  the  fibre  of  this  species  is 
extensively  used  for  cordage,  but  in  Fiji  the  chief  use  made  of  it 
and  that  of  the  foregoing  species  (H.  tricuspis)  is  for  women's 
"liku,"  a  dress  consisting  of  a  number  of  fringes  attached  to  a 
waistband.  The  bark  of  these  trees  is  stripped  off,  steeped  in 

*  Near  Cooktown,  Queensland,  the  writer  saw  in  a  black's  camp  a 
quantity  of  Rhitophora  fruit  collected  for  food,  and  in  Western  British 
New  Guinea  he  learnt  that  it  was  resorted  to  in  time  of  famine.  In  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Qd.,  v.,  1888,  p.  11,  it  is  recorded  as  eaten  by  the  Solomon 
Islanders.  For  an  allusion  to  its  use  as  an  esculent  in  Torres  Straits, 
see  Haddon— Folklore,  i.,  1890,  p.  190. 

t  Review,  in  Geogr.  Journ.,  1896,  p.  297. 

J  Seemann — loc.  cit.,  p.  91. 

§  Mariner— Tonga,  ii.,  1817,  p.  287. 


34  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

water  to  render  it  soft  and  pliable  and  to  allow  the  fibres  to 
separate.  The  fibres  are  either  permitted  to  retain  their  original 
whiteness,  or  they  are  dyed  yellow,  red,  or  black.  The  yellow 
colour  is  imparted  with  turmeric,  the  black  with  mud  and  the 
leaves  of  the  Favola  (Terminalia  catappa,  Linn.),  and  the  red 
with  the  bark  of  the  Kura  (Morinda  citrifolia,  Linn.),  and  that 
of  the  Tiri.  The  liku  worn  by  the  common  women  consists 
always  of  one  row  of  fibres,  all  of  the  same  colour  ;  whilst  those 
worn  by  ladies  of  rank  are  often  composed  of  two  or  three  rows 
or  layers  (flounces),  every  one  of  which  exhibits  a  different 
colour.  In  Captain  Cook's  time  the  Tahitians  used  to  suck  the 
bark  of  this  plant  when  the  breadfruit  season  was  unproductive, 
and  the  New  Caledonians  ate  it,  as  they  probably  still  do."* 

"  It  is  the  Talwalphin  of  some  of  our  Aborigines,  who  use  the 
fibre  of  the  bark  for  fishing  lines  and  nets."f  "  By  the  Central 
Queensland  natives  the  roots  and  tops  are  used  as  food."| 
In  Hawaii,  Hillebrand  says:  "The  light  wood  serves  for  out- 
riggers of  canoes,  the  bark  furnishes  a  tough  and  pliable  bast  for 
ropes,  and  a  decoction  of  the  flowers  is  a  useful  emollient  in 
bronchial  and  intestinal  catarrhs.§ 

Near  the  village  were  several  bushes  of  Fo  tangata  (Brous- 
sonetia  papyracca,  Vent.),  distinguished  from  the  other  Fo  |j 
(Hibiscus)  as  the  Man's  Fibre  tree.  These  grew  as  shrubs  eight 
feet  high,  with  slender  withy  branches  and  coarsely  veined  soft 
leaves  ;  apparently  they  were  limited  to  two  or  three  acres.  No 
care  was  bestowed  on  them,  and  while  on  the  island  I  considered 
the  plants  to  be  quite  wild.  Numerous  references  to  this  species, 
as  widely  cultivated  throughout  Polynesia,  make  me  now  suspect 
that  this  tract  had  originally  been  planted.  Of  Fiji  Seemann 
writes  :  "  The  cultivation  of  the  plant  does  not  seem  to  extend 
further  westwards  towards  the  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia, 
and  the  Loyalty  Groups  ;  nor  does  it  seem  to  be  in  vogue  amongst 

the  islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago  and  in  India 

Materials  for  the  scanty  clothing  worn  by  the  Fijians  are  readily 
supplied  by  a  variety  of  plants,  foremost  among  which  stands 
the  Malo  or  Paper  Mulberry  (Broussonetia  papyracea,  Vent.),  a 
middle  sized  tree,  with  rough  trilobed  leaves,  cultivated  all  over 
Fiji."H  Hillebrand  thought  that  B.  papyracea  was  a  native  of 

*  Seemann — loc.  cit.,  p.  18. 

f  Maiden— Useful  Native  Plants,  1889,  p.  624. 

J  Thozet— quoted  id. 

§  Hillebrand— Flora  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  1888,  p.  49. 

||  "  Botanical  classification  has  often  no  place  in  vernacular  nomencla- 
ture, and  through  some  resemblance  in  habit  or  in  utility  plants  are 
often  placed  together  that  to  a  botanist  lie  far  apart."  Guppy — Trans. 
Viet.  Inst.,  1896. 

1  Seemann— loc.  cit.,  p.  246. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  35 

Japan.  The  bark  is  used  for  manufacturing  fishing  lines,  which 
are  white,  hard  and  extremely  strong.  After  it  is  peeled  from 
the  twig  the  fibre  is  obtained,  not  by  maceration,  but  by  scraping 
away  the  inner  and  outer  layers  of  bark. 

An  indigenous  Fig  is  known  as  Ferra.  It  resembles  the 
illustration,  PL  Ixiv.,  of  Ficus  aspera  in  the  Flora  Vitiensis, 
producing  small  green  fruit  the  size  of  marbles,  and  rarely 
attaining  an  altitude  of  twenty  feet.  The  root,  "  djakka  ferra," 
formerly  yielded  excellent  fibre  for  cordage,  equal  to  that  obtained 
from  Broiissonetia,  but  is  no  longer  employed.  It  was  manufac- 
tured from  the  bark  of  the  root  by  peeling,  chewing,  and  drying 
it  in  the  sun.  A  dish  from  the  fruit  of  the  Ferra  was  prepared 
by  pounding  it  up  with  coconut  milk.  In  Fiji,  "when  the 
plantations  of  Broussonetia  papyrifera  fail  to  produce  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  raw  material  for  making  native  cloth,  recourse  is  had 
to  the  Baka,  Ficus  obliqua,  Forster."* 

Several  different  species  of  trees  which  agree  in  having  white, 
scented,  night  flowering  blossoms,  and  somewhat  similar  foliage, 
are  apt  at  first  acquaintance  to  be  confounded  with  each  other. 
Indeed,  all  the  flowers  seen  on  the  island,  with  the  exception  of 
Malvaceous  plants,  the  Dioclea,  and  a  minute  small  flowered 
convolvulus,  were  white  or  green. 

On  landing,  the  first  plant  encountered  is  almost  sure  to  be 
the  Ngashu  (Sccevola  kcenigii).  This  is  a  thickly  growing  shrub 
about  eight  feet  high,  with  bare  stems  and  terminal  tufts  of  large 
fleshy  leaves,  among  which  are  borne  the  inconspicuous  white 
flowers  and  white  berries.  The  wood  is  very  soft,  hollow,  with  a 
white  central  pith  like  elder.  These  plants  love  to  grow  at  the 
very  margin  of  the  sea.  The  pith  is  said  to  have  been  used  for 
caulking  the  seams  of  canoes. 

Some  of  the  most  sterile  tracts  in  Funafuti,  of  decaying  coral 
washed  by  high  tides,  were  densely  overgrown  by  the  Ngia  or 
Ingia  bush,  for  the  botanical  name  of  which,  Femphis  acidula, 
Forst.,  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  E.  Betche,  who  made  the  acquain- 
tance of  this  plant  in  the  Marshall  Islands.  To  whites  it  is 
known  as  ironwood,  and  is  valued  as  furnishing  the  best  firewood 
on  the  island.  The  natives  carve  the  hard  wood  into  various 
implements,  and  in  former  times  weapons.  The  Ngia  has  small 
white  flowers,  narrow  linear  leaves,  stem  and  branches  like  an 
overgrown  heath,  and  attains  a  height  of  six  or  seven  feet.  Its 
general  aspect  reminded  me  of  the  "  Manuka  "  of  New  Zealand, 
also  a  gregarious  shrub  delighting  in  the  worst  of  soils.  To  this 
widespread  species,  a  characteristic  of  atoll  floras,  evidently  refer 


*  Seemann— loc.  tit.,  p.  251. 


36  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Cooper's*  notes  of  "  Nangiia  "  on  San  Bernardo  and  Palmerston 
Islands. 

Besides  the  Fetau  already  described,  there  are  two  other 
blossoms  especially  valued  for  their  scent  by  the  natives,  the 
Boua  and  the  Jiali.  In  "  the  old  times "  flowers  were  worn 
lavishly,  and  are  interwoven  with  many  native  tales  and  customs. 
A  lover's  wishes  were  granted  by  the  lady  of  his  choice,  who 
crowned  him  with  a  scented  garland,  but  a  refusal  was  conveyed 
by  handing  to  the  less  fortunate  swain  an  unscented  wreath. 
The  passion  for  scent  among  the  Polynesians  was  illustrated  by 
the  Hawaiian  chiefs,  who  reserved  the  choicest  scent  trees  for 
themselves  by  tabuing  them  to  the  common  people. 

The  Boua  (Guettarda  speciosa,  Linn.),  grows  abundantly  as  a 
small  tree  twenty  feet  high,  with  large,  ovate,  opposite,  rough 
leaves,  bearing  in  cymes  a  profusion  of  richly  perfumed  white 
flowers,  with  long  slender  corolla  tubes.  The  leaves  are  used  for 
poultices,  and  the  flowers  are  employed  both  for  scenting  the 
anointing  coconut  oil  and  are  worn  as  wreaths,  f 

The  Jiali,  determined  by  the  kind  help  of  Mr.  R.  T.  Baker  as 
Gardenia  taitensis,  D.C.,  is  not  so  common,  I  noticed  it  only  at 
Luamanif.  It  grows  into  a  small  tree,  with  glossy,  opposite, 
obovate  leaves,  and  bears  large,  handsome,  white,  sweet  smelling, 
hypocrateriform  flowers,  which  are  used  in  the  same  way  as  the 
Boua.  "  A  singular  enchantment  was  employed  [in  the  Hervey 
Group]  to  kill  off  the  husband  of  a  pretty  woman  desired  by 
someone  else.  The  expanded  flower  of  a  Gardenia  was  stuck 
upright — a  very  difficult  performance — in  a  cup  (i.e.  half  a  large 
coconut  shell)  of  water.  A  "prayer"  was  then  offered  for  the 
husband's  speedy  death,  the  sorcerer  earnestly  watching  the 
flower.  Should  it  fall  the  incantation  was  successful."!  For 
a  married  Mangaiian  man  to  dream  of  Gardenia  meant,  if  the 
blossom  were  expanded,  that  he  was  about  to  become  the  father 
of  a  boy,  if  unoxpanded,  of  a  girl.  The  Gardenia  blossom  (the 
flower  of  flowers  in  native  estimation)  was,  and  still  is,  worn  in 
the  pierced  ears  of  both  sexes.  §  In  Tonga  the  same  plant  appar 
ently  had  the  same  name  and  use,  for  a  verse  in  an  old  song  ran : 

*  Cooper — Coral  Lands  of  the  Pacific,  ii.,  1880,  p.  76.  "  On  Palmerston 
Island  Damana  timber  is  very  plentiful,  and  so  is  a  wood  called  Nangiia, 
generally  found  in  the  Pacific  on  desert  shores,  or  on  the  brink  of 
lagoons  where  its  roots  are  bathed  by  the  tide.  Its  characteristics  are 
great  weight,  intense  hardness,  and  closeness  of  grain.  Mr,  Sterndale 
considers  that  it  would  be  very  valuable  as  a  substitute  for  boxwood  for 
engravers.  The  logs  were  about  18  in.  in  diameter." 

fThe  Vitians  make  necklaces  (taube  or  salusalu)  of  the  corollas  of 
this  and  other  white  odoriferous  Monopetalae."  Seemann — loc.  tit.,  p.  131. 

J  Gill— The  South  Pacific  and  New  Guinea,  Sydney,  1892,  p.  22. 

§  Gill— Proc.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  for  1892  (1893),  p.  613. 


GENERAL  ACCOUNT— HEDLEY.  37 

"  We  will  plait  thick  wreaths  ofjiale  for  our  heads,  and  prepare 
strings  of  hooni  for  our  necks,  that  their  whiteness  may  show  off 
the  colour  of  our  skins  ;"*  and  we  read  that  "  sweet  scented 
plants,  principally  the  jiale,"  were  planted  before  the  grave  of 
the  Tongan  king.f 

Near  the  town  were  a  few  Crinum  plants,  whose  flowers  were 
woven  by  the  girls  into  wreaths.  They  seemed  to  me  to  have 
been  planted  there,  but  the  natives  assured  me  that  the  species 
was  indigenous,  which  I  am  more  inclined  to  believe  after  reading 
that  Woodford  remarked  it  in  the  Gilberts.  J 

Thespesia  populnea,  Soland.,  known  both  to  the  Ellice  Islanders 
and  Tahitians  by  the  name  of  Miro,§  grew  on  the  embankments 
between  the  cultivated  swamps,  I  saw  none  undoubtedly  wild. 
It  is  chiefly  valued  for  producing  the  long,  straight  poles  used  in 
bonitp  fly  fishing.  The  handsome  dark  wood  I  saw  carved  into 
a  native  drum.  || 

The  Tausoun  (Tournefortla  argentea,  Linn.)  grows  upon  sandy 
soil  and  flourishes  upon  the  leeward  islands,  where  it  gives  its 
name  to  one  locality.  It  appears  as  a  low,  round-topped  tree 
with  rough  bark,  dense  foliage,  and  large  dense  cymes  of  small 
purple  flowers.  The  large,  obovate  silky  leaves  attract  a  visitor's 
attention.  No  use  is  made  of  the  soft  wood,  but  the  leaves  are 
applied  as  a  styptic  to  incised  wounds  ;  they  are  also  collected  to 
enrich  the  soil  of  the  Taro  plantations. 

A  bush,  Valla  valla  (Premna  taitensis,  Schauer),  grows  abundantly 
on  sandy  ground,  the  large,  thin,  light  green  leaves  of  which  emit 
an  agreeable  scent  when  crushed  in  the  hand.  These  are  used  by 
the  natives  to  scent  coconut  oil.  When  matches  were  unknown, 
the  usual  material  for  raising  fire  was  Valla  valla  wood,  a  pencil 
being  ploughed  in  a  groove  till  friction  produced  ignition.  At 
Nukulailai  cauterisation  was  practised  by  applying  a  piece  of 
Valla  valla  bark  glowing  from  the  fire  to  the  seat  of  the  pain.U  I 
was  told  on  this  island  that  the  root  of  this  shrub  was  sometimes 
used  as  a  dye.  "  The  natives  of  Fiji,  who  call  the  tree  '  Yaro,' 
employ  the  wood  for  house  building."** 

*  Mariner— Tonga,  i.,  1817,  p.  308. 

t  Mariner— loc.  cit.,  p.  409. 

j  Woodford—  loc.  cit.,  p.  346. 

§  Guppy— Trans.  Viet.  Inst.,  1896. 

||  "The  natives  in  Fiji  do  not  seem  to  make  any  use  of  the  fibre  of 
the  Mulomulo  (T.  p.)  so  frequently  used  in  other  countries  for  cordage, 
but  bestow  great  praise  on  the  tree  on  account  of  the  almost  indestruc- 
tible nature  of  the  wood  whilst  under  water.  In  Tahiti  the  tree  was 
formerly  regarded  as  sacred  and  planted  on  the  '  Marae.'  "  Seemann— 
loc.  cit.,  p.  19. 

1  Mariner  tells  us  that  the  Tongans  applied  ignited  tappa  to  cases  of 
hard  indolent  tumours.— Loc.  cit.,  p.  261. 

**  Seemann — loc.  cit.,  p.  187. 


38  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  favourite  dye  wood  of  Funafuti  is  the  Nonou*  (Morinda 
citrifolia,  Linn.),  a  shrub  growing  plentifully  wherever  soil  and 
shelter  could  be  found.  A  height  of  ten  or  twelve  feet  is  reached 
by  this  as  a  weak,  straggling  shrub,  whose  leaves  are  opposite, 
ovate-acuminate,  large  and  glossy.  The  peculiar  green  fruit,  an 
inch  or  two  in  length,  somewhat  resembles  a  green  strawberry  or 
a  small,  immature  pine  cone.  The  terminal  twigs  are  four  square. 
By  the  natives  the  fruit  is  eatenf  medicinally,  but  they  chiefly 
value  the  plant  as  a  dye  producer.  A  bright  crimson-vermilion 
stain  results  from  grating  the  bark  of  the  root  with  a  piece  of 
rough  coral  and  applying  lime  thereto.  The  native  kilt  or  titi  is 
thus  coloured,!  and  the  red  strands  in  mat  patterns  similarly 
produced.  Where  the  natives  have  more  communication  with 
Europeans  the  Nonou  dye  is  discarded  for  aniline  dyes.  At 
Tonga,  Mariner  observed  the  Pandanus  leaf,  "first  soaked  for  six 
or  eight  hours  in  lime  water,  and  afterwards  in  an  infusion  of 
the  root  of  the  nono,  where  it  remains  for  about  a  week  ;  it  is 
afterwards  exposed  to  the  sun,  and  becomes  of  a  bright  red ;  the 
root  of  the  nono  is  of  a  dark  bright  yellow,  which,  upon  the 
action  of  lime  water  becomes  red."§ 

Once  only  was  a  Cordyline,  probably  C.  terminalis,  seen  ;  upon 
the  north-eastern  islet  I  saw  a  few  plants  of  this  genus  about 
three  or  four  feet  high,  without  flower  or  fruit.  A  native  guide 
to  whom  it  was  pointed  out  called  it  Ti,  a  name  by  which  it  is 
known  from  Hawaii  to  New  Zealand  ;  he  added  that  the  root 
was  "allee  same  sugar."  Two  species  of  Cordyline  are  cultivated 
in  Fiji,  where  their  roots  are  eaten  by  the  natives.  || 

A  rampant  climber,  smothering  shrubs  and  young  palms  in  its 
embrace,  is  the  Sageta,  a  "vine"  which  Mr.  E.  Betche  has  kindly 
identified  for  me  as  Dioclea  violacea,  Mart.  The  large,  purple, 
papilionaceous  blossom  is  succeeded  by  a  broad  pod  three  inches 
long  and  an  inch  wide,  along  the  flat  side  of  which  runs  a  raised 
ridge  or  keel.  English  residents  of  the  Ellice  assure  me  that  the 

*  The  island  in  the  Tokolau  Group,  Nukunonou,  seems  to  have  taken 
its  name  from  this  plant. 

f  "  The  Queensland  Aborigines  are  said  by  Thozet  to  be  very  fond  of 
the  bitter-flavoured  granulated  fruit."  Maiden— Useful  Native  Plants, 
1889,  p.  45. 

"  The  fruit  though  rather  insipid  is  eaten  either  raw  or  after  under- 
going some  kind  of  cooking  in  Fiji."  Seemann — loc.  cit.,  p.  129. 

"  The  natives  of  the  Shortland  Islands  informed  me  that  the  neigh- 
bouring people  of  Eubiana  were  accustomed  to  eat  the  fruits  of  the 
common  littoral  tree  Morinda  citrifolia  (urati),  but  that  they  themselves 
did  not  eat  it."  Guppy — Solomon  Islands,  1887,  p.  89. 

^It  was  doubtless  with  this  not  with  "red  ochre"  that  the  dress 
presented  to  Capt.  Moresby  (New  Guinea,  p.  79)  on  Niutao  was  coloured. 

§  Mariner— loc.  cit.,  p.  209. 

||  Seemann — loc.  cit.,  p.  311. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  39 

bean  of  this  plant  is  excellent  eating,  as  indeed  its  botanical 
affinities  would  suggest.  Yet  as  a  source  of  food  it  is  entirely 
neglected  by  a  race  whose  diet  is  almost  limited  to  the  two 
staples  of  fish  and  coconut.  As  I  have  elsewhere  remarked,*  "  we 
must  remember  that  even  among  the  most  degraded  races  every- 
thing eatable  is  not  eaten.  As  famine  presses  heavier  upon  a 
tribe  so  are  coarser  and  less  agreeable  foods  used."  Dr.  Guppy 
also  points  out  "the  singular  fact  that  the  inhabitants  of  one 
Pacific  group  are  often  unacquainted  with,  or  make  but  little  use 
of,  sources  of  vegetable  food  which  in  other  groups  afford  a  staple 
diet."f  I  gathered  from  one  source  that  the  Sageta  was  used  to 
caulk  the  seams  of  canoes,  but  I  do  not  know  exactly  how  it  was 
applied.  In  general  the  natives  described  it  to  me  as  but  a  weed, 
and  the  only  use  to  which  they  put  it  is  to  crop  the  foliage  for 
green-soiling  the  gardens. 

A  common  herb  everywhere  was  the  Tulla  tulla  (Triumfetta 
procumbens,  Forst.),  whose  prostrate  stems  trailed  for  several 
feet  over  the  ground.  In  sunshine  only  did  the  golden  yellow 
petals  unfold,  but  the  burr-like  seeds  attracted  attention  in  all 
weathers.  This  was  the  most  valued  medicinal  plant  for  the 
native  doctors,  who  made  of  its  foliage  both  decoctions  and 
poultices.  The  native  pharmacopeia  included  several  other  plants, 
as  the  Talla  talla  gemoa  (Psilotum  triquetrum,  Linn.) ;  wounds 
from  the  spine  of  the  Monacanthus  fishes  were  treated  with  a  poul- 
tice of  this,  and  another  mode  of  treatment  was  to  pile  the  plant 
on  a  fire  and  hold  the  wounded  limb  in  the  smoke  then  produced. 
For  ear  ache  a  remedy  was  sought  in  the  cruciferous  herb  Lou 
(Cardamine  sarmentosa,  Forst.),  the  leaves  of  which  being  chewed 
the  juice  is  strained  in  a  cloth  and  poured  into  the  ear.  "  In  New 
Caledonia  this  species  is  eaten  instead  of  Cress  and  as  an  anti- 
scorbutic."! A  cure  for  boils  is  a  poultice  of  the  leaves  of  the 
Lakoumonong,  kindly  identified  for  me  by  Mr.  R.  T.  Baker, 
as  Wedelia  slriyulosa,  D.C.,  a  tall  composite  herb  with  yellow 
flowers,  which  grew  among  the  Brousonnetia  bushes  and  reached 
a  height  of  about  six  feet.  It  was  further  used  as  a  scent  plant. 
The  leaves  are  chopped  fine,  wrapped  in  a  cloth  and  strained 
by  twisting,  cloth  and  leaves  are  then  soaked  in  coconut  oil 
to  impart  to  it  a  perfume. 

Another  scent  was  given  to  the  anointing  oil  by  crushing  in 
it  the  fronds  of  Meili  (Polypodium,  sp.),  a  common  fern  there. 
Several  other  species  of  ferns  nourished  in  shady  places  in  the 
centre  of  the  island,  the  most  conspicuous  of  which  were  the 
large  tufts  of  Asplenium  nidus,  Linn. 

*  In  J.  P.  Thomson— British  New  Guinea,  1892,  p.  283. 
t  Guppy — loc.  cit.,  p.  90. 
£  Seemann— loc.  cit.,  p.  5. 


40  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

An  Abutilon  grew  as  a  small  shrub  with  handsome  orange- 
brown  blossoms  in  dry  sunny  places.  On  the  north-eastern  islet 
I  once  noticed  an  Ipomcea  trailing  over  the  ground.  It  resembled 
in  habit  but  differed  in  leaf  from  /.  biloba,  Forsk.  ;  neither  flower 
nor  fruit  was  seen.  No  parasites  or  epiphytes  were  noticed  with 
the  exception  of  a  Cuscuta,  which  entangled  low  bushes  in  its 
skeins  of  thread.  The  introduced  couch  grass,  Cynodon  dactylon, 
had  obtained  a  footing  around  the  village.  Another  grass  grew 
thickly  in  small  patches  of  swampy  flats  clear  of  trees.  Two 
species  of  mosses  occurred,  one  probably  Octoblepharum  smarag- 
dinum*  Mitten,  wrapped  around  the  butts  of  the  palms  as  a  soft 
green  mantle  a  handsbreadth  deep. 

The  fallen  trunks  of  trees  were  encrusted  by  a  fungus,  possibly 
a  species  of  Polyporus. 

A  specimen  of  Azolla  rubra,  floating  in  the  men's  bathing  pool, 
was  the  only  instance  of  aquatic 'vegetation  that  came  under  my 
notice. 

A  log  came  ashore  upon  the  windward  reef,  which  an 
experienced  bushman  of  our  party  having  split  and  chewed, 
determined  by  its  grain  and  taste  to  be  New  Zealand  kauri, 
Dammar  a  australis,  Lamb.  "An  occasional  log  drifts  to  the 
shores,  and  at  some  of  the  more  isolated  atolls,  where  the  natives 
are  ignorant  of  any  land  but  the  spot  they  inhabit,  they  are 
deemed  direct  gifts  from  a  propitiated  deity.  These  drift  logs 
were  noticed  by  Kotzebue  at  the  Marshall  Islands,  and  he 
remarked  also  that  they  often  brought  stones  in  their  roots. 
Similar  facts  have  been  observed  at  the  Gilbert  Group,  and 
also  at  Enderby's  Island,  and  many  other  coral  islands  in  the 
Pacific,  "f 

SUMMARY. 

My  observations  on  the  Funafuti  plants  used  by  the  islanders 
are  far  from  exhaustive.  A  thorough  inquiry  into  such  a 
subject  can  only  be  undertaken  with  success  by  one  speaking 
the  language  fluently.  Medicine  and  magic  are  too  intimately 
associated  to  be  lightly  discussed  by  a  native  herbalist,  even  in 
the  present  stage  of  civilisation.  I  could  not  attempt  to  unravel 
the  sources  of  information,  but  some  ideas  at  least  of  the  virtues 
of  plants  are  recent  importations  from  Fiji  or  Samoa. 

The  above  notes  may  thus  be  briefly  classified  :  Food  plants — 
Cocos,  Pandanus,  Ficus,  and  Cordyline;  Fibre — Cocos,  Pan- 
danus,  Ficus,  Hibiscus,  and  Broussonetia  ;  Timber — Hernandia, 
Ochrosia,  Thespesia,  Rhizophora,  and  Pemphis ;  Dye — Premna, 
Morinda,  and  Rhizophora ;  Scent — Calophyllum,  Guettarda, 

*  Mitten— Challenger  Reports,  Bot.,  ii.,  p.  254. 
t  Dana—  loc.  cit.,  p.  287. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  41 

Premna,  Gardenia,  Crinum,  Wedelia,  and  Poly  podium;  Medi- 
cinal— Triumfetta,  Tournefortia,  Morinda,  Premna,  Psilotum, 
Cardamine,  and  Wedelia.  Neglected  by  the  islanders  as  food  are 
the  seeds  of  Pandanus,  eaten  in  Australia  ;  of  Ochrosia,  eaten  in 
the  Solomons ;  of  Rkizophora,  eaten  in  Papua ;  and  of  Dioclea, 
eaten  by  Europeans. 

POPULATION. 

Louis  Becke,  author  of  those  charming  and  vivid  South  Sea 
stories,  "  By  Reef  and  Palm,"  and  who  once  resided  upon  Funa- 
futi writes,*  "  sixty  or  seventy  years  ago,  so  the  American  whale- 
ship  captains  of  those  days  said,  there  were  3,000  people  in  the 
thirty  and  odd  islets.  Then,  for  the  next  thirty  years,  unknown 
and  terrible  diseases,  introduced  by  the  white  men,  ravaged  not 
Funafuti  alone,  but  the  whole  group,  and  where  there  were  once 
thousands  only  hundreds  could  be  counted;  and  until  about  1860 
it  looked  as  if  the  total  extinction  of  the  whole  race  was  but  a 
matter  of  another  decade.  But,  fortunately,  such  was  not  the 
case.  In  1870  the  writer  counted  one  hundred  and  sixty  people  ; 
in  1882  they  had  increased  to  nearly  two  hundred." 

At  the  time  of  our  visit  (May  -  August,  1896)  the  census 
amounted  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  or  sixty.  Woodfordf  remarks 
upon  a  similar  decrease  in  the  Gilberts. 

HISTORY. 

"  Seven  of  these  islands  or  groups  are  probably  Samoan  in  origin, 
with  an  admixture  of  Tongese.  In  some  cases  the  Tongan  was 
introduced  at  a  late  stage,  in  others  the  Tougan  element  was 
almost  contemporaneous  with  the  Samoan,  but  in  all  cases  the 
Samoan  preponderates  so  much  as  to  have  controlled  the  language. 
As  far  as  I  am  able  to  judge  from  a  comparison  of  the  most 
familiar  words,  the  Tokelau  and  the  Ellice  Island  dialects  have 
become  practically  assimilated  to  each  other.  Samoan  largely 
prevails  in  the  whole  of  the  Tokelau  and  the  Ellice  Islands ;  it  is 
the  literary  language,  except  in  the  Gilbert  or  Kingsmill  Island 
colony  of  Nui,  where  the  Gilbert  Island  dialect  is  spoken  with  a 
small  admixture  of  Samoan  or  Ellice  Island  words  and  construc- 
tions. "{  Captain  Wilkes  in  1841  observed  of  Funafuti  that:  "It 
was  soon  found  that  they  understood  the  Samoan  language,  and 
spoke  a  purely  Polynesian  dialect.  The  Samoan  native  easily  con- 
versed with  them."  §  Mr.  John  O'Brien  tells  me  that  he  remarked 

*  Becke— loc.  cit. 

fWoodford— loc.  cit.,  p.  334.  An  exhaustive  Report  on  the  diminution 
of  the  native  population  of  Fiji  is,  I  understand,  in  course  of  publication 
by  Dr.  Corney. 

I  Newell,  loc.  cit. 

§  Wilkes,  loc.  cit. 


42  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

thirty  or  forty  years  ago  that  both  the  natives  of  Fotuna  Island* 
and  the  Tokelau  Group  use  the  same  dialect  as  the  Ellice  Islanders 
but  a  few  words  have  different  meanings. 

"A  most  decisive  proof  of  their  history  [the  people  of  the  Ellice 
Group]  was  recently  obtained  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Turner  while  visiting 
the  missions  of  the  group.  He  was  shown,  and  he  ultimately 
obtained,  a  spear  or  staff,  which  their  orators  held  while  speaking, 
a  Samoan  custom  indicating  the  holder's  right  to  speak  ;  this  staff 
was  very  ancient,  and  the  greatest  treasure  of  their  heralds  and 
genealogists  ;  they  said  they  brought  it  with  them  from  Samoa, 
and  named  the  valley  where  they  came  from  thirty  generations 
back.  The  staff  was  decayed  or  worm  eaten,  and  bound  together 
by  splints  and  sinnet.  Dr.  Turner  took  it  to  Samoa,  found  that 
it  was  made  of  Samoan  timber,  visited  the  valley  they  named,  and 
discovered  a  tradition  there  of  a  large  party  having  gone  to  sea 
exploring,  and  never  returning."! 

The  Samoans  themselves  look  down  upon  the  Ellice  Islanders  as 
rough,  uncultured  boors  and  would  not  acknowledge  them  as  close 
relations.  Their  physical  appearance,  broad  faces,  large  frames, 
hair  often  curly  but  sometimes  straight,  and  short  beards,  J  all 
support  the  conclusion  drawn  from  the  language  and  customs  that 
a  Micronesian  element  has  here  been  grafted  on  a  Polynesian 
stock. 

Funafuti  is,  however,  a  most  unfavourable  locality  for  studying 
the  relations  of  the  Ellice  Islanders.  About  thirty  years  ago 
most  of  the  adult  population  were  kidnapped  by  a  Peruvian  slaver 
recruiting  labour  for  the  Cincha  Islands.  The  atoll  has  since 
received  an  immigrant  population  from  various  sources.  Colonists 
from  Samoa,  the  Tokelaus,  Manihiki,  and  other  of  the  Ellices 
settled  in  the  depopulated  village.  There  are  two  half  caste 
families  by  white  fathers  and  one  by  an  American  negro. 
Altogether  there  are  not  a  dozen  left  of  tattooed,  white  headed 
men  and  women  who  remember  the  Funafuti  of  forty  years  ago. 

"  Tradition  says  that  the  place  was  first  inhabited  by  the  porcu- 
pine fish,  whose  progeny  became  men  and  women.  Another 
account  traces  the  origin  of  the  people  to  Samoa.  It  is  said  also 
that  the  islands  were  formed  by  a  man  who  went  about  on  the 

*  A  comparison  of  the  manners  and  customs  of  this  island  with  those 
of  the  Ellice  Group  would  be  of  much  interest.  I  have  not,  however, 
met  sufficient  information  relating  to  this  French  Possession  to  do  so. 
Potuna  or  Horn  Island  must  not  be  confounded  with  Futuna  near  Tanna 
in  the  New  Hebrides. 

f  W.  L.  Eanken — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  vi.,  1877,  p.  233.  See  also 
Whitmee— Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  viii.,  1879,  p.  271, 

J  For  characteristic  figures  of  Funafuti  natives  of  the  pre-Christian 
time,  see  Wilkes— Amer.  Explor.  Exped.,  v.,  1845,  pp.  40  and  41. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  43 

ocean  with  a  basket  of  sand  on  his  back,  and  wherever  some  ran 
out  an  island  sprang  up."*  Under  a  slightly  different  guise  the 
latter  version  of  the  genesis  was  repeated  at  Niutao. 

A  native  tradition  related  to  me  names  the  Kaounga  as  the 
first  inhabitants  of  Funafuti  and  tells  that  they  swam  from  Samoa. 
According  to  Newell  a  similar  legend  prevailed  in  Vaitupu. 
Among  the  Kaounga  were  the  chiefs  Toa,  Touiriki  and  Moroti, 
the  names  of  the  two  former  are  still  perpetuated  by  the  localities 
in  Funafuti  called  after  them.  According  to  Newell,  "The  people 
are  descended  from  Samoans,  known  to  posterity  as  Lafai,  Le  Fe'e 
(cuttlefish),  Sa  Seve  (the  clan  of  Seve),  and  two  others,  five  clans 
in  all." 

The  following  account  of  the  ruling  dynasty  was  given  to  me, 
through  the  interpretation  of  Mr.  O'Brien,  by  the  present  king  of 
Funafuti.  Terematua,  he  said,  was  the  first  king  of  Funafuti ; 
he  was  succeeded  by  his  eldest  son,  Kisosunga  ;  and  he  by  his 
eldest  son  Tiro,  and  he  by  his  son  Tiro  the  Second.  A  system 
long  prevailed  on  the  island  of  government  by  a  king  and  sub- 
ordinate chief.  The  latter  succeeding  to  the  supreme  office  on 
the  death  of  the  former  and  being  succeeded  in  the  subordinate 
position  by  the  late  king's  son. 

"The  so-callod  king  of  Fakaofo  bears  the  title  of  "ariki" 
(Samoan,  alii  =  chief),  and  is  the  only  person  until  quite  recently  so 
described.  The  "  ariki  "  is  always  the  oldest  male  member  of  the 
four  principal  families  of  Fakaofo,  all  of  whom  trace  their  descent 
from  the  two  brothers  above  referred  to — namely  Kava  and  Pi'o. 
When  the  "ariki"  dies  the  oldest  man  then  living  among  these 
four  families  becomes  "ariki."  No  others  possess  this  title,  and 
there  are  no  clan  names  or  titles  outside  this  circle.  The  Samoaii 
custom  of  conferring  the  name  of  the  head  of  the  family  upon 
the  heir  does  not  exist  in  the  Tokelaus."f  An  arrangement 
resembling  this  seems  latterly  to  have  prevailed  in  Funafuti. 
Turner  says  of  Funafuti,!  "The  kingship  alternated  in  four  or 
five  leading  families,  and  when  one  king  died,  another  was  chosen 
by  the  family  next  in  turn."  Whitmee  says  of  Niutao§  "the  king 
and  chief  have  sole  authority  on  the  island.  Although  the  king 
has  the  higher  title,  he  pays  great  deference  to  the  chief,  and  they 
live  on  excellent  terms  with  each  other." 

Now  Tiro  the  Second  and  Tibouro  were  kings  together.  And 
Tibouro  was  killed  by  his  brother  Ningi,  who  assumed  the  king- 
ship but  was  killed  by  a  spirit  a  fortnight  afterwards.  Takamiti 
succeeded  Ningi.  The  next  king  was  Palou,  the  son  of  Tibouro, 
who  was  followed  by  Touassa.  In  Touassa's  reign  the  land  was 

*  Turner— loc.  cvt.  t  Newell— loc.  ci*. 

J  Loc.  cvt.,  p.  282.  §  Whitmee— loc.  tit.,  p,  22. 


44  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

first  portioned  out,  every  individual  receiving  a  share.  But  after 
Touassa's  death,  Erivada  the  priest  instituted  a  redistribution  in 
which  the  adult  males  or  fighting  men  alone  participated.  The 
conflicting  land  titles  granted  by  Touassa  and  Erivada  breed 
dispute  to  this  day. 

Touassa's  son  Sirimiou  succeeded  him  and  was  in  turn  suc- 
ceeded by  his  son  Jira,  who  was  followed  by  his  son  Sikamani. 
Tarafo,  another  grandson  of  Touassa  next  ruled  Funafuti;  followed 
first  by  his  son  Taturi  and  then  by  his  brother  Teriki,  who  was 
reigning  when  Mr.  O'Brien  arrived  on  the  island  about  forty  years 
ago.  The  next  king  was  Matavai  his  cousin,  followed  by  the 
latter's  eldest  son,  Yakoba  (Jacob),  in  whose  reign  the  people 
adopted  Christianity.  Manu  his  brother  succeeded  and  was 
followed  by  the  reigning  king. 

Another  native  gave  me  a  story  of  the  Tongan  invaders  who 
harassed  the  Ellice  in  bygone  times.  The  marauders  sailed  from 
Tonga  in  two  or  three  war  canoes,*  each  holding  a  hundred  men, 
and  were  accustomed  to  make  the  circuit  of  the  entire  Archipelago 
landing  at  each  atoll  and  massacring  the  people.  Their  object 
was  not  head  hunting  or  to  procure  the  means  of  a  cannibal  feast, 
but  merely  slaughter  to  indulge  their  lust  for  bloodshed.  On 
their  return  south  they  habitually  carried  with  them  a  boy  captive 
to  Tonga,  to  serve,  when  he  grew  to  manhood,  as  a  reminder  that 
the  northern  islands  were  ripe  for  another  foray.  When  it  is 
considered  that  these  feats  of  navigation  were  performed  without 
sextant  or  compass,  and  with  but  the  rudest  of  charts,  they  may 
well  be  held  to  eclipse  the  boasted  deeds  of  the  mediaeval 
Venetians,  Genoese,  or  Portuguese,  and  to  rival  alone  in  daring 
or  in  seamanship  the  voyages  of  Scandinavian  vikings. 

Borouselif,  the  son  of  Toua  and  grandson  of  another  Toua,  the 
latter  of  whom  was  killed  by  the  Tongans,  was  a  great  warrior. 
He  drove  back  several  of  the  Tongan  incursions  and  slew  many 
Tongans,  including  Tinaman,f  a  celebrated  Tongan  warrior,  but 
was  at  last  slain  in  battle  by  the  Tongans.  The  last  Tongan 
invasion,  which  occurred  before  the  grandfather  of  my  informant 
was  born,  is  represented  as  having  been  repulsed  with  much 
slaughter.  A  spot  in  the  reef  is  still  pointed  out  where  a  fugitive 
was  speared  while  swimming  back  to  his  vessel. 

The  Rev.  J.  E.  Newell  thus  writes|  of  the  neighbouring  atoll 
of  Nukufetau  :  "A  full  and  explicit  account  is  given  here  of  a 
Tongan  invasion.  Unfortunately  I  could  get  no  clue  as  to  the 
probable  date  of  that  invasion  and  the  war  which  ensued.  Two 

*  For  a  description  of  one  of  these  vessels,  see  Cook's  Second  Voyage, 
ii.,  1777,  p.  17. 

t  Probably  the  Tinaimanu  of  the  Nukuf  etau  legend. 
J  Newell— loc.  tit.,  p.  608. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  45 

large  war  canoes  were  sighted,  and  with  one  of  them,  the  warrior 
of  Nukufetau,  named  Laupapa  (evidently  a  Samoan  name),  was 
speedily  in  contact.  After  a  parley  a  battle  took  place  in  which 
two  Tongan  "chiefs"  named  Savea  and  Tinaimanu  were  engaged. 
Tinaimanu  is  referred  to  as  the  breeder  of  wars  in  the  "  Eight 
Islands  " — i.e.,  the  Ellice  Group.  The  Tongans  were  driven  off 
and  went  to  Funafuti.  There  one  of  the  Tongan  chiefs  (it  is  not 
clear  whether  this  was  Tinaimanu  or  not)  established  himself, 
but  Savea  and  his  people  returned  to  Tonga.  The  chief  who 
remained  at  Funafuti  very  quickly  acquired  a  reputation  for 
savagery.  He  practised  cannibalism  to  such  an  extent  that  very 
shortly  there  were  none  but  women  and  children  left.  Ten  young 
boys,  who  were  attached  to  the  chief  as  his  servants,  when  they 
grew  up,  formed  a  plot  to  murder  the  cannibal,  which  they 
successfully  accomplished,  thus  ridding  the  Eight  Islands  of  a 

scourge At  Fakaofo,  too,  I  heard  that  they  had  a 

tradition  (which  I  could  not  obtain)  of  a  war  which  had,  hundreds 
of  years  ago,  been  waged  between  the  Tokelau  Islanders  and  the 
Tongans." 

In  the  early  days  of  the  present  king  (say  forty  or  fifty  years 
ago),  a  feud  existed  between  Funafuti  and  Nukulailai.  To 
avenge  the  starvation  of  some  Funafuti  travellers  on  Nukulailai, 
a  war  party  from  the  former  island  sailed  across  to  Nukulailai 
and  killed  many  men. 

The  Funafuti  natives  have  long  ceased  to  make  or  use  any 
weapons,*  but  to  resist  the  Tongans  spears  were  fashioned  of 
split  palm  tipped  with  shark's  teeth.  A  shark  toothed  sabre, 
like  that  made  in  the  Gilbert  Islands,  was  called  "  kei ;"  another 
with  a  bristling  knob  of  sharks'  teeth  was  "  kekana."  An  aged, 
white  haired  and  tatooed  man,  made  for  me  models  of  a  war 
missile,  "  tiapa,"  and  a  club,  "  lakoutoua,"  also  a  slender  unarmed 
spear,  as  formerly  used  by  his  people. 

In  the  canoes  which  put  off  from  Funafuti  to  the  "  Peacock," 
"  Their  spears  were  only  poles  of  coconut  wood,  pointed  at  one 
end  ;  and  their  knives  made  of  small  shark's  teeth,  inserted  into 
a  stick  with  gum  and  fine  sennit,  and  are  about  a  foot  long.f 

"  Clubs  and  great  double-edged  wooden  swords,  fifteen  feet 
long,  and  edged  with  sharks'  teeth,  were  kept  in  the  larger 
temples  for  display  on  festive  occasions  in  honour  of  the  gods, 
and  taken  occasionally  to  the  rocks  at  the  landing-place  to 
flourish  about  and  frighten  away  any  party  from  a  ship,  or  from 
another  island  attempting  to  land  "  J  at  Nanomana. 

*  Whitmee  wrote  in  1870  (loc.  cit.,  p.  27),  "On  some  of  the  islands 
wars  are  unknown.  An  old  man  on  Vaitupu  brought  me  a  hatchet  made 
out  of  the  back  of  a  turtle,  and  I  asked  if  it  ever  had  been  used  in  war. 
He  replied  that  he  had  never  heard  of  war  on  Vaitupu." 

t  Wilkes— loc.  cit.  J  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  290. 


46  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

In  some  of  the  Northern  Atolls  the  natives  were  adepts  at 
singlestick  and  wrestling.  Some  of  these  men  showed  me  a 
variety  of  adroit  tricks,  whereby  an  unarmed  man  might  safely 
seize  a  knife  from  his  enemy's  hand,  break  down  his  guard,  or  trip 
him.  This  skill  at  fence  was  taught  them  by  the  Gilbert  Islanders. 

A  British  Protectorate  was  proclaimed  over  the  Ellice  Group 
in  Sept.,  1892,  by  Captain  Gibson  of  H.M.S.  "  CuraQoa." 

HEATHEN  WORSHIP. 

To-day  Paganism  claims  not  a  single  adherent  throughout  the 
Archipelago.  Christianity  has  now  been  embraced  for  a  quarter 
of  a  century,  and  the  memory  of-  the  old  rites  is  rapidly 
vanishing.  In  a  few  years  the  knowledge  of  these  that  might 
still  be  gleaned  will  have  become  extinct.  I  have  therefore 
added  to  my  own  gatherings  a  digest  of  information  relating  to 
the  Ellice  previously  published.  The  religious  customs  of  this 
Group,  no  doubt,  were  closely  approximated  to  those  of  the 
Tokelaus  described  by  Turner.* 

On  the  subject  of  heathen  worship,  and  indeed  upon  Funafuti 
lore  in  general,  I  owe  most  of  the  information  gathered  to  the 
unwearied  kindness  of  Mr.  John  O'Brien,  who  during  forty  years' 
residence  has  acquired  a  greater  knowledge  of  native  manners 
and  customs  than  the  younger  generation  of  natives  possesses. 
Mr.  O'Brien  kindly  supplemented  his  recollections  by  questioning 
and  interpreting  from  aged  men  on  my  behalf. 

The  first  objects  to  which  worship  was  addressed  seem  to  have 
been  Thunder  and  Lightning.  A  spirit,  Tufokoula,  was  worshipped 
in  the  form  of  a  sea  bird.  The  Areva  or  cuckoo  (Urodynamis 
iaitensis,  Sparrm.)  was  sacred  on  Nanomana.f  For  the  interest- 
ing superstition  regarding  this  bird  on  the  Gilberts,  see  a  paper 
by  Mr.  A.  J.  North. J  To  this  succeeded  ancestor  worship. 
Toa,  one  of  the  traditionary  "  Kaounga,"  or  first  inhabitants, 
believed  to  have  swum  from  Samoa,  was  one  of  the  earliest 
deified.  Erivada,  son  of  Erikobai,  a  famous  and  powerful  priest 
of  the  olden  time,  appears  to  have  arranged  the  rites  and  deities. 
Firafi,  §  a  former  king  and  famous  warrior,  was  introduced  as  an 
object  of  worship,  and  any  distinguished  tribesman  was  on  his 
death  added  to  the  Funafuti  pantheon.  "They  appear,"  remarks 
Newell,  "  to  have  had  more  elaborate  religious  rites  than  other 

*  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  267.  f  Gill— Jottings,  p.  25. 

JProc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2),  ix.,  p.  585. 

§  Turner  writes  (loc.  cit.,  p.  285)  the  name  "Foilape,"  and  adds  that 
he  was  also  one  of  the  principal  gods  of  Nukufetau.  The  reigning  chief 
of  Nukufetau  when  the  "  Peacock "  visited  the  group  bore  his  name. 
Newell  says  (Joe.  cit.),  "  Foilape  was  a  man  of  enormous  physical  strength 
and  a  fearful  despot.  He  had  to  flee  for  his  life  to  Vaitupu,  where  he 
was  honoured  as  a  god,  after  he  had  been  murdered  as  a  despot." 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  47 

islands  in  the  group.  The  group  of  atolls  seems  to  have  been 
filled  with  sacred  places  and  shrines." 

Erivada  related  that  in  a  dream  he  was  instructed  by  seven* 
spirits  to  make  a  god  of  a  red  stone,  obtained  by  diving  in  the 
passage,  wrapped  in  pandanus  leaves  and  placed  in  a  case,  "  fe'ou," 
like  (as  O'Brien  described  it)  a  hen-coop.  If  anyone  fell  sick  the 
stone  was  taken  out  and  beseeched  to  relieve  or  cure  the  sufferer. 
Erivada  also  manufactured  from  coloured  pandanus  leaves  and 
shells  the  sacred  casket,  "  bourou,"  supposed  to  be  worn  like  a  hat 
by  Firafi.  O'Brien,  on  his  arrival,  saw  a  ceremony  performed  by 
the  priest,  or  as  he  termed  him  the  "devil-master,"  to  induce  the 
spirit  to  send  abundance  of  fish.  This  consisted  of  the  bourou 
being  taken  out  of  the  temple  and  carried  thrice  around  it, 
followed  by  a  procession  of  men  and  women  stripped  naked  for 
the  occasion.  "Foilape,"  writes  Turner,  "was  the  principal  god, 
and  they  had  a  stone  at  his  temple.  There  was  an  altar  also  on 
which  offerings  of  food  were  laid.  At  the  order  of  the  priest  the 
altar  was  carried  about  the  settlement,  and  as  the  god  was 
supposed  to  be  on  it,  the  people  danced  in  front  and  all  around 
to  please  him."  On  Nukufetau,  "Occasionally,  after  a  death  for 
instance,  the  people  assembled,  and  in  honour  of  the  god  paraded 
about  the  settlement,  carrying  shoulder  high  the  box  containing 
his  treasures."! 

No  fisher  would  use  his  catch  till  an  offering  was  made  to  the 
temple.  Receiving  the  first  fruits  of  every  haul,  the  priest  would 
walk  around  the  temple,  and  calling  each  of  the  numerous  spirits 
by  its  name,  would  deposit  upon  post  after  post  for  each  his  fish 
in  sacrifice.  A  barracouta  was  always  appropriated  by  the 
temple,  presenting  this  perquisite  was  called  "greasing  the  mats 
of  the  temples." 

Such  valuables  as  fine  mats  or  pearl  shell  fish-hooks  were 
frequently  offered.  When  any  new  or  wonderful  object  was 
acquired,  if  for  instance  a  bottle  or  tin  came  ashore,  it  was  at 
once  taken  to  the  temple.  In  Nukufetau,  Turner  tells  usj 
that  "  Any  rare  beads  or  other  fancy  articles  from  a  ship  were 
presented.  If  concealed,  the  god  knew  it,  he  was  omniscient, 
and  brought  death  on  the  culprit."  At  Fotuna,  "It  forms 
an  important  part  of  the  religion  of  this  island  to  consider 
everything  that  arrives  there,  whether  of  great  or  little  value,  as 
the  property  of  the  gods,  no  matter  whether  it  be  a  largs  canoe 
or  a  log  of  wood."§ 

*  Referring  to  this  mystic  number,  Newell  writes  (loc.  cit.)  of  the 
ransom  for  a  child's  life  upon  Nukufetau  of  seven  bowls  of  faausi,  "  So 
far  as  I  know  this  is  the  only  instance  of  the  number  seven  being  con- 
sidered the  number  of  completeness,  as  in  the  Hebrew  Scriptures." 

t  Turner— loc.  cit.  J  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  205. 

§  Mariner— Tonga,  i.,  1817,  p.  318. 


48  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Sometimes  it  would  be  announced  by  the  sorcerer  that  a  certain 
person  was  about  to  fall  sick.  The  threatened  victim  then  had 
to  reside  in  the  temple,  and  enchantments  were  pronounced  over 
him  twice  a  day  ;  he  was  anointed  with  coconut  oil,  and  was 
placed  in  the  smoke  of  a  fire  so  that  the  demon's  eyes  might  be 
blinded  and  he  escape. 

A  kind  of  divination  was  practised  by  spinning  a  coconut 
before  the  altar ;  if  it  came  to  rest  in  a  particular  position 
success  was  prophesied,  but  if  the  result  was  unpropitious  the 
nut  would  be  coaxed,  fondled,  and  spun  again.  A  similar 
divination  by  spinning  a  coconut  is  described  by  Mariner  in 
Tonga.* 

"  A  temple  with  a  covering  was  known  as  a  '  Fale-Atua,'  a 
shrine  was  an  '  Afu,'  and  the  priest,  as  in  the  Tokelaus  and  in 
Samoa,  was  a  'Vakatua.'  Long  after  the  significance  of  the 
temple  was  forgotten  the  stone  shrine  or  memorial  was  wor- 
shipped."! A  beautiful  illustration  of  the  gods  and  temple  of 
Fakaafu  by  a  member  of  the  first  European  party  who  visited 
that  island  of  the  Tokelau  Group,  faces  p.  274  of  Dana's  Corals 
and  Coral  Islands,  1872. 

The  last  temple  on  Funafuti  was  destroyed  by  the  hands  of 
Mr.  O'Brien. 

On  this  atoll  the  priests  chose  the  sailing  dates  for  canoes 
visiting  other  islands.  If  the  vessel  missed  her  destination, 
the  drifting  and  starving  crew  used  first  to  kill  and  eat  the 
"  devil-master." 

Regarding  heathen  worship,  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee  writes  j 
of  the  Ellice  Group  in  general  at  the  time  when  the  Archipelago 
was  passing  from  Paganism  to  Christianity  : — "  They  worshipped 
the  spirits  of  their  ancestors;  mostly  those  who  originally  peopled 
the  islands,  but  some  of  later  generations  have  been  deified  in 
some  of  the  islands.  They  have  shrines  in  some  places  where 
they  offer  their  devotions,  and  where  the  gods  come  to  hear  their 
prayers  and  accept  their  offerings.  Some  have  tangible  repre- 
sentatives of  their  gods  in  the  shape  of  stones  :§  but  as  far  as  I 
could  learn,  they  always  had  the  idea  of  spiritual  beings  taking 
up  their  abode  in  them  either  for  a  time  or  permanently.  They 
have  also  a  number  of  sacred  men  through  whom  they  communi- 
cate with  their  gods.  In  some  of  the  southern  islands,  now 
Christianized,  there  was  only  one  sacred  man  in  each  village. 
He  was  chosen  by  the  people  from  one  particular  family.  At 

*  Mariner— Tonga,  ii.,  1817,  p.  239. 
t  Newell— Joe.  cit. 
I  Whitmee— loc.  cit.,  pp.  26,  27. 

§  At  the  temple  of  Maumau  on  Nanomea,  there  stood  a  nine  feet 
high  coral  sandstone  slab  from  the  beach.  Turner — loc.  cit.,  p.  291. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  49 

his  death,  his  successor  was  generally,  but  not  necessarily,  his 
brother  or  son.  If  one  failed  to  satisfy  the  people,  he  was 
deposed  and  another  chosen.  This  man  was  regarded  as  very 
holy.  He  dwelt  with  his  family  apart  from  the  rest  of  the 
people.  His  house  was  generally  built  on  piles  over  the  shallow 
water  in  the  lagoon.  He  never  worked,  but  he  and  his  family 
were  fed  by  the  community.  He  gained  power  over  individuals 
and  abundance  of  food,  by  promising  the  favour  of  the  gods  to 
those  who  treated  him  well,  and  denouncing  their  anger  upon 
those  who  were  niggardly  and  brought  him  little  food.  When 
the  gods  communicated  with  him  he  pretended  to  be  possessed,* 
threw  himself  into  all  kinds  of  attitudes,  raved,  foamed  at  the 
mouth,  and  his  eyes  glared  wildly.  Then  he  pronounced  the 
oracle  to  the  people  who  had  assembled  around  at  a  respectful 
distance.  On  two  islands,  the  places  where  the  houses  of  the 
priests  stood  were  pointed  out  to  me,  and  also  the  places  where 
the  people  congregated.  The  distance  between  them  could  not 
have  been  less  than  two  hundred  yards.  The  priest  performed 
incantations  before  the  people  went  out  to  fish  ;  and  to  the  anger 
or  favour  of  the  gods  the  success  or  non-success  of  a  fishing 
expedition  was  ascribed.  On  the  northern  islands  there  are 
several  priests ;  they  mix  with  the  people,  and  seem  to  be  far 
less  exclusive  than  the  single  priest  was  on  the  southern 
islands." 

"The  natives  of  Niutao,"  writes  Dr.  Gill,f  "were  accustomed 
to  worship  their  heathen  deities  in  a  marae  in  the  centre  of  the 
village.  Of  this  great  marae  only  one  stone  is  now  left,  repre- 
senting Tangaloa,  god  of  heaven  and  principal  deity  of  Polynesia. 
.  .  .  .  Only  forty  [Aug.,  1872,]  still  adhered  to  their  ancient 
faith,  and  these  were  easily  distinguished  by  a  single  sacred  leaf 

of  the  coconut  worn  on  the  left  arm Half  a  mile 

distant  in  the  bush  is  their  ancient  burial  ground.  Adjoining  it 
is  their  pantheon,  consisting  of  an  oval,  low  enclosure,  composed 
of  flat  stones,  some  higher  than  others,  each  representing  a 
distinct  divinity  ;  so  that  the  sacred  men  standing  inside  the 
enclosure —the  people  of  course  outside — could  worship  all  the 

gods  at  once Returning  to  the  village,  we  entered 

an  idol-house.  The  god  is  the  central  side  post,  stouter  than  the 
rest  and  crooked.  To  the  crooked  post — utterly  destitute  of 
ornament — three  green  coconuts  and  a  sacred  leaflet  were  offered  { 
morning  and  evening.  On  these 'occasions  the  worshipper  (with 

*"  When  the  priest  on  Vaitupu  became  '  red,'  by  which  they  meant 
flushed  and  excited,  it  was  a  sign  that  the  god  had  something  to  say." 
(Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  284.)  For  a  description  of  Tongan  priests  in 
religious  frenzy  see  Mariner — loc.  cit.,  p.  106. 

fGill—  loc.  cit.,  p.  12. 

JThis  act  is  illustrated  by  a  woodcut  in  the  text  on  p.  15. 


50  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

whom  we  conversed)  goes  through  his  incantations,  and,  husking 
the  nuts  with  a  stick  kept  for  the  purpose,  drinks  the  water  and 
eats  the  kernel,  and  then  puts  newly-plucked  nuts  in  their  place. 
Each  new  act  of  worship  necessitates  the  tying  of  a  fresh  leaf 
round  the  post,  and  another  round  the  arm  of  the  worshipper. 
Four  old  coconuts  lay  at  the  foot  of  this  queer  post  god.  In 
another  idol  house,  we  saw  on  a  swinging  tray,  a  smooth  round 
pebble  worshipped  as  a  god.  Offerings  of  green  coconuts  lay 
near  it,  with  the  sacred  leaflet." 

Of  the  same  island,  Niutao,  Moresby  observed  :*  "  Native 
missionaries  have  been  two  years  at  work  here,  but  half  the 
people  are  as  yet  devil  worshippers,  and  adore  the  evil  spirit 
under  the  form  of  coconut  leaves,  skip  jacks,  and  wooden  posts. 
Every  heathen  family  has  a  small  devil  hut,  in  which  a  tiny 
grass  hammock  is  slung  for  the  evil  spirit  to  sleep  in,  and  where 
offerings  of  fresh  nuts  are  brought  him  every  morning  ;  many  of 
these  huts  were  in  full  use,  but  we  were  pleased  to  find  others 
forsaken." 

Turner  informs!  us  that  "  Kulu  was  the  principal  god  in 
Niutao,  and  at  the  evening  meal  was  prayed  to  for  rain,  coco- 
nuts, fish,  freedom  from  disease,  &c.  Offerings  to  Kulu  were 
eaten  only  by  the  priest,  or  by  any  stranger  to  whom  he  might 
hand  a  share." 

The  same  author  says  of  Nanomana,  |  "  Foelangi  and  Maumau 
were  the  principal  gods.  They  had  each  a  temple ;  and  under 
the  altars,  on  which  were  laid  out  in  rows  the  skulls  of  departed 
chiefs  and  people,  §  were  suspended  offerings  of  pearl  shell  and 
other  valuables.  Foelangi  had  an  unchiseled  block  of  stone  to 
represent  him,  something  like  a  six  feet  high  gravestone.  The 
household  gods  were  incarnate  in  the  fish.  Offerings  of  food 
were  taken  to  the  temples,  that  the  gods  might  first  partake 
before  anyone  else  ate  anything.  While  visiting  one  of  these 
temples  I  saw  a  number  of  fresh  plucked  and  husked  coconuts 
laid  down,  one  before  each  skull.  After  a  time  the  nuts  were 
taken  away  and  eaten  by  the  family  who  laid  them  there.  Clubs 
and  great  double  edged  wooden  swords,  fifteen  feet  long,  and 
edged  with  sharks'  teeth,  were  kept  in  the  larger  temples  for 
display  on  festive  occasions  in  honour  of  the  gods,  and  taken 
occasionally  to  the  rocks  at  the  landing  place  to  flourish  about 
and  frighten  away  any  party  from  a  ship  or  from  another  island 
attempting  to  land,  until  at  least  special  permission  from  the 

*  Moresby— New  Guinea,  1876,  p.  78. 
f  Turner— Samoa,  1884,  p.  288. 
J  Turner— op.  cit.,  p.  289. 

§  In  Nanomana  "  On  a  '  paata '  ( =  shelf)  were  laid  human  skulls  and 
jawbones."— Dr.  Gill's  MS.  Diary. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLBY.  51 

gods  had  been  asked."  The  destruction  of  these  temples  by 
Christian  converts  in  1877  is  related  by  Dr.  Gill.* 

Upon  Nanomana  Dr.  Gill  remarked  to  a  native  :  "  '  Jehovah 
made  the  sky,  the  ocean,  and  all  men.'  The  prompt  reply  was, 
'  Very  likely  Jehovah  made  you  and  your  land ;  but  the  good 
gods  Maumau  and  Foelangi'  (their  ancestors  who  came  from 
Samoa)  'made  us  and  Nanomanga.'  ....  They  worship 
shooting  stars  and  rainbows ;  but  the  principal  objects  of  adora- 
tion are  the  skulls  and  jawbones  of  the  dead Crowds 

of  men  ran  to  the  beach  to  meet  us,  besmeared  with  ashes  mixed 
with  oil,  each  wearing  the  sacred  leaflet  on  the  left  arm,  with 
necklaces  of  flowers.  In  this  costume  they  had  been  dancing 
and  performing  their  wild  incantations  to  the  gods  during  the 
night.  The  response  of  the  oracle  was,  that  no  foreign  god  or 
instructor  should  dwell  on  the  land  sacred  to  Maumau  and 

Foilangi In  one  of  these  temples  on  a  large  swing 

tray  we  counted  eleven  human  skulls  ;  on  another  tray,  nine. 
It  was  to  accommodate  these  skulls  that  the  temples  were  built. 
It  is  the  disgusting  custom  in  Nanomanga,  when  a  great  chief 
or  much  loved  head  of  a  family  dies,  to  bury  the  corpse,  but 
on  the  third  day,  the  head  is  removed,  and  the  flesh  gnawed 
off  and  eaten  raw  with  coconut  by  the  sacred  men.f  The  clean 
skull  with  the  jawbone  are  then  put  on  a  tray  in  the  appropriate 

temple,  and  thenceforth  become  objects  of  worship 

I  called  on  King  Atupa.  He  was  reclining  on  a  mat,  with  an 
ominous  cough,  and  seemingly  far  gone  in  consumption.  We 
were  told  that  on  his  death  his  skull  would  be  added  to  the  tray 
of  gods  in  the  adjoining  temple."J 

"  In  Ellice's  Group  skulls  of  head  chiefs  are  hung  up  in  houses 
and  taken  down  periodically,  and  oiled  during  the  weeping  and 
wailing  of  women.  I  was  present  at  one  such  ceremony,  At 
some  islands  the  women  not  only  weep,  but  beat  their  eyes  from 
time  to  time  with  their  fingers,  until  the  eyelids  are  so  swollen 
as  to  render  it  necessary  to  keep  in  the  house  for  some  days."§ 

An  extraordinary  species  of  quarantine  is  thus  described  by 
Mr.  Whitmee  ||  at  Nanomea  :  "  At  this  island  and  at  Nanomanga 
there  are  some  singular  heathen  ceremonies  gone  through  on  the 
arrival  of  a  ship  or  a  canoe  from  another  island.  As  these 
ceremonies  occupy  from  six  to  eight  hours,  the  whole  of  which  is 
spent  in  a  burning  sun,  and  the  ceremonies  are  not  of  the  most 
pleasant  nature,  I  was  desirous  of  escaping  their  infliction  if 

*  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  24. 

t"  By  the  teeth  of  children,"  according  to  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  289. 

J  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  21. 

§  (?  Gill  in)  Davis— Anthrop.  Rev.,  vii.,  p.  192. 

||  Whitmee—  loc.  cit.,  p.  24. 


52  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

possible The  four  new  arrivals  were  marched  to 

the  place  where  the  representatives  of  their  gods  were,  and  there 
a  number  of  prayers  were  offered  by  the  priests.  These  were  to 
deprecate  the  wrath  of  the  gods  on  account  of  the  arrival  of  a 
foreign  ship,  and  especially  this  ship  of  the  foreigner's  God. 
They  also  prayed  that  no  disease  might  be  brought  by  the  ship 
to  their  island  ;  but  if  disease  was  on  board  that  it  might  be 
taken  to  Fiji.  And  as  they  are  suffering  at  the  present  time 
from  drought,  they  also  prayed  the  gods  to  send  them  plenty  of 
rain,  and  plenty  of  food.  These  prayers  were  repeated  at  the 
shrines  of  the  different  gods  (and  they  seem  to  be  very  numerous), 
and  were  followed  by  an  offering  of  a  large  quantity  of  coconuts, 
which  the  people  themselves  eat  after  they  have  been  presented 
to  the  gods.  Then  they  marched  around  the  gods  in  single  file, 
and  marched  around  the  strangers,  and  afterwards  joined  in  a 

dance I  was  told  by  Tavita  there  was  no  fear  of  a 

repetition  of  the  previous  days  ceremonies,  as  they  were  vicarious, 
and  gave  all  on  board  the  freedom  of  the  island  while  our  ship 
remained.  Had  any  other  vessel  arrived  while  we  were  there, 
those  on  board  of  her  would  have  been  free  also,  but  for  one 
arriving  after  we  were  out  of  sight  the  ceremonies  must  be 
repeated." 

In  describing  the  same  rite,  Turner  says  :*  "  Meat  offerings 
were  also  laid  on  the  altars,  accompanied  by  songs  and  dances  in 
honour  of  the  god.  While  these  ceremonies  were  going  on  all 
the  population,  except  the  priests  and  their  attendants,  kept  out 
of  sight." 

Gill  writesf  of  Nanomana  under  date  August  13,  1872  :  "We 
were  the  first  visitors  fortunate  enough  to  escape  being  '  devilled  ' 
whilst  the  heathen  performed  incantations  to  prevent  the  intro- 
duction of  disease."f 

BURIAL. 

As  in  New  Guinea  the  dead  are  buried  in  the  village  streets 
near  the  houses  of  their  relatives.  A  few  small  cemetries,  or 
groups  of  a  dozen  graves,  occur  besides  close  to  the  village. 
Whitmee's  description  is  as  correct  of  the  Funafuti  fashion  of 
to-day  as  it  was  at  the  time  of  his  visit.  "Their  dead  are 
interred  in  the  earth,  and  their  graves  are  surrounded  by  a 
border  of  large  stones  with  a  covering  of  small  pieces  of  broken 
coral  in  the  middle.  These  are  generally  very  carefully  kept  in 
order.  In  the  case  of  a  chief,  a  mound  is  raised  for  two  to  four 
feet  high  over  the  grave,  and  all  around  is  kept  free  from  weeds."§ 

*  Turner— loc.  cit.  p.  292.  f  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  19. 

J  Admiral  Moresby  has  described  a  like  exorcism  which  he  as  a  visitor 
underwent  in  the  New  Hebrides. — New  Guinea,  1876,  p.  102. 
§  Whitmee— loc.  cit.,  p.  27. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  53 

On  Vaitupu  :  "  The  dead  were  buried  inside  the  houses,  and  in 
the  grave  they  deposited  with  the  body  pearl-shell  fish  hooks, 
necklaces,  and  other  ornaments."*  In  the  Hervey  Group  :  "  If 
a  body  were  buried  in  the  earth,  the  face  was  invariably  laid 
downwards,  chin  and  knees  meeting,  and  the  linibs  well  secured 
with  strongest  sinnet  cord.  A  thin  covering  of  earth  was  laid 
over  the  corpse,  and  large  heavy  stones  piled  over  the  grave. 
The  intention  was  to  render  it  impossible  for  the  dead  to  rise  up 
and  injure  the  living.  The  head  of  the  buried  corpse  was  always 
turned  to  the  rising  sun,  in  accordance  with  their  ancient  solar 
worship.  It  was  customary  to  bury  with  the  dead  some  article 
of  value — a  female  would  have  a  cloth-mallet  laid  by  her  side, 
whilst  her  husband  would  enjoin  his  friends  to  bury  with  him  a 
favourite  stone  adze,  or  a  beautiful  white  shell  (Ovula  ovum) 
worn  by  him  in  the  dance.  Such  articles  were  never  touched 
afterwards  by  the  living."! 

DOMESTIC  LIFE. 

The  old  order  has  changed  to  such  an  extent  that  it  is  difficult 
to  gain  information  upon  the  former  social  system.  The  elder 
natives  are  averse  to  discussing  what  they  now  regard  as  the 
shameful  and  deplorable  past,  From  tales  and  odd  remarks  I 
was  however  able  to  glean  a  little. 

As  usual  among  the  Polynesians,  sexual  morality  on  Funafuti 
was  of  the  laxest  before  the  introduction  of  Christianity,  and 
chastity  was  unknown.  A  wife  belonged  to  her  husband  in  so 
far  as  she  shared  his  home,  he  supported  her  and  he  was  entitled 
to  the  produce  of  her  labour  in  cooking,  weaving,  fishing,  garden- 
ing, and  so  forth,  but  he  did  not  claim  the  exclusive  right  to  her 
person.  If  a  man  desired  the  society  of  another's  wife,  he  might 
throw  a  pebble  into  the  hut  as  he  walked  past ;  the  complaisant 
husband,  accepting  the  signal,  would  then  leave  and  allow  the 
visitor  to  enter  unmolested. 

A  marriage  was  celebrated  by  the  presentation  of  coconuts  and 
other  trifling  gifts.  Where  friends  or  relatives  opposed  a  union, 
the  couple  would  sleep  in  the  bush,  and  stay  away  from  the 
village  till  they  were  forgiven,  much  in  the  way  that  Pritchard 
describes  runaway  matches  in  Samoa.J  Matriarchal  rule  pre- 
vailed over  patriarchal ;  a  bridegroom  left  his  father's  house  to 
join  his  wife's  family,  sometimes  two  sisters  and  their  husbands 
shared  a  hut.  Dr.  Gill  writes  of  Nanomana :  "Women  here 
though  married  are  common ;  but  the  children  belong  to  the 
legal  husband." § 

*  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  284. 

t  GUI— The  South  Pacific  and  New  Guinea,  1892,  p.  23. 
I  Pritchard— Polynesian  Reminiscences,  1866,  p.  136. 
§  Dr.  Gill's  MS.  Diary. 


54  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  usual  sequence  of  such  unrestricted  intercourse,  infanticide, 
was  generally  practised  upon  Funafuti.  Indeed  it  was  once  obli- 
gatory to  destroy  each  alternate  child.  Mr.  O'Brien  tells  me 
that  thirty  or  forty  years  ago,  he  knew  women  to  enter  the 
lagoon  before  the  occurrence  of  birth,  that  the  child  might  be 
immediately  drowned.  On  Niutao,  "  the  ancient  rule  was  to 
rear  only  two  children  in  each  family.  The  life  of  the  third 
might  be  redeemed  ;  the  rest  were  put  to  death  as  soon  as  born."* 
"  On  Nukufetau,  as  elsewhere,  infanticide  or  foeticide  was  the 
law  of  the  land.  Only  one — some  say  two — were  allowed  to  live 
in  each  family,  the  rest  were  strangled.  But  it  was  possible  for 
parents  to  ransom  their  offspring  by  giving  a  present  to  the 
chiefs."! 

At  times,  to  allow  the  coconuts  to  grow  up  and  to  give  the 
fishing  grounds  a  rest,  the  permanent  village  is  temporarily  aban- 
doned, and  the  whole  tribe  move  to  another  locality.  Several 
duplicate  villages  are  built  about  the  lagoon,  perfect  sometimes 
even  to  the  chapel  and  court  house,  wherein  each  family  owns  a 
residence,  and  to  which  they  periodically  move  to  enjoy  a  change 
of  air  and  scene.  Probably  it  was  one  of  these  temporary 
settlements  which  Moresby|  saw  at  Funafuti,  and  mistook  for  a 
deserted  village. 

The  permanent  village  consists  of  a  score  of  huts  arranged  in  a 
long  straggling  street  parallel  to  the  beach.  This  street  has  a  hard 
beaten  floor,  which  is  kept  swept  and  weeded  with  great  care  by 
the  women,  who  devote  fixed  hours  to  this  work.  From  the 
main  street  branch  roads,  which  are  metalled  with  shingle  and 
curbed  with  blocks  of  coral.  Wrong  doers  are  punished,  under 
the  modern  system,  in  imitation  of  colonial  justice,  by  being  set 
to  repair  these  roads.  An  avenue  of  breadfruit  trees  casts  a 
pleasant  shade  along  the  street,  while  around  and  above  all 
tower  the  loftier  coconut  palms.  Each  hut  is  at  least  a  dozen 
yards  from  its  next  door  neighbour,  and  has  its  own  kitchen 
situated  some  little  distance  away.  Two  or  more  married  couples 
sometimes  live  together  in  a  hut  of  about  twelve  by  twenty  feet. 
The  floor  is  usually  carpeted  with  large  pandanus  mats,  but  in 
the  more  pretentious  stone  dwellings  the  ground  is  covered 
with  fine  shingle.  §  The  roof,  pitched  in  European  style  with 

*  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  27. 

t  Newell— Proc.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1895  (1896),  p.  609. 

J  Moresby— New  Guinea,  1876,  p.  74. 

§  Until  lately  the  caverns  of  Atiu  and  Mangaiia  were  despoiled  of  the 
finest  stalactite  columns,  in  order  to  adorn  the  premises  of  the  chiefs  by 
keeping  the  snow  white  sea  peebles  in  their  place,  much  as  at  home  we 
use  ornamental  tiles  for  gravelled  walks.  Anciently  the  maraes  of  their 
gods  were  thus  adorned." — Gill—  loc.  cit.,  p.  86.  The  graves  in  Funafuti 
were  likewise  gravelled. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  55 

ridge  pole  and  rafters,  is  covered  by  an  excellent  thatch  of 
pandanus  leaves.  Sometimes  the  walls  are  protected  by  the 
same,  but  more  often  are  enclosed  by  palm  mats  swung  on  cords, 
which  may  be  raised,  lowered,  or  pushed  aside  at  discretion,  and 
doors  or  windows  are  thus  formed  anywhere  caprice  directs. 

All  small  articles,  tools,  garments,  or  fishing  utensils  are 
usually  suspended  from  the  roof  or  stuck  in  the  thatch.  By  day 
the  only  furniture  visible  is  the  usual  locked  trade  box  in  the 
corner,  but  by  night  the  hut  is  partitioned  off  into  numerous 
small  chambers  by  the  calico  mosquito  curtain  of  each  single 
individual  or  married  couple. 

"A  house  after  the  usual  Samoan  fashion  just  described  has 
but  one  apartment.  It  is  the  common  parlour,  dining  room,  &c., 
by  day,  and  the  bedroom  of  the  whole  family  by  night.  They  do 
not,  however,  altogether  herd  indiscriminately.  If  you  peep  into 
a  Samoan  house  at  midnight,  you  will  see  five  or  six  low  oblong 
tents  pitched  (or  rather  strung  up)  here  and  there  throughout  the 
house.  They  are  made  of  native  cloth,  five  feet  high,  and  close 
all  round  down  to  the  mat.  They  shut  out  the  mosquitoes,  and 
enclose  a  place  some  eight  feet  by  five  ;  and  these  said  tent- 
looking  places  may  be  called  the  bedrooms  of  the  family.  Four 
or  five  mats  laid  loosely,  the  one  on  the  top  of  the  other,  form 
the  bed."* 

The  Papuan  custom  of  avoiding  mosquitoes  by  sleeping  in  the 
smoke  seems  unknown  here.  For  further  particulars  about  the 
mosquitoes,  the  reader  is  referred  to  Mr.  Rainbow's  article  on 
the  Entomology  of  Funafuti. 

A  European  on  entering  is  always  requested  to  seat  himself 
on  a  bunk  or  trade  box,  and  is  at  once  welcomed  with  a  drinking 
coconut,  opened  and  handed  to  him  by  a  daughter  of  the  house. 

Artificial  light  was  quite  unknown  upon  Funafuti  before  the 
advent  of  the  whites.  Mr.  O'Brien  told  me  that  to  bring  fire 
into  a  dwelling  house  was  most  strictly  tabued  ;  he  described  to 
me  the  astonishment  of  the  natives  when  an  early  visitor  impro- 
vised a  rough  lamp  from  a  coconut  shell  bowl  filled  with  coconut 
oil.  On  Niutao,  "  No  fire  was  kindled  at  night  lest  it  should  pre- 
vent the  gods  from  coming  in  a  shadowy  form  with  a  message."! 
And  on  Fakaafu,  in  the  Tokelau  Group,  Dr.  Turner  likewise  tells 
us  "  No  fire  was  allowed  to  be  kindled  at  night  in  the  houses 
of  the  people  all  the  year  round.  It  was  sacred  to  the  gods,  and 
so,  after  sundown  they  sat  and  chatted  in  the  dark."J 

*  Turner— Samoa,  1884,  p.  155. 
t  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  288. 
JId.— Op.  cit.,p.  269. 


56  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

No  cooking  is  ever  done  in  the  house,  but  each  family  has  a 
separate  kitchen,  a  roughly  built  hut,  some  distance  away  from 
the.  dwelling.  No  native  pottery  exists,  nor  do  the  islanders 
seem  to  app'reciate  European  earthenware,  but  iron  pots  are 
valued.  Coconut  shells  are  used  to  heat  fluids.  The  usual 
Polynesian  method  of  cooking  with  hob  stones  in  a  hole  in  the 
ground  still  prevails,  it  has  been  well  described  by  the  Rev.  S. 
Ella,*  as  well  as  by  numerous  other  writers.  For  lack  of  better 
stones  the  cooks  are  obliged  to  use  coral,  of  which  they  select  the 
hardest  kinds,  such  as  Montipora  and  Millepora,  even  these  soon 
crumble  in  the  tire.  If  any  volcanic  rock  was  brought  as  ship's 
ballast  from  Fiji  or  elsewhere,  it  was  eagerly  seized  upon  for 
cooking-stones.  The  roots  of  trees  drifted  ashore  were  also  care- 
fully searched  for  hard  stones. 

A  missionary  says :  "  Missionaries  are  by  some  charged  with 
too  great  strictness  in  their  dealings  with  the  failings  and  weak- 
nesses of  recent  converts.  If  those  who  make  the  charges  took 
the  trouble  to  enquire,  they  would  find  that  missionaries  generally 
take  the  opposite  side,  and  endeavour  to  modify  the  severity  of 
the  converts  themselves  towards  their  erring  brethren."!  The 
severity  of  the  Native  Teacher  towards  the  gentle,  submissive 
Islanders,  remarked  upon  by  all  the  members  of  the  Expedition, 
is  probably,  as  indicated  by  the  foregoing  quotation,  contrary  to 
the  wishes  of  his  superiors.  He  seemed  as  anxious  to  obliterate 
native  manners,  and  to  substitute  the  habits  and  customs  of  the 
European,  as.  he  understood  them,  as  to  preach  the  European's 
creed.  One  instance  of  this  that  came  under  my  notice  was 
where  children  were  scolded  for  indulging  in  the  pretty  native 
custom  of  wearing  wreaths  of  flowers  in  their  hair.  In  their 
progress  towards  civilisation  the  natives  have  lost  most  of  their 
old  amusements.  The  elders  often  look  back  with  regret  to 
the  merry  old  days  of  heathendom,  when  the  village  was  not 
so  dull.  Foot  racing,  lance  throwing,  quarterstaff  fencing, 
wrestling,  and  dancing  have  died  out  under  the  Native  Teacher's 
disapproval.  Singing  is  still  keenly  enjoyed,  but  is  only  per- 
mitted under  the  supervision  of  the  Native  Teacher  or  Deacon, 
and  in  a  subdued  tone.  Attention  is  directed  rather  to  singing 
passages  from  the  Scriptures,  or  the  multiplication  table  set 
to  verse  than  to  the  stirring  native  chants.  A  public  meet- 
ing for  singing  takes  place  twice  or  thrice  a  week.  The  sexes 
sit  apart,  usually  facing  each  other  from  opposite  sides  of  the 
house  ;  they  both  sit  cross  legged  or  tailor-wise.  A  leader  on 
one  side  or  the  other  usually  strikes  up,  and  the  rest  at  once 
fall  in.  The  old  Funafuti  airs  which  were  danced  to  wild 

*  Aust.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1892  (1893),  p.  636. 
t  Whitmee— Joe.  cit.,  p.  13. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  57 

and  stirring  music  are  now,  I  am  told,  entirely  forgotten 
except  by  a  few  of  the  oldest  inhabitants,  yet  Mr.  O'Brien 
tells  me  they  survive  on  Vaitupu  still.  On  asking  the  inter- 
preter for  a  translation  of  the  song,  I  am  answered  that  such 
a  one  is  the  story  of  Lot's  wife  being  turned  to  salt,  another 
is  in  praise  of  the  Bible  or  composed  of  passages  from  the  Scrip- 
tures, another  subject  is  a  battle  between  England  and  France  ; 
Captain  Webb's  feat  of  swimming  across  the  Straits  of  Dover 
forms,  oddly  enough,  the  theme  of  yet  another.  All  these  songs 
are  sung  squatting  on  the  ground,  anyone  attempting  to  rise  is 
promptly  suppressed  by  the  Native  Teacher.  Appropriate  gesti- 
culation is  given  with  hands  and  arms,  paddles  are  swung,  axes 
are  lifted,  guns  are  aimed,  and  strokes  are  swum  in  unison. 
Time  is  marked  by  incessant  clapping  of  the  hands,  for  variety 
the  palm  is  occasionally  slapped  against  the  arm,  the  thigh,  or 
upon  the  ground.  As  the  fervour  grows  the  music  sinks  and 
swells,  time  beats  grow  faster  and  faster  till  the  words  and  notes 
cannot  be  more  quickly  repeated,  and  in  a  paroxysm  of  clapping 
a  dead  stop  is  reached  by  the  breathless  and  perspiring  chorus. 
Watching  in  the  lamplight  the  soft,  brown  arms  tossing  with  the 
cadence  of  the  song,  the  waving  hair,  the  gleaming  teeth  and 
glistening  eyes  of  a  score  of  handsome  women,  one  can  imagine 
to  what  a  pitch  of  excitement  the  dances,  the  real  dances  of  the 
olden  time,  roused  this  impressionable  people.  The  music  is 
simple,  yet  thrilling,  and  to  most  Europeans  though  attractive  is 
singularly  evanescent.  I,  for  one,  could  never  afterwards  recall 
a  tune  however  much  I  had  enjoyed  it.  Hickson  has  noted  a 
similar  impression  of  savage  music.*  The  natives  on  the  other 
hand  seem  to  find  as  much  difficulty  in  catching  European  tunes 
as  we  do  in  recollecting  theirs.  An  exception,  however,  1  noted 
in  "Ta-ra-ra  Boom-de-ay,"  which  was  a  favourite  and  correctly 
repeated  air  on  Funafuti. 

A  popular  song  on  Funafuti,  an  importation  I  believe  from 
Samoa,  runs  as  follows  : — 

E  piu  i  se  sevi  lou  manamea, 
E  i  ai  i  le  maunga  o  Peteri, 
Ina  ta  tuu  ia  Lepanona, 
La'u  ava  ina  ta  tuu. 

O  loo  silasila  i  faamalama 

O  loo  pupula  inai  lona  tino 

Ina  ta  tuu,  <kc. 

Internal  evidence,  reference  to  Lebanon,  <kc.,  show  the  words 
to  be  a  modern  composition,  the  tune  is  however  probably  older. 
I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  and  musical  talent  of  my  friend, 

*  Hickson-A  Naturalist  in  North  Celebes,  1889,  p.  79. 


58 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Mr.  H.  Foden,  R.N.,  Acting  Paymaster  of  H.M.S.  "Penguin, 
for  the  following  air  current  on  Funafuti  :* — 


J.JlM'rJ 


|@ 

e/ 


is 


t*=E=4 


0 

i, 

G      | 

f 

6 

n     J 

i 

| 

I 

-1 

X 

c 

1    % 

J   J 

J 

I 

A 

r 

-» *L 


fl/       J\'-    J    J 


^ 


The  narrow  bounds  of  habitable  land  has  restricted  the  intro- 
duction of  domestic  animals.  Pigs  are  owned  by  every  family, 

*But  few  of  the  native  chants  of  Polynesia  appear  to  have  been 
reduced  to  writing.  A  Tongan  tune  is  given  by  Mariner — Tonga,  1817, 
ii.,  p.  338 ;  Samoan  by  Wilkes — loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pp.  152-3 ;  and  Melanesian 
by  Guppy — loc.  cit.,  p.  140. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  59 

they  are  usually  confined  in  sties  and  fed  upon  waste  coconuts. 
No  other  Ungulates  have  been  brought  to  the  atoll. 

Dogs  were  at  one  time  domesticated,  the  manner  of  their 
extermination,  told  me  upon  Funafuti,  is  thus  related  by  Moss  : 
"  At  Funafuti  the  Turimen  inarch  round  the  village  during  the 
night,  and  quietly  steal  into  the  houses  to  see  if  all  is  right.  It 
was  found  that  the  house  dogs  barked  and  gave  notice  of  their 
approach,  so  they  forthwith  decreed  the  destruction  of  all  dogs 
on  the  island  and  again  became  masters  of  the  situation."*  This 
little  episode  illustrates  the  severity  of  the  Inquisition  which  the 
rule  of  converts  imposes  on  Polynesia, 

Cats  have  long  been  introduced,  they  are  known  to  the  natives 
by  the  name  of  "  pussy,"  and  have  proved  of  service  in  destroying 
the  brown  rat,  formerly  a  great  pest  to  the  Islands.  The 
European  rat  and  mouse  have  effected  an  uninvited  entrance  to 
the  village,  and  have  multiplied  fast. 

The  Frigate-bird  is  tamed  in  the  Ellice  Group,  and  is 
said  to  have  been  used  like  carrier  pigeons  (vide  Ornithology). 
.None  were  kept  at  Funafuti  during  the  visit  of  the  Expedi- 
tion, but  I  saw  one  in  captivity  at  Nukulailai.  On  Niutao, 
"They  are  fond  of  taming  the  frigate-bird  (Atagen  aquila)  or 
man-of-war  bird.  A  high  perch  is  built  near  the  sea,  and  the 
bird  secured  to  it  by  a  long  string.  The  native  pastors  on  most 
of  the  islands — lying  about  sixty  miles  apart — of  the  Ellice 
Group,  correspond  with  each  other  by  means  of  the  frigate-bird. 
The  note  is  concealed  in  a  bit  of  reed  and  tied  to  one  of  the 
wings.  In  the  olden  time  pearl  fish  hooks  were  in  this  way  sent 
from  one  island  to  another.  Its  long  black  feathers  were  formerly 
in  great  request  for  head  dresses."!  That  this  system  of  taming 
Frigate-birds  prevailed  beyond  the  Ellice  and  the  Gilberts,  where 
Woodford  has  remarked  it,  is  suggested  by  an  incident  related 
by  Webster.  Landing  in  1851  on  Ocean  Island  or  Paanopa,  he 
says,  "I  was  well  nigh  making  an  unlucky  mistake  ;  observing 
a  number  of  large  birds  at  a  short  distance,  I  raised  my  gun  to 
fire  at  them,  but  was  suddenly  checked  by  my  companions,  who 
motioned  me  not  to  fire.  They  turned  out  to  be  tame  fish  hawks 
belonging  to  the  king ;  but  for  what  purpose  I  am  at  a  loss  to 
determine."!  Moss  also  noticed  these  birds  tamed  on  Pleasant 
Island.  §  Probably  the  habit  was  a  Micronesian  custom  received 
with  the  art  of  toddy  making  from  the  North.  The  natives  of 
the  Solomons  delight  in  portraying  this  bird  in  their  carvings.  || 

*  Through  Atolls  and  Islands  in  the  Great  South  Sea,  1889,  p.  118. 

t  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  17. 

J  Webster — The  last  Cruise  of  the  Wanderer,  Sydney,  n.d.,  p.  43. 

§  Moss— loc.  cit.,  p.  187. 

||  See  Brencbley — Cruise  of  the  Curagoa,  1873,  p.  260. 


60  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Fowls,  of  which  there  are  abundance,  complete  the  list  of 
domesticated  animals. 

During  the  last  ten  years  the  Islanders  have  abandoned  their 
native  names,  and  call  each  other  by  Saraoan  forms  of  Scriptural 
names,  as  Salamona,  Solomon  ;  Paulo,  Paul ;  Yakoba,  Jacob,  &c. 

In  former  days  incorrigible  criminals  were  drowned  by  throwing 
them  into  the  lagoon  with  a  stone  tied  round  the  neck.  A 
story  was  told  me  of  a  woman  convicted  of  theft,  who  was 
exposed  with  her  infant  upon  a  distant,  small  islet,  and  allowed 
to  slowly  perish  there.  On  Nanomana,  "It  is  reported  by  the 
traders  that  if  any  one  breaks  their  laws,  he  is  sunk  in  the  mud 
of  the  lagoon  shore,  out  of  which  it  is  impossible  to  get,  and 
there  is  miserably  suffocated."*  On  Funafuti,  and  probably 
throughout  the  group,  Mr.  O'Brien  told  me  that  any  condemned 
could  claim  sanctuary  who  could  escape  to  the  king's  house. 
A  similar  practise  prevailed  in  Samoa  f  Upon  Nukulailai, 
"Stealing  was  punished  by  restoring  double,  adultery  and  murder 
by  sending  off  the  culprit  to  sea  alone  in  a  canoe,  there  to  die 
or  take  his  chance  of  drifting  to  some  other  island.  "J  Mariner 
describes  such  an  execution  in  Tonga,  by  drowning  in  a  leaking 
canoe.  § 

Near  the  village,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  apart,  were  two  small 
ponds  about  four  feet  deep,  twenty  or  thirty  long,  and  half  as 
wide,  containing  foul  green  water.  These  were  the  public  bath- 
ing places,  one  was  reserved  for  men,  the  other  for  women. 
Clothes  were  also  washed  here.  There  were  also  several  small 
circular  wells  with  stone  walls  about  six  feet  deep,  above  ground 
they  were  carefully  fenced  round  with  sticks.  A  pole  to  which  an 
empty  coconut  shell  was  attached  was  always  kept  handy  to  bail 
water  out  with.  Dr.  Gill  records  a  case  where  two  Europeans  so 
exasperated  the  inhabitants  of  Niutao  by  bathing  in  one  such 
well  that  they  were  put  to  death. 

CULTIVATION. 

Landed  property  is  here  of  three  species  ;  the  town  allotment 
or  stand  of  a  hut  in  the  village  street,  the  bush  land  planted  with 
coconuts,  and  the  garden  land.  The  culture  of  the  coconut, 
pandanus,  and  paper  mulberry  has  been  noticed  under  the  pre- 
ceding section  on  Vegetation.  The  whole  chain  of  islets  is 
parcelled  out,  usually  divided  by  lines  running  across  from 
ocean  to  lagoon,  which  boundary  lines  are  strictly  preserved. 
Considerable  disparity  of  wealth  exists,  some  families  owning  as 

*  Dr.  GUI's  MS.  Diary. 

t  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  p.  158. 

J  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  281. 

§  Mariner— Tonga,  i.,  1817,  p.  295. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  61 

many  as  forty  blocks,  others  but  a  single  piece  of  land.  In  the 
past  overtures  for  selling  or  leasing  the  coconut  lands  to  copra 
traders  were  steadfastly  resisted  by  the  natives,  and  under 
British  rule  the  title  is  inalienably  vested*"  in  them.  Parents 
sometimes  divide  their  estate  to  provide  for  their  married  chil- 
dren. Lands  pass  by  will  on  the  owner's  death ;  instances  have 
occurred  where  relatives  have  been  cut  off  with  the  proverbial 
shilling,  and  being  left  to  starve  have  been  supported  by  public 
charity. 

A  space  of  about  ten  or  twelve  acres  south  of  the  Mangrove 
Swamp  is  occupied  by  the  gardens,  which  in  former  times,  when 
the  population  was  more  numerous,  covered  a  larger  area.  The 
gardens  are  in  excavations  six  or  eight  feet  deep,  the  object  of 
excavation  being  to  reach  the  level  of  permanent  swamp.  At 
Nukulailai,  where  I  saw  the  cultivation  ground  being  enlarged, 
the  natives  were  digging  down  ten  or  twelve  feet.  The  gardens 
are  irregularly  divided  into  blocks  of  a  couple  of  acres  or  more 
by  embankments,  which  represent  the  original  level  of  the  land, 
and  are  three  or  four  yards  in  breadth.  These  serve  as  paths, 
and  are  usually  planted  with  Artocarpus,  Thespesia,  or  Hibiscus. 

Each  family  has  at  least  one  plot  of  garden  land,  and  most 
have  more,  a  plot  may  be  as  small  as  ten  paces  square.  The 
plots  of  one  owner  are  not  necessarily  contiguous,  nor  are  the 
lands  of  various  owners  divided  from  each  other  by  any  boundary 
visible  to  a  stranger. 

The  wooden  shovel  or  turtle  shell  hoe  of  the  past  is  now 
replaced  by  metal  bladed  spades,  and  these  are  their  only  agri- 
cultural implement.  Like  all  semi-civilised  people  the  Ellice 
Islanders  keep  their  gardens  beautifully  free  from  weeds.  An 
analysis  of  the  soil  from  one  of  their  gardens  by  my  colleague, 
Dr.  Oooksey,  follows  in  another  Section.  The  appearance  of 
phosphate  of  lime  I  am  unable  to  account  for.  The  only  system 
of  manuring  I  observed  was  that  of  twisting  palm  leaves  in  a 
wreath,  and  laying  them  around  the  roots  of  the  brokka,  in  a 
basin  thus  made  were  buried  basketfuls  of  leaves  of  various 
bush  trees  gathered  by  the  women,  f 

The  staple  vegetable  food  of  the  Funafuti  Islanders  is  furnished 
by  the  Alocasia  indica,  Schott,  known  to  them  as  "  brokka."| 
It  is  said  to  require  from  six  to  eight  years  to  reach  maturity, 

*  By  Proclamation  in  The  Fiji  Royal  Gazette,  5th  Sept.,  1894. 

t  Cultivation  on  Funafuti  is  also  described  by  Whitmee— A  Missionaiy 
Cruise,  1871,  p.  12. 

J  In  the  Hervey  Islands  (Gill— The  South  Pacific  and  New  Guinea, 
1892,  p.  10)  it  is  called  "  kape."  Some  writers  refer  to  it  as  Puraka. 
Guppy  (Trans.  Vic.  Inst.,  1896)  quotes  numerous  other  names  from  the 
Pacific  and  Indian  Ocean. 


62  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

when  the  leaves  attain  a  height  of  twelve  or  fifteen  feet,  and  the 
flower  stalk  six  or  seven,  the  root,  a  greater  load  than  a  man  can 
carry,  is  then  about  four  feet  long  and  twenty  inches  in  diameter. 
As  the  plant  grows  the  root  is  "  hilled  up  "  to  two  or  three  feet. 
It  is  generally  harvested  about  a  year  after  planting,  before  it 
has  attained  the  full  size.  The  tuber  is  hard  and  unpalatable  to 
Europeans,  when  cooked  it  looked  to  me  like  brown  soap.  The 
Islanders  preserve  it  cooked  and  packed  in  coconut  shells.  At 
the  time  of  our  visit  a  quantity  of  brokka  so  prepared  was 
collected  to  send  to  a  Native  Teacher  on  one  of  the  Gilbert 
Islands  where  a  famine  was  then  occurring.  Dr.  Seemann  thus 
describes  this  plant  in  Fiji  :  "The  Via  Mila,  always  growing  in 
swamps,  is  a  gigantic  species,  often  twelve  feet  high,  the  trunk 
or  corm  of  which — the  edible  part — is  when  fully  developed,  as 
large  as  a  man's  leg,  a  single  leaf  weighing  three  and  a  half 
pounds.  The  petiole  was  found  to  be  four  feet  long,  and  ten 
inches  in  circumference  at  the  base  ;  the  blade  of  the  leaf  three 
feet  two  inches  long,  two  feet  six  inches  broad,  and  thirteen  feet 
six  inches  in  circumference.  The  plant  emits  a  nauseous  smell, 
amply  warning,  as  well  as  the  various  popular  names  it  bears, 
against  any  incautious  contact  with  it.  Besides  the  name  of 
Via  mila,  which  signifies  "  acrid  Via,"  we  have  that  of  Via  gaga 
or  poisonous  Via.  What  may  be  the  meaning  of  Via  seri  and 
Dranu,  occasionally  applied  to  it,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find 
out.  In  order  to  remove  the  acrid  properties,  the  trunk  is  baked, 
or  first  grated  and  then  treated  as  madrai,  or  bread  ;  yet,  not- 
withstanding all  precautions,  the  natives  are  frequently  ill  from 
eating  it."* 

With  the  brokka  is  planted  the  "taro"  or  "talo,"  as  is  indiffer- 
ently called  the  Colocasia  antiquorum,  var.  esculenta,  of  Botanists. 
Two  varieties  are  distinguished,  one  with  a  green  another  with  a 
red  petiole.  The  leaves  are  cooked  and  remind  a  European  of 
spinach,  and  the  root  is  roasted  or  grated  as  in  general  use 
throughout  the  Pacific. 

Besides  brokka  and  taro  there  are  two  other  species  of  aroids, 
"Ikamakini"  and  "  Ikourourou,"  which  I  have  not  been  able  to 
identify  botanically.  I  commend  to  future  travellers  the  impor- 
tance of  ascertaining  exactly  the  species  of  aroids  cultivated  in 
Polynesia. 

Other  varieties  of  these  in  cultivation,  which  have  probably 
been  introduced  during  the  present  generation  from  the  Gilbert 
Islands  via  Nui  or  Vaitupu,  are  "Ikoroa,"  "Kairoro,"  "Ikamava," 
and  "Teioumai." 

Bananas  (Musa  sapientium)  were  planted  by  the  natives  in 
the  ground  excavated  to  grow  brokka.  These  low  lying  swamps 

*  Seemann— Flora  Vitiensis,  1865-73,  p.  286. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HEDLKY.  63 

do  not  agree  with  the  constitution  of  this  plant,  which  never 
here  attains  ordinary  height  and  thickness,  and  the  yield  was  but 
a  few  meagre  bunches.  On  the  north-eastern  islet  there  is  a 
plantation  on  red  soil  and  dry  ground,  and  the  bananas  here 
grow  more  vigorously.  In  the  old  time  but  three  varieties  were 
known,  the  "Sai,"  "  Fungiotagnia,"  and  the  "Ngiangia."  Of 
later  introduction  are  the  "  Fouamouarounga,"  "  Butta,"  "  Tama- 
tamilema, "  "  Fungipalangi  "  (lit.  white  man's  banana),  and 
"  Fouamoualara."  That  the  natives  should  plant  bananas  in  the 
swamp  suggests  that  their  acquaintance  with  brokka  preceded 
their  knowledge  of  bananas.  The  people  of  Nukufetau  possessed 
no  bananas  at  the  time  of  the  visit  of  the  "  Peacock,"  but  they 
recognised  some  they  saw  on  board  as  "  futi  o  rotuma."* 

An  avenue  of  breadfruit  (Artocarpus  incisus)  runs  down  the 
length  of  the  village  street,  whose  well  grown,  leafy  and  symme- 
trical trees  about  forty  feet  in  height  add  greatly  to  the  beauty 
of  the  landscape.  A  few  are  also  planted  on  the  embankments 
that  separate  the  fields  of  brokka,  but  these  are  straggling  trees 
with  small,  scanty  foliage,  and  generally  unhealthy  in  appearance. 
I  was  shown  by  Mr.  O'Brien  a  fruit  of  another  variety  introduced 
from  the  Gilberts,  which  he  called  jackfruit.  The  leaf  I  did  not 
see,  but  I  do  not  think  that  this  Gilbert  Island  tree  was 
A.  integrifolia,  or  I  should  have  detected  its  presence  on  the 
Island  by  its  familiar  leaf. 

A  recent  addition  from  Fiji  to  the  stock  of  cultivated  plants  is 
the  sugar  cane  (Saccharum  officinarum),  which  the  natives  have 
not  yet  learned  how  to  grow  properly.  Instead  of  planting  joints 
to  propagate  the  species,  a  whole  cane  was  sacrificed.  The  sandy 
soil  yields  poor,  thin  rattoons. 

A  few  trees  of  Pawpaw  (Carica  papaya)  planted  by  the 
Samoan  Mission  Teacher  near  his  house,  presented  a  healthy 
appearance. 

FISHING. 

Throughout  the  coral  islands  of  the  Pacific  fish  abound.  So 
plentiful  a  food  supply  do  they  furnish  that  these  specks  of  land 
have  been  able  to  support  a  population  paralleled  alone  in  density 
by  the  cities  of  civilisation.  The  two  staples  upon  which  human 
life  in  every  atoll  archipelago  depends,  and  around  which  cluster 
their  distinctive  myths,  traditions,  customs,  manners  and  habits, 
are  fish  and  coconut. 

Skilful  fishermen  as  are  the  Ellice  Islanders,  they  are  surpassed 
by  the  inhabitants  of  the  Northern  Groups,  who  having  less 
cultivatable  land  are  probably  even  more  dependent  upon  their 
dexterity  for  their  livelihood.  They  employ  in  fishing,  hooks  and 
line,  nets,  crab-pots,  and  torch  and  spear. 

*  Wilkes— toe.  cit.,  v.,  p.  45. 


64  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Various  hooks  (which  will  later  be  described  more  fully  in  the 
appropriate  section)  were  designed  for  different  methods  of  angling. 
Large  wooden  hooks  were  baited  with  split  fish  and  sunk  scores  of 
fathoms  for  the  "palu"  and  other  deep  sea  fish.  Pearl  shell  hooks 
t(  bawonga,"  were  trailed  unbaited  over  the  surface  to  tempt  the 
bonito  with  their  gleaming  nacre.  Large  almost  ringed  hooks, 
the  "matou  tifa,"  were  formerly  carved  out  of  pearl  shell  or  hard 
coral,  but  these  have  passed  out  of  use.  Though  special  modes 
of  fishing,  as  for  palu  and  bonito,  still  engage  the  ancient  types  of 
hooks  used  by  past  generations,  yet  for  ordinary  sport  the  metal 
hooks  of  Europeans  are  in  great  demand  and  constant  use. 
European  fishing  lines  I  did  not  see  used,  the  (probably  superior) 
native  cord  of  Broussonetia  being  invariably  employed.  A 
favourite  bait  is  the  scarlet  hermit  crab  which  may  be  at  any 
time  .gathered  ensconced  in  a  borrowed  Turbo  shell,  among  coral 
blocks  and  palm  debris  in  the  most  barren  parts  of  the  islet.  This 
in  Funafuti  is  known  as  the  "  ounga  koula,"  Mr.  Whitelegge  calls 
it  Cenobita  olivieri.  My  tutor  in  Funafuti  fishing  taught  me  to 
tie  the  crab  bait  securely  to  the  hook  with  English  thread. 

An  extraordinary  bait,  attractive  where  all  others  failed  was 
the  ink  of  the  "Feki"  or  Sepia.  This  was  preserved,  dried  to  the 
consistency  of  tar,  and  before  using  was  moistened  with  kerosene; 
it  was  esteemed  more  fatal  if  a  little  European  perfume  were 
added.  For  use,  this  was  just  smeared  on  the  tip  of  an  unbarbed 
hook.  It  was  with  some  incredulity  that  I  first  received  this ; 
but  experience  soon  showed  that  when  fishing,  not  "  for  the  pot," 
but  for  the  Museum  collecting  drum,  I  could  obtain  numerous 
dainty  species  which  declined  a  free  passage  to  Sydney  when  lured 
by  any  ordinary  bait.  Fish  are  often  devoured  raw  the  moment 
they  are  pulled  from  the  sea.*  The  heavy  toll  taken  by  friends 
and  relations  when  a  successful  angler  returns  sometimes  induces 
him  to  snatch  a  meal  while  he  may. 

Two  kinds  of  fishing  nets  were  observed,  a  seine  and  a  cast  net. 
They  were  of  the  type  common  throughout  the  Pacific,  and  are 
well  described  by  Turner,  f  As  has  been  observed  by  Moresby 
in  New  Guinea,  Turner  in  Samoa,  and  Guppy  in  the  Solomons,  j 
the  mesh  and  meshing  are  identical  with  European  modes.  A 
torn  net  belonging  to  one  of  our  party  was  readily  repaired  by 
a  native. 

The  native  crab  pots  I  did  not  see,  they  were  described  to  me 
as  wove  basket-wise  out  of  palm  rootlets.  No  line  and  floating 
buoy  was  used  to  mark  the  sunken  trap.  The  fish,  they  said, 

*  To  show  the  prevalence  of  this  custom  throughout  Polynesia,  I  will 
merely  cite  Fanning's  notice  of  it  in  the  Marquesas  in  the  east  (Voyages 
round  the  World,  1834,  p.  145),  and  Marinei's  in  Tonga  in  the  west. 

f  Turner— Zee.  tit.,  p.  167.  J  Guppy— loc.  tit.,  p.  154. 


GENERAL   ACCOUNT — HRDLET.  65 

seeing  through  the  clear  water  the  line  extending  to  the  surface 
would  thereby  be  scared  away.  The  trap  was  lowered  to  the 
bottom  and  unhooked.  By  taking  careful  bearings  the  position 
could  be  found  and  the  trap  recovered  by  dragging  for  and  hook- 
ing it  up.  An  apparently  similar  crab  pot  is  described  by  Dr. 
Wiley*  as  employed  by  the  natives  of  New  Britain  for  capturing 
Nautili. 

At  low  tide  on  the  reef  fish  were  speared  by  torch  light  at 
night.  In  the  lagoon  flaming  brands  of  dry  palm  attracted  the 
gar  fish  and  flying  fish  to  the  canoes.  A  scene  described  at 
Nukunau  in  the  Gilberts  by  Webster,!  was  often  mirrored  by  the 
Funafuti  Lagoon,  "  In  the  evening,  the  Island  appeared  to  be 
completely  illuminated  along  the  margin  of  the  beach  ;  hundreds 
of  little  lights  were  in  motion  by  the  water's  edge,  and  dancing 
in  the  surf.  We  presently  discovered  that  the  natives  were  busily 
employed  catching  flying  fish,  torches  being  carried  in  the  canoes 
for  the  purpose  of  attracting  them,  when  they  were  caught  in 
scoop  nets  as  they  rose  to  the  light."  Eels  in  the  shore  pools  were 
taken  by  hoop-nets,  "  titiesi."  The  "  palolo  "  worm  is  not  known 
in  the  Ellice  Group. 

A  year  or  two  ago  considerable  quantities  of  pumice  drifted 
ashore,  and  the  native  mind  linked  this  to  the  fact  that  a  man 
died  after  a  meal  of  fish  taken  on  the  outer  reef.  All  fish  from 
the  outer  beach  were  after  this  occurrence  held  to  be  unwholesome, 
but  the  fish  from  within  the  lagoon  still  continued  to  be  eaten. 
At  the  time  of  our  visit,  it  was  yet  considered  unsafe  to  eat  any 
fish  from  the  ocean  beach,  though  it  was  believed  that  at  some 
future  date  they  would  again  become  fit  for  consumption. 

The  bright  hued  labroid  fishes  are  eaten  though  poorly  esteemed. 
A  Giant  Ray,  Ceratoptera  sp.,  was  harpooned  in  shoal  water  in 
the  Lagoon  ;  the  huge  fins  were  cut  off  to  make  a  meal  for  the 
families  of  its  captors.  As  previously  noted  the  barracouta  in 
former  days  was  sacred  to  the  priests.  On  Arorae  in  the  Gilberts 
the  Rev.  W.  W.  Gill  records  in  his  Diary  that  sacred  fish  only 
eaten  by  the  priests  were  the  shark  and  the  turtle. 

The  only  turtle  occuring  at  Funafuti  is  the  Green  Turtle,  "Fonu," 
Chelone  midas,  which  is  far  from  common,  one  example  only  being 
taken  during  our  stay  on  the  atoll.  From  its  shell  an  axe,  "  taku- 
fonu,"  was  formerly  made,  and  domestic  utensils  are  still  fashioned 
from  its  bones.  In  Queensland  the  Aborigines  manufacture  the 
carapace  of  this  Chelonian  into  a  shield.  J  In  past  times,  owing 
doubtless  to  its  rarity,  the  flesh  of  the  Funafuti  turtle  was  meat 

*  Wiley— Natural  Science,  vi.,  1895,  pp.  409  and  414,  fig. 
f  Webster— loc.  cit.,  n.d.,  p.  31. 

tEtheridge,  Junr.— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2),  ix.,  1894,  p.  508, 
pis.  xxxv.  and  xxxvi. 

E 


66  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

tabued  to  all  but  the  king.     If  the  captor  of  a  turtle  tasted  a 
morsel  thereof  lie  was  heavily  fined,  being  required  to  at  once 
bring  it  to  the  king.     Then,  according  to  ancient  ceremonial,  the 
turtle  being  laid  upon  its  back,  the  head  turned  towards  the  door 
before  the  house  of  the  king,  the  king  himself  wrapped  in  fine 
mats  pronounced  over  it  the  following  incantation  : — 
Te  ulu  o  te  Fonu  e  soa, 
Te  ikamua  e  soa, 
Te  ikamuli  e  soa, 
Te  vaesiosio  e  soa, 
Te  alaya  mua  e  soa, 
Te  matua  tinae  e  soa, 
Te  pulou  e  soa, 
Te  matua  tua  e  soa, 
Te  gakau  e  soa, 
Te  laukape  e  soa, 
Te  fatumanava  e  soa, 
Te  ate  e  soa, 
Te  mama  e  soa, 
E  kiukiu  te  fua. 

For  the  following  translation  of  the  above  I  am  indebted  to 
Mr.  John  O'Brien,  the  resident  trader  : — 

Incantation  to  Turtle. 
The  head  of  the  turtle  is  alike, 
The  two  fore  flappers  are  alike, 
The  two  hind  flappers  are  alike, 
The  white  and  the  green  fats  aro  alike, 
The  heart  is  alike, 
The  belly  shell  is  alike, 
The  back  shell  is  alike, 
The  guts  are  alike, 
The  yellow  fat  is  alike, 
The  heart  is  alike, 
The  rump  is  alike, 
The  lights  are  alike, 
Thousands  and  thousands  of  eggs. 

At  Tonga  Mariner  tells  us  that,  "  Turtle  are  considered  almost 
a  prohibited  food,  at  least  very  few  will  venture  to  eat  them 
without  first  offering  a  portion  to  some  god,  or  sending  some  to 
any  chief  that  may  Tt>e  at  hand."* 

At  Rakaanga  Dr.  Gill  informs  us  that,  "  All  turtle  were 
formerly  sacred,  being  eaten  only  by  kings  and  priests,  f  It  is 

*  Mariner— Tonga,  ii.,  1817,  p.  133. 

fThis  writer  has  published  an  interesting  legend  from  Rakaanga 
(The  South  Pacific  and  New  Guinea,  1892,  p.  38),  where  the  "  motif"  is 
the  failure  of  the  people  to  bring  to  the  king  the  sacred  turtle." 


GENERAL  ACCOUNT— HEDLEY.  67 

quite  otherwise  now  (except  at  Rarotonga,  .fee.)."  And  at 
Penrhyns,  "  Turtle  and  porpoises  were  eaten  only  by  men.  The 
superstition  of  those  days  was  that  if  a  woman  ate  of  the 
porpoise,  her  children  would  have  porpoise  faces."* 

At  Daudai,  New  Guinea,  "  Everything  is  eaten  without  regard 
to  persons  or  occasions  except  the  flesh  of  the  porpoise."! 

Porpoises^  are  occasionally  captured  by  the  men  in  a  fleet  of 
canoes,  who  drive  a  shoal  of  them  to  the  beach  in  front  of  the 
village,  and  when  penned  in  shallow  water  the  women  wade  into 
the  sea  and  haul  them  ashore.  It  is  impossible,  I  am  told,  to 
grasp  a  porpoise  by  the  tail,  but  by  putting  an  arm  round  the 
animal's  head,  it  may  be  dragged  ashore  with  ease.  Some  women 
even  capture  two  at  once,  and  with  one  tucked  under  each  arm 
successfully  land  them. 

The  following  graphic  description  is  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Gill  :§ 
"  Shoals  of  porpoises  are  occasionally  driven  ashore  by  the 
Penrhyn  Islanders  ;  they  think  it  poor  fun  if  the  result  is  less 
than  four  or  five  porpoises  apiece.  When  a  shoal  comes  in  sight, 
as  many  boats  and  canoes  as  they  can  muster,  each  carrying 
large  stones,  go  right  out  to  sea  to  cut  off  their  retreat.  The 
porpoises  are  easily  driven  towards  shore  by  the  sight  of  approach- 
ing boats  and  the  shouts  of  excited  natives.  On  nearing  the 
reef,  some  of  the  big  stones  are  dropped  into  the  sea  to  add  to 
their  alarm.  Again  and  again  great  stones  are  dropped.  When 
close  in,  numbers  of  natives  dive  down  among  them,  until,  in 
sheer  terror,  they  rush  through  the  boiling  surf  on  the  reef,  and 
are  at  once  despatched  by  those  ashore." 

With  expressions  of  disgust,  the  natives  received  the  informa- 
tion that  beche-de-mer  were  eaten  in  some  countries.  Unlike  the 
Samoans,  the  Funafuti  Islanders  were  unacquainted  with  Echini 
as  articles  of  food. 

I  was  surprised  to  find  how  little  the  Mollusca  were  laid  under 
contribution.  The  large  Pteroceras  lambis,  "  Karea,"  I  saw  eaten 
raw  and  roasted.  Tridacna  squamosa,  "  Fasua  tuka,"  and  T. 

*  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  pp.  128  and  146. 

t  Beardmore — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  1890,  p.  462. 

J  Throughout  Australasia  this  is  the  only  name  by  which  Delphinus  is 
known,  a  misapplication  of  even  greater  popularity  than  the  Australian 
"  Iguana  "  and  "  Alligator." 

§  Gill— loc.  cit.,  p.  147.  Whilst  these  pages  were  receiving  their  final 
revision,  the  friends  of  this  veteran  Missionary  and  Author  are  deploring 
his  loss.  The  late  reverend  gentleman  evinced  a  most  kindly  interest 
in  the  progress  of  this  Report,  and,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  numerous 
references,  placed  his  MS.  notes  and  experience  unreservedly  at  my 
disposal. 


68  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

elongata,  "  Fasua  noa,"  were  habitually  used.  The  former  clam 
was  sometimes  collected  and  stored  near  the  village  on  rocks 
under  water  till  required.  A  Sepia,  which  I  did  not  see,  the 
"Feki,"  was  esteemed  a  delicacy.  The  children  amused  themselves 
by  collecting  from  the  sandy  beach,  cooking  and  eating  Paplda 
mitis,  "Assouri."  Piles  of  shells  confirmed  the  statement  that 
the  Strombus  luhuanus,  "  Paneia,"  was  consumed.  There  were 
pointed  out  to  me  as  eatable,  an  Area,  "  Kashi,"  a  Chama, 
"  Saupou,"  Nerita,  "  Sebo,"  Asaphis  deftorata,  "  Kosh,"  and 
Vermetus  maximus,  "  Gea." 

Of  Crustacea  the  Robber  Crab,  Burgus  latro,  "  Taou,"  and  the 
crawfish  Palinurus  guttaius,  "  Oula,"  were  prized. 

HYGIENE. 

The  visit  of  a  ship,  though  an  agreeable  break  in  the  dull 
monotony  of  atoll  life,  is  yet  almost  as  much  dreaded  as  welcomed. 
For  such  contact  with  the  outside  world  almost  invariably  induces 
a  severe  cold  from  which  the  whole  population  suffers.  Upon  the 
arrival  of  our  party  in  H.M.S.  "Penguin,"  it  was  not  observed 
that  any  of  the  visitors  had  a  cold,  yet  in  a  few  days  all  the 
islanders  were  coughing  and  sneezing  from  a  severe  attack  of  cold 
which  they  said  the  ship  brought. 

Mr.  Whitmee,  "once  visited  several  islands  of  the  Ellice  Group 
about  a  fortnight  after  a  trading  vessel  from  Sydney,  which  had 
influenza  on  board.  This  vessel  had  taken  some  of  the  natives 
from  one  island  to  another  as  passengers,  and  at  three  of  the 
islands  the  entire  population  was  suffering  from  the  epidemic. 
Had  this  been  a  more  severe  disease  the  people  would  have  been 
utterly  helpless."* 

From  some  manuscript  notes  made  during  his  voyage  round  the 
Ellice  Archipelago  and  kindly  placed  at  my  disposal  by  the  Rev. 
W.  W.  Gill,  LL.D.,  I  learn  that  he  saw  on  Nanomana,  "a  woman 
carrying  a  pendulous  excrescence  weighing  doubtless  75  fcs. 
(  =  elephantiasis  pudendi — a  rare  thing),"  also  that  it  was  the 
custom  for  the  women  in  attendance  at  a  birth  to  taste  the  uterine 
haemorrhage  which  occurs  after  parturition.  From  the  same 
source  T  extract  the  following: — "At  Vaitupu,  circumcision  is 
not  practised  ;  but  instead  of  it  the  prepuce  of  little  boys  is  drawn 
back  over  the  glans  and  left  thus.  As  at  Niue  it  is  clear  (indeed 
they  assert  the  fact)  that  their  ancestors  were  in  the  habit  of 
practising  circumcision."  Also  at  Vaitupu,  "  It  was  a  common 
custom  before  the  introduction  of  Christianity,  to  cut  off  a  joint 
of  a  finger  on  the  death  of  a  child,  or  any  other  member  of  the 

*  Whitmee— Art.  Polynesia,  Eucy.  Brit*.  (9),  1885,  xix.,  p.  422, 
foot  note. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLEY.  69 

family  specially  beloved.  On  shaking  hands  I  noticed  almost 
every  third  woman  had  lost  a  finger  or  more  of  the  right  hand, 
and  some  gave  the  left  rather  than  expose  the  mutilated  hand."* 

Under  the  heading  of  Vegetation  will  be  found  what  notes  I 
could  collect  of  plants  used  medicinally  by  the  natives.  And  in 
the  Ethnological  Section  will  follow  an  account  of  the  lancets  used 
for  blood  letting.  To  the  kindness  of  my  friend,  Surgeon  F.  W. 
Collingwood,  R.N.,  of  H.M.S.  "  Penguin,"  I  am  indebted  for  the 
following  interesting  notes. 

Prevalent  Diseases  of  Funafuti. 

" Ruffa,  or  Tokelau  ringworm,  Tinea  desquamosa.j  The  skin 
appears  rough  and  scaly  from  constant  desquamation,  in  many 
cases  the  whole  body  is  affected,  in  others  the  face  and  neck  are 
the  parts  attacked.  The  rate  of  desquamation  varies  considerably, 
where  the  process  is  slow  the  skin  is  covered  in  small  patches  an 
inch  and  a  half  by  an  inch  in  size ;  desquamation  commencing  at 
the  borders  of  these  small  patches  causes  sinuous  outlines  running 
one  into  the  other.  Tha  scalp  seems  to  entirely  escape  the  disease. 
As  indications  of  scratching  are  only  occasionally  seen,  it  seems 
that  the  irritation  caused  by  this  condition  is  only  moderate,  and 
in  the  two  cases  where  such  indications  occurred  the  disease  had 
attacked  the  face  and  neck. 

"  Ruffa,  when  cured,  leaves  a  peculiar  mottled  appearance  of  the 
skin,  usually  a  lighter  tint  is  produced  by  diminution  of  the  colour, 
but  the  opposite  effect  appeared  when  persons  of  advanced  ago 
had  been  attacked.  Never  does  the  skin  regain  its  smooth  velvety 
condition. 

"  Most  encouraging  results  were  obtained  by  a  treatment  of  this 
disease  which  consisted  in  washing  the  patient  with  soap  and 
water  to  remove  as  many  of  the  scales  as  possible,  after  thorough 
drying  the  patient  was  told  to  rub  with  ointment  two  or  three 
times  a  day  for  three  days,  then  to  leave  the  ointment  on  the 
body  for  two  or  three  days  and  finally  to  again  wash  the  body 
with  soap  and  water  :  the  process  being  repeated  two  or  three 
times.  In  a  case  under  my  treatment  where  the  disease  was 
limited  in  area,  three  such  applications  sufficed  to  effect  a  cure. 

"  The  following  perscription  proved  very  beneficial,  and  after 
employment  in  cases  which  I  personally  superintended,  and  with 

*  Whitmee— A  Missionary  Cruise  in  the  South  Pacific,  1871,  p.  16.  A 
finger  joint  was  sacrificed  in  Tonga  for  the  recovery  of  sick  relations.— 
Mariner — Tonga,  ii.,  1817,  p.  222. 

t  Bakua  or  Tiripa  in  New  Britain.  Danks— Proc.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv. 
Sci.  for  1892  (1893),  p.  616.  For  a  full  discussion  of  this  disease,  see 
Guppy— Solomon  Islands,  1887,  p.  172. 


70  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

whose  results  I  was  most  gratified,  was  an  ointment  in  great 
request  among  the  natives : 

Chrysophanic  acid          ...          ...      2    drachms 

Liquor  picis  ligni  ...          ...     2    ounces 

Carbolic  acid      ...          ...          ...   20    drops 

Beeswax...          ...          ...          ...     2  J  drachms 

Clarified  Lard     ...      1    pound 

There  is  little  doubt  that  the  essential  element  in  killing  the 
parasite  is  the  Chrysophanic  Acid,  and  the  Liquor  picis  ligni 
diminishes  the  tendency  to  inflammation  which  is  apt  to  be 
caused  by  the  Chrysophanic  Acid.  The  latter  also  gives  a 
pleasant  smell  which  is  congenial  to  the  native. 

"  After  constant  application  for  a  fortnight  one  case  was  cured 
by  this  prescription  : — 

Ammonia  chloride  of  mercury...      1    ounce 
Liquor  picis  ligni  ...          ...      1    ounce 

Beeswax ...          ...          ...          ...     2£  ounces 

Clarified  lard      ...          ...          ...      1    pound 

"Tonna.* — There  is  a  disease  called  Tonna,  which  consists  of  a 
scattered  pustular  eruption  attacking  the  face,  neck,  trunk  and 
limbs  of  children  between  one  and  three  years  of  age.  In  severe 
cases  it  lasts  from  three  to  eighteen  months,  during  which  time 
the  general  health  of  the  child  seems  to  be  deficient.  The  com- 
paratively healthy  skin  between  the  pustules  is  dull,  dry,  and 
has,  as  a  rule,  lost  its  smooth  soft  state.  In  severe  cases  the 
pustules,  through  dirt,  neglect,  and  unhealthiness  of  constitution, 
are  apt  to  break  down  into  an  ulcerative  process  causing  cicatrical 
contraction  in  healing. 

"  In  a  few  cases  this  ulcerative  condition  and  its  results  are  seen 
in  adults,  and,  when  attacking  the  face  and  neck,  causes  much 
disfigurement,  exposing  the  mucous  surface  of  the  eyelids,  lips,  &c  , 
and  in  one  case,  if  not  fixing  the  head  in  an  immobile  position,  at 
least  rendering  considerable  diminution  in  movement. 

"  Amongst  the  adult  population,  besides  the  above  described 
conditions,  periosteal  enlargement  of  the  tibia  and  arm  bones 
occur,  which  is  occasionally  accompanied  with  pyrexial  attacks 
lasting  for  a  few  days,  when  increased  pain  and  tenderness  over 
the  nodular  masses  is  experienced. 

"  Again,  a  similar  ulcerative  process  that  attacks  the  skin,  takes 
place  in  the  mucous  membrane,  bones  and  cartilage  of  the  nose 
and  larynx,  causing  a  marked  flattening  of  the  nose. 

*  Compare  H.  S.  Cooper— Coral  Lands,  ii.,  1880,  p.  73.  The  Tongans 
knew  this  disease  by  the  same  name  in  the  first  decade  of  the  century, 
vide  Mariner — loc.  cit.,  ii.,  p.  270. 


GENERAL    ACCOUNT — HEDLET. 


71 


"  From  the  foregoing  remarks  it  will  be  gathered,  that  between 
these  symptoms  and  the  ordinary  course  of  specific  disease  there 
are  many  points  of  similarity.  Before  proceeding  further  it  is 
well  to  state  that  I  was  unable  to  find  any  venereal  disease 
amongst  the  natives  ;  in  fact,  disease  the  result  of  intercourse 
seemed  unknown.  Yet  though,  in  the  disease  called  "  tonna," 
there  was  no  point  observable  of  primary  inoculation,  many  of 
the  symptoms  are  allied  to  those  noticed  in  the  course  of  a 
syphilitic  history ;  thus  the  pustular  symptom  is  similar  to  the 
secondary  rash  of  syphilis,  the  ulcerative  process  apt  to  follow 
the  above  lesion  might  be  said  to  correspond  to  the  reminder  or 
early  tertiary  stages,  while  the  periosteal  nodes  and  the  ulcerative 
process  of  the  nasal  cartilages  would  be  the  tertiary  stage.  This 
comparison  of  course  presumes  that  the  periosteal  condition,  <kc., 
is  a  direct  result  or  sequence  of  the  early  pustular  disease.  And 
in  support  of  this  presumption  it  may  be  added,  that  in  all 
patients  who  had  these  periosteal  manifestations  that  there  were 
indications  or  history  of  tonna.  On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be 
said  that  most  natives  have  had  tonna. 

"  Ordinary  care  and  protection  much  improved  the  pustular  or 
early  ulcerative  state,  and  specific  remedies  were  most  efficacious 
in  ulcerative  and  periosteal  conditions. 

"  Several  cases  of  permanent  blindness  among  the  natives  had 
been  caused  by  Keratites  and  Irites.  One  case  of  Irites  develop- 
ing in  a  lad  of  eighteen  from  no  apparent  cause,  was  effectually 
cured  by  atropine  solution  locally  supplied,  with  two  grains  of 
mercury  and  chalk  given  twice  a  day  for  a  fortnight." 


ROCK  SPECIMENS  FROM  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  T.  COOKSEY,  PH.  D.,  B.  So., 
^[Mineralogist  and  Chemist,  Australian  Museum. 


[II.] 

ROCK    SPECIMENS. 

BY  T.  COOKSEY,  Ph.D.,  B.  Sc., 
Mineralogist  and  Chemist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  following  are  brief  Notes  on  the  Rock  Specimens  collected 
by  Mr.  C.  Hedley  :— 

Coarse  Sand. — A  specimen  of  coarse  sand  from  the  western 
sea  beach  of  the  Atoll,  consists  principally  of  waterworn  frag- 
ments of  coral  and  coral  rock,  comminuted  or  small  shells,  the 
tests  of  the  Foraminifera  Orbitolites  complanata,  Tinoporus  bacn- 
latus,  and  to  a  smaller  extent  Polytrema  muriaceum,  Amphistegina 
lessonii,  and  a  few  fragments  of  Echinoderms.  It  is  entirely 
calcareous. 

Calcareous  Conglomerate.  —  A  calcareous  conglomerate  was 
obtained  from  the  bore  put  down  at  Luamanif,  on  the  southern 
sea  coast  of  the  islet  of  Funafuti,  at  a  depth  of  ten  feet.  The 
mass  is  rather  loosely  cemented  together,  and  the  individual 
particles  are  similar  to  those  composing  the  beach  sand.  Their 
relative  quantities,  however,  differ  somewhat.  The  tests  of 
Orbitolites  complanata  although  numerous,  do  not  form  such  a 
large  proportion  of  the  mass,  while  those  of  Amphistegina  lesscnii 
are  much  more  numerously  represented.  It  also  contains  well 
worn  pebbles  of  coral  rock  up  to  one  inch  and  one  inch  and  a  half 
in  length.  A  thin  layer  of  carbonate  of  lime  encrusts  all  the 
components  and  forms  the  cementing  material.  This  coating  has 
previously  been  noticed  by  Mr.  J.  E.  Carne*  to  occur  on  surface 
sand  at  Norfolk  Island. 

Conglomerate. — A  firmly  coherent  conglomerate  containing 
similar  materials  to  those  of  the  preceding  rock,  the  tests  of 
Orbitolites  complanata,  however,  appearing  to  be  relatively  still 
less  numerous.  The  mass  consists  more  especially  of  waterworn 
pieces  of  coral-rock,  with  a  large  proportion  of  the  tests  of  both 
Tinoporus  baculatus  and  Amphistegina  lessonii.  It  is  much  con- 
solidated by  a  deposit  of  carbonate  of  lime  around  each  separate 

*  An.  Rep.  Dep.  Mines,  N.S.W.,  for  1885,  p.  145. 


76  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

particle,  which  is  considerably  heavier  than  that  in  the  preceding 
specimen,  but  has  not  been  sufficient  to  till  up  the  intersticial 
spaces. 

Coral-Hock. — A  portion  of  coral-rock  obtained  from  the  breccia 
about  a  mile  south  of  Luamanif  at  about  the  high  tide  level. 
The  structure  of  the  coral  has  been  much  impaired.  This  is  due 
to  subsequent  alteration,  which  has  consolidated  the  mass  leaving 
only  a  few  small  pores. 


Hygroscopic  moisture...          ...          ...  0-27 

CaC03 97-69 

MgC03             1-69 

P30fi trace 

99-65 


Soil  from  Taro  Plantation. — The  plantation  lies  in  the  centre 
of  the  main  islet  of  Funafuti,  and  the  soil  has  been  formed  from 
beach  sand,  enriched  with  decayed  vegetable  matter.  The  various 
components  of  the  sand  are  distinctly  seen,  some  of  the  tests  of 
the  smaller  Foraminifera  being  still  but  slightly  damaged. 

An  analysis  of  an  air-dried  sample  gave  the  following  results  : — 

Hygroscopic  moisture...          ...          ...  1*81 

CaO      47-23 

MgO 1-07 

K30 -05 

Na3O -44 

Fe203 -28 

P2O6 6-00 

S08       -44 

01         -02 

C02      33-65 

Organic  matter             ...          ...          ...  8'97 

Residue  (insol.  HOI.) -04 


100-00 

The  large  percentage  of  phosphoric  acid  would  seem  to  shew 
that  a  considerable  quantity  of  animal  matter,  either  in  the  shape 
of  bones  or  excrement  has  been  added  to  this  soil  as  a  manure, 
Mr.  Hedley,  however,  failed  to  observe  that  any  other  means  of 
enriching  it  was  employed  beside  the  addition  of  green  leaves  and 
decayed  vegetable  matter. 


ROCK   SPECIMENS— COOKSEY.  77 

Pumice  Pebbles. — Pebbles  of  pumice  stone,  the  largest  of  which 
resemble  a  walnut  in  size,  all  much  water  worn  and  rounded, 
were  collected  from  various  places  on  the  outer  circumference  of 
the  Atoll,  and  possibly  occur  on  all  of  these  islets.  They  possess 
a  fibrous  texture,  and  contain  macroscopic  crystals  of  sanidine. 
The  colour  varies  from  light  to  dark  grey,  one  or  two  having  a 
brown  or  greenish  tinge.  Similar  pebbles  occur  on  most  of  these 
Pacific  Islands,*  and  along  the  eastern  coast  of  Australia.! 

An  analysis  of  one  which  was  much  rounded  by  attrition,  and 
possessed  a  very  light  grey  colour,  gave  the  following  percentage 
composition  : — 

Hygroscopic  moisture ...  -09 

Loss  on  ignition           2-29 

SiO2     66-50 

Fe2O3 3-21 

Ala03 16-84 

CaO      3-03 

MgO 1-03 

K20     5-44 

Na3O 2-53 

P2O5 trace 

100-96 


A  partial  analysis  of   another   pebble  of  a  darker  shade  gave 
60-37  %  of  Si02. 

On  referring  to  analyses  already  published  of  drift  pumice, 
the  figures  above  are  seen  to  agree  very  closely  with  that 
made  by  Prof.  A.  Liversidge,  F.R.S.,  of  white  pumice  found  on 
the  beach  at  Bondi,  near  Sydney,  j  and  again  with  some  others 
published  somewhat  earlier  of  ashes  and  pumice  derived  from  the 
eruption  of  Krakatoa  in  1883.  The  pebbles  examined  by  Prof. 
Liversidge  were  collected  before  this  eruption  took  place,  but  he 
suggests  that  this  volcano  may  have  been  the  source  from  which 
the  pebbles  were  derived. 

It  is  possible,  of  course,  that  the  specimen  obtained  from 
Funafuti  may  have  found  its  way  from  there  also,  as  its  analysis 
would  seem  to  suggest ;  but  its  path  would  have  been  so  long 
and  devious,  that  one  naturally  turns  to  a  nearer  and  more  likely 
source.  An  obvious  one  is  that  of  Tanna,  in  the  New  Hebrides. 
In  the  same  publication,  however,  Prof.  Liversidge  gives  some 
analyses  of  dark  or  black  lava  from  the  latter  place,  which  differ 

*  Of.     The  Solomon  Islands,  by  H.  B.  Guppy.— Nature,  Dec.  5,  1878. 
t  Of.     Jukes.— Voyage  of  H.M.S.  "  Fly,"  1847,  p.  336. 
t  Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  xx.,  1886,  p.  235. 


78 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


very  considerably  in  composition  from  that  of  the  white  pumice 
found  either  at  Bondi  or  Funafuti. 

It  would  perhaps  be  of  interest  to  append  these  analyses  for 
comparison. 

White  Pumice,  Bondi. 

Moisture  at  100°  0 1-818 

SiO3 68-149 

A130S            16-493 

Fe3O8            3-255 

MnO -256 

CaO 4-005 

MgO  ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  none 

Na80 3-881 

KaO 1-59.0 

99-447 


Krakatoa,  1883. 


No.  1 

Loss  of  ignition... 

2-17 

SiO3       

63-30 

A1303    

14-52 

Fe3O3     
FeO        

[•    5-82 

MnO       

•23 

QaO 

4-00 

MgO       

1-66 

Na30     

5-14 

K3O       

1-43 

TiO3       

1-08 

99-35 


No.  2 
2-74 

65-04 

14-63 
4-47 
2-82 

trace 
3-34 
1-20 
4-23 
•97 


9944 


No.  3 

2-12 

68-06 

15-03 

•28 

3-66 

trace 

2-71 

•81 

4-25 

3-41 

•38 

100-71 


NOTE.— No.  1  by  Sauer,  No.  2  by  Eenard,  No.  3  by  K.  Oebbeke.- 
Journ.  Chem.  Soc.,  1884,  pp.  974-5. 


AVKS  FROM  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  A.  J.  NORTH, 

Ornithologist  to  the  Australian  Museum. 


[III.] 

AVES. 

BY  ALFRED  J.  NORTH,  C.M.Z.S., 

Ornithologist  to  the  Australian  Museum. 


THE  Ornithological  Collection  made  by  Mr.  Hedley  consists  of  six 
specimens,  referable  to  four  well  known  Australasian  species,  and 
one  egg.  Mr.  Hedley  has  supplied  an  interesting  note  on  the 
"  Lakea  "  (Micranous  leucocapillus).  Although  found  on  most 
islets  near  the  line,  Tetanus  incanus  and  Sterna  melanauchen 
have  not,  I  believe,  been  previously  recorded  from  the  Ellice 
Islands. 

1.    TOT  ANUS    INCANUS. 

Grey-rumped  Sandpiper. 

Scolopax  incana,  Grnel.  Syst.  Nat.,  Vol.  i.  p.  651  (1788). 
Totanus  incanus,  Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet.,  torn.  vi.  p.  400  (1816). 
Totanus  griseopygius,  Gould,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.   1848,  p.  39;  id. 

Bds.  Austr.  Vol.  vi.  pi.  38  (1848). 
Actitis  incana,  Finch,  Ibis,  1880,  pp.  432,  434  (Gilbert  Islands). 

One  adult  female  in  winter  plumage.  Wing  6'9  in.  This 
specimen  was  obtained  on  the  margin  of  a  mangrove-lined  swamp 
on  Funafuti.  T.  incanus  in  winter  dress  is  not  uncommon  on 
the  shores  of  Botany  Bay,  New  South  Wales,  during  the  months 
of  October  and  November. 

2.  DEMIEGRETTA  SACRA. 
Reef  Heron. 

Ardea  sacra,  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.,   Vol.  ii.  p.  640  (1788);    Finsch, 

Ibis,  1880,  pp.  432,  433  (Gilbert  Islands). 
Herodias  jugularis,  G.  R.  Gray,  List  Spec.  Bds.  Brit.  Mus.,  p.  80 

(1844) ;  Gould,  Bds.  Austr.  Vol.  vi.  pi.  60  (1848). 
Herodias  greyi,  G.  R.  Gray,  List  Spec.  Bds.  Brit.  Mus.,  p.  80 

(1844) ;  Gould,  Bds.  Austr.  Vol.  vi.  pi.  61  (1848). 


82  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

One  adult  specimen  obtained  on  the  reefs  near  the  village. 
Throat  whitish,  remainder  of  the  plumage  dark  slate-colour. 
Fairly  common  on  the  reefs  and  beaches,  specimens  being  seen 
in  all  stages  of  plumage,  white,  dark  slate  colour,  and  parti- 
coloured birds.  Dr.  Finsch,  who  met  with  this  species  in  the 
Gilberts,  writes  as  follows  in  his  interesting  "  Letters  from  the 
Pacific"*:— 

"Ardea  sacra  was  more  plentiful  than  in  the  Marshalls,  and 
on  some  places  not  at  all  shy,  coming  close  to  the  huts  of  the 
natives  and  perching  on  the  neighbouring  trees.  That  white  and 
slate-coloured  specimens  belong  to  one  and  the  same  species  is  a 
well  known  fact,  which  I  confirmed  formerly  by  the  investigation 
of  full  materials  received  from  the  Pacific,  and  which  I  can  now 
verify  from  my  own  experience.  In  Butari-tari  I  saw  uniformly 
white  birds  going  always  in  pairs  ;  I  also  saw  pairs,  undoubtedly 
male  and  female,  of  which  the  one  was  white  the  other  slate- 
coloured,  or  both  of  the  latter  colour  or  mixed  with  white.  There 
seems  to  be  no  regularity  of  sex  or  age,  for  even  birds  in  the  dirty 
pale  slate  garb,  which  I  always  took  for  the  first  plumage,  proved 
to  be  old. 

When  on  Tarowa,  12th  December,  a  gentleman  of  the  vessel 
went  out  shooting,  and  brought  home  six  specimens ;  there  were 
two  males  slate-coloured,  one  female  white,  spotted  with  slate, 
one  female  uniformly  white.  All  the  females,  even  one  which  I 
thought  to  be  a  young  bird,  had  very  small  ovaries,  but  a  large 
patch  destitute  of  feathers  (a  so-called  breeding  patch)  covering 
the  whole  belly.  The  gentleman  told  me  that  he  had  met  a  whole 
colony  of  this  Heron  in  some  shrubs,  and  that  he  felt  sure  they 
would  have  nests  there.  We  intended  to  visit  the  spot  again, 
but  were  disappointed,  for  the  vessel  was  not  going  in  pursuit  of 
eggs  and  birds  but  natives,  and  to  make  a  harvest  the  brig  had 
to  leave,  so  we  could  not  remain  behind." 

This  species  has  been  found  breeding  on  the  small  islets  lying 
off  the  north-east  coast  of  Australia,  also  on  the  islands  of  Bass 
Strait.  The  nests  are  built  of  small  sticks  and  are  placed  in  low 
trees,  or  are  constructed  of  coarse  grasses  and  hidden  under  the 
shelter  of  an  overhanging  ledge  of  rock.  The  eggs  are  of  a  pale 
greenish-white,  and  vary  in  shape  from  a  true  ellipse  to  swollen 
oval,  an  average  specimen  measures  1-95  x  T4  in.  Nests  found 
by  Mr.  Macgillivray  on  the  islands  off  the  north-east  coast  of 
Australia  and  Torres  Strait  contained  two  eggs  for  a  sitting, 
those  found  by  Mr.  J.  A  Boyd  in  Fiji  had  three  eggs,  while  nests 
found  by  Dr.  Holden  on  the  islands  adjacent  to  the  north-west 
coast  of  Tasmania  contained  from  two  to  four  eggs  for  a  sitting. 
Three,  however,  is  the  usual  number  laid  in  the  latter  locality. 

*  Ibis,  1880,  p.  432. 


AVES — NORTH.  83 

3.  STERNA  MELANAUCHEN. 

Black-naped  Tern. 

Sterna  melanauchen,  Temm.  PL  Col.,  Vol  iv.  pi.  427  (1827); 
Gould,  Bds.  Austr.,  Vol.  vii.  pi.  28  (1848,  Torres  Strait) ; 
Finsch,  Ibis,  1880,  pp.  431,  433  (Gilbert  Islands) ;  North, 
Nests  and  Eggs  Austr.  Bds.  p.  356  (1889),  egg  ;  Saunders, 
Cat.  Bds.  Brit.  Mus.,  Vol.  xxv.  p.  126  (1896). 
"  Agiagi,"  Natives  of  Funafuti. 

One  adult  female,  shot  while  feeding  on  the  beach  not  far  from 
the  village.  Wing  8 '5  in.  Not  common. 

4.    MlCRANOUS    LEUCOCAPILLUS. 

White-capped  Tern. 

Anous  leucocapillus,  Gould,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1845,  p.  103  (Raine 
Islet,  North  Australia);  id.  Bds.  Austr.,  Vol.  vii.  pi.  36  (1848); 
Sharpe,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1878,  p.  273  (Ellice  Islands). 
Anous  melanogenys,  Gray,   Gen.  Bds.,  Vol.   iii.   p.  661,  pi.    182 
(1846) ;  Crowfoot,  Ibis,  1885,  p.  246  (Norfolk  Island,  breed- 
ing) ;   North,  Nests  and  Eggs  Austr.  Bds.,  p.  376,  pi.  xxi. 
fig.  5  (1889),  Norfolk  and  Phillip  Islands. 
Micranous  leucocapillus,  Saunders,  Cat.  Bds.  Brit.  Mus.,  Vol.  xxv. 

p.  146  (1896). 
"  Lakea,"  Natives  of  Funafuti. 

Two  adult  males  in  full  breeding  plumage,  and  a  nestling. 
Wings  of  adult  measures  9  inches.  One  egg  of  a  faint  creamy- 
white  ground  colour,  minutely  dotted  and  blotched  with  dull 
purplish  brown  particularly  on  the  larger  end,  some  of  the  mark- 
ings appearing  as  if  beneath  the  surface  of  the  shell ;  length 
1-82  x  1-26  in. 

Mr.  Hedley  has  contributed  the  following  note  relative  to  this 
species  : — 

"The  'Lakea'  breeds  freely  on  the  smaller  islets  of  the  atoll, 
which  being  destitute  of  fresh  water  are  not  habitable  by  natives. 
On  the  main  islet  it  is  too  harrassed  to  nest.  In  the  tall  Pouka 
trees  (Hernandia  peltata,  Meissn.)  it  swarms  in  such  numbers 
that  half-a-dozen  birds  may  be  knocked  over  at  a  shot.  Uttering 
their  hoarse  cry  the  remainder  of  the  flock  wheel  round  and  settle 
in  a  few  moments  on  the  adjacent  trees.  On  June  30th  I  landed 
on  one  of  the  leewards  islets  with  a  native,  and  found  the 
'  Lakea '  nesting  in  great  numbers  in  the  branches  of  the  Fala 
(Pandanus  odoratissimus) ;  each  tree  was  so  crowded  with  nests 
that  a  fork  was  rarely  unoccupied,  and  where  a  limb  was  suffi- 
ciently broad  and  horizontal  that  too  was  utilised  for  a  site,  one 
bough  might  thus  carry  a  dozen  nests.  Their  structure  was  of 
the  most  flimsy  description,  and  defied  my  efforts  to  preserve  a 


84  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

whole  specimen  for  the  Museum,  consisting  as  they  did  of  scraps 
of  Fala  leaves  plastered  together  with  excrement,  and  scantily 
lined  with  a  few  tufts  of  coarse  fibre.  I  sent  the  native  to 
procure  the  eggs,  but  in  most  cases  the  young  birds  were  com- 
mencing to  fly,  and  my  friend  Tanai  ascended  several  trees  in 
vain  before  he  was  rewarded  with  a  couple  of  eggs,  one  of  which 
proved  addled,  and  the  other  was  safely  brought  to  Sydney. 
With  a  few  well  directed  stones  Tanai  knocked  over  some  fledg- 
lings. Plucking  but  not  drawing  these,  he  spitted  them  on  a 
split  cocoanut  midrib,  and  toasted  them  over  a  wood  fire.  They 
were  very  fat  and  tender,  and  on  these  and  the  pithy  interior  of 
a  sprouting  cocoanut  we  made  an  excellent  breakfast. 

Netting  these  birds  is  a  sport  much  enjoyed  by  the  natives. 
The  'shaou  shaou,'  made  like  a  butterfly  net,  has  a  bag  about 
3  ft.  by  2  ft.  of  four-inch  meshes  of  fine  sinnet  twine,  spread  on  a 
wooden  hoop  and  mounted  on  a  ten  foot  pole.  After  dark  the 
party  of  hunters  walk  out  quietly  to  the  scene  of  operations. 
One,  divesting  himself  of  his  dress  for  greater  freedom  of  move- 
ment, ascends  a  low  tree  and  gaining  a  suitable  station,  imitates 
by  a  purring  sound  of  his  lips  the  call  of  the  Lakea.  A  bird  flies 
up  answering  the  call,  and  at  a  sweep  the  decoyed  tern  is 
struggling  in  the  net.  The  trapper  does  not  kill  the  bird,  but 
twisting  its  wings  across  its  back  ties  the  longer  quills  together 
or  latches  one  wing  into  the  other,  and  flings  the  struggling  bird 
to  his  mates.  If  another  kind  of  bird  comes  in  sight  the 
call  is  changed,  and  with  a  whizzing  sound  it  too  is  deluded  to 
within  reach  of  the  fatal  net.  These  calls  are  very  difficult  to 
voice,  few  even  of  the  natives  do  it  well,  and  a  European  can 
hardly  hope  to  succeed.  When  the  man  aloft  is  tired  another  of 
the  party  relieves  him.  Perhaps  in  one  night  a  hundred  birds 
would  fall  to  a  net,  providing  a  great  feast  on  returning  to  the 
village.  Another  method  requiring  less  skill  is  to  take  the  birds 
by  a  smaller  net  set  at  an  angle  to  the  long  handle.  Creeping 
quietly  up  to  the  tree  the  fowler,  standing  on  the  ground,  sweeps 
or  rather  'spoons'  the  roosting  birds  off  the  bough." 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  birds  obtained  in  the  Ellice 
Islands  by  Mr.  Fritz  Jansen  in  1876,  and  which  formed  the  basis 
of  a  short  paper  by  Dr.  R.  B.  Sharpe,  to  whom  they  were  sub- 
mitted by  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee  for  determination*  : — 

1.  Ardea  sacra. 

2.  Procelsterna  ccerulea, 

3.  Anous  stolidus. 

4.  Micranous  leucocapillus. 

5.  Sterna  ancestheta. 


*On  a  Small  Collection  of  Birds  from  the  Ellice  Islands.  By  E. 
Bowdler  Sharpe,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c.  With  a  note  on  the  other  birds 
found  there.  By  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee.— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1878,  p.  271. 


AVES — NORTH  85 

In  a  note  contributed  by  Mr.  Whitmee  he  writes  as  follows : — 
"In  addition  to  the  birds  included  in  the  foregoing  list,  he 
(Mr.  Jansen)  saw  a  Carpophaga  in  the  Ellice  Islands  ;  and  the 
Frigate-bird  (Fregata  aquild)  also  occurs  there.  In  fact  the 
latter  bird  is  domesticated  by  the  natives ;  and  when  I  was  in 
those  islands  in  1870,  I  saw  scores  of  them  about  the  villages 
sitting  on  long  perches  erected  for  them  near  the  beach.  The 
natives  procure  the  )  oung  birds  and  tie  them  by  the  leg  and  feed 
them  till  they  are  tame.  Afterwards  they  let  them  loose,  and 
they  go  out  to  sea  to  get  their  food,  and  return  to  their  perches 
in  the  villages  a*  intervals.  I  cnnnot  say  to  what  species  the 
Carpoplaga  is  referable,  not  having  seen  it  myself.  Mr.  Jansen 
procured  young  ones  in  May  and  June  ;  but  he  thinking  that 
they  were  the  same  as  the  Pigeon  found  in  Samoa  (C.  pacifica), 
did  not  preserve  any  specimens.  Natives  of  the  Ellice  Islands 
who  were  in  Samoa  when  I  left  tl.ere  told  me  their  Pigeon  is  like 
the  Samoan  species, '  "  except  that  it  is  smaller  owing  to  its  food 
being  less  plentiful." 

Mr.  Hedley  informs  me  that  he  did  not  see  any  tame  Frigate- 
birds  on  Funafuti,  but  on  Nukulailai  on  August  2nd,  1896,  he 
saw  one  unattached  on  a  tall  perch  in  front  of  the  teacher's  house. 
There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  Fregata  aquila  still  inhabits 
Funafuti  or  some  of  the  neighbouring  atolls,  for  the  "  titi's " 
brought  back  by  Mr.  Hc-dley  and  worn  by  the  natives  of  both 
sexes  on  festive  occasions,  were  ornamented  with  the  feathers  of 
this  species. 

The  use  these  birds  were  put  to  as  message  carriers  between 
the  scattered  atolls  of  the  Ellice  Group,  is  thus  described  by  the 
Rev.  Dr.  George  Turner,  of  the  London  Missionary  Society*  : — 

"  When  I  visited  the  group  in  1876,  I  found  that  the  Samoan 
native  pastors  on  four  of  the  islands  were  in  the  habit  of  corres- 
ponding by  means  of  carrier  Frigate-birds.  While  I  was  in  the 
pastor's  house  on  Funafuti  on  a  Sunday  afternoon,  a  bird  arrived 
with  a  note  from  another  pastor  on  Nukufetau,  sixty  miles 
distant.  It  was  a  foolscap  8vo  leaf  dated  on  the  Friday,  done  up 
inside  a  light  piece  of  reed,  plugged  with  a  bit  of  cloth,  and 
attached  to  the  wing  of  the  bird.  In  former  times  the  natives 
sent  pearl-shell  fish-hooks  by  Frigate-birds  from  island  to  island. 
I  observed  they  had  them  as  pets  on  perches  at  a  number  of 
islands  in  this  "Ellice  Group,"  fed  them  on  fish,  and  when  there 
was  a  favourable  wind  the  creatures  had  an  instinctive  curiosity 
to  go  and  visit  another  island,  where  on  looking  down  they  saw  a 
perch,  and  hence  our  Samoan  pastors,  when  they  were  located 
there,  found  an  ocean  postal  service  all  ready  to  their  hand  !" 

*  Turner— Samoa  a  hundred  years  ago  and  long  before.    1884,  p.  282. 


86  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford,  who  visited  the  Gilbert  Group  in  1884, 
records  in  the  "  Geographical  Journal  "*  seeing  several  of  these 
birds  captured  on  one  of  the  islands,  and  which  he  was  informed 
were  used  for  similar  purposes.  He  writes  as  follows  : — 

"These  natives  catch  and  partially  tame  the  Frigate-bird,  and 
employ  it  to  convey  messages  from  island  to  island.  I  was 
informed  of  this  fact  by  the  natives,  but  was  loth  to  believe  it. 
At  Apamama  I  saw,  however,  three  of  the  birds  kept  upon 
T-shaped  wooden  perches  opposite  to  the  king's  house.  A  long 
line  was  tied  to  their  tails.  When  wild  birds  were  seen,  some 
fish  were  thrown  upon  the  ground,  and  the  captive  birds  made  to 
take  wing.  By  this  means  the  strangers  were  induced  to  settle, 
and  while  engaged  in  feeding  on  the  fish,  a  line  at  the  end  of  a 
rod  about  six  feet  long,  having  at  the  end  a  stone  about  the  size 
and  shape  of  a  fowl's  egg,  was  thrown  over  them,  whereby  their 
wings  became  entangled  and  they  were  caught.  I  saw  the  tame 
birds  and  the  apparatus  for  catching  the  wild  ones  ;  but  although 
some  were  seen,  they  could  not  be  induced  to  settle,  so  that  I 
missed  seeing  the  most  interesting  part  of  the  performance." 

In  June,  1896,  the  Hon.  C.  R.  Swayne,  late  H.B.M.'s  Resident 
at  the  Gilbert  and  Ellice  Groups  writes  me  as  follows : — "  I  could 
never  find  that  the  Frigate-bird  was  used  to  convey  messages 
between  islands.  The  old  men  always  laughed  at  the  idea." 

Although  the  Pigeon  inhabiting  the  Ellice  Islands  has  been 
often  observed,  I  can  find  no  record  of  adult  specimens  ha\  ing 
been  obtained,  but  there  is  little  doubt  that  the  birds  seen  by 
Mr.  Jansen  on  Funafuti  in  1876,  and  on  Niu  in  1895,  were 
correctly  identified  by  them  as  Globicera  pacifica. 

To  Dr.  Sharpe's  and  the  Rev.  S.  J.  Whitmee's  list  of  th« 
Ellice  Island  birds  may  now  be  added  Urodynamis  taitensis, 
observed  by  Mr.  Swayne  on  Niu,f  and  Totanus  incanus  and 
Sterna  melanauchen,  collected  by  Mr.  Hedley. 

The  number  of  species  at  present  known  to  frequent  the  islands 
of  the  Ellice  Group  will  be  considerably  augmented  when  the 
collection  formed  by  Mr.  Gardiner,  one  of  the  members  of  the 
same  expedition,  is  worked  out. 


*The  Gilbert  Islands— Geogr.  Journ.  (1895),  vi.,  4,  p.  347. 
fNote  on   a  Cuckoo   taking   possession  of  a  Tern's  nest,    by   A.   J. 
North— Proc.  Zool.   Soc.   (in  lit.) 


THE  INSECT  FAUNA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  W.  J.  RAINBOW, 

Entomologist,  Australian  Museum. 


[IV.] 

THE   INSECT  FAUNA. 

BY  W.  J.  RAINBOW, 

Entomologist,  Australian  Museum. 


AMONG  the  memoranda  handed  to  me  by  Mr.  Hedley  in  connection 
with  the  insects  collected  at  Funafuti,  the  following  remark 
occurs  : — "  The  collection  brought  back  does  scanty  justice  to  the 
Entomological  fauna  of  Funafuti,  whose  claims  were,  I  fear, 
unduly  subordinated  to  the  demands  of  the  Marine  Invertebrata, 
the  spiders  being  the  only  group  whose  proportions  are  at  all 
fairly  represented." 

Small  as  the  collection  is,  however,  it  is  not  by  any  means 
devoid  of  interest,  for  while  there  are  individuals  amongst  it  that 
are  well  known  to  Entomologists,  there  are  also  some  that  are 
new.  Indeed,  it  would  be  strange  if  it  were  not  so,  when  we 
consider  the  rich  fields  awaiting  the  labours  of  systematic  workers 
among  the  islands  of  the  Pacific,  that  are,  as  yet,  comparatively 
untouched.  And  it  must  also  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  fauna 
of  the  islands  comprising  the  various  groups — of  which  the  Ellice 
Group  is  one — is  of  a  more  or  less  derived  nature — that  is  to  say, 
the  fauna  of  any  one  island  or  group  can  scarcely  be  considered 
as  appertaining  solely  to  it,  but  must  be  studied  from  a  much 
broader  standpoint,  not  only  as  regards  the  distribution  of  the 
genera,  but  also  of  the  species.  Thus,  for  instance,  amongst  the 
beetles,  Sphenophorus  sulcipes,  Karsch,  originally  recorded  from 
the  Marshall  Islands*  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Hedley  at  Funafuti  ; 
and  amongst  the  butterflies  Junonia  vellida,  Fabr.,  also  obtained 
by  Mr.  Hedley,  is  not  only  common  in  the  Ellice  Group, f  but 
also  at  the  Gilbert  Islands,  J  and  coming  nearer  home — Australia. 
Then  there  are  the  mosquitoes — Meyarrhina  inornata,  Walk., 
being  found  both  in  New  Guinea  and  the  Ellice  Islands.  Being 
possessed  of  this  knowledge,  therefore,  it  is  only  reasonable  to 

*  Berlin.  Ent.  Zeit.,  xxv.,  1880,  p.  11,  pi.  i.,  fig.  16. 
fProc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1878,  p.  297;  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (5),  xv., 
p.  258. 

I  Geogr.  Journ.,;vi.,  4.,  1895,  p.  348. 


90  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

assume  that  a  systematic  collection  would  bring  to  light  other 
facts  of  an  interesting  nature,  and  demonstrate  clearly  that  the 
insect  fauna  of  one  island  or  group  is  only  more  or  less  the  reflex 
of  another.  In  his  valuable  paper  on  "  The  Gilbert  Islands,"* 
Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford  says,  in  endeavouring  to  account  for  the 
insect  fauna  he  found  there  : — 

"  Of  the  insect  fauna,  the  scorpions,  spiders,  most  of  the  beetles, 
Evania  appendig aster,  the  ants,  the  blatta,  and  the  earwig,  were 
most  probably  conveyed  to  the  islands  by  ships. 

"  The  remaining  insect  fauna,  comprising  the  butterflies,  eleven 
moths,  three  species  of  hymenoptera,  one  of  the  hemiptera,  the 
locusta  and  the  dragon-flies,  were  probably  wind-borne,  and  I 
think  that  such  of  then)  as  are  not  of  almost  cosmopolitan  range 
most  probably  reached  the  group  through  the  Marshalls. 

"  Of  the  two  species  of  butterflies,  Junonia  vellida  is  generally 
distributed  throughout  the  Pacific  Islands,  but  Hypolimnas  rarick, 
so  far  as  I  know,  although  found  in  the  Marshalls,  does  not  extend 
further  to  the  south-east  than  the  Gilbert  Group." 

The  eleven  species  of  moths  taken  by  Woodford  during  his 
visit  to  the  Gilbert  Islands  in  1884  weref  : — (1)  Chwrocampa 
erotoides,  (2)  Cephonodes  hylas,  (3)  Deiopeia  pulchella,  (4)  Pro- 
denia  retina,  (5)  Amy  no,  oeto,  (6)  Heliothis  armigera,  (7)  Catephia 
linteola,  (8)  Archcea  melicerte,  (&)  Remigia  translata,  (10)  Marasmia 
creonalis,  and  (11)  Chloanges  suralis.  The  latter  insect  was 
described  by  Mr.  Butler  as  a  new  species,  under  the  name  of  Mar- 
geronia  woodfordi,  but  he  has  since  identified  it  with  Chloanges 
suralis  of  Zeller. 

Of  these  Mr.  Woodford  remarks  j  :— "  Nos.  1,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and 
10  may  be  said  to  be  cosmopolitan,  extending  throughout  the 
East  generally,  and  to  the  more  remote  islands  of  the  Pacific  from 
Australia  to  Tahiti. 

"  No.  2,  Cephonodes  hylas,  is  also  found  in  West  Africa,  South 
Africa,  Natal,  North  India,  Moulmein,  More  ton  Bay,  and  Japan. 
Being  a  very  handsome  and  conspicuous  insect,  it  would  not  be 
likely  to  escape  observation ;  but  I  never  observed  it  in  the 
Solomons  nor  in  Fiji,  so  that  its  range  into  this  group  was  most 
probably  through  the  Marshalls. 

"  No.  9,  Remigia  translata,  is  recorded  from  Ceylon,  and  from 
the  Marshall  Islands.  I  also  met  with  this  insect  in  the  Ellice 
Group. 


*  Loc.  cit.,  p.  349. 

fGeogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  4,  1895,  p.  348;   also  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (5), 
xv.,  pp.  238-241. 

I  Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  4,  1895,  pp.  349-350. 


INSECT    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  91 

"No.  11,  Ckloanges  suralis,  occurs  in  Amboina,  in  the  Mar- 
shalls,  and  Mr.  Matthew  took  it  in  the  Ellice  Group.  Its  food 
plant  occurs  commonly  in  Fiji,  but  I  never  noticed  the  insect 
there,  nor  is  it  recorded  among  the  extensive  collection  made 
there  by  Mr.  Matthew.  I  did  not  notice  it  in  the  Solomons. 

"It  would  appear  probable,  therefore,  that  the  three  last-named 
species  have  reached  the  Gilberts  via,  the  Marshall  Group." 

In  the  Gilbert  Group,  Dr.  O.  Finch  collected  the  following 
moths  : — Sesia  mylas,  Sphinx  urotus,  and  Utetheria  pulchella.* 

While  upon  the  subject  of  the  Heterocera,  it  will  be  of  interest 
to  point  out  that  Deiopeia  pulchella  was  recorded  by  Butler,  in 
"Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,"  1878,  among 
a  small  collection  of  Lepidoptera  obtained  by  the  Rev.  J.  S. 
Whitmee  at  the  Ellice  Islands  ;  also  a  worn  example  of  a  widely 
distributed  moth,  Achcea  melicerte.  Amongst  those  moths  ob- 
tained by  Mr.  Woodford  as  having  been  obtained  by  him  at  the 
Gilberts  in  1884,  and  recorded  by  Butler  in  "Annals  and  Maga- 
zine of  Natural  History,"  5th  Series,  Vol.  xv.,  pp.  239-242,  the 
following  were  also  taken  at  Nukufetau,  in  the  Ellice  Group  : — 
Deiopeia  pulchella,  Amyna  octo,  Remigia  translata,  Erilita  modes- 
talis,  Rinecera  mirabilis,  and  Harpagoneura  complexa. 

COLEOPTERA. 

Obs. — Seven  species  of  Coleoptera,  which,  with  the  exception  of 
two,  were  referable  to  known  species,  were  obtained  by  Mr. 
Hedley,  and  are  enumerated  below.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr. 
George  Masters,  Curator  of  the  Macleay  Museum,  and  to  Mr. 
T.  G.  Sloane,  for  much  valuable  assistance  and  information. 
The  following  are  the  known  species  of  Coleoptera  obtained 
from  Funafuti  : — 

FAMILY  ELATERID^E. 

Monocrepidius  ferrugineus,  Montrouz One  specimen . 

Monocrepidius  umbraculatus,  Cand One  specimen. 

FAMILY  TENEBRIONID^. 

Uloma  camcollis,  Fairm One  specimen. 

UloDia  insularia,  Guer One  specimen. 

FAMILY  CALANDRID^E. 

Sphenophorus  sulcipes,  Karsch Four  specimens. 

*  Ann.  K.K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  p.  22. 


92  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

FAMILY  (EDEMERLD^E. 

Genus  NACBKDES,  Schmidt. 
Nacerdes  transmarina,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  6.) 

Long.  14  mm.,  lat.  4  mm. 

Eliptic,  elongate,  yellowish-brown,  thorax  narrowed  in  front  and 

at  base,  scarcely  as  long  as  it  is  wide. 

Head  yellowish-brown,  obscurely  punctate,  sparingly  clothed 
with  very  short  and  fine  yellowish  pubescence.  Eyes  prominent, 
finely  granulated,  black.  Thorax  moderately  convex,  narrowed 
in  front,  truncated,  abruptly  and  strongly  bulging  out  laterally 
to  about  one-third  its  length,  thence  gradually  tapering  inwards 
to  its  posterior  extremity  where  it  is  again  truncated ;  disc 
clothed  with  very  short  yellowish  pubescence.  Elytra  somewhat 
shorter  than  abdomen,  yellowish-brown,  moderately  arched,  ob- 
scurely punctate,  clothed  with  short,  fine,  yellowish  pubescence, 
broadest  at  the  shoulders,  gently  tapering  to  abdominal  extremity. 
Menturn  small,  somewhat  concave.  Underside  concolorous, 
clothed  with  exceedingly  fine  pubescence  ;  sterna  obscurely 
punctate-striate.  Legs  moderately  long,  yellow-brown,  thickly 
clothed  with  short  yellowish  pubescence,  and  armed  with  short 
black  spines  at  joints.  Antenna?,  concolorous. 
Three  specimens. 

FAMILY  OTIORHYCIDES. 
Genus  ELYTRURUS,  Schonherr. 
Elytrurus  squamatus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  7.) 
Long.  4  mm.,  lat.  2  mm. 

Eliptic,  robust,   bluish-grey  ;    thorax  narrowed  in  front   and  at 
base,  punctate;  elytra,  punctate-striate. 

Rostrum  black,  with  a  broad  central  shallow  depression. 
Thorax  convex,  scarcely  as  broad  as  long,  closely  covered  with 
minute  shining  granules,  slightly  narrower  in  front  than  behind, 
gradually  widening  towards  the  middle,  and  then  narrowing 
again.  Elytra  arched,  striate-punctate,  slightly  wider  at  the 
shoulders  than  the  thorax  at  its  base,  gradually  widening  towards 
the  middle,  thence  narrowing  again  to  the  apex  ;  the  apices  acute  ; 
the  whole  surface  thickly  covered  with  minute  shining  granules ; 
there  are  also  a  few  short  hoary  hairs  towards  the  apex,  and  along 
the  sides.  The  general  colour  is  bluish-grey.  Legs  and  antenna? 
concolorous,  thickly  covered  with  minute  shining  granules,  and 
furnished  with  a  few  short  hoary  hairs.  Antenmu  long,  slender. 


INSECT    FAUNA  —  RAINBOW.  93 

Obs.  —  This  was  the  most  representative  species  of  the  series 
collected,  fifteen  specimens  having  been  obtained.  In  some  of 
the  members  there  is  a  slight  difference  in  colouration,  some 
being  brownish-grey,  but  this  is  doubtless  a  sexual  distinction. 
The  chief  interest  attaching  to  this  genus,  however,  is  the  fact 
that  it  is  confined  solely  to  the  Pacific  Islands.  The  following  are 
the  localities  from  which  representatives  have  hitherto  been 
obtained  :  —  New  Hebrides,  New  Guinea,  Fiji,  Tahiti,  Vanikoro, 
and  Nukuhiva. 

Mr.  Woodford,  in  his  paper  on  "  The  Gilbert  Islands,"*  gives 
the  following  list  of  species  as  obtained  by  him  in  that  group  :  — 
Amarygmus,  sp.,  Pantopoeus  guisens,  Coccinella  transversalis,  C, 
arcuata,  Necrobia  nifipes,  Tribolium  ferrugineurn,  Dermesles,  sp., 
Carpophilus,  sp.,  Silvanus,  sp.,  Carcinops  (?)  sp.,  Trogosita  mauri- 
tanica,  Alphitobius  piceus,  A.  diapariuus,  Sitophilus,  sp.,  Adelocera 
modesta,  Monocrepidius,  sp.,  Nacerdes,  sp.  (2),  and  a  genus  allied 
to  Tribolium  (?)  sp. 

HYMENOPTERA. 

Only  two  species  of  Hymenoptera  were  obtained  —  one  a  bee, 
Megackile,  sp.,  the  other  being  a  few  workers  of  a  species  of  ant  — 
Pheidole  sexspinosa  (Mayr).  According  to  Mr.  Woodford,  "  A 
leaf-cutting-bee  of  the  genus  Megachile  was  very  common  on  all 
the  [Gilbert]  islands,  making  its  nest  under  the  thatch  of  the 
houses,  and  using  portions  of  the  leaves  of  Morinda  citrifolia  for 
the  construction  of  its  cells.  "f  My  colleague,  Mr.  Hedley, 
informs  me  that  Morinda  citrifolia  is  common  on  the  Island  of 
Funafuti,  but  he  did  not  notice  that  it  was  attacked  by  the  leaf- 
cutting  bees  as  reported  by  Mr.  Woodford  in  the  Gilberts. 
Nevertheless  the  leaves  of  Pandanus  odoratissimus,  a  plant  that 
is  also  common  in  the  Gilberts,  had  the  appearance  of  portions 
having  been  cut  out  of  them  apparently  by  some  leaf-cutting 
insect. 


FAMILY 
Genus  MEGACHILE,  Latr. 
Megachile  hedleyi,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  5.) 
Long.  11  mm.,  lat.  4  mm. 

Expanse  of  anterior  wings  —  Long.  7  mm.,  lat.  3  linn. 
„  posterior  wings        „      5     „       ,,2    „ 


*  Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  4,  1895,  p.  348. 

4-    I  ..,-      ,-.'/         IL      Q  f  Q 


f  Loc.  cit.,  p.  348. 


94  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Head,  forehead,  and  cheeks  black,  clothed  with  cinerous 
pubescence ;  head  closely  and  finely  punctured  ;  occilli  promi- 
nent ;  antennae  black  ;  labrum  black,  closely  arid  finely  punctured; 
ligula  and  mouth  parts  ferruginous.  Thorax  black,  finely  and 
closely  punctured,  sparingly  clothed  with  cinerous  pubescence. 
Abdomen  cordate,  dorsal  surface  black,  segments  fringed  with 
short  black  hairs  ;  anterior  extremity  sparingly  furnished  with 
short  cinerous  pubescence,  and  posterior  extremity  with  black  ; 
sides  clothed  with  ferruginous  pubescence  ;  ventral  surface  black, 
clothed  with  long  reddish  hairs,  except  at  posterior  extremity 
where  the  hairs  are  shorter  and  black.  Breast  black,  finely  and 
closely  punctured  ;  a  few  short  cinerous  hairs  are  distributed 
over  its  surface.  Legs  black  ;  coxae  and  underside  of  each 
ambulatory  limb  clothed  with  short  cinerous  hairs  ;  underside  of 
tibiae  and  tarsi  ferruginous.  Wings  dark  fuscous ;  veins  and 
nervures  black. 

Two  specimens. 

I  have  very  great  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  my 
esteemed  friend  and  colleague,  Mr.  Charles  Hedley. 

FAMILY  FORMICID^. 
Pheldole  sexspinosa,  Mayr Twelve  specimens,  all  workers. 

Dr,  Gustav.  Mayr  described  the  g  and  worker  of  this  species 
in  a  paper  entitled  "Neue.Formiciden,"*  and  recorded  it  "Auf 
den  Ellice-Inseln  in  grossen  Ocean,  vom  Museum  Godeffroy."  To 
his  description  he  appended  a  note  which  may  be  of  interest  to 
students,  and  of  which  the  following  is  a  translation  : — 

"  The  genus  founded  by  Mr.  Smith,  and  for  which  he  proposed 
the  name  Pheidoxlacanthinus,  would  appear  to  suit  the  above 
species,  but  there  is  a  difference  in  the  structure  of  the  antennae. 
The  one  named  by  Mr.  Smith  has  eleven  joints,  while  the 
antennae  of  Pheidole  sexspinosa  has  twelve  joints." 

In  Mr.  Hedley's  memoranda  I  read  the  following  : — "  Several 
ants  occurred  in  the  area  of  sandy  soil  near  the  cultivation 
grounds,  one  with  a  metallic  colour  could  inflict  an  unpleasant 
bite  upon  bare  feet."  Mr.  Woodford  says  of  the  Gilbert  Islands  : — 
"  Three  or  four  species  of  small  ants  were  common  on  all  the 
islands,  and  the  firewood  taken  on  board  at  several  places  swarmed 
with  them."f 

*  Verb.  K.K.  Zool.-bot.  Ges.  Wien,  xx.,  1870,  pp.  978-9. 
t  Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  -1,  1895,  p.  348. 


INSECT    FAUNA— RAINBOW.  95 

LEPIDOPTERA. 

FAMILY  NEPHALID^. 

Junonia  vellida,  Fabr One  specimen,  damaged. 

Only  one  species — and  of  that  a  single  specimen — of  Lepidoptera 
was  obtained,  namely  Junonia  vellida.  This  species  with  four 
others,  namely,  Euplcea  eleutho,  E.  distincta,  Diadema  nerina, 
and  D.  otaheitce,  were  obtained  by  the  Rev.  J.  S.  Whitmee 
at  the  Ellice  Islands,  and  was  duly  recorded  in  a  paper  by 
A.  G.  Butler,  in  1878."*  Referring  to  J.  vellida,  the  writer 
penned  the  following  interesting  note  : — "  Resembles  Australian 
examples,  being  less  suffused  with  orange-tawny  than  Samoan 
specimens."  In  another  paper,  entitled  "  Lepidoptera  collected 
by  Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford  in  the  Ellice  and  Gilbert  Islands,"! 
Mr.  Butler  records  J.  vellida  from  Nukufetau  (Ellice  Group) 
and  Tapetewea  (Gilbert  Group),  and  Hypolimnas  rarick  from 
Tapetewea.  Mr.  Woodford  also  refers  to  the  two  last-named 
species  in  his  paper,  J  and  states  that  the  larva  of  «/.  vellida 
feeds  upon  Sccevola  kcenigii,  and  the  larva  of  H.  rarick  on  an 
Abutilon.  He  says  that  "Of  the  two  species  of  butterflies, 
J.  vellida  is  generally  distributed  throughout  the  Pacific  Islands, 
but  H.  rarick,  so  far  as  I  know,  although  found  in  the  Marshalls, 
does  not  extend  further  to  the  south-east  than  the  Gilbert  Group."  § 

Commenting  on  the  Lepidoptera  of  the  island,  Mr.  Hedley 
says  : — "  Large  green  caterpillars  whose  clawed  tails  proclaimed 
them  of  the  Sphingidre  were  occasionally  brought  by  the  natives, 
and  were  probably  related  to  a  large  day-flying  hawk-moth,  like 
the  European  clearwing  which  was  rarely  seen,  hovering  and 
dashing  from  tree  to  tree  above  the  sweep  of  a  butterfly  net. 
Small  moths  were  to  be  obtained  by  beating  the  bushes,  and 
swarmed  to  our  lamp  at  night  through  the  open  sides  of  our 
native  hut." 

DIPTERA. 

Amongst  the  Muscadte  procured  four  appear  to  be  new  to 
science,  and  are  herewith  described  and  figured.  Other  specimens 
obtained  at  Funafuti  were  so  mangled  by  the  natives  who  caught 
them  as  to  be  absolutely  useless. 

Speaking  of  the  flies,  Mr.  Hedley  says  : — "  They  were  a  great 
nuisance  ;  they  swarmed  on  the  ship's  boats  as  they  came  ashore, 
and  on  their  return  invaded  the  vessel,  to  which  they  kept  for 

*  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1878,  pp.  296-7. 

t  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (5),  xv.,  pp.  238-9. 

JQeogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  4,  1895,  p.  348. 

§  Loc.  cit.,  p.  349. 


96  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

several  days  after  leaving  the  land.  The  mosquitoes  of  several 
kinds,  larger  and  smaller,  were  an  intolerable  nuisance,  not  only 
to  the  whites  but  also  to  the  natives.  On  the  lee  side  of  Funafuti 
neither  black  nor  white  could  snatch  an  hour's  sleep  at  night 
without  the  protection  of  curtains.  Before  civilisation  mats 
were  used  for  this  purpose  on  Funafuti.  Writing  of  Stewart's 
Islands  in  1851,  Mr.  John  Webster  says*: — 'A  screen  of  fine 
matting  was  let  down  from  the  ceiling  and  surrounded  my  bed 
to  keep  out  mosquitoes  and  other  noxious  insects.'  To  avoid  the 
mosquitoes  the  natives  often  crossed  the  islet  and  slept  on  the 
windward  side.  The  small  islets  on  the  leeward  side  of  the 
atoll  were  much  freer  from  these  pests,  and  I  have  slept  there  all 
night  in  comfort  in  the  open." 

Although  mosquitoes  have  been  known  to  the  natives  of  these 
islands,  probably  from  time  immemorial,  there  is  no  doubt  that 
some  species  have  been  introduced  by  the  agency  of  traders,  for 
the  few  brought  home  by  Mr.'Hedley  show  that  Culex  hispiodosus, 
Sk.,  and  Megarrhina  inornata,  Walk. — the  former  common  in 
Australia  and  the  latter  in  New  Guinea — have  each  taken  up 
their  abode  in  the  Ellice  Group.  The  Rev.  Dr.  W.  Wyatt  Gill, 
writing  of  the  mosquitoes  in  the  Hervey  Islands,!  says  : — "  There 
are  some  islands  where  this  annoying  insect  was  until  lately 
unknown.  The  old  men  of  Penrhyns,  Rakaanga,  and  Manihiki 
assure  me  that  no  mosquito  was  ever  seen  on  those  atolls  until 
some  years  after  the  introduction  of  Christianity.  Although 
mosquitoes  were  (accidentally)  conveyed  to  Penrhyns  and  Ra- 
kaanga in  1859,  and  to  Manihiki  so  lately  as  1862,  in  water-casks 
filled  at  Raratonga,  they  are  plentiful  in  all  three  islands." 
Again,  Mr.  Woodford  in  his  paper  on  "  The  Gilbert  Islands," 
says: — "Mosquitoes  occurred  on  some  islands;  on  others,  as  at 
Kuria,  I  did  not  notice  them."J 

Looking  over  Mr.  Medley's  memoranda,  I  read  the  following 
interesting  note,  describing  the  ingenious  method  adopted  by  the 
natives  at  Funafuti  for  the  purpose  of  capturing  insects  : — 
"  Mosquitoes  and  other  insects  were  caught  thus  by  the  natives  : 
a  forked  stick  was  converted  into  a  hoop  by  tying  together  the 
arms  of  the  fork.  This  was  passed  over  and  over  through  the 
snares  of  the  orb-weaving  spiders  till  the  hoop  was  filled  by  a 
membrane  of  glutinous  spider-threads.  By  this  any  insect  would 
be  struck  and  meshed." 

So  far  as  fleas  are  concerned,  Mr.  Medley  says  that  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  all  conditions  suitable  for  their  propagation 
are  present,  they  are  unknown  at  Funafuti. 


*  Webster— Last  Cruise  of  the  "  Wanderer,"  Sydney  (n.d.),  p.  59. 
f  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  162. 
I  Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  4,  1895,  p.  348. 


INSECT   FAUNA — RAINBOW.  97 

The  following  are  the  species  obtained  : — 
FAMILY  CULIOTD^. 

Culex  hispiodostts,  Sk Two  specimens. 

Megarrkina  inornata,  Walk Six  specimens. 

FAMILY  ANTHOMIZID^. 

Genus  LISPE,  Nob. 
Lispe  vittata,    $  ,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  1.) 

Long.  5  mm.,  lat.  1  mm. 

Expanse  of  wings — Long.  4  mm.,  lat.  2  mm. 

Head— occiput  black,  hairy  ;  forehead  reddish-brown,  grey 
laterally,  clothed  with  black  hairs  ;  eyes,  rich  mahogany-brown  ; 
occilli,  three  ;  antennae,  short.  Thorax  grsy,  three  dark  brown 
longitudinal  lines  running  the  entire  length,  upper  surface  clothed 
with  short  black  hairs ;  sides  furnished  with  few  long  coarse 
black  bristles.  Abdomen — dorsal  surface  dull  yellowish  with 
black  median  and  lateral  markings  and  patches,  clothed  sparingly 
with  moderately  long  coarse  black  bristles ;  sides,  pale  yellowish 
with  small  black  patches  at  junction  of  segments,  and  furnished 
with  a  few  moderately  long  coarse  black  hairs.  Breast,  hairy 
and  ashy-coloured.  Legs  yellowish,  clothed  with  short  black 
hairs  and  armed  with  few  short  strong  spines.  Wings  covered 
with  hair-like  scales,  semi-transparent,  with  brassy  reflections. 

A  single  specimen. 

FAMILY  TACHINARIDJE. 

Genus  DEGEERIA,  Meig. 
Deyeeria  dawsoni,  <$  et   $  ,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  2.) 

Long.  8  mm.,  lat.  3  mm. 

Expanse  of  wings — Long.  4  mm.,  lat.  2  mm. 

Head — occiput  black,  clothed  with  black  hairs  ;  forehead  black 
with  coarse  black  hairs  or  bristles  ;  cheeks,  grey  ;  eyes,  rich 
mahogany-brown  ;  occelli,  three  ;  antennae,  black.  Thorax  grey, 
clothed  on  superior  surface  with  short  coarse  black  hairs  or 
bristles,  seven  dark  grey  longitudinal  bars  run  the  entire  length 
of  pro-  and  meso-thorax.  Abdomen— dorsal  surface  grey  with 


98  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

black  median  patches,  and  black  transverse  bars  at  junctions  of 
segments,  clothed  with  few  short  black  hairs  ;  sides  yellow-brown, 
darkest  at  posterior  extremity,  sparingly  furnished  with  short 
black  hairs ;  ventral  surface  dull  white,  with  two  small  oblong 
yellow-brown  patches,  each  patch  fringed  with  short  black  hairs. 
Anus,  black.  Breast,  dark  brown.  Legs  black,  clothed  with 
black  hairs  and  few  short  strong  spines.  Wings  covered  with 
hair-like  scales,  semi-transparent,  with  brassy  reflections. 

(J  Copulatory  organ,  a  long  telescopic,  fleshy,  pale  yellowish 
process,  consisting  of  seven  segments,  the  extremity  of  each 
segment  furnished  with  long,  strong  bristles. 

One  $  and  three   $   specimens. 

At  the  request  of  Mr.  Hedley  this  species  is  named  after 
W.  Pudsey  Dawson,  R.N.,  First  Lieutenant  of  H.M.S.  "Penguin," 
who  did  so  much  to  facilitate  the  scientific  objects  for  which  the 
expedition  was  organised. 

Genus  EBENIA,  Nob. 
Ebenia  nigricruris,    ?  ,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  3.) 

Long.  4^  mm.,  lat.  1  mm. 

Expanse  of  wings — Long.  4  mm.,  lat.  2  mm. 

Head — occiput  black,  clothed  with  black  hairs  ;  forehead  black 
with  coarse  black  hairs  or  bristles ;  cheeks,  grey ;  eyes,  rich 
mahogany-brown  ;  occilli,  three  ;  antenme,  black.  Thorax  dark 
brown,  shoulders  grey ;  superior  surface  clothed  with  few  short 
black  hairs  ;  sides  furnished  with  long  coarse  bristles.  Abdomen 
black  at  anterior  extremity,  second,  third,  and  fourth  segments 
grey,  with  broad  black  median  transverse  bar,  the  latter  uneven 
in  outline;  junction  of  segments  black;  dorsal  surface  thinly 
clothed  with  moderately  long,  strong,  black  hairs  ;  ventral  surface 
dirty  white  with  moderately  long  black  hairs  ;  anus,  black. 
Breast  black,  with  few  short  black  hairs.  Legs  black,  clothed 
with  black  hairs,  and  armed  with  short  strong  spines.  Wings 
covered  with  hair-like  scales,  semi-transparent,  with  brassy  re- 
flections ;  veins,  black. 

A  single  specimen. 

Ebenia  fieldi,   ?  ,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  i.,  fig.  4.) 

Long.  4£  mm.,  lat.  1  mm. 

Expanse  of  wings — Long.  4  mm.,  lat.  2  mm. 


INSECT   FAUNA — RAINBOW.  99 

Head — occiput  black,  clothed  with  black  hairs ;  forehead  black, 
with  long,  coarse  black  hairs  or  bristles  ;  cheeks,  white ;  eyes, 
rich  mahogany-brown  ;  occilli,  three ;  antennae,  black.  Thorax 
grey  ;  two  dark  longitudinal  bars  extend  from  anterior  extremity 
of  pro-  to  near  posterior  extremity  of  meta-thorax  ;  few  rather 
long  coarse  black  hairs;  sides  of  a  lighter  grey  colour,  and 
furnished  with  a  few  long  coarse  black  hairs.  Abdomen,  dark, 
with  lateral  patches  of  a  light  grey  colour  ;  posterior  extremity 
black  ;  dorsal  surface  furnished  sparingly  with  short  black  hairs  ; 
ventral  surface  grey,  and  sparingly  furnished  with  short  black 
hairs ;  anus,  black.  Breast  black,  with  few  short  black  hairs. 
Legs  black,  clothed  with  black  hairs,  and  armed  with  few  short 
strong  spines.  Wings  covered  with  hair-like  scales,  semi- 
transparent,  with  brassy  reflections  ;  veins,  black. 

A  single  specimen. 

By  request  I  have  named  this  species  after  Captain  Mostyn 
Field,  R.N.,  Captain  of  H.M.S.  "Penguin,"  as  a  permanent 
tribute  to  his  courtesy,  and  a  mark  of  the  sense  of  indebtedness 
felt  by  the  members  of  the  Expedition  for  assistance  in  many 
ways. 

HEMIPTERA. 

A  species  of  Halobates  was  taken  by  one  of  the  party  on  a 
single  occasion  from  a  pool  between  tide-marks.  On  one  occasion 
at  dusk  Mr.  Hedley  saw  some  Halobates  in  one  of  the  saltwater 
pools  which  at  high  tide  appear  in  the  centre  of  the  island,  but 
failed  to  secure  any.  Lice  were  very  common  and  afflicted  the 
natives  very  much. 

ORTHOPTERA. 

Although  the  Libellulidje  are  not  represented  in  the  collection 
from  Funafuti,  Mr.  Hedley  remarks  that  a  large  dragon-fly  was 
a  conspicuous  object,  flashing  across  the  more  open  spaces  in  the 
woodland  on  sunny  days.  In  the  Gilbert  Group  the  three  follow- 
ing species  are  common  : — Anax  guttata,  Pantala  flavescens, 
Trithemis  bipunctata.* 

So  far  as  the  collection  under  discussion  is  concerned,  this  Order 
is  represented  by  the  following  species  : — 

FAMILY  LACERSTIDuE. 
Concephalus  ensiger(f)  Har One  specimen. 

*  Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  4,  1895,  p.  349. 


100  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

FAMILY  BLATTID^. 

Panesthia  cethops,  Stoll One  <$   et  two   ?   specimens. 

Loboptera  decipiens,  Germ One  specimen. 

FAMILY  GUILLIDJE. 
Arachnocephalus  vestitus,  Costa One  specimen. 

PSEUDONEUROPTERA. 
TERMITID^. 

Calotermes  marginipennis,  Latr. 

Calotermes  marginipennis,  Latr.,   Hag.  Monogr.,  p.  47. 

Catalogue  of  Specimens  of  Neuropterous  Insects  in  the  Collection 
of  the  British  Museum,  by  Dr.  H.  Hagen  ;  Part  I., 
Termitina,  p.  7. 

Not  the  least  interesting  feature  of  the  Insecta  from  Funafuti 
is  a  small  collection  of  White  Ants — Calotermes  marginipennis, 
Latr..  The  localities  recorded  so  far  from  whence  examples 
have  been  obtained  are  California,  Mexico,  and  Hawaii.  The 
Rev.  Thomas  Blackburn  collected  it  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
and  it  was  recorded  from  there  by  McLachlan  in  a  paper* 
dealing  with  Mr.  Blackburn's  collection. 

This  species  of  White  Ant  confines  its  attention  at  Funafuti 
to  the  coconut  trees  (Cocos  nucifera).  The  insects  generally 
attack  the  palms  from  three  to  six  feet  from  the  ground,  tunnel- 
ling their  way  through,  and  as  a  result  the  trees  are  snapped  off 
by  the  gales.  At  night,  attracted  by  the  lamps,  these  insects  fly 
into  dwellings.  The  Rev.  Thomas  Blackburn  in  a  paper,  "  Notes 
on  Hawaiian  Neuroptera,"f  writes  : — "  I  have  not  met  with  any 
more  than  the  two  American  species  recorded  in  Mr.  McLachlan's 
paper.  They  are  both  extremely  common  near  Honolulu,  flying 
in  numbers  to  lamps  at  night,  and  doing  much  damage  in  the 
destruction  of  furniture  and  other  woodwork,  also  frequently 
destroying  trees.  Without  having  given  sufficient  attention  to 
the  subject  to  generalize  with  absolute  confidence,  I  may  say  that 
Termitia  connected  with  household  depredations,  when  identified 
by  me,  has  always  been  Calotermes  castaneus,  Burm.  (which, 
however,  I  have  never  observed  outside  Honolulu),  while  the  tree 

*  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (5),  xii.,  pp.  2G6-7. 
fLoc.  cit.  (5),  xiv.,  p.  413. 


INSECT   FAUNA — RAINBOW.  101 

devastator  when  identified  by  me  has  always  been  C.  margini- 
pennis,  Latr.  This  latter  species  I  have  observed  on  several 
of  the  islands." 

The  headquarters  of  Calotermes,  as  indeed  the  Termitidse  as  a 
whole,  is  Tropical  America,  more  species  having  been  recorded 
from  Brazil  than  any  other  part  of  the  globe,  and  from  whence 
many  have  distributed.  Arguing  from  the  same  premises,  Tropical 
America  would  appear  to  be  the  home  of  the  Cocos  tribe,  the 
majority  of  its  species  being  found  within  that  zone.  In  discussing 
this  question,  Mr.  W.  Botting  Hemsley  says*: — "De  Candolle 
statesf  he  formerly  believed  it  to  have  spread  from  Western 
America,  but  with  fuller  data  and  more  experience  in  such  ques- 
tions, he  inclines  to  the  opinion  that  its  original  home  is  the 
Indian  Archipelago  ;  but  as  the  thirty  other  species  belonging  to 
the  genus  are  restricted  to  Tropical  America,  the  first  opinion 
seems  the  sounder."  It  is  quite  probable  that  Cocos  nucifera, 
being  an  introduced  plant  into  the  Islands  of  the  Pacific,  the 
insect  that  proves  so  destructive  to  it,  may  also  have  been 
introduced,  if  not  actually  with,  at  any  rate  at  no  late  date  after 
its  introduction.  The  distribution  and  association  of  this  species 
of  Termitid,  with  its  host  plant,  therefore  affords  an  interesting 
study  when  considered  in  the  light  of  faunistic  distribution,  coming 
as  it  did,  originally  from  Mexico  and  California.  From  the  early 
days  of  settlement  in  California,  the  Hawaiian  Islands  have  been 
a  centre  of  commercial  enterprise  with  the  Californians,  and  it  is 
possible  therefore  that  Calotermes  marginipennis  may  have  been 
introduced  in  Hawaii  by  human  agency,  and  that  when  swarming 
numbers  of  these  destructive  insects  may  have  been  wafted  from 
island  to  island.  The  coconut  palm  was  first  introduced  into 
the  Ellice  Group  during  the  reign  of  King  Touassa,  somewhere 
about  two  centuries  ago.  During  the  period  intervening,  and  up 
to  more  recent  times,  the  islands  were  frequently  visited  and 
raided  by  neighbouring  islanders  (see  pp.  44  and  45  of  Part  I.  of 
this  Memoir)  ;  besides  this  the  Ellice  Group  was  the  field  of  a 
great  whaling  fishery  in  the  early  forties,  and  this  industry  was 
pursued  chiefly  by  Americans,  who  not  only  visited  the  group, 
but  also  other  islands  of  the  Pacific  from  Hawaii  onwards,  so 
that,  taking  all  these  facts  into  consideration,  it  is  quite  reasonable 
to  suppose  that  this,  and  other  species  of  insects,  may  have  been 
introduced  by  the  agency  of  man.  It  is  unfortunate,  considering 
its  many  important  bearings,  that  the  fauna  of  the  Pacific  Islands 
has  not  been  more  thoroughly  worked ;  when  it  is,  however,  the 
distribution  of  sppcies — both  fauna  and  flora — will  doubtless  form 
one  of  the  most  interesting  and  instructive  lessons  of  modern 
biological  investigation. 

*  Challenger  Reports— Botany,  i.,  2,  1885,  p.  203. 
t  De  Candolle— Origin  des  Plantes  Cultivees,  p.  350. 


102  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

MYRIAPODA. 

FAMILY  CHILOPODA. 

Scolopendra  platypus,  Brandt Two  specimens. 

Centipedes  were  fairly  common  on  the  island,  and  were  apt  to 
creep  into  and  hide  amongst  the  folds  of  any  unworn  titi  dresses. 
If  such  clothes  had  been  laid  aside,  it  was  necessary  before  using 
to  have  them  carefully  fumigated.  This  was  done  by  placing  a 
handful  of  "  Gnashu  "  (Sccevola)  leaves  on  some  embers  around 
which  the  titi  dresses  were  arranged,  and  a  couple  of  mats  were 
packed  round  to  keep  the  smoke  in.  Karsel  and  Finch*  recorded 
S.  platypus,  Brandt,  Orphnteus  lividus,  Mein.,  and  Otostignus 
orientalis,  For.,  from  the  Marshall  Group  in  1880. 

*  Berlin,  Ent.  Zeit,,  xxv.  p.  15. 


THK  ARACHNIDAN  FAUNA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  W.  J.  RAINBOW, 

Entomologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  ARACHNIDAN  FAUNA. 

BY  W.  J.  RAINBOW, 
Entomologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  Arachnological  Collection  obtained  by  Mr.  Hedley  during 
his  sojourn  on  the  Island  of  Funafuti,  although  not  large,  is, 
nevertheless,  more  representative  of  its  branch  of  Invertebrate 
Fauna  than  was  the  Entomological  Collection.  Had  it  been 
possible  to  have  made  a  thorough  and  systematic  search,  there 
is  little  doubt  but  that  many  interesting  forms  would  have  been 
brought  to  light.  As  it  is,  however,  the  collection  is  not  without 
interest,  and  it  is  hoped,  value.  In  all  there  were  88  specimens 
procured,  and  these  are  distributed  as  follows  : — 

Order'  Fami*-  Spedmens. 

Scorpionidfe    ..          ...  Androctonidae  ...          ...  4 

Chelonethi     Cheliferidaa 8 

Acarina          ...          ...  Oribatidae  ...          ...  14 

Araneidae       ...          ...  Epeiridse  ...          ...  32 

...  Tetragnathidae  ...          ...  1 

Uloboridaa  12 

Drassidaa  3 

Scytodre  3 

...  Thomisidae  ...          ...  4 

...  Salticidae  ...          ...  7 

Total ...      "88 

Of  these  the  following  table  will  show  the  results  of  the  exami- 
nation of  the  collection  : — 

S^eS  Spates. 

Scorpionidse           ...  Androctonidae          ...  0  ...  .1 

Chelonethi             ...  Cheliferidoa 1  ...  1 

Acarina3    ...          ...  Oribatidaa     ...          ...  0  ...  1 

Araneidae  ...          ...  Epeiridse      ...          ...  2  ...  10 

Tetragnathidaa         ...  1  ...  0 

Uloboridaa 1  ...  0 

Drassidse      1  ...  0 

Scytodae        1  ...  0 

Thomisidw 2  ...  0 

Salticidse      1  .  .  2 

Total  10  15 


106  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  of  the  twenty-five  species 
obtained,  fifteen  would  appear  to  be  new  to  science.  The  most 
numerously  represented  family  in  the  collection  is  that  of  the 
Epeiridfe  (known  to  the  natives  by  the  name  of  "  Marakau  "),  of 
which  two  species  proved  to  be  known,  and  ten  appear  to  be 
new.  Of  the  former  Epeira  mangareva,  Walck,,  has  a  very  wide 
distribution,  extending  from  the  Celebes  to  New  Guinea,  and 
from  there  to  the  Island  of  Mangareva,  in  the  Paumotu  or  Low 
Archipelago  ;  the  other,  E.  plfibeja,  L.  Koch,  was  previously 
recorded  Ly  L.  Koch  from  Ovalau  and  Tonga.*  One  of  the  prin- 
cipal features  that  strikes  a  student  upon  examining  a  collection 
nf  Island  (female)  Epeiridne,  is  the  close  resemblance  the  different 
species  bear  to  one  another  in  shape  and  contour  of  the  epigynum. 
In  the  two  species  enumerated  as  previously  known,  and  in 
each  of  those  described  below,  with  three  exceptions,  namely, 
E.  distiticta,  Rainb.,  E.  hoyyi,  Rainb.,  and  E.  speciosa,  Rainl>., 
the  same  general  uniformity  prevails.  There  are  differences, 
truly,  as  will  be  seen  on  reference  to  the  figures  accompanying 
this  paper  ;  thus  in  one  species,  the  long  dark  brown,  slightly 
curved  chitinous  process  is  closely  adpressed,  while  in  another  it 
is  poised  upon  a  high  tubercle  and  stands  prominently  out. 

The  commonest  spider  on  the  Island  appeared  to  be  ULoborus 
zosis,  Walck.  This  beautiful  Arachnid  possesses  a  very  wide  geo- 
graphical range,  having  been  previously  recorded  from  Madagascar, 
Mauritius,  Reunion,  Seychelles,  St.  Helena,  Bombay,  Java, 
Amboina,  Upolu,  Permambuci,  Parana,  Rio  Grande,  Guyana, 
St.  Fe  cli  Bogota,  and  the  Antilles,  f 

The  other  previously  known  species  were  formerly  recorded 
as  follows: — Obisium  atiti/  odum,  Sim.,  from  New  Caledonia; 
Tetraffnatka  laqueatn,  L.  Koch,  Upolu  ;  Clubiona  alveolata,  L. 
Koch,  Upolu  ;  .Dictus  striatipc.s,  L.  Koch,  Upolu,  Tonga,  and 
Viti ;  Acompse  suavin,  L.  Koch,  Huaheine,  Raietea,  and  Tahiti ; 
Sarotes  debilis,  L.  Koch,  Upolu  ;  S.  reyius,  Fabr.,  is  another 
species  having  a  very  wide  geographical  range,  as  the  following 
list  of  localities  will  testify  :  Singapore,  China,  Japan,  Africa, 
Dafetaj  Mombus,  Zanzibar,  Isle  of  France,  Senegal,  St.  Thomas, 
California,  Mexico,  Martinique,  Brazil,  Valparaiso,  Fiji,  Samoan 
Archipelago,  Tongan  Archipelago,  Rarotongn,  Pelew,  Tahiti, 
Huaheine,  Island  of  Meduro,  and  New  Caledonia.  In  addition 
to  the  species  enumerated,  there  were  ten  specimens  of  Epeirid;o, 
and  four  of  the  Salticida^,  that  were  too  young  for  determination 
or  description,  and  these  have  not  been  enumerated  in  the 
tables. 


*  Koch— Die  Ara  -hniden  Australiens,  i.,  p.  70,  1871. 

f  Vide  Thorell,  "  Studi   Sni  Rigni,"   etc1.,  ii.     "  Ragni  <li  Amboina," 
p.  133.     1878. 


ARACHNIDAN    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  107 

Order   SCORPIONZDJE. 

FAMILY  ANDROCTONID^E. 

SUB  FAMILY  ANDROCTININI. 

Genus  BUTHUS,  Leach. 

ttuthus  brevicaudatus,   <$  et  ?  ,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  ii.,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  Ic.) 

Colour  somewhat  variable,  but  generally  of  an  obscure  yellowish 
grey  above,  and  pale  yellowish  underneath  ;  sides  dull  brown  ; 
palpi  brown  above,  yellow-brown  underneath  ;  tail  dark  brown 
above  and  laterally,  somewhat  paler  underneath  ;  vesicle  pale 
yellow,  glossy;  aculeus  brown,  glossy;  eyes  black;  legs  obscure 
yellow  above,  pale  yellowish  underneath. 

Cephalothorax  as  wide  behind  as  it  is  long,  gradually  narrowing 
until  near  anterior  extremity,  and  thence  narrowing  off  abruptly  to 
anterior  margin  ;  anterior  and  posterior  margins  strongly  indented ; 
a  strong  longitudinal  groove  runs  down  the  centre  from  anterior  to 
posterior  extremity,  and  separates  the  median  eyes ;  these  latter 
are  slightly  elevated  on  small  tubercles  ^  the  surface  is  closely  and 
minutely  punctured,  somewhat  uneven  and  depressed  at  centre, 
but  more  strongly  so  behind  the  median  eyes ;  there  are  also 
shallow  lateral  depressions  at  rear  of  anterior  e)  es ;  behind  the 
median  eyes,  and  at  the  anterior  margin  there  are  a  few  small 
granules;  in  the  male  the  anterior  margin  is  more  thickly  granulated 
than  in  the  female  examples  ;  a  few  short  hairs  fringe  the  anterior 
line  of  the  cephalothorax.  Tergites  finely  punctured,  but  the 
punctures  are  somewhat  deepest  laterally  ;  each  is  marked  with 
a  median  keel.  Sternites  smooth,  glossy,  with  shallow  lateral 
and  median  depressions,  closely  and  minutely  punctured  ;  each 
is  marked  with  a  median  keel.  Tail  short,  almost  parallel- 
sided  ;  the  first  segment  is  somewhat  the  shortest,  the  second  and 
third  rather  longer  and  co-equal  in  length,  the  fourth  and  fifth 
slightly  longer  than  the  two  preceding  and  co-equal  in  length  ; 
each  segment  is  keeled  laterally,  has  a  median  longitudinal  de- 
pression, and  is  slightly  shagreened  and  granulated  above  and 
laterally  ;  the  inferior  surface  is  less  distinctly  keeled,  but  more 
strongly  shagreened  and  granulated,  the  fifth  segment  especially 
so  ;  each  segment  is  sparingly  furnished  with  rather  long,  strong 
brown  hairs.  Vesicle  smooth  and  glossy,  furnished  with  a  few 
moderately  long  yellowish  hairs  ;  aculeus  dark  brown,  strong,  and 
gently  curved  ;  vesicle  and  aculeus  together  are  somewhat  longer 
than  the  fifth  caudal  segment.  Palpi :  superior  surface  of  huinerus, 
brachium,  and  manus  thickly  but  finely  granulated,  the  granules 
on  their  lateral  and  anterior  and  posterior  extremities  are  sensibly 


108  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

the  largest  and  darkest;  lower  surface  exceedingly  finely  granulated 
with  the  exception  of  the  lateral  ridges,  where  the  granules  are 
nearly  as  large  as  those  upon  the  lateral  extremities  of  the  superior 
surface ;  manus  long,  broad,  and  thicker  than  brachium  ;  hand- 
back  keeled,  similar  in  colour  to  superior  surface,  and  thickly 
furnished  with  black  granules ;  fingers  short,  black,  incurved, 
without  lobe  or  excavation  ;  the  movable  finger  is  somewhat  the 
longer  ;  humerus,  brachium,  and  manus  sparingly  furnished  with 
short,  fine  whitish  hairs.  Legs  sparingly  furnished  with  yellowish 
hairs,  upper  surface  finely  granulated,  under  surface  smooth  and 
glossy.  Pectines  about  half  as  long  as  cephalothorax,  and  furnished 
with  six  teeth. 

The  sexes  are  distinguished  by  the  palpi,  which  in  the  male 
are  longer,  broader,  and  thicker  than  in  the  female. 

Measurements  (in  millemeters)  : — Total  length,  27  ;  length  of 
cephalothorax,  3£  ;  width,  in  front  2,  behind  3J ;  length  of  tail, 
10  ;  length  of  male  humerus  3|,  of  brachium  3£,  of  hand  6,  of 
hand-back  6,  of  moveable  finger  4 ;  width  of  male  humerus  1^, 
of  brachium  2,  of  hand  3^,  of  hand-back  1^  ;  length  of  female 
humerus  3,  of  brachium  3,  of  hand  5,  of  hand-back  5,  of  moveable 
finger  3  ;  width  of  female  humerus  1,  of  brachium  1^,  of  hand  3, 
of  hand-back  1£. 

One  male  and  three  female  specimens. 

Order  CHELONETHI. 

Sub-Order  DIPLOCELONTHI. 

FAMILY  CHELERIFIM3. 

Obisium  antipoduni,  Simon Six  specimens. 

C.R.  Ent.  Belg.,  xxiii.,  p.  clxxiv. 

Genus  CHELIFER,  Geoffr. 

Chelifer  longidigitatus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  ii.,  fig.  2.) 

Body  obovate,  narrowed  before,  rounded  behind.  Caput  dark 
brown,  granulated.  Cephalothorax  granulated  ;  anterior  segment 
dark  brown,  hinder  segment  pale  yellowish  above,  brown  laterally. 
Eyes  prominent,  and  of  an  opaline  tint.  Legs  pale  yellowish, 
moderately  clothed  with  short  white  hair.  Palpi  dark  brown, 
granulated ;  basal  joints  bulbous ;  hand  broad,  thick,  slightly 
darker  than  humerus  and  brachium  ;  fingers  long,  reddish-brown, 
incurved,  and  furnished  with  a  few  elongated,  flexible  hairs. 
Abdomen  pale  yellowish  above,  with  brown  submedian  and 


ARACHNIDAN    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  109 

lateral  granulations  ;  inferior  surface  pale  yellowish,  with  two 
longitudinal  sub-median  rows  of  brown  granulations. 

Measurements  : — Length  of  body,  l|mm. ;  breadth,  1  mui. ; 
palpi,  2uim. 

Two  specimens. 

Order  ACARINA. 
FAMILY  ORIBATID^. 

Genus  ORIBATA,  Lat. 

Oribata  lamellata,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  ii.,  figs.  3,  3a,  36,  3c,  3d.) 

Cephalothorax,  |mm.  long;  abdomen,  1mm.  long,  liiim.  wide. 

Black,  opaque  ;  tergum  laminated  ;  venter  somewhat  rugulose, 
closely  punctated. 

Cephalothorax  arched,  closely  and  deeply  punctated  ;  anterior 
half  conical,  posterior  half  suddenly  widening ;  rostrum  round 
pointed ;  rostral  hairs  long  ;  palpi  invisible  from  the  dorsal 
aspect ;  pseudo-stigmata  nearly  at  the  base  of  the  Cephalothorax. 
but  not  hidden  by  the  abdomen  or  lamellae ;  pseudo-stigmatic 
organ  rather  short,  with  thin  peduncles  ;  the  latter  gradually 
thickening  and  terminating  with  somewhat  clavate  heads  ;  apode- 
mata  not  joined  to  the  sternum.  Legs  strong,  closely  and  finely 
punctated,  furnished  with  short,  strong  white  hairs  ;  claws 
tridactyle,  heterodactyle.  Abdomen  strongly  arched,  somewhat 
oval,  closely  punctated,  laminated,  the  plates  overlapping, 
broadest  about  the  middle,  strongly  keeled  behind  ;  genital  and 
anal  plates  large,  oval,  and  occupying  nearly  the  whole  length  of 
the  ventral  plate. 

In  respect  of  this  creature  Mr.  Hedley  says  : — "  On  the  western 
side  of  the  north  arm  of  the  mangrove  swamp  is  a  low  scarp  of 
breccia,  apparently  an  old  beach,  and  which  is  described  more 
fully  in  the  Section  treating  on  the  Geology  of  the  Atoll.  A 
dense  growth  of  Ngia  (Pemphis  acidula)  overhung  this  spot,  and 
under  fallen  damp  leaves  and  sticks  beneath  these  bushes  I  found 
this  animal  in  considerable  abundance.  Its  movements  were 
lethargic  in  the  extreme." 

Order  ARANBID^E. 
FAMILY  EPEIRID^. 

Epeira  mangareva    ?    Walck One  specimen. 

Walck.  Hist.  Nat.  des.  Ins.  Apt.,  iv.,  p.  469,  1847. 
L.  Koch,  Die  Arachniden  Australiens,  i.,  pp.  85-88,   T.  vii.,  figs. 
4-5a,  1871. 


110  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Bradley,    Proc.   Linn.   Soc.  N.S.W.,    i.,    The  Araneides  of  the 

"Chevert"  Expedition,  pp.  144-5,   1876. 
Thor.,  Studi  Sui  Ragni,  etc.,  i.  Ragni  di  Selebes,  loc.  cit.,  p.  394 

(54),  1877. 
Thor.,   Studi  Sui  Ragni,   etc.,  ii.,   Ragni  di  Amboina,   loc.  cit., 

pp.  65-69,  1878. 

Epeira  plebeja,  Koch Three  immature  specimens. 

L.  Koch,  Die  Arachniden  Australiens,    i.,   pp.  69-70,  T.  vi.,  figs. 
10,  10a,  1871. 

Genus  EPEIRA,  Walck. 

Epeira  ventricosa,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  ii.,  figs.  4,  4a,  46,  4c.) 

?  .  Cephalothorax,  4|mm.  long,  3mm.  broad;  abdomen,  lOirnm. 
long,  7^mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  convex,  hairy,  yellowish,  with  median  and  lateral 
brown  longitudinal  bars.  Caput  moderately  high,  truncated  in 
front,  clothed  with  moderately  long  hoary  hairs  ;  normal  grooves 
and  indentations  distinct.  Clypeus  clothed  with  short  hoary 
hairs,  convex,  with  lateral  grooves  radiating  from  near  the  centre. 
Marginal  band  narrow,  yellowish,  fringed  with  hoary  hairs.  Eyes 
of  an  opaline  tint ;  the  four  comprising  the  central  group  are 
seated  upon  a  somewhat  quadrangular  tubercle,  and  form  a 
trapezium,  narrowest  at  the  rear  ;  of  these  the  front  pair  are  the 
largest,  and  are  separated  from  each  other  by  about  twice  their 
individual  diameter  ;  the  second  pair  are  smaller  and  are  seated 
to  the  rear  by  about  twice,  and  from  each  other  by  about  once- 
and-a-half  their  individual  diameter ;  lateral  eyes  much  the 
smallest,  seated  obliquely  upon  small  tubercles,  and  are  almost 
contiguous  to  each  other.  Legs  moderately  long  and  strong, 
with  black  and  yellow  annulations,  hairy,  armed  with  rather 
long  and  strong  spines;  relative  lengths,  1,  2,  4,  3;  the  second 
and  fourth  pairs  equal  in  length,  the  third  much  the  shortest. 
Palpi  moderately  long  and  strong,  similar  in  colour  and  armature 
to  legs.  Falces  long  and  strong,  glossy  brown  in  front  and  on 
outer  sides ;  insides  pale  yellow,  fringed  at  their  base  with  a  few 
short  hoary  hairs  ;  the  margins  of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  are 
armed  with  a  row  of  three  teeth  ;  fangs  moderately  long  and 
strong,  wine-red.  Maxillee  rather  longer  than  broad,  arched ; 
from  base  to  near  apex  the  colour  is'  brown,  thence  yellowish  ; 
fringed  with  moderately  long  and  strong  black  hairs.  Labium 
concolorous,  broader  than  high,  rounded  off  at  apex.  Sternum 
shield-shaped,  dark  brown,  approaching  bistre,  relieved  by  a 
longitudinal  median  line  of  yellow  ;  surface  uneven,  hairy. 
Abdomen  ovate,  projecting  over  base  of  Cephalothorax ;  superior 


ARACHNIDAN   FAUNA— RAINBOW.  Ill 

surface  dark,  approaching  bistre,  ornamented  with  white  and 
grey  median  patches,  and  with  a  broad  leaf-like  design  ;  sides 
dark  brown  also,  with  a  broad  uneven  longitudinal  patch  of  grey 
near  superior  surface,  and  below  this  a  series  of  irregular  tawny 
markings ;  inferior  surface  sooty  black  with  four  white  lateral 
patches.  Epigyne  a  long  dark  brown  chitinous  process,  terminat- 
ing in  a  blunt  point. 
One  specimen. 

JSpeira  longispina,  £  et  $ ,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  iii.,  fig.  2.) 

$ .  Cephalothorax  2^mm.  long,  2mm.  broad  ;  abdomen  5mui. 
long,  Simin.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  pale  yellow,  clothed  with  hoary  hairs ;  the  median 
and  lateral  longitudinal  markings  less  distinct  than  in  the  female. 
Caput  slightly  elevated,  arched.  Clypeus  broad,  strongly  arched, 
clothed  with  long  hoary  hairs,  the  median  cleft,  from  which  the 
lateral  grooves  radiate,  more  distinct  than  in  female  example. 
Marginal  band,  eyes,  and  legs  similar  to  those  of  female. 
Palpi  short,  club-shaped,  simple.  Maxillee,  labium,  and  sternum 
similar  to  those  of  female.  Abdomen  ovate,  slightly  over- 
hanging base  of  Cephalothorax  ;  colour  mottled  grey  ;  the  broad 
leaf-like  design  with  which  the  superior  surface  is  ornamented, 
is  of  a  dark  brown  colour,  and  commences  near  the  middle, 
terminating  near  spinnerets  ;  the  sides,  inferior  surface  and 
spinnerets  similar  in  coloration  and  general  features  to  those  of 
the  female. 

One  specimen  (immature). 

(Plate  iii.,  figs.  1,  la,  16.) 

$  .  Cephalothorax,  4|mm.  long,  3mm.  broad;  abdomen,  6mm. 
long,  4mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  pale  yellow  with  median  and  lateral  yellow- 
brown  longitudinal  markings,  arid  clothed  with  long  hoary  hairs. 
Caput  moderately  elevated,  rounded  on  the  sides  and  upper  part, 
normal  grooves  and  indentations  distinct.  Clypeus  broad,  strongly 
arched,  clothed  with  moderately  long  hoary  hairs  ;  there  is  a  deep 
longitudinal  cleft  or  groove  in  the  centre,  from  whence  the  lateral 
grooves  radiate.  Marginal  band  moderately  broad,  glossy,  and 
fringed  with  short  hoary  pubescence.  Eyes  reddish-brown  with 
black  rings,  the  central  group  forming  a  trapezium  ;  of  these,  the 
two  eyes  that  constitute  the  front  row  are  sensibly  the  largest, 
and  are  separated  from  each  other  by  about  once  their  individual 
diameter  ;  those  of  the  second  row  are  separated  from  the  first  by 
about  once  their  individual  diameter,  and  from  each  other  by  a 
space  equal  to  about  two-thirds  of  the  diameter  of  an  eye  of  the 


112  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

second  row  ;  the  lateral  pairs  are  much  the  smallest  of  the  group, 
are  seated  obliquely  on  small  tubercles,  and  are  almost  contiguous. 
Legs  long,  moderately  strong,  pale  yellow  with  yellow-brown 
annulations  at  ultimate  extremity  of  joints ;  the  limbs  clothed 
with  pale  yellowish  pubescence,  and  armed  with  long,  strong 
black  spines;  relative  lengths:  1,  2,  4,  3;  of  these  the  second  and 
fourth  pairs  of  legs  are  co-equal  in  length,  and  the  third  pair  the 
shortest.  Palpi  similar  in  colour  and  armature  to  legs.  Falces 
glossy,  pale  yellow,  somewhat  darkest  at  base  ;  the  upper  margin 
of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  a  row  of  four  teeth,  and 
the  lower  margin  with  three.  Maxillfe  pale  yellowish,  strongly 
arched,  broader  at  apex  than  base,  sparingly  clothed  with  long 
black  hairs.  Labium  of  a  dull  obscure  colour,  broader  than  long, 
arched,  and  rounded  off  at  apex.  Sternum  oblong-cordate, 
concolorous,  clothed  with  short  hoary  pubescence.  Abdomen 
oblong-ovate,  projecting  over  base  of  cephalothorax,  pale  yellow, 
ornamented  with  a  long  leaf-like  design  and  dark  markings  and 
dots  ;  sides  pale  yellow  also,  with  yellow-brown  markings  and 
dots ;  inferior  surface  pale  yellow  with  a  broad  median  patch  of 
dark  brown,  the  patch  broader  at  its  anterior  than  at  its  posterior 
extremity,  and  narrowest  at  the  middle.  Spinnerets  long,  pro- 
minent. Epigyne  a  long,  glossy,  dark-brown  chitinous  protuber- 
ance, terminating  in  a  blunt  point,  slightly  curved,  hollowed  out 
on  the  under-side,  and  clothed  on  its  upper  side  with  long  dark 
hairs. 

A  single  specimen. 

Epeira  multispina,  $  et   ?  ,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  iii.,  figs.  4,  4a,  46,  4c. 

cj  Cephalothorax,  3|mm.  long,  3mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  4mm. 
long,  3mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  pale  yellow,  clothed  with  moderately  long  hoary 
hairs.  Caput  slightly  elevated,  moderately  arched,  truncated  in 
front,  normal  grooves  indistinct.  Clypeus  broad,  arched,  pale 
yellow,  with  broad  obscure  lateral  bands,  and  clothed  with 
moderately  long  hoary  hairs ;  there  is  a  deep  longitudinal  cleft 
(having  the  appearance  of  a  fine  black  line)  commencing  at 
junction  of  cephalic  and  thoracic  segments,  from  whence  radiate 
the  lateral  grooves.  Marginal  band  narrow,  fringed  with  fine 
hoary  pubescence.  Eyes  of  an  opaline  tint  with  black  rings,  the 
four  comprising  the  median  group  forming  a  trapezium  ;  of  these 
the  front  eyes  are  the  largest,  and  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  about  once  their  individual  diameter  ;  those  in  the  second  row 
are  somewhat  smaller,  and  are  separated  from  the  front  pair  by  a 
space  equal  to  about  one  diameter  of  an  eye  of  the  second  row, 
and  from  each  other  by  a  space  equal  to  one-half  a  diameter  ; 


ARACHNIDAN    FAUNA— RAINBOW.  113 

lateral  eyes  minute,  seated  obliquely  on  tubercles  and  con- 
tiguous to  each  other.  Legs  pale  yellow,  clothed  with  yellowish 
pubescence,  and  armed  with  long  black  spines  ;  relative  lengths  : 
1,  2,  4,  3.  Palpi  pale  yellow,  clothed  with  yellowish  pubescence 
and  long  black  bristles ;  copulatory  organs  dark  brown,  compli- 
cated in  structure.  Falces  pale  yellow,  divergent,  clothed  with 
yellowish  pubescence  ;  fangs  glossy,  dark  brown  at  base,  wine- 
red  at  points.  Maxilla?  glossy,  pale  yellow,  arched,  inclining 
inwards,  fringed  with  long,  coarse  hairs  at  sides  and  ultimate 
extremities.  Labiuni  somewhat  darker,  arched,  broader  than 
long,  furnished  with  a  few  moderately  long  yellowish  hairs. 
Sternum  cordate,  moderately  convex,  pale  yellowish  at  its  centre, 
darker  laterally,  clothed  with  yellowish  pubescence.  Abdomen 
ovate,  overhanging  base  of  cephalotharax,  pale  yellowish,  with 
dark  brown  leaf-like  pattern  down  the  centre,  and  clothed  with 
long,  coarse,  yellowish  hairs ;  sides  yellowish,  with  dark  brown 
markings,  and  long,  coarse  yellow  hairs ;  inferior  surface  pale 
yellow,  with  dark  brown  median  patch,  broader  in  front  than 
behind,  narrowest  at  the  centre.  Spinnerets  long,  prominent. 

One  specimen. 

(Plate  iii.,  figs.  3,  3a,  36,  3c.) 

?  .  Cephalothorax,  5mm.  long,  3mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  9mm. 
long,  G.^mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  convex,  hairy,  yellowish,  with  median  and  lateral 
dark  brown  longitudinal  bars.  Caput  moderately  high,  truncated 
in  front,  rounded  on  the  sides  and  upper  part,  normal  grooves 
distinct,  thickly  clothed  with  coarse  hoary  hairs.  Clypeus  broad, 
strongly  arched,  clothed  with  long,  coarse  hoary  hairs  ;  a  deep 
longitudinal  cleft,  situated  at  junction  of  cephalic  and  thoracic 
segments  from  whence  radiate  the  lateral  grooves.  Marginal  band 
broad,  fringed  with  pale  yellowish  pubescence.  Eyes  of  an  opaline 
tint  with  black  rings  ;  the  four  central  eyes  are  seated  upon  a 
somewhat  quadrangular  eminence,  and  form  a  trapezium ;  of 
these,  the  two  forming  the  front  row  are  the  largest  of  the  group, 
and  are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  space  equal  to  once  their 
individual  diameter  ;  the  second  row  are  somewhat  smaller  than 
those  of  the  first,  and  are  separated  from  the  latter  by  rather 
more  than  one  diameter  of  an  eye  of  the  second  row,  and  from 
each  other  by  a  space  equal  to  about  two-thirds  of  u  diameter ; 
lateral  eyes  seated  on  small  tubercles  and  contiguous  to  each  other. 
Legs  long  and  strong,  pale  yellow  with  dark  brown  annulations 
at  ultimate  extremities  of  joints ;  in  addition  to  the  annulations 
referred  to,  the  femurs  of  the  first  and  second  pairs  of  legs  have 
each  a  long,  dark  brown  patch  on  the  outer  surface  ;  limbs 
clothed  with  short  yellowish  pubescence,  and  armed  with  numerous 


114  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

long  and  strong  black  spines  ;  relative  lengths  :  1,  2,  4,  3  ;  the 
second  and  fourth  pairs  co-equal,  and  the  third  the  shortest. 
Palpi  moderately  long,  clothed  with  yellowish  pubescence  and 
long  black  hairs  ;  colour  and  armature  similar  to  legs.  Falces 
pale  yellowish,  somewhat  darker  at  base,  divergent,  inner  margins 
at  the  base  fringed  with  yellowish  pubescence  ;  the  upper  margin 
of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  a  row  of  four  teeth,  and 
the  lower  with  a  row  of  three  ;  fangs  long,  strong,  glossy,  brown 
at  base,  wine-red  at  points.  Maxillae  widely  divergent,  obscurely 
tinted  at  base,  pale  yellowish  above,  moderately  arched,  fringed 
on  the  outer  and  inner  margins  with  white  and  a  few  long  black 
hairs.  Labium  concolorous,  broader  than  long.  Sternum  cordate, 
moderately  convex,  dark  brown,  with  a  pale  yellowish  median 
wedge-shaped  patch,  broadest  in  the  front,  clothed  with  long,  fine 
yellowish  and  a  few  black  hairs.  Abdomen  ovate,  yellowish- 
grey,  clothed  with  short  yellowish  pubescence  ;  projecting  over 
base  of  cephalothorax ;  the  broad  leaf-like  design  upon  superior 
surface  darkest  laterally  ;  sides  somewhat  lighter  in  colour ; 
inferior  surface  grey  with  a  median  patch  of  dark  brown, 
the  latter  broader  in  front  than  behind,  and  indented  laterally 
with  pale  yellowish,  and  this  again  bordered  with  dark  brown. 
Spinnerets  long  and  prominent.  Epigyne,  a  long  and  slightly 
curved  chitinous  process,  dark  brown  laterally,  yellowish  on 
the  upper  surface,  and  fringed  with  long,  yellowish  hairs  above, 
and  hollowed  on  the  underside ;  at  the  base  of  this  process 
there  is  a  large  and  somewhat  globose  fleshy  lobe,  hollow  within, 
the  lobe  of  a  dirty  yejlowish  colour. 
One  specimen. 

Epeira  etheridgei,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  iii.,  figs.  5,  5a,  56,  5c.) 

$  .  Cephalothorax,  4mm.  long,  3mm.  broad ;  abdomen,  7mm. 
long,  5jnim.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  pale  yellow,  with  median  and  lateral  longitu- 
dinal brown  bars  ;  the  median  bar  oblong  wedge-shaped,  broadest 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  median  eye,  and  terminating  in  a  fine  point 
immediately  below  the  junction  of  the  cephalic  and  thoracic 
segments,  the  whole  surface  of  the  cephalothorax  clothed  with 
long  hoary  hairs.  Caput  moderately  high,  truncated  in  front, 
rounded  on  the  sides  and  upper  part.  Clypeus  broad,  strongly 
arched ;  a  strong,  deep  longitudinal  cleft  at  the  centre,  from 
whence  radiate  the  lateral  grooves.  Marginal  band  broad,  pale 
yellow,  fringed  with  short  yellowish  pubescence.  Eyes  as  in  female 
example  of  E.  multispina,  Rainb.  Legs  long  and  strong,  yellow 
with  brown  annulations  ;  each  limb  clothed  with  yellow  and 
black  hairs,  and  armed  with  long,  strong  black  spines  ;  relative 


AUACHNIDAN    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  115 

lengths :  1,  2,  4,  3  ;  the  second  and  fourth  pairs  co-equal  in 
length,  and  the  third  much  the  shortest.  Palpi  moderately  long 
and  strong,  similar  in  colour  and  armature  to  legs.  Falces 
yellow,  fringed  on  inner  side  with  few  moderately  long  hoary 
hairs,  divergent  at  apex ;  the  upper  margins  of  the  grooves  of 
the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  four  teeth,  and  the  lower 
with  three  ;  fangs  long  and  strong,  dark  brown  at  base,  wine-red 
at  tips.  Maxillre  widely  divergent,  arched,  obscurely  tinted  at 
base,  pale  yellowish  at  apex,  outer  margins  fringed  with  long 
coarse  black  hairs.  Labium  concolorous,  arched,  broader  than 
long.  Sternum  cordate,  dark  brown,  clothed  with  moderately 
long,  hoary  hairs.  Abdomen  ovate,  projecting  over  base  of 
cephalothorax,  clothed  with  short  whitish  hairs,  superior  surface 
yellowish-grey  ;  the  broad  leaf-like  design  much  the  darkest 
laterally  ;  sides  clothed  with  short  whitish  hairs,  yellowish-grey 
towards  superior  surface,  somewhat  darker  below,  especially 
towards  posterior  extremity ;  inferior  surface  dark  grey,  clothed 
with  short,  yellowish  hairs  ;  there  is  also  a  median  patch  of  dark 
brown,  slightly  broader  behind  than  in  front,  and  indented  later- 
ally with  two  white  patches  :  two  white  spots  are  located  on  each 
side  of  spinnerets,  of  which  the  front  pair  are  considerably  the 
largest.  Spinnerets  long  and  prominent,  obscure  yellowish-brown, 
and  clothed  with  rather  long  black  hairs.  Epigyne  seated  on  a 
pale  fleshy  lobe  ;  the  long  chitinous  process  similar  in  colour  and 
structure  to  E.  tnultispina,  Rainb. 

One  mature  and  one  immature  specimen.  The  latter  is  smaller 
and  much  ligher  in  colour  than  the  former,  and  the  longitudinal 
median  and  lateral  bars,  so  prominent  on  the  cephalothorax  of 
the  adult,  are  not  present ;  the  same  remark  also  applies  to  the 
dark  annulations  upon  the  legs  and  palpi  of  the  adult  form. 

I  have  much  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  Mr.  R. 
Etheridge,  Junr.,  Curator  of  the  Australian  Museum. 

Epeira  /"estiva,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  iv.,  figs.  1,  la,  16.) 

?  .  Cephalothorax,  4mm.  long,  3mm.  broad;  abdomen,  8Jmm. 
long,  6mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  yellow-brown  with  broad  longitudinal  median 
and  dark  brown  bars  ;  the  entire  surface  clothed  with  coarse 
hoary  hairs.  Caput  elevated,  truncated  in  front,  normal  grooves 
distinct.  Clypeus  broad,  arched,  and  has  a  deep  median  depression, 
from  whence  radiate  lateral  grooves,  the  latter  indistinct.  Mar- 
ginal band  broad,  pale  yellowish,  fringed  with  hoary  pubescence. 
Eyes  of  an  opaline  tint,  with  black  rings  ;  the  four  comprising 
the  central  group  seated  upon  a  somewhat  quadrangular  eminence, 
and  form  a  trapezium  ;  of  these  the  eyes  comprising  the  front  row 


116  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

arc  the  largest  of  the  group,  and  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  a  space  equal  to  about  one-and-a-half  their  individual  diameter; 
those  of  the  second  row  are  somewhat  smaller  and  are  separated 
from  their  front  neighbours  by  a  space  equal  to  about  two-and-a- 
half  their  individual  diameter,  and  from  each  other  by  a  space 
equal  to  once  their  individual  diameter  ;  lateral  eyes  much  the 
smallest,  placed  obliquely  on  small  tubercles,  and  contiguous  to 
each  other ;  of  these  the  front  lateral  eyes  are  somewhat  the 
largest.  Legs  long  and  strong,  with  yellow  and  dark  brown  annu- 
lations  ;  each  limb  clothed  with  long  yellow  and  black  hairs,  and 
armed  with  moderately  long,  strong  black  spines  ;  relative  lengths, 
1,  4,  2,  3.  Palpi  similar  in  colour  and  armature  to  legs.  Falces 
long,  strong,  divergent  at  apex,  glossy,  dark  brown,  inner  margins 
yellow-brown,  and  fringed  with  rather  long  yellowish  hairs  ;  the 
margins  of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  a  row  of  three 
teeth ;  fangs  long,  dark  brown  at  base,  wine-red  at  points. 
Maxilhe  long,  broad,  moderately  arched,  divergent,  dark-brown 
at  base,  flesh- coloured  at  apex ;  inner  margins  thickly  fringed 
with  fine  yellowish  hairs ;  a  few  white  hairs  on  outer  surface. 
Labium  arched,  short,  broad,  dark  brown,  approaching  bistre. 
Sternum  concolorous,  shield-shaped ;  surface  uneven,  slightly  de- 
pressed at  centre,  sparingly  clothed  with  hoary  hairs.  Abdomen 
ovate,  projecting  over  base  of  cephalothorax  ;  superior  surface 
ornamented  with  a  long,  narrow,  whitish  leaf-like  design  at  centre, 
with  broad  lateral  dark  brown  sinuous  bands  flecked  with  white, 
immediately  below  which  there  is  on  each  side  a  dull  white  sinuous 
band  ;  superior  surface  and  sides  sparingly  clothed  with  short 
whitish  hairs  ;  sides  and  inferior  surface  dark-brown  with  white 
markings.  Spinnerets  long,  prominent,  yellow-brown.  Epigyne 
seated  upon  a  high,  pale  fleshy  lobe  ;  the  long  chitinous  process 
similar  to  E.  multispina,  Rainb. 
One  specimen. 

Epeira  obsciira,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  iv.,  figs.  2,  2a,  25,  2c.) 

?  .  Cephalothorax  4mm.  long,  3mm  broad  ;  abdomen,  6mm. 
long,  4Jmm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  yellow,  with  broad  median  and  lateral  longi- 
tudinal dark  brown  bars,  uneven  in  outline.  Caput  arched, 
truncated  in  front,  clothed  with  long  white  and  dark  brown 
hairs,  normal  grooves  distinct.  Clypeus  broad,  arched  ;  there  is 
a  deep  longitudinal  cleft  commencing  near  junction  of  cephalic 
and  thoracic  segments,  from  whence  radiate  lateral  grooves,  the 
latter  faintly  discernable.  Marginal  band  broad,  yellow,  fringed 
with  a  few  short  yellowish  hairs.  Eyes  similar  to  female  example 
of  E.  multispina.  Legs  long  and  strong,  yellow,  with  dark 
brown  annulations,  clothed  with  long,  black  and  yellow  hair, 


ARACHNIDAN    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  117 

and  armed  with  numerous  long  black  spines ;  relative  lengths, 
1,  2,  4,  3  ;  the  second  and  fourth  pairs  somewhat  shorter  than  the 
first,  and  co-equal  in  length ;  the  third  pair  much  the  shortest. 
Falces  moderately  long,  obscure  yellowish,  divergent  at  apex, 
inner  margins  fringed  with  long  yellowish  hairs  ;  the  upper 
margin  of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  four  teeth,  and  the 
lower  with  three.  Maxillae  long,  arched,  widely  divergent ;  outer 
margins  fringed  with  long  black  hairs,  and  the  inner  with  yel- 
lowish ;  colours  :  dark  brown,  apex  and  inner  margins  of  each 
pale  yellow.  Labium  broader  than  long,  dark  brown,  apex  pale 
yellow.  Sternum  cordate,  dark  brown,  hairy.  Abdomen  over- 
hanging base  of  cephalothorax  ;  superior  surface  clothed  with 
pale  yellowish  hairs  ;  colour :  dark  brown,  flecked  laterally  with 
yellow  ;  a  long,  broken,  uneven  yellowish  patch  at  centre,  com- 
mencing at  anterior  extremity,  and  terminating  about  midway ; 
sides  dark  brown,  streaked  with  yellow ;  inferior  surface  dark 
brown,  with  yellow  lateral  patches,  and  clothed  with  dark  brown 
and  yellowish  hairs.  Spinnerets  long,  prominent,  yellow-brown, 
clothed  with  coarse  black  hairs.  Epigyne  elevated  on  a  pale 
fleshy  lobe,  the  latter  cleft  deeply  and  longitudinally  in  front ; 
the  long  chitinous  process  similar  to  E.  multispina,  Rainb. 
One  mature  and  two  immature  specimens.  • 

Epeira  annulipes,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  iv.,  figs.  3,  3a,  36,  3c.) 

5  .  Cephalothorax,  4mm.  long,  3mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  8mm. 
long,  4^mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  convex,  hairy,  with  pale  yellow  and  dark  brown 
longitudinal  bars.  Caput  moderately  high,  strongly  arched,  trun- 
cated in  front,  clothed  with  long  hoary  hairs  ;  normal  grooves 
distinct.  Clypeus  broad,  arched,  clothed  on  upper  part  with  long 
hoary  hairs,  and  on  the  sides  with  short  white  and  brown  hairs ; 
at  the  centre,  commencing  at  junction  of  cephalic  and  thoracic 
segments  there  is  a  deep,  longitudinal,  moderately  long  cleft ; 
lateral  grooves  somewhat  indistinct.  Marginal  band,  pale  yellow, 
fringed  with  short  hoary  pubescence.  Eyes  of  a  greyish  lustre 
with  black  rings ;  the  four  comprising  the  central  group  are 
seated  on  a  slightly  elevated  quadrangular  eminence,  and  form 
a  trapezium  ;  of  these  the  front  pair  are  slightly  the  largest,  and 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  space  equal  to  one  and  a  half 
their  individual  diameter  ;  those  of  the  second  row  are  separated 
from  their  anterior  neighbours  by  a  space  equal  to  twice  their 
individual  diameter,  and  from  each  other  by  about  one  diameter; 
side  eyes  seated  obliquely  on  small  tubercles,  and  contiguous  to 
each  other.  Legs  long  and  strong  ;  coxre  dark  brown  above, 
greyish  underneath  ;  femurs  yellow,  with  dark  brown  annula- 
tions  above,  white  underneath  ;  trochanters,  tibii,  and  metatarsi 


118  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

grey,  with  dark  brown  annulations ;  each  limb  armed  with  long, 
strong,  black  spines  ;  in  addition  to  the  latter  there  are  also  a 
few  short  black  spines  on  the  femural  joints  ;  relative  lengths, 
1,  2,  4,  3 — the  second  and  fourth  pairs  somewhat  shorter  than 
the  first  pair,  but  co-equal  in  length.  Palpi  similar  in  colour 
and  armature  to  legs.  Falces  long,  glossy,  dark  brown,  approach- 
ing bistre  ;  inner  margins  yellow,  divergent  at  apex,  fringed  with 
rather  long  hoary  hairs  on  the  inner  margins  ;  the  upper  margin 
of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  is  armed  with  a  row  of  four  teeth, 
and  the  lower  with  three;  fangs,  long,  strong,  dark  brown  at 
base,  wine-red  at  points.  Maxillpe  broad,  divergent,  moderately 
arched,  dark  brown  at  base,  yellowish  at  apex  and  inner  margins  ; 
a  few  short  hoary  hairs  on  the  outer  surface,  inner  margins 
thickly  fringed  with  yellowish  hairs.  Labium  broader  than  long, 
dark  brown  at  base,  yellowish  at  apex.  Sternum  cordate,  shiny, 
moderately  convex  ;  colour  :  black,  with  a  pale  yellowish  median 
streak  commencing  in  front,  and  running  to  about  two-thirds 
its  length.  Abdomen  oblong-ovate,  projecting  over  base  of 
cephalothorax,  strongly  arched,  clothed  with  moderately  long, 
fine  hairs ;  anterior  portion  and  sides  light  grey,  with  dark 
brown  markings ;  from  the  centre  to  posterior  extremity  there 
is  a  dark  yellowish-brown  patch,  sinuous  laterally  ;  inferior 
surface  dark  brown  laterally  ;  at  the  centre  there  is  a  broad 
brownish-grey  patch  extending  from  epigyne  to  near  the  spin- 
nerets, from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  rather  broad  transverse 
greyish  bar ;  on  each  side  of  the  patch  there  is  a  longitudinal 
band  of  white,  narrowest  at  the  centre.  Epigyne  a  long 
chitinous  process,  yellowish-brown  above,  and  clothed  with 
rather  long  dark  hair,  dark  brown  laterally,  and  grooved  under- 
neath ;  the  process  elevated  on  a  small,  broad  white  fleshy 
eminence. 

One  mature  and  one  immature  specimen. 

Epeira  distincta,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  iv.,  figs.  4,  4a,  46.) 

?  .  Oephalothorax,  4mm.  long,  3mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  10mm. 
long,  7mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  pale  yellow  with  long  narrow  longitudinal  dark 
brown  bars ;  the  whole  surface  clothed  with  long,  coarse  hoary 
hairs.  Caput  arched,  slightly  elevated,  truncated  in  front  ; 
normal  grooves  distinct.  Clypeus  strongly  arched  ;  a  deep  longi- 
tudinal cleft  or  groove  commencing  at  base  of  cephalic  and 
thoracic  segments ;  lateral  grooves  fairly  distinct.  Marginal 
band  broad,  fringed  with  yellowish  hairs,  of  which  those  in  front 
are  much  the  shortest.  Eyes  pearl-grey  lustre  with  black  rings  ; 
the  four  comprising  the  central  group  form  a  trapezium,  and  of 


ARACHNID  AN    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  119 

these  the  eyes  of  the  front  pair  are  sensibly  the  largest,  and  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  a  space  equal  to  about  once  their  indi- 
vidual diameter ;  the  eyes  comprising  the  second  pair  are  separated 
from  their  anterior  neighbours  by  a  space  equal  to  once  the  diameter 
of  an  eye  of  the  second  row,  and  from  each  other  by  a  space  equal 
to  about  two-thirds  of  a  diameter  ;  side  eyes  seated  obliquely  on 
small  tubercles  and  contiguous  to  each  other.  Legs  long  and 
moderately  strong,  yellowish-grey  with  yellow-brown  annulations, 
clothed  with  yellowish  hairs,  and  armed  with  long  black  spines ; 
relative  lengths,  1 ,  2,  4,  3 ;  the  second  and  fourth  pair  somewhat 
shorter  than  the  first,  and  co-equal.  Palpi  similar  in  colour  and 
armature  to  the  legs.  Falces  long,  divergent  at  apex,  shiny, 
yellowish,  inner  margins  fringed  with  yellowish  hairs ;  apex  dark 
brown  on  inner  margins ;  the  upper  margin  of  the  furrow  of  each 
falx  is  armed  with  a  row  of  four  teeth,  and  the  lower  with  three. 
Maxilla)  broad,  arched,  yellow-brown,  widely  divergent ;  the  outer 
lateral  surface  is  thinly  fringed  with  yellowish  hairs,  and  the 
inner  lateral  surface  thickly  so.  Labium  concolorous.  Sternum 
cordate,  dark  brown,  yellowish  in  the  centre,  surface  uneven, 
clothed  with  long  yellowish  hairs.  Abdomen  ovate,  large,  pro- 
jecting over  base  of  cephalothorax,  clothed  with  short  yellowish 
hairs ;  colour,  yellowish-grey,  the  upper  surface  ornamented  with 
a  large  and  prominent  dark  grey  leaf -like  design,  extending  from 
near  anterior  to  posterior  extremity ;  sides  yellowish-grey,  with 
dark  markings  ;  inferior  surface  light  grey  at  sides  ;  at  centre, 
extending  from  epigyne  to  spinnerets,  there  is  a  long  sooty-black 
patch,  broadest  near  anterior  extremity;  on  each  side  of  this 
patch  there  is  a  long  white  band,  broadest  at  posterior  extremity, 
and  these  are  bordered  again  with  a  sooty-black  stripe  somewhat 
broadest  at  its  anterior  extremity ;  on  each  side  of  spinnerets, 
and  seated  somewhat  in  front,  there  is  a  large  white  spot. 
Epigyne  a  long,  transverse  slit,  with  a  broad,  and  fairly  pro- 
minent dark  brown  lip  overhanging. 

One  mature  and  one  immature  specimen. 

Epeira  hoggi,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  v.,  figs.  1,  la.) 

?  .  Cephalothorax,  4mm.  long,  2|mm.  broad;  abdomen,  6mm. 
long,  3|mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  convex,  pale  yellow  with  broad  lateral  longi- 
tudinal brown  bars,  the  whole  surface  clothed  with  hoary  hairs. 
Caput  arched,  moderately  high,  truncated  in  front ;  a  longitudinal 
dark  brown  stripe  commences  at  ocular  area,  where  it  is  much 
the  broadest  and  terminates  at  the  median  longitudinal  cleft 
situated  at  the  junction  of  cephalic  and  thoracic  segments. 
Clypeus  broad,  arched,  lateral  radial  grooves  indistinct.  Mar- 
ginal band  broad,  yellow,  fringed  with  short,  hoary  hairs.  Eyes 

I 


120  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

of  an  opaline  tint  with  black  rings ;  the  four  central  eyes  are 
seated  upon  a  slightly  elevated  and  somewhat  quadrangular 
surface,  and  form  a  trapezium  ;  of  this  group  the  two  comprising 
the  front  row  are  somewhat  larger  than  those  of  the  second,  and 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  space  equal  to  about  twice 
their  individual  diameter ;  those  of  the  second  row  are  separated 
from  their  front  neighbours  by  a  space  equal  to  about  one-and-a- 
half  the  diameter  of  an  eye  of  the  front  row,  and  from  each  other 
by  once  their  individual  diameter ;  side  eyes  seated  obliquely  on 
small  tubercles,  and  nearly  contiguous  to  each  other.  Legs  long 
and  strong,  of  a  somewhat  yellowish-green  colour  with  broad  dark 
brown  annulations  ;  each  limb  clothed  with  yellowish  and  dark 
brown  hairs,  and  armed  with  long,  black  spines  ;  relative  lengths, 
1,  4,  2,  3.  Palpi  similar  in  colour  and  armature  to  legs.  Falces 
long,  glossy,  strong,  divergent  at  apex,  inner  margins  fringed 
with  white  hairs  ;  colour,  at  base,  dark  brown,  at  apex,  yellowish- 
brown  ;  each  margin  of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  a  row 
of  three  teeth ;  fangs  dark  brown  at  base,  wine-red  at  points. 
Maxillte  broad,  moderately  arched,  divergent,  dark  brown  at 
base,  yellow  at  apex  at  inner  margins ;  fringed  on  outer  margins 
with  long  dark  hairs  and  on  the  inner  with  yellowish  pubescence. 
Labium  short,  broad,  arched,  dark  brown  at  base,  yellowish  at 
apex.  Sternum  shield -shaped,  convex,  dark  brown  with  yellowish 
median  streak,  commencing  at  anterior  extremity  and  continuing 
to  about  two-thirds  its  length ;  moderately  clothed  with  short 
hairs.  Abdomen  ovate,  projecting  over  base  of  cephalothorax, 
moderately  clothed  with  rather  long  yellowish  hairs  ;  colour, 
yellowish-grey,  with  a  large  dark  brown  leaf-like  design,  some- 
what lighter  at  the  middle,  and  relieved  laterally  with  whitish 
necks ;  sides  grey  with  dark  brown  markings,  terminating  in  a 
large  dark  patch  near  spinnerets  ;  inferior  surface  dark  brown 
with  lateral  patches  of  yellowish-grey  in  front,  and  patches  of 
white  near  spinnerets.  Spinnerets  long,  prominent,  yellow-brown. 
Epigyne  a  transverse  slit,  with  large  yellow  overhanging  lip. 

One  specimen. 

I  have  very  much  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  my 
esteemed  friend  and  correspondent,  Mr.  H.  R.  Hogg,  M.A.,  of 
Cheniston,  Victoria,  author  of  the  admirable  and  valuable  paper 
on  "  The  Araneidpe  of  the  Horn  Exploring  Expedition."* 

Epeira  speciosa,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  v.,  figs.  2,  2a.) 

9  .  Cephalothorax  l|mm.  long,  1mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  2£mm. 
long,  l£mm.  broad. 

*Rep.  Horn  Expl.  Exp.,  ii.,  Zool.,  pp.  309-356,  pi.  24.     1896. 


ARACIINIDAX    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  121 

Cephalothorax  convex,  yellow-brown,  with  a  longitudinal  dark 
brown  stripe  proceeding  from  the  front  to  posterior  extremity. 
Caput  high,  strongly  arched,  truncated  in  front,  normal  grooves 
distinct ;  furnished  with  a  few  long  hoary  hairs.  Clypeus  arched, 
furnished  with  a  few  hoary  hairs  ;  lateral  radial  grooves  indistinct. 
Marginal  band  narrow,  fringed  with  hoary  pubescence.  Eyes  of 
a  glassy-yellowish  colour ;  the  four  comprising  the  central  group 
are  equal  in  size,  and  form  a  trapezium  ;  of  these  the  two  consti- 
tuting the  front  row  are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  space 
equal  to  fully  twice  their  individual  diameter ;  the  second  row  is 
separated  from  the  first  by  a  space  equal  to  nearly  two  diameters, 
and  from  each  other  by  rather  more  than  one  diameter  ;  lateral 
pairs  placed  obliquely  on  small  tubercles,  and  nearly  contiguous. 
Logs  long,  strong,  yellowish-brown,  clothed  with  long  yellowish 
hairs,  and  armed  with  long  yellowish  spines  ;  relative  lengths, 
1,  2,  4,  3  ;  the  second  and  fourth  pair  co-equal,  but  somewhat 
shorter  than  the  first.  Palpi  similar  in  colour  and  armature  to 
legs.  Falces  dark  brown,  long,  strong,  divergent  at  apex. 
Maxillre  dark  brown,  arched,  inclining  inwards.  Labium  con- 
colorous,  broader  than  long.  Sternum  dark  brown,  shield-shaped, 
convex,  surface  sparingly  clothed  with  hoary  hairs,  the  sides 
rather  thickly  so.  Abdomen  ovate,  overhanging  base  of  cephalo- 
thorax,  clothed  with  pale  yellowish  pubescence  ;  colour :  saffron, 
a  longitudinal  dark  brown  mark  extends  for  a  short  distance 
from  anterior  extremity,  at  the  termination  of  which  there  are 
three  dark  brown  spots,  two  of  which  are  somewhat  lateral,  and 
the  third,  which  is  placed  a  little  lower  down  is  seated  in  the 
median  line  ;  commencing  about  midway  there  is  a  broad,  dark 
leaf-like  design  which  terminates  near  the  posterior  extremity  ; 
sides  of  a  s-iffron  colour  also ;  inferior  surface  concolorous  laterally 
with  dark  brown  markings ;  a  dark  brown  patch,  narrowest  at 
centre,  extends  from  epigyne  to  spinnerets.  Epigyne  a  transverse 
curved  slit  with  a  large  broad  lip  overhanging. 

Three  specimens. 

FAMILY  TETRAGNATHID^E. 

Tetragnatha  laqueata,  L.  Koch One    ?  specimen. 

L.  Koch,    Die  Arachniden    Australiens,    i.,   pp.   190-2,    T.   xvi., 
figs.  5-5/,  1871. 

FAMILY  EULOBORID^. 

Uloborus  zosis,  Walck Twelve  ?  specimens. 

Uloborus  zosis,  Walck.,   Hist.   Nat.  des  Ins.   Apt.,  ii.,  p.  231, 

pi.  20,  fig.  2  (Zosis  caraibe),  1841. 
L.  Koch,   Die  Arachniden  Australiens,    i.,    pp.   221-4,  T.   xix., 

figs.  3-3e,  1871. 


122  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Thor.,   Studi  sui  Ragni,   etc.,   ii.,   Ragni  cli  Amboina,    loc.   cit., 

pp.  129-33,  1878.    , 
Thor.,  Studi  sui  Ragni,  etc.,  iii.,  Ragni  dell'  Austro-Malesia  e  del 

Capo  York,  p.  158,  1881. 

FAMILY  SCYTOD^. 

Dictis  striatipes,  L.  Koch One    ?    specimen. 

L.  Koch,   Die  Arachniden   Australiens,   i.,   pp.   294-6,   T.   xxiv., 
figs.  5-50,  1871. 

FAMILY  DRASSID^. 

Clubiona  alveolata,  L.  Koch Three   $   specimens. 

L.  Koch,   Die  Arachniden  Australiens,    i.,    pp.   421-3,  T.  xxxiii., 
figs.  1-1  a,  1871. 

FAMILY  THOMISID^E. 

Sarotes  debilis,  L.  Koch One   $   specimen. 

L.   Koch,    Die  Arachniden    Australiens,    i.,    pp.    671-3,    T.   lv., 

figs.  3-3a,  1871. 

S.  regius,  Fabr Three  ?  specimens. 

L.  Koch,   Die    Arachniden  Australiens,    i.,    pp.  675-8,    T.  Ivi., 

figs.  1-la,  2-26,  1871. 
The  specimens  were  taken  in  a  native's  hut. 

FAMILY  SALTICIDJE. 

Acompse  suavis,  L.  Koch One  immature    $   specimen. 

L.  Koch,   Die  Arachniden  Australiens,   ii.,   pp.  1146-9,  T.  xcix., 
figs.  6-64  7-7^,  1883. 

Genus  HYLLUS,  C.  Koch. 

Hyllus  ferox,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  v.,  figs.  3,  3a,  36,  3c.) 

5  .  Cephalothorax,  6mm.  long,  5mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  7mm. 
long,  4mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  somewhat  shield-shaped,  long,  broad,  high, 
reddish-brown.  Caput  reddish-brown,  with  purple  tinge  in  front, 
and  clothed  with  a  few  yellowish  scale-like  hairs ;  besides  these 
latter  it  is  also  fringed  in  front  and  at  the  sides  with  a  few  rather 
long  reddish-brown  hairs;  below  the  front  row  of  eyes  the  margin 
is  thickly  clothed  with  yellowish  pubescence.  Clypeus  broad, 
arched,  reddish-brown,  sparingly  clothed  with  short  yellowish 
pubescence  ;  a  moderately  deep  depression  is  seated  midway 
between  the  two  eyes  comprising  the  third  or  posterior  row  ; 
laterally,  immediately  under  each  eye  of  the  second  row,  and 
seated  rather  low  down,  there  is  a  large  and  prominent  tubercle. 


ARACHNIDAN    FAUNA — RAINBOW.  123 

Marginal  band  narrow,  black.  Eyes  of  a  pearl-grey  lustre  with 
black  rings  ;  each  is  surrounded  with  a  thick  fringe  of  red  scale- 
like  hairs ;  those  comprising  the  front  series  form  a  curved  row, 
the  curvature  directed  forward  ;  of  these  the  two  central  eyes 
are  much  the  largest ;  the  two  comprising  the  second  row  are 
exceedingly  minute,  and  are  placed  midway  between  the  lateral 
eyes  of  the  front  row,  and  those  of  the  third  series  ;  the  latter 
are  equal  in  size,  or  nearly  so,  to  the  lateral  eyes  of  the  front 
row,  and  are  separated  from  them  by  a  distance  of  one  and  a  half 
millimeters.  Legs  moderately  long,  reddish-brown  ;  the  anterior 
pair  are  the  longest  and  much  the  strongest ;  each  ambulatory 
limb  is  clothed  with  yellowish  hairs,  and  armed  with  long,  strong, 
black  spines ;  relative  lengths,  1,  2,  4,  3.  Palpi  rather  long, 
slender,  yellowish,  clothed  with  long  yellow  hairs,  and  armed 
with  short,  strong,  black  spines.  Falces  robust,  moderately  long, 
strongly  arched  in  front,  divergent  at  apex,  reddish-brown,  with 
a  somewhat  purple  tinge,  thickly  clothed  at  base  with  rather  long 
yellowish  hairs,  and  scantily  so  in  front,  and  at  outer  margins 
with  short  yellowish  pubescence ;  inner  margins  rather  more 
freely  clothed  with  somewhat  longer  hairs ;  the  upper  margin  of 
the  furrow  of  each  falx  is  armed  with  a  row  of  four  teeth,  and 
the  lower  margin  with  a  row  of  two  ;  fangs  long,  strong,  reddish- 
brown.  Maxillae  long,  club-shaped,  moderately  arched ;  the  surface 
sparingly  clothed  with  rather  long  hoary  hairs,  and  the  inner 
margins  at  apex  thickly  so  with  long  dark  brown  hairs.  Labium 
concolorous,  long,  conical,  thickly  clothed  with  long  yellowish  hairs. 
Sternum  elliptical,  convex,  pale-yellowish,  thickly  clothed  with 
long  yellowish  hairs.  Abdomen  oblong-ovate  ;  superior  surface 
thickly  clothed  with  short,  closely  adpressed  golden  scale-like 
hairs,  and  are  furnished  with  a  few  long  yellowish  hairs ;  com- 
mencing at  a  distance  of  two  millimetres  from  "anterior  extremity, 
and  continuing  towards  spinnerets,  there  are  two  lateral  sooty- 
black  bands,  the  margins  of  which  are  sinuous ;  these  Viands  are 
rounded  off  in  front  and  pointed  at  posterior  extremity  ;  sides 
lightly  grooved  or  furrowed,  thickly  clothed  with  short  adpressed 
golden  scale-like  hairs  ;  inferior  surface  pale  yellow,  thickly  clothed 
with  short  yellowish  pubescence.  Epigyne  slightly  elevated  in 
front,  with  two  somewhat  spherical  lobes  ;  deeply  grooved  laterally 
and  in  front.  Spinnerets  long,  yellow-brown,  thickly  clothed 
with  long  yellowish  hairs. 

One  specimen. 

Speaking  of  this  capture  Mr.  Hedley  says  :— "  This  example 
was  the  only  one  seen  by  any  of  the  party  ;  but  no  credit  accrues 
to  me  for  collecting  it,  for  the  creature  obligingly  collected  itself. 
With  an  interest  for  biological  research,  and  in  a  spirit  of  self- 
sacrifice  which  other  undescribed  species  would  do  well  to  copy, 
she  dropped  straight  into  a  collecting-tube.  I  was  at  the  time 


124  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

crouched  under  a  mangrove  tree  (Rkizophora  mucronata),  at  the 
edge  of  the  swamp,  picking  specimens  of  an  Enter opneusla  from 
a  puddle,  so  I  permitted  the  spider,  when  it  descended  from  the 
leaves  above,  to  drown  in  the  water,  and  transferred  it  to  formol 
when  I  reached  camp." 

Hyllus  audax,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  v.,  figs.  4,  4a.) 

$  .  Cephalothorax,  4min.  long,  3^mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  Strain, 
long,  3mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax  somewhat  shield-shaped,  long,  broad,  high. 
Caput  dark  brown  approaching  bistre,  glabrous  above,  fringed  in 
front  and  at  sides  with  a  few  rather  long  dark  brown  hairs,  and 
below  the  front  row  of  eyes  thickly  clothed  with  silvery  scale- 
like  hairs.  Clypeus  broad,  arched,  reddish-brown,  sparingly 
clothed  with  short  hoary  pubescence ;  there  is  a  moderately  deep 
depression  seated  midway  between  the  two  eyes  comprising  the 
third  posterior  row  ;  immediately  under  each  eye  of  the  second 
row,  and  seated  moderately  low  down,  there  is  a  large  and  pro- 
minent tubercle.  Marginal  band  narrow,  black.  Eyes  similar  to 
those  of  H.ferox,  Rainb.,  except  in  so  far  as  the  space  intervening 
between  the  third  row  and  the  lateral  eyes  of  the  front  series,  the 
distance  in  this  species  being  one  millimetre.  Legs  moderately 
long,  reddish-brown;  the  first  pair  much  the  longest  and  strongest; 
each  ambulatory  limb  is  clothed  with  brown  hairs,  and  armed 
with  long,  black,  strong  spines  ;  relative  lengths,  1,  2,  4,  3.  Palpi 
long,  somewhat  lighter  in  colour,  clothed  with  long  yellowish 
hairs,  and  armed  with  short,  strong,  black  spines.  Falces  robust, 
moderately  long,  strongly  arched  in  front,  divergent  at  apex, 
dark  brown,  clothed  with  a  few  short  hoary  hairs  at  base  ;  inner 
margins  rather  thickly  fringed  with  long  dark  brown  hairs ;  the 
upper  margin  of  the  furrow  of  each  falx  is  armed  with  a  row  of 
four  teeth,  arid  the  lower  margin  with  a  row  of  two ;  fangs  long, 
strong,  reddish-brown.  Maxillae  and  labium  as  in  H.  ferox. 
Sternum  elliptical,  convex,  pale  yellow,  moderately  clothed  with 
long,  yellowish  hairs.  Abdomen  oblong-ovate  :  superior  surface 
thickly  clothed  with  short,  closely  adpressed  golden  scale-like 
hairs ;  commencing  at  anterior  extremity,  and  terminating  near 
spinnerets,  there  are  two  lateral  sooty-black  bands,  the  margins 
of  which  are  sinuous  ;  sides  lightly  grooved  or  furrowed  longi- 
tudinally, and  thickly  clothed  with  short  adpressed  golden  scale- 
like  hairs ;  inferior  surface  pale  yellowish,  thickly  clothed  with 
silvery  pubescence.  Epigyne  slightly  elevated  in  front,  with  two 
somewhat  spherical  lobes  ;  deeply  grooved  laterally  and  in  front. 
Spinnerets  long,  yellow-brown,  thickly  clothed  with  long  yellowish 
hairs. 

One  specimen. 


THE  CRUSTACEA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  THOMAS   WHITELEGGE, 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE   CRUSTACEA. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITBLEGGE. 


THE  Collection  consists  of  over  three  hundred  specimens,  repre- 
senting sixty-two  species,  five  of  which  are  herein  described  as 
new.     The  various  tribes  are  represented  as  follows  : — 

Species. 
Cyclometopa         ...          ...         ...          ...     24 

Catornetopa  ...          ...          ...          ...       7 

Oxystomata  ...          ...          ...          ...        1 

Anomura  ...          ...          ...          ...          ...     19 

Macrura     ...          ...          ...          ...          ...       7 

Stomatopoda         ...          ...          ...          ...       1 

Isopoda      ...          ...          ...          ...          ...        1 

Epicaridea...          ...          ...          ...          ...        1 

Cirripedia ...          ...          ...          ...          ...        1 

The  species  regarded  as  new  have  been  described  as  fully  as 
possible,  and  include  one  each  of  Pilummts,  Diogenes,  Porcellana, 
£et(Kus,  and  a  very  interesting  Epicarid  of  the  genus  Athelgue, 
which  was  found  on  a  Hermit  Crab — Aniculus  typicus. 

I  have  also  added  such  notes  as  would  tend  to  aid  in  the  iden- 
tification of  some  of  the  lesser  known  species,  and  of  any  varia- 
tions or  departures  from  the  typical  forms.  Among  the  rarer 
species  noticed  may  be  mentioned  Xantkodes  nitidulus,  Dana ; 
Carpilodes  margaritatus,  M.  Edw.  ;  Actaeodes  speciosa,  Dana; 
Pseudoozius  caystrus,  Ads.  &  White  ;  Tetralia  cavimana,  Heller  ; 
Geograpsus  crinipes,  Dana  ;  Harpilius  miersii,  De  Mann  ;  Ciro- 
lana  latistylis,  Dana,  and  Lithotrya  nicobarica,  Reinhardt. 

The  Geograpsus  crinipes  appears  to  be  a  strictly  terrestrial 
form,  breathing  air  direct  by  means  of  the  hair-lined  pores 
situated  between  the  bases  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  legs, 
as  in  the  genus  Ocypoda.  As  far  as  I  can  ascertain,  this  is  the 
first  instance  of  a  Grapsoid  Crab  living  wholly  on  dry  land. 

Mr.  C.  Hedley  has  kindly  supplied  the  following  field  notes  on 
the  Crustacea  : — 

"The  dominent  note  in  the  life  of  a  coral  atoll,  as  expressed 
by  the  Funafuti  fauna,  struck  me  as  the  abundance  and  ubiquity 
of  Crustacea.  The  Avifauna  were  but  sea  fowl,  the  indigenous 
Mammalia  but  rats,  the  Reptilia  only  a  stray  scink  and  gecko, 


128  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

while  insects  and  land  mollusca,  usually  so  profuse  in  tropical  lati- 
tudes, were  barely  represented.  Into  the  vacant  places  swarmed 
Crustacea.  Not  an  inch  of  the  atoll  world  is  secure  from  them. 
The  Ccenobita  wander  across  from  shore  to  shore  and  dispute  any 
stray  edibles  with  the  rats.  Some  crabs  even  take  up  their 
residence  in  the  tree  tops  of  Pandanus,  while,  as  everybody 
knows,  Birgus  is  as  much  at  home  on  a  palm  bole  as  a  squirrel 
on  an  oak.  As  I  believe,  and  have  endeavoured  to  demonstrate 
(pp.  22,  23,  ante),  that  the  coconut  is  foreign  to  the  native  flora, 
and  of  comparatively  recent  introduction  from  abroad,  it  follows 
that  the  taste  for  this  nut  has  been  acquired  in  historical  times 
by  Birgus,  whose  original  food  was  probably  Pandanus  fruit. 

"  Human  habitations  are  not  even  secure  from  crabs.  Often 
while  quietly  reading  or  writing,  especially  at  night,  have  I  seen 
crabs,  for  instance  Ocypoda  ceratophthalma,  steal  warily  across 
the  floor  towards  some  attractive  food.  Deterred  for  the  moment 
by  a  missile  or  an  exclamation,  they  would  recommence  like  any 
impertinent  mouse  their  pertinaceous  efforts  when  attention  lulled. 
One  impudent  intruder  established  himself  in  a  burrow  under  my 
very  bunk. 

"Active  as  they  are  during  the  day,  it  is  at  night  that  the 
land  crabs  hold  high  carnival.  A  traveller  has  thus  described 
his  experience  of  his  first  night  on  an  atoll*  : — '  It  was  fortunate 
that  we  had  provided  ourselves  with  lights,  or  we  might  have 
imagined  our  habitation  to  be  occupied  by  every  noxious  reptile. 
As  far  as  the  fading  daylight  had  shown  us,  the  Island  appeared 
covered  with  rough  pebbles  of  coral.  Imagine  our  surprise  on 
lying  down  to  sleep,  to  find  that  all  these  imaginary  pebbles  had 
become  endowed  with  animation.  A  dull  crackling,  or  rather 
rustling,  noise  seemed  to  pervade  the  air,  earth  and  sea,  and  so 
disagreeably  near  to  us,  that  I  started  up  to  ascertain  the  cause. 
Judge  of  my  astonishment,  when  I  perceived  the  numerous  rough 
looking  pebbles  all  alive,  moving  about  briskly  upon  the  floor  of 
our  hut,  and  crawling  over  our  mats  in  all  directions.  A  little 
nearer  inspection  discovered  them  to  be  shells  of  a  species  of 
perrywinkle  of  all  sizes,  each  being  occupied  by  a  kind  of  hermit 
crab,  projecting  his  rough  and  ugly  looking  claws  from  the  orifice 
of  the  shell.  I  went  outside,  and  found  the  entire  surface  of  the 
Island  in  motion.  The  moon  enabled  us  to  see  that  not  only  on 
the  ground,  but  even  on  the  trunks  of  the  trees,  on  the  roofs  of 
the  huts,  and  every  place  to  which  their  claws  could  gain  access, 
there  were  these  creatures  to  be  found.' 

"  On  the  beaches  the  Crustacea  were  everywhere  abundant, 
particular  species  possessing  each  their  special  zone.  About  high 
tide  mark  on  the  windward  shore  promenaded  Grapsus  maculatus, 

*  Webster — Last  Cruise  of  the  "  Wanderer,"  n.d.,  p.  55. 


CRUSTACEA  —  WHITELEGGE.  129 

a  crowd  of  which  scattered  before  the  footsteps  of  a  visitor,  and 
sought  refuge  under  loose  coral  blocks  or  in  deep  pools.  Rolling 
over  a  slab  of  dead  coral  rock  anywhere  between  tide  marks 
exposed  the  haunt  of  a  little  community  of  Petrolisthes  dentata 
and  Leiolophus  planissiinus.  Intercepted  in  their  efforts  to 
escape,  these  would  flatten  themselves  down  to  the  surface  of  the 
stone  so  closely  that  the  collector's  fingers  with  difficulty  grasped 
them.  The  deeper  rock-pools  at  the  border  of  the  reef-flat,  the 
chief  home  of  Salarius,  were  usually  tenanted  by  a  few  Calcinus 
elegans,  whose  brilliant  red,  blue,  and  white  claws  distinguished 
it  as  the  dandy  of  the  company.  This  species  is  never  found  out 
of  the  range  of  rough  waves.  The  extreme  windward  portion  of 
the  reef  left  dry  at  low  tide  was  but  rarely  attainable  ;  Aniculus, 
whose  bristly  claws  usually  protruded  from  a  stolen  Turbo  shell, 
was  a  distinctive  feature  of  this  zone.  In  the  honey-combed  pits 
of  the  nullipore  mounds  that  breasted  the  surf,  cowered  Daira 
perlata.  The  close  resemblance  of  colour  and  contour  to  the  sur- 
rounding rock,  rendered  this  crab  difficult  to  detect,  and  when 
seen  the  creature's  powers  of  adherence  and  the  sweep  of  the 
Pacific  rollers  rendered  it  as  difficult  to  seize. 

"  The  mangrove  swamp  was  very  barren  of  Crustacea  compared 
to  the  usual  population  of  such  places.  One  quite  missed  the 
droll  little  Gelasmus,  waving  his  big  claw  in  defiance.  After 
gathering  coconuts,  the  natives  usually  husk  them  on  the  spot 
and  throw  the  discarded  husks  in  a  pile  to  decay.  These  stacks 
of  rotting  husks  are  prolific  collecting  grounds  for  Invertebrata  in 
general,  and  the  favourite  shelter  in  day  time  for  Birgus  and 
Cardisoma,  the  latter  of  which  also  burrowed  in  soft  muddy 
places." 

BRACHYURA. 

Tribe  CYCLOMETOPA. 

ATERGATIS  FLORIDUS,  Rumph. 
Atergatis  jioridus  (Rumph.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  159,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  4. 

Fourteen  specimens  of  this  very  common  species  were  obtained 
on  the  outer  reef  at  low  tide  line. 


RUGATA,  Adams  &  White. 
Actim  rugata,  Adams  &  White,  Voy.  "Samarang,"  Crust.,  1848, 

p.  43,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  5. 

One  half  grown  example,  the  colour  being  well  preserved.  The 
upper  surface  of  the  carapace  presents  three  reddish  and  four 
white  longitudinal  lines,  disposed  as  follows  :  a  median  red  line 
extending  from  the  front  to  the  first  post  abdominal  segment, 


130  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

where  it  bifurcates  and  is  continued  on  the  second.  The  two 
lateral  red  bands  commence  at  the  external  orbital  angles,  and  by 
slight  curves  extend  to  the  commencement  of  the  postero-lateral 
borders ;  the  external  white  lines  are  confined  to  the  antero-lateral 
lobes  ;  the  inner  pair  of  white  lines  commences  at  the  orbital 
borders  and  is  continued  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  carapace. 
The  cardiac  region  appears  to  the  unaided  eye  as  if  it  had  a 
median  groove,  but  on  closer  inspection  with  a  lens  it  is  seen  that 
this  appearance  is  due  to  the  deeper  shade  of  red  rather  than 
to  a  depression. 

The  hairs  on  the  carapace  are  yellowish,  the  longer  ones  form- 
ing fringes  around  the  bases  of  the  lobules,  and  the  shorter  ones 
at  the  bases  of  the  granules. 

Length  of  carapace  8mm. 

Breadth  of  carapace 10mm. 

XANTHODES  LAMARCKII,  M.  Edw. 

Xanthodes  lamarckii,  M.  Edw.  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  i.,  p.  391  ; 
Nouv.  Arch.  Mus.,  ix.,  p.  200,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  3  ;  X.  granoso- 
manus,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  175,  pi.  viii., 
fig.  10a. 

There  are  five  examples  of  this  species — three  males  and  two 
females :  the  post  abdomen  in  the  latter  is  fringed  with  long  hairs. 

XANTHODES  NITIDULUS,   Dana. 

Xanthodes  nitidulus,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  177, 
pi.  viii.,  fig.  11,  a,  b,  c. 

A  solitary  female  of  this  rare  and  beautiful  species  was 
collected. 

It  presents  several  important  characters  not  mentioned  in  the 
original  description  by  Dana.  The  carapace  is  smooth,  shining, 
and  minutely  punctate  ;  when  viewed  with  a  lens  it  is  seen  to  be 
covered  with  a  uniform  but  microscopic  granulation.  On  the 
chelipedes  and  ambulatory  legs  the  granules  tend  to  become  seriate 
and  form  reticulating  lines  with  smooth  spaces  between. 

On  the  sub-hepatic  and  pterygostomial  regions  the  granules  are 
larger  and  visible  to  the  unaided  eye,  more  especially  along  the 
line  defining  the  regions,  and  extending  from  below  the  basal 
joint  of  the  external  antennae  to  below  the  second  antero-lateral 
spine. 

The  chelipedes  are  equal ;  the  ischium  is  hairy  and  granulose, 
on  its  anterior  edge,  at  its  distal  extremity,  is  a  low  tooth  bounded 
by  a  transverse  groove. 

The  external  surface  of  the  merus  is  smooth  and  convex  ;  the 
anterior  granular ;  the  internal  concave,  adapted  to  the  shape  of 


CRUSTACEA — WHITKLEOOE.  131 

the  carapace,  and  its  margins  fringed  with  hairs  ;  a  compressed 
tooth  exists  near  the  distal  end  of  the  upper  margin,  which  is 
separated  by  a  groove  from  a  similar  but  smaller  tooth  at  the 
extremity.  The  carpus  has  two  blunt  teeth  on  its  inner  distal 
angle,  the  lower  and  smaller  one  granular  at  the  base.  The  im- 
pression mentioned  by  Dana  on  its  upper  surface  is  more  like  Y 
reversed  than  V. 

The  fingers  are  acute,  crossed  at  the  tips  and  in  contact  through- 
out when  closed  ;  they  are  blackish-brown  with  white  points. 

The  ambulatory  legs  are  fringed  above  with  long  yellow  hairs. 
The  upper  edges  of  the  merus  joints  are  acute  to  within  a  short 
distance  of  the  distal  extremity.  The  hairs  on  the  carpal,  propodal 
and  tarsal  joints  are  shorter  than  those  on  the  meral. 

The  carapace  and  limbs  are  marbled  with  flesh-colour,  red,  and 
orange. 

Length  of  carapace,  28mm.  ;  breadth  (posterior  pair  of  lateral 
spines  included),  44mm. 

Obtained  on  the  edge  of  the  outer  reef  amongst  the  Nullipores. 

ZOZYMUS  JENEUS,  Dana. 
Zozymus  ceneus,   Dana,   Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,   i.,  p.  192, 

pi.  x,  fig.  3. 

One  male  of  this  very  common  species,  obtained  amongst  the 
nullipores  on  the  outer  reef. 

DAIRA  PERLATA,  Herbst. 
Daira  perlata  (Herbst.),   Dana,   Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  204,  pi.  x.,  fig.  14. 

One  adult  female,  found  in  the  honeycomb  crevices  of  the  nulli- 
pore  mounds  on  the  outer  reef. 

ETISUS  L.EVIMANUS,  Randall. 
Etisus  Icevimanus  (Randall),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 

i.,  p.  185,  pi.  x.,  fig.  la. 
One  adult  male. 

ETISODES  C^LATUS,  Dana. 

Etisodes  ccelatus,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,   i.,   p.  188, 
pi.  ix.,  fig.  4. 

Two  immature  males. 

CARPILODES  MARGARITATUS,  M.  Edw. 
Carpilodes  margarilatus,  M.  Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch.  Mus.,  ix.,  p.  182, 

pi.  v.,  fig.  2. 

One  half-grown  male  of  this  pretty  little  species  is  in  the 
collection. 


132  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  specimen  agrees  well  with  the  description  and  figure, 
excepting  the  chelipedes  ;  the  slight  difference  may  be  sexual 
(the  sex  of  the  the  type  is  not  stated). 

The  black  colour  of  the  immobile  finger  extends  a  short  distance 
on  the  palm ;  there  are  also  indications  of  two  faint  longitudinal 
ridges,  one  in  a  line  with  the  upper  border  of  the  immobile  finger 
and  the  other  opposite  the  space  between  the  fingers. 

This  species  is  also  found  in  New  Caledonia. 

PlLUMNUS   VESTITUS,    HdSWell. 

Pilumnus  vestitus,  Haswell,  Cat.  Amtr  Mus.,  v.,  Crust.,  p.  68, 
1882  ;  Miers,  in  Chall.  Rep.— Zool.,  xvii.,  p.  159,  pi.  xiv., 
fig.  3. 

There  is  one  small  male  in  the  collection. 

As  Dr.  De  Mann  in  his  Crustacea  of  the  Mergui  Archipelago* 
remarks  that  a  more  exact  knowledge  of  this  species  is  desirable, 
I  venture  to  give  a  few  of  the  characters  which  may  aid  in  its 
future  identification,  derived  from  the  examination  of  specimens 
obtained  in  Port  Jackson.  The  frontal,  gastric,  cardiac,  and 
postero-lateral  regions  of  the  carapace  are  smooth,  appearing 
punctate  only  when  the  hairs  are  removed,  each  hair  arising 
from  a  small  depression,  more  especially  on  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  pterygostomial  region  which  is  minutely  and  closely 
punctate,  as  is  also  *ie  posterior  lateral  sides  and  the  hinder 
margin  of  the  carapace. 

The  slightly  elevated  line  marking  the  posterior  border  of  the 
carapace  is  granulose,  the  line  is  continued  on  each  side  as  far  as 
the  insertion  of  the  chelipedes  but  the  granules  are  much  smaller 
and  closer. 

The  lobes  of  the  front  and  the  external  halves  of  the  upper 
orbital  borders  are  more  or  less  granulose,  the  lower  orbital  border 
with  from  eight  to  twelve  subspiniform  granules.  The  lower  in- 
ternal and  the  external  angles  are  distinctly  spinose.  A  sub-hepatic 
spine  is  also  present. 

The  first  and  second  antero-lateral  teeth  are  a  little  compressed 
at  the  base  ;  they  are  punctate  and  granular  on  their  external 
aspect ;  the  third  tooth  is  without  granules ;  each  tooth  ends  in 
a  conical  horny  point. 

On  the  upper  surface  of  the  carapace,  near  the  antero-lateral 
teeth  are  situated  a  few  horny  spines  and  numerous  subspiniform 
granules  which  extend  towards  the  gastric  and  cardiac  regions. 

In  some  large  male  examples,  the  first  and  second  teeth  have 
each  an  accessory  spine  behind. 

The  chelipedes  are  unequal,  the  right  being  the  largest. 

*  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.— Zool.,  xx.,  1888,  p.  65. 


CRUSTACEA — WT1ITELEOOE.  1  33 

The  merus  is  armed  on  its  upper  distal  border  with  two  spines 
separated  by  a  groove ;  there  are  also  two  spiniforni  granules 
posterior  to  these,  about  the  middle. 

The  carpus  has  five  more  or  less  distinct  rows  of  spines  on  its 
outer  and  upper  surface  ;  four  of  the  rows  form  a  reversed  V 
within  a  V,  the  larger  V  interrupted  at  its  base  near  the  articula- 
tion with  the  hand.  The  fifth  row  occupies  the  upper  margin 
and  consists  of  from  four  to  six  spines. 

On  the  external  surface  of  the  palm  there  are  three  or  four 
rows  of  spines,  sometimes  incomplete. 

The  mobile  finger  is  sulcate  near  its  base,  and  has  three  rows 
of  subspiniform  granules  ;  in  the  right  chelipede  of  the  male  the 
granules  are  scattered. 

The  lower  border  and  internal  surface  of  the  large  hand  are 
smooth  ;  the  left  chelipede  in  both  male  and  female  has  the  lower 
border  granulose,  and  there  is  a  longitudinal  line  of  from  four  to 
six  granules  on  the  inner  median  surface  of  the  palm. 

The  upper  edges  of  the  merus  of  the  first  three  pairs  of  ambula- 
tory legs  are  armed  with  three  spines,  two  of  which  are  curved 
and  situated  about  the  middle ;  the  third  is  straight,  and  projects 
at  the  distal  extremity.  The  lower  margins  have  a  few  spiniforrn 
granules.  The  carpal  joints  of  the  first  and  second  pairs  of  legs 
are  armed  above  with  five  spines,  four  of  which  are  equal  in  size 
and  apart ;  they  are  confined  to  the  proximal  two-thirds  of  the 
upper  edge ;  the  fifth  spine  is  at  the  distal  extremity. 

External  to  the  spines  on  the  crest  of  the  carpus  on  the  posterior 
upper  surface  are  situated  four  similar  spines  not  extending  beyond 
the  proximal  half  of  the  joint.  These  spines  are  bounded  below 
by  a  shallow  longitudinal  groove  which  is  quite  smooth  and  shining. 
Both  raerus  and  carpus  of  the  fourth  pair  of  legs  are  without 
spines,  excepting  those  at  the  distal  extremities. 

Length  of  carapace  of  male 17mm. 

Breadth  „  male 23mm. 

Length  „  female  1  tram. 

Breadth  ,,  female  19rnm. 

PlLUMNUS    PRUNOSUS,   sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  vi.,  fig.  1,  a,  b.) 

The  carapace  is  transversely  and  longitudinally  convex  ;  both 
it  and  the  legs  are  clothed  with  a  short  down  and  stiff  yellowish 
brown  hairs.  The  antero-lateral  margins  are  longer  than,  the 
postero-lateral.  The  surface  of  the  carapace  is  smooth ;  if  the 
hairs  are  removed  the  surface  appears  punctate,  the  pits  being 
the  depressions  from  which  the  hairs  originate ;  regions  scarcely 
perceptible. 


134  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  front  is  declivous,  thin,  smooth,  and  consisting  of  two 
rounded  lobes  separated  by  a  median  notch,  from  which  a  shallow 
groove  extends  to  the  epigastric  region.  Laterally  the  lobes  are 
separated  from  the  internal  orbital  angles  by  a  very  slight  sinus 
and  a  pair  of  granules,  the  outer  of  which  is  the  largest. 

Front,  upper  and  lower  orbital  margins  defined  by  a  narrow 
continuous  line,  several  shades  lighter  in  colour  than  the  adjacent 
parts  ;  a  similar  line  exists  on  the  margins  of  the  episternum  and 
of  the  post-abdomen. 

The  upper  orbital  borders  are  smooth,  the  internal  angle 
rounded  ;  the  external  marked  by  a  wide  sinus  and  a  small  spine. 
The  lower  orbital  border  distantly  granulose,  four  of  the  inner 
granules  tending  to  become  spiniform,  the  second  one  much  larger 
than  the  others ;  a  narrow  hiatus  exists  at  the  infero-.external 
angle. 

The  suborbital  surface,  apart  from  the  margin,  is  smooth  ex- 
ternally, a  narrow  band  of  granules  extend  from  the  base  of  the 
inter-orbital  to  the  external  and  first  antero-lateral  spines. 

The  sub-hepatic  spine  is  absent,  its  place  is  occupied  by  three 
or  four  small  rounded  granules. 

First  and  second  antero-lateral  spines  compressed,  the  third 
round  and  broad  at  the  base.  Each  spine  terminates  in  an  acute 
point.  In  the  female  the  external  orbital  spine  has  a  small 
accessory  spine  at  its  base. 

The  outer  antenna;  are  fairly  long  and  reach  to  the  first  antero- 
lateral  spine  ;  the  basal  joint  is  almost  in  contact  with  the  descend- 
ing process  of  the  front ;  it  narrows  distally  and  is  twice  as  long 
as  broad ;  penultimate  shorter  and  stouter  than  the  ultimate  ; 
the  latter  and  the  distal  half  of  the  former  can  be  seen  from 
above,  projecting  beyond  the  external  angle  of  the  front. 

The  chelipedes  are  unequal,  the  right  the  larger.  Merus  and 
carpus  equal  in  length,  the  former  trigonous  and  smooth  excepting 
the  margins.  The  inferior  angle  has  a  row  of  about  nine  granules, 
the  four  proximal  forming  a  curved  line  towards  the  antero- 
internal  angle.  The  short  anterior  angle  has  two  granules,  the 
distal  one  subspiniform.  The  superior  margin  is  armed  with  two 
or  three  subspiniform  granules  and  two  acute  spines  distally, 
which  are  separated  by  a  well-defined  groove.  The  carpus  is 
clothed  with  long  hairs  and  subspiniform  but  seldom  acute 
tubercles ;  there  is  an  impressed  line  near  its  articulation  with 
the  hand,  and  a  spine  on  its  inner  margin. 

The  subspiniform  granules  on  the  hand  are  seriate  and  consist 
of  seven  longitudinal  rows ;  the  lower  border  is  granulose  near 
the  base  of  the  finger  ;  proximally  it  is  smooth  in  the  male,  but 
granular  and  hairy  throughout  in  the  female.  On  the  outer  sur- 
face of  the  palm  are  four  rows,  the  lowest  in  line  with  the  third 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  135 

denticle  of  the  finger,  the  next  in  line  with  the  basal  denticle,  the 
third  opposite  the  space  between  the  fingers,  and  the  fourth  in  a 
line  with  base  of  the  mobile  finger.  Between  the  first  and  second 
rows,  and  opposite  the  middle  tooth  of  the  immobile  finger,  is 
situated  a  short  line  of  three  granules ;  one  of  these  granules  is 
on  the  finger.  On  the  upper  surface  are  situated  two  rows,  one 
extending  from  a  notch  above  the  articulation  of  the  middle 
finger  to  the  articulatory  boss  where  the  hand  joins  the  carpus, 
the  other  opposite  to  the  superior  base  of  the  mobile  finger.  The 
crest  has  four  or  five  spiniform  granules,  which  are  similar  to 
those  on  the  rest  of  the  .palm.  The  inner  surface  of  the  palm  is 
convex,  with  a  few  small  granules  near  the  centre  and  several 
long  hairs.  Hand,  with  the  lower  border  of  palm,  twice  as  long 
as  the  upper  (immobile  finger  excluded)  and  as  broad  distally  as 
the  carpus  is  long.  The  immobile  fingers  are  bent  downwards, 
faintly  sulcate,  deeper  coloured  in  their  distal  halves  only  ;  armed 
with  six  denticles,  the  three  proximal  ones  a  little  larger  than  the 
distal.  The  mobile  fingers  are  faintly  denticulate  on  their  edges; 
they  are  granuloss  above  at  the  base,  but  elsewhere  the  surface 
is  smooth. 

The  merus  joints  of  the  ambulatory  legs  are  compressed  and 
sharp  edged  above,  rounded  below  and  smooth,  excepting  the  last 
pair  which  are  finely  granulose  below,  as  are  also  the  ischium 
joints  distally.  There  is  a  well  marked  transverse  groove  near 
their  distal  end. 

The  carpus  joints  are  armed  with  two  rows  of  spinules,  the 
superior  one  consisting  of  six  or  seven  spines,  somewhat  equi- 
distant but  unequal  in  size.  The  second  row  is  situated  on  the 
median  posterior  surface,  and  consists  of  four  or  five  spiniform 
granules.  On  the  propodal  joints,  in  a  line  with  the  latter,  are 
also  five  similar  spinules.  At  the  distal  ends  of  the  propodal 
joints  of  the  first  pair  there  are  three  spines  superiorly  and  two 
laterally  ;  in  the  succeeding  pairs  they  are  indicated  by  granules. 
Tarsi  shorter  than  than  the  preceding  joints,  fringed  above  and 
below  with  long  hairs  and  terminating  in  a  slightly  curved  horny 
point. 

The  post  abdomen  is  smooth,  shining,  and  distantly  punctate, 
its  edges  fringed  with  long  hairs  in  the  female,  and  with  very 
short  ones  in  the  male.  The  terminal  segment  in  the  latter  does 
not  extend  beyond  the  articular  nodules  of  the  first  joints  of  the 
chelipedes  ;  if  a  line  is  drawn  from  one  nodule  to  the  other  across 
the  sternum,  it  would  pass  clear  of  the  tip  of  the  seventh  joint. 
This  character  appears  to  be  important,  and  may  be  of  use  in 
separating  the  species  of  this  most  difficult  genus  into  groups. 

I  have  examined  most  of  the  males  in  the  Museum  Collection, 
the  results  are  as  follows : — in  twelve  males  of  Pilumnus  rufo- 
punctatus  and  in  the  type  of  P.  monilifera  the  seventh  segment 


136  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

just  reaches  the  line  above-mentioned,  in  one  male  each  of 
P.  glaberrimus  and  of  P.  cursor  and  in  twelve  males  of  P.  fissi- 
frons,  the  terminal  joint  extends  a  little  beyond  the  line.  Whilst 
in  thirty-one  males  of  P.  vestitus,  five  of  P.  terce-regina,  and  five 
of  P.  vespertilio,  the  seventh  joint  extends  over  the  line  from  1| 
to  2mm.  The  specimens  examined  include  large  and  small  of  all 
ages,  the  character  appears  to  be  a  constant  one  as  far  as  the 
material  in  hand  shows,  whether  it  is  so  in  other  species  of  the 
genus  remains  to  be  seen,  by  the  examination  of  a  larger  series 
of  specimens. 

The  carapace  is  plum  coloured  with  -the  cardiac  region  and 
posterior  margin  reddish-brown,  the  chelipedes  are  ornamented 
with  orange-coloured  spiniform  granules.  The  ambulatory  legs 
and  under  surface  of  the  body  similar  to  but  grayer  than  the 
carapace.  The  chelipedes  are  a  shade  lighter,  the  mobile  fingers 
dark  reddish-brown  with  the  base  pale  and  of  the  same  tint  as 
the  palm,  the  immobile  fingers  darker  coloured  in  their  distal 
half  only. 

Length  of  carapace  of  male  .....................  10mm. 

Breadth         „  „          (spines  included)  15mm. 

Length  of  carapace  of  female  ..........  ........  8^  mm. 

Breadth         „  „  ..................  12mm. 

Seven  males  and  one  female. 


SPECIOSA,  Dana. 
ActcKodes  speciosa,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  pi.  xi., 

fig.  4a. 

Three  small  males  somewhat  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species. 
The  blackish-brown  colouration  of  the  fingers  extends  on  the  lower 
border  and  the  exterior  surface  of  the  palm  for  a  considerable 
distance.  The  body  and  ambulatory  legs  are  yellowish-white. 

PHYMODIUS  MONTICULOSUS,  Dana. 
Phymodius  monticulosus,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  206,  pi.  xi.,  fig.   9. 
There  are  four  males  and  two  females  in  the  collection. 

PSEUDOZIUS  CAYSTRUS,  Adams  &  White. 

Pseudozius  caystrus,  Adams  &  White,  Voy.  "Samarang,"  Crust., 
p  42,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  2. 

Fourteen  specimens. 

The  "  Ozius  sp."  in  HaswelFs  Cat.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  Crust.,  p.  68, 
No.  108,  is  identical  with  this  species.  There  are  specimens  in 
the  Museum  from  Tasmania,  Solomon  Islands,  Holborn  Island, 
Woodlark  Island,  and  Port  Denison. 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  137 

LEPTODIUS  EXARATUS,  M.  Edw. 

Leptodius  exaralus,    M.  Edw.,    Hist.    Nat.    Crust.,  i.,    p.    402; 
Dana,   Crust.  U.S.   Explor.  Exped.,   i.,    p.   207. 

Five  specimens  of  this  widely  distributed  species.  Found 
under  stones  on  the  outer  reef  at  low  tide. 

LEPTODIUS  SANGUINEUS,  M.  Edw. 

Leptodius  sanguineus,  M.  Edw.,   Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  i.,   p.  404  ; 
Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  207,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  11. 

Three  examples — two  males  and  one  female. 

RUPPELLIA  ANNULIPES,  M.  Edw. 

Ruppellia  annulipes  (M.  Edw.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
i.,  p.  346,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  4. 

One  small  male  which  agrees  with  Dana's  figure  as  to  coloura- 
tion and  structural  characters  generally. 

ERIPHIA  SCABRICULA,  Dana. 

Eriphia  scabricula,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped  ,  i.,  p.  247, 
pi.  xiv.,  fig.  5a. 

Five  specimens — three  males  and  two  females. 

The  carapace  is  mottled  with  brown  spots  ;  the  legs  are  trans- 
versely banded  with  the  same  colour ;  when  viewed  with  a  lens 
the  brown  pigment  is  seen  to  form  reticulating  lines. 

ERIPHIA  L^EVIMANA,  Latr. 

Eriphia  Icevimana  (Latr.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 
p.  249,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  7,  a,  b,  c. 

Five  adult  specimens — three  males  and  two  females  with  ova. 
Found  on  the  lagoon  shore  between  tide-marks  on  sandy  flats. 

TRAPEZIA  CYMODOCE,  Herbst. 

Trapezia  cymodoce  (Herbst.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
i.,  p.  257,  pi.  xv.,  fig.  5. 

Eight  specimens,  mostly  immature.  Obtained  from  pools  at 
low  water  on  the  lagoon  shore. 

TRAPEZIA  FERRUGINEA,  Latr. 

Trapezia  ferruginea  (Latr.),   Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 

i.,  p.  260,  pi.  xvi.,  fig.  1. 
Four  specimens  obtained  from  a  depth  of  forty  fathoms. 


138  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

TETRALIA  CAVIMANA,  Heller. 
Tetralia  cavimana,  Heller.,  Sitzb.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.,  xliii., 

p.  353,  taf.  iii.,  figs.  24,  25. 
One  adult  female. 

The  characteristic  depression,  near  the  proximal  end  of  the 
palm,  is  well  defined  in  the  larger  hand  (the  right),  and  clothed 
with  hairs,  the  more  elongate  of  which  appear  to  be  confined  to 
the  margin  of  the  depression  ;  there  are  also  a  few  similar  hairs 
present  on  the  distal  end  of  the  carpus. 

THALAMITA  INTEGRA,  Dana. 
Thalamita  integra,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  281, 

pi.  xvii.,  fig.  6. 
Five  specimens — four  males  and  one  female  with  ova. 

THALAMITA  ADMETE,  Herbst. 
Thalamita  admete  (Herbst.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  281,  pi.  xvii.,  fig.  5. 
Seven  males  and  seven  females,  two  bearing  ova. 

Tribe  CATOMETOPA. 

CARDISOMA  HIRTIPES,  Dana. 

Cardisoma  Jiirtipes,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  376, 

pi.  xxiv.,  fig.  2. 
Thirteen  specimens.     Native  name  "  Keibea." 

OCYPODA    CERATOPHTHALMA,    Pallas. 

Ocypoda  ceratophthalma  (Pallas),  Miers,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist. 

(5),  x.,  p.  379,  pi.  xvii.,  fig.  1. 
Six  specimens — four  adult  males  and  two  immature  females. 

GELASIMUS  TETRAGONON,  Herbst. 

Gelasimus  tetragonon  (Herbst.),    M.   Edw.,  Hist.   Nat.    Crust., 
ii.,  p.  52  ;  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  (3),  xviii.,  p.  147,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  9. 

Two  males  and  one  female. 

The  granulation  of  the  merus  joints  of  the  ambulatory  legs 
differs  considerably  in  the  two  sexes.  In  the  male  the  lower 
edges  of  the  merus  joints  are  finely  granular,  the  space  between 
and  also  the  posterior  lateral  surface  is  punctate  and  very  dis- 
tantly granulose.  In  the  female  the  inferior  edges  of  the  last 
two  pairs  of  legs  are  almost  denticulate,  the  posterior  surface  and 
the  proximal  half  of  the  lower  are  very  closely  granulate,  on  the 
upper  posterior  surface  the  granules  are  transversely  seriate. 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  139 

METOPOGRAPSUS  MESSOR,  ForsJc. 
Metopograpsus  messor   (Forsk.),    M.   Edw.,   Ana.  Sci.  Nat.  (3), 

xix.,  p.  165. 
Three  small  males. 

GRAPSUS  MACULATUS,  Catesby. 

Grapsus   maculatus   (Catesby),    M.  Edw.,    Ann.   Sci.    Nat.  (3), 
xx.,  p.  167,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  1. 

Four  adult  females. 

One  of  the  specimens  has  both  the  distal  extremities  of  the 
merus  joints  of  the  last  pair  of  legs  denticulate.  Very  common 
amongst  the  rocks  about  high-tide  mark  on  the  outer  reef,  but 
never  observed  in  the  calmer  waters  of  the  lagoon. 

GEOGRAPSUS  CRINIPES,  Dana. 

Geoyrapsus  crinipes,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  341, 
pi.  xxi.,  fig.  6. 

Two  adult  females. 

The  bases  of  the  second  and  third  ambulatory  legs  are  furnished 
with  fringes  of  hairs,  as  in  Ocypoda,  but  they  are  longer  and 
much  finer  than  those  usually  found  in  members  of  that  genus. 
Mr.  C.  Hedley  informs  me  that  the  specimens  occurred  in  associa- 
tion with  Cenobita  and  Cardisoma,  at  a  distance  from  the  sea, 
among  broken  coral  blocks  shaded  by  palms  and  other  vegetation. 
This  appears  to  be  a  highly  interesting  instance  of  adaptation  to 
terrestrial  conditions,  not  only  as  to  breathing  by  means  of  the 
hair-clothed  apertures  between  the  bases  of  the  second  and  third 
pairs  of  legs,  but  also  in  colour  which  is  a  dirty  yellowish-white, 
and  seems  well  suited  to  harmonize  with  the  tint  of  the  coral 
fragments  amongst  which  it  lives.  The  left  chelipede  is  slightly 
the  larger,  the  fingers  when  closed  have  a  large  gap  at  the  base, 
the  fingers  of  the  smaller  hand  almost  meet  throughout  when 
closed. 

LEIOLOPHUS  PLANISSIMUS,   Herbst. 

Leiolophus  planissimus   (Herbst.),    Miers,    Ann.  «fe  Mag.    Nat. 
Hist.  (5),  i.,  p.  153. 

Two  specimens — one  male  and  one  female. 

This  species  occurred  under  stones  in  company  with  Petrolisthes 
dentatus,  at  low  water  mark. 

Tribe  OXYSTOMATA. 
CALAPPA  HEPATICA,  Linn. 

Calappa  hepatica,  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  xii.,  p.  1048,  1766. 
One  adult  female. 


140  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Tribe  ANOMURA. 

CRYPTODROMIA  JAPONICA,  Henderson. 
Cryptodromia  japonica,    Henderson,    Chall.    Rep.   Zool.,    xxvii., 

p.  6,  pi.  i.,  fig.  2. 

Two  specimens — one  male  and  one  female. 

The  examples  agree  fairly  well  with  the  description  and  figure 
given  by  Henderson,  the  hairs  on  the  carapace  are  more  abundant, 
and  the  ill  defined  tubercle  mentioned  as  occurring  at  the  posterior 
end  of  the  medium  groove  leading  to  between  the  lateral  rostral 
teeth  is  absent.  The  hairs  on  the  body  and  limbs  are  plumose  in 
their  distal  halves  only,  whilst  the  hairs  on  C.  lateralis  are 
plumose  throughout,  but  the  branchlets  are  much  shorter  than 
those  on  the  hairs  of  C.  japonica. 

REMIPES  TESTUDINARIUS,  Latr. 
Remipes  testudinarius  (Latr.),   M.  Edw.,   Hist.   Nat.   Crust.,   ii., 

p.  406,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  14-15. 

Five  specimens — two  males  and  three  females  with  ova.  Found 
on  the  sandy  shore  of  the  lagoon. 

BIRGUS  LATRO,  Linn. 
Birgus  latro  (Linn.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  474, 

pi.  xxx.,  fig.  5. 

Four  half  grown  examples  and  one  young  specimen  25mm. 
long,  which  does  not  differ  materially  from  the  adult,  except  in 
size  and  colour  ;  the  carapace  and  abdominal  plates  are  pale 
yellow,  the  ambulatory  legs  are  a  warm  brown,  the  carpus  and 
hand  are  yellowish-white  with  the  spines  brown.  The  colour 
generally  is  very  similar  to  that  of  some  of  the  young  of 
Cenobita  rugosa. 

CENOBITA  OLIVIERI,    Owen. 
Cenobita  olivieri,  Owen,  Voy.  "  Blossom,"  Zool.  Crust.,  p.  84. 

Two  specimens  in  the  shells  of  Turbo  setosus,  Gmelin.  Native 
name,  "  Ounga  Koula." 

CENOBITA  CLYPEATA,  M.  Edw. 
Cenobita  clypeata,  M.  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii.,  p.  239. 

Two  specimens  inhabiting  the  same  kind  of  shell  as  the 
preceding  species.  Native  name,  "  Ounga  Ouri." 

CENOBITA  RUGOSA,  M.  Edw. 
Cenobita  rugosa,  M.  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii.,  p.  241  ;  Dana, 

Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  471,  pi.  xxx.,  fig.  1. 
Seven  examples,  inhabiting  the  following  species  of  shells  : — 
Planaxis  sulcatus.  Lam.,  Vertagus  lineatus,  Brug.,  Triton  pilearis, 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  141 

Linn.,  T.  yemmatus,  Reeve,  Eanella  granifera,  Lam.,  and  Natica 
mamilla,  Linn.  Obtained  about  high  water  mark  on  the  sandy 
beaches  ;  very  abundant. 

DIOGENES  PALLESCENS,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  vi.,  fig.  2,  a,  b,  c.) 

The  carapace  is  transversely  convex  anteriorly,  the  median 
anterior  region  is  smooth  and  is  bounded  on  each  side  by  several 
low  spinulose  elevations. 

The  antero-lateral  margin  is  armed  with  eight  spinules,  the 
first  one  situated  a  very  short  distance  from  the  external  lobe  of 
the  front ;  immediately  posterior  to  this  spine  is  situated  an 
accessory  spine  not  quite  in  the  same  line ;  the  second  one  is 
over  the  base  of  the  antenna,  the  remaining  six  are  situated  on 
the  lateral  margin.  The  carapace  is  slightly  tomentose  behind 
the  cervical  groove. 

The  front  is  three-lobed,  the  median  lobe  rounded,  the  lateral 
lobes  angular  but  not  acute. 

The  ophthalmic  scales  triangular,  each  with  three  small  spinules 
and  a  few  setse  at  their  distal  extremities.  The  rostriform  process 
is  entire,  acicular,  and  projecting  but  a  very  short  distance  beyond 
the  eye  scales. 

The  ocular  peduncles  are  equal  in  length  to  the  peduncles  of 
the  internal  antennse.  The  peduncles  of  the  external  antennae 
are  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  eye  stalks.  The  antennal 
acicle  is  short,  scarcely  exceeding  the  distal  extremity  of  the 
penultimate  joint,  it  is  armed  with  three  spines  distally  and  one 
at  its  base.  The  second  exposed  joints  of  the  external  antennas 
are  armed  with  a  spine  at  their  extero-distal  angles. 

The  left  chelipede  has  the  meral  and  carpal  joints  sub-equal  in 
length,  the  former  trigonus,  with  the  angles  spinulose,  the  latter 
armed  on  its  superior  margin  with  five  curved  spines,  its  upper 
and  external  surface  with  a  few  spiniform  granules,  the  distal 
extremity  is  also  similarly  but  more  distinctly  spinulose. 

The  lower  border  of  the  hand — finger  included — is  as  long  as 
the  merus  and  carpus  combined,  the  breadth  of  the  hand  at  its 
distal  end  exceeds  half  the  length  of  the  lower  border  and 
finger. 

The  proximal  external  surface  of  the  palm  is  convex  and 
angular,  with  three  or  four  spines  in  a  line  on  the  angle  and  two 
or  three  at  a  short  distance  above.  The  lower  border  of  the  palm 
and  of  the  immobile  finger  is  closely  granulate,  the  crest  of  the 
hand  is  armed  with  from  seven  to  nine  small  curved  spines, 
exterior  to  which  are  a  few  granules,  whilst  the  distal  portion  of 
the  palm  opposite  the  base  of  the  mobile  finger  is  smooth  and 
punctate. 


142  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  inner  surface  of  the  palm  is  smooth,  punctate,  and  presents 
a  series  of  transverse,  loop-like  reticulations,  the  reticulse  are 
more  or  less  visible  on  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  three  preceding 
joints. 

The  upper  surface  of  the  mobile  finger  is  closely  studded  with 
small  bead-like  granules,  the  inner  and  outer  surfaces  are  punctate, 
the  lower  edge  has  three  denticles  near  the  base. 

The  spinulation  of  the  right  chelipede  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
left,  except  that  the  spines  are  larger,  the  angular  convexity  on 
the  proximal  part  of  the  palm  is  also  present. 

The  ischium  joint  of  first  ambulatory  leg  of  the  left  side  is 
short,  and  not  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  same  joint  of  the 
second  leg.  The  merus  of  the  first  leg  is  compressed  and  some- 
what acutely  edged  above  and  below,  the  lower  edge  is  armed 
with  six  curved  spines,  situated  close  together  about  midway 
between  the  distal  and  proximal  extremities.  The  merus  of  the 
second  leg  is  shorter  and  less  compressed  than  the  merus  of  the 
first  leg,  moreover  it  is  not  spinose  on  its  lower  border. 

The  carpal  joints  of  the  first  and  second  legs  are  about  equal  in 
length,  they  are  each  armed  above  with  two  spines  one  distal  and 
the  other  proximal.  The  propodal  joints  are  slightly  curved,  that 
of  the  first  leg  a  little  shorter  than  that  of  the  second. 

The  tarsus  is  almost  as  long  in  the  first,  quite  as  long  in  the 
second,  as  carpus  and  propodus  combined,  it  is  slightly  curved, 
sparsely  fringed  with  long  hairs,  and  terminates  in  a  minute 
horny  point. 

The  carapace  and  ambulatory  legs  are  white,  the  larger  cheli- 
pede has  a  slight  reddish  tint  which  is  more  intense  on  the  merus 
and  carpus  than  on  the  hand. 

The  legs  are  clothed  with  long  yellowish  hairs,  which  are  often 
in  tufts,  especially  on  the  fingers  of  the  chelae. 

The  hairs  on  the  carapace,  last  two  pairs  of  legs,  and  the 
proximal  halves  of  the  first  three  pairs  are  plumose,  whilst  those 
on  the  distal  halves  of  the  latter  are  simple  and  unbranched. 

Total  length  of  largest  specimen 25mm. 

Length  of  carapace   6mm. 

Length  of  first  ambulatory  leg  (left  side) 12  mm . 

Length  of  left  chelipede   9mm. 

Length  of  right  chelipede 5Jmm. 

Seven  specimens  in  the  shells  of   Vertagus  lineatus. 

PAGURUS  FABIMANUS,  Dana. 

Pagurus  fabimanus,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  454, 
pi.  xxviii.,  fig.  7,  a,  b,  c,  d,  e. 

One  specimen  in  the  shell  of  Strombus  urceus,  Linn. 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  143 

PAGURUS  GUTTATUS,  Olivier. 
Pagurus  guttatus  (Olivier),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  451,  pi.  xxxviii.,  fig.  3,  a,  b. 

Four  specimens  of  this  fairly  common  species  inhabiting  the 
shells  of  Pterocerus  chiragra,  Linn.,  and  Strombus  urceus,  Linn. 

CLIBANARIUS  VIRESCENS,  Dana. 
Clibanarius  virescens,  Dana,    Crust.    U.  S.   Explor.   Exped.,  i., 

p.  466,  pi.  xxix.,  fig.  6,  a,  b. 
One  specimen  in  the  shell  of  Triton  gemmatus,  Reeve. 

CLIBANARIUS  CRUENTATUS,  M.  Edw. 

Clibanarius  cruentatus,  M.  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  (3),  x.,  1848, 
p.  62  •  Filhol,  Mission  de  1'  He  Campbell,  1885,  p.  424, 
pi.  xlii.,  fig.  4. 

Two  specimens  in  the  shells  of  Purpura  armigera,  Chemn. 

The  so-called  yellowish-white  spots  characteristic  of  this  species 
are  blister-like  in  appearance,  being  everywhere  more  or  less 
raised  above  the  rest  of  the  surface.  On  the  carapace  and  ambu- 
latory legs  they  appear  to  be  chitinous,  and  are  easily  perforated 
with  a  needle  point,  whilst  the  dark  red  parts  adjacent  require 
considerable  pressure  before  the  needle  can  be  forced  through. 
On  exposed  situations  subject  to  friction,  such  as  the  joints  of 
the  legs,  they  become  worn  down  level  with  the  rest  of  the  sur- 
face, they  then  present  an  abraded  aspect,  being  closely  punctate 
and  devoid  of  the  glossy  surface  common  to  the  yellowish-white 
blisters  and  the  dark  red  calcareous  portions  of  the  body  and  legs. 

CALCINUS  ELEGANS,  M.  Edw. 

Calcinus  elegans,    M.  Edw.,   Ann.   Sci.  Nat.    (2),    vi.,  p.  278, 

pi.  xiii.,  fig.  2. 

Eight  examples  inhabiting  the  following  species  of  shells  : — 

Turbo  setosus,  Gmelin,    Ricinula  horrida,  Lam.,    Mitra  literata, 

Lam.,  Harpa  minor,  Lam.,  and  Conus  sponsalis,  Chemn.  Abun- 
dant in  pools  on  the  outer  reef. 

CALCINUS  GAIMARDI,  M.  Edw. 

Calcinus  gaimardi,  M.  Edw.,  Ann.  des  Sci.  Nat.,   3rd  Ser.,  x., 
p.  63,  1848;  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  457, 
pi.  xxviii.,  fig.  9. 
One  specimen  in  the  shell  of  Harpa  minor,  Lam. 

CALCINUS  LATENS,  Randall. 
Calcinus  latens  (Randall),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  459,  pi.  xxviii.,  fig.  11. 

Twelve  examples  in  the  shells  of  Vertagus  lineatus,  Brug.,  and 
Strombus  urceus,  Linn. 


144  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

CALCINUS  TIBICEN,  Herbst. 
Calcinus  tibicen  (Herbst.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  457;  Cuvier,  Reg.  Anim.,  1849,  pi.  xliv.,  fig.  3. 
Four  specimens  in  the  shells  of    Vertagus  cedo-nulli,   Sowb., 
Triton pilearius,  Linn. ;  Peristerna  nassatula,  Lam.,  and  Cylindra 
dactylus,  Linn. 

ANICULUS  TYPICUS,  Fabr. 
Aniculus  typicus  (Fabr.),   Dana,   Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 

p.  461,  pi.  xxix.,  fig.  1. 
Four  specimens  in  the  shells  of  Turbo  setosus,  Gmel. 

PETROLISTHES  DENTATUS,  M.  Edw. 

Petrolisthes  dentatus,   M.  Edw.,   Hist.    Nat.   Crust.,   ii.,   p.  251, 
1837;  De  Mann,  Arch.  f.  Nat.,  p.  409,  pi.  xii.,  fig.  7,  1887. 
Sixteen  specimens.     Obtained  under  stones  at  low  tide  on  the 
outer  reef. 

PETROLISTHES  HASWELLI,  Miers. 
Petrolisthes  haswelli,   Miers,   "Alert"  Report,  p.   69,  pi.   xxix., 

fig.  a. 
Four  specimens. 

PETROLISTHES  SPECIOSA,  Dana. 
Petrolisthes  speciosa,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i.,  p.  417, 

pi.  26,  fig.  8. 
Six  specimens. 

PORCELLANA   SOLLASI,    sp.  11OV. 

(Plate  vii.,  fig.  3,  a.) 

The  carapace  is  as  broad  as  long,  shining,  and  transversely 
striate,  the  striae  are  prominent  anteriorly  and  gradually  diminish 
towards  the  extremities  of  the  postero-lateral  borders,  the  cardiac 
region  is  smooth.  Front  straight  when  viewed  from  above,  when 
seen  from  the  frontal  aspect  it  is  depressed  at  the  sides  and  in 
the  centre,  where  there  exists  a  small  notch. 

The  upper  orbital  border  is  smooth,  rounded  at  the  inner,  and 
with  an  acute  spine  at  the  outer  angle.  Antero-lateral  margin 
with  five  oblique  striae,  the  first  short,  compressed  and  toothlike, 
fourth  and  fifth  much  longer  and  extending  towards  the  gastric 
region.  The  antipenultimate  joints  of  the  antenna?  are  half  as 
long  as  the  penultimate,  and  about  as  long  as  the  ultimate,  the 
former  with  two  small  spines  on  its  inner  margin,  and  the  latter 
with  two  spines  at  its  distal  extremity.  The  flagellum  is  naked 
and  is  as  long  as  the  larger  chelipede. 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  145 

The  external  maxillipes  have  the  ischium  and  raerus  joints 
obliquely  striate,  the  latter  with  a  prominent  internal  lobe  near 
its  proximal  end,  the  former  is  subquadrate  and  slightly  convex 
on  its  inner  edge. 

The  chelipedes  in  the  male  are  unequal,  the  left  slightly  the 
larger.  The  merus  has  a  transverse  ridge  rather  nearer  to  the 
distal  end  than  the  proximal,  on  the  distal  edge  there  are  three 
or  four  flattened  granules.  The  antero-internal  extremity  with  a 
compressed  denticulate  lobe. 

The  carpus  is  armed  on  its  inner  border  with  four  compressed 
compound  spines,  the  proximal  large,  the  other  three  forming  a 
diminishing  series.  Each  tooth  or  spine  branching  and  bearing 
several  accessory  spinules. 

The  superior  and  external  surfaces  are  ornamented  with 
peculiar  hooked  spines,  which  are  broad,  flattened,  and  minutely 
denticulate  at  their  apices,  very  few  are  single  pointed,  they  are 
apically  curved,  and  their  tips  are  directed  towards  the  distal 
end.  The  under  surface  is  smooth,  the  infero-internal  angle  has 
a  few  small  compressed  granules  near  its  base.  The  hooked 
spines  are  at  least  their  own  diameter  apart  and  irregularly 
disposed. 

The  lower  border  of  the  hand  is  straight,  the  upper  forms 
almost  a  right  angle  with  the  mobile  finger.  The  spines  on  the 
lower  and  external  surfaces  of  the  palm  are  similar  to  but  smaller 
than  those  on  the  carpus,  the  upper  surface  has  a  few  flat 
granules  and  the  crest  is  smooth. 

The  mobile  finger  has  two  rows  of  sub-imbricated  spines,  which 
when  viewed  in  profile  with  a  lens  gives  it  a  serrate  appearance. 

The  two  lower  rows  of  spines  of  the  palm  are  continued  to  the 
extremity  of  the  immobile  finger.  The  internal  surface  of  the 
palm  is  convex  and  obliquely  striate,  especially  on  the  lower 
portion,  strise  are  also  present  on  inner  surface  of  the  immobile 
finger,  the  mobile  finger  has  a  pair  of  denticles  near  its  base,  and 
a  small  hooked  spine  at  its  extremity,  which  is  opposed  to  a 
similar  spine  at  the  tip  of  the  immobile  finger. 

The  merus  joints  of  the  ambulatory  legs  are  transversely  striate 
on  their  posterior  surfaces,  the  upper  edge  of  the  merus  has  from 
four  to  six  minute  spinules,  the  distal  one  large. 

The  carpus  is  armed  above  with  eight  spines  in  two  rows,  of  a 
similar  kind  to  those  on  the  carpus  of  the  chelipedes,  i.e.,  flat- 
tened, curved,  and  minutely  denticulate  at  the  summit,  the  distal 
being  long  and  considerably  overlapping  the  base  of  the  propodus. 
The  length  of  inferior  margin  of  the  carpus  scarcely  exceeds  the 
transverse  diameter  of  the  merus. 

The  posterior  surface  of  the  propodus  is  crossed  by  four  or  five 
oblique  strise,  the  upper  edge  is  armed  like  the  preceding  joint 


146  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

but  the  distal  spines  are  smaller.     The  dactylus  is  robust,  about 

half  the  length  of  the  propodus,  and  ending  distally  in  a  curved 

horny  point,  the  lower  edge  having  three  or  four  horny  spinules. 

The  carapace  and   chelipedes   are  white,  glossy  and   shining. 

The  ambulatory  legs  have  the  carpus  and  propodus  coloured  red 

One  male  and  one  female  with  ova. 

Length  of  carapace  of  female 2Jmm. 

Breadth  „  female 2lmm. 

Length  „  male 3  mm. 

Breadth  „  male    3  mm. 

Total  length  of  larger  chelipede  8  Jmm. 

Named  in  honour  of  Prof.  W.  J.  Sollas,  LL.D.,  F.R.S. 

Tribe  MACEURA. 

IBACUS  ANTARCTICUS,   Rumph. 

Ibacus  antarcticus  (Rumph.),   M.  Edw.,   Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii., 

p.  287. 

One  adult  female  purchased  from  the  natives,  who  called  it 
"  Tappa  Tappa." 

PALINURUS  GUTTATUS,  Latr. 
Palinurus  guttatus  (Latr.),    M.   Edw.,    Hist.    Nat.    Crust.,    ii., 

p.  297,  pi.  xxiii.,  fig.  1. 
One  adult  male.     Native  name,  "  Oula." 

This  species  lives  in  burrows  on  the  sandy  portions  of  the 
lagoon,  and  is  much  used  by  the  natives  as  food. 

HlPPOLYTE    GIBBEROSUS,    M.  Edw. 

Hlppolyte  gibberosus  (M.  Edw.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
i.,  p.  565,  pi.  xxxvi.,  fig.  4. 

One  female  with  ova,  the  dorsal  spines  on  the  carapace  are 
furnished  with  hairs  similar  to  those  between  the  spines  of  the 
upper  and  lower  margins  of  the  rostrum. 

ALPHEUS  EDWARDSII,   Audouin. 

Alpheus  edwardsii  (Audouin),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
i.,  p.  542,  pi.  xxxiv.,  fig.  2. 

Five  specimens. 

ALPHEUS  L^EVIS,  Randall. 

Alpheus  Icevis  (Randall),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  i., 
p.  556,  pi.  xxx.,  fig.  8. 

One  specimen. 


CRUSTACEA  —  WHITELEGGE.  147 


MINUTUS,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  vii.,  fig.  4,  a,  b.) 

The  carapace  and  abdomen  is  slightly  compressed,  smooth,  and 
shining.  Front  with  a  short  rostrum,  which  is  broad  at  the  base 
and  acute  at  the  apex.  On  each  side  of  the  base  is  situated  a 
shallow  sinus,  bounded  externally  by  a  minute  denticle. 

The  antero-lateral  frontal  margin  is  straight  from  the  internal 
denticle  to  the  outer  angle,  which  is  slightly  produced.  The 
inferior  margin  of  the  branchial  walls  forms  a  gentle  curve  from 
the  front  to  the  rounded  posterior  angle. 

The  peduncles  of  the  first  antennae  are  stout  and  a  little  longer 
than  the  peduncles  of  the  second.  The  first  joint  is  gibbous  in 
the  middle  internally,  it  is  longer  than  the  second,  and  nearly 
twice  as  long  as  the  last,  the  lanceolate  basal  scale  slightly 
exceeds  the  extremity  of  the  first  joint.  The  flagella  are  ciliated 
and  subequal,  the  inner  with  a  short  lobe  bordered  by  six  tufts 
of  filaments.  The  peduncles  of  the  second  antennae  as  long  as 
the  scale,  the  latter  is  internally  ciliate  and  externally  armed 
with  a  short  spine  near  the  distal  end,  which  however  falls  short 
of  the  foliate  apex. 

The  last  joint  of  the  peduncle  is  very  long  and  equal  to  the 
externaUmargin  of  the  scale,  the  joint  bearing  the  antennal  scale 
has  a  spine  on  its  inner  distal  extremity.  The  chelae  of  the  first 
pair  of  legs  are  equal.  The  ischium  and  merus  are  subtrigonal, 
the  former  slightly  longer  than  the  carpus,  the  latter  as  long  as 
the  carpus  and  the  hand  combined  (fingers  excluded).  The 
carpus  is  obconical  with  the  distal  edge  smooth  and  even.  The 
palm  of  the  hand  is  a  little  compressed,  swollen  in  the  middle 
and  as  long  as  the  mobile  finger.  An  ill-defined  longitudinal  line 
extends  from  the  base  of  the  immobile  finger  along  the  palm, 
fading  away  a  short  distance  from  the  proximal  end. 

The  fingers  are  sub-equal,  a  little  curved,  meeting  along  their 
edges  when  closed,  and  furnished  with  a  few  tufts  of  hairs  at 
their  extremities.  The  carpus  of  the  second  pair  of  legs  is  five- 
jointed,  the  first  is  the  longest,  the  third  and  fifth  are  equal, 
whilst  the  fourth  is  the  shortest. 

The  propodal  joints  of  the  fifth  pair  of  legs  more  elongate  than 
those  of  the  third  and  fourth. 

The  dactyli  are  short  and  slightly  curved  at  their  extremities. 

The  telson  is  somewhat  cunate,  shorter  than  the  uropoda,  with 
two  spines  on  each  side  close  to  the  margin,  and  four  at  the 
truncated  extremity,  the  inner  pair  of  which  are  much  the  longest. 

The  inner  ramus  of  the  caudal  appendages  is  much  narrower 
than  the  outer,  the  latter  with  a  broad  scale-like  spine  at  the 
base,  and  three  at  the  outer  distal  extremity,  the  median  one  is 


148  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

large,  slightly  curved  and  inserted  close  to  the  outer  and  smallest 
of  the  spines. 

The  inner  branch  of  the  pleopoda  in  the  female  has  a  short 
club-shaped  process,  situated  on  the  margin  in  the  middle  or  at  a 
short  distance  below. 

The  legs  are  slightly  hairy,  when  alive  the  specimens  were  of  a 
reddish-sand  colour,  in  spirit  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the 
carapace  is  scarlet,  the  abdominal  segments  are  also  tinted  on 
the  upper  surface  with  the  same  colour. 

About  fifty  specimens  were  obtained  under  stones  and  in 
sponges  in  the  mangrove  swamp. 

Length  of  largest  specimen  from  the  tip  of  the 

rostrum  to  extremity  of  telson  14mm. 

Length  of  external  antennse 15mm. 

Length  of  chelipedes ; 6mm. 

Length  of  hand  and  fingers 2^mm. 

Length  of  fifth  leg 7^mm. 

HARPILIUS  MIERSI,  De  Mann. 

Harpilius  miersi,    De   Mann,    Journ.   Linn.    Soc.,   Zool.,   xxii., 
p.   274,  pi.  xvii.,   figs.  6-10. 

Two   females   somewhat   doubtfully    referred   to    De  Mann's 


The  specimens  seem  to  differ  slightly  from  the  type  as  figured 
by  the  author. 

The  rostrum  is  five  or  rather  seven  toothed  if  the  terminal  and 
inferior  teeth  are  included,  they  occupy  the  same  relative  positions 
to  each  other  as  those  on  the  rostrum  figured  by  De  Mann.  The 
small  processes  of  the  frontal  margin  between  the  insertion  of 
the  external  antennse  and  the  eye-stalks  can  scarcely  be  termed 
spinose,  they  consist  of  thin  projections  of  the  frontal  margin  of 
the  carapace. 

The  colour  of  the  specimens  preserved  in  formol  when  received 
was  a  light  cream  with  bluish  spots,  similar  to  Dana's  figure  of 
(Edipus  superbus,  the  spots  were  uniformly  distributed  over  the 
whole  body  and  appendages. 

Total  length  of  largest  specimen  25mm.,  rostrum  and  telson 
included. 

Tribe  STOMATOPODA. 

GONODACTYLUS    CIIIRAGRA,    Fabr. 

Gonodactylus  chiragra  (Fabr.),  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 

i.,  p.  623,  pi.  xli.,  fig.  5. 
One  specimen. 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGE.  149 

Tribe  ISOPODA. 

ClROLANA    LATYSTYLIS,    Dana. 

Cirolana  latystylis,  Dana,  Crust.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  ii.,  p.  772, 
pi.  li.,  fig.  6. 

Twelve  examples  of  this  rare  species  were  obtained  on  spongrs 
in  sandy  pools. 

Tribe  EPICARIDEA. 

ATHELGUE  ANICULI,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  vii.,  fig.  5,  a,  b,  c.) 

Body  oval,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  slightly  transversely  convex 
above  and  depressed  below. 

Upper  antennae  short,  with  two  exposed  joints  and  a  short 
flagellum,  surmounted  by  a  pencil  of  setae,  the  last  joint  equal  in 
length  to  the  third  joint  of  the  outer  antennae  ;  the  latter  with 
four  joints,  the  first  short,  broad  and  boss-like,  the  second  stout, 
elongate  and  equal  to  the  last,  which  is  rather  slender,  third 
joint  a  little  longer  than  broad,  the  flagellum  is  slightly  longer 
than  the  breadth  of  the  last  joint  and  ends  in  a  tuft  of  hairs. 

Immediately  posterior  to  the  upper  antennae  is  situated  a 
transverse  lip-like  process  (the  frontal  edge  of  the  cephalon) 
which  extends  to  between  the  bases  of  the  second  antenna?  and 
of  the  first  pair  of  legs.  Eyes  not  discernible. 

The  cephalic  shield  is  separated  from  the  frontal  margin  by  a 
slight  groove,  its  anterior  edge  is  almost  straight,  the  antero- 
lateral  angles  are  oblique  and  in  contact  with  the  bases  of  the 
first  pair  of  legs,  the  posterior  margin  is  evenly  rounded. 

The  segments  of  the  peraeon  are  rather  indistinct  ventrally, 
but  well  marked  dorsally,  the  first  segment  scarcely  visible  behind 
and  almost  in  contact  with  the  cephalic  shield,  the  second  much 
longer  than  the  first,  the  third  and  fourth  equal  ;  fifth  and  sixth 
a  little  longer  and  broader  than  the  preceding  pair,  seventh  equal 
in  length  but  considerably  narrower  than  the  sixth. 

On  the  posterior  margins  of  each  segment  there  are  a  pair  of 
flat  triangular  teeth,  directed  towards  the  pleon,  they  form  two 
longitudinal  rows,  and  are  situated  nearer  the  bases  of  the  legs 
than  the  median  line  of  the  body,  the  first  and  last  pairs  are 
small,  the  intermediate  pairs  subequal. 

The  legs  are  curved  over  towards  the  dorsal  surface,  and — 
excepting  the  first  pair — are  equal  in  length,  the  first  five  are 
equidistant,  a  rather  wide  space  exists  between  the  fifth  and 
sixth.  The  short  basal  joints  are  tumid,  and  have  a  short  lobe 
which  is  acute  in  the  last  three  pairs,  second  joints  of  the  fifth, 


150  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

sixth  and  seventh  legs,  have  a  bead-shaped  elevation  on  the 
posterior  surface  a  little  below  the  middle ;  third  joints  shorter 
than  the  second,  and  in  all  the  legs  more  or  less  produced  and 
lobate  at  the  infero-distal  extremities ;  fourth  joints  short,  the 
fifth  bent  over  and  opposable  to  the  distal  lobe  of  the  third  joint, 
sixth  joint  minute,  triangular,  and  opposed  to  a  projection  of  the 
propodus. 

The  first  and  second  segments  of  the  pleon  are  as  long  but  not 
quite  so  broad  as  the  last  segment  of  the  perseon,  the  fourth  is 
about  half  the  size  of  the  third,  fifth  and  sixth  very  short  and 
subcylindrical,  the  latter  terminating  abruptly,  and  bearing  a 
pair  of  minute  lanceolate  appendages. 

The  pleopoda  are  inserted  on  the  margins  of  the  pleon.  They 
are  pedunculate  and  consist  of  sixteen  foliate  plates  ;  the  first 
joint  is  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  the  outer  and  inner  rami 
are  situated  at  its  distal  extremity,  the  inner  ramus  is  obovate 
and  almost  sessile,  the  outer  with  a  peduncle  as  long  or  longer 
than  the  basal  joint,  the  lamina  is  subfalcate  with  an  even  curve 
on  the  outer  margin,  its  inner  straight  distally  and  lobate  proxi- 
mally  ;  the  fourth  outer  ramus  is  a  little  shorter  than  the 
perseon. 

The  first  pair  of  marsupial  plates  is  folded  in  front  of  the 
head  so  as  to  produce  a  kind  of  funnel,  consisting  of  two  spout- 
shaped  lobes  ;  posteriorly  on  the  ventral  surface  they  are  pro- 
duced and  form  a  pair  of  subfalcate  blades,  which  are  evidently 
of  a  vibratory  character  and  seem  well  adapted  to  drive  a  current 
of  water  through  the  brood  pouch. 

There  are  five  pairs  of  functional  marsupial  plates,  the  second 
pair  overlaps  the  falcate  prolongations  of  the  first  pair,  the 
posterior  ciliate  margins  of  the  last  and  largest  pair  do  not 
extend  beyond  the  terminal  segment  of  the  perseon. 

The  colour  of  the  peneon  above  and  below,  and  of  the  lower 
surface  of  the  pleon  is  light  salmon  yellow,  the  legs  and  the 
peduncles  of  the  pleopods  are  yellowish-white,  the  pleopodal  rami 
are  opaque-white,  with  a  few  translucent  lines  radiating  from  the 
midrib ;  the  anterior  and  posterior  marsupial  plates  are  somewhat 
opaque,  the  intermediate  plates  are  translucent. 

As  the  specific  name  implies,  the  host  of  this  Epicarid  is 
Aniculus  typictis,  which  hermit  crab  invariably  occupied  the 
shell  of  Turbo  setosus,  Gmelin,  and  was  never  seen  except  at  low 
water,  on  the  edge  of  the  outer  reef  most  exposed  to  the  surf, 
where  it  was  rather  rare.  This  most  interesting  parasite — the 
only  one  procured  by  the  Expedition — was  accidently  discovered 
on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  abdomen,  near  the  hinder  margin 
of  the  carapace.  The  host  was  drowned  in  fresh  water,  and 
when  dead  was  found  somewhat  exserted  from  its  shell,  exposing 


CRUSTACEA — WHITELEGGB.  151 

the  epicarid  to  view.  In  one  of  the  bottles  was  a  specimen  of 
what  might  possibly  be  the  male  of  this  species,  but  which  is 
too  much  damaged  for  accurate  description,  and  it  is  doubtful 
whether  it  really  belongs  to  the  Atkdgue. 

Total  length  22mm. 

Breadth 8mm. 

Length  of  cephalon  and  peneon 11  nun. 

Length  of  pleon 6mm. 

Breadth      „       5ram. 

Length  of  outer  ramus  of  third  and  fourth 

pleopods,  peduncle  included 9mm. 

OIRRIPEDIA. 
LITHOTRYA  NICOBARICA,  Reinhardt. 

Lithotrya  nicobarica  (Reinhardt),  Darwin,  Mon.  Oirripedia,  i., 
p.  359,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  2. 

Three  specimens,  the  largest  measures  64mm.  in  the  total 
length,  the  smallest  22mm. 

Found  in  crevices  under  large  blocks  of  coral. 

I  owe  the  accompanying  illustrations  to  my  colleague,  Mr. 
Edgar  R.  Waite,  from  whose  careful  drawings  they  were  repro- 
duced by  lithography. 


THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

4 

BY  THOMAS   WHITELEGGE, 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE    ECHINODERMATA. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE. 


THE  Collection  of  Echinodermata  comprises  one  hundred  and 
thirty  specimens  representing  nineteen  species,  most  of  which 
belong  to  well  known  forms,  common  to  the  Pacific  coral  reefs. 

Although  devoid  of  new  species,  the  material  includes  a  few 
rare  examples  of  great  interest  not  hitherto  represented  in  the 
Museum  Collection. 

The  following  are  the  Orders  represented  : — 

Species. 
Echinoidea  ...          ...          ...          ...       7 

Asteroidea  ...          ...          ...          ...       3 

Ophiuroidea  ...          ...          ...          ...       3 

Holothuroidea       ...          ...          ...          ...       6 

The  species  of  interest  are  Echinolhrix  turcarum,  Echinometra 
oblonga,  Laganum  depressum,  Ophidiaster  cylindricus,  Culcita 
acutispinosa,  Ophiarthrum  elegans,  and  Holothuria  imitans. 

The  Culcita  acutispinosa  has  been  noticed  at  some  length,  and 
the  non-specific  value  of  external  form  has  also  been  pointed  out. 
In  a  subsequent  article  by  Mr.  Waite  a  note  will  be  found  on 
the  commensalism  of  Fierasfer  with  Holothuria  argus.  Mr. 
Saville  Kent  has  recorded  a  species  of  Fierasfer  as  occurring  in 
in  the  body  cavity  of  Holothuria  mammifera,  on  the  Queensland 
coast.*  In  this  connection  I  venture  to  suggest  that  future 
observers  should  try  to  ascertain  if  Fierasfer  is  ever  found 
in  members  of  the  genus  Muelleria.  Possibly  the  presence  of 
anal  teeth  in  Muelleria  may  be  of  use  in  excluding  the  fish  from 
the  body  cavity. 

ECHINODERMATA. 
ECHINOIDEA. 

ECHINOTHRIX  TURCARUM,   Schynv. 
Echinothrix  turcarum  (Schynv.),    Agassiz,   Rev.    Echini,   Mem. 

Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  iii.,  p.  U6,  pi.  Ilia,  fig.  3. 
Six  specimens,  in  the  two  largest  the  spines  are  of  a  uniform 
dark  colour,   whilst  the  four  smaller  examples  have  the  spines 

*  Saville  Kent— Great  Barrier  Keef,  1893,  p.  240. 


156  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

annulated  with  from  five  to  nine  whitish  bands  a  little  narrower 
than  the  intervening  dark  bands,  except  in  the  youngest  speci- 
mens, which  have  them  about  equal  in  width. 

Diameter  of  test  of  largest  example 92mm. 

Height  „  „  48mm. 

Diameter  of  smallest  example 25mm. 

Height  ,,  ,,       llmm. 

Native  name,  "  Vanna." 

HETEROCENTROTUS  MAMILLATUS,   Klein. 

Heterocentrotus  mamillatus  (Klein),  Agassiz,  Rev.  Echini,  I.  c., 
iii.,  p.  428. 

Only  a  few  spines  of  this  species  were  obtained  ;  there  is  a  fine 
specimen  in  the  Museum  Collection,  from  the  Ellice  Group, 
collected  and  presented  by  Dr.  Luther,  of  H.M.S.  "Dart." 

Native  name,  "  Fatuki." 

ECHINOMETRA    LUCUNTER,    Leske. 

JEchinometra  lucunter  (Leske),  Agassiz,  Rev.  Echini,  iii.,  I.  c., 
p.  431. 

One  specimen. 

This  species  is  exceedingly  common  on  the  outer  reefs  and  in 
the  lagoon. 

ECHINOMETRA  OBLONGA,  Blainv. 

Echinometra  oblonga  (Blainv.),   Agassiz,   Rev.  Echini,   I.  c.,  iii., 

p.  433. 

Nine  specimens  were  obtained.  Common  on  the  outer  reefs 
and  in  the  lagoon. 

ECHINUS  ANGULOSUS,  Leske. 

Echinus  angulosus  (Leske),  Agassiz,  Rev.  Echini,  I.e.,  i.,  p.  122; 
id.  iii.,  p.  489. 

There  are  two  very  small  specimens  which  I  refer  to  this 
species,  the  largest  example  is  only  12mm.  in  diameter. 

LAGANUM  DEPRESSUM,  Less. 

Laganum   depressum    (Less.),    Agassiz,    Rev.    Echini,    Z.c.,    iii., 

p.  518. 

A  very  fine  series  consisting  of  (sixteen  specimens,  found  in 
company  with  the  following  species. 


ECHINODERMATA — WHITELEGOE.  157 

MARETIA  PLANULATA,  Lam. 
Maretia  planulata  (Lam.),  Agassiz,  Rev.  Echini,  iii.,  1.  c.,  p.  570. 

Forty-eight  examples,  exhibiting  great  variation  in  colour ; 
about  one  half  of  the  specimens  are  of  a  uniform  yellowish-white, 
the  rest  are  more  or  less  streaked  or  spotted  with  brown. 

Dredged  in  abundance  in  thirteen  fathoms  of  water  in  the 
lagoon,  one  mile  west  of  the  Mission  Church. 

ASTEROIDEA. 

OPHIDIASTER  CYLINDRICUS,  Lam. 

Ophidiaster  cyliudricus  (Lam.),  Perrier,  Rev.  Stellerides,  Arch, 
de  Zool.  Exper.,  iv.,  p.  389  ;  Loriol,  Cat.  Raisonne  des 
Echin.  Mem.  Soc.  Phys.  et  Hist.  Nat.  Geneve,  xxix., 
4,  p.  20,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  3-4. 

Two  specimens  obtained  under  stones  on  the  leeward  or  western 
side  of  the  Atoll. 

LINCKIA  PACIFICA,   Gray. 

Linckia  pacifica,  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  vi.,  1840,  p.  285 ; 
Perrier,  I.e.,  iv.,  p.  404. 

Three  examples,  which  were  a  brilliant  blue  colour  when  alive. 
Common  in  the  lagoon. 

Native  name,   "  Munga-munga  ti." 

CULCITA  ACUTISPINA,  Jef.  Bell. 

Culcita  acutispina,  Jef.  Bell,  Ann.  &,  Mag.  Nat  Hist.  (5),  xii., 
p.  334. 

To  this  species  are  referred,  though  with  some  hesitation,  two 
specimens  obtained  in  the  lagoon.  Generally  both  examples 
agree  with  the  description  given  by  the  author,  there  are,  how- 
ever, a  few  characters  present  which  are  only  slightly  touched 
upon  in  the  original  diagnosis. 

In  the  larger  specimen  the  adambulacral  spines  are  in  two 
rows,  the  inner  consisting  of  four  or  five  spines  to  each  plate  ; 
they  are  a  little  compressed,  the  central  three  being  the  longest. 
The  outer  row  consists  of  two  spines  to  each  plate  which  are 
very  unequal  in  size,  the  one  nearest  the  actinostome  is  large, 
bluntly  conical,  and  not  as  a  rule  higher  than  broad  at  the  base. 
The  smaller  outer  spine  is  almost  undistinguishable  from  the 
granules  which  beset  the  surface  generally ;  occasionally,  how- 
ever, they  are  more  evident,  and  resemble  the  larger  spines  of 
the  inner  row. 


158  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  central  interambulacral  space  of  the  actinal  surface  is  closely 
studded  with  bead-like  granules,  varying  in  size  from  one  to  two 
millimetres  in  diameter.  They  are  not  seriate  but  scattered 
irregularly,  and  are  either  in  contact  with  each  other  at  the  base 
or  separated  by  a  few  granules. 

On  the  space  near  the  mouth  angle,  along  the  ambulacral 
groove  and  on  the  sides  below  the  porous  areas,  the  large  granules 
are  mostly  acute,  about  as  high  as  broad,  and  are  at  least  their 
own  diameter  apart. 

The  sides  of  the  porous  areas  and  the  whole  of  the  abactinal 
surface  is  furnished  with  spines,  narrower  at  the  base  and  more 
acute  than  any  of  those  on  the  actinal  surface.  The  larger 
spines  are  mostly  confined  to  the  interporous  spaces,  and — in  the 
large  specimen  under  notice — give  the  upper  surface  a  reticulate 
appearance. 

In  the  smaller  example  the  large  acute  spines  are  scattered 
over  the  porous  and  non-porous  areas  alike,  and  the  areolate 
feature  visible  in  the  larger  specimen  is  wanting.  These  spines 
are  usually  a  little  higher  than  broad,  and  two  or  three  times 
their  diameter  apart. 

The  porous  areas  are  densely  packed  with  short  acute  spines, 
subspiniform  granules  and  pedicellarise,  the  latter  are  about  two- 
thirds  of  a  millimetre  in  length  ;  when  viewed  from  the  lateral 
aspect  they  are  seen  to  be  slightly  convex  externally  and  meeting 
only  at  their  tips. 

Each  pedicel  is  narrow  in  the  middle  with  the  base  and  apex 
dilated,  the  latter  has  it's  inner  surface  excavated,  and  the  semi- 
circular margin  minutely  denticulated.  The  pedicellarise  are 
much  more  abundant  on  the  lower  half  of  the  abactinal  surface 
than  in  the  upper  central  region,— usually  from  six  to  ten  in  a 
centimetre, — they  are  mostly  confined  to  the  porous  areas,  but 
occasionally  they  occur  on  the  interporous  spaces. 

The  minute  granules  on  the  abactinal  surface  are  more  or  less 
acute  and  a  little  longer  than  broad  at  the  base.  The  somewhat 
larger  granules  on  the  actinal  surface  are  also  mostly  acute  and 
about  as  high  as  broad ;  very  few  are  rounded  at  the  summit. 

The  pedicellariaj  on  the  actinal  surface  are  not  very  abundant, 
the  majority  are  elevated  a  little  above  the  adjacent  granules, 
and  present  when  closed  an  almost  circular  outline,  some  of  the 
larger,  however,  are  a  little  elongated. 

Owing  to  their  slight  elevation,  larger  size,  and  lighter  colour, 
the  actinal  pedicellarire  are  quite  conspicuous  and  easily  distin- 
guished from  the  small  granules. 

The  madreporic  plate  is  oval  in  shape,  and  has  a  few  conical 
spines  around  its  margin,  similar  spines  surround  the  anus,  and 
in  the  larger  specimen  some  of  the  spines  are  granulose  at 
the  apex. 


ECHINODERMATA — WHITELEGGE.  159 

The  number  of  marginal  pore  areas  in  the  interambulacral 
space  is  thirteen  in  both  specimens.  From  the  margin  to  the 
anus  there  are  nine  or  ten  pore  areas,  and  from  the  tip  of  the 
ambulacral  groove  to  the  anus  there  are  seven  in  the  large 
specimen.  In  the  smaller  example  they  are  fewer,  being  eight 
or  nine  in  the  interambulacral  space,  and  five  from  the  apex  of 
the  arm  to  the  anus. 

There  are  seventy  clusters  of  adambulacral  spines  along  each 
side  of  the  ambulacral  groove,  counting  from  the  mouth  angle  to 
the  end  of  the  groove. 

The  following  are  the  measurements  of  both  examples : — 

Large  specimen R.,  155mm.;  r.,  100mm. 

Small  ditto R.,  115mm.;  r.,  85mm. 

R.,  measured  along  the  side  of  the  groove  from  mouth  angle  to 
the  extremity  of  the  arm  ;  r.,  from  mouth  to  commencement  of 
pore  areas. 

Diameter,   large  specimen 220mm. 

Height  „  „        85mm. 

Diameter,  small  specimen 172mm. 

Height  „  „        60mm. 

An  examination  of  the  members  of  the  genus  Culcita  shows 
that  it  is  greatly  in  need  of  revision  ;  too  much  attention  has 
been  paid  to  the  outward  form,  which  presents  characters  of 
little  specific  value. 

If  a  specimen  is  obtained  and  placed  in  a  vessel  with  sea  water, 
and  allowed  to  assume  a  symmetrical  shape,  and  afterwards 
killed  in  strong  spirit,  when  thoroughly  preserved  it  may  be 
dried  and  will  retain  its  shape,  having  the  abactinal  surface 
convex.  If  on  the  other  hand  it  is  plunged  direct  into  strong 
alcohol  without  regard  to  its  shape,  it  will  retain  its  original  and 
often  very  unsymmetrical  form.  Cake-like  or  flat  examples  are 
in  most  cases  due  either  to  drying  without  previous  curing  in 
spirits,  or  drying  after  being  in  very  weak  spirit. 

In  Anthenea  acuta,  Perrier — common  in  Port  Jackson — we 
have  a  good  example  in  illustration  of  the  above  remarks. 

This  species  often  attains  to  nine  or  ten  inches  in  diameter, 
and  is  a  most  variable  species  as  far  as  the  convexity  of  the 
abactinal  surface  is  concerned  and  in  the  granulation.  Having 
trawled  thousands  of  specimens,  and  noted  that,  however  un- 
symmetrical when  brought  up  in  the  trawl,  if  placed  on  a 
level  surface  in  a  little  sea  water  they  soon  regain  their  natural 
form,  and  may  be  killed  in  that  state  either  by  flooding  them 
with  fresh  water  or  by  placing  them  in  strong  spirit. 


160-  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

It  has  often  happened  when  we  have  obtained  the  Antheuea  in 
abundance  that  some  have  been  lying  about  the  deck,  others 
entangled  in  the  trawl,  or  buried  beneath  the  seaweeds  for  many 
hours.  Ultimately  these  specimens  have  been  hastily  gathered 
up  and  placed  in  spirits,  resulting  in  a  series  of  distorted 
examples,  which  would  be  very  misleading  to  a  worker  un- 
acquainted with  the  form  of  a  well  preserved  specimen. 

The  following  are  the  measurements  of  four  specimens  of 
Anthenea  acuta,  Perr.,  showing  the  differences  due  to  the  mode 
of  preservation  : — 

R 130mm.         R 115mm.  | 

r 63mm.         r 65mm.  >  Well  preserved. 

Height   50mm.          Height    37mm.  ) 

R 110mm.          R 113mm.  | 

r 50mm.          r 65mm.  >  Badly  preserved. 

Height    17mm.          Height   20mm.  j 

OPHIUROIDEA. 

OPHIOCOMA  SCOLOPENDRINA,  Ayass. 

Ophiocoma  scolopendrina,  Agass.,  Mem.  Soc.  Sci.  Nat.  Neuchatel, 
i.,  p.  192,  1835  ;  Lyman,  Chall.  Rep.  Zool.,  v.,  p.  170, 
pi.  xlvii.,  fig.  3. 

One  half  grown  specimen. 

OPHIOCOMA  ERINACEUS,  Mull.  &  Trosch. 

Ophiocoma  erinaceus,  Mull.  &  Trosch.,  Syst.  Asteriden,  p.  94, 
1842;  Lyman,  111.  Cat.  Mus.  Com.  Zool.,  5.,  1865,  p.  85. 

Twenty-two  examples,  mostly  young. 

OPHIARTHRUM  ELEGANS,   Peters. 

Ophiar  thrum  elegans,  Peters,  Monatsb.,  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin, 
1851,  p.  464. 

One  half  grown  specimen. 

HOLOTHUROIDEA. 
MUELLEKIA  ECHINITES,  Jaeger. 

Muellvria  echinites,  Jaeger,  De  Holoth.,  1883,  pp.  17-18,  pi.  iii., 
tig.  6  ;  Semper,  Reisen  Arch.  Phil.  Holoth.,  1868,  p.  76, 
pi.  xxx.,  fig.  8. 

One  specimen  obtained  at  low  water  line  on  the  outer  reef- 
Native  name,  '•  Funafuna." 


ECHINODEKMATA — WHITBLEGGE.  161 

HOLOTHURIA  ARGUS,   Jaeger. 

Holothuria  argus,  Jaeger,  DeHoloth.,  1833,  p.  19,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  1 ; 
Semper,  Reisen  Arch.  Phil.  Holoth.,  1868,  p.  80,  pi.  xxx., 
fig.  11  ;  Saville  Kent,  Great  Barrier  Reef,  p.  56,  p.  238, 
pi.  xii.,  fig.  7. 

One  example,  found  on  a  sandy  bottom  in  the  lagoon,  where  it 
was  fairly  common. 

HOLOTHURIA  ATRA,  Jaeger. 

Holothuria  atra,  Jaeger,  DeHolotb.,  1833,  p.  22  ;  Semper,  Reisen 
Arch.  Phil.  Holoth.,  1868,  p.  88,  pi.  xxvi. ;  Theel,  Chall. 
Rep.,  Zool.,  xiv.,  p.  181,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  4. 

Four  specimens  ;  very  abundant  on  the  outer  reefs. 
Native  name,   "  Malorli." 

HOLOTHURIA  VAGABUNDA,  Selenka. 

Holothuria  vagabunda,  Selenka,  Beitrage  Anat.  Syst.  Holoth., 
Zeits.  f.  Wiss.  Zool.,  xvii.,  1867,  p.  334,  pi.  xix., 
figs.  75-76  ;  Semper,  Reisen  Arch.  Phil.  Holoth.,  1868, 
p.  88,  pi.  xxi. ;  Lampert  in  Semper's  Reisen  Arch.  Phil., 
iv.,  p.  71,  pi.  i.,  figs.  3-19. 

Two  specimens,  obtained  in  the  mangrove  swamps  under  stones 
at  low  tide. 

HOLOTHURIA  PARDALIS,  Selenka. 

Holothuria  pardalis,  Selenka,  Beitrage,  Anat.  Syst.  Holoth. 
Zeits.  f.  Wiss.  Zool.,  xvii.,  1867,  p.  336,  pi.  xix.,  fig.  85  ; 
Semper,  Reisen  Arch.  Phil.  Holoth.,  1868,  p.  87,  pi.  xxx., 
%.  31. 

Four  specimens,  obtained  in  the  mangrove  swamps. 

HOLOTHURIA  IMITANS,  Ludwig. 

Holothuria  imitans,  Ludwig,  Arb.  Zool.  Zoot.  Inst.  Wurzburg, 
ii.,  1875,  p.  109,  pi.  vii.,  tig.  41  ;  Lampert  in  Semper's 
Reisen  Arch.  Phil.,  iv.,  p.  80. 

With  some  hesitation  I  refer  to  this  species  five  small  speci- 
mens, which  agree  in  the  main  with  the  descriptions  given  by 
Ludwig,  Lampert,  and  Theel. 

The  tentacles  are  twenty  in  number,  the  colour  is  dark  brown, 
the  deposits  consist  of  curved  bars  and  tables.  The  bars  appear 
to  be  confined  to  the  ambulacral  appendages  and  to  the  tentacles  ; 


162  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

in  the  former  the  bars  have  processes  on  each  side  which  often 
join,  forming  a  series  of  more  or  less  complete  holes  ;  in  the 
latter  the  bars  are  strongly  curved,  and  have  very  small  processes 
along  the  convex  edges  and  ends  only  the  concave  side  is  smooth. 
The  tables  have  the  smaller  four  toothed  ends  pointed  outwards 
towards  the  skin,  the  inner  and  very  much  larger  ends  have  eight 
teeth  or  rather  four  pairs,  each  pair  being  closer  together  than 
the  space  separating  them  ;  these  teeth  are  often  dilated  and 
denticulate  at  the  ends. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  I. 


Lispe  vittata,  Rainb. 
Degeeria  dawsoni,  Rainb. 
Ebenia  nigricruris,  E/ainb. 

„     fieldi,  Rainb. 
Megachile  hedleyi,  Rainb. 
Nacerdes  transmarina ,  Rainb. 
Elytrurus  squamatus,  Rainb. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  I. 


r.  J.  RAINBOW,   del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  II. 

Fig.  1.     Buthus  brevicaudatus,    Eainb. 

,,  la.         „  ,,  comb. 

„  16.         „  „  2nd  &  3rd  segment  of  tail,  superior  surface. 

„  Ic.          „  „  „  „  „       inferior  surface. 

„  2.     Chelifer  longidigitatus,  Eainb. 

,,  3.     Oribata   lamellata,  Eainb. 

„  3a.         „  „       abdomen,  side  view. 

„  36.         „  „      pseudo-stigmata. 

„  3c.         „  „      tarsus. 

„  3d.        ,,  „       natural  size. 

„  4.     Epeira  ventricosa,    9 ,   Eainb. 

„  4a.         „  „  underside  of  abdomen. 

„  46.         „  „  epigyne,  side  view. 

„  4c.        „  „  abdomen,  in  profile. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  ITI. 


PLATE  II. 


h. 


W.  J.  BAIN  BOW,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  III. 


Pig.  1.  Epeira  longispina,  ?  ,  Eainb. 

la.  „  ,,  abdomen,  side  view. 

„     16.  ,,  ,.  epigyne. 

,,     2.  „  ,,  $  (immature),  Eainb. 

,,     3.  Epeira  multispina,  ? ,   Riinb. 

Ba.  „  ,.  abdomen,  side  view. 

„     36.  „  „  epigyne. 

„     3c.  ,,  „  fair. 

„    4.  „  ,,  $ ,  Rainb. 

,,    4a.  „  ,,  trochanter  of  second  pair  of  legs,  underside. 

„     46.  „  ,,  femur  of  do.,  underside. 

„     4c.  „  „  right  palpus,  viewed  from  above. 

,,     5.  Epeira  etheridgei,  9 ,  Raiub. 

„     5a.  „  ,,  abdomen,  side  view. 

„     56.  „  ,,  epigyne. 

„     5c.  „  „  falx. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  III. 


W.  J.  EAINBOW,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  IV. 


Fig.  1.  Epeira  f estiva,   ?  ,  Eainb. 

,,  la.  ,,            „  abdomen,  side  view. 

,,  16.  „            ,,  epigyne. 

„  2.  Epeira  obscura,   ?  ,  Eainb. 

„  2a.  „            „  abdomen,  side  view. 

„  26.  „            „  epigyne. 

„  2c.  „             „  falx. 

„  3.  Epeira  annulipes,  J,   Eainb. 

„  3a.  ,,            ,,  abdomen,  side  view. 

„  36.  „             ,,  epigyne. 

„  3c.  „             ,'  falx. 

„  4.  Epeira  distincta,     $ ,    Eainb. 

„  4a.  ,,             „  epigyne. 

„  46.  falx. 


MEMOIRS.  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  IV 


W.  J.  RAINBOW,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  V. 

Fig.  1.  Epeira  hoggi,     ? ,    Eainb. 
„     la.      „  „  epigyne. 

„     2.  Epeira  speciosa,    9,   Eainb. 

2a.      „  „  epigyne. 

„     3.  Hyllusferox,    ?,  Eainb. 

3a.       „  „  falces  and  front  row  of  eyes. 

„     36.       „  •„  falx. 

„     3c.       „  „  epigyne. 

„     4.  Hyllus  audax,    ? ,   Eainb. 
„    4o.      „  „  epigyne. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  IIT. 


PLATE  V. 


W.  J.  RAINBOW,  del, 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  VI. 


Fig.  1.  Pilumnus  prunosus.     x  2. 

la.          „  „          right  chelipede.     x  3. 

,,16.          „  „          first  left  leg.     x  4. 

„     2.  Diogenes  pallescens.     x  8. 

2a.          „  „          left  chelipede.     x  5. 

26.          ,,  „          first  left  leg.     x  6. 

,     2c.  „          second  left  leg.     x  6. 


MEMOIRS,  AUST.  MUS.  Ill 


PLATE  VI. 


2b. 


f       ^^ 


EDGAR  K.    WAITE.    Del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  VII. 


Fig.  3.     Porcellana  sollasi.    x  6. 

„  3a.  „  „  right  external  maxillipede.     x  10. 

„  4.     Betaus  minutus.  x  5. 

„  4a.  „  „  telson  and  uropods.     x  8. 

„  46.  „  „  rostrum. 

,,  5.     Athelgue  aniculi.  x  3. 

„  5a.  „  „  vibratory  appendages,     x  3. 

„  56.          „  „  sixth  leg.     x  10. 

„  5c.          „  „  third  pleopod.    x  4. 


MEMOIRS,  AU8T.  MUS  III 


PLATE  VII. 


EDGAR   R.    WAITE,    Del. 


THE  MAMMALS,  REPTILES,  AND  FISHES 
OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  EDGAR  R.  WAITE,  F.L.S., 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  MAMMALS,  EEPTILES,  AND  FISHES. 

BY  EDGAR  R.  WAITE,  F.L.S., 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 

[Plate  VIII.] 


EXCLUDING  the  Birds,  the  indigenous  terrestrial  Vertebrate  fauna 
of  the  Funafuti  Atoll  appears  to  be  comprised  in  five  species  : — 
a  rat  and  four  lizards.  Introduced,  are  the  European  rat  and 
mouse,  of  which,  however,  examples  were  not  obtained  for  certain 
identification ;  and,  as  domestic  animals,  the  pig  and  cat. 

Dogs,  now  unknown  on  the  Atoll,  were  at  one  time  common, 
but  were  purposely  exterminated,  the  reason,  according  to  Moss, 
being  as  follows*  : — "  At  Funafuti  the  Turimen  march  round  the 
village  during  the  night,  and  quietly  steal  into  the  houses  to  see 
if  all  is  right.  It  was  found  that  the  house  dogs  barked  and 
gave  notice  of  their  approach,  so  they  forthwith  decreed  the 
destruction  of  all  dogs  on  the  island  and  again  became  masters  of 
the  situation." 

Of  marine  animals,  we  are  told  that  "  Porpoises  "  are  common 
off  the  coast  at  certain  periods,!  and  that  a  turtle  is  also  occa- 
sionally obtained ;  Bats,  Crocodiles,  Ophidians,  and  Batrachians 
are  unknown. 

There  being  no  fresh  water  on  the  Atoll  beyond  what  the 
inhabitants  can  obtain  by  artificially  arresting  the  rainfall,  the 
Fish  fauna  is  represented  only  by  marine  forms.  Of  these  a  fair 
number  was  collected,  and  indirect  evidence  respecting  a  few 
others  is  noted  in  the  accompanying  list. 

MAMMALS. 

Much  of  the  literature  of  the  Pacific  Islands  contains  some 
mention  of  a  native  rat,  described  as  living  in  the  bush  or  infest- 
ing the  houses  and  feeding  upon  vegetables  and  fruit,  but  for  the 

*  Moss— Through  Atolls  and  Islands  in  the  Great  South  Sea,  1889, 
p.  118. 
t  See  p.  67,  "  General  Account." 


166  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

most  part  no  scientific  description  of  the  animal  is  attempted, 
nor  is  reference  made  to  previous  records  in  other  islands. 
Although  the  rat  is  frequently  mentioned,  it  has  not  in  all  cases 
been  thought  of  sufficient  interest  to  be  indexed,  and  therefore 
many  possible  records  are  not  apparent.  The  geographical  dis- 
tribution of  the  Pacific  rat  is  so  wide,  and  therefore  of  such 
interest,  that  I  have  thought  it  wise  to  include  all  definite 
localities  met  with  during  casual  reading,  to  form  a  basis  on 
which  to  build. 

Before   doing   so,    however,    some    notice    of    its   identity    is 


IDENTITY. 

Apart  from  the  Maori  rat,  the  only  technical  notice  appears 
to  be  that  by  Peale,18*  who  named  (and  figured)  rats  obtained 
from  widely  separated  islands  as  Mus  exulans.  In  this  con- 
nection it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  Editor  of  the  second 
edition  of  the  work  cited,  remarks  that  he  is  not  without 
suspicion  that  the  animal  is  either  Mus  pencillatus,  Gould, f  or 
Mus  jacobice,  Waterh.  J  There  is,  however,  small  likelihood  of 
the  Pacific  rat  being  identical  with  either  of  these  species,  and 
indeed  Thomas,22  by  adopting  Peale's  name,  has  practically 
decided  that  it  is  distinct.  His  interesting  note  reads  as 
follows  : — 

"The  Rats  from  Sunday  Island,  Kermadec  group,  apparently 
belong  to  a  species  widely  spread  over  the  Pacific,  the  earliest 
name  of  which  seems  to  be  Mus  exulans,  Peale,  based  on  Fijian 
examples.  It  is  possible  that  examples  from  the  different  groups 
of  islands  may  hereafter  show  certain  differences  from  each  other, 
but,  so  far  as  we  can  see  at  present,  all  should  be  united  under 
one  heading.  Indeed  the  fine  Maori  Rat  of  New  Zealand  (Mus 
maorium,  Hutton)  seems  to  be  very  doubtfully  separable  from 
the  same  form,  which  has  probably  travelled  from  island  to 
island  in  native  canoes,  or  on  floating  logs  &c.,  long  before 
European  ships  began  to  bring  over  the  ubiquitous  Grey  and 
Black  Rats,  which  now  threaten  to  exterminate  the  native 
species  throughout  the  world." 

It  will  be  remarked  that  Fiji  is  not  included  in  the  localities 
enumerated  by  Peale  at  which  Mus  exulans  was  obtained  :  for 
rats  from  this  group  that  writer  proposed  another  name — Mus 
vitiensis  ;  there  can  be  little  doubt,  however,  that  notwith- 
standing the  slight  differences  mentioned,  the  two  forms  are  not 
specifically  distinct. 

*  A  List  of  Works  referred  to  will  be  found  on  p.  177. 

t  Gould— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1842,  p.  12. 

J  Waterhouse— Voy.  "  Beagle,"  Mam.,  1840,  p.  34. 


MAMMALS — WAITE.  167 

All  circumstances  being  taken  into  account,  it  appears  probable 
that  the  Maori  rat  is  also  identical  with  this  widely  distributed 
Pacific  species,  and  in  one  of  his  papers  Hutton13  has  pointedly 
remarked  : — "  It  will  be  interesting  to  compare  these  skulls  with 
specimens  of  the  black  rat*  from  Polynesia,  for  they  will  probably 
be  found  to  be  identical."  And  again,  writing  on  Mus  novce- 
zealandice,  Buller,  he  adds14  "There  can,  I  think,  be  no  doubt  that 
these  rats  belong  to  the  Polynesian  variety."  More  recently 
Thomas  has  also  expressed  doubts  as  to  the  specific  identity  of 
the  Maori  rat,  in  the  note  previously  quoted,  and  as  mentioned 
by  Buller,5  who  further  remarks  that  there  are  specimens  of  this 
form  in  the  British  Museum  from  the  Fiji  Islands,  Norfolk 
Island,  and  New  Caledonia.  This  view  is  supported  by  Maori 
tradition  as  related  by  Hochstetter,12  to  the  effect  that : — "  the 
Kumara,  or  sweet  potato  (Convolvulus  batata),  the  taro  (Arum 
esculentum),  the  calabash-plant  Hue  (Lagenaria  vulgaris),  the 
Karaki  tree  (Corynocarpus  Icevigata),  the  rat  Kiore,  the  Pukeko 
(Porphyrio),  and  the  green  parrot  Kakariki,  are  said  to  have 
been  imported  from  Hawaiki."  This  traditional  ancestral  home 
is  considered  by  modern  Ethnologists  to  be  Savaii,  one  of  the 
Samoan  Islands. 

The  New  Zealand  rat  has  a  literature  to  itself,  which  will  be 
found  mainly  in  Trans,  and  Proc.  N.Z.  Institute.  This  literature  I 
have  not  attempted  to  epitomise,  and  ha've  referred  to  it  only  for 
odd  records  of  habits.  There  is  apparently  still  room  for  research 
among  the  New  Zealand  rats.  The  Kiore  rat  is  said  to  be  extinct, 
the  Mus  maorium  to  swarm,  fide  Meeson,17  Rutland,19  etc. 

DISTRIBUTION. 

If,  as  seems  probable,  the  rat  from  all  the  Pacific  Islands  is 
referable  to  Mus  exulans,  the  range  of  the  species  is  very  great 
indeed.  Considering  the  native  interchange  which  has  taken 
place  between  islands  hundreds  of  miles  apart  for  ages  past,  this 
is  not  so  remarkable  as  would  at  first  sight  appear. 

For  a  long  distance  in  the  West  Pacific  there  runs  an  enormous 
chain  of  islands,  extending  in  a  semi-circular  sweep  from  the 
Marshall  Archipelago,  north  of  the  equator  to  the  Austral  or 
Tubai  Islands  in  the  south-east.  Our  colleague  has  written  of 
this  as  the  Marshall-Austral  chain,  and  dealt  with  it  more 
particularly  in  his  report. f 

From  each  of  the  main  links  of  this  long  chain  of  islands,  we 
possess  records  of  the  occurrence  of  a  native  rat,  as  below 
enumerated. 

*  Our  examples  and  also  all  other  accounts  agree  in  describing  the 
colour  of  the  Pacific  rat  as  being  similar  to  that  of  Mus  decumanus,  and 
not  black  as  above  indicated. 

t  See  p.  3,  "  General  Account." 


168  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Wake  Island,  an  isolated  atoll,  which  I  would  regard  as  an 
extension  of  the  chain,  is  recorded  by  Peale,18  and  is  at  the  same 
time  the  most  northerly  and  westerly  (with  New  Caledonia)  rat- 
inhabited  island  of  which  I  have  notice.  Passing  southward  and 
westward  the  rat  next  appears  to  have  been  observed  at  Odia  in 
the  Marshall  Group,  and  is  represented  by  Kotzebue15in  an  illus- 
tration as  impudently  trespassing  in  a  Marshall  Island  house. 

Continuing  the  chain,  the  rat  is  recorded  from  the  Gilbert 
Group  by  Woodford,25  who  remarks  that  the  only  wild  mammal 
he  met  with  was  a  small  species  of  rat  common  to  the  islands  "  in 
this  part  of  the  world." 

The  next  group  is  that  of  the  Ellice,  of  which  the  island  of 
Funafuti  at  least,  is  tenanted,  and  supplied  the  examples,  to  be 
more  fully  described,  and  which  prompted  the  present  essay. 

Mention  has  previously  been  made  of  Savaii  being  the  traditional 
ancestral  home  of  the  Maori  rat,  but  further  evidence  of  its 
occurrence  in  Samoa  is  indicated  by  the  reference  to  it  in  ancient 
tradition  detailed  by  Turner,23  and  direct  evidence  is  afforded24 
by  this  writer  in  the  following  note  : — "  The  only  indigenous 
quadruped  is  a  small  rat,  something  between  a  mouse  and  the 
Norwegian  rat,  the  latter  of  which  was  introduced  some  years 
ago." 

The  last  in  the  direct  chain  to  which  I  have  reference  to 
the  rat  is  the  Cook  Group,  its  occurrence  being  mentioned  at 
Raratonga  and  Mangaia  by  Gill.9  &  10 

Of  localities  to  the  east  of  the  main  chain  the  following  have 
been  published.  In  the  Phoenix  Group  Peale18  records  it  from 
Hull  Island,  and  Arundel2  from  Sydney  Island.  Much  further 
to  the  east  it  has  been  met  with  by  Dixon7  at  Maiden  Island, 
and  also  further  to  the  south  by  Lament,  as  quoted  by  Smith21 
at  Penhryn  Island,  and  Dixon8  at  Caroline  Island,  all  isolated 
atolls.  In  the  Paumotu  Group  or  Low  Archipelago  Peale  again 
records  it  from  Disappointment  and  Dog  Islands,  and  also  from 
the  Society  Islands,  remarking  that  the  species  was  seen  on  but 
one  "high"  island,  Tahiti. 

Its  north-eastern  limit  is  suggested  by  a  statement  by  Brigham3 
that  "  Hats  and  mice  have  always  been  a  pest  on  the  Hawaiian 
Islands ;  and  the  old  Hawaiian,  before  the  introduction  of  cats, 
used  a  bow  and  arrows  to  destroy  them.  It  is  curious  that 
knowing  the  principle  of  the  bow  they  never  used  it  as  a  weapon 
of  offence,  nor  developed  it  beyond  a  very  feeble  instrument  only 
suited  to  the  killing  of  'rats  and  mice  and  such  small  deer.' " 

To  the  westward  of  the  main  chain  Allardyce1  records  it  from 
Ho  tu  in  ah,  and  it  is  once  more  mentioned  by  Peale  from  Fiji 
as  Mus  vitiensis,  and  from  Hoonga  in  the  Tonga  Islands  by 


MAMMALS — WAITE.  169 

Mariner.16  The  occurrence  of  a  rat  in  the  Kermadec  Islands 
was  first  recorded  by  Smith,20  who  wrote: — "The  only  animal 
native  to  the  island  is  a  small  grey  rat,  which  is  very  plentiful 
in  summer,  but  is  supposed  to  hybernate  during  the  winter.  We 
saw  one  that  had  been  partly  eaten — by  a  hawk  probably, — it 
was  about  five  inches  long."  Thomas  also  received  it  from 
Sunday  Island  in  this  group,  as  already  quoted.  Away  to  the 
west  it  appears  in  New  Caledonia,  and  again  at  Norfolk  Island 
on  the  authority  of  Buller,5  who  states  that  there  are  specimens 
in  the  British  Museum  from  these  localities. 

The  list  of  localities  is  closed  by  the  inclusion  of  New  Zealand 
as  the  most  southern  limit,  and  to  which  previous  mention  has 
been  made  in  notices  by  Hutton,  Thomas,  Hochstetter,  and 
others. 

Although  a  systematic  search  of  the  literature  of  the  Pacific 
Islands  would  doubtless  disclose  many  more  references  to  the  rat, 
the  above  are  the  only  definite  localities  I  have  so  far  met  with. 
There  is  little  doubt  that  the  rat  exists,  or  rather  did  exist,  at 
one  time  or  another  on  all  the  islands  of  the  Pacific.  Gill9 
writing  in  1876,  and  mentioning  the  islands  of  the  South  Seas  as 
being  inhabited  by  dogs,  hogs,  and  rats,  says : — "  The  rat  alone 
is  universal." 

Arundel,2  who  called  at  many  of  the  atolls  in  the  Central 
Pacific,  states  : — "  I  have  never  visited  an  island,  however  small 
or  barren,  without  finding  these  animals  living  upon  it." 

HABITS. 

Unlike  its  European  relative,  the  Pacific  rat  is  usually  said  to 
feed  only  on  vegetable  substances.  Writing  of  Mangaia,  in  the 
Cook  Group,  Gill9  states  that  it  feeds  exclusively  upon  cocoanuts, 
bananas,  arrowroot,  candle  nuts,  and  papao  (pawpaw)  apples,  and 
that  it  was  usual  to  defend  growing  cocoanuts  from  the  depreda- 
tions of  the  native  rat  by  making  a  sort  of  screen  cleverly  secured 
all  round  the  tree,  close  to  the  fronds  at  a  great  height  from  the 
ground.  In  Mariner's10  book  the  rats  are  described  as  living 
chiefly  upon  such  vegetable  substances  as  sugar  cane,  bread  fruit, 
etc.,  and  it  is  incidentally  mentioned  that  roasted  cocoanut  was 
used  as  a  bait. 

Peale18  adds  the  Pandanus  to  this  list,  and  states  that  the  fruit 
of  this  plant  forms  the  principal  food  of  the  rat,  hazarding  the 
suggestion  that  if  its  appetite  was  at  all  carnivorous  it  would  be 
found  to  feed  upon  the  land  crabs  and  molluscs  on  the  shore, 
such  however  not  being  the  case.  He  describes  it  (Mus  vitiensis) 
as  attacking  pockets  and  packs  containing  edibles. 

The  Kiore  Maori  is  described  by  Dieffenbach  6  and  others  as 
being  a  frugivorous  rat. 


170  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Rutland19  writes  of  the  New  Zealand  bush-rat : — "  Considering 
the  vast  numbers  of  these  rats  that  periodically  congregate  round 
the  homes  of  settlers  in  the  bush,  the  mischief  done  by  them  is 
extremely  small.  This  is  owing  to  their  food  during  the  time 
being  green  vegetables.  In  kitchen  gardens  they  are  certainly 
annoying,  devouring  peas,  beans,  cabbages,  and  even  onions,  as 
they  appear  above  ground,  climbing  up  poles  to  nip  off  the  shoots 
of  the  vines,  etc." 

Of  Sydney  Island  Arundel 2  ascribes  a  partial  animal  diet  to 
them,  writing  : — "  Before  any  settlements  are  formed  they  live  in 
the  ground  and  roots  of  trees,  and  subsist  on  young  birds,  birds' 
eggs,  seeds,  etc.  As  soon,  however,  as  anyone  comes  to  live  on 
an  island  they  gather  round  the  settlement,  particularly  round 
the  native  quarters,  natives  being,  as  a  rule,  rather  wasteful  in 
their  eating,  and  scattering  round  about  them  rice,  bread,  pieces 
of  fish,  etc." 

If  the  native  rat  preceded  the  human  inhabitants  of  the  atolls, 
the  pandanus,  being  indigenous,  would  probably  be  its  staple 
food,  and  as  the  cocoanut,  breadfruit,  arrowroot,  etc.,  were  intro- 
duced, the  rat  would  acquire  a  taste  for  these  articles. 

As  to  its  nesting  habits  the  accounts  are  somewhat  varied, 
Peale  describes  it  as  constructing  a  nest  in  the  tussocks  of  grass, 
and  making  shallow  burrows  like  an  Arvicola.  He  describes 
Mus  vitiensis  as  being  a  great  pest  in  most  of  the  houses  of  the 
Fiji  Islands,  making  its  nest  in  the  thatched  roof.  Being  an 
excellent  climber  it  sallies  forth  at  night  in  such  numbers  as  to 
be  exceedingly  troublesome.  Gill9  relates  an  instance  of  a  pair 
having  made  a  nest  within  a  mummy  conserved  in  a  cave. 

Of  Caroline  Island  Dixon8  writes: — "The  brown  rat  has  a 
foot-hold,  but  is  not  numerous.  Their  nests  were  made  in  the 
cocoanut  trees,  just  at  the  base  of  the  fronds."  Our  colleague 
understood  that  it  nested  in  similar  situations  in  Funafuti. 

In  New  Zealand,  too,  Rutland  19  records  how  nests,  evidently 
of  rats,  were  found  in  the  crowns  of  tree  ferns  and  also  under  the 
roots  of  trees  and  among  rushes.  This  writer  describes  the  rats 
as  being  awkward  on  the  ground  but  extremely  active  when 
climbing  trees,  ascending  with  the  nimbleness  of  flies  and  running 
out  to  the  very  extremities  of  the  branches.  Hence,  he  adds, 
"  when  pursued  they  invariably  make  to  trees  if  any  are  within 
reach."  Peale  mentions  a  similar  habit  in  connection  with 
the  rats  recorded  by  him. 

In  Tonga,  Mariner16  describes  it  as  being  an  inhabitant  of  the 
bush,  writing  : — "  Every  now  and  then  the  natives  make  a 
peculiar  noise  with  the  lips,  like  the  squeaking  of  a  rat,  which 
frequently  brings  them  out  of  the  bushes." 

In  Mangaia,  as  mentioned  by  Gill,9  and  as  previously  recorded, 
rats  inhabited  the  mountain  fern,  whence  they  were  occasionally 


MAMMALS — WAITE.  171 

driven  by  fire.  Arundel2  describes  the  rats  of  Sydney  Island  as 
naturally  living  in  the  ground  and  roots  of  trees,  but  gathering 
round  the  dwellings  as  soon  as  a  settlement  is  formed. 

As  elsewhere,  the  great  enemy  of  the  native  rat  is  the  common 
brown  rat  of  Europe,  introduced  by  ships  throughout  the  world. 
Its  depredations  are  such  that  Gill  states  that  in  many  of  the 
islands  the  indigenous  breed  has  been  exterminated  by  the 
imported  rat.  Some  idea  of  the  successful  war  waged  by  the 
introduced  rat  may  be  gathered  from  the  following  graphic 
account  by  the  same  writer9  : — "  In  1852  a  solitary  male  Norway 
rat  got  ashore  at  Mangaia  from  the  wreck  of  an  American 
whaler.  It  made  war  upon  the  native  rat,  so  that  one  of  the  bed- 
rooms of  the  mission-house  became  uninhabitable.  On  removing 
the  flooring  about  thirty  dead  native  rats  were  found.  We 
caught  the  offender  in  a  trap." 

Writing  of  Raratonga,  another  island  of  the  Cook  Group,  the 
same  author11  incidentally  records  how  the  native  rat  has  been 
subjected  to  even  more  deadly  onslaught,  being  almost  exter- 
minated by  the  domestic  cats  which,  originally  introduced  by 
missionaries  and  afterwards  emigrating  to  the  bush,  took  to 
hunting  birds  when  rats  became  scarce. 

On  p.  59  of  the  present  Memoir  we  read  : — "  Cats  have  long 
been  introduced,  they  are  known  to  the  natives  by  the  name  of 
'  pussy,'  and  have  proved  of  service  in  destroying  the  brown  rat, 
formerly  a  great  pest  to  the  Islands."  Dieffenbach,6  writing  on 
New  Zealand,  states  that  the  cat  often  runs  wild  and  is  another 
cause  of  the  extermination  of  indigenous  animals. 

The  natives  themselves  destroy  the  rats  :  first,  as  vermin ; 
second,  shooting  them  for  sport ;  third,  killing  them  for  food. 

When  unchecked,  rats  became  very  numerous  on  some  of  the 
islands.  Writing  of  Sydney  Island,  Arundel2  mentions  how  on 
moonlight  nights  he  has  often  seen  hundreds  of  rats  gathered 
together  round  the  native  quarters  feeding  upon  waste  rice,  bread, 
pieces  of  fish,  etc.,  thrown  out.  He  adds  that  they  frequently 
caught  one  hundred  a  night  in  tubs  made  into  traps  in  the  store. 

In  Mangaia  they  were  also  numerous,  for  Gill9  states  that,  like 
most  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  it  was  literally  overrun  with  rats,  and 
describes  how  a  large  bottle-shaped  hole  was  dug  in  the  earth  and 
baited  with  candle-nuts,  adding  that  when  the  hole  was  pretty 
well  filled  with  rats,  two  men  would  go  down  with  knobbed 
sticks  to  kill  them.  A  hole  which  would  contain  two  men 
would  accommodate  a  goodly  number  of  rats  !  If  the  Mangaian 
rats  were  equally  vicious  with  those  mentioned  by  Peale,  rat- 
killing  under  such  conditions  would  not  be  unattended  by  danger, 
for  he  states  that  the  animal  resists  pertinaciously  and  bites 
severely. 


172  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  reduction  in  the  number  of  rats  was  a  matter  of  such 
importance  with  the  inhabitants,  that  we  find  a  number  of 
ingenious  traps  were  in  use  for  the  purpose  ;  these  will  be  treated 
of  in  the  Ethnological  Report. 

We  have  mentioned  that  sport  may  constitute  a  second  way  in 
which  the  rat  is  subject  to  persecution  by  the  natives,  Mariner 1G 
has  given  an  exhaustive  account  of  the  sport  of  "  fanna  gooma  " 
or  rat  shooting,  as  practised  on  the  island  of  Hoonga  in  the 
Tonga  Group,  from  which  it  appears  that  it  was  an  amusement 
in  which  only  chiefs  were  permitted  to  participate,  and  was 
undertaken  with  much  ceremony.  The  rats  attracted  by  bait 
previously  distributed,  were  shot  with  unfeathered  arrows  six 
feet  long,  projected  from  bows  of  similar  length.  The  game  was 
a  party  and  not  an  individual  affair,  the  party  first  killing  ten 
rats  was  accounted  the  winner.  If,  Mariner  adds,  there  be 
plenty  of  rats,  they  generally  play  three  or  four  games.  For  a 
full  account  of  the  rules  of  the  game  the  reader  is  referred  to 
Mariner's  book,  which  contains  much  of  interest  about  the 
Tonga  Islands.  In  Honolulu,  as  mentioned  by  Brigham,3  the 
bow  was  exclusively  devoted  to  "  killing  rats  and  mice  and  such 
small  deer." 

The  third  reason  for  the  native  destruction  of  rats  is  of  greater 
interest,  and  may  be  more  fully  mentioned, 

In  many  of  the  islands  of  the  Pacific  the  native  rat  formed  an 
article  of  food  with  the  inhabitants  ;  feeding  upon  fruit  or 
vegetables  it  would  be  less  objectionable  than  the  omnivorous 
European  rat,  and  indeed  Buller 4  remarks  that : — "Unlike  the 
common  rat,  the  rat  of  New  Zealand  is  perfectly  free  from  odour 
of  any  kind,  probably  due  to  the  nature  of  its  food,  this  consisting 
almost  entirely  of  fruits  and  berries."  The  introduced  rats  were 
nowhere  eaten :  it  may  be  that  they  were  considered  to  be 
unpalatable,  but  it  is  equally  possible  that  at  the  time  they  obtained 
a  footing  on  the  islands,  pigs  and  other  edible  animals  would  also 
be  introduced,  and  the  necessity  of  eating  rats  removed.  These 
native  rats  must  have  been  considered  good  eating,  for  Gill,9 
writing  on  the  Cook  Islands,  states  : — "  The  proverb  '  sweet  as  a 
rat '  survives  in  Mangaia  to  this  day,  although  the  adults  of  this 
generation  have  given  up  the  disgusting  practice  of  rat-eating." 

This  prolific  and  entertaining  writer10  has  given  a  valuable 
historical  account  of  the  capture  and  cooking  of  rats  as  practiced 
in  Mangaia  :  it  may  be  epitomised  as  follows  : — 

"  In  those  days — ere  the  cat  had  been  introduced — rats  were 
very  plentiful.  Rat-hunting  was  the  grave  employment  of  bearded 
men,  the  flesh  being  regarded  as  most  delicious.  The  rat,  though 
but  slightly  larger  than  the  English  mouse,  was  the  only  quad- 
ruped on  the  island. 


MAMMALS — WAITK.  173 

"  Tamangoru,  a  solitary  cannibal,  on  one  occasion  discovered 
two  boys  roasting  a  number  of  rats  over  a  fire, — a  joyful  sight 
for  a  famishing  Mangaian,  he  ambiguously  remarked,  '  cooked 
rats  are  capital  eating.'  The  word  '  rats '  thus  used  might  apply 
to  the  lads  as  well  as  to  the  little  quadrupeds.  A  cooked  boy 
would  be  indifferently  called  a  ( fish '  or  a  '  rat.' 

"These  two  brothers  subsisted  chiefly  by  rat-catching,  in  which 
they  were  adepts. 

"  On  the  previous  evening  they  dug  a  deep  hole  in  the  earth 
and  covered  the  bottom  of  it  with  candlenuts,  of  which  rats  are 
excessively  fond.  A  narrow  pathway  was  made  on  either  side 
for  the  rats  to  get  down  and  eat.  The  lads  lay  in  wait  at  a  little 
distance,  until  they  thought  that  the  hole  must  be  pretty  full. 
Each  lad  carried  a  lighted  torch  in  one  hand,  and  a  stout  iron- 
wood  stick  in  the  other.  They  quickly  killed  a  large  number 
of  rats. 

"The  boys  now  made  a  fire  to  roast  the  spoil.  They  then 
thrust  long  green  reeds  (previously  prepared)  through  the  rats, 
eight  on  each  reed,  and  grilled  them  over  the  fire.  There  were 
four  skewers  or  reeds  of  rats,  that  is,  thirty-two  in  all.  When 
the  rats  were  done,  the  elder  took  two  reeds  of  rats  (sixteen)  to 
Tamangoru  ;  the  famished  man  greedily  devoured  them  and 
called  for  the  remaining  two  reeds." 

The  same  author9  informs  us  that  in  the  neighbouring  island 
of  Raratonga,  rats  were  not  eaten,  the  inhabitants  reviling  the 
natives  of  Mangaia  as  the  rat-eating  Mangaians. 

It  would,  however,  appear  that  rats  were  not  eaten  when  fish 
was  procurable,  for  Gill  relates  how,  when  the  sea  was  too  rough 
for  fishing,  the  boys  set  fire  to  the  mountain  fern,  so  that  the  rats 
rushing  out  of  the  fern,  half  blinded  with  fire  and  smoke,  were 
easily  killed  with  long  sticks. 

In  Tonga  (Hoonga  Island)  the  rats  formed  an  article  of  food 
with  the  lower  orders  of  people,  but  in  the  account  above  referred 
to,  Mariner16  says  they  are  not  allowed  to  make  a  sport  of 
shooting  them,  this  privilege  being  reserved  for  "  chiefs,  mata- 
booles,  and  mooas." 

Of  the  rat  in  New  Zealand,  Dieffenbach6  tells  us  that  the 
frugivorous  Kiore  Maori  was  formerly  largely  eaten  by  the 
natives,  but  that  it  had  in  1843  become  so  scarce,  owing  to  the 
extermination  carried  on  against  it  by  the  European  rat,  that  he 
could  never  obtain  one. 

Buller4  describes  how  during  certain  seasons  the  New  Zealand 
rat  was  captured  by  thousands  and  eaten,  or  potted  down  in 
their  own  fat  for  future  use. 

At  Penhryn  Island,  Smith21  informs  us  that  the  only  animal  on 
the  atoll  was  a  small  rat,  which  was  not  eaten. 


174  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

In  Funafuti  the  native  rat  is  described  to  me  as  having  been 
driven  from  the  village,  and  indeed  almost  exterminated  upon 
the  main  islet  by  the  foreign  rat.  Upon  the  other  islets  it  exists 
and  in  some  cases  swarms,  but  as  these  islets  are  not  permanently 
tenanted  the  rat  can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  a  pest. 

It  constructs  its  nest  in  the  cocoanut  trees,  just  at  the  base  of 
the  fronds,  and  Mr.  Hedley  tells  me  that  he  frequently  noticed 
the  rats  peeping  out  of  the  matting  that  sheathes  the  butts  of 
the  cocoanut  fronds,  and  scampering  about  the  heads  of  palms, 
fifteen  or  twenty  feet  high.  In  pre-civilised  times  these  rats 
were  a  great  plague  to  the  natives,  who  did  not  use  them  as  food. 
By  law  each  individual  was  at  times  obliged  to  catch  and  destroy 
a  set  number  of  these  vermin,  for  which  purpose  an  ingenious  trap 
was  used. 

NATIVE  RAT. 
Mus  EXULANS,  Peale. 

Mus  exulans,  Peale,  U.S.  Expl.  Exp.,  Mamm.,  1st  Ed.,  1848,  p.  47. 
(Plate  viii.,  figs,  la-/.) 

Fur  fine,  scanty,  and  of  medium  length  ;  colour  warm  brown, 
reddish  on  the  nape  and  back,  basal  half  of  the  hair  delicate  grey, 
the  tips  yellowish  or  brown.  On  the  back  the  fur  is  mixed  with 
longer  and  comparatively  thick  hairs  of  bristly  texture,  these  are 
white  or  very  pale  yellow  throughout  their  length,  the  extreme 
tip  only  being  dark  brown.  Muzzle  and  face  warm  brown  ;  the 
hairs  on  the  sides  of  the  body  are  tipped  with  pale  yellow  with 
no  longer  or  darker  hairs  intermixed,  The  whole  under  surface 
including  the  inside  of  the  limbs  white,  fur  pale  grey  at  the  base. 
Ears  rounded  and  of  considerable  breadth,  but  on  being  laid 
forward  they  do  not  reach  the  eye.  Outside  of  limbs  coloured 
like  the  back  ;  on  the  hind  foot  the  colour  extends  scarcely 
further  than  the  heel  leaving  nearly  all  the  foot  white.  Foot 
and  claw-pads  very  large.  Tail  longer  than  the  head  and  body, 
quite  rat-like.  Hairs  longer  than  the  scales,  but  not  so  long  as 
two  scales,  excepting  towards  the  tip  which  is  inclined  to  be 
pencilled.  Scales  9|  to  the  centimeter;  mammse  2*2  =  8. 

Skull  of  delicate  proportions ;  the  nasals  project  considerably 
beyond  the  line  of  the  premaxillary  •  supraorbital  ridge  thin  but 
very  prominent,  it  becomes  lower  in  the  temporal  region  and  is 
little  more  than  discernable  above  the  aural  aperture  :  condition 
of  occipital  region  unknown.  The  anterior  palatina  foramina  are 
somewhat  broad  and  reach  the  anterior  margin  of  the  molar 
alveoli.  The  anterior  zygoma  root  is  rounded  above  and  the 
front  edge  scarcely  emarginate. 


MAMMALS — WAITE. 


175 


Teeth. — The  teeth  do  not  call  for  special  reference,  the  character 
of  the  molar  pattern  being  sufficiently  represented  on  the  accom- 
panying plate  (fig.  Id). 

Dimensions.  Millim, 

Head  and  body        125-0 

Tail 148-0 

Length  of  head        37-5 

Muzzle  to  ear           ...          ...          ...          ...  30-0 

Ear ...  17-5 

Forearm  and  hand  ...          ...          ...          ...  35-0 

Hind  foot 28-0 

Heel  to  front  of  last  foot-pad         13-7 

Last  foot  pad           5-0 

Skull. 

Greatest  length        ?35'0  ...  ? 

Basal  length 30-0  ...  ? 

Greatest  breadth     17-6  ...  1 

Nasals,  length          14'0  ...  14'5 

Nasals,  greatest  breadth     ...  4'0  ...          4-l 

Interorbital  breadth             ...  5-5  ...  ? 

Interparietal  length             ...  4'7  ...  ? 

Interparietal  breadth           ...  10-0  ...  ? 

Brain-case,  breadth 13 -6  ...  ? 

Anterior  zygoma  root          ...  3-5  ...          3 -8 

Diastema      9'0  ...         9-8 

Palate,  length           18'4  ...  ? 

Anterior  palatina  foramina...  5'7  ...          6*0 

Upper  molars,  length           ...  5 -7  ...          6-2 

Lower  molars,  length           ...  6'0  ...  1 

Condyle  to  incisor  tip          ...  ?  23'0  ...  1 

Coronoid  tip  to  angle           ...  9'2  ...  ? 

Peale18  states  that  in  his  examples  "  the  females  have  two 
pectoral  and  four  abdominal  teats,"  whereas  in  mine  the  pectorals 
are  four.  This  may  be  reconciled  by  supposing  that  Peale  over- 
looked a  pair  of  mammae,  an  error,  as  I  have  in  a  former  article 
indicated,  easily  committed. 

Three  examples  of  the  Funafuti  native  rat  were  included  in 
the  collection  :  two  of  these  I  had  not  the  opportunity  of 
examining.  The  third  had  the  skull  a  little  but  not  very 
seriously  damaged,  and  fragments  of  a  fourth  specimen  enabled 
me  to  add  the  few  figures  in  the  second  column  of  skull 
dimensions. 

The  stomach  of  the  rat  examined  contained  a  white  vegetable 
substance,  possibly  cocoanut  or  pandanus. 

On  the  Funafuti  Atoll  this  rat  is  known  to  the  inhabitants  by 
the  name  of  "Tikimoa." 


176  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  Pacific  Ocean  being  bounded  by  the  land  masses  of  Asia, 
Australia,  South  and  North  America,  and  the  genus  Mus  being 
exclusively  confined  to  the  Old  World,  it  necessarily  follows  that 
this  rat  has  entered  the  islands  of  the  Pacific  from  an  Asiatic 
source.  This  agrees  with  the  origin  of  the  flora  of  the  region  as 
sketched  by  Guppy,*  and  also  with  the  distribution  of  the 
Lepidoptera  independently  remarked  by  Woodford.f  It  is  thus 
opposed  to  the  theory  of  a  migration  westward  from  America 
across  a  Mesozoic  Pacific  continent  as  advocated  by  Hutton.J 


POSTSCRIPT. 

As  previously  indicated,  it  only  needs  more  extensive  reading 
to  add  materially  to  the  known  distribution  of  the  Pacific  rat, 
and  already  several  localities  may  be  added  to  those  enumerated. 
A  perusal  of  Brenchley,  "  Cruise  of  the  Cura9oa,"2(X  shows  that  it 
has  been  observed  at  Niue  or  Savage  Island,  situated  between 
the  Samoan  and  Cook  Groups,  and  again  at  Aneitium,  Tanna,  and 
Efate,  in  the  New  Hebrides.  It  is  also  said  to  be  indigenous  to 
Upolu  and  Tutuila  in  the  Samoan  Islands,  being  at  the  latter 
place  described  as  "  the  mouse."  At  Tongatabu  the  rat  is  said 
to  be  imported. 

It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  only  group  in  the  South  Pacific 
from  which  I  have  not  quoted  references  is  the  Marquesas  ;  an 
hiatus  which  would  doubtless  be  filled  did  time  permit  to  search 
its  literature. 


*  Guppy— Trans.  Vic.  Inst.,  1896.     (Keprinted  on  p.  20  of  the  "  General 
Account.") 

fWoodford— Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  1895,  pp.  349-350;  also  ante,  p.  90. 
J Button— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  xxi.,  1896,  pp.  36-47. 


MAMMALS — WAITB.  177 

NATIVE  RAT. 
WORKS   REFERRED   TO. 


1.  Allardyce,  G.  W.  L.— Proc.  Geogr.  Soc.  Aust.  (Queensland  Branch), 

i.,  1886,  p.  134. 

2.  Arundel,  John  T. — The  Phoenix  Group  and  other   Islands  of  the 

Pacific. 

2a.  Brenchley,  Julius  L. — Cruise  of  "  Curacoa,"  1873,  pp.  25,  60,  86, 134, 
199,  213,  231. 

3.  Brigham,  William  T.— Cat.  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop  Museum,  Honolulu, 

3892,  p.  31. 

4.  Buller,  Walter— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  iii.,  1870,  p.  1. 

5.  Buller,  W.  L.— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.  xxv.,  1892,  p.  49. 

6.  Dieffenbach,  Ernest— Travels  in  New  Zealand,  ii.,  1843,  p.  185. 

7.  Dixon,  W.  A.— Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  xi.,  1877,  p.  172.— Foot-note. 

8.  Dixon,  W.  S.— Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  ii.,  1883,  p.  91. 

9.  Gill,  William  Wyatt— Life  in  the  Southern  Isles,  1876,  pp.  316-7. 

10.  Gill,  William  Wyatt— Savage  Life  in  Polynesia,  1880,  p.  85. 

11.  Gill,  William  Wyatt— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  127. 

12.  Hochstetter,  F.  von.— New  Zealand,  1867,  p.  205. — Foot-note. 

13.  Hutton,  F.  W.— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  ix.,  1876,  p.  348. 

14.  Hutton,  F.  W.— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xi.,  1878,  p.  344,  and  other  papers. 

15.  Kotzebue,  Otto  von— Voy.  Discovery,  ii.,  1821,  plate  facing  p.  63. 

16.  Mariner,  Wm.  (Martin's)— Natives  of  the  Tonga  Islands,  i.,  1817, 

pp.  279-83. 

17.  Meeson,  John— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xvii.,  1884,  p.  199. 

18.  Peale,  Titian  E.— Mamm.,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  2nd  Ed.,  1858,  p.  38, 

pi.  4,  fig.  1. 

19.  Rutland,  J.— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xxii.,  1889,  pp.  302-3. 

20.  Smith,  S.  Percy — The  Kermadec  Islands,  1887,  p.  24. 

21.  Smith,  S.  Percy— Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.,  xxii.,  1889,  p.  99. 

22.  Thomas,  Oldfield— Pacific  Rat,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1895,  p.  338. 

23.  Turner,  George — Samoa,  1884,  pp.  25,  187,  216,  218. 

24.  Turner,  George— Scot.  Geogr.  Mag.,  v.,  1889,  p.  246. 

25.  Woodford,  C.  M.— The   Gilbert  Islands,    Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,   1895, 

pp.  347-9. 


178  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


REPTILES. 


The  only  turtle  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Atoll  is 
Chelone  mydas,  and  this  was  regarded  as  by  no  means  common. 
Further  notice  of  the  green  turtle  will  be  found  in  the  introduc- 
tory article  (pp.  65-7),  and  Mr.  Hedley  asks  me  to  insert  the 
following  references  which  he  found  after  the  preceding  pages 
had  been  printed  : — 

As  stated  on  p.  66,  turtles  were  sacred  animals  in  Polynesia, 
only  eaten  after  certain  ceremonies.  One  of  the  best  descriptions 
of  these  we  owe  to  Lamont,*  who  writes  of  Penrhyn  Island  : — • 

"The  following  day,  to  my  surprise,  we  were  again  all  mar- 
shalled and  marched  to  the  sea  shore,  where  I  found  a  turtle 
sprawling  on  its  back.  After  some  words  were  repeated  over  it 
by  one  of  the  priests  who  had  officiated  at  the  mara,  Turua 
stepped  forward  to  the  edge  of  the  water,  and,  in  a  menacing 
attitude,  seemed  to  denounce  someone,  throwing  up  his  arms,  and 
vociferating  at  the  top  of  his  voice,  as  if  threatening  an  imaginary 
being  at  sea.  The  turtle  (or  'hona,'  as  they  call  it)  had,  it 
appeared,  a  spirit  in  it,  which,  being  driven  out  by  one  of  the 
priests,  was  threatened  with  vengeance  by  the  bold  warrior  if  he 
attempted  to  return.  The  unfortunate  turtle  was  at  once  con- 
veyed to  a  mara,  different  from  the  one  we  had  visited  the 
previous  day,  and  after  a  few  ceremonies  was  beheaded  and 
disembowelled.  A  large  fire  was  then  prepared  on  an  elevation 
of  stones,  and  it  was  sacrificed  to  the  gods.  On  our  return  to 
the  gravel  plot,  where  the  people  had  again  all  assembled,  a  mat 
was  placed  in  the  centre  for  me,  and  the  cooked  turtle,  cut  into 
small  pieces,  was  served  up  in  the  shell,  in  which  it  had  been 
roasted.  Monitu,  Taharua,  and  Turua  sat  at  a  respectful  distance 
on  the  mat,  the  rest  of  the  people  forming  an  extensive  circle 
somewhat  further  off.  My  three  privileged  friends,  diving  their 
hands  into  the  meat,  selected  the  most  tempting  pieces,  with 
which  they  endeavoured  to  feed  me.  This  I  rather  declined,  and 
was  allowed  to  help  myself.  As  they  looked,  at  every  mouthful  I 
took,  like  hungry  dogs,  I  offered  one  or  the  other  a  piece,  which 
was  laughingly  accepted  and  devoured,  my  generosity  being 
received  with  flattering  comments  from  the  circle.  Extending 
my  liberality  I  threw  some  pieces  to  Ocura  and  Mau  Kakara, 
when,  to  my  astonishment,  the  women  jumped  up  and  fled  in 
terror,  shouting  '  Huie  atua ! '  Taharua  and  Turua  held  my 
hands,  and  shaking  their  heads,  gravely  repeated  the  same  words, 
but  Monitu  only  laughed  heartily  at  my  mistake." 

*  Lamont— Wild  Life  among  the  Pacific  Islanders,  1867,  p.  182. 


REPTILES — WAITB.  179 

The  natives  of  Futuna  likewise  made  the  slaughter  of  a  turtle 
an  occasion  of  great  ceremony.*  By  the  people  of  llotuma  it 
was  held  in  like  regard,  f 

No  sea  snakes  were  heard  of,  and  were  apparently  unknown  to 
the  islanders.  The  terrestrial  Reptilian  fauna  is  represented  by 
the  four  Lacertilians  below  mentioned,  which  were  the  only 
members  of  the  order  included  in  the  collection. 

Mr.  Hedley  informs  me  that  specimens  of  the  geckos  could  at 
any  time  be  secured  by  pulling  back  the  pinnse  of  young  palms; 
the  little  creature  was  snugly  ensconced  between  the  base  of  the 
leaves,  expanded  to  embrace  the  stem  and  the  trunk.  A  search 
of  half-a-dozen  palms  rarely  failed  to  reveal  one  or  more  specimens. 

The  skinks  afforded  sport  to  the  children,  who  fished  for  them 
with  hook  and  thread  among  the  broken  undergrowth  of  the 
island :  they  were  exceedingly  numerous  and  could  be  found 
almost  everywhere. 

Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford,  in  the  course  of  some  interesting  remarks 
upon  the  transference,  by  human  agency,  of  these  reptiles  from 
island  to  island,  observes}  : — "  It  is  the  rule  rather  than  the 
exception  for  one  or  more  lizards  to  be  unwilling  passengers  when 
one  of  the  large  native  canoes  is  at  any  time  put  into  the  water. 
On  one  voyage  from  the  Solomons  to  Australia  I  remember  that 
a  lizard  frequented  the  foretop  for  several  days;  and  on  two 
occasions  when  bringing  orchids  to  Sydney  from  the  Solomons,  I 
have,  on  opening  the  case,  found  a  living  gecko  among  the  plants. 
They  are  easily  brought  on  board  ship  among  the  firewood,  and 
their  presence,  therefore,  even  upon  remote  islands,  supposing  that 
they  are  occasionally  visited  by  ships,  presents  little  difficulty." 

FAMILY  GECKONID^. 

GYMNODACTYLUS,  Spix. 
GYMNODACTYLUS  PELAGICUS,  Girard. 

Gymnodactylus  pelagicus,  Girard,  sp.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil., 
1857,  p.  197;  Gunther,  Voy.  "Cura9oa,"  p.  404,  pi.  xxiv., 
fig.  a. 

This  species,  so  widely  distributed  in  the  islands  of  the  Pacific, 
is  represented  by  specimens  which  differ  slightly  from  the  descrip- 
tions of  the  species.  The  dorsal  tubercles  are  not  so  closely  set 
as  shown  in  Giinther's  figure,  but  are  separated  by  two  or  three 

*  Smith— Journ.  Polyn.  Soc.,  i.,  1892,  p.  41. 

t  Allardyce,  G.  W.  L. — Proc.  and  Trans.  R.  Geogr.  Soc.  Austr.,  Qd., 
i.,  1886,  p.  142. 

J  Woodford— Geogr.  Journ.,  vi.,  1895,  p.  349. 


180  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

tubercles.  Those  on  the  hind  limb  are  arranged  in  rows  almost 
as  regular  as  those  of  the  back.  The  specimens  do  not  exhibit 
tubercles  on  the  tail  as  found  in  some  examples,  and  as  the 
markings  are  similar  to  those  on  the  body  it  does  not  appear  that 
the  member  has  been  reproduced. 

GEHYRA,  Gray. 
GEHYRA  OCEANICA,  Lesson. 

Gehyra  oceanica,  Lesson,  sp.,  Voy.  "Coquille,"  Zool.,  ii.,  p.  42, 

pi.  ii.,  fig.  3. 

The  specimens  collected  do  not  in  any  way  differ  from  those 
obtained  in  the  other  Polynesian  Islands,  throughout  which  the 
species  is  widely  distributed. 

FAMILY  SCINCID^E. 

LYGOSOMA  (EMOA),  Gray. 

LYGOSOMA  CYANURUM,  Lesson. 

Lygosoma  cyanurum,  Lesson,  sp.,  Voy.  "Coquille,"  Zool.,  ii.,  p.  49, 

pi.  iv.,  fig.  2. 

The  phrase*  "four  labials  anterior  to  the  large  subocular" 
should  read  "four  or  five  labials,"  etc.,  in  order  to  receive  the 
examples  from  Funafuti  which  do  not  otherwise  differ  from 
specimens  received  from  elsewhere. 

LYGOSOMA  ADSPERSUM,   Steindachner. 

Lygosoma  adspersum,  Steindachner,   sp.,    Sitz.   K.  Akad.   Wiss. 
Wien.,  Ixii.,  1870,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  1. 

This  species,  apparently  the  least  widely  known  of  the  four 
Lacertilians  received,  is  very  common  on  the  Funafuti  Atoll. 
Eggs  were  obtained  ;  they  are  very  nearly  spherical,  their 
greatest  diameter  measuring  ISmillim.,  and  their  least  diameter 
12  millim. 

Finsch  has  recorded!  four  Lacertilians  from  the  Gilbert  Group, 
two  of  which  only  are  identical  with  ours.  He  enumerates  the 
following  : — Gehyra  oceanica,  Platydactylus  ( Lepidodactylus ) 
lugubris,  Mabouia  (Lygosoma)  cyanura,  and  Ablepharus  pcecilo- 
pleurus  (A.  boutonii). 


*  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Lizards,  iii.,  1887,  p.  290. 

t  Ann.  K.K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  p.  21. 


FISHES WAITE.  181 


FISHES. 


The  Collection  of  Fishes  comprises  fifty  -four  species,  which  are 
for  the  most  part  well  known  forms.  A  large  number  of  them 
are  widely  distributed,  and  range  from  the  Red  Sea  and  the  east 
coast  of  Africa  across  the  Indian  and  Java  Seas  to  Polynesia. 
Smaller  and  possibly  more  interesting  species  were  not  obtained, 
due  to  the  only  possible  method  of  procuring  them.  The  natives 
brought  in  the  fishes  as  caught  by  net  or  hook,  and  not  conceiving 
that  they  were  required  for  other  than  edible  purposes,  naturally 
preserved  only  the  best  examples  from  their  point  of  view.  At 
first  they  very  seduously  avoided  bringing  to  land  any  specimens 
they  regarded  as  poisonous,  and  it  was  some  time  before  they 
could  be  made  to  understand  that  the  fishes  were  not  to  be  eaten. 

Zoologically  this  notice  is  little  more  than  a  list,  which  is  of 
value  more  especially  for  extending  the  known  range,  and  by 
supplying  an  exact  locality  for  the  species  enumerated. 

Some  of  the  short  notes  may  be  of  wider  interest,  and  this 
refers  especially  to  the  native  names  which  have  an  Ethnological 
value. 

All  the  specimens  have  been  referred  to  described  species,  but 
in  a  few  instances  the  identification  is  doubtful,  due  to  insufficient 
descriptions,  the  fugitive  nature  of  the  characters  described,  or 
to  the  necessary  literature  not  being  accessible. 


EPINEPHELUS,  Block. 
EPINEPHELUS  URODELUS,  Cuv.  &  Vol. 

Epinephelus  urodelus,  Cuv.  &  Val.,  sp.,   Hist.  Nat.,  ii.,  p.  306  ; 
Giinther,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  3,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  a. 

This  brilliantly  coloured  ''  rock-cod  "  is  called  "  Matiri  "  by 
the  natives,  and  the  only  example  obt-iiaed  is  of  the  variety  with 
the  white  convergent  lines  on  the  tail. 

EPINEPHELUS  LEOPARDUS,  Lacepede. 

Eplnephehis  leopardus  Lacepede,  sp.,  Poiss.,  iii.,  p.  517,  pi.  xxx., 
fig.   1  ;  Giinther,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  4,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  b. 

Although  many  of  the  Serranidse  are  nearly  allied,  I  have  no 
doubt  that  the  only  specimen  available  is  correctly  assigned  to 
the  present  species.  In  addition  to  its  comparative  proportions 
it  agrees  well  with  Giinther's  figure,  the  black  band  on  the  upper 
lobe  of  the  tail  is  however  alone  developed. 


182  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

EPINEPHELUS  TAUVINA,  Forsk. 

Epinephelus  tauvina,  Forsk.,  sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  39  ;  Bleeker, 
Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  cclxxxiii.,  fig.  1. 

Greatly  esteemed  as  food  on  the  island  and  fished  for  with 
hook  and  line,  both  within  the  lagoon  and  from  the  outer  reefs. 
In  the  absence  of  a  good  series  (having  only  one  example)  I 
cannot  be  certain  of  the  identification,  its  characters,  however, 
agree  most  nearly  with  the  descriptions  of  this  widely  distributed 
Indo-Pacific  species.  It  is  evidently  a  young  fish,  measuring 
only  272  millim. 

The  native  name  is  "Mou." 

EPINEPHELUS  MERRA,   Bloch. 

Epinephelus  merra,  Bloch.,  Ausl.  Fische,  vii.,  p.  17,  pi.  cccxxix. ; 
Giinther,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  7,  pi.  vii. 

One  example  of  the  typical  form,  namely  no  white  spots  on  the 
body,  and  the  pectorals  with  round  black  spots.  This  species  so 
far  as  could  be  ascertained  did  not  frequent  the  lagoon,  at  least 
it  was  not  caught  there,  but  Mr.  Hedley  hooked  some  ofT  the 
outer  reef,  where  they  entered  the  crevasses  and  took  the  bait 
greedily.  The  natives,  it  appears,  at  the  time  of  the  Expedition, 
only  fished  the  lagoon,  all  species  from  the  reefs  being  indiscrimi- 
nately condemned. 

Quantities  of  pumice  were  recently  washed  on  to  the  beach, 
and  several  of  the  inhabitants  became  ill  and  one  died  after 
eating  fish  caught  from  the  reefs.  As  this  was  supposed  to  be 
in  consequence  of  the  presence  of  the  pumice,  the  fish  were  con- 
demned, but  will  again  be  utilised  when  the  pumice  ceases  to  be 
thrown  up.  This  ban  did  not  refer  to  fishes  caught  in  the  lagoon, 
which  was  free  from  pumice. 

As  pumice  is  a  harmless  substance,  Mr.  Hedley  suggests  that 
its  occurrence  was  coincident  with  the  arrival  of  some  marine 
organism,  which  might  vitiate  the  food  supply  of  the  fish,  and 
thus  indirectly  have  a  harmful  effect  upon  the  natives. 

In  this  connection  Wyatt  Gill  writes*: — "On  the  outer  edge 
of  our  coral  reefs  exists  a  sea-centipede  (Nereis),  in  appearance 
like  a  black  thread  slowly  moving  amongst  the  rugged  submarine 
growths.  The  ae  attains  the  length  of  five  or  six  feet.  Good 
fish  become  poisonous  through  feeding  on  these  sea-centipedes. 

"  Strangely  enough,  fish  that  are  excellent  eating  on  one 
island  may  be  poisonous  on  another.  Thus  the  dainty  matakiva 
of  Mangaia  is  poisonous  on  the  neighbouring  island  of  Mitiaro. 
A  chief  of  that  atoll,  hearing  that  it  is  much  prized  in  Mangaia, 

*GiU— Life  in  the  Southern  Isles,  1876,  p.  274. 


PISHES  —  WAITB.  183 

concluded  it  was  a  mere  fancy  of  his  countrymen  that  it  should 
be  hurtful  at  Mitiaro.  Accordingly,  he  ate  one,  and  died  a  few 
hours  afterwards." 

The  native  name  of  this  species  is  "  Natala,"  and  the  size  of 
the  specimen  preserved  198  millim. 

LUTIANUS,  Block. 

LUTIANUS    BENGALENSIS,    Block. 

Lutianus  bengalensis,  Bloch.,  sp.,  Fisch.,  pi.  ccxlvi.,  fig.  2,  Bl.  Schn., 
p.  316;  Temm.  &  Schleg.,  Fauna  Japon.  Poiss.,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  2. 

Attaining  a  length  of  ten  inches  this  fish  is  a  valuable  source 
of  food  supply,  and  two  names  were  obtained  for  it,  namely 
"  Savani  "  and  "  Tumti."  After  the  large  depopulation  of  the 
island  of  Funafuti  by  American  slave  traders,  immigrants  arrived 
from  adjacent  shores.  Mr.  Hedley  therefore  supposes  that  one 
of  these  names  was  imported  from  some  neighbouring  tribe. 

A  very  young  example  of  only  38  millim.,  and  without  doubt 
of  this  species,  is,  as  is  common  with  young  forms,  much  more 
spiniferous  than  the  adult.  The  preopercle  is  strongly  denticu- 
lated, and  is  produced  into  a  strong  spine  at  the  angle. 

LUTIANUS  GIBBUS,  Forsk. 

Lutianus  gibbusy  Forsk.,  sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  46;  Giinther,  Fische 

der  Siidsee,  p.  12,  pi.  xii. 

The  native  name  "  Teia  "  is  identical  with  that  recorded  by 
Giinther  "Taea,"  as  in  use  in  the  Society  Islands.  The  specimen 
which  has  attained  its  adult  colouration  measures  270  millim. 

LUTIANUS  FULVIPLAMMA,  Forsk. 

Lutianus  fulviflamma,  Forsk.,  sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  45  ;  Bleeker, 

Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  ccc.,  fig.  2. 

The  only  specimen  received  serves  to  extend  the  known  range 
of  the  species. 


CHJETODON,  Cuvier. 
CH^TODON  AURIGA,  Forsk. 

Chcetodon  auriga,  Forsk.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  60  ;  Gunther,  Fische 

der  Siidsee,  p.  36,  pi.  xxvi.,  fig.  b. 

Although  the  island  of  Funafuti  should  be  a  veritable  home 
for  Chjetodons,  Chelrnos,  Holacanths,  etc.,  many  of  which  were 
seen  swimming  in  the  crevasses,  this  is  the  only  member  of  the 


184  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

family  obtained.  As  previously  mentioned  this  is  to  be  accounted 
for  by  the  fact  that  only  the  larger  species  were,  as  a  rule, 
collected  by  the  natives.  This  Chsetodon  is  of  the  variety 
setifer,  and  measures  114millim.  in  length. 

MULLIDJE. 

MULLOIDES,  Sleeker. 
9.  MULLOIDES  FLAVOLINEATUS,   Lacepede. 

Mulloidesflavolineatus,  Lacepede,  sp.,  Poiss.,  iii.,  p.  406  ;  Riippell, 
N.W.  Fische,  p.  101,  pi.  xxvi.,  tig.  1. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a  single  example. 
The  Funafuti  name  is  "  Malili." 

MULLOIDES  SAMOENSIS,  Gunther. 

Mulloides  samoensis,  Gunther,   Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  57,  pi.  xliii., 
tig.  b. 

(PI.  viii.,  fig.  2a-b.) 

I  have  referred  to  this  species  a  small  specimen  which  measures 
only  76  millim.  in  total  length,  or  less  than  half  the  dimensions 
of  the  type  specimen  :  "  6J  Zoll  "  (  -  165  millim.).  As  the  species 
was  founded  on  a  single  example,  and  as  it  does  not  appear  to 
have  been  met  with  since  first  described  (1873),  the  following  des- 
cription will  assist  in  verifying  or  disproving  the  determination  : — 
D.  vii.,  18.  V.  I  5.  A.  II  6.  L  lat.  40  L  tr  2£,  6. 

Length  of  head  3'4,  of  caudal  fin  5'0,  height  of  body  4'2  in  the 
length  of  the  body  (exclusive  of  the  caudal  fin).  Diameter  of 
eye  3'6,  length  of  snout  2'4  in  length  of  head;  interorbital  space 
very  lowly  arched  4'0  in  length  of  head.  Upper  jaw  the  longer. 
The  maxilla  reaches  two-thirds  the  distance  to  below  the  anterior 
edge  of  the  orbit. 

The  barbels  extend  to  slightly  beyond  the  posterior  edge  of 
the  preopercle.  Upper  profile  from  above  the  eye  to  the  snout 
markedly  convex.  Opercle  with  a  weak  spine  and  a  slight 
denticulation,  indicative  of  a  second  spine  above.  Teeth  in 
villiform  bands  in  both  jaws.  First  and  second  dorsal  spines  of 
equal  length,  1*7  in  the  length  of  the  head.  Second  dorsal  two- 
thirds  the  height  of  the  first.  The  anal  commences  slightly 
behind  the  second  dorsal.  The  ventrals  do  not  reach  the  vent  by 
fully  a  third  of  their  length  ;  caudal  deeply  forked,  the  least 
height  of  its  pedicle  equals  the  intradorsal  space. 

Scales  ctenoid,  in  five  series  between  the  dorsal  fins.  Tubes  of 
the  lateral  line  not  much  branched,  consisting  of  two  main  arms 


PISHES — WAITE.  185 

bifurcated  anteriorly,  but  simple  from  below  the  second  dorsal  to 
the  caudal. 

Colours. — In  formol,  silvery  white  with  a  greenish  tinge  on  the 
dorsal  surface :  the  top  of  the  head  is  yellowish,  and  the  same 
colour  is  to  be  traced  on  the  cheeks — there  is  a  distinct  yellow 
spot  immediately  above  the  opercular  spine.  Fins  immaculate, 
excepting  the  caudal  which,  towards  the  base,  is  of  yellowish  hue. 
The  black  and  pearl-coloured  blotches  mentioned  by  Giinther  are 
not  to  be  observed  in  our  example.  The  type  specimen  was 
obtained  at  Apia  in  the  Samoa  Islands,  one  of  the  archipelagos 
nearest  to  the  Ellice  Group. 

UPENEUS,  Sleeker. 
UPENEUS  TRIFASCIATUS,  Lacepede. 

Upeneus  trifasciatus,  Lacepede,   sp.,   Poiss.,   iii.,   p.  104,   pi.  15, 
fig.  1  :  Giinther,  Fische  der  Stidsee,  p.  59,  pi.  xliv.,  figs.  6,  c. 

This  widely  distributed  form  is  represented  by  a  solitary 
example,  in  which  the  usual  dark  markings  are  almost  obsolete, 
the  body  band  beneath  the  second  dorsal  is  the  most  pronounced, 
whilst  the  black  mark  on  the  basal  half  of  this  fin  is  the  darkest 
feature  of  the  specimen.  It  measures  173  millim. 

The  native  name  is  "  Teforo." 

SPARID^B. 

LETHRINUS,  Cuvier. 
LETHBINUS  ROSTRATUS,  Cuv.  &  Vol. 

Lethrinus  roslratus,  Cuv.  &  Val.,   sp.,  Hist.   Nat.,   vi.,   p.   296  ; 
Playfair,  Fishes  of  Zanzibar,  p.  44,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  2. 

Said  to  be  common  and  a  favorite  food-fish.  When  the  more 
esteemed  species  are  not  caught  in  sufficient  numbers,  inferior  kinds 
are  eaten  in  consequence  of  the  limited  flesh-foods  on  the  island. 
A  small  example  only  was  brought  to  Sydney. 

Known  to  the  natives  as  "  Nutta." 

LETHRINUS  RAMAK,  Forsk. 

Lathrinus  ramak,   Forsk.,   sp.,   Descr.   Anim.,   p.  52  ;  Gunther, 
Fische  der  Sudsee,  p.  64,  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  13. 

The  two  yellow  longitudinal  bands  which  Gunther  remarks  are 
such  a  striking  feature  in  the  living  fish,  are  very  conspicuous  in 
two  of  our  three  examples.  There  is  also  a  third  fainter  and 


186  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

narrower  band  immediately  below  the  lateral  line,  this  is  indicated 
in  Giinther's  figure  but  is  not  referred  to  in  the  text.  These 
specimens  appear  to  be  rather  larger  than  any  previously  recorded, 
measuring  315,  307  and  287  millim.  respectively. 

The  native  name  is  "  Gropa." 

SPH^EODON,  Ruppell 
SPH^IRODON  GRANDOCULIS,  Forsk. 

Sphcerodon  grandoculis,  Forsk.,  sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  53  ;  Bleeker, 
Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  ccxcix.,  fig.  1. 

Found  widely  distributed  in  the  South  Seas,  and  extending 
across  the  Indian  Ocean  to  the  Red  Sea,  this  species  is  now 
recorded  from  the  Ellice  Group.  The  example  examined  totals  a 
length  of  31 2  millim.  The  figure  referred  to  represents  a  young 
individual  showing  the  white  transverse  body  bands. 

CIRRHITID^}. 

CIRRHITES,  Cuvier. 
OIRRHITBS  MACULATUS,  Lacepede. 

Cirrhites  maculatus,   Lacepede,  Poiss.,   sp.,  v.,   p.  3 ;    Giinther, 
Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  71,  pi.  li.,  fig.  a. 

Readily  distinguishable,  in  conjunction  with  other  characters, 
by  the  smallness  of  the  scales  on  the  cheeks,  the  species  is 
represented  by  two  individuals,  measuring  200  and  164  millim. 
respectively.  This  record  is  interesting,  as  the  species  does 
not  appear  to  have  been  obtained  from  many  of  the  Pacific 
Islands. 

BERYCID^B. 

HOLOCENTRUM,  Artedi. 

HOLOCENTRUM    ERYTHR^EUM,    Giinther. 

Holocentrum  erythrceum,  Giinther,  sp.,  Cat.  of  Fishes,  i.,  p.  32 ; 
Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  99,  pi.  Ixiii.,  fig.  b. 

The  occurrence  of  this  species  in  the  Ellice  Group  adds  one 
more  definite  locality  to  its  known  distribution.  It  has  a  wide 
range  in  the  Southern  Seas,  but  was  not  regarded  as  common  in 
Funafuti,  where  it  is  known  as  "  Malou."  The  single  specimen 
obtained  measures  200  millim.  in  total  length. 


FISHES — WAITE.  187 

HOLOCENTRUM  DIPLOXIPHUS,  Gunther. 

Holocentrum  diploxiphus,  Giinther,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1871,  p.  660, 
pi.  Ix. 

This  species  is  also  known  from  several  of  the  Polynesian 
Islands,  and  as  Gunther  remarks,  apparently  remains  of  small 
size :  the  only  example  brought  home  measures  144  millim.  in 
length. 

It  is  called  "  Boutularu  "  on  the  island  of  Funafuti. 


*  TEUTHID.3S. 

TEUTHIS,  Linnaeus. 
TEUTHIS  ROSTRATA,  Cuv.  &  Val. 

Teuthis  rostrata,  Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,  x.,  p.  158  ;  Playfair, 
Fishes  of  Zanzibar,  p.  50,  pi.  x.,  fig.  2. 

As  the  descriptions  of  the  various  species  are  for  the  most  part 
little  more  than  a  notice  of  the  colour-pattern,  and  as  this 
usually  fades  on  contact  with  spirit,  the  determination  of  the 
species  cannot  be  satisfactory  without  a  good  series  of  the  genus. 
Our  two  examples  I  determine  as  Teuthis  rostratus,  and  a  com- 
parison with  Playfair's  description  and  figure  largely  removes 
any  doubt  as  to  their  identity.  Gunther  has  identified  the 
species  from  the  Society,  Pelew,  and  Gilbert  Islands,  so  that  its 
occurrence  in  Funafuti  is  merely  an  extension  of  the  known 
range. 

Known  to  the  natives  as  "  Mai'ava  "  or  "  Meia." 
ACRONURID.^. 

ACANTHURUS,    Block. 

ACANTHURUS  TRiosTEGUS,  Linn. 

Acanthurus  triostegus,  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.,  i.,  p.  463;  Bennett, 
Fishes  of  Ceylon,  p.  11.,  pi.  xi. 

One  would  scarcely  expect  to  receive  even  a  very  small  col- 
lection of  fishes  from  the  Pacific  Islands  without  this  ubiquitous 
species  being  included.  Of  three  examples  the  largest  measures 
158,  the  smallest  54  millim. 

The  native  name  in  Funafuti  is  "  Manini,"  and  its  universal 
application  is  noteworthy.  Gunther  remarks  : — "  Throughout 
the  whole  of  Polynesia  it  is  called  '  Manini.'  " 

•For  paper  on  the  Teuthidoidea,  see  Gill,  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vii., 
1885,  p.  276. 


188  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

ACANTHURUS    GUTTATUS,     Forsk. 

Acanlhurus  guttatus,  Forsk.,  sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  218  ;  Giinther, 
Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  109,  pi.  Ixix.,  fig.  a. 

This  species  has  also  a  wide  range  in  the  Pacific.  We  have 
two  specimens  from  the  atoll,  measuring  208  and  190  millim 
respectively. 

The  native  name  is  rendered  as  "Te  api  "  or  "  Yappi,"  which 
is  practically  identical  with  "  Hapi "  in  use  in  the  Sandwich 
Islands,  as  recorded  by  Giinther. 

ACANTHURUS  BLOCHII,  Cuv.  &  Val. 

Acanthurus  blochii,  Guv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,  x.,  p.  209 
(fide  Giinther) ;  Giinther,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  109,  pi.  Ixix., 
fig-  &. 

Giinther  remarks  that  it  is  extremely  doubtful  whether  A. 
matoides,  Klunz.,  from  the  Red  Sea,  is  identical  with  the  species 
he  had  hitherto  so  named.  He  therefore  adopts  the  name 
A.  blochii,  which  species  is  to  be  distinguished  by  the  dorsal  fin 
being  lower  in  proportion  to  the  height  of  the  body.  Our  speci- 
mens quite  agree  in  this  respect,  for  the  spines  are  3J,  whereas 
in  Klunzinger's  species  they  are  much  longer,  namely  2f  in  the 
height  of  the  body. 

ACANTHURUS  ACHILLES,  Shaw. 

Acanthurus  achilles,  Shaw,  Zool.,  iv.,  p.  383 ;  Giinther,  Fische 
der  Siidsee,  p.  115,  pi.  Ixxi.,  fig.  b. 

Several  examples  of  this  unmistakable  and  handsome  species 
were  brought  from  Funafuti,  where  they  are  known  to  the 
inhabitants  as  "Matto." 


NASEUS,  Commer. 
NASEUS  LITURATUS,  Forsk. 

Naseus  lituratus,  Forsk.,   sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  218;  Giinther, 
Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  124,  pi.  Ixxxii. 

The  natives  appear  to  have  associated  this  genus  with  the 
Acronuridse,  for  while  A.  triostegus  is  designated  as  "  Manini," 
the  present  species  is  distinguished  by  a  prefix,  the  rendering 
being  "  Rakomaniui." 


FISHES — WAITE.  189 

CARANGID^E. 

CARANX  Lacepede. 
CARANX  MUROADSI,  Temm.  &  Schleg. 

Caranx    muroadsi,    Temin.    &   Schleg.,    Fauna    Japon.    Poiss., 
p.    108,  pi.  Iviii.,   fig.  1. 

While  I  cannot  be  absolutely  certain  of  the  correct  determina- 
tion of  the  species,  the  aggregate  characters  lead  me  to  name  the 
only  specimen  procured  as  above.  Caranx  muroadsi  has  not,  so 
far  as  I  am  aware,  been  previously  recorded  from  other  than  the 
seas  of  Japan,  with  Ternate  doubtful.  (Giinther.)  Length  of 
specimen  295  millim. 

CARANX  CRUMENOPTHALMUS,  Block. 

Caranx  crumenopthalmus,  Bloch.,  sp.,  Fisch.,  pi.  cccxliii. ;  Jenyns, 
Voy.  of  "  Beagle,"  Fish,  p.  69,  pi.  xv. 

This  widely  distributed  form  is  represented  by  two  small 
specimens  of  equal  size  (210  millim.).  Together  with  other  small 
material  they  were  preserved  in  a  5%  solution  of  formol,  which 
has  several  advantages  over  spirits.  No  appreciable  shrinkage 
takes  place,  and  the  flesh  remains  quite  firm,  while  delicate  forms 
such  as  Leptocephalus,  and  minute  membranous  structures,  as 
for  example  the  adipose  fin  of  small  scopelids,  are  perfectly 
preserved.  As  a  colour  preservative  it  is  incomparable  with 
spirit,  which,  as  is  only  too  well  known,  renders  nearly  all  speci- 
mens of  the  same  uniform  yellowish-brown.  The  action  of  formol 
is  beneficial  in  yet  another  way.  Fishes  killed  in  this  fluid  die 
with  their  members  extended,  so  that  the  fin  formulae  of  the 
smallest  forms  (Gobius,  Salarias)  can  be  counted  with  delightful 
ease  and  without  disturbing  a  single  ray.  Lastly,  spirit  cannot 
be  diluted  to  more  than  half  its  bulk,  while  formol  may  be  carried 
at  one-twentieth  the  bulk  at  which  it  can  be  used,  a  matter  of  no 
small  consideration  to  a  heavily  equipped  collector. 

CHORINEMUS,  Cuv.  &  Vol. 
CHORINEMUS  SANCTI-PETRI,  Cuv.  &  Vol. 

Chorinemus  sancti-petri,   Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,  viii.,  p.  379, 
pi.  ccxxxvi. 

In  Day's  "  Fishes  of  India,"  (p.  230)  there  is  a  misprint,  by 
which  the  second  dorsal  is  made  to  commence  "  midway  between 
the  snout  and  the  front  nostril."  In  the  "  Fauna  of  British 
India,"  (p.  174)  the  passage  is  simply  omitted.  It  was  probably 
intended  to  read  :  "  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  front 
(base)  of  the  caudal." 


190  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Another  palpable  error  occurs  in  the  measurement  of  the 
pectoral,  and  as  this  is  copied  into  the  "Fauna,"  (loc.  cit.)  it  may 
be  further  mentioned.  The  length  of  this  fin  is  stated  to  be 
"4J  in  the  total  length."  In  the  Funafuti  example  (525  millim. 
to  middle  caudal  rays)  it  is  contained  7*8  times,  or  9  times  in  the 
extreme  length,  which  was  probably  the  measurement  taken  by 
Day. 

TRACHYNOTUS,  Guv.  &  Val. 
TBACHYNOTUS  BAILLONII,  Lacepede. 

Trachynotus  baillonii,  Lacepede,   sp.,   Poiss.,   iii.,   p.  93,  pi.  iii., 
fig.  1. 

Represented  only  by  a  very  young  example  measuring  85  millim. 
in  length. 

SCOMBRID^E. 

ECHENEIS,  Artedi, 

ECHENEIS   NAUCRATES,    Linn. 

Echeneis  naucrates,  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.,  i.,  p.  446  ;  Temm.  &Schleg., 
Fauna  Japon.  Poiss.,  p.  270,  pi.  cxx.,  fig.  1. 

578 millim.  is  the  length  of  the  only  "sucker-fish"  collected. 

GOBITD.E. 

GOBIUS,  Artedi. 

GOBIUS    BIOCELLATUS,    CuV.  &    Val. 

Gobius  biocellatus,  Guv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,   xii.,   p.  73  ;   Day, 
Fishes  of  India,  pi.  Ixiii.,  fig.  8. 

To  this  species  I  have  doubtfully  referred  a  small  specimen  of 
38  millim.,  but  it  is  too  young  for  certain  determination. 

BLENNIID^. 

SALARIAS,  Guv. 
SALARIAS  MARMORATUS,  Bennett. 

Salarias   marmoratus,   Bennett,    sp.,    Zool.   Journ.,    iv.,    p.   35 ; 
Giinther,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  204,  pi.  cxvi.,  fig.  b. 

A  nice  series  of  this  beautiful  species  was  obtained  (largest 
specimen  72 millim.).  Giiuther's  figure  gives  an  excellent  repre- 
sentation of  the  fish ;  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  markings  at 
the  base  of  the  second  dorsal  are  in  reality  oblique  lines  directed 


PISHES  —  WAITE.  191 

backwards  and  not  isolated  spots  as  shown.  The  white  spots  on 
the  head-parts,  present  only  in  some  examples,  are  raised  tubercles. 
Each  supra-orbital  tentacle  consists  of  a  median  tapering  stem, 
whence  arises  a  number  of  lateral  filaments,  which  are  larger  and 
more  numerous  on  the  inner  side.  The  nasal  tentacles  each 
comprise  a  short  stalk  and  a  palm  like  portion  terminating  in 
7-9  digitations.  The  occipital  tentacles  are  simple.  The  short 
streak  behind  the  eye,  which  Giinther  remarks  is  characteristic 
of  the  species  is,  in  formol-preserved  examples,  of  a  deep  blue 
colour. 

SALARIAS  QUADRICORNIS,  Cuv.  &  Vol. 

Salarias  quadricornis,  Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,  xi.,  p.  329, 
pi.  cccxxix.  ;  Giinther,  Fische  der  Sudsee,  p.  209,  pi.  cxvii., 
fig-  b. 

The  collection  contains  several  examples,  all  small,  however, 
as  the  largest  one  measures  only  77  millim.  This  species  was 
exceedingly  common,  swarming  in  every  rock  pool,  as  indeed  one 
might  imagine  by  the  fact  of  the  natives  having  designated 
("Monaco")  a  fish  not  edible  nor  otherwise  useful.  When 
removed  from  the  pools  it  skipped  over  the  rocks  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  induce  the  belief  that  it  was  a  Periopthalmus. 


MYXUS,  Giinther. 
MYXUS  LEUCISCDS,  Giinther. 

Myxus  leuciscus,  Giinther,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1871,  p.  666,  pi.  Ixv., 
fig.  a  ;  Fische  der  Sudsee,  p.  220,  pi.  cxxi.,  fig.  c. 

The  only  grey  mullet  collected  is  assigned  to  this  species.  In 
the  "  Fische  der  Sudsee  "  the  length  of  the  head  is  misprinted 
as  £  of  the  total  length.  It  should  read  £,  as  in  the  original 
description. 

The  native  name  is  "  Foua." 

GLYPHIDODONTID^E. 

TETRADRACHMUM,  Cantor. 

TETRADRACHMUM  ARUANUM,  Block. 

Tetradrachmum    aruanum,     Bloch.,    sp.,     Fisch.,    iii.,     p.    62, 
pi.    cxcviii.,    fig.    2  ;    Bennett,    Fishes   of    Ceylon,    p.    17, 
pi.  xvii. 
Represented  by  one  small  specimen  of  only  32  millim.  in  length. 

Common  throughout  the  South  Seas. 


192  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

GLYPHIDODON,  Cuvier. 
GLYPHIDODON  BROWNRIGGII,  Bennett. 

Glyphidodon  brownriggii,  Bennett,  Fishes  of  Ceylon,  p.  8,  pi.  viii.; 

Giinther,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  232,  pi.  cxxvii.  (varieties). 
A  number  of  specimens  was  collected  representing  five  varieties, 
some  of  which  have  been  specifically  named,  they  are  as  follows  : — 

(1)  The  original  form  figured  by  Bennett.     (Fishes  of  Ceylon, 
pi.  viii.) 

(2)  Coloration  uniform.     (G.  modestus,  Bleeker,  Atlas  Ichth., 
pi.  cccciii.,  fig.  9.) 

(3)  An  oblique  white  band  on  the  body,  a  dark  spot  on  the 
spinous  dorsal,  and  a  smaller  one  at  the  posterior  base  of  the 
soft  dorsal. 

(4)  Same  as  No.  3  but  without  the  white  body-band. 

(5)  An  oblique  white  band  on  the  body,  a  dark  one  across  the 
base  of  the  caudal.     A  dark  spot  on  the  spinous  dorsal,  and  the 
whole  base  of  the  soft  dorsal  dark.     Anal  wholly  dark  coloured. 

GLYPHIDODON  SORDIDUS,   Forsk. 

Glyphidodon  sordidus,   Forsk.,   Descr.   Anim.,   p.   62  ;    Bleeker, 
Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  ccccx.,  fig.  5. 

Three  very  young  examples  are  credited  to  this  species.  In 
addition  to  the  large  black  spot  on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
caudal  pedicle,  there  is  a  small  one  at  the  base  of  the  pectoral, 
and  a  large  black  mark  on  the  dorsal  extending  from  the  second 
to  the  sixth  spine  ;  as  the  transverse  bands  become  fainter,  so 
this  mark  apparently  disappears  in  adult  examples  :  it  is  notice- 
ably more  pronounced  in  our  smallest  specimen  (IS  millim.),  which 
is  little  more  than  a  third  the  length  of  the  largest  (48  millim.). 

GLYPHIDODON  SEPTEM-PASCIATUS,  Guv.  &  Vol. 

Glyphidodon  septem-fasciatus,  Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,  v.,  p.  463  ; 

Bleeker,  Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  ccccix.,  fig.  5. 

One  specimen,  half-grown.  Attaining  larger  dimensions  than 
some  other  members  of  the  genus,  this  species  has  received  a 
native  name,  being  known  to  the  inhabitants  as  "  Moutou 
moutou." 

LA  BRIDGE. 

CHILINUS,  Cuvier. 

CHILINUS  TRILOBATUS,  Lactpede. 

Chilinus  trilobatus,  Lacepede,  Poiss.,  iii.,  pp.  529,  537,  pi.  xxxi., 

fig.  3  ;  Bleeker,  Atlas  Ichth.,  p.  66,  pi.  xxvii.,  fig.  2. 
One  example,  a  widely  distributed  species  in  the  South  Seas, 
attains  a  length  of  two  feet. 


FISHES — WAITE.  193 

CHILINUS  FASCIATUS,  Block. 

Chilinus  fasciatus,  Bloch.,  Fisch,  v.,  p.  18,  pi.  cclvii.  ;  Giinther, 
Fische  der  Stidsee,  p.  246,  pi.  cxxxiv. 

A  smaller  species,  but  equally  well  known.  Two  specimens 
were  collected  under  the  native  name,  "  Moree." 

JULIS,  Cuv.  &  Vol. 

JULIS  LUNARIS,  Linn. 

Jnlis  Innaris,  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.,  i.,  p.  474  ;  Bleeker,  Atlas  Tchth., 
p.  90,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  5. 

One  of  the  commonest  fishes  of  the  Indo-Pacific.  Name  given 
by  the  Funafuti  islanders,  "  Lapi." 

PSEUDOSCARUS,  Bleeker. 

Four  species  of  Pseudoscarus  are  included  in  the  Collection, 
and  these  have  been  determined  as  follows  : — It  is,  however, 
necessary  to  mention  that  the  identification  is  by  no  means  satis- 
factory, as  there  are  such  a  large  number  of  species  (valid  or 
otherwise)  named  rather  than  described.  "  The  Pseudoscarus 
are  beautifully  coloured,  but  the  colours  change  with  age,  and 
vary  in  an  extraordinary  degree  in  the  same  species.  They  fade 
rapidly  after  death,  so  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  recognise 
in  preserved  specimens  the  species  described  from  living 
individuals."* 

Unfortunately  none  of  these  fishes  were  placed  in  formol,  or 
judging  by  results  obtained  in  the  case  of  other  Labroids  caught 
near  Sydney,  and  so  preserved,  much  of  the  colour  might  have 
been  retained. 

These  individuals,  so  much  alike  in  our  hands,  must  when  alive 
exhibit  great  variety  of  colour  and  pattern  as  delineated  by 
Bleeker,  for  the  Funafuti  natives  recognise  and  name  the  several 
species. 

PSEUDOSCARUS  PULCHELLUS,   Riippell. 

Pseudoscarus  pulchellus,  Riippell,  sp.,  N.W.  Fische,  p.  25,  pi.  viii., 
fig.  3 ;  Bleeker,  Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  x.,  fig.  3. 

Previously  recorded  from  the  Red  Sea,  Mauritius,  Java, 
Celebes,  China.? 

Funafuti  native  name,  "  Oulafi  "  or  "  Ourafi." 

*  Giinther— Study  of  Fishes,  p.  532. 


194  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

PSEUDOSCARUS  BATAviENSis,  Sleeker. 

Pseudoscarns  bataviensis,  Bleeker,  sp.,  Java,  iv.,  p.  342  ;  Atlas, 
Ichth.,  pi.  xii.,  fig.  3. 

Previously   recorded   from   Batavia. 
Funafuti  native   name,   "  Samaria." 

PSEUDOSCARUS  SINGAPURENSIS,  Sleeker. 

Pseudoscarus  singapurensis,  Bleeker,  sp.,  Singapore,  p.  69  ;  Atlas, 
Ichth.,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  1. 

Previously  recorded  from  Singapore  and  Java. 
Funafuti  native  name,   "  Ruggea." 

PSEUDOSCARUS  TROSCHELLI,  Sleeker. 

Pseudoscarus  troschelli,   Bleeker,   sp.,    Batavia,    p.    498  ;    Atlas, 
Ichth.,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  2. 

Previously  recorded  from  Java. 
Funafuti  native  name,   "  Soumoulaia." 

OPHIDTID^E. 

FIERASFER,  Cuvier. 
FIERASFER  HOMII,  Richardson. 

Fierasfer  homii,   Richardson,  sp.,  Voy.   Ereb.  and  Terr.   Fishes, 
p.  74,  pi.  xxxxiv.,  figs.  7—18. 

Mr.  Hedley  obtained  a  large  Ifolothurian  (//.  argus,  Semper,) 
two  feet  in  length.  After  it  had  been  in  a  bucket  for  half-an- 
hour,  the  Fierasfer  swam  out  and  was  bottled  in  formol.  These 
parasitic  Ophidiidse,  as  is  well  known,  inhabit  the  breathing 
cavities  of  various  invertebrates ;  they  are  said  to  be  quite  harm- 
less, though  possibly  inconvenient  to  their  host. 

The  specimen  does  not  differ  from  that  described  by  Richardson, 
and  measures  104  ruillim.  in  length. 

SCOMBRESOCID^E. 

BELONE,  Cuvier. 

BELONE  PLATURA,  Bennett. 

Belone  platura,  Bennett,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1830,  p.  168  ;  Ruppell, 

N.W,  Fische,  p.  73,  pi.  xx.,  fig.  1. 

Al  though  I  have  named  the  single  Belone  obtained,  as  above,  I 
cannot  be  certain  of  the  determination.     Its  characters,  however, 
on  the  whole  ally  it  with  this  species. 
Native  name,  "  Kashufi." 


PISHES — WAITE.  195 

HEMIRHAMPHUS,  Cuvier. 
HEMIRHAMPHUS  BALINENSIS,  Sleeker. 

Hemirhamphus  balinensis,  Bleeker,  Nat.  Tydschr.  Ned.  Ind., 
xvii.,  p.  170. 

I  was  at  first  inclined  to  regard  this  "half-beak"  as  H. 
intermedius.  It  agrees  more  nearly  with  Bleeker's  species,  and 
as  Cantor  has  decided  that  they  are  specifically  distinct,  I  have 
no  alternative  but  to  name  our  single  example  as  above.  It  is 
not  in  good  condition,  and  therefore  not  suitable  for  purposes  of 
re-description.  In  company  with  Flying  Fish,  the  Hemirhamphi 
were  attracted  to  the  canoes  at  night  by  means  of  flaming  palm 
brands,  and  were  secured  in  hoop  nets  within  the  lagoon. 

MUR^ENID^E. 

OPHICHTHYS,  Ahl. 

OPHICHTHYS  COLUBRINUS,  Boddaert. 

(PI.  viii.,  fig.  3.) 

Ophichthys  colubrinus,  Boddaert,  Neue  Nord.  Beytr.  (Pallas's), 
ii.,  1781,  p.  56,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  3  ;  Quoy  &  Gaim.,  Voy.  Uran.,  I., 
p.  243,  pi.  xlv.,  fig.  2. 

The  three  examples  obtained  agree  in  having  the  transverse 
bands  widely  interrupted  beneath,  so  that  in  reality  they  are 
only  half-bands  adorning  the  dorsal  surface.  In  some  examples 
the  bands  are  nearly  as  wide  as  the  interspaces,  in  ours  they  are 
very  narrow,  being  but  one-sixth  the  width  of  the  interspaces. 
There  is  no  dark  spot  between  the  bands  as  found  in  some 
specimens,  and  figured  by  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

Wyatt  Gill*  describes  how  eels  live  in  holes  in  the  coral  and 
attain  formidable  dimensions ;  he  also  gives  a  very  recognisable 
illustration  of  a  typical  example  of  this  species. 

The  native  name  is  "  Boureriva." 

MUR^NA,  Artedi. 
MuR-ffiNA  FORMOSA,  Bleeker. 

Murcena  formosa,  Bleeker,  Ned.  Tydschr.  Dierk.,  ii.,  p.  51 ; 
Atlas  Ichth.,  p.  94,  pi.  clxxiv.,  fig.  1. 

In  its  general  form  and  proportions,  the  single  specimen  secured, 
approaches  most  nearly  to  this  species,  but  of  its  absolute  identity 
I  cannot  be  certain.  The  colouration  and  general  pattern  agree 
well  with  Bleeker's  figure  of  the  adult,  and  our  example  exhibits 
the  black  spot  at  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  and  the  dark  blotch  on 

*  Gill— Life  in  the  Southern  Isles,  1876,  p.  279. 


196  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

the  gill-opening,  which  are  stated  to  be  of  value  in  determining 
the  species.  Two  examples  in  the  British  Museum  are  from 
Ceram  and  Amboyna  respectively. 

At  Funafuti  this  eel  is  called  "  Foussi  "  or  "  Poussi." 


BUROENSIS,  Bleeker. 

Murcena  buroensis,  Bleeker,  Nat.  Tydschr.  Ned.  Ind.,  xiii., 
p.  79;  Atlas  Ichth.,  p.  105,  pi.  clxxv.,  fig.  2. 

A  smaller  eel  is  with  some  hesitancy  assigned  to  this  species  ; 
while  its  general  characteristics  agree  with  the  description,  the 
colour  is  slightly  different.  As,  however,  the  colouration  in  the 
Muraenidae  varies  much  according  to  age  or  other  conditions,  it  is 
not  of  such  specific  value  as  has  unfortunately  been  relied  upon 
to  determine  the  many  described  species.  Our  example,  preserved 
in  spirits,  is  of  a  greenish-brown  colour,  the  dorsal  surface  includ- 
ing the  fin  and  the  sides  from  head  to  tail  closely  punctated  with 
black,  none  of  the  dots  being  as  large  as  a  pin's  head. 

The  ventral  surface  especially  anteriorly  is  immaculate,  pos- 
teriorly the  spots  descend,  and  the  last  inch  or  so  of  the  tail, 
including  the  surrounding  fin,  is  dotted  like  the  upper  surface. 

It  would  appear  that  the  Funafuti  native  name  for  an  eel  is 
"Poussi"  ("Foussi"),  this  species  being  distinguished  as  "Poussi- 
kenna."  Eels  were  so  exceedingly  numerous  among  the  reefs 
round  the  island,  that  the  native  boys  used  to  secure  them  by 
beating  them  with  a  palm  leaf  stem  as  they  swam  in  the  water. 
The  three  species  were  obtained  in  this  manner.  Eels  were  also 
caught  in  the  rock  pools  by  means  of  hoop  nets. 

BALISTID^E. 

BALISTES,  Artedi. 
BALISTES  FUSCUS,  Block. 

Batistes  fuscus,  Bloch,  Schn.,  p.  471;  Bleeker,  Atlas  Ichth., 
p.  Ill,  pi.  ccxxv.,  fig.  3. 

Two  adult  examples,  wherein  the  caudal  lobes  are  greatly 
produced  and  the  anterior  portions  of  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins 
much  elevated,  even  more  than  in  Bleeker's  figure.  The  amount 
of  development,  which  both  these  fins  and  the  caudal  undergoes 
as  the  fish  attains  maturity,  will  be  well  seen  by  comparing  this 
figure  with  that  of  Day's,*  which  represents  a  young  example  of 
the  natural  size.  Riippellf  has  illustrated  the  species  of  inter- 
mediate age. 

Funafuti  native  name,  "  Oom." 

*  Day  —  Fishes  of  India,  pi.  clxxviii.,  fig.  4. 
t  Kiippell—  Atlas,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  2. 


PISHES — WAITE.  197 

BALISTES  FLAVOMARGINATUS,  Rupp. 

Balistes  flavomarginatus,  Riipp.,   Atlas  Fische,  p.  33 ;  Bleeker, 
Atlas  Ichth.,  pi.  ccxxiv.,  fig.  3. 

One  specimen  secured.  It  agrees  exactly  with  the  figure  cited, 
both  as  to  size  and  proportions,  but  the  representation  is  spoilt 
by  the  delineation  of  the  scales  on  the  snout,  which  as  Giinther 
remarks  are  not  correctly  drawn. 

BALISTES  ACULEATUS,  Linn. 

Balistes  aculeatus,   Linn.,   Syst.  Nat.,  i.,  p.  406  ;  Bleeker,  Atlas 
Ichth.,  pi.  ccxvi,,  fig.  3. 

Under  the  name  of  "  Soumou,"  one  example  of  this  beautiful 
and  very  widely  distributed  species  is  in  the  Funafuti  Collection, 
and  is  apparently  as  common  in  the  Ellice  Group  as  in  other 
islands  of  the  Pacific. 

DIODONTID^E. 

TETRODON,  Linnaeus. 

TETRODON  NIGROPUNCTATUS,  Block. 

Tetrodon  nigropunctatus,  Bloch,  Schn.,  p.  507  ;    Bleeker,  Atlas 
Ichth.,  pi.  ccvi.,  fig.  4. 

The  Collection  includes  two  adult  examples,  both  of  which 
when  alive  exhibited  a  beautiful  lemon  colour  on  the  entire 
ventral  surface,  thus  approaching  the  variety  citrinella.  One  of 
the  two  specimens  is  very  spiny,  and  the  other  is  in  part  almost 
naked.  Although  it  is  known  that  some  Diodons  are  able  to 
erect  their  spines  independently  of  the  inflation  of  the  body, 
personally  I  had  no  idea  that  Tetrodons  could  accomplish  a 
similar  result  to  such  an  extent  as  is  exhibited  by  our  specimens. 
Examining  the  two  side  by  side  one  was  seen  to  be  exceedingly 
spiny,  while  the  other  as  indicated  appeared  to  be  devoid  of  such 
armaments ;  it  was  not  until  the  last  named  example  was  turned 
over  that  I  realised  they  were  of  the  same  species.  The  right 
side  of  this  specimen  lias  the  spines  fully  protruded,  while 
on  the  left  side  they  are  deeply  imbedded,  but  can  be  readily 
found  and  protruded  by  means  of  a  knife  or  other  instrument. 
A  Tetrodon  killed  with  its  spines  erected  may  present  a  very 
different  appearance  to  one  of  the  same  species  killed  while  the 
spines  were  imbedded  beneath  the  skin.  As  the  spiniferous 
character  is  used  in  describing  or  determining  the  various  species, 
it  has  been  thought  advisable  to  indicate  that  it  may  not  be  so 
constant  as  has  been  imagined. 

I  find  that  Giinther  has  drawn  attention  to  the  fact  that  this 
species  varies  in  its  spiny  character,  but  was  apparently  unaware 


198  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

that  an  individual  might  exhibit  each  variation  as  circumstances 
altered.     He  writes  as  follows*  : — 

"  This  species  varies  in  a  remarkable  manner  in  the  extent  of 
the  spines  over  the  body  :  sometimes  they  project  much  out  of 
the  skin,  and  cover  nearly  the  entire  body  like  bristles  :  some- 
times they  are  much  less  numerous,  and  nearly  entirely  hidden  in 
the  skin,  the  greater  part  of  which  appears  to  be  smooth." 

Tetrodon  nigropunctatus  is  included  in  a  division  characterised 
by  the  presence  on  each  side  of  the  snout  of  "  two  solid  nasal 
tentacles  without  opening."  Of  this  species  I  would  rather  say 
that  there  is  a  single  tentacle  on  each  side  of  the  snout,  each 
tentacle  consisting  of  a  stalk  separated  at  about  half  its  height 
into  two  lobes.  On  examining  these  lobes  with  a  lens  they  were 
seen  to  be  distinctly  porous  at  the  apex,  and  suspecting  the 
presence  of  a  canal  one  of  the  tentacles  was  removed,  when  two 
depressions  were  observable  in  the  pedicle,  each  depression  cor- 
responding with  one  of  the  lobes.  On  cutting  sections,  the 
microscope  revealed  the  presence  of  two  black  spots  which  may 
have  been  the  pigmental  and  juxtaposed  walls  of  two  canals. 
The  tentacles  had  however  been  so  shrivelled,  that  nothing  more 
satisfactory  could  be  made  out. 

The  native  name  of  the  species,  which  is  very  common  around 
the  Atoll,  is  "  Soui." 

TETRODON  IMMACULATUS,  Block. 

Tetrodon   immaculatus,   Bloch.,  Schn.,  p.   507  ;    Bleeker,  Atlas 
Ichth.,  p.  75,  pi.  ccxi.,  fig.  1, 

One  half-grown  example  is  included  in  the  Collection.  The 
stomachs  of  all  these  Tetrodons  were  crowded  with  coral,  which 
grated  together  when  the  body  was  touched.  In  T.  nigro- 
punctatus the  coral  consisted  of  the  finer  branchlets  of  a 
Pocillopora,  found  growing  in  the  shallower  water  where  the 
Tetrodons  were  obtained.  Some  of  the  pieces  swallowed,  measured 
nearly  f  inch  in  length,  and  were  much  branched. 

The  food  of  T.  immaculatus,  as  exhibited  by  our  specimen,  was 
composed  of  pieces  of  the  stock  of  a  coral  unbranched,  and  not 
exceeding  a  pea  in  size.  With  these  were  associated  some  Fora- 
minifera,  which  my  colleague,  Mr.  Thomas  Whitelegge,  has 
identified  as  Orbitolites  complanata  and  Tinoporus  baculatus. 

Darwin  has  noticed  two  species  of  Scarus  as  browsing  upon 
corals,  f 

*GHinther— Cat.  of  Fishes,  viii.,  p.  293. 
t  Darwin —Coral  Eeefs,  1874,  p.  19. 


PISHES — WAITE.  199 

The  fifty -four  species  here  enumerated  are  those  brought  to 
Sydney,  but  this  number  does  not  exhaust  even  the  common 
fishes  of  the  Atoll,  many  different  kinds  not  obtained  were 
observed  swimming  about  the  coral  growth,  or  in  the  deep  water 
beyond.  Other  species  were  obtained,  but  for  various  reasons 
were  not  preserved.  We  are  told  (page  65)  how  a  giant  ray 
(probably  Ceratoptera)  was  harpooned  in  shoal  water  in  the 
Lagoon,  and  the  large  fins  cut  off  to  make  a  meal  for  the  families 
of  its  captors.  It  is  also  mentioned  that  the  "  Bonito  "  (Thynnus), 
is  attracted  and  caught  with  pearl-shell  hooks  trailed  unbaited  over 
the  surface,  their  gleaming  nacre  being  a  sufficient  temptation. 
The  Barracouta  or  Barracuda  (Sphyrcena)  is  also  mentioned,  and 
the  flying-fish  (Exoccelus),  attracted  in  the  lagoon  by  torches,  and 
caught  in  nets,  formed  a  valuable  source  of  food.  A  shark  was 
caught  and  can  be  readily  identified  as  the  "Thresher"  (Alopias 
vulpes)  from  a  drawing  made  by  Mr.  Hedley.  This  shark  is 
known  as  "  Mungo  "  to  the  natives.  There  is  evidence  of  another 
shark,  for  the  swords  figured  by  Edge-Partington,*  as  possibly 
from  the  Ellice  Group,  are  armed  with  teeth,  evidently  those  of 
Galeocerdo  rayneri. 

Mr.  Hedley  described  to  me  a  fish  which  there  was  small 
difficulty  in  recognising,  and  on  showing  him  illustrations  of 
Epibulus  insidiator,  he  at  once  identified  them  as  portraying  the 
fish  he  described.  A  species  extremely  variable  in  colour,  the 
example  seen  was  wholly  yellow. 

A  Diodon  (or  rather  portion  of  the  skin)  was  brought  home  ; 
it  was  found  on  the  beach,  and  as  it  consists  of  nothing  more 
than  spines  held  together  with  skin,  the  species  cannot  be 
determined. 

Mr.  Hedley  brought  us  some  account  of  a  large  fish  found  off 
the  Coral  Atolls,  known  to  the  natives  as  "  Palu,"  and  to  the 
traders  as  "  Oil  fish."  It  is  only  caught  in  the  deepest  water, 
and  is  described  as  having  an  immense  head,  enormous  jaws,  and 
large  scales.  I  would  hazard  the  suggestion  that  it  is  one  of  the 
Macruridce,  and  as  little,  if  any,  information  has  been  published 
about  the  "  Palu,"  have  pleasure  in  transcribing  the  following 
account,  for  which  we  are  indebted  to  Mr.  W.  S.  Crummer,  of 
the  Department  of  Lands,  Sydney,  who  received  it  from  the  well 
known  traveller  and  author,  Mr.  Louis  Becke  : — 

"This  peculiar  fish  is,  as  far  as  I  know,  only  found  in  the 
Tokelau  (or  Union  Group),  the  Ellice  Group,  the  Kingsmill 
Group,  and  at  the  isolated  islands  of  Pukapuka  (Danger  Island), 
Suwarrow  Island,  and  Manahiki.  I  do  not  know  for  certain,  but 
have  been  told  by  many  intelligent  natives,  that  the  '  Palu  '  is 
never  to  be  found  among  the  high  islands,  such  as  the  Fijis, 

*  J.  Edge-Partington— Ethnological  Album  (1),  i.,  pi.  xxxvii.,  figs.  6-11. 


200  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Samoa,  New  Hebrides,  etc. ;  that  it  affects  only  the  low-lying 
coral  atolls,  such  as  the  above-named.  With  the  exception  of  an 
old  trader  named  Jack  O'Brien,  now  living  in  Funafuti,  in  the 
Ellice  Group,  I  do  not  think  there  is  among  the  white  traders  of 
to-day  another  man  besides  myself  who  has  caught  '  Palu.'  In 
the  first  place,  a  man  must  have  much  experience  of  deep-sea 
fishing  ;  in  the  next,  the  native  inhabitants  would  strongly  resent 
a  strange  white  man  attempting  to  catch  one,  for  reasons  I  will 
explain  hereafter — that  is,  the  people  of  the  Line  Islands  would  so 
resent  it. 

"  A  full-grown  '  Palu'  would  weigh  up  to  1501bs.,  and  be  6ft. 
long  ;  it  being  by  no  means  a  thick  fish ;  as  far  as  shape  goes  it 
is  much  like  the  Australian  Jew  fish.  In  place  of  scales  it 
possesses  a  tough  black  skin,  thickly  covered  with  bright  silvery 
and  small  horny  excresences  growing  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
feathers  of  a  French  fowl — that  is,  these  scales,  or  whatever  you 
can  call  them,  curl  upwards,  and  feel  loose  to  the  touch.  The 
most  peculiar  features  of  the  '  Palu  '  are  the  enormous  eyes  ;  the 
jaws  are  toothless ;  the  fins  resemble  those  of  a  Jew  fish.  The 
average  size  is  about  3  or  4ft.,  and  weight  40  to  GOlbs. 

"  The  ingeniously  constructed  wooden  '  Palu '  hook  you  are 
already  familiar  with,  so  I  need  not  here  say  anything  about  it. 
The  line  most  in  favour  for  '  Palu  '  fishing  is  made  from  the  very 
best  cocoanut  fibre,  4  or  6  plait.  This  is  of  great  strength,  and 
above  all  very  light,  for  it  is  not  unusual  to  fish  in  150  to  200 
fathoms,  and  at  such  a  depth  as  that  the  lines,  made  from  'fetau' 
(Hibiscus),  would  be  too  heavy  to  pull  in.  A  stone  sinker,  3  to 
51bs.,  is  attached  to  the  line. 

"  A  calm  smooth  night  is  chosen,  and  after  catching  flying  fish 
for  '  Palu  '  bait,  the  canoes  pull  out  into  the  open — always  on  the 
lee  side.  It  is  customary  to  observe  the  strictest  silence,  the 
natives  having  many  superstitions  in  regard  to  '  Palu  '  catching, 
which  is  always  conducted  in  a  quiet,  noiseless  manner,  different 
from  '  Bonito '  fishing,  where  everyone  yells  and  howls,  and 
works  himself  into  a  frenzy. 

"  The  bite  of  the  '  Palu  '  is  hardly  perceptible,  but  on  the  Island 
of  Nanoinaga,  in  the  Ellice  Group,  where  I  was  left  twelve 
months,  I  do  not  remember  an  instance  where  we  did  not  touch 
bottom  at  120  fathoms,  and  almost  immediately  pull  up  with  a 
'  Palu  '  hooked.  The  hauling  up  is  done  very  slowly  till  the  fish 
is  within  30  or  40  fathoms,  and  then  as  fast  as  possible  to  avoid 
the  big  Tanifa  sharks  that  would  seize  the  fish.  Sometimes  in 
1  Palu '  fishing  we  have  hooked  immense  brown  eels  which,  unless 
our  united  strength  was  put  on  the  line,  would  tie  themselves 
round  the  coral  and  cut  the  line.  In  one  of  these  eels  we  found 
a  'Palu'  weighing  201bs.,  just  dead,  showing  that  these  brutes 


FISHES — WAITE.  201 

prey  on  the  ( Palu.'  When  each  canoe  has  caught  two  '  Palu  ' 
they  paddle  ashore. 

"The  fish  are  apportioned  out  to  the  community  with  the 
greatest  exactitude — every  portion  of  it  is  edible  ;  the  head, 
bones,  and  fins,  when  cooked,  turning  into  a  rich  mass  of  jelly. 
The  flesh  of  the  'Palu,'  if  left  uncooked,  never  putrefies;  it 
simply  dissolves  into  a  colourless  and  odourless  oil — I  believe 
chemists  would  like  to  get  hold  of  '  Palu '  oil.  When  cooked,  it 
is  not  easy  to  detect  any  great  difference  from  the  flesh  of  other 
fish,  except  that  it  looks  very  rich  and  is  dully  transparent.  Its 
almost  immediate  effect  on  the  bowels  I  have  described  to  you 
before. 

"It  is  prized  above  all  other  fish  in  the  Line  and  Ellice 
Groups.  In  the  Line  Islands  it  is  called  '  Te  icka  ne  peka ' — 
hardly  translatable  in  polite  English ;  but  not  to  be  too  coarse 
we  will  say  it  means  '  the  fish  that  makes  you  obey  the  call  of 
nature  in  double  quick  time.' 

"  When  I  was  living  on  Savage  Island,  the  people  then  told 
me  that  in  the  older  times  '  Palu  '  were  caught  there,  but  of  late 
years  very  rarely,  and  that  the  strong  currents  racing  round  the 
island  made  them  (the  natives)  afraid  to  venture  out  at  night ; 
but  I  surprised  them  when,  with  two  old  warrior  fishermen,  I 
caught  five  '  Palu  '  in  one  night,  in  80  fathoms  only,  and  with  a 
steel  fish-hook.  I  set  the  fashion,  and  the  extinct  art  was 
revived  during  my  stay  there,  and  I  sold  any  amount  of  fishing 
lines  and  8-in.  hooks,  as  the  Nuie  people  hate  to  make  anything 
they 'can  buy  or  steal." 

Three  types  of  Funafuti  native  instruments,  in  which  portions 
of  fishes  have  been  made  use  of,  have  been  submitted  to  me. 

One,  called  a  rasp,  is  simply  a  dried  portion  of  the  tail  of 
Urogymnus  asperrimus.  The  skin  of  this  ray,  as  is  well  known, 
is  in  common  use  for  covering  sword  and  spear  handles,  etc. 

A  second,  described  as  a  thatching  needle,  is  formed  of  about 
nine  inches  of  the  beak  of  a  Sword  Fish  (Histiophorus). 
Another  needle  used  for  a  similar  purpose  is  the  caudal  spine  of 
one  of  the  larger  Sting  Rays  (Trygonidce\  the  serrations  having 
been  ground  down  to  render  the  tool  sufficiently  smooth.  The 
native  name  of  the  ray  is  "  Feimanu." 

A  number  of  lancets  form  a  third  type.  They  are  very  neatly 
made  of  a  piece  of  stick  cleft  at  the  end,  into  which  is  lashed  a 
shark's  tooth.  The  teeth  are  possibly  from  Carcharias  lamia; 
those  from  the  lower  jaw  would  make  admirable  lancets,  but 
personally  I  should  not  care  to  be  operated  upon  by  the  serrated 
teeth  of  the  upper  jaw — both  types  of  teeth  having  been  similarly 
utilised. 


THE  ENTEROPNEUSTA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

PART  I. 

BY  JAS.  P.  HILL, 

Demonstrator  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Sydney. 


[IX.] 

THE    ENTEROPNEUSTA. 

PART.  I. 

BY  JAS.  P.  HILL, 

Demonstrator  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Sydney. 
[Plate  IX.] 


THE  Collection  of  Enteropneusta  brought  by  Mr.  Charles  Hedley 
from  Funafuti,  and  which  I  have  had  the  privilege  of  examining 
through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  Curator  of  the 
Museum,  comprises  two  distinct  and  widely  separated  species 
belonging  to  the  genus  Ptychodera. 

One  of  these  species  is  identical  with  a  species  found  by  Dr. 
Arthur  Willey  at  three  distinct  localities  in  the  New  Caledonian 
Archipelago,  and  of  which  he  has  already  communicated  an 
account  to  the  "  Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science."* 
Dr.  Willey  has  most  kindly  sent  me  his  collection  for  comparison 
with  that  made  by  Mr.  Hedley,  together  with  an  account  of  his 
observations.  I  am  thus  enabled  to  speak  definitely  on  the  identity 
of  these  two  forms.  Willey  has  referred  the  species  concerned 
provisionally  to  Ptychodera  flava,  Eschscholtz,f  recorded  from 
the  Romanzoff  Group  of  the  Marshall  Archipelago  in  1825,  and 
has  suggested  that  until  the  Marshall  Islands'  form  is  re-examined 
it  might  be  advisable  to  call  the  New  Caledonian  form  P.  flava, 
caledonica,  or  simply  P.  caledonica.  Now,  however,  that  the 
same  form  has  been  found  to  occur  at  such  a  distinct  and  widely 
separated,  but  intermediate  locality  as  Funafuti,  Willey  proposes 
(in  litt.)  to  drop  the  name  caledonica,  and  to  regard  the  species, 
provisionally  at  least,  as  P.  flava,  Eschsch.,  in  the  amended 
sense. 

The  specimens  of  this  species  obtained  by  Mr.  Hedley  do  not 
exceed  3  inches  in  length.  Willey  gives  2|  inches  as  the  maxi- 
mum length  of  unextended  specimens  obtained  at  the  islet  of 
Amedee,  close  to  Noumea,  while  specimens  found  by  him  later  at 

*  In  the  press. 

t  J.  W.  Spengel — Die  Enteropneusten  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  etc. 
Fauna  u.  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  1893.  pp.  190-1,  fig.  P. 


206  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Lifu,  in  the  Loyalty  Islands,  were  much  larger,  extending  to  7 
or  8  inches  in  length,  (in  Htt.). 

The  other  species  in  the  Funafuti  collection  is  new  to  science. 
I  propose  to  associate  it  with  the  name  of  Mr.  Hedley. 

FAMILY  PTYCHODERID^]. 

PTYCHODEBA,  Spengel. 

PTYCHODERA  HEDLEYI,  sp.  nov. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Mode  of  Occurrence  and  External  Characters. — Mr.  Hedley  has 
supplied  me  with  the  following  field  notes:  "The  centre  of  the 
principal  islet  of  Funafuti  Atoll  is  occupied  by  a  large  bare  flat, 
surrounded  by  a  hedge  of  Rhizophora — this  locality  is  described 
(ante  p.  10)  as  the  Mangrove  Swamp.  At  the  north  end  of  this, 
near  the  holes  through  which  the  tide  ebbs  and  flows,  are 
numerous,  shallow,  sandy  or  muddy  puddles  covered  at  half  tide ; 
the  most  prolific  being  some  under  the  shade  of  the  mangroves. 
In  such  a  puddle,  3  inches  deep  and  2  feet  across,  a  dozen 
specimens  might  be  found.  The  animals  were  best  secured  by 
taking  up  a  handful  of  wet  mud  and  combing  the  fingers  care- 
fully through  it.  The  primrose  yellow  of  the  Ptychodera  dis- 
tinguished the  least  exposure  of  its  body,  and  it  was  carefully 
washed  off  the  fingers  into  a  vessel  of  water.  Even  with  care 
many  specimens  were  torn.  The  two  species  were  found  associa- 
ted together." 

The  external  characters  alone  suffice  to  mark  off  this  species 
from  all  the  described  species  of  the  genus  Ptychodera. 

P.flava,  as  Willey  has  shown,  is  at  once  characterised  by  the 
great  development  and  extreme  ventral  origin  of  the  genital  wings 
(or  better,  genital  pleura,  as  Willey  has  suggested),  and  thus  belongs 
to  Spengel's  provisional  subgenus  Chlamydothorax,  of  the  family 
Ptychoderidae.  P.  hedleyi,  on  the  contrary,  is  entirely  devoid 
of  genital  pleura,  and  is  hence  to  be  associated  with  P.  minuta 
and  P.  sarniensis,  in  the  subgenus  Ptychodera  (sensu  stricto). 
The  complete  specimens  of  this  species  at  my  disposal  vary  in 
length  from  about  6  to  14  cm. 

Mr.  Hedley  supplies  the  following  notes  on  the  mode  of  pre- 
servation :  "  On  arriving  at  the  camp,  the  tube  containing  the 
take  of  Ptychodera  was  emptied  into  a  photographic  dish  filled 
with  sea  water;  a  little  cocaine  was  added,  which  seemed  to 
induce  the  animals  to  crawl  about  freely.  After  four  or  five 
hours  they  had  rid  themselves  of  mud  and  mucus,  and  were  killed 
by  a  weak  solution  of  chromic  acid.  Having  remained  in  this 
for  twelve  hours,  they  were  finally  transferred  to  three  per  cent, 
solution  of  formol." 


BNTEROPNEUSTA — HILL.  207 

Proboscis. — The  proboscis  of  this  species,  like  that  of  the 
P.  minuta  and  P.  sarniensis,  is  relatively  short.  It  has  a  greatest 
length  of  9  mm.,  and  a  breadth  of  5  mm.,  i.e.,  its  length  is  not 
quite  double  its  breadth.  In  form  it  is  somewhat  egg-shaped,  or 
more  accurately,  its  outline  may  be  compared  with  that  of  the 
human  tongue.  A  distinct  median  sulcus  is  present,  on  its  dorsal 
surface,  in  some  specimens,  but  not  in  all,  and  may  simply  be  due 
to  contraction  in  preservation. 

Collar. — The  collar  appears  about  as  broad  as  long,  with  a 
greatest  length  and  breadth  each  of  5  mm.  It  is  considerably 
shorter  than  the  proboscis,  in  the  proportions  of  5  :  9  and  4  :  7 
in  two  individuals. 

The  five  regions  of  the  collar  are  distinct,  and  in  their  relations 
are  characteristic  for  the  species.  The  first  region  includes  the 
anterior  free  part  of  the  collar,  and  occupies  about  a  third  of  its 
entire  extent.  Its  free  margin  is  slightly  crinkled,  but  is  not 
markedly  expanded  frill-like,  as  in  P.  australiensis*  This  free 
part  of  the  collar  narrows  posteriorly,  and  passes  over  into  the 
second  region,  occupying  the  middle  third  of  the  collar. 

This  second  region  appears  of  a  darker  colour  than  the  first, 
and  is  somewhat  broader  than  the  latter.  It  forms  a  distinct 
circular  cushion,  narrowing  anteriorly  where  it  joins  the  first,  and 
broader  posteriorly  where  it  adjoins  the  third  region.  The 
posterior  third  of  the  collar,  constituting  its  broadest  portion, 
includes  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  regions. 

The  third  and  fifth  regions  are  formed  by  two  prominent 
circular  ridges  of  about  equal  size,  and  are  separated  from  each 
other  by  a  circular  groove  constituting  the  fourth  region.  The 
circular  rim  of  the  fifth  region  forms  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
collar,  and  has  a  distinctly  greater  transverse  diameter  than  the 
succeeding  branchio-genital  section  of  the  trunk,  so  that  the 
collar  appears  distinctly  marked  off  from  the  latter. 

In  the  specimens  the  collar  shows  distinct  longitudinal  grooves, 
no  doubt  produced  by  the  contraction  of  the  collar  musculature. 

TRUNK. 

(1.)  Branchio-genital  Region. — This  region  is  characterised  by 
the  great  length  of  the  branchial  area,  and  the  absence  of  genital 
pleura,  the  latter  however  being  represented  in  the  genital  region 
proper  by  genital  cushions  (cf.  infra). 

It  may  be  subdivided  into  a  branchio-genital  region,  co-exten- 
sive with  the  gill  area,  and  into  an  exclusively  genital  region 
behind  the  point  of  termination  of  the  gills.  In  the  largest 

*  J.  P.  Hill — On  a  New  Species  of  Enteropneusta  (P.  australiensis), 
from  the  Coast  of  New  South  Wales.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.,  N.S.W.  (2),  x., 
1894. 


208  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

specimen  in  the  collection  the  gill  area  has  a  total  length  of 
3-3  cm.  It  is  thus  relatively  much  longer  than  in  P.  minuta 
and  P.  sarniensis,  and  is  also  of  a  different  shape.  In  these  forms 
the  gill  area,  when  viewed  from  above,  presents,  as  Spengel 
describes  it,  the  appearance  of  an  elongated  narrow  triangle  with 
its  apex  pointing  posteriorly.  In  P.  hedleyi,  however,  the  gill 
area,  viewed  from  above,  appears  long  and  band-like,  and  is  not 
pointed  at  its  posterior  end.  The  gill  pores  open  on  each  side 
into  a  narrow  longitudinal  groove,  which  runs  parallel  with  the 
deep  median  groove,  marking  the  position  of  the  dorsal  nerve 
cord.  The  narrow  bands  of  epidermis  lying,  one  on  each  side, 
between  the  median  groove  and  the  branchial  grooves,  and 
hardly  '5  mm,  in  width,  are  divided  up  by  transverse  lines  into  a 
definite  and  fairly  regular  series  of  oblong  or  squarish  areas, 
characteristic  for  the  species.  The  openings  of  the  gill  cavities 
into  the  branchial  grooves  can  only  be  made  out  in  sections. 

Laterally  to  the  branchial  grooves,  the  epidermis  is  irregularly, 
but  very  markedly  annulated,  the  annulations  being  interrupted 
below  by  the  median  ventral  groove  marking  the  course  of  the 
ventral  nerve  cord.  This  ventral  groove  is  much  shallower  than 
the  dorsal.  In  the  branchial  region  the  trunk  is  almost  quite 
cylindrical,  measuring  in  greatest  breadth  4.75  mm.  It  is  not 
possible,  in  this  region,  to  speak  of  genital  cushions,  such  as 
Spengel*  describes  and  figures  for  P.  minuta  (taf.  2,  fig.  10),  and 
P.  sarniensis  (taf.  6,  fig.  7).  Indeed,  sections  through  the 
branchial  region  of  P.  hedleyi  more  closely  resemble  in  general 
form  the  section,  figured  by  Spengel,  through  the  branchial  region 
of  Glandiceps  talaboti  (fig.  13,  taf.  19),  than  similar  sections  of 
P.  minuta  and  P.  sarniensis. 

Behind  the  branchial  region  proper  there  is  a  short  exclusively 
genital  segment  of  the  trunk,  characterised  by  its  greater  trans- 
verse breadth  and  the  presence  of  distinct  genital  cushions, 
similar  to  the  much  more  extensive  cushions  described  by  Spengel 
for  P.  miuuta  and  P.  sarniensis.  This  region,  in  a  fragment  of 
a  large  and  apparently  sexually  mature  individual,  has  a  length 
of  15  mm.,  with  a  transverse  breadth  of  6  mm.  It  not  only 
exceeds  the  branchial  region  in  breadth  but  presents  in  sections 
a  very  different  outline — ventro-laterally  it  is  rounded,  while 
dorsally  it  is  markedly  concave  on  each  side  of  the  median  ridge 
formed  by  the  dorsal  nerve  cord.  The  genital  cushions  are  the 
direct  continuations  of  that  portion  of  the  epidermis  forming  the 
lateral  boundary  of  the  branchial  grooves.  They  form  low  and 
thick  lateral  ridges,  extending  from  the  posterior  end  of  the 
branchial  region  up  to  within  a  short  distance  of  the  most 
anterior  liver  sacs. 

*Loc.  cit. 


ENTEROPNEUSTA — HILL.  209 

Behind  the  branchial  region  the  dorsal  nerve  cord  no  longer 
lies  in  the  bottom  of  a  groove  but  forms  a  median  ridge,  traceable 
to  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  tail.  Just  in  front  of  the  anus, 
however,  it  becomes  much  less  marked,  and  may  even  fade  away 
from  view.  The  ventral  cord  similarly  comes  to  the  surface  at 
the  end  of  the  branchial  region  and  passes  as  a  median  whitish 
line  up  to  the  extreme  posterior  end  of  the  tail. 

The  gonads  extend  throughout  the  whole  extent  of  the 
branchio-genital  region  up  to  within  a  short  distance  of  the 
anterior  liver  sacs. 

(2.)  Hepatic  Region. — May  reach  a  length  of  27  mm.,  and  a 
breadth  of  5.5  mm.  The  number  of  liver  sacs  in  the  larger 
specimens  varies  from  fifty  to  sixty  on  each  side.  The  sacs  are 
arranged  in  two  distinct  and  uniform  longitudinal  rows.  An- 
teriorly, they  commence  abruptly,  just  behind  the  point  of  fading 
away  of  the  genital  cushions,  while  posteriorly  they  gradually 
become  smaller,  and  pass  over  without  definite  limit  into  the 
transverse  annulations  of  the  dorsal  region  of  the  tail.  The  most 
anterior  and  posterior  sacs  are  colourless  in  the  preserved  speci- 
mens, while  the  remaining  sacs,  as  well  as  the  ventral  portion  of 
the  body  wall  in  the  hepatic  region,  are  of  a  light  slaty  brown 
colour.  The  three  or  four  pairs  of  anterior  liver  sacs  are  some- 
what smaller  and  thicker  antero-posteriorly  than  the  succeeding 
ones.  The  latter  are  simple,  markedly  compressed  antero- 
posteriorly,  and  situated  close  together  so  that  the  anterior  and 
posterior  faces  of  the  adjacent  sacs  touch.  Each  sac  has  a  broad 
base  of  attachment  corresponding  in  transverse  extent  with  its 
free  part.  The  outer  ends  of  the  sacs  thus  do  not  project  freely 
so  as  to  overhang  the  lateral  body  wall,  though  owing  to  the 
lesser  transverse  breadth  of  the  ventral  half  of  the  hepatic  region 
it  is  not  visible  when  the  region  is  viewed  from  above.  The  line 
of  attachment  of  the  outer  ends  of  the  sacs  is  marked  on  each 
side  by  a  low  longitudinal  ridge,  continuous  in  front  with  the 
genital  cushion. 

(3.)  Tail  Region. — In  the  largest  complete  specimen  this  region 
is  about  twice  as  long  as  the  hepatic  region,  and  measures  5.3 
cm.  in  length,  with  a  breadth  of  5  mm.  In  this  species,  as  in 
P.  australiensis,  the  tail  region  is  characterised  by  the  presence 
of  two  dorso-lateral  epidermal  lines,  corresponding  to  the  two 
underlying  ciliated  grooves  of  the  intestine.  The  lines  extend 
from  the  hepatic  region  over  the  anterior  two-thirds  of  the  tail, 
running  parallel  with  the  dorsal  nerve  cord,  and  about  .5  to 
.75  mm.  distant  from  it.  They  enclose  between  them  a  band-like 
area  of  the  dorsal  body  wall,  with  the  dorsal  cord  running  along 
its  middle,  and  appearing  like  a  direct  backward  prolongation  of 
the  hepatic  region.  On  each  side  of  the  nerve  cord  the  area  often 


210  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

appears  slightly  depressed,  and  thus  stands  out  very  distinctly.  It 
is  crossed  by  a  numerous  series  of  close  set  epidermal  ridges,  which 
may  even  extend  continuously  across  the  dorsal  cord.  Laterally, 
the  ridges  may  either  stop  short  at  the  epidermal  lines,  or  may 
pass  across  them  to  become  continuous  with  the  annulations  of 
the  ventro-lateral  body  wall.  These  latter  are  invariably  inter- 
rupted at  the  ventral  nerve  cord. 

In  P.  flava,  Willey  has  also  recorded  the  existence  of  two 
dorso-lateral  bands  in  the  tail  region,  but  as  he  describes  them, 
these  bands,  which  are  visible  externally  do  not  cause  any 
interruption  in  the  annulations  or  islets  of  the  integument, 
and  in  fact  are  probably  only  the  ciliated  bands  of  the  intestine 
showing  through  the  epidermis  by  transparency. 

Behind  the  termination  of  the  epidermal  lines  the  tail  gradu- 
ally narrows  to  its  posterior  end.  In  this  posterior  region  the 
epidermal  annulations  may,  in  some  specimens,  be  partly  broken 
up  into  small  islands.  The  annulations  of  the  tail  region  are,  on 
the  whole,  more  regular  than  those  of  the  branchio-genital  region. 

In  Part  II.  I  propose  to  describe  and  figure  the  salient  features 
in  the  internal  anatomy  of  this  species. 


THE  ALCYONAKIA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

PART  I. 

BY  THOMAS  WH1TELEGGE. 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


[X.] 

THE   ALCYONARIA. 

Part  I. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE, 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  Alcyonaria  collected  at  the  Ellice  Group  by  Mr.  0.  Hedley, 
prove  to  be  of  more  than  ordinary  interest,  inasmuch  as  the 
Collection  now  dealt  with  includes  four  new  species,  and  many 
rare  or  but  little  known  forms. 

There  are  three  species  of  the  genus  Sarcophytum,  one  of  which 
was  originally  described  by  Dana  as  Alcyonium  latum,  from  Fiji ; 
herein  it  is  referred  to  the  genus  Sarcophytum,  to  which  it 
undoubtedly  belongs. 

The  genus  Lobophytum  is  represented  by  six  or  seven  species ; 
two  are  described  as  new,  and  four  others  have  been  re-described 
and  illustrated,  with  a  view  to  aid  in  their  determination  in  the 
future. 

In  dealing  with  the  species  described  by  the  earlier  authors, 
there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  doubt  as  to  their  specific 
identity,  from  the  fact  that  the  characters  afforded  by  the  spicules 
have  generally  been  ignored,  and  only  the  external  features 
given.  In  such  cases  1  have  thought  it  better  to  accept  the 
species,  when  they  agreed  fairly  well  with  the  descriptions, 
rather  than  describe  them  as  new. 

Under  this  category  are  included  Alcyonium  tuberculosum, 
Q.  &  G.,  A.  confertum,  Dana,  and  A.  viride,  Q.  &  G.  The  latter 
appears  to  differ  greatly  from  the  other  species  under  notice,  and 
Studer  refers  it  to  the  genus  Lobularia  in  his  account  of  the 
Alcyonaria  of  S.M.S.  "  Gazelle."*  Judging  by  the  spicules 
alone,  the  species  herein  enumerated  and  referred  to  the  genus 
Lobophytum  are  very  heterogeneous,  -displaying  great  variation 
in  the  size  and  also  in  the  tuberculation  of  the  larger  spicules ; 
the  tubercles  are  not  in  whorls  but  are  irregularly  scattered,  this 
is  so  in  L.  tuberculosum,  L.  confertum,  and  L.  densum,  which  in 
this  respect  are  closely  allied  to  L.  marenzelleri,  and  also  in  the  size 
of  the  siphonozooids,  which  are  minute  and  almost  rudimentary. 

*Monateb.  Akad.  Wisg.  Berlin,  1878,  p.  634. 


214  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  Nephthyidce  are  represented  by  two  species  of  Spongodes, 
one — S.  pallida — being  regarded  as  new. 

Of  the  genus  Siphonogorgia  no  less  than  three  out  of  the  seven 
known  species  are  in  the  Collection,  together  with  a  new  species 
possessing  very  large  spicules,  the  external  ones  of  which  resemble 
those  of  Spongodes. 

I  have  again  to  acknowledge  my  obligation  to  my  colleague, 
Mr.  Edgar  R.  Waite,  for  the  admirable  pen  and  ink  drawings, 
from  which  the  accompanying  illustrations  were  photographically 
reproduced. 

Mr.  Charles  Hedley  supplies  the  following  field  notes  : — 
"  The  Alcyonidce,  such  as  Lobophytum  and  Sarcophytum, 
especially  nourished  on  the  numerous  small  reefs  which  stud 
the  lagoon,  where  they  grew  from  low  water  to  as  deep  as  the 
eye  could  follow.  Like  the  hard  corals  with  which  they  were 
interspersed,  they  loved  clear,  smooth  water,  and  a  rocky  bottom, 
and  could  not  endure  sand  or  mud.  So  plentiful  were  they  in 
such  spots,  that  I  have  often  walked  for  twenty  or  thirty  paces 
treading  upon  Alcyonaria  continuously.  So  much  do  these 
resemble  in  a  general  way  some  of  the  hard  corals,  among  which 
they  grow,  that  I  have  often  stooped  to  feel  whether  the  object 
of  my  attention  were  hard  or  soft.  On  shady  days  the  polyps 
might  be  seen  fully  exserted,  but  in  bright  sunshine  they  were 
invariably  retracted.  All  the  -specimens  collected  were  taken  at 
low  water  by  wading  on  the  lagoon  reefs  opposite  the  anchorage. 
"  The  Nephthyidce,  embracing  Spongodes  and  Siphonogorgia, 
could  not  be  reached  but  by  one  having  steam  power  at  command. 
The  only  day  a  steam  launch  was  placed  at  my  disposal,  I  spent 
the  time  dragging  tangles  across  and  along  the  steep  and  narrow 
slope  west  of  the  atoll,  between  forty  and  seventy  fathoms. 
From  this  rocky  mountain  side  were  procured  one  species  of 
Spongodes,  four  species  of  Siphonogorgia,  and  a  number  of 
Gorgonias."  These  latter  will  be  dealt  with  in  the  next  Part. 

.  ALCYON  ARIA. 

FAMILY  ALCYONID^. 

SARCOPHYTUM  GLAUCUM,  Quoy  &  Gaim. 

Sarcophytum  glaucum,  Quoy  &  Gaim.,  Voy.  Astrolabe,  Zoophytes, 
iv.,  p.  270,  pi.  xxii.,  figs.  11-12;  Marenzeller,  Zool.  Jahrb., 
Bd.  i.,  1886,  p.  352,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  12 ;  Wright  &  Studer,  Chall. 
Rep.,  Zool.,  xxxi.,  p.  248,  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  3. 

•Four  well  preserved  specimens,  with  the  polyps  mostly  extended. 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELEGGE.  215 

SARCOPHYTUM  TROCHELIOPHORUM,  var.  AMBOINENSE,  Marenz. 

Sarcophytum  trocheliophorum,  var.  amboinense,  Marenz.,  Zool. 
Jahrb.,  Bd.  i.,  1886,  p.  361,  pi.  ix.,  tig.  6  ;  Wright  &  Studer, 
Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xxxi.,  p.  249,  pi.  xli.,  fig.  11. 

One  small  specimen,  the  polyps  are  quite  retracted,  the  sipho- 
nozooids  are  distinct  and  disposed  in  circles.  The  short  thick 
spicules  are  characteristic  of  this  form.  (See  fig.  6c  on  Maren- 
zeller's  plate.) 

SARCOPHYTUM  LATUH,  Dana. 
(Plate  x.,  figs,  la-/.) 

Alcyonium  latum,  Dana,  Zooph.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  pi.  Iviii., 
figs.  6,  a,  b,  b;  Synop.  Rep.  Zooph.,  1859,  p.  125. 

The  single  example  obtained,  differs  slightly  from  the  type  as 
figured  by  Dana ;  it  is  smaller,  more  depressed,  and  the  lobes  are 
fewer. 

The  sterile  column  is  well  developed,  it  is  55  mm.  high  at  its 
highest  point,  and  30  mm.  at  its  lowest ;  the  surface  is  longitu- 
dinally sulcate  and  very  harsh  to  the  touch. 

The  capitular  margin  is  a  little  swollen,  but  not  at  all  re  volute, 
the  upper  surface  generally  presents  a  minutely  beaded  appear- 
ance, due  to  the  elevation  of  the  walls  surrounding  the  orifices  of 
the  polyps. 

The  autozooids,  which  are  1  mm.  apart,  are  encircled  by  six  or 
seven  siphonozooids,  the  latter  being  also  common  to  the  encircling 
series  of  adjoining  autozooids,  as  shown  in  Dana's  fig.  6a. 

The  ccenenchyrna  spicules  are  abundant,  and  consist  of  fusi- 
form, and  of  subcylindrical  spindles,  studded  with  whorled, 
granular,  or  spiny  tubercles.  Size — -3  by  -08,  '4  by  •!,  -3  by  '15, 
•35  by  -15  mm.  In  addition  to  these,  there  are  a  few  crosses  and 
comparatively  smooth  spiny  spindles. 

The  spicules  of  the  cortex  are  tuberculated  clubs,  which  form  a 
very  dense  crust,  they  are  variable  at  the  blunt  end,  some  are 
broad  and  others  obliquely  pointed.  Size — -12  by -03,  -2  by -04mm. 

The  specimen  has  the  same  general  shape  as  that  figured  by 
Dana,  consisting  of  two  subfoliate  expansions  ;  there  is  evidently 
an  error  in  fig.  7,  the  right  half  having  the  sterile  column  coloured 
and  dotted  to  represent  polyps  similar  to  those  on  the  capitular 
surface. 

The  spirit  specimen  is  dark  stone  colour. 


216  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

LOBOPHYTUM  PAUCIFLORUM,  Ehr.,  var.  VALIDUM,  Marenz. 

Lobophytum  pauciflorum,  Ehr.,  var.  validum,  Marenz.,  Zool. 
Jahrb.,  Bd.  i.,  p.  367,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  12,  a,  b,  c. 

One  specimen  80  mm.  long  by  52  mm.  wide,  the  sterile  column 
is  25  mm.  high,  with  a  somewhat  even  surface,  excepting  at  one 
point,  where  it  exhibits  a  few  transverse  wrinkles. 

The  capitular  margin  is  slightly  thickened,  and  a  little  revolute 
.in  some  parts. 

The  lobes  of  the  capitulum  are  abruptly  rounded  at  the  summits, 
they  are  about  ten  in  number  and  vary  from  15  to  25  mm.  in 
height,  15  to  40mm.  in  width,  and  from  7  to  10mm.  in  their 
least  diameter. 

The  autozooids  are  2  mm.  apart,  the  walls  surrounding  the 
orifices  are  slightly  raised,  and  a  shade  darker  in  colour  than  the 
rest  of  the  surface. 

The  siphonozooids  are  numerous,  small,  and  scarcely  visible  to 
the  unassisted  eye  ;  there  are  from  five  to  seven  between  two 
autozooids. 

The  spicules  do  not  differ  from  those  figured  by  Marenzeller. 

The  specimen  in  spirits  is  a  dark  stone  colour. 

LOBOPHYTUM  HEDLEYI,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  x.,  figs.  2o-7t.) 

There  are  three  examples,  exhibiting  great  variation  in  the 
lobation  of  the  capitulum. 

In  the  larger  specimen  the  sterile  column  is  complete,  rigid, 
and  harsh  to  the  touch,  longitudinally  plicate,  and  measures 
50  mm.  in  diameter  and  35  mm.  in  height. 

The  capitulum  consists  of  about  twelve  subflabellate  lobes 
from  20  to  40  mm.  high,  25  to  45  mm.  wide,  and  from  5  to  8  mm. 
thick. 

The  primary  lobes  are  divided  into  three  or  four  secondary 
lobes,  10  to  15mm.  high,  and  5  to  10mm.  wide.  Many  of  the 
broader  lobes  have  a  longitudinal  fold  commencing  at  the  base 
and  continued  to  the  subtruncate  apex. 

In  the  two  smaller  examples,  both  the  primary  and  secondary 
lobes  are  much  narrower,  the  latter  often  digitate,  compressed, 
or  subcylindrical,  with  evenly  rounded  summits,  the  wider  lobes 
exhibit  a  rather  broad  median  longitudinal  groove  on  at  least  one 
side  ;  on  the  widest  lobes  the  grooves  are  present  on  both  sides. 
The  primary  lobes  are  from  8  to  30mm.  wide,  10  to  25mm.  high, 
and  from  3  to  7  mm.  thick ;  the  secondaries  from  5  to  20  mm. 
high,  5  to  10  mm.  wide,  and  from  2  to  5  mm.  in  their  narrow 
diameter, 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELEGGB.  217 

The  autozooids  are  very  irregularly  disposed  ;  they  are  few  in 
number,  and  on  the  central  regions  of  the  lobes  separated  from 
each  other  by  wide  intervals.  On  the  margins  and  summits  of 
the  lobes  they  are  closer,  and  about  1  to  2  mm.  or  even  less  apart. 

The  siphonozooids  are  numerous,  distinct,  and  plainly  visible 
to  the  unassisted  eye ;  between  the  widely  separated  autozooids 
there  are  as  many  as  twelve,  whilst  on  the  margins,  where  the 
autozooids  are  crowded,  they  are  fewer  and  disposed  in  circles. 

The  spicules  of  the  ccenenchyrna  consist  of — 

(1.)  Straight  rather  acute  ended  spindles,  the  smaller  of  which 
are  often  unequal  and  subclavate.  The  tubercles  are  in  whorls 
and  somewhat  minutely  spinose.  Size — -15  by  -03,  -3  by  -09  mm. 

(2.)  Short,  stout,  subcylindrical,  with  from  four  to  six  whorls 
of  spiny  tubercles.  Size— '15  by  -07,  '2  by  1  mm. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  there  are  numerous  spiny  spindles 
and  some  crosses.  The  spicules  of  the  cortex  are  rather  narrow 
tuberculated  clubs.  Size — -12  by  -02,  -15  by  -05mm. 

The  colour  in  spirits  is  umber. 

Reg.  No.  G.  1537. 

LOBOPHYTUM  MAEENZELLERI,    Wright  <k  Studer. 

Lobophytum  marenzelleri,  Wright  &  Studer,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool. 
xxxi.,  p.  251,  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  1. 

One  specimen  of  an  oval  shape,  80mm.  long  and  40  mm.  wide. 
Only  a  small  portion  of  the  sterile  column  remains,  it  is  30mm. 
high.  The  lobation  of  the  capitulum,  autozooids,  siphonozooids 
and  spicules,  agree  with  the  published  description. 

The  specimen  is  of  a  yellowish-white  colour. 

LOBOPHYTUM  TUBERCULOSUM,  Quoy  &  Gaim. 
(Plate  xi.,  figs.  3o-/.) 

Lobophytum  tuberculosum,  Quoy  &  Gaiin.,  Voy.  Astrolabe,  Zooph., 
iv.,  p.  274,  pi.  xxiii.,  figs.  4-5. 

In  a  small  example  referred  to  this  species  the  sterile  stem  is 
mostly  torn  away,  the  remaining  portion  is  15  mm.  high  and 
25  mm.  wide. 

The  capitulum  is  80  mm.  long,  60  mm.  wide,  and  20  mm.  high. 

There  are  seven  primary  lobes  arising  from  the  expanded  base, 
each  bearing  from  five  to  twenty  secondary  round,  oblong,  or 
subreniform  lobes,  their  height  seldom  exceeding  their  lesser 
diameter. 

The  autozooids  are  crowded,  with  the  margins  of  the  orifices 
deeply  sunk,  they  are  from  -5  to  1  mm.  apart. 


218  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  siphonozooids  are  exceedingly  minute  and  the  orifices 
difficult  to  see  even  with  a  strong  lens.  Their  number  is  from 
two  to  four  between  two  autozooids. 

The  spicules  of  the  ccenenchyma  are  straight,  or  curved,  irre" 
gularly  tuberculated  spindles,  displaying  great  variation  in  outline; 
some  are  cylindrical  to  within  a  short  distance  of  the  ends,  where 
they  taper  rapidly  to  rather  blunt  points,  others  are  clavate  with 
the  narrow  end  acute,  and  a  few  taper  gradually  to  acute  points. 
Size  — -5  by  -12,  2-  by  -4  mm. 

The  cortical  spicules  arc  small  clubs  with  tuberculate  heads  and 
spiny  sharply  pointed  shafts.  Size — -15  by  '04,  -25  by  "07  mm. 
There  are  also  a  few  smooth  or  slightly  spiny  spindles  ;  crosses 
have  not  been  observed.  The  colour  in  spirits  is  yellowish-gray. 

LOBOPHYTUM  CONFERTUM,  Dana. 

(Plate  xi.,  figs.  5a-e.) 

Lobophytum   confertum,    Dana,    U.  S.    Explor.    Exped.,    Zooph., 
pi.  Mi.,  fig.  7,  a,  b  ;  Synop.  Rep.  Zooph.,  1859,  p.  125. 

One  specimen  in  which  the  sterile  column  is  absent  is  with 
some  hesitation  referred  to  this  species.  The  colony  is  -cry  hard 
to  the  touch,  and  densely  charged  with  large  spicules,  which  can 
be  seen  with  the  unaided  eye  projecting  from  the  broken  surfaces. 

The  capitulum  consists  of  eight  or  nine  main  lobes,  upon  which 
are  situated  a  large  number  of  secondary  lobes,  varying  greatly 
in  shape  ;  on  the  basal  expansion  they  are  subcylindrical  or 
compressed  and  are  from  4  to  15  mm.  high,  and  3  to  5  mm.  thick. 
Along  the  sides  of  the  primaries  the  secondaries  form  low  ridges 
which  extend  in  a  more  or  less  broken  manner  from  the  bases  to 
the  summits,  they  are  about  as  high  as  broad.  The  apical  and 
subapical  lobes  are  very  variable,  scarcely  any  two  being  alike  ; 
they  may  be  round,  trigonous,  or  much  compressed,  with  a  slight 
longitudinal  groove,  and  the  margins  folded  towards  each  other; 
they  are  from  5  to  15  mm.  high,  3  to  10  mm.  in  their  broad,  and 
from  3  to  5  mm.  in  their  narrow  diameter. 

The  autozooids  are  evenly  distributed,  the  marginal  walls  of 
the  orifices  deeply  sunk  ;  they  are  tolerably  uniformly  spaced, 
being  1  mm.  apart. 

The  siphonozooids  are  so  minute  that  a  high  magnifying  lens 
fails  to  render  them  visible. 

The  ccenenchyma  exhibits  when  viewed  in  transverse  section  a 
large  number  of  canals  from  -5  to  2  mm.  in  diameter  ;  the  walls 
are  thickly  charged  with  very  large  tuberculate  spindles. 

The  tubercles  are  small,  close,  rather  indistinctly  whorled  and 
minutely  granular  ;  some  of  the  larger  spicules  have  spines  only, 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELEGGE.  219 

they  appear  to  be  less  opaqup  than  those  bearing  tubercles,  and 
the  spines  can  be  seen  radiating  from  the  axial  region  of  the 
spicule. 

The  spicules  of  the  ccenenchyma  vary  considerably,  and  may 
be  enumerated  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  Large,  curved  or  rarely  straight,  very  variable  both  in  the 
amount  of  curvature,  and  the  acuteness  of  the  points  ;  most  of 
those  evenly  curved,  whether  boomerang,  bow  or /-shaped,  have 
moderately  sharp  points,  whilst  those  unequally  curved  usually 
have  one  end  blunt.  Size — 1-7  by  '25,  2-5  by  -4mm. 

(2.)  Straight,  fusiform,  equally  tapering  to  sharp  points. 
Size— 1-4  by  -22mm. 

(3.)  Straight,  subcylindrical,  with  rounded  ends.  Size — *8  by 
15  mm. 

(4.)  Large,  straight,  or  curved,  fusiform  with  spines  only. 
Size— 1-4  by  -22,  2-  by  45  mm. 

The   cortical   spicules   consist   of  : — 

(1.)  Comparatively  smooth  fusiform  spindles,  with  small 
tubercles  or  spines.  Size — '45  by  '08mm. 

(2.)  Straight,  spiny,  almost  cylindrical.     Size — '35  by  '05  mm. 

(3.)  Clubs  with  tuberculate  heads  and  long  spiny  shafts. 
Size— -2  by  -04,  -25  by  -05  mm. 

The  colour  is  coffee-brown,  but  this  may  be  due  to  staining 
caused  by  contact  with  other  objects  in  the  cask  in  which  the 
specimen  was  preserved.  This  is  highly  probable,  as  a  second 
example  which  at  first  sight  was  thought  to  be  distinct,  proves  to 
be  the  same,  or  perhaps  a  variety. 

The  colour  of  the  second  specimen  is  pale  glaiicus  or  sage  green, 
the  primary  lobes  are  not  so  high,  the  secondary  lobes  are  shorter, 
thicker,  and  mostly  in  contact,  each  lobe  being  adapted  to  the 
shape  of  contiguous  lobes.  A  small  portion  of  the  barren  stem 
is  present  and  exhibits  a  few  longitudinal  plications,  but  it  is 
comparatively  smooth  to  the  touch.  Other  characters,  such  as 
the  size  of  the  autozooids,  their  distance  apart,  the  rudimentary 
siphonozooids,  and  the  spicules,  are  very  similar,  and  offer  no 
marked  points  of  difference. 

LOBOPHYTUM    DEN8UM,    Sp.  DOV. 

(Plate  xi.,  figs.  4o-A.) 

The  colony  is  70  mm.  long,  45  mm.  wide,  and  60  mm.  high. 
About  half  of  the  sterile  column  is  wanting,  the  height  of  the 
remaining  portion  varies  from  15  to  35mm.  in  height.  The 
coanenchyma  is  thickly  charged  with  large  spicules,  giving  the 
stem  when  viewed  in  transverse  section  a  solid  appearance,  the 
longitudinal  canals  are  not  perceptible  to  the  unassisted  eye. 


220  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  capitulum  consists  of  numerous  digitate  lobes,  mostly 
simple,  but  some  of  the  larger  centrally  situated  give  off  from 
three  to  five  secondaries.  The  lobes  are  more  or  less  compressed 
with  obtusely  rounded  summits,  they  are  from  5  to  35  mm.  high, 
4  to  12  mm.  in  their  narrow,  and  7  to  15  in  their  broad  diameter. 

The  autozooids  are  few  and  distant  at  the  bases  of  the  lobes, 
elsewhere  they  are  evenly  distributed,  and  are  from  '5  to  1.  mm. 
apart 

The  siphonozooids  are  minute,  and  the  orifices  difficult  to 
distinguish  even  with  a  strong  lens. 

The  ccenenchyma  spicules  are  very  large,  and  exist  in  such 
numbers  that  the  colony  is  almost  of  stony  hardness.  They 
usually  consist  of  straight  or  but  little  curved  tuberculated 
spindles,  somewhat  thick  in  the  middle  and  tapering  to  sharp 
points,  some  few  have  one  end  blunt,  and  occasionally  branched ; 
the  tubercles  are  irregularly  disposed. 

The  measurements  of  the  spicules  are  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  Large,  fusiform,  with  simple  spine-like  tubercles,  and 
usually  with  a  transverse  median  constriction.  Size, — !•  by  '2, 
2-4  by  -5. 

(2.)  Large,  fusiform,  subcylindrical  or  subclavate,  closely  tuber- 
culate,  the  tubercles  are  thickly  studded  with  minute  spiny  warts. 
Size— -8  by  -2,  1-4  by  -35,  2-  by  -5,  4-  by  -9mm. 

(3.)  Smaller  fusiform,  strongly  but  distantly  tuberculate. 
Size— -35  by  -1,  -65  by  -15mm. 

(4.)  Small  fusiform,  comparatively  smooth,  with  spines.  Size — 
•5  by  -09,  -6  by  •!  mm. 

The  cortical  spicules  consist  of  short  spiny  spindles  and  clubs. 

(1.)  Spindles  :  Size— -25  by  -03. 

(2.)  Clubs  :  Size— -1  by  -03,  -13  by  -03mm. 

The  colour  in  spirits  is  pale  brown,  with  the  grooves  and  pits 
darker. 

Reg.  No.  G.   1541. 

LOBULAEIA  (?)  VIRIDE,  Quoy  &  Gaim. 

(Plate  xii.,  figs.  Qa—d.) 

Alcyonum  viride,   Quoy  &  Gaim.,    Voy.  1'Astrolabe,  iv.,   p.  272, 
pi.  xxiii.,  figs.  22-23. 

Ten  specimens,  very  soft  and  flexible,  displaying  great  varia- 
tion in  thg  terminal  lobes,  some  being  cylindrical,  others  broad 
and  compressed  or  forming  a  series  of  rounded  undulations  on  the 
summits  of  .the  flabellate  branches. 

The  sterile  column  in  a  perfect  example  is  largely  developed,  it 
is  60  mm.  high  and  50  mm.  in  diameter. 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELEGGE.  221 

The  capitulum  consists  of  five  primary  branches  from  20  to 
50mm.  wide,  20  to  40mm.  high,  and  from  5  to  8mm.  thick. 
The  secondary  lobes  are  from  8  to  30  mm.  high,  7  to  25  mm.  wide, 
and  from  3  to  7  mm.  thick,  with  broadly  rounded  apices. 

In  another  example  the  primary  branches  are  from  50  to  75  mm. 
wide,  20  to  50  mm.  high,  and  from  5  to  7  mm.  thick,  the  upper 
margins  having  only  slight  indications  of  lobes,  the  central 
primary  branch  has  nine  low  rounded  elevations,  the  highest 
being  10mm.  high  and  about  the  same  in  width. 

The  autozooids  are  irregularly  disposed  from  1  to  5  mm.  apart, 
and  are  much  closer  together  on  margins  and  apices  of  the  lobes 
than  on  the  intervening  spaces. 

The  siphonozooids  are  numerous,  large  and  visible  to  the 
unaided  eye,  varying  greatly  as  to  the  number  between  the  auto- 
zooids ;  usually  there  are  two  or  three  to  1  mm. 

The  coenenchyma  of  the  sterile  stem  and  of  the  capitulum  is 
charged  with  similar  spicules,  and  I  have  been  unable  to  detect 
any  special  dermal  layer  in  the  capitulum.  There  exists  a  cortical 
layer  of  spicules  on  the  barren  stem,  consisting  of  small  almost 
smooth  clubs  with  very  few  tubercles,  and  some  short  irregularly 
shaped  spindles  with  blunt  ends. 

The  crenenchyma  spicules  are  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  Tuberculed  spindles  with  the  tubercles  in  well  marked 
zones.  Size — -2  by  -05,  -35  by  -1mm. 

(2.)  Short,  subcylindrical,  with  from  four  to  six  whorls  of 
tubercles.  Size— -19  by  -08,  -23  by  1  mm. 

Cortical  spicules  of  the  sterile  column  : — 

(1.)  Smooth    spindles,    with   a    few    low    rounded    tubercles. 
Size — •!  by  -02  mm. 
1     (2.)  Clubs  with  smooth  tubercles.     Size — -15  by  -03mm. 

The  colour  in  spirits  is  olive-gray. 

There  are  two  small  specimens  which  differ  in  being  of  a 
delicate  greenish-yellow,  and  the  sterile  stem  is  rougher  to  the 
touch,  but  the  other  characters  appear  to  be  the  same,  and  the 
spicules  are  indistinguishable  from  those  of  the  typical  form. 

FAMILY  NEPHTHYIDJE. 

SUB-FAMILY  SPONGODIN.E. 
SPONGODES  PALLIDA,  sp.  nov.  * 

(Plate  xii.,  figs.  7a-c.) 

The  colony  arises  from  an  encrusting  base  15mm.  long,  8mm. 
wide,  and  from  1  to  2  mm.  thick. 


222  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

There  are  three  stems  about  equal  in  height  and  in  distance 
apart;  they  are  10mm.  high,  3  to  5mm.  in  diameter  at  their 
bases,  and  from  6  to  9  mm.  at  their  summits. 

The  polyps  commence  at  the  bases  of  the  stems,  where  they  are 
arranged  singly,  irregularly,  and  at  a  considerable  distance  apart. 

On  the  upper  portions  of  the  stems  the  polyps  are  in  clusters 
of  from  three  to  twelve,  and  arise  from  very  short  secondary 
branches ;  on  the  central  stem  there  are  about  thirteen  such 
clusters,  the  largest  of  which  is  3  mm.  high  and  5  mm.  wide. 

The  polyp  heads  together  with  the  stalks  are  from  1  to  1  -5  mm. 
high,  and  from  '07  to  1  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  solitary  polyps  are  given  off  from  the  stem  at  right  angles, 
whilst  the  clusters  on  the  branches  are  radiate,  and  the  apertures 
of  many  of  the  lower  ones  are  directed  towards  the  base  of  the  stem. 

The  stem  spicules  are  arranged  transversely,  and  consist  of 
slightly  curved  spindles  with  obtuse  ends,  having  their  surfaces 
closely  beset  with  low  rounded  tubercles,  which  are  generally 
smooth,  but  in  some  of  the  larger  forms  they  are  minutely 
denticulate. 

Size — -5  by  -09,  1-5  by  -2mm. 

The  spicules  of  the  branches  are  shorter,  stouter,  and  A  little 
more  curved  than  those  of  the  stem. 

The  polyp  heads  have  at  their  bases  a  number  of  transversely 
arranged  spiny  spindles  with  acute  points.  Size — '4  by  '03  mm., 
•75  by  -09  mm.  From  these  there  arise  larger  and  longitudinally 
disposed  spicules  in  pairs,  each  pair  converging  at  their  apices 
and  separated  at  their  bases.  Usually  one  of  each  pair  is  longer 
and  projects  beyond  the  margin  of  the  calyx. 

These  spicules  are  curved  at;  the  base,  pointed  at  their  free  end, 
and  covered  with  sharp  spines.  Size — '6  by  '03,  '8  by  '05mm.  « 

The  tentacular  spicules  are  distantly  spinose,  and  are  arranged 
en  chevron.  Size — -12  by  -02mm. 

The  colour  of  the  colony  is  uniform  creamy-white.  Obtained 
by  the  tangles  at  a  depth  of  from  40  to  70  fathoms  outside  the  reef. 

Reg.  No.  G.  1543. 

SPONGODES  CURVICORNIS,    Wright  &  Studer. 

Spongodes  curvicornis,  Wright  &  Studer,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xxxi., 
p.  220,  pi.  xxxvi.,  D.,  figs.  2,  a,  b. 

One  specimen  dredged  in  about  20  fathoms  in  the  lagoon. 

The  lower  branches  are  connected  and  foliate  or  rosette-like  as 
in  the  type  specimen. 


ALCYONAEIA — WHITELEGGE.  223 

The  spindle-shaped  spicules  on  the  stem  and  branches  are  large, 
numerous,  and  easily  visible  to  the  unassisted  eye  ;  those  on  the 
main  stem  are  arranged  more  or  less  transversely,  varying  greatly 
in  size,  and  are  much  more  strongly  spinose  than  the  longitudinally 
disposed  spicules  of  the  branches. 

The  colour  is  yellowish-white,  the  branches  and  polyps  are 
dark  reddish-purple.  The  larger  spicules  often  attain  to  a  length 
of  6  mm. 

SUB-FAMILY  SIPHONOGORGIN^. 

SlPHONOGORGIA   GODEFFROYI,    Kolliker. 

Siphonogorgia   godeffroyi,    Kolliker,     Wright  &   Studer,     Chall. 
Rep.,  Zool.,  xxxi.,  p.  236,  pi.  xxxviii.,  fig.  4. 

There  are  two  small  broken  specimens  which  I  refer  to  this 
species,  the  larger  of  which  is  25  mm.  high  and  5  mm.  in  diameter; 
the  apex  is  wanting,  the  remaining  portion  consists  of  an  erect 
stem  giving  off  eight  very  short  branches  with  terminal  polyps. 
The  stem  is  pinkish  at  the  base,  the  upper  part  white,  and  the 
polyps  very  dark  red.  The  longitudinally  arranged  spicules  are 
large,  and  consist  of  straight  or  curved  tuberculated  spindles. 
Size — 3-  by  '3  mm. 

Obtained  at  a  depth  of  from  40  to  70  fathoms. 

SIPHONOGORGIA  PALLIDA,  Studer. 

Siphonogorgia  pallida,   Studer,   Chall.   Rep.,   Zool.>  xxxii.,  p.  8, 
pi.  ii.,  fig.  2  <z,  b. 

One  example  preserved  in  formol,  in  a  much  broken  condition, 
the  actual  base  is  wanting  and  the  upper  terminal  twigs  are 
reduced  to  fragments. 

The  colony  notwithstanding  its  damaged  condition  is  130  mm. 
high  and  70  mm.  wide,  the  main  stem  is  laterally  compressed,  its 
widest  basal  diameter  is  8  mm.  and  its  narrowest  5  mm. 

At  a  short  distance  from  the  base  a  large  secondary  branch 
arises,  which  is  slightly  less  robust  than  the  primary,  the  general 
appearance  is  like  the  figure  on  pi.  ii.  of  the  Chall.  Rep.,  but  the 
main  and  secondary  branches  are  more  undulate. 

The  polyps  on  the  lower  parts  of  the  colony  are  in  many 
instances  quite  flush  with  the  surface,  very  few  projecting  like 
those  on  the  slender  twigs. 

The  colour  is  bright  brick-red  with  yellow  polyps. 


224  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

In  the  walls  of  the  canals  there  are  numerous  small  spiny 
spindles,  of  a  dark  carmine  colour,  offering  a  striking  contrast  to 
the  larger  spicules  which  are  yellowish-red  by  transmitted  light. 
Size— -15  by  -01,  '35  by  -03mm. 

SIPHONOGORGIA  KOLLIKERI,    Wright  &  Studer. 

Siphonogorgia  kollikeri,  Wright  &  Studer,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool., 
xxxi.,  p.  236,  pi.  xxiv.,  fig.  2 ;  Studer,  Chall.  Rep.,  xxxii., 
p.  7,  pi.  i.,  fig.  2  ;  pi.  v.,  fig.  3 ;  pi.  vi.,  figs.  4-5. 

One  specimen  with  a  slightly  enlarged  base,  and  measuring 
100  mm.  in  height,  but  no  doubt  much  higher  when  perfect ;  all 
the  terminal  twigs  are  broken. 

The  colony  closely  resembles  the  figure  given  by  Studer,  the 
large  cone-shaped  polyps  being  very  characteristic. 

The  colour  in  spirits  is  coral-red. 

Obtained  at  a  depth  of  from  40  to  80  fathoms. 

SIPHONOGORGIA  MACROSPINA,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xii.,  figs.  8a-d.) 

There  are  about  twenty  fragments  of  what  appears  to  have 
been  one  colony.  Judging  by  these  fragments  the  growth  was 
erect  and  in  one  plane,  lateral  branches  being  given  off  alternately 
at  intervals  of  from  5  to  10  mm.,  but  rarely  at  right  angles  ;  the 
largest  branch  measures  25  mm.  in  height,  and  gives  off  two 
alternate  branchlets  about  10mm.  apart.  The  thicker  branches 
are  a  little  compressed  and  2  mm.  in  diameter,  the  slender  ter- 
minal twigs  are  1  mm.  or  less.  The  branches  are  rigid  but 
exceedingly  brittle  owing  to  the  large  spicules  and  the  paucity  of 
the  ccenenchyma. 

The  polyps  occur  at  intervals  of  3  mm.  apart,  and  are  arranged 
subspirally  around  the  twigs  either  singly  or  in  pairs,  they  are 
placed  obliquely  to  their  support,  and  provided  with  a  slightly 
projecting  calyx  ;  there  is  a  distinct  operculum  composed  of 
grouped  spicules  arranged  like  a  A,  and  a  collar  of  transversely 
disposed  spicules  below  the  tentacles. 

The  longitudinally  arranged  cortical  spicules  consist  of  much 
curved  or  bent  spindles,  they  are  greatly  elongated  with  slender 
acute  points,  and  the  surfaces  closely  studded  with  warty  tubercles. 

The  walls  of  the  nutrient  canals  are  thickly  charged  with  long, 
thin,  spiny  rods  and  spindles. 

The  spicules  are  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  Large  elongate  curved  spindles,  densely  covered  with 
warty  tubercles  and  tapering  to  sharp  points.  Size — 1 -4  by  15mm., 
2-  by  21,  3-  by  32,  4-  by  -35,  5-5  by  -4,  6-  by  -45mm. 


ALCYONARIA — WHITBLBGGE.  225 

(2.)  Long  subcylindrical  spiny  rods  and  spindles,  abundant  in 
the  canal  walls.     Size— -6  by  -02,   1-3  by  -03,  1-8  by  -04  mm. 

(3.)  Calicular  spicules,  spiny  subfusiform,  with  the  free  ends 
acute.     Size — -7  by  12,  1*  by  -15mm. 

(4.)  Opercular  spicules,  distantly  spinose.     Size — -3  by  -03  mm. 

(5.)  Collar  spicules,  curved  and  minutely  spinose.     Size — -25 
x  -02mm. 

The  colour  in  spirit  is  bright  yellow,  polyps  darker. 

Obtained  outside  the  reef  at  a  depth  of  from  40  to  70  fathoms. 

Reg.  No.  G.  1548. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  VIII. 


Fig.  1.     Mus  exulans,  Peale. 

o.  Skull  in  profile ;  enlarged  1£  diameters. 

b.  Ditto,       from  above ;      ditto. 

c,  Ditto,       from  below ;      ditto. 

d.  Upper  molars ;  greatly  enlarged. 

e,  Hind  foot ;  natural  size. 
/.   Ear;  ditto. 

Fig  2.     Mulloides  samoensis,  Giinther. 

a.  Scale  from  anterior  portion  of  lateral  line,  showing  branched 

tube;  enlarged. 

b.  Scale  from  posterior  portion  of  lateral  line  showing  bifurcated 

tube;  enlarged. 

c.  Serrature  of  scale ;   greatly  enlarged. 

Fig.  3.     Ophichthys  colubrinus,  Boddaert. 
Anterior  portion  of  body. 


MEMOIRS,  AUST.  MUS.  Ill 


PLATE  VTII. 


EDGAR   R.    WAITE,    Del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  IX. 


Ptychodera  hedleyi,  sp.  nov. 
Seen  from  the  dorsal  aspect.     From  a  preserved  specimen,  x 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  IX. 


J.  P.  HILL,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  X. 


Fig.  1.     Sarcophytum  latum,  Dana. 

„    a,  b,  c,  d.  Spicules  from  the  ccenenchyma. 

„    e,f.  Spicules  from  the  cortex. 
Fig.  2.     Lobophytum  hedleyi,  sp.  nov. 

„    a.  Colony.    £  Nat.  size. 

„    b.  Portion  of  colony.     Nat.  size. 

„     c,  d,  e,  f.  Spicules  from  the  coenenchyma. 

„     g,  h.  Spicules  from  the  cortex. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


FLATE  X. 


la. 


g.c. 


b 


I.e. 


I.e. 


Id. 


2d. 


2.e. 


EDUAB_B.  WAITB,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  XI. 


Fig.  3.     Lobophytum,  tuberculosum,  Q.  &  G. 

„    a,  b,  c.  Spicules  from  the  ccenenchyma. 

j.     d,  e,  f.  Spicules  from  the  cortex. 
Fig.  4.     Lobophytum  densum,  sp   nov. 

„     a.  Colony.     £  Nat.  size. 

„     b.  Portion  of  colony.     Nat.  size. 

„     c.d,e,f.  Spicules  from  the  ccenenchyma. 

„     g,  h.  Spicules  from  the  cortex. 
Fig.  5.     Lobophytum  confertum,  Dana. 

„    a,  6,  c.  Spicules  from  the  coenenchyma. 

„    d,  e.  Spicules  from  the  cortex. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XI. 


3d. 


4e. 


i.f 


5.d. 


5.  a. 


&  5 


3c. 


4.h. 


EDGAR  E.  WAITE,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XII. 


Fig.  6.     Lobularia  viride,  Q.  &  G. 

|  „     6a,  66,  tic,  Qd.  Spic,ules  from  the  ccenenchyira 

Fig.  7.     Spongodes  pallida,  sp.  nov. 

„     7a.  Colony.     Twice  nat.  size. 

,,     76.  Portion  of  colony  greatly  enlarged. 

„     7c.  Cortical  spicule. 
Pig.  8.     Siphonogorgia  macrospina,  sp.  nov. 

,,     8a.  Portion  of  colony.     Nat.  size. 

„     86.  Portion  of  colony.     Greatly  enlarged. 

,,     8c.  Rods  from  the  canal  walls. 

„     8d.  Cortical  spicule. 


MEMOIRS  ALTST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XII. 


6  a. 


7  c 


t 


6.G 


8  a. 


6U. 


8.b. 


6b 


8d. 


8.c. 


EDGAR  E.  WAITE,  del. 


THE  ETHNOLOGY  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  CHARLES   HEDLEY, 

Conchologist,  Australian  Museum. 


[XL] 
THE  ETHNOLOGY  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  C.  HEDLEY,  Conchologist. 

INTRODUCTION. 

MUCH  of  the  information  conveyed  in  the  "  Gqneral  Account " 
could  have  been  included  with  equal  appropriateness  in  the  present 
chapter  ;  to  it  the  reader  is  therefore  referred  for  details  not  here 
repeated.* 

The  natives  of  the  Ellice  Group  appear  to  be  closely  allied  to 
those  of  the  Phoenix  and  Union  Groups,  and  also  to  those  of 
several  small  outlying  islands,!  and  atolls  in  the  same  neighbour- 
hood, extending  perhaps  as  far  as  Rotumah  and  Fotuna.  This 
branch  of  the  Polynesian  Race  may,  for  want  of  a  better  compre- 
hensive term,  be  called  the  Tokelau  People. 

We  are  much  in  want  of  a  satisfactory  subdivision  of  the 
Polynesian  Race.  The  only  classification  with  which  I  am 
acquainted  is  that  of  Dr.  H.  Stolpe,±  based  upon  ornamental  art. 
Good  though  this  undoubtedly  is,  yet  a  broader  basis  including 
physique,  language,  religion,  and  so  on,  is  required  for  a  sound 
arrangement.  Dr.  Stolpe  throws  the  branch  here  proposed  to  be 
called  Tokelau  into  his  Province  of  Tonga-Samoa,  from  the 
remainder  of  which  I  would  clearly  distinguish  it  by,  inter  alia, 
the  different  gods  they  worshipped  and  the  difference  of  tattoo. 

The  Tokelau  People  are  closely  related  to  the  Samoans,  whose 
standard  of  civilisation  is,  however,  far  superior.  Either  therefore, 
they  have  degenerated,  as  is  probable,  amid  unfavourable  surround- 
ings or  they  branched  from  the  parent  stock  before  the  latter 
reached  the  degree  of  superiority  they  afterwards  attained. 

Glancing  for  an  instant  further  afield,  I  would  draw  attention 
to  many  points  of  resemblance  between  the  Japanese^  and  Poly- 
nesians that  have  occurred  to  me;  such  are  their  graceful  courtesy 

*  For  an  article  "  The  Legendary  History  of  Funafuti,"  by  Prof.  W.  J. 
Sollas,  see  Nature,  11  Feb.,  1897. 

t  Compare  the  account  given  of  Fotuna  or  Home  Island. — Journ. 
Polyn.  Soc.  i.,  1892,  pp.  33-52;  of  "  Botuma  and  the  Kotumans," 
Eev.  W.  Allen.— Proc.  Aust.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1895,  (1896)  p.  569 ;  and 
Lister,  '•'  Notes  on  the  Natives  of  Fakaofu." — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.  xxi., 
1892,  p.  43. 

t  Trans.  Kochdale  Lit.  and  Sci.  Soc.,  iii.  1893,  p.  73. 

§  Polynesian  relations  to  the  Corea  are  noted  by  Stair. — Journ.  Polyn. 
Soc.,  iv.,  1895,  p.  55. 


230  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

in  peace  and  fierceness  in  war,  the  status  and  freedom  of  their 
women,  the  position  and  authority  of  their  chiefs,  the  existence 
of  a  court  language,  their  dexterity  and  daring  in  navigation  and 
deep  sea  fishing,  and  their  skill  in  tatooing  and  in  manufacturing 
bark  cloth  or  paper.  In  all  of  which  features  they  are  opposed 
to  the  Melanesians.  To  institute  closer  comparisons  between  the 
language,  manners,  customs  and  implements  of  the  two  races  is  an 
inviting  task,  which  opportunity  does  not  permit  me  to  pursue, 
but  I  would  submit  it  as  a  problem  worth  investigation,  whether 
the  Polynesians  may  not  stand  in  the  same  relation  of  distant  and 
degenerate  kin  to  the  Japanese  as  the  Australian  Blacks  are 
known  to  hold  towards  the  Indian  Dravidians. 

Since  the  above  idea  occurred  to  me  I  have  perused  with  pleasure 
and  profit  an  article  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Keane,  "  On  the  Relations  of 
the  Indo-Chinese  and  Inter-Oceanic  Races  and  Languages,"*  This 
writer  points  out  that  "  for  science,  there  is  no  organic  Malay 
type,  Malay  being  a  national  not  a  racial  designation."  Other 
writersf  have  shown  that  the  Japanese  of  to-day  is  likewise  a 
fusion  of  several  distinct  stocks.  Keane's  view  that  the  Poly- 
nesian of  the  Pacific  represents  an  ancestral  type  now  obliterated 
almost  or  altogether  as  a  pure  race  in  South  East  Asia,  but  still 
there  discernable  as  a  component  element  in  existing  people,  has 
much  to  recommend  it. 

The  route  of  the  Polynesian  from  South  East  Asia  to  his  present 
abode  is  generally  heldj  to  have  been  through  Papua,  south-east- 
wards through  the  larger  islands  of  the  western  Pacific,  by  Fiji  to 
Samoa,  thence  to  Rarotonga  and  finally  to  Hawaii.  Against  this 
it  seems  to  me  an  insuperable  objection  that  the  Samoans  and 
Eastern  Polynesians  were  without  any  Papuan  strain  physically, 
and  had  acquired  none  of  the  Papuan  manners  and  customs,  such 
as  the  art  of  pottery,  which  a  transit  through  Papuan  lands  could 
not  fail  to  impress  upon  them.  Besides,  at  the  point  of  contact 
between  the  two  races,  we  now  see  a  contrary  wave  of  Polynesian 
blood  and  influence  actually  in  motion  from  east  to  west.  In  the 
Fijian  Archipelago  there  is  a  gradual  transition  from  a  preponder- 
ance of  Polynesian  in  the  east  to  a  preponderance  of  Melanesian 
in  the  west.  Less  marked  but  perceptible  is  the  change  in  the 
New  Hebrides,  and  in  the  Solomons  it  can  again  be  faintly  seen, 
while  New  Caledonia  furthest  west  appears  purest  Melanesian. 
Even  in  the  east  of  New  Guinea,  Polynesian  influence  is  traceable 
though  here  once  more  it  declines  westward.  That  such  authorities 
as  Wyatt  Gill  and  Percy  Smith  should  derive  the  Maories  from 
an  eastern  source — the  Hervey  and  Society  Groups — accords  better 
with  the  following  hypothesis  than  with  the  accepted  theory.  Ellis 

*  Journ.  Anthrop.  lust.,  ix.,  1880,  p.  254. 

f  Griffis— The  Mikado's  Empire,  1887,  p.  27. 

I  Rankin— Journ.  Antbrop.  Inst,  vi.,  1877,  p.  233. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  231 

regarded  the  Tahitian  as  an  offspring  of  the  Hawaiian  stock,  the 
longer  genealologies  of  the  latter  indicating  superior  antiquity.* 

Had  the  Polynesian  migration  taken  the  route  usually  ascribed 
to  it,  why  should  not  its  influence  have  been  as  strongly  impressed 
on  the  west  as  it  is  on  the  east  of  the  Melanesian  tribes  ;  why 
should  that  influence  rapidly  increase  eastward,  and  above  all  why 
should  the  brown  man,  while  leaving  his  mark  on  the  susceptible 
black,  yet  have  entirely  escaped  reciprocal  treatment  ? 

An  alternative  hypothesis,  which  would  avoid  these  objections 
but  which  does  not  appear  to  have  been  examined,  is  that  the 
Polynesian  travelled  from  Asia,  first  to  the  Hawaiian  Groupf 
and  after,  perhaps,  considerable  sojourn  there,  migrated  to  Tahiti 
and  thence  to  Samoa. 

Physique,  language  and  tradition  alike  point  to  Samoa  as  the 
immediate  ancestral  home  of  the  Tokelau  People  Estimated  by 
the  chronological  standard  of  European  history  it  is  possible  that 
this  archipelago  has  been  but  recently  colonised. 

Pritchard  relates  a  tradition  of  Vaitupu,  which  places  the  arrival 
of  the  first  comers  at  seventeen  generations  back.J 

Communication  with  the  Gilbert  Islands  to  the  north  probably 
wrought  in  the  life  of  the  Ellice  Islanders  a  change  comparable 
with  the  later  change  induced  by  European  contact.  A  social 
revolution  must  have  been  effected  by  the  acclimatisation  of  the 
coconut  alone,  involving  as  it  did  the  introduction  of  the  Gilbert 
Island  system  of  land  tenure.  §  The  tattoo  patterns  certainly 
followed  the  same  route,  and  doubtless  various  social  and  religious 
practices  accompanied  these. 

*  Ellis— Polynesian  Researches,  i.,  1832,  p.  123. 

f  Two  suggestive  facts  may  here  be  mentioned ;  one  is  that  Hillebrand 
considers  the  Broussonetia  or  tappa  plant,  the  most  peculiar  possession 
of  the  Polynesian,  to  be  a  native  of  Japan ;  the  other  that  Japanese  junks 
have  drifted  to  Hawaii  with  occupants  still  living. 

I  Pritchard— Polynesian  Eeminiscences,  1866,  p.  403.  Of  the  Gilbert 
Group,  Wilkes  wrote  : — That  the  islands  have  been  peopled  within  a 
period  not  very  remote  is  believed  by  the  natives  themselves"  (loc.  cit., 
v.  p.  86).  Kotzebue  considered  with  regard  to  Bomanzoff  Atoll  in  the 
Marshall  Group,  that,  "  all  the  islands  had  been  but  lately  inhabited," 
(Voy.  Discovery  ii.,  1821,  p.  45).  And  Gill  declared  that,  "  The  result  of 
my  researches  is  the  belief  that  the  Hervey  Islands  have  been  inhabited 
not  more  than  six  centuries,"  (Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst  vi.,  1877,  p.  7).  It 
is  stated  (ante  p.  61)  that  the  presence  of  phosphate  in  the  gardens  is 
inexplicable  to  me.  Dr.  Guppy's  observations  on  the  Keeling  Islands 
(Scot.  Geogr.  Mag.,  v.,  1889,  p.  292)  have  now  made  it  clear  to  me 
that  this  phosphate  is  a  relic  of  the  bird  guano  deposited  before  the 
arrival  of  man.  If  the  rate  at  which  these  phosphates  disappear  could 
be  ascertained,  data  would  be  available  for  calculating  the  time  the  islet 
has  been  inhabited.  On  Cocos  Keeling  half  a  century  had  reduced  it  to 
a  trace. 

§  Compare  the  account  on  p.  61  ante  with  Journ.  Polyn.  Soc.,  i.,  p.  266 
and  with  Wilkes— U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  v.,  Chap.  III. 


232  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Funafuti  is  for  many  reasons  an  unfavourable  centre  for  Ethno- 
logical research.  In  weeding  out  the  so-called  immoral  practices  of 
heathen  days,  the  missionary  agents  seem,  to  a  casual  onlooker,  to 
crush  out  many  innocent  recreations,  uprooting  the  wheat  and  the 
tares  together.  The  trader,  another  civilising  influence,  does  his 
part  by  substituting  European  wares  for  native  products.  But  the 
greatest  shock  the  native  civilisation  suffered  was  when  the  South 
American  raiders  almost  depopulated  the  atoll  thirty  years  ago.* 
The  place  of  the  expatriated  natives  was  largely  taken  by  immi- 
grants from  other  islands. 

On  glancing  over  the  ground  covered  by  the  following  paper 
my  predominant  impressions  are :  firstly,  the  poverty  of  our 
knowledge  of  Polynesian  Ethnology  and  the  superficial  way  in 
which  it  has  been  studied;  and  secondly,  the  rapidity  with  which  the 
knowledge  of  it  that  might  yet  be  gathered  is  vanishing.  Though 
in  a  library  catalogue  the  bulk  of  Polynesian  literature  appears 
large,  yet  when  consulted  upon  trivial  points  it  rarely  responds 
satisfactorily.  Travellers  seem  to  have  contented  themselves  with 
observing  and  collecting  only  the  most  obvious  incidents  and 
articles.  "  If  investigators  and  students  would  seize  upon  those 
features  in  social  life — form  of  etiquette,  games,  ceremonies,  and 
other  manners  and  customs — which  are  the  first  to  change  in  any 
contact  with  alien  race,  a  very  important  work  would  be  accom- 
plished for  the  future  sociologist."! 

Although  I  have  constantly  appealed  to,  and  derived  much 
help  from  Edge-Partington's  valuable  Ethnographical  Album,  yet 
I  am  compelled  to  say  that,  without  confirmation,  the  use  or  locality 
of  any  implement  he  figures,  dependent  as  he  often  was  on  second- 
hand information,  cannot  be  trusted;  indeed  the  long  list  of  correc- 
tions he  supplies,  are  to  a  thoughtful  reader  a  sufficient  warning. 

The  following  remarks  of  Professor  Haddon  cannot  but  receive 
the  heartiest  endorsement  of  all  interested  in  this  study.  "  Only 
those  who  have  a  personal  acquaintance  with  Oceana,  or  those 
who  have  carefully  followed  the  recent  literature  of  the  subject, 
can  have  an  idea  of  the  pressing  need  there  is  for  prompt  action. 

*  The  blackest  pages  in  the  story  of  the  South  Sea  Islands  are  those 
describing  the  Peruvian  piracies.  Twenty-five  vessels  were  fitted  out  in 
Callao  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  ten  thousand  Polynesians  for  forced 
labour  in  Peru.  The  densely  peopled  and  more  warlike  islands  of  the 
west  were  avoided,  but  the  gentler  people  of  the  mid  Pacific  were  deceived 
and  deported  wholesale,  one  instance  of  which  is  related  on  p.  5.  Early 
in  1863  about  2000  Polynesians  were  captured,  transferred  to  a  depot  on 
Easter  Island,  and  ultimately  forwarded  to  South  America.  Unaccus- 
tomed to  hard  and  continuous  labour  these  unhappy  victims  soon  perished. 
Among  other  groups  the  Tahitian  was  raided,  but  the  French,  in  whose 
dominion  those  islands  were,  not  only  captured  six  vessels  and  punished 
the  slavers,  but  took  measures  to  prevent  a  repetition  of  the  offence.  An 
account  of  the  affair  is  given  in  the  Sydney  Morning  Herald  of  June  20th,  1863. 

t  Morse— Japanese  Homes,  1888,  p.  8. 


ETHNOLOGY — HKDLEY.  233 

In  many  islands  the  natives  are  fast  dying  out,  and  in  more  they 
have  become  so  modified  by  contact  with  the  white  man  and  by 
crossings  due  to  deportations  by  Europeans,  that  immediate  steps 
are  necessary  to  record  the  anthropological  data  that  remain."* 

In  writing  down  native  names  an  endeavour  has  been  made  to 
followthe  system  of  orthography  adopted  by  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society,  in  which  the  vowels  are  pronounced  as  in  Italian  and  the 
consonants  as  in  English.  How  loose  the  natives  themselves  are 
in  their  pronunciation  and  how  difficult  it  therefore  is  to  decide 
upon  a  correct  spelling,  only  travellers  are  aware. 

The  terms — Polynesian,  Micronesian  and  Melanesian — have 
such  different  values  in  the  writings  of  different  authors  that  it  is 
necessary  to  state  that  in  subsequent  pages  they  are  used  in  the 
meaning  imposed  upon  them  by  Whitmee.f 

For  a  valuable  contribution  to  this  section  I  am  again  indebted 
to  the  kindness  of  Surgeon  F.  W.  Collingwood,  R.N.,  late  of  H.M.S. 
"  Penguin."  To  the  skilful  pen  and  sympathetic  courtesy  of  my 
friend  Mr.  Norman  Hardy,  I  owe  the  drawings  of  the  native  using 
the  coconut  scraper  and  the  man  putting  on  his  "tukai"  dress.  For 
the  remainder  of  the  illustrations  I  am  myself  responsible. 

Any  merit  which  the  following  descriptions  of  implements  (essays 
in  an  unfamiliar  field  of  research)  may  possess,  is  due  to  the 
advantage  of  a  course  of  study  of  Australian  weapons  and  imple- 
ments, under  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  whose  advice  and  sugges- 
tions have  constantly  aided  me  in  the  preparation  of  the  present 
paper. 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL  MEASUREMENTS. 

By  the  extreme  courtesy  of  Surgeon  F.  W.  Collingwood,  R.N. 
of  H.M.S.  "  Penguin,"  whose  observations  enriched  some  of  my 
earlier  pages  I  am  enabled  to  incorporate  in  this  article  a  series 
of  measurements  of  adult  males.  The  plan  of  the  measurements 
is  that  recommended  by  Dr.  John  Beddoe,  F.R.S.,  in  the  "  Notes 
and  Queries  on  Anthropology  for  the  use  of  Travellers  and 
Residents  in  Uncivilised  Lands,"  1874,  which  were  drawn  up  by 
a  committee  appointed  by  the  British  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science.  I  need  hardly  point  out  that  the  fact  of  these 
measurements  having  been  taken  by  an  experienced  medical  officer 
much  enhances  their  value. 

The  subject  A  was  a  native  of  Funafuti,  aged  26,  no  wisdom 
teeth,  dentition  otherwise  perfect ;  B,  a  native  of  Funafuti,  aged 
28,  nose  straight,  slightly  flat,  lobe  of  the  ear  rudimentary,  all 

*  Haddon— Nature,  28  Jan.,  1897,  p.  306. 

f  Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  viii.,  1879,  pp.  261  -  274,  and  map ;  these 
definitions  have  since  been  accepted  by  the  Encyclopaedia  Brittanica, 
Stanford's  Compendium  of  Geography,  the  Godeffroy  Museum  Catalogue, 
and  other  standard  works. 


234  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

wisdom  teeth  cut,  decayed  dentition,  right  upper  central  incisor, 
right  lower  first  molar  slight,  left  upper  central  incisor,  first, 
second  and  third  molar,  and  left  lower,  second,  molar  ;  C,  a  native 
of  Funafuti,  aged  20  ;  D,  a  native  of  Funafuti,  aged  18,  afflicted 
with  quinodarus  in  the  left  foot,  the  left  leg  having  a  maximum 
calf  circumference  of  only  29-  cm.,  wisdom  teeth  present,  dentition 
perfect ;  E,  a  native  of  Funafuti,  aged  50 ;  F,  a  native  of  Funa- 
futi, aged  24,  intelligent,  benevolent  face,  lobe  of  ear  slight, 
wisdom  teeth  none,  dentition  perfect ;  G,  a  native  of  Funafuti, 
aged  28,  no  wisdom  teeth,  dentition  perfect ;  H,  a  native  of  the 
neighbouring  atoll  of  Vaitupu,  aged  30,  lobe  of  ear  slight,  teeth 
perfect,  wisdom  teeth  all  cut ;  /,  a  native  of  Nui,  aged  24  ;  J,  a 
half-caste,  mother  a  native  of  Funafuti,  aged  20  —  21  years,  angular 
chin,  no  marked  lobe  of  ear,  imperfect  teeth,  left  lower,  second 
and  third  molars. 

Though  the  women  predominated  over  the  men  almost  in  the 
proportion  of  three  to  two,  it  was  not  found  possible  to  subject 
them  to  measurement. 

Dr.  Oollingwood. further  notes  that  the  islanders  are  a  fine  race 
of  people,  of  good  stature,  long  armed,  with  intelligent  faces  and 
good  manners.  The  colour  of  the  skin  varies  somewhat,  of  a  dark 
fawn  colour,  the  noses  are  somewhat  flattened  and  broad,  and  they 
have  moderately  thick  lips.  The  half-castes  surpass,  in  many 
cases,  the  pure  natives  in  strength,  appearance,  and  their 
capability  of  fishing  and  other  native  employments.  The  women 
allow  their  hair,  which  is  very  black,  luxuriant,  wavy  and  some- 
times distinctly  curly,  to  grow  fairly  long.  In  one  family  of  a 
mother  and  three  children  the  hair  was  distinctly  reddish-brown. 

Of  the  series  of  coloured  casts  of  faces  of  the  South  Sea  Islanders 
published  by  Dr.  Finsch  of  Bremen,  one,  No.  48,  of  an  Ellice 
Islander  does  not  strike  me  as  a  typical  specimen.  The  colour  seems 
to  me  too  light  and  the  forehead  too  sloping  to  be  characteristic. 

The  long  arms  noticed  by  Lister*  on  Fakaafu  equally  characterise 
the  natives  of  Funafuti.  Wilkes  calls  attention  to  a  singular 
attitude,  which  he  illustrates,  affected  by  a  Funafuti  native,  who 
rested  the  sole  of  one  foot  on  the  knee  of  the  opposite  leg.  How 
natural  a  posture  this  is  can  scarcely  be  appreciated  by  a  wearer 
of  boots  and  trousers.  Collins  and  Lumholtzf  have  drawn  Aus- 
tralian Aborigines  in  this  position,  and  LesueurJ  a  Tasmanian. 
Mr.  Hardy  has  photographed  men  at  Simbo  and  at  Samarai 
resting  in  this  posture. 

The  following  measurements  are  in  centimetres. 

*  Lister — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxi.,  1892,  p.  46. 

f  Collins — English  Colony  in  New  South  Wales,  1804,  pi.  xvi. ;  Lum- 
holtz— Among  Cannibals,  1890,  p.  77. 

J  Lesueur— Voyage  aux  Terres  Australes,  1804,  Atlas,  pi.  xv. 


ETHNOLOGY— HEDLEY.  235 


lOcpOTp  co  N      •*  cp 


qo  cp          eft  m          eo          *P  r*          °P  *P 

•* 
O 


:    I**          05CO 


.-(         00  <N  00  CO  N 


IN  N  >a 


rH  t»rt          CO  N  10          N  00  10  >0  CO  O 

r-i  6i          4}i  oo      ibcocb:o5N::«b~ 

OSTfi  COO5         IOOOCO'XO»''W 


coco 


-H  10          CO  (M  >p 

^  O        CO  O5  **?      *  Oi  i 


CO         CNI  CO         >O  Ip  <M 


:  be  :    :  ^  :  «    '     .    :  fe  Si  :    : 

•  g  •  •  <D  •  •*  a   •  •  .2  p   •   • 

,l,J,iiMti,,t.t ,»•„ 

o3         cS   « 

OQ  OJ  rJ3      fl 

=  1    -£•  J- 

'is  '  '§    -»  •ss--   r=       s  a 

:§    :    :|.|i    ;|1||    if    |||    :f|    !    !    Magi 

l^r^fffjjf  i|jjl1l!ifl 

J";S""iir?i!  slf  i 

0      '--2  fl  -*°  °       o^o       a-aZs       »- 

^      S*3  "S®""      -pn£     J      8   -^ 

io  "*o.&p        °o'a^    p/s.sp    >.w>'^    o 

*S  (C  0)  _rl  ,^j 

W       W  W  W        WH    o 


236 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


^grH- 


NrH         <N  <p  t-  OS  CO  CO  &  Op  10 

0)0)        X  US  00  00  N  rH  •*  w         IN 

rH  rH  .-ir-irHrHrHt-HlNrH  rH 


iip      oo      op       •?•? 

t^OO-'ftN.rH        OO5 

CQlOCOCOCO  rHf-< 


0000095 
eo»bt- 

NIO 


-*      «      eo 

rH  rH  rH 


9      f 


uj  <N      m 

*gS§3« 


ffj  00   — 


'  «B 

S 
.  o 


Q      Q  03  03 


ETHNOLOGY— HEDLEY.  237 

TATOOING. 

In  their  tatooing  the  Ellice  Islanders  differed  greatly,  as  the 
American  Exploring  Expedition  remarked,  from  other  branches 
of  the  Polynesian  Race,  both  in  their  patterns  and  in  the  sharing 
of  the  custom  by  both  sexes.  As  far  as  I  can  gather,  the  Micro- 
nesians,  whose  figures  resemble  more  those  of  Funafuti,  use  short 
straight  lines  variously  arranged  in  chevrons,  diamonds,  etc.,* 
whereas  the  tatooing  of  the  Polynesians,  at  least  as  shown  by  the 
Maories,  seems  rather  to  have  been  disposed  in  curves,  employing 
spirals,  scrolls,  and  circles,  f  Again,  among  the  Polynesians  it  was 
the  rule  to  tatoo  men  profusely,  women  slightly  or  not  at  all ;  a 
rule  reversed  by  the  Melanesians.  j  In  Funafuti  both  sexes  were 
of  old  equally  tatooed. 

Tatooing  has  long  been  an  extinct  art  on  Funafuti,  and  I  was 
unable  to  procure  any  of  the  implements  used  in  it.  Only  half- 
a-dozen,  old,  white-haired  men  and  women  survive  who  are  thus 
decorated. 

Of  the  Funafuti  men,  one  of  whom  he  figured,  Wilkes  wrote  : — 
"  They  were  tatooed  differently  from  any  heretofore  seen,  their 
arms  being  covered,  from  the  shoulder  to  the  wrist,  with  small 
curved  figures  or  zig-zag  lines.  They  had  this  tatooing  also  on 
the  body,  extending  from  the  armpits  to  the  waist,  and  down, 
until  the  whole  body  was  encompassed  in  the  same  manner.  No 
marks  were  observed  on  the  face  or  legs,  but  on  two  of  them  were 
a  few  lines  across  the  small  of  the  back."  And  of  the  Nukufetau 
men  the  same  author  continues: — "The  tatooing  was  in  great  variety 
on  the  body,  but  in  all,  the  arms  were  tatooed  alike,  for  there  it 
varied  only  in  quantity.  On  the  body  it  was  frequently  extended 
across  the  back  and  to  the  abdomen ;  and  in  many,  the  bodies  and 
thighs  were  tatooed  down  as  far  as  the  knee.  Many  of  the  natives 
designated  the  figures  as  intended  to  represent  pigeons."  On  the 
men  of  Atafu,  the  same  traveller  saw,  "  many  marks  resembling 
fish  on  the  arms,  and  a  sort  of  triangle,  together  with  figures  of 
turtles,  on  the  breast."  On  Funafuti  a  native  of  Nanomea  ex- 
plained to  me  that  certain  tatoo  marks  on  his  arms  represented 
Holothuria. 

Only  one  woman  from  Nukufetau  visited  the  "Peacock."  "Her 
arms  were  beautifully  tatooed,  of  the  same  figure  as  the  men,  but 
the  tatooing  was  continued  down  the  leg  in  horizontal  stripes  an 

*  For  tatooing  of  the  Caroline  Islanders  see  Kubary — Journ.  Qodeffroy 
Museum,  vii.,  1875,  p.  129;  for  the  Marshalls,  Kotezbue— Voyage  of 
Discovery,  ii.(  1821,  plate  facing  p.  63  ;  for  the  Gilberts,  Wilbes— op.  cit., 
v.,  p.  77 ;  for  Rarotonga,  Williams— Native  Missionary  Enterprises,  1837, 
p.  503. 

t  Bobley— Moko,  or  Maori  tatooing,  1896. 

J  Turner — Samoa,  1884,  p.  55. 


238  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

inch  and  a  half  wide.  This  constituted  a  great  difference  from 
the  Polynesians,  for  with  them  we  have  never  before  met  with  any 
females  who  were  tatooed,  excepting  a  few  marks  on  the  fingers 
and  feet." 

All  I  could  learn  of  the  manner  of  tatooting  on  Funafuti  was 
that  it  was  performed  with  a  sharpened  bird-bone  tapped  into  the 
skin  with  a  mallet ;  the  pigment  used  was  Hernandia  nut  reduced 
to  charcoal,  ground,  and  mixed  with  water.  Except  the  pigment, 
it  is  probable  that  the  mode  of  tatooing  differed  little  from  that 
in  general  use  throughout  the  Pacific.  The  instruments  and  their 
use  are  thus  described  by  a  surgeon  who  endured  a  tatooing  in 
the  Marquesas  : — "  Eight  or  ten  candlenuts  are  strung  on  a  piece 
of  reed,  which  is  stuck  in  the  ground,  the  upper  one  being  lighted. 
An  inverted  section  of  a  coconut  is  suspended  over  it.  This  con- 
denses the  smoke,  which  is  very  black,  and  when  mixed  with  a 
little  water,  forms  the  marking-ink.  The  marginal  lines  of  any 
figure  are  first  marked  out  with  a  very  small  stick,  the  remainder 
is  executed  without  a  guide.  The  instruments  for  inserting  the 
colouring  matter  into  the  skin  are  made  of  pieces  of  bone  made 
flat,  and  serrated  at  one  end,  like  either  a  comb  or  saw.  the 
breadth  of  this  end  differs  from  the  eighth  of  an  inch  to  one  inch, 
according  to  variety  or  minuteness  of  work,  some  having  only 
two  teeth,  some  a  dozen.  The  other  end  is  brought  to  a  blunt 
point,  and  inserted  at  right  angles  into  a  small  cane  about  six  or 
eight  inches  long.  The  piece  of  cane  is  held  between  the  finger  and 
thumb  of  the  left  hand.  The  stick  for  beating  this  into  the  flesh 
is  long  or  short,  according  to  the  fancy  of  the  operator.  The 
hitting  of  the  stick  is  so  very  rapid  that  it  resembles  nothing  that 
I  know  of  more  accurately  than  a  trunk  maker  driving  his 
nails."* 

The  original  pigment  of  the  Polynesian  seems  to  have  been  the 
soot  of  the  candlenut  fruit,  Aleurites  triloba  ;  where  the  race 
wandered  beyond  the  habitat  of  that  tree,  substitutes  had  to  be 
found.  In  Funafuti  Hernandia  was  used,  and  in  New  Zealand, 
Robley  tells  us  that  Dammara  gum,  Podocarpus,  Veronica, 
and  the  vegetable  caterpillar  Cordiceps  larvarum  were  em- 
ployed. 

In  Funafuti  both  men  and  women  were  tatooed  with  the  same 
pattern,  which  was  peculiar  to  the  atoll,  and  distinguished  them 
from  other  islanders. 

*  Coulter— Adventures  in  the  Pacific,  1845,  p.  210.  The  operation  is 
also  described  by  Pritchard — Polynesian  Eeminiscences,  p.  143;  by 
Turner — Samoa,  p.  88 ;  by  Polack — Manners  and  Customs  of  the  New 
Zealanders,  ii.,  1840,  pp.  42-51;  by  Eobley— Moko,  1896,  p.  56;  by 
Quppy — Solomon  Islands,  1887,  p.  135 ;  by  Buckland — Journ.  Anthrop. 
Inst.,  xvii.,  1888,  p.  318. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


239 


The  subject  I  examined,  Sami,  an   old  white-haired  man,  was 
one  of  the  few  tatooed  survivors.     The  tatooing  (figs.  1,  2,  and  3), 


n 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


was  confined  to  the  smooth  inner  surfaces  of  the  arms  and  the 

sides  of  the  body,  so  that  when  he  faced  me  "  at  attention  "  with 

the  arms  close  to  the  trunk,  his  tatoo- 

ing   was   scarcely    visible.     The   arms 

were  tatooed  from  three  inches  above 

the   wrist   to   two   inches    below    the 

armpit.      On    the    back    the    tatooed 

areas    extended    in    triangles    from    a 

point  in  the  lumbar  region,  two  inches 

from  the  spine,  upwards  to  the  armpit 

and  horizontally  round  the  waist.     The 

pattern    is  carried  under  the  arm  to 

a  point  in  front  an  inch  beneath  the 

nipple   of  the   breast,  then   vertically 

downwards     till     a     right     angle     is 

formed  by  the  junction  of  the  waist- 

line. 


DRESS. 


Fig.  3. 


The  old-fashioned  kilt  dress  of  Polynesia  is  still  made  and  used 
on  Funafuti.  It  is,  however,  like  most  native  articles,  in  process 
of  decadence,  being  only  worn  by  the  poorer  people  or  by  those 


240  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

engaged  in  rough  work  meaning  to  save  more  valued  clothes. 
The  Tahitian  "  tiputa "  has  been  imposed  by  the  mission  upon 
the  women;  both  sexes  wear  the  Fijian  "lava  lava"  of  European 
calico,  another  modern  innovation.  For  state  occasions  the  men 
wear  shirt  and  trousers,  and  the  women  loose  gowns  in  which  they 
each  appear  awkward  and  uneasy.  I  did  not  learn  that  tappa  cloth 
was  made  on  the  atoll. 

THE  TUKAI. 

The  ancient  masculine  costume,  the  "  tukai,"  is  well  sh.>\vn  by 
the  figure  given  by  Wilkes*  of  the  Funafuti  native  wearing  one, 
which  is  described  as  "  a  strip  of  fine  matting  made  of  the  panJanus 
leaf,  about  eight  inches  wide  and  ten  feet  long,  and  fringed  on  each 
side."  On  Nukufetan  the  same  Expedition  saw  pandanns  mats 
"  worn  as  a  girdle  of  thick  fringe,  from  eight  inches  to  a  foot 
broad,  tied  about  the  loins  so  as  to  cover  in  part  the  maro  :  to 
this  they  gave  the  name  of  'takai';  the  last  was  used  as  a  wrapper 
about  the  body  and  legs." 

Edge-Partington  figures!  this  garment  as  from  Rotumah,  des- 
cribing it  as  now  obselete. 

Whereas  the  "  titi "  was  simply  tied  round  the  waist,  the  tukai 
was  first  passed  between  the  limbs  and  then  around  the  body. 
From  the  accompanying  sketch  (Plate  xiii.)  of  a  man  putting 
on  his  tukai  it  will  be  obvious  that  although  this  dress  has 
acquired  a  secondary  resemblance  to  the  titi,  it  is  really  homo- 
logous with  the  T  bandage  formerly  worn  by  the  inhabitants  of 
the  neighbouring  atolls  of  Atafu  and  Fakaafu.J 

The  tukai  primarily  consists  of  a  long  narrow  mat  with  a  fringe 
of  unwoven  strands.  Comparing  the  dress  as  it  appeared  to  me 
on  Funafuti  with  the  drawings  of  Wilkes  and  Edge- Parting  ton, 
it  will  be  noticed  that  the  fringe  in  the  modern  specimens  1  pro- 
cured, has  greatly  broadened,  while  the  total  length  of  the  dress 
has  decreased  to  nearly  half.  I  am  unable  from  the  specimens 
and  illustrations  at  my  disposal  to  trace  all  the  graduations 
between  the  ordinary  form  of  the  T  bandage  and  the  tukai,  but  I 
feel  convinced  of  their  existence. 

A  specimen  (fig.  4)  of  a  highly  ornate  dance  tukai,  made  for 
me  on  Funafuti,  weighs  two  pounds  four  ounces,  is  six  feet  six 
*  Wilkes— op.  cit.,  \.,  p.  41. 
f  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  li.,  fig.  4. 

J  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  v.,  plate  facing  p.  3  and  p.  36 ;  this  loin  cloth  is 
also  the  ordinary  masculine  dress  in  the  Solomons,  as  shown  in  Guppy's 
Solomon  Islands,  plate  facing  p.  102 ;  and  in  Eastern  British  New 
Guinea,  for  example,  Finsch — Ethnological  Atlas,  pi.  xvi.,  and  Lindt — 
Picturesque  New  Guinea,  pi.  xli. ;  the  most  reduced  form  of  which  known 
to  me  is  the  string  "  sihi  "  of  the  Motu,  exemplified  by  Lindt,  op.  cit.,  pi. 
xxxiv.,  the  man  on  the  left. 


ETHNOLOGY— HEDLEY.  241 

inches  in  total  length,  and  when  folded  for  use  is  eighteen  inches 
in  depth,  it  is  made  of  the  inner  bark  of  the  fau  (Hibiscus  tiliaceus) 


Fig.  4. 

stained  red  with  nonou  (Morinda  citrifolia).  When  unfolded,  the 
centre  band  (fig.  5)  is  four  and  a  half  inches  wide,  woven  closely 
of  narrow  strands  ;  along  the  out- 
side edge  of  the  matting  is  a  seam 
where  additional  fibres  have  been  _<**&^>  -r^ 
introduced  to  lengthen  and  thicken  Up  "' 

the   dress :    this    latter   feature    is        J 
absent  from  an  old,  worn  and  un-       ^^^^^^i^^^ 
ornamented  tukai  in  the  collection. 
At  the  inner  corners  the  matting  Fig.  5. 

is  produced  into  plaited  strings  for 

tying  on  the  dress.  The  outer  part  of  the  fiinge,  that  which  is 
exposed  when  worn,  is  elaborately  decorated  with  pandanus  leaf 
ribbons  arranged  in  four  series  of  four,  whose  symmetry  is  only 
broken  by  the  substitution  of  red  for  yellow  in  the  penultimate  one. 
Each  ribbon  is  attached  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  matting,  is  two 
feet  long,  two  to  two  and  a  half  inches  wide,  and  forked  at  the 
tip.  The  right-hand  streamer  is  for  half  its  length  decorated  with 
three  series  of  successive  breadths  of  yellow,  red,  and  black  leaf, 
sewn  on  with  European  cotton.  A  row  of  five  or  six  white  tests 
of  a  Foraminifer  (Orbitolites  complanala,  var.  laciniata),  is  sewn 
on  each  black  band.  The  second  ribbon  is  yellow,  with  one  red 
band  atop ;  the  third  is  black  with  a  black  and  a  red  fold  above, 
thence  a  series  of  confluent  yellow  diamonds  extends  to  the  edge 
of  the  fringe ;  the  fourth  is  wholly  red  ;  the  fifth  repeats  the  first, 
and  so  on.  This  style  of  ornament  recalls  that  of  a  Banks  Island 
robe,  figured  by  Edge-Partington.*  When  the  dress  is  put  away 
these  ribbons  are  carefully  doubled  up  and  tied  to  be  out  of  harm's 
way.  The  native  Wilkes  figured  was  similarly  decorated  with 
pandanus  ribbons,  but  as  far  as  I  can  understand  his  description 
they  were  attached  not  to  the  tukai  but  to  a  separate  belt.  From 
Tahiti,  Edge-Partington  figures  a  like  girdle  with  pendant  tassels,  f 
and  in  the  New  Hebrides  there  exists  a  similar  overall  dress  with 
streamers  five  or  six  feet  long. 

*  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  Ixxxv.,  fig.  8. 
f  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.t  i.,  pi.  xxxv. 


242  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Another  ornate  tukai  was  decorated  with  less  elaboration  than 
the  one  described.  In  place  of  the  discs  of  Foraminifera,  white 
feathers  were  used. 

A  third  tukai,  intended  perhaps  for  every-day  wear,  was  of  the 
same  dimensions  but  quite  plain. 

THE  TITI. 

The  "  titi "  or  woman's  dress  appears  in  Funafuti  in  a  form 
common  alike  to  Melanesians  and  Polynesians,  and  extending 
over  a  wide  area  of  the  South  Pacific.  The  name  of  it  suggests  a 
derivation  from  the  Ti  tree  (Cordyline)  whose  handsome,  elliptical 
leaves  tied  by  their  stalks  in  a  belt  are  in  some  islands  still  used 
as  a  temporary  or  hastily  made  dress,  and  which  may  have  been 
the  earliest  form  of  the  garment.* 

In  making  the  titi,  a  woman  arranges  her  material,  usually 
dressed  leaves  of  pandanus  or  coconut  palm,  in  convenient  heaps. 
For  the  waist-band  is  selected  a  double  cord  of  two  or  three  ply 
coconut  fibre,  one  end  of  which  is  made  fast  to  a  post  of  the  hut 
the  other  being  attached  to  the  operator's  waist.  Sitting  on  the 
floor,  the  workwoman  draws  from  the  heap  two  handfuls  of  fibre, 
one  she  doubles  over  the  cords,  the  other  she  knots  across  and 


Fig.  6.  Fig.  7.  Fig.  8. 

between  them,  as  shown  diagrammatically  by  fig.  6.  A  continua- 
tion of  this  process  (fig.  7)  completes  the  dress,  f  The  leaves 
may  afterwards  be  combed  into  finer  strands  by  the  "  tosi."  At 
one  end  the  waist-band  terminates  in  a  loop,  at  the  other  in  two 
strings  with  which  it  is  tied  at  the  side  of  the  wearer. 

Ornamental  dance  dresses  differ  from  ordinary  ones  by  the 
addition  of  extra  flounces,  etc.  A  specimen  of  the  former 
now  before  me  (fig.  8)  weighs  four  pounds  six  ounces  and 
measures  three  feet  in  length  and  twenty-one  inches  in  depth. 

*  Guppy— loc.  cit.,  p.  130;  and  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  118. 

t  Elsewhere  in  the  Pacific  other  modes  of  knotting  the  fibres  to  the 
belt  exist.  That  none  of  these  have  been  described  is  a  surprising 
instance  of  the  superficialness  of  our  knowledge  of  Polynesian  Ethnology. 
Here  lies  a  field  for  cultivation  at  once  easy  and  prolific.  A  Papuan 
pattern,  very  distinct  from  that  described  in  the  text,  will  shortly  be 
described  in  the  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales  for  1897. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  243 

It  is  variegated  by  the  intercalation  of  a  brown  coconut  leaf 
flounce  between  two  of  white  pandanus  leaf,  and  is  also  adorned 
by  four  series  of  three  coloured  pandanus  ribbons  and  decorated 
by  the  black  feathers  of  the  Frigate  bird. 

Plain  dresses  from  the  coconut  leaf  and  from  pandanus  are  also 
represented  in  the  collection. 

The  only  Ellice  female  seen  by  the  American  Exploring  Expedi- 
tion was  a  Nukufetau  woman,  who  "  wore  a  cincture  around  her 
waist,  and  a  mat  over  her  bosom.  The  cincture  was  made  of 
pandanus  leaves  ;  this  was  fastened  to  a  cord  as  a  thick  fringe, 
two  feet  in  length,  and  extended  to  her  knees." 

When  a  dress  has  been  laid  aside  for  a  while  it  is  fumigated  as 
described  (ante  p.  102)  to  rid  it  of  noxious  insects. 

The  grass  rain-cloak  of  Japan  has  a  general  resemblance  to  the 
Polynesian  titi.  The  Micronesian  loom  appeared  unknown  on 
Funafuti. 

SANDALS. 

A  common  article  of  apparel,  widespread  through  the  Pacific 
and  still  in  daily  use,  is  the  sandal,  on  which  scanty  attention  has 
been  bestowed  by  Ethnologists. 

Under  the  title  of  "  Sandal  used  when  fishing  on  a  reef,"  Edge- 
Partington  illustrates  a  type  slightly  differing  from  that  we  are 
approaching.*  His  statement  is  confirmed  by  a  veteran  missionary, 
my  friend  the  Rev.  George  Brown,  LL.D.,  who  tells  me  that  the 
sandal  is  thus  worn  in  Samoa. 

The  Rev.  W.  W.  Gill  writes  of  Mangaiia  :— "  At  the  top,  the 
'  ungakoa/f  is  protected  against  attack  by  a  dense  shield,  whilst 
the  circular  edge  of  the  cavity  is  as  keen  as  the  edge  of  a  razor. 
This  animal  grows  with  the  bed  of  coral,  the  long  cavity  becoming 
increasingly  large.  Young  '  ungakoa,'  like  young  oysters,  are 
easily  detached  from  the  coral  by  means  of  a  hammer.  Children 
eat  them  raw,  not  forgetting  a  supply  of  cooked  taro  out  of  their 
tiny  baskets.  Hence  the  necessity  of  using  sandals  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  feet ;  woe  betides  the  luckless  wight  who  should 
tread  with  his  entire  weight  upon  one  of  these  '  cobbler's  awls.' 
Round  pieces  of  flesh  are  in  this  way  scooped  out  of  the  foot."J 

Another  reference  to  this  article  occurs  in  a  native  address 
given  by  Gill : — "  I  now  carefully  turn  my  sandals,  so  that  both 
sides  may  be  equally  worn,  pick  up  my  basket  and  fishing  tackle, 
and  go  to  the  outer  edge  of  the  reef  to  angle."§  From  Tahiti,  the 
sandal  is  described  by  Ellis.  || 

*  Loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  Ixxvii.,  fig.  7,  from  Samoa;  and  pi.  clxxvii.,  fig.  5, 
from  Mortlock. 

t  Probably  Vermetus  maximus,  Sowerby. 
j  Gill— Savage  Life  in  Polynesia,  1880,  p.  114. 
§  Gill— Life  in  the  Southern  Isles,  1876,  p.  145. 
||  Ellis— Polynesian  Researches,  i.,  1832,  p.  143. 


244 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


In  the  Museum  at  Honolulu  there  are  deposited,  "  Sandals  for 
walking  on  coral  reefs,"  from  Santa  Cruz.  The  sandals  of  the 
ancient  Hawaiian  could  hardly  be  called  a  regular  part  of  the 
national  costume,  as  they  were  only  worn  to  protect  the  feet  in 
journeys  over  the  rough  lava  beds.  The  sandals,  "  malina,"  were 
simply  braided  cushions  attached  by  cords,  often  of  the  same 
material,  over  the  toes  and  around  the  ankle.  Another  allusion 
to  these  sandals  terms  them  "  kama  waoke."* 

Webster,  ascending  Mauna  Loa  in 
1851  observed  that  his  native  guide 
Sam,  "  always  careful  of  number  one, 
had  provided  himself  with  sandals  made 
from  the  fibre  of  coconut  husk  "  to  save 
his  feet  from  the  sharp  lava.f 

The  sandal  "tukka"  is  still  employed 
at  Funafuti,  whose  fishermen  are  thus 
shod  when  wading  on  the  reefs.  A 
pair  before  me,  of  which  one  is  re- 
presented by  fig.  9,  weighs  five  ounces. 
Each  is  eight  inches  long,  four  wide,  and 
nearly  one  thick.  Upon  an  oval,  rope 
foundation,  flat  sinnet  is  woven  under 
and  over  ;  at  the  toe  end  there  is  a  long 
loop,  at  each  side  two  short  ones,  and, 
at  one  corner  of  the  heel  end,  a  fourth 
loop.  From  the  opposite  corner  of  the 
heel  end  arises  a  flat  cord  thirty-nine 
inches  long  which  is  rove  through  each 

of  the  loops.  The  sandal  is  put  on  (fig.  10),  by  thrusting  the 
second  and  third  toes  through  the  largest  loop,  applying  the  pad 
to  the  sole  of  the  foot,  drawing  the  cord 
tight  and  fastening  it  round  the  ankle. 
When  fitted,  both  heel  and  toe  over- 
lap the  pad.  The  construction  of  the 
Samoan  sandal  suggests  that  it  is  worn 
in  a  slightly  different  manner. 

The  Japanese  have  a  sandal  closely 
resembling  this,  but  the  "kuditcha" 
shoes |  of  Australia  are  too  distant  in 
use  and  construction  to  require  com- 
parison. 

*  Brigham— loc.  cit.,  pt.  ii.,  p,  87 ;  pt.  iii.,  pp.  21  and  61. 

t  Webster — Last  Cruise  of  the  Wanderer,  n.d.,  p.  18. 

£  E.  Etheridge,  Junr.— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2)  ix.,  1895,  p.  544 ; 
Favenc — The  Moccasins  of  Silence,  n.d.,  f  frontispiece ;  Edge-Partington — 
loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  ccviii.,  figs.  7,  8. 


Fig.  9. 


Fig,  10. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  245 

EYE-SHADE. 

The  skill  of  the  Polynesians  in  plaiting  has  already  been  shown 
by  various  articles  discussed  in  this  essay,  and  this  aptitude  is 
further  exemplified  by  their  eye-shades.  In  the  case  of  this 
object  I  am  beset  by  the  usual  difficulty  encountered  in  the  study 
of  the  lesser  possessions  of  the  Polynesians.  Consequent  on  few 
writers  having  descended  to  the  notice  of  such  apparent  trifles, 
there  are  but  scanty  records  available  of  variation  or  of  geographical 
distribution. 

The  Polynesian  eye-shade  appears  to  have  been  adopted  by  the 
Melanesians,  for  Edge-Partington  pictures  it  from  Papua,*  and 
it  is  frequently  recorded  from  the  Solomons.  Dr.  H.  B.  Guppy 
observed  that  "  sunshades  in  the  form  of  a  peak  of  plaited 
grass  bound  to  the  forehead  and  projecting  over  the  eyes  are 
occasionally  worn  by  the  natives  of  Bougainville  Straits,  whilst 
fishing  in  canoes,  in  order  to  protect  their  eyes  from  the  sun's 
glare  on  the  water.  In  Ugi,  these  sun-shades  are  sometimes  worn 
on  gala  days.  They  did  not,  however,  appear  to  be  in  constant 
use  in  any  part  of  the  group  which  we  visited."  This  account  is 
illustrated  by  a  photograph  of  "Men  of  Ugi  wearing  sun-shades."f 
Woodford  pictures  a  Rubiana  native  wearing  one.J  From  Savo 
there  is  a  specimen  in  the  Australian  Museum,  and  Edge- 
Partington  figures  others  from  Ysabel  and  San  Christoval.  § 

Wilkes  shows  some  of  the  individuals  of  a  group  of  Fakaafu 
natives  wearing  the  eye-shade,  and  at  Atafu  the  men  wore  "  on 
their  head  a  piece,  made  in  some  cases  of  matting,  in  others  of 
tortoiseshell,  and  occasionally  this  ornament  resembled  an  eye- 
shade,  or  the  front  of  a  cap,  to  protect  the  face  from  the  sun."|| 
A  sketch  by  Webber,  in  the  British  Museum,  is  reproduced  by 
Ed-ge-Partington,  showing  Tahitian  women  making  bark  cloth, 
two  of  the  figures  in  which  are  wearing  sun-shades.  "  A  sun-shade 
from  Tahiti  made  of  finely  plaited  coconut  fibre "  is  also  drawn 
separately.^!  "Here,  says  Ellis,  itiscalled  'taupoo/or'taumata.'"** 

The  eye-shade  of  Funafuti,  "  mataili,"  was  only  used  when  line 
fishing  from  a  canoe.  It  was  plaited  indifferently  from  coconut 
palm  frond  or  pandanus  leaf,  was  thrown  away  at  the  end  of  the 
day's  work  and  made  anew  as  wanted.  The  specimens  that  I  have 
examined  of  the  eye-shades  of  the  Solomon  natives  are  all  of  coco- 
nut frond,  they  differ  from  the  Ellice  Island  pattern  in  having 


*  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit  ,  i.,pl.  cocvii.,  fig.  6  and  pi.  cccxxv.,  fig.  4; 
see  also :  Eatzel— The  History  of  Mankind  (English  ed.)  i.,  1896,  plate 
facing  p.  214,  fig.  15,  and  p.  224. 

t  Guppy— Joe.  cit.,  p.  139,  and  pi.  facing  p.  102. 

J  "Wnodford— A  Naturalist  among  the  Head-hunters,  1890,  p.  150. 

§  Edge-Partington— Joe.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  cci.,  fig.  4,  and  ii.,  pi.  cvii.,  figs.  7,8. 

||  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  v.,  pp.  6  and  36. 

1  Edge-Partington— Joe.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  xxxi.  and  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  5. 

**  Ellis— loc  cit.,  ii.,  p.  399. 


246 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


the  loop,  which  passes  round  the  back  of  the  head,  made  in  one 
piece  instead  of  being  in  two  strings  knotted  together  ;  also  in 
having  the  front  margin  projecting  into  horns  at  the  corners, 
which  Mr.  N.  Hardy  suggests  to  me  are  ornamental  representa- 
tions of  the  wings  of  Frigate  Birds.  On  some  of  the  other  atolls 
of  the  group,  Mr.  O'Brien  tells  me  that  small  pouches  for  the 
reception  of  fish-hooks,  etc.,  were  made  on  the  under  surface  of 
the  flap.  On  Funafuti  the  natives  had  a  trick  of  thrusting  such 
sundries  as  a  stick  of  trade  tobacco  into  the  plaits  of  their  eye-shades. 

Two  specimens  of  the 
eye-shade  from  Funafuti 
present  themselves  for 
description.  Both  are 
of  woven  pandanus  leaf; 
the  larger  shown  in 
fig.  11  is  fifteen  inches 
ounce  and  a  quarter, 
by  six,  and  weighs  an 
it  is  coarsely  plaited,  of 
about  nine,  broad,  diago- 
nal pandanus  strands, 
an  inch  or  an  inch  and 
a  half  wide;  from  the 

Fig.  1 1 .  inner  margin  the  strands 

are   carried   in  a  band 

and  knotted  at  the  back  of  the  head,  so  as  to  form  a  loop  about 
a  foot  long.  The  smaller  example  is  about  twelve  by  four  and  a 
half  inches,  of  finer  pandanus  strands,  there  being  about  thirty 
rows  of  quarter  inch  plaits ;  the  weight  of  it  is  half  an  ounce. 
The  smaller  figure  is  a  sketch,  taken  on  the  spot,  of  a  palm  frond 
tip  which  I  saw  a  native  in  process  of  weaving  into  an  eye-shade. 

ORNAMENTS. 

Trinkets  for  personal  adornment,  except  those  of  European 
pattern,  are  now,  through  missionary  influence,  disused  on  Funa- 
futi. A  band  of  small  and  polished  Nautilus  shells,  somewhat 
like  that  Edge-Partington  figures  from  Samoa,*  was  purchased 
by  a  member  of  the  Expedition.  As  the  Pearly  Nautilus  does 
not  occur  alive  on  the  atoll,  and  rarely  if  ever  drifts  there,  I  am 
not  satisfied  of  the  local  origin  of  that  ornament. 

On  Nukulailai  I  found  shell  necklaces  in  fashion.  One  I 
purchased  called  "pouli,"  weighs  an  ounce  and  a  half  and 
measures  sixteen  inches  in  length,  and  was  composed  of  a  hundred 
and  seven  bleached  and  yellow  shells  of  Melampus  luteus,  each 
pierced  near  its  anterior  extremity,  and  strung  either  backwards 


Edge-Partington— ?oc.  cit.,  pi.  Ixxxvi.,  fig.  2. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  247 

or  forwards,  alternately  left  and  right,  on  a 

cord   plaited  of   four  strands  (fig.    12).     In 

estimating  the  beauty  of  such  a  necklace,  it 

should  be  remembered  that  it  is  designed  not 

to  contrast  with  a  white  skin,  where  its  effect 

would  be  displeasing,   but  against  a  brown  Fig.  12.     - 

one,  where  it  is  in  chromatic  harmony. 

Models  were  made  for  me  on  Funafuti  of  a  pair  of  dance  orna- 
ments, "lilima,"(fig.  13)  such  as  were  worn  in  "the  old  days."    Each 


Fig.  13. 

armlet  is  composed  of  three  pandanus  leaf  ribbons,  two  feet  long, 
super-imposed  one  upon  another,  except  above,  where  the  lower 
projects  beyond  the  upper.  The  uppermost  is  reddened  with 
nonou,  the  second  blackened  with  tar,  and  the  third  retains  its 
natural  yellow.  The  red  leaf  is  crinkled*  with  transverse  creases 
an  inch  and  a  half  apart.  Near  the  upper  end  the  leaves  are 
gathered  with  a  bow  of  ornamental  cord,  on  which  is  strung  a 
button  of  white  shell,  Natica  mamilla  •  the  ribbons  are  further 
surmounted  by  a  tuft  of  palm  pinnules  upon  which  is  arranged  a 
fold  of  the  bow  of  the  cord.  The  cord  is  segmented  black  and 
yellow,  consisting  of  a  strand  of  human  hair  laid  up  with  a  strand 
of  bark  thread,  f  The  whole  has  a  tasteful  effect.  It  was  worn, 
said  the  maker,  by  tying  the  strings  round  the  biceps  of  the  arm. 

Head-dresses  were  formerly  made  of  the  Frigate  bird  plumes,  \ 
but  of  these  I  failed  to  procure  either  specimens  or  models.  A 
pandanus  leaf  head-dress  is  figured  by  Wilkes,  the  Funafuti  native 
wearing  it  also  sports  an  ankle-ring.§ 

On  Nukufetau  the  American  Exploring  Expedition  observed  a 
coconut  leaflet  tied  round  the  necks  of  some  men  (ante  p.  27). 
On  Fotuna  this  was  a  mark  of  rank.||  An  illustration  of  a  king 
of  Fakaafu  shows  him  thus  adorned. 51 

*  On  Ponape,  the  dress  of  chiefs  is  pandanus  leaves  crimped.  Brigham — 
loc.  cit.,  iii.,  p.  49. 

t  This  kind  of  cord  is  used  in  some  of  the  New  Ireland  dance  masks  in 
the  Australian  Museum. 

t  Gill— Jottings  from  the  Pacific,  1885,  p.  17. 

§  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  p.  41. 

||  Journ.  Polyn.  Soc.,  L,  pp.  41,  42. 

IT  Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxi.,  1892,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  1. 


248 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


WEAPONS  AND  TOOLS. 
OFFENSIVE  WEAPONS. 

As  previously  stated,  on  p.  45,  the  Ellice  Group 
has  enjoyed  peace  so  long  that  not  only  have  the 
making  and  handling  of  weapons  fallen  into 
disuse,  but  all  instruments  of  war  have  now  dis- 
appeared. No  exact  account  of  these  seems  to  have 
been  preserved  in  literature.  Shark  tooth  knives 
were  described  to  me  by  old  men  and  are  recorded 
by  early  travellers.  Figures  of  such  in  the  Ethno- 
logical Album*  are  referred  with  doubt  by  Edge- 
Partington  to  the  Ellice  Group. 

In  the  absence  of  extinct  originals,  models  locally 
made  are  of  some  interest.  An  aged,  white-haired,  and 
tatooed  native  of  Funafuti  made  for  me  such  of  two 
weapons  as  previously  used  by  his  tribe  : — 

A  missile,  "apa,"  (fig.  14)  is  a  smooth,  spindle-shaped 
piece  of  hard,  heavy  wood,  probably  Pemphis,  sharply 
pointed  at  each  end.  It  weighs  one  pound  five  ounces, 
and  measures  two  feet  in  length  and  one  and  three 
quarter  inches  in  greatest  diameter.  In  battle  it  was 
Fig.  14.  thrown  at  an  enemy,  and  was  probably  capable  of 
inflicting  an  ugly  wound  upon  a  naked  foe.  The 
Tahitians  had  "  the  tiora,  a  polished  dart  about  three 
feet  long,  cast  from  the  hand  generally  in  the  naval 
engagements,  but  occasionally  on  land."f  From  the 
Gilbert  Group,  Edge-Partington  figures  a  missile  club, 
"goramaton,"  similar  to  this.  |  An  Australian  weapon, 
"  konnung,"§  closely  resembles  this  pattern  in  use  and 
appearance.  Indeed  so  simple  an  article  might  be 
expected  to  independently  recur  in  different  quarters 
of  the  world. 

The  model  of  the  sword-club,  "  lakautaua,"||  (fig.  15) 
is  roughly  made,  but  probably  presents  the  general 
appearance  of  the  ancient  weapon.  A  narrow  lanceo- 
late blade,  truncate  at  the  extremity,  tapers  to  a 
rounded  handle.  From  a  central  longitudinal  keel, 
where  the  thickness  is  an  inch  and  a  quarter,  the 
sides  thin  down  to  a  square  edge  a  quarter  of  an  inch 
thick.  At  half  the  weapon's  length,  a  notch  half  an 
Fig.  15.  inch  deep 'is  cut  on  each  side.  From  a  point  an  inch 

*  Loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  xxxvii.,  figs.  6-11  ;  pi.  xxxviii.,  figs.  1-5;  Additional 
Notes  ;  ii.,  pi.  Ixxxix.,  fig.  8. 

t  Ellis— op.  cit.,  i.,  p.  298.  J  Id  ,  Loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  xcv.,  fig.  12. 

§  Brough  Smyth — loc.  cit.,  p.  302,  fig.  64;  and  R.  Etheridge,  Junr. — 
Macleay  Memorial  Volume,  1803,  p.  240. 

j|  Of.  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  v.,  p.  16. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  249 

distant  from  these  notches  to  the  distal  end  the  blade  is  ornamented 
on  both  sides  and  faces  by  twenty  shallow  grooves,  separated  by 
interstices  of  equal  breadth,  so  alternating  with  those  of  the 
opposite  surface  as  to  serrate  the  edge  of  the  weapon.  These 
grooves  perhaps  represent  a  degeneration  from  the  toothed  edge 
of  certain  Samoan  clubs.*  The  use  of  these  teeth'  and  notches 
probably  was  to  catch  and  snap  the  spears  of  an  enemy. 

The  lakautaua  is  of  hard  wood,  probably  Pemphis ;  it  weighs 
one  pound  three  ounces,  and  measures  one  foot  seven  inches  in 
length,  and  two  and  a  half  inches  in  breadth. 

Among  the  Penrhyn  Islanders,  Lamont  remarked  that: — "The 
long,  light,  paddle-shaped  club  used  by  the  women  is  called 
'  coerarai,'  and  is  used  in  battle  principally  for  breaking  the 
spears  of  the  men  of  the  opposite  party."f 

The  rough  sketch  and  brief  notice  do  not  admit  of  satisfactory 
identification,  but  a  species  of  lakautaua  is  suggested  to  me  by 
a  drawing;  in  the  Ethnological  Album,  described  as  a  "  flat 
wooden  fan,  stained  black  in  places:  Tokelau  Island,  Union 
Group."  Should  "  fan "  be  a  grimly  ironical  misnomer  for  a 
messenger  of  death,  the  black  stains  may  be  those  of  human 
blood.  The  probable  inaccuracy  of  the  ethnological  statement  is 
countenanced  by  the  geographical  confusion  of  this  quotation. 

A  club  figured  by  Edge-Partington  §  as  from  Fiji,  has  several 
features  in  common  with  the  Funafuti  model,  such  as  the  propor- 
tion of  handle  to  blade,  and  the  raised  central  keel  and  distal 
truncation  of  the  latter.  Perhaps  one  of  a  group  of  articles 
figured  by  Wilkes  from  the  Kingsmills  stands  for  another.|| 

ADZES  AND  AXES. 

In  1773  Captain  Cook  found  iron  already  in  the  hands  of  the 
South  Sea  Islanders.  The  process,  then  commencing,  of  replacing 
stone,-  shell,  and  bone  with  metal  is  now  completed.  For  there  is 
not  an  island,  however  remote,  in  Polynesia  where  non-metallic 
adzes  are  any  longer  used,  only  the  remembrance  of  them  existing 
in  the  minds  of  the  oldest  natives. 

The  collection  of  Ellice  adzes  and  axes  falls  into  two  divisions, 
the  ancient,  non-metallic  and  extinct  types  represented  by  models, 
and  those  now  in  use  in  which  a  metal  blade  has  been  adapted  to 
the  ancient  tool.  Stone  blades  being  obviously  unattainable,  the 
models  of  ancient  adzes  were  set  with  shell  ones.  In  every  case 
the  shell  was  Tridacna,  though  it  is  probable  that  in  Funafuti,  as 
elsewhere  in  the  Pacific,  other  mollusca  such  as  Mitra  episcopalis, 
or  Terebra  maculata,  would  sometimes  furnish  adze-heads. 

*  Such  as  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  Ixxiv.,  fig.  2. 

t  Lamont — Wild  Life  among  the  Pacific  Islanders,  1867,  p.  133. 

J  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  xcvi.,  fig.  3. 

§  Loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  liv.,  fig.  1. 

||  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  v.,  p.  79,  the  object  lying  furthest  left. 


250  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  Tridacna  shell,  particularly  the  thick  part  near  the  hinge, 
was  in  former  times  highly  and  widely  esteemed  for  this  purpose, 
as  is  recorded  by  Keate  from  the  Pelews,*  by  Finsch  from  the 
Carolines,  Marshalls,  and  Gilberts,!  by  Guppy  from  the  Solomons,  J 
by  Dixon  from  Maiden  Island, §  by  Wilkes  from  the  Paumotus,j| 
by  Moseley  from  the  Admiralties  ;1T  and  from  Nanomea  in  the 
Ellice  itself  Finsch  obtained  a  specimen  of  a  Tridacna  axe. 

It  would  hardly  have  been  anticipated  that  natives,  like  the 
Solomon  and  Pelew  Islanders,  in  the  possession  of  hard  volcanic 
rock  would  have  thus  used  this  material,  but  Finsch  repeatedly 
remarks  that  the  greater  toughness  of  the  shell  gives  it  an 
advantage  over  the  more  brittle  stone.** 

In  the  Carolines  the  same  author  found  the  Tridacna  blades  to 
assume  various  shapes,  of  which  he  figures  a  broad  deltoid  and  a 
narrow  chisel  form. ft  Some  of  these  attain  an  immense  size, 
reaching  twenty  inches  in  length  and  ten  pounds  in  weight ;  such, 
he  says,  were  common  property. 

Describing  relics  of  the  race  who  formerly  inhabited  Maiden 
Island,  Mr.  VV.  A.  Dixon  writes  : — "  In  the  grave  was  a  hatchet 
head  with  polished  edge  made  from  the  shell  of  a  tridacna.  .  .  In 
many  places  there  were  numerous  axe  heads  chipped  roughly  out 
of  tridacna  shells.  These  are  tolerably  easily  made,  the  shell  being 
first  broken  transversely,  when  a  blow  on  the  fractured  surface 
breaks  out  from  the  interior  of  the  shell  an  adze-shaped  piece 
which  seems  to  me  to  be  the  pattern  on  which  many  of  the  South 
Sea  stone  adzes  are  formed." jj 

These  tools  are  thus  described  by  Keate,  from  the  Pelews : — 
"  Their  hatchets  were  not  unlike  those  of  the  South  Sea  Islands, 
the  blade  part  being  made  of  the  strongest  part  of  the  large  Kirna 
Cockle,  ground  to  a  sharp  edge.  .  .  .  Uncouth  as  their  hatchets 
might  appear  to  our  people,  it  was  a  matter  of  surprise  to  observe 
in  how  little  a  time  the  natives  were  able  to  fell  a  tree  with 
them,  though  not  without  breaking  several."  §§ 

A  glance  at  a  stone  adze  in  the  exhibition  case  of  a  museum 
might  not  impress  a  spectator  with  a  high  opinion  of  its  utility 

*  Keate— An  Account  of  the  Pelew  Islands,  1788,  p.  312. 

f  Finsch— Ann.  K.  K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  p.  65. 

J  Guppy— The  Solomon  Islands,  1887,  p.  76. 

§  Dixon— Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  ix.,  1877  (1878)  p.  175. 

||  Wilkes— op.  cit. 

1  Challenger  Eeports— Narative,  i.,  pt.  ii.,  1885,  p.  716. 

**  "  In  Lepers  Island,  the  stone  adzes  were  called  talai  maeto,  black 
clam  shell,  a  name  now  given  to  iron  ;  the  native  adze  was  evidently  at 
first  of  shell,  talai,  and  when  stone  was  used  the  old  name  was  retained." 
Codrington— The  Melanesians,  1891,  p.  314. 

ft  Finsch— op.  cit.,  p.  214,  figs.  36-38. 

Jit  Dixon — op,  cit. 

§§  Keate-  op.  cit.,  p.  312. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


251 


but  on  the  first  occasion  on  which  I  saw  a  stone  adze  used,  my 
previous  ideas  on  this  subject  were  promptly  dissipated.  Passing 
a  canoe-builder  at  work  in  Kerepunu,  British  New  Guinea,  I 
observed  him  hewing  with  a  steel  tomahawk  while  beside  him 
lay  a  rotary  stone  adze.  Being  requested  to  show  how  the  latter 
was  employed,  the  native  obligingly  laid  aside  his  European  tool 
and  resumed  the  Papuan  one.  Three  years  daily  toil  in  the 
Queensland  bush  with  an  American  axe  had  made  me  familiar 
with  its  use,  and  it  was  with  the  critical  eye  of  a  fellow-craftsman 
that  I  watched  the  Papuan  axeman.  I  expected  to  see  him  chop 
with  short,  light  strokes,  but  with  astonishment  I  siw  him  plant 
his  feet  firmly,  swing  his  adze  over  his  left  shoulder  at  full  arm's 
length,  sliding  the  left  hand  down  the  handle  in  doing  so,  and 
then,  rising  slightly  on  his  toes,  bring  it  down  with  all  the  force 
of  every  muscle  in  his  arms,  back,  and  legs.  After  freeing  the 
chip,  the  adze  went  up  and  round  and  down,  and  down  again,  in 
the  most  workmanlike  style.  Under  these  blows  a  rain  of  chips, 
long,  broad  chips,  sprang  from  the  adze  blade  over  the  heads  of 
the  bystanders.  The  aim  proved  equal  to  the  force,  as  a  strip  of 
timber  disappeared  inch  by  inch  under  well  directed  even  strokes. 

The  model  on  which  is  based  fig.  16,  has 
a  handle  sixteen  inches  long,  the  shape 
of  that  of  the  ordinary  plane  iron  adze.  A 
short  limb,  six  inches  in  length,  departs  from 
the  handle  at  an  angle  of  about  thirty -five 
degrees,  on  the  outer  distal  side  of  which  the 
adze  head  is  let  in.  Flat  sinnet,  interlaced  as 
shown  in  the  figure,  binds  this  on  firmly.  The 
head  itself  is  a  rough  deltoid  chip,  three  inches 
long,  two  broad,  and  half  an  inch  thick,  from 
the  valve  of  Tridacna  squamosa,  the  inner  face 
of  the  valve  being  applied  to  the  wood,  while  upon 
the  outer  the  ridges,  furrows,  and  scales  can 
still  be  distinguished ;  a  blunt  chisel  edge  is 
produced  by  grinding  the  outer  surface.  This 
tool  was  known  in  Funafuti  as  the  "  toki 
fasua  "  (lit.  Tridacna  Adze). 

Another  extinct  type,  reproduced  in  models 
for  me  by  the  natives,  was  the  "toki  fonu,"  or 
Turtle  Axe.  It  is  exceptional  to  find  an  axe  (as 
opposed  to  an  adze)  in  Polynesia.*  The  Tongans  could  only  express 
an  axe  to  Mariner  by  circumlocution  as,  "togi  fucca  anga  gehe — an 
adze  having  the  blade  differently  turned  with  respect  to  the  handle." 
The  range  of  this  type  is  probably  inconsiderable,  as  other  lands 

*  In  Papua  the  ceremonial  tools  seem  all  axes,  not  adzes.  Finsch 
figures  a  hoop-iron  axe  from  the  Dentrecasteaux ; — Ethnol.  Atlas,  pi,  i., 
fiff.  8. 


Fig.  16. 


252 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


yield  superior  material  inabundance,  and  it  may  fairly  be  assumed  to 
be  restricted  to  the  low  coral  islands  of  the  Central  Pacific.  Edge- 
Partington  cites*  these  axes  from  Nukulailai,  Nieue,  the  Gilberts, 
and  New  Caledonia,  the  last  I  suspect  to  be  erroneous.  They  were 
observed  by  Whitmee  (ante,  p.  45)  on  Vaitupu.  The  Australian 
Museum  possess  a  series  from  Mortlock  Island.  A  group  of 
these  turtle  axes  is  published  by  the  former  author  under  the 
erroneous  heading  of  "Bone  War  Axes."f  As  a  matter  of  theory 
these  articles  seem  too  light,  weak,  and  clumsy,  to  serve  a  warrior; 
the  feel  and  balance  of  a  real  weapon,  of  however  humble  an 
origin,  is  unmistakable  and  when  gripped  by  even  the  hand  of  an 
ethnological  student  can  stir  a  man's  blood  with  magic  invitation. 
As  a  matter  of  fact  I  have  Mr.  J.  O'Brien's  assurance  that  these 
axes  were  kitchen  utensils,  used  by  the  women  to  split  coconuts 
and  chop  the  soft  pandanus  boughs.  It  answers,  in  fact,  to  the 
wooden  adze  used  in  Tahiti  for  splitting  breadfruit,  f  Turtle 
axes  from  Matty  Island  differ  from  other  known  forms  in  having 
the  blade  pinned  instead  of  lashed  to  the  handle.§ 

The  model  represented  in  fig.  17,  has  for  handle 
a  round,  fairly  straight  stick,  sixteen  inches  long 
and  an  inch  thick.  At  the  distal  end  a  groove 
three  and  a  half  inches  long  and  a  quarter  of  an 
inch  deep  is  cut  to  receive  the  head.  This  is  a 
trapezoid  piece  of  turtle  (Chelone  midas)  cara- 
pace, six  and  a  half  inches  long  and,  across  the 
blade,  four  broad,  which  is  ground  on  its  inner 
surface  to  a  chisel  edge ;  the  proximal  end  is 
pierced  with  two  circular  holes,  through  which 
pass  the  strands  of  sinnet  that  firmly  bind  the 
head  to  the  handle. 

The  ordinary  form  of  adze,  which  every  man 
owns  and  reckons  as  his  most  useful  possession, 
is  the  plane-iron  adze,  the  "  toki  "  of  Funafuti, 
a  word  which  reappears  as  "  togi "  in  Tonga, 
and  "  tosi  "  in  Penrhyn  Island,  etc.  The  plane- 
Fig.  17.  iron  adze  is  the  direct  descendant  of  the  Tridacna 
adze  of  ancient  days,  being  used  and  mounted 

*  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.,pls.  xiv.,  cxxxii. ;  ii.,  pi.  xciv. 

f  Again  (Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxv.)  a  turtle-shell  axe  from  Matty 
Island  is  described  as  used  in  battle.  The  intrinsic  evidence  of  the 
description  is  not  convincing,  since  an  edge  which  would  not  slice  cheese 
is  said  to  slice  flesh.  This  Matty  Island  axe  seems  to  me  designed  for 
lopping  pandanus  fruit  from  the  tree.  In  this  paper  the  race  inhabiting 
Matty  Island  is  not  classified.  A  comparison  of  the  articles  described 
there  with  those  of  Funafuti  forcibly  suggests  to  me  a  Polynesian  source. 

J  Ellis— Polynesian  Researches,  i.,  1832,  p.  177,  fig. 

§  Edge-Partington — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxv.,  1896,  pi.  xxiv.,  figs. 
11,  12. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


253 


similarly.  This  tool  plays  the  part  in  Polynesia  which  the  toma- 
hawk takes  in  Australia ;  in  a  native's  hand  it  does  duty  for  half 
the  tools  in  a  carpenter's  kit,  a  keen  edge  is  always  kept  on  the 
blade,  which  is  used  with  skill,  speed  and  accuracy.  The  Funafuti 
natives  when  carrying,  an  adze  usually  prefer  rather  to  hook  it  over 
the  shoulder  than  to  grasp  it  in  the  hand.  I  observed  the  same  trick 
in  British  New  Guinea  and  in  the  Dentrecasteaux  Archipelago. 
Keate  figures  a  native  of  the  Pelew  Islands  in  this  posture,*  and 
Moseley  another  from  the  Admiralty  Islands,  f 

The  original  of  fig.  18  was  a  parting  gift  from 
my  Polynesian  friend  its  owner,  whose  name 
is  carved  upon  the  handle.  In  weight  it  is 
fourteen  ounces,  and  in  length  seventeen  and 
a  half  inches.  The  handle,  the  shape  of  the 
Arabic  numeral  7,  is  highly  polished  by  hand 
friction,  it  differs  from  that  of  the  Tridacna 
adze  only  in  the  blade  being  let  in  for  a  greater 
length,  but  a  quarter  of  the  length  of  the  iron 
projecting  beyond  the  wood.  This  is  an  ordinary 
European  plane-iron  sunk  in  a  bevel, 'and  is 
attached  by  interlaced  sinnet  as  described  in  the 
case  of  the  Tridacna  axe.  From  the  Admiralty 
Islands  an  almost  identical  specimen  was  pro- 
cured by  the  "  Challenger  "  Expedition.  J 

The  Rotatory  Adze  is  constructed  with  such 
mechanical    ingenuity    that    it    is    difficult    to 
believe  it  to  be  an  indigenous  possession  of  a 
people  so  low  in  the  state  of  civilisation  as  the 
subject  of  our  study.§     From  negative  evidence 
I  judge  that  the  Rotatory  Adze  formed  no  part  of  the  Polynesian 
heritage,  but  that  its  presence  in  Funafuti  is  due  to  that  inter- 
course with  the  Gilberts  which  conferred  so  many  benefits  upon 
the  southern  archipelago. [| 

For  a  contrivance  of  so  much  interest  the  Rotatory  Adze 
appears  to  have  attracted  scanty  notice  in  ethnological  literature. 
The  mechanical  principle  of  this  tool  has  in  the  Pacific  developed 
three  expressions. 

*  Keate — op.  cit.,  plate  facing  p.  55. 

t  Moseley — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  vi.,  1877,  pi.  xxiii.,  fig.  2.' 

I  Moseley— Challenger  Beports— Narrative,  i.,pt.  ii.,1885,  p.716,  fig.  247. 

§  In  Java  a  reversible  axe-adze  Was  used,  the  liead  being  bound  on  with 
raw  hide,  and  in  Central  Africa  another  reversible  axe-adze  was  employed. 

||  But  the  following  sentence  in  a  description  of  Hawaiian  tools  indicates 
apparently  that  the  Kotatory  Adze  existed  there.  "  In  a  form  much  used 
for  the  interior  work  of  a  canoe,  the  stone  is  so  mounted  as  to  turn  to 
one  side  or  the  other,  thus  becoming,  as  needed,  a  right  or  left-hand 
adze." — Cat.  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop  Museum,"  pt.  i.,  1892,  p.  43. 


Fig.  18. 


254  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

(I.)  The  Western  Papuans  make  a  club-shaped  adze-handle, 
through  a  perforation  in  the  thick  end  of  which  is  thrust  the 
mounted  stone  adze-head,  the  latter  rotating  as  required  in  the 
perforation.*  The  Australian  Museum  possess  a  series  of  this 
pattern,  collected  by  the  Expedition  of  the  Geographical  Society 
of  Australasia  to  the  Fly  River,  and  also  an  instance  from  Hermit 
Island  to  the  west  of  the  Admiralty  Islands.! 

(II.)  The  second  type,  possessed  by  the  Eastern  Papuans,  has 
been  described  by  Finsch,  \  who  states  that  it  is  called  "  lachela  "  * 
on  the  South  Coast  of  British  New  Guinea,  and  "  ki,"  or  "  kis  " 
in  Finschhafen,  German  New  Guinea.  Here  the  stone  blade  is 
firmly  attached  to  a  wooden  cone,  the  wood  and  stone  together 
constituting  the  moveable  adze-head,  the  upper  surface  of  the 
short  limb  of  the  adze-handle  is  sloped  and  hollowed  to  receive 
the  cone  of  the  adze-head,  and  both  cone  and  limb  are  embraced 
in  a  wide  band  or  sleeve  of  woven  rattan.  When  it  is  desired  to 
rotate  the  blade,  the  butt  of  the  adze  head,  which  usually  projects 
beyond  the  adze-handle,  is  tapped  and  slides  forward,  the  adze- 
head  is  then  turned  to  the  required  angle  and  thrust  back  into 
the  rattan  sleeve.  Every  subsequent  blow,  by  driving  the  cone 
along  and  up  the  wedge  of  the  short  arm  of  the  handle,  tends  to 
jamb  the  adze-head  tighter  into  the  rattan  sleeve.§ 

(III  )  To  the  third  expression,  employed  by  the  Micronesians, 
belongs  the  Funafuti  tool,  which  invited  attention  to  the  foregoing ; 
the  only  reference  to  this,  known  to  me  in  literature,  is  more 
than  a  century  old.  Keate,||  writing  of  the  Pelew  Islands,  re- 
marks that,  "  they  had  also  another  kind  of  hatchet,  which  was 
formed  in  a  manner  to  move  round  in  a  groove,  that  the  edge 
might  act  longitudinally,  or  transversely,  by  which  it  would  serve 
as  a  hatchet,  or  an  adze,  as  occasion  required."  He  also  gives  an 
elaborate  engraving  of  this  tool  with  the  legend,  "  A  moveable 
Hatchet."  On  comparing  Keate's  picture  and  account  with 
Finsch's  sketch  of  a  Tridacna  adze  from  Kusaie  (Carolines)U  I  am 

*  This  type  is  figured  by  Jukes— Voyage  of  the  "  Fly,"  i..  1847,  plate 
facing  p.  274  ;  by  D'Albertis— New  Guinea,  ii.,  1880,  figs.  6  and  11  of  plate 
facing  p.  378  ;*  by  Finsch— Ethnological  Atlas,  pi.  i.,  fig.  5 ;  and  by  Edge- 
Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  ccxcviii.,  fig.  1. 

f  Moseley  figures  and  describes—  loc.  cit.,  ii.,  p.  717,  fig.  249,— 
an  axe  from  the  Admiralty  Islands,  of  which  the  blade  was  "  merely 
jammed  in-  a  slot  cut  in  a  club-like  billet  of  hard  wood  near  its  end." 
Other  relations  between  the  Fly  River  and  Northern  Papuans  are  re- 
ferred to  by  Haddon — Cunningham  Memoirs,  x.,  1894,  p.  84. 

t  Finsch— op.  cit.,  iii.,1888,  p.  328,  fig.  36;  vi.,  1891,  p.  71  ;  also  Ethnol. 
Atlas,  pi.  i.,  figs.  4,  7. 

§  In  an  unfigured  and  undescribed  type  from  New  Britain,  the  shorter 
limb  of  the  adze-handle  tapers  to  a  point  and  is  received  by  a  socket  of 
wood  and  cane  attached  to  the  blade. 

||  Keate— An  Account  of  the  Pelew  Islands,  1788,  p.  312,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  3. 

IT  Finsch— op.  cit.,  viii.,  1893,  p.  215,  fig.  39. 


ETHNOLOGY HEDLEY. 


255 


tempted  to  believe  that  the  German  traveller  had  before  him  a 
Rotatory  Adze,  though  the  distinguishing  feature  of  it  escaped 
his  observation.  My  reasons  for  this  opinion  are  that  the  shell 
blade  is  shown  not  directly  connected  with  the  handle,  but  in- 
serted into  a  separate  holder  which  is  in  turn  fastened  to  the 
handle ;  and  further  that  in  the  immovable  adzes  the  method, 
which  I  have  already  described,  of  lashing  the  blade  to  the 
handle,  is  quite  different,  whereas  the  mode  and  lashing  of  the 
Caroline  adze  is  exactly  that  of  the  Pelew  Rotatory  Adze,  namely 
one  series  of  backwardly  and  another  of  forwardly  directed  cords, 
arising  from  opposite  sides  of  the  handle  and  meeting  above. 
This  arrangement  is  seen  again  in  an  axe-adze  Finsch  figures 
from  Guap,  near  D'Urville  Island,  German  New  Guinea.*  The 
drawings  of  Edge-Partington  are  not  sufficiently  elaborated  to 
permit  much  appeal  to  detail,  but  the  points  just  discussed 
suggest  to  me  that  an  adze,  figured  as  from  Pitcairn  Island,!  is 
probably  a  Rotatory  Adze.  Recollecting  that  the  "  Bounty " 
mutineers  found  Pitcairn  uninhabited,  I  regard  this  locality  with 
suspicion.  Others  figured  as  from  the  Carolines,  Santa  Cruz, 
New  Guinea  and  New  Zealand  (!)J  may  perhaps  belong  to  the 
group  under  consideration,  as  may  that  shown  on  p.  313  of 
Codrington's  Melanesians. 

If  it  be  accepted,  as  it  generally  is, 
that  the  Plane-iron  Adze  is  the  direct 
descendant  of  the  Stone  or  Shell  Adze, 
then  it  cannot  be  denied  that  the  Rota- 
tory Adze  1  here  figure  is  derived  by 
parallel  descent  from  an  adze  like  that 
figured  by  Keate.  Various  aspects  of  a 
specimen  of  the  Rotatory  Adze  now 
in  common  use  in  Funafuti,  where  it  is 
called  "  atupa,"  are  shown  by  fig.  19. 
The  handle  of  the  atupa  differs  from 
that  of  the  toki,  in  that  the  short  arm 
is  produced  so  as  to  transform  the  7  into 
an  oblique  and  unsym metrical  T.  The 
example  selected  for  illustration  weighs 
one  pound,  six  ounces  ;  the  handle  is  two 
feet  long  and  the  head  half  as  much.  In 
this  particular  instance  the  cutting  edge 
is  a  European  hoe-blade;  in  another,  part 
of  an  iron  door-hinge  has  served,  and 
probably  scrap-iron  in  almost 'any  form 


Fig.  19. 


*  Finsch— Efchnol.  Atlas,  pi.  1,  fig.  7. 
t  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit ,  ii.,  pi.  xv.,  fig.  5. 

J  Loc.  cit,  ii.,  pi.  xciii.,  fig.  3  ;   i.,  pi.  ccc.,  fig.  3;  pi.  ccclxxx.,  fig.  3; 
pi.  clxii.,  fig.  4. 


256  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

would  be  utilised.  The  iron  is  let  into  and  lashed  to  a  spade- 
shaped  holder  in  precisely  the  fashion  in  which  the  plane-iron 
edge  is  fastened  to  its  adze-handle.  This  wooden  holder  is  about 
ten  inches  long,  consisting  of  a  round  rotating  shaft  about  six 
inches  long  and  a  wedge-head,  the  latter  being  four  inches  long, 
two  broad,  and  at  the  thick  end  an  inch  and  a  quarter  deep.  The 
base  of  the  wedge  grinds  against  the  truncated  arm  of  the  handle 
which  receives  the  shock  of  the  blow,  while  the  shaft  is  nearly 
buried  in  a  deep  groove  along  the  T  head  of  the  handle.  Both 
handle  and  holder  are  cross-furrowed  by  two  deeply  incised  ring- 
grooves,  one  before  and  one  behind,  while  vestiges  of  a  third  are 
apparent.  Stout  sinnet  bindings  occupy  'these  grooves  and  keep 
the  holder  in  its  position  in  the 
groove  of  the  handle. 

Another,   and    as  Keate's  figure 
suggests,  probably  archaic,  method 
of  lashing  the  holder  to  the  handle 
is  shown  (fig.  20)  by  a  specimen  I 
-  20.  sketched,  but  could  not  obtain,  on 

Funafuti. 

PUMP  DRILL.* 

Perhaps  the  only  existing  people  who  do  not  practise  perforation 
by  drilling  are  the  Australian  Aborigines,  who  however  incident- 
ally drilled  holes  in  the  process  of  making  fire.  The  Polynesians 
are  much  more  advanced. 

The  Pump  Drill  of  the  West  Pacific  never  fails  to  elicit  expressions 
of  surprise  and  admiration  from  those  who  first  see  it  used  by  the 
natives.  So  attractive  a  subject  has  naturally  received  due  atten- 
tion from  travellers,  and  as  several  good  figures  of  it  have  already 
appeared,  I  need  not  here  burden  literature  with  more. 

The  pump  drill  seems  to  have  been  an  evolution  from  the  simple 
shaft  drill,  from  which  it  arose  by  easy  and  natural  improvements. 
The  simple  shaft  drill,  as  the  older  and  simpler  form,  was  wider 
spread  in  space  consequent  on  its  superior  antiquity  allowing  it  the 
greater  chance  of  passing  from  people  to  people  to  remoter  limits. 
When  European  civilisation  invaded  the  Pacific  and  commenced  to 
deaden  the  progress  of  native  manners  and  customs,  the  pump  drill 
was  probably  Overtaking  and  replacing  the  simple  shaft  drill  on 
the  periphery  of  an  out-rippling  circle. 

To  trace  the  path  of  either  form  would  be  to  unravel  the  vexed 
question  of  the  origin  of  the  Pacific  races.  "  The  rotatory 
drill,"  says  Brigham,  "and  the  kupaaikee  adze  are  both  Papuan 

*  For  an  account  of  the  pump  drill  beyond  the  geographical  limits  of 
the  present  article,  see  J.  D.  McGuire — A  Study  of  the  primitive  methods 
of  Drilling— .Report  of  the  U.S.  National  Museum,  1894,  (189G)  p.  733. 


ETHNOLOGY — IIEDLEY.  257 

inventions  now  spread  through  the  Pacific."*  If  so  they  must  have 
been  transmitted  to  Hawaii  by  the  Micronesians.  A  possible  source 
of  the  ancient,  simple,  shaft  drill  of  the  Pacific,  is  Japan,  where 
Morse  thus  describes  its  use  : — "  For  drilling  holes,  a  very  long- 
handled  awl  is  used.  The  carpenter,  seizing  the  handle  at  the 
end,  between  the  palms  of  his  hands,  and  moving  his  hands  rapidly 
back  and  forth,  pushing  down  at  the  same  time,  the  awl  is  made 
rapidly  to  rotate  back  and  forth  ;  as  his  hands  gradually  slip 
down  on  the  handle,  he  quickly  seizes  it  at  the  upper  end  again, 
continuing  the  motion  as  before."!  Such  a  drill  is  introduced  into 
a  scene  in  the  island  of  Rawak,  Dutch  New  Guinea.!  Cook 
noticed  this  simpler  form  of  drill  from  Tahiti,  and  he  observed 
awls  armed  with  sharks'  teeth  used  by  the  Tongans  and  the 
Maories.§  The  Maori  greenstone  meris  are  said  to  have  been 
drilled  with  a  weighted  strap  drill.  "  To  drill  the  hole  for  the 
thong  in  the  handle  .  .  .  pieces  of  sharp  flint  are  set  in  the  end 
of  a  split  stick,  being  lashed  in  very  neatly.  The  stick  is  about 
fifteen  or  eighteen  inches  long,  and  is  to  become  the  spindle  of  a 
large  teetotum  drill.  For  the  circular  plate  of  this  instrument 
the  hardened  intervertebral  cartilage  of  a  whale  is  taken.  A  hole 
is  made  through,  and  the  stick  firmly  and  accurately  fixed  in  it. 
Two  strings  are  then  attached  to  the  upper  end  of  the  stick,  and 
by  pulling  them  a  rapid  rotatory  motion  is  given  to  the  drill. 
When  an  indentation  is  once  made  in  the  pounamu  the  work  is 
easy.  As  each  flint  becomes  blunted  it  is  replaced  by  another. "||- 
From  New  Caledonia  I  have  had  a  description  of  a  stick  drill  on 
a  large  scale,  used  for  making  the  nephrite  ceremonial  axes ;  to 
this  a  stone  is  slung,  performing  when  set  spinning,  the  office  of  a 
fly-wheel.  The  shaft  drill  survived  till  lately  on  Erromanga,  New 
Hebrides,  whence  the  Rev.  H .  A.  Robertson  procured  models,  now 
in  the  Australian  Museum.  Fire-sticks  and  the  long  spines  of 
Echini  supplied  the  Fijian's  boring  apparatus. 

The  structure  and  use  of  the  pump  drill  is  thus  described  by  Dr. 
Turner : — "Take  a  piece  of  wood,  eighteen  inches  long,  twice  the 
thickness  of  a  cedar  pencil.  Fasten  with  a  strong  thread  a  fine 
pointed  nail,  or  a  sail  needle,  to  the  end  of  this  sort  of  spindle. 
Get  a  thick  piece  of  wood,  about  the  size  of  what  is  called  in 
England  a  '  hot  cross  bun,'  and  in  Scotland  a  '  cookie,'  bore  a  hole 
in  the  centre  of  it,  run  the  spindle  through  it,  and  wedge  it  fast 
about  the  middle  of  the  spindle.  At  the  top  of  the  spindle  fasten 

*  Brigham — loc.  cit.,  pt   iii.,  p.  3,1. 

t  Morse— Japanese  Homes,  1888,  p.  40. 

j  Voy.  Uranie  et  Physicienne,  1829,  pi.  46. 

§  Cook— First  Voyage,  ii.,  1773,  p.  219;  Last  Voyage,  i.,  1785,  pp.  160 
and  395. 

||  Chapman— Trans.  N.  Z.  Inst.,  xxiv.,  1891  (1892)  p.  499.  Another 
type  is  figured,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xxviii. 


258  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

two  strings,  each  nine  inches  long,  to  the  end  of  these  strings 
attach  the  ends  of  a  common  cedar  pencil,  forming  a  triangle 
with  a  wooden  base  and  side  strings.  Stand  up  the  machine  with 
your  left  hand,  place  the  iron  point  where  you  wish  to  bore  a  hole, 
and  steady  the  spindle  with  your  left  hand.  Take  hold  of  the 
pencil  handle  of  the  upper  triangle,  twirl  round  the  spindle  with 
your  left  hand,  which  will  coil  on  the  strings  at  the  top  to  the 
spindle,  pull  down  the  pencil  handle  quickly,  and  then  the  machine 
will  spin  round.  Work  the  handle  in  this  way  up  and  down,  like 
a  pump,  the  cord  will  alternately  run  off  and  on  to  the  spindle, 
and  the  machine  will  continue  to  whirl  round,  first  one  way  and 
then  the  other,  until  the  pearl  shell  or  whatever  it  may  be,  is 
perforated.''* 

Perhaps  the  earliest  account  we  have  of  the  pump  drill  of  the 
Pacific  is  the  excellent  engraving  and  description  of  one  procured 
from  Fakaafu  by  the  American  Expedition  on  the  occasion  of 
their  discovery  of  that  island. f  Turner  fully  describes  this  drill 
and  its  use  in  Samoa,  J  and  a  Samoan  example  is  figured  by  Edge- 
Partington.  §  At  Treasury  Island,  Solomons,  Dr.  Guppy  saw 
Mule,  the  chief,  using  a  pump  drill  for  "  piercing  the  holes  for  the 
rattan-like  thongs  in  the  planks  of  his  canoe."||  Edge-Partington 
supplies  an  illustration  of  a  pump  drill  with  a  stone  point  and  a 
turtle  fly-wheel  from  Malayta,  Solomons  ;11  and  Codrington  des- 
cribes certain  disks  as  "drilled  with  a  pump  drill,  in  Florida 
'  puputa,'  in  San  Christoval  'nono."'**  Its  existence  in  British 
New  Guinea  is  attested  by  D'Albertis,  who  figures  one  from 
Naiabui  ;ff  by  Stone,  who  figures  and  describes  another  from  Port 
Moresby  ;JJ  and  by  Edge-Partington,  who  figures  a  third  from 
Kerepunu  $$  the  two  latter  are  peculiar  in  the  substitution  of  a 
bar  for  a  fly-wheel.  In  1890,  I  observed  a  native  in  the  village 
of  Toulon  Island  engaged  in  making  beads  from  Strombus  shells 
with  the  aid  of  a  pump  drill.  "  The  rotatory  drill  was  known  to 
the  Hawaiians  ;  before  the  advent  of  iron  the  point  of  a  Terebra 
shell  served  for  borer,  but  in  modern  times  a  triangular  file  was 
generally  used."||!| 

*  Turner— Samoa,  1884,  p.  169. 

t  Wilkes— loc.  tit.,  v.,  p.  18,  fig. 

J  Turner— loc.  cit.,  p.  169. 

§  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  Ixxvii.,  fig.  1. 

II  Guppy — loc.  cit.,  p.  76. 

If  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  cci.,  fig.  3. 

**  Codrington— The  Melanesians,  1891,  p.  325. 

ft  D'Albertis— loc.  cit.,  pi.  facing  p.  378,  fig.  19. 

$$  Stone— A  Few  Months  in  New  Guinea,  1883,  p.  72,  fig. 

§§  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  174,  fig.  4. 

||  ||  Brigham— loc.  cit.,  pt.  ii.,  p.  44;   pt.  iii.,  p.  31. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


259 


No  drills,  I  believe,  existed  on  Funafuti  at  the  date  of  our  arrival. 
The  natives  were,  however,  well  acquainted  with  the  tool  and  des- 
cribed them  to  me  as  formerly  in  use  pointed  with  Terebra  maculata 
and  Mitra  episcopalis ;  a  clumsy  model  of  one,  pointed  with  a 
fragment  of  Pteroceras,  was  made  on  the  island  for  one  of  our 
party.  On  Fakaafu,  Lister  saw  a  drill  pointed  with  a  sea 
urchin's  tooth.  On  the  neighbouring  atoll  of  Nukulailai  I  was 
able  to  secure  a  specimen  in  actual  use.  Here  it  was  called 
"  milli,"  and  was  chiefly  employed  in  making  pearl-shell  fish-hooks. 
This  specimen  weighs  six  and  a  half  ounces,  measures  twenty-one 
inches  in  total  length,  is  fitted  half-way  with  a  fly-wheel  four  and 
a  half  inches  in  diameter  and  three-quarters  of  an  inch  thick  of  Euro- 
pean or  American  deal,  from  one  end  a  rod  a  foot  long  is  swung  from 
nine  inch  long  sinnet  cords,  and  to  the  other  end  is  lashed  a  pointed, 
steel,  triangular,  saw-file.* 

RASP. 

Woodwork,  trimmed  into  shape  by  the  adze,  received  a  finish 
from  the  rasp,  "jiri,"  made  of  the  rough  skin  of  the  Ray.  An  un- 
mounted fragment,  such  as  a  piece  of  the  tail,  sometimes  served, 
but  more  usually  the  skin  was  neatly  mounted  on  a  wooden  handle. 

The  natives  of  Fakaafu,  "  had  saws  and  files,  formed  of  shark's 
skin  stretched  on  sticks,  which  in  their  hands  were  quite  effective 
in  wearing  away  the  soft  wood.f 
From  Santa  Cruz  and  Banks  Island, 
New  Hebrides,  Edge-Partington 
shows  similar  mounted  rasps.  J 
Lament  relates  that  at  Penrhyn 
Island: — "The  spears  are  finally 
polished  with  the  '  poerare,'  a  kind 
of  rasp,  of  fish-skin,  fastened  on 
a  stick.§"  Captain  Cook  saw  on 
Tonga  "  rasps,  of  a  rough  skin  of 
a  fish,  fastened  on  flat  pieces  of 
wood,  thinner  on  one  side,  which 
also  have  handles. "|| 

Ling  Roth  figures  a  "file  made 
of  fish-skin  gummed  on  to  wood, 
from  S.E.  Borneo."*! 

The  Funafuti  specimen  of  which 
figs.  21  and  22  give  back  and 
front  views,  weighs  three  and  a 

*  Since  the  preceding  pages  were  printed  off,  a  figure  and  description 
(Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxvi.,  1897,  p.  433)  of  the  New  Caledonian  drill, 
therein  mentioned,  have  reached  me.  t  Wilkes—  loc.  cit.,  v.,  p.  17.'  ._," 

J  Edge  Partington— loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  clxiii.,fig.  9  ;  ii.,  pi.  Ixxxvi.,  fig.  3.  , 

§  Lament — op.  cit.,  p.  155. 

||  Cook— A  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  i.,  1784,  p.  395. 

IFLing  Roth— Natives  of  Sarawak  and  British  North  Borneo,  ii.,  1896, 
p.  256. 
B 


Fig.  21. 


Fig.  22. 


260  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

half  ounces,  and  is  eleven  inches  long  by  two  and  three-quarters 
wide.  The  sheet  of  ray  skin  is  six  inches  by  four,  and  is  sewn 
together  at  the  back  with  fine  sinnet.  The  bleached  condition  of 
the  wooden  handle  shows  it  to  be  drift  wood,  and  the  weight  and 
grain  agrees  with  that  of  red  cedar  (Cedrela  toona). 

Rasps  were  also  improvised  out  of  a  rough  piece  of  coral. 

SPADES. 

The  literary  history  of  the  spade  in  the  Pacific  is  both  brief 
and  obscure.* 

An  article  is  represented  in  the  Ethnographical  Album, f  which 
Dr.  Gill  describes  as  "  the  ancient  spade  of  the  Mangaiians,  always 
used  in  a  squatting  posture,  also  used  (and  intended  to  be  used) 
as  a  club";  Edge-Partington  further  figures  a  series j  described  in 
the  margin  as  "  steering  paddles, "§  but  which  are  indexed  as 
"  spades  "•  from  Fiji  a  spade-blade  of  tortoiseshell,  bored  for  lash- 
ing to  a  handle,  is  represented  ;  |j  from  Samoa  is  shownll  an 
instrument  referred  to  as  a  "  spade  (?)  of  Pinna  shell  ";  and  from 
Tonga  a  Meleagrina  margaritifera  valve,  bored  and  similarly 
mounted  on  a  pole,  is  classified  as  a  "spade(?)"** 

On  Fakarava,  Paumotu  Group,  Stolpe  obtained  a  "model  of 
spade  wherewith  aforetime  they  buried  their  dead.  The  model, 
which  is  of  the  actual  size,  consists  of  a  staff,  with  a  great  pearl 
mussel  shell  fast  bound  to  either  end  by  coconut  plaiting.  The 
entire  implement  is  146  cm.  long.''ff 

Of  the  Tongans,  Captain  Cook  wrote  : — "  The  instruments  they 
use  for  this  purpose  [digging],  which  they  call  hoo,  are  nothing 
more  than  pickets  or  stakes  of  different  lengths,  according  to  the 
depth  they  have  to  dig.  These  are  flattened  and  sharpened  to  an 
edge  at  one  end  ;  and  the  largest  have  a  short  piece  fixed  trans- 
versely, for  pressing  it  into  the  ground  with  the  foot.  With  these, 

*  For  remarks  on  the  use  of  agricultural  implements  in  New  Zealand, 
see  Polack — Manners  and  Customs  of  the  New  Zealanders,  ii.,  1840,  p. 
194;  and  in  Australia,  R.  Elheridge,  Juur.— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  ix., 
(2),  1894  (1895),  pp.  109-112. 

t  Edge-Partington— op.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  v.,  fig.  6. 

j  Id.,  Zoc.  cit.,  pi.  xxxvi.,  figs.  1-3. 

§  All  the  steering  paddles  that  I  have  seen  were  carved  solid  in  one 
piece,  and  the  frailty  of  the  specimens  drawn  suggests  to  me  that  he  who 
ticketed  these  articles  "  steering  paddles,"  had  not  acquired  his  lore  in 
the  salt  air  and  sunshine  of  the  Southern  Seas.  For  he  had  surely  never 
seen  a  steering  paddle  jammed  hard  down  with  all  the  force  of  the  brown 
steersman's  arm  and  watched  the  surging  water  straining  it  as  the  tall 
and  tasselled  prow  swung  slowly  up  to  windward. 

||  Edge-Partington — op.  cit.,  pi.  cxix.,  fig.  12. 

f  Id.,  loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  xliv.,  fig.  3. 

**  Id.,  loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  1.,  fig.  9. 

ft  Trans.  Eochdale  Lit.  and  Scientific  Soc.,  iii.,  1893,  p.  112. 


ETHNOLOGY HKDLEY. 


261 


though  they  are  not  more  than  from  two  to  four 
inches  broad,  they  dig  and  plant  ground  of  many 
acres  in  extent."* 

Though  the  peculiar  method  of  mounting  the  blade 
by  boring  and  lashing  to  the  pole,  may  be  useful  as  a 
clue  in  distinguishing  the  Pacific  spade,  it  cannot  be 
regarded  as  a  feature  separating  it  from  other  imple- 
ments. A  type  of  New  Caledonian  axef  shares  this 
character,  and  in  the  Gilbert  Group  the  paddles  are 
made  in  this  way,  as  Wilkes  has  shown J  and  Finsch 
confirmed.  §  With  the  Gilbert  paddle  agrees  another 
figured  from  the  Admiralty  Islands  by  Moseley,  |j 
and  a  specimen  from  Anchorite  Island  in  the  Aus- 
tralian Museum.  Indeed  the  Pacific  spade  suggests 
for  itself  a  polyphyletic  origin  from  the  paddle  of  the 
Gilbert  Islander,  the  club  of  the  Mangaiian,  or  the 
axe  of  the  New  Caledonian. 

In  the  Ellice,  two  agricultural  implements  existed. 
A  species  of  mattock,  resembling  an   adze  of  which 
the  minor  limb  was  lengthened  and  armed  with  turtle 
carapace,  was  obtained  by  one  of  the  officers  of  H.M.S. 
"  Penguin,"  on  Funafuti.    A  cognate  tool  is  mentioned 
by  Finsch  from  Mortlock  Island.  H  Another  of  our  party 
also  procured  some  indifferent  models  of  a 
spade,  or  long-handled  shovel,  on  Funafuti, 
where  their  use  had  been  long  abandoned  and 
their  place  taken  by  metal  bladed  substitutes. 

On  Nukulailai,  however,  I  found  this 
type  surviving  and  in  daily  use.  A  speci- 
men I  there  procured  is  shown  by  figs. 
23  and  24.  This  spade  is  in  two  parts,  a 
handle  and  a  blade  ;  the  former  is  a  pole, 
perhaps  of  Ochrosia  wood,  five  feet  long 
and  an  inch  and  a  quarter  in  diameter, 
and  the  latter  an  oval,  spoon-shaped  board 
of  perhaps  GalophyUum  wood,  sixteen  inches 
long,  nine  wide,  and  half-an-inch  thick, 
proximally  it  narrows  to  a  shaft  four  inches 
long  and  one  and  a  half  wide,  which  is 
bound  to  the  pole,  additional  strength  being 
given  by  lashings  which  pass  round  the  pole 
through  two  pairs  of  perforations  in  the 

*  Cook— A  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  i.,  1785,  p.  392.  A  Maori  spade 
and  hoe  are  figured  by  Taylor — New  Zealand  and  its  inhabitants,  1870, 
pp.  360,  423 ;  and  the  Hawaiian  by  Ellis— loc.  cit.,  iv.,  p.  195. 

f  Edge-Partington — op.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  cxxviii.,  fig.  3. 

j  Wilkes— Joe.  tit.,  v.,p.52,  fig.     §  Finsch— loc.  cit.,  viii.,  1893,  p.70,fig.!2. 

||  Moseley— Journ  Anthrop.  Inst.,  vi.,  1877,  pi.  xxii.     1  Finsch— loc.  cit. 


262 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


blade,  bored  respectively  at  five  and  seven  inches  from  the  stem. 
The  blade  is  straight  longitudinally,  but  transversely  the  curving 
sides  rise  an  inch  and  a  half  above  the  centre.  Such  are  frequently 
constructed  of  broken  or  disused  wooden  basins. 

KOUTEKI. 

The  method  of  climbing  palms  in  Funafuti  has  been  described 
The  "  kouteki "  used   in   that  operation  is  illustrated 


on  p. 


Pig.  25. 


by  fig.  25  ;  the  side 
shaded  in  my  draw- 
ing being  the  face 
applied  to  the  palm 
trunk.  This  article 
is  carved  from  a 


hard   dark   wood,  perhaps  Calophyllum,  weighs  four  and  a  half 
ounces,  is  twenty-one  inches  long,  two  broad,  and  one  thick. 

COCONUT  SCRAPERS. 
An  ordinary   kitchen  utensil  is  the  "  twaikarea,"  or  mounted 

scraper.  Of  this  the  old  form  has  entirely  passed  out  of  use, 
having  been  replaced  by  an  iron  instru- 
ment. I  was,  however,  by  the  courtesy 
of  the  late  king's  daughter,  so  fortunate 
as  to  receive  from  her  as  a  return  gift  for 
a  bottle  of  European  scent,  the  specimen 
shown  by  fig.  26,  which  was,  I  was 
assured,  the  last  survival  in  the-  atoll, 
if  not  in  the  archipelago,  of  the  ancient 
pattern,  where  its  place  is  taken  by  a 
metal  substitute.  In  use  the  twaikarea 
is  laid  upon  the  ground  and  the  blade  is 
thrust  through  one  of  the  loose  coco-leaf 
mats  ;  sitting  down,  the  operator  rests  the 
thigh  on  the  straight  shaft  of  the  utensil 
to  keep  it  firm,  arid  grasping  a  split  coco- 
nut rocks  it  over  the  blade  till  the  kernel 
is  shredded  away.  The  shreds  are  then 
gathered  from  the  mat  for  cooking  or 
making  oil. 

The  method  of  using  this  instrument  on 
Funafuti  is  shown  in  the  accompanying 
sketch  (Plate  xiv.),for  which  I  am  indebted 

to  my  friend  Mr.  Norman  Hardy.     In  Matty   Island  it  appears 

that  the  operator  does  not  sit,  but  stands  on  the  instrument  and 

stoops  to  his  work. 

The    wooden    holder    whose  worn   and   discolored   appearance 

indicates  a  respectable  antiquity,  consists  of  a  cone  departing  at 


Fig.  26. 


ETHNOLOGY HEDLEY.  263 

half  a  right  angle  from  a  straight  board,  all  being  in  one  piece  of 
a  kind  of  hard,  white  wood  unknown  to  me.  The  board  or  seat 
is  eighteen  inches  long,  an  inch  thick,  three  inches  wide  at  the 
end,  and  four  at  the  elbow.  The  cone  is  six  inches  long,  and 
tapers  from  two  and  a  half  inches  at  the  base  to  an  inch  at  the 
summit.  On  the  upper  side  it  is  excavated  to  receive  the  blade. 
A  spoon-shaped  fragment,  four  inches  long  and  two  wide,  from 
the  columella  of  the  "  karea  "  shell  (Pterocera  lambis),  ground  to 
a  chisel  edge  on  the  outer  side,  constitutes  the  blade,  which  is 
retained  in  position  by  interlaced  lashing  of  sinnet,  like  that  of 
the  adze.  The  weight  of  this  implement  is  one  pound  eight  ounces. 
Upon  an  emergency  a  twaikarea  might  be  used,  I  was  informed, 
as  a  substitute  for  the  toki  fasua. 

Somewhat  different  are  the  coconut  scrapers  figured  and  des- 
cribed from  Matty  Island,  in  German  New  Guinea.* 

An  homologous  utensil,  "  kamdjoo,"  consisting  of  an  armed  stick 
sloping  in  a  fork  stuck  in  the  ground,  is  recorded  from  the 
Lad  rones,  f 

Of  this  latter  type  a  specimen  from  the  Marshall  Islands,  set 
with  a  blade  of  hard  coconut  shell,  is  contained  in  the  Australian 
Museum.  This  form  was  probably  steadied  by  the  knee  when  in 
use.  The  localities  suggest  that  it  will  prove  a  characteristic  of 
Micronesia. 

The  article  just  described  is  intended  only  for  scraping  the 
kernel  of  the  coconut  shell  which  has  become  firm  and  thick  with 
age.  Another  kind  of  scraper  is  used  to  prepare  pap  for  infants' 
food  from  the  soft  kernel  of  the  half-grown  nut.  The  latter  kind 
seems  to  be  in  common  use  over  a  wide  area  and  usually  takes 
the  shape  of  a  slip  of  pearl  shell  an  inch  or  two  inches  broad  and 
twice  as  long,  having  the  broader  end  finely  serrated.  Some  I 
collected  at  Mita,  Milne  Bay,  British  New  Guinea,  were  called 
there  "  kahi."  From  the  Solomons,  Edge-Partington  figures  two 
examples,  J  the  former  from  New  Georgia  being  etched  pictorially 
on  the  concave  face.  Finsch  illustrates  another  from  Finsch- 
haven,  German  New  Guinea.§  On  Penrhyn  Island  : — "  With  a 
piece  of  mother-of-pearl,  called  a  '  tue,'  some  six  inches  long,  and 
tapering  to  a  point,  and  about  two  broad  at  the  base,  where  it  is 
nicked  like  a  saw,  they  scrape  the  meat  very  fine.  This  they  do 
by  placing  a  half  nut  between  their  legs,  pressing  the  edge  down 
with  the  left  thumb,  holding  the  tue  like  a  pen,  in  the  right  hand, 


*  Edge-Partington— Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxv.,  1896,  p.  294,  pi.  xxiv., 
figs.  7,  8. 

t  Freycinet — Voyage  Uranie  et  Physicienne,  ii.,  1829,  pp.  313  and  447, 
pi.  Ixxix.,  fig.  2. 

J  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  ci.,  fig.  12  j  pi.  cxii.,  fig.  8. 
§  Ethnological  Atlas,  1880,  p.  26,  pi.  v.,  fig.  8. 


264 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


and  scraping  from  the  edge  downwards,  the  left  forefinger  pressing 
on  and  assisting  the  others  in  the  operation."* 

On  Nukulailai  I  procured  a  specimen,  called 
"  twai,"  cut  from  Meleagrina,  one  ounce  in 
weight,  three  and  three-quarter  inches  long,  and 
tapering  in  width  from  an  inch  to  an  inch  and  a 
half.  On  Funafuti  pearl  shell  was  a  material 
too  precious  for  this  use,  and  hard  coconut 
shell  was  employed  in  the  specimen  drawn  in 
fig.  27,  which  is  three-quarters  of  an  ounce  in 
weight,  four  inches  in  length,  and  tapers  from 
a  broken  point  to  an  edge  an  inch  and  three- 
.„.  ^  quarters  broad,  denticulated  by  thirty  small 

teeth. 

The  ribs  and  carapace  of  Chelone  midas  are  formed  into 
scoops  "  sesefonu,"  for  paring  the  kernel  of  coconuts.  No  two 
of  the  series  collected  at  Funafuti  are 
quite  alike.  Variations  selected  for 
illustration  show — the  former,  (fig.  28) 
a  double-ended  scoop,  an  ounce  and 
a  half  in  weight,  an  inch  broad,  and 
seven  and  a  half  long ;  the  latter, 
(fig.  29)  two  and  a  half  ounces  in 
weight,  eleven  inches  in  length,  and 
one  and  a  half  in  width,  at  one  end 
it  tapers  to  a  point  and  at  the  other 
is  bevelled  three  inches  on  the  concave 
surface  to  the  blade. 

To  this  category  probably  belongs  a 
Fijian  article  sketched  by  Edge-Parting- 
tonf  described  in  the  margin  as  'a 
"  taro  spade  of  bone,"  but  corrected 
by  Sir  Arthur  Gordon  in  "  Additional 
Notes"  to  "implement  of  turtle  bone 
used  for  preparing  puddings." 

A  scoop  was  occasionally  improvised  from  a  valve  of  the 
common  Asaphis  deflorata. 

IMPLEMENTS  FOR  FISHING  AND  HUNTING. 

FISH-HOOKS. 

The  fish-hooks  used  by  the  Ellic.e  Islanders  may  conveniently 
be  grouped  under  three  heads ;  firstly,  those  made  in  one  piece 
and  used  baited  in  the  ordinary  way,  secondly,  those  made  with 

*  Lament— Joe.  dt.,  p.  117. 

t  Edge-Partington—  loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  cxix.,  fig.  16;  see  also  ii.,  pi.  lix.,  fig.  7. 


Fig.  28.          Fig.  29. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  265 

separate  barb  and  shank,  baited  and  sunk  for  deep  sea  fish,  and 
thirdly,  those  also  made  of  two  separate  pieces  but  trailed  unbaited 
on  the  surface.  The  two  latter  types,  highly  specialised  forms, 
are  still  in  common  use,  but  the  former  more  generalised  pattern 
has  been  entirely  superseded  by  European  metal  hooks.  The 
Octopus  bait  of  stone  and  cowry  shells,  so  frequently  used  in 
Polynesia  was  not  seen  by  me  on  Funafuti,  though  Lister  records 
it  from  Fakaafu. 

SIMPLE  FISH-HOOKS. 

Of  the  old-fashioned  hooks  carved  in  one  piece  no  actual  speci- 
mens exist  to-day  on  Funafuti.  A  few  of  bone  and  pearl  shell, 
which  had  survived  till  our  visit,  were  carried  away  by  the 
Expedition,  and  I  am  partly  dependent  for  my  information  upon 
models  of  extinct  types  made  for  me  by  old  men. 

An  old  type,  the  "  matou  tifa,"*  which  I 
saw  in  the  possession  of  a  native,  but  failed 
to  procure,  is  figured  (fig.  30)  from  a  pencil 
drawing  made  on  the  spot.  It  was  of  pearl 
shell,  about  two  inches  in  diameter  and  a 
third  of  an  inch  thick.  So  excessive  js  the 
curvature  that  the  inner  margin  describes 
three-quarters  of  a  circle.  The  base  is  ex- 
panded to  afford  a  grasp  for  the  fishing-line, 
the  tip  is  tapered  gradually  to  a  sharp  point, 
distant  a  third  of  the  circumference  from  Fig.  30. 

which  is  a  sharp  backwardly  directed  barb. 

Such  hooks  were  seen  by  Captain  Cook  in  Tahiti,  and  the  manu- 
facture of  them  he  thus  describes  : — "  The  manner  of  making  them 
is  very  simple,  and  every  fisherman  is  his  own  artificer :  the  shell 
is  first  cut  into  square  pieces,  by  the  edge  of  another  shell,  and 
wrought  into  a  form  corresponding  with  the  outline  of  the  hook 
by  pieces  of  coral,  which  are  sufficiently  rough  to  perform  the 
office  of  a  file  ;  a  hole  is  then  bored  in  the  middle,  the  drill  being 
no  other  than  the  first  stone  they  pick  up  that  has  a  sharp  corner  : 
this  they  fix  into  the  end  of  a  piece  of  bamboo,  and  turn  it  between 
the  hands  like  a  chocolate  mill ;  when  the  shell  is  perforated,  and 
the  hole  sufficiently  wide,  a  small  file  of  coral  is  introduced,  by 
the  application  of  which  the  hook  in  a  short  time  is  completed, 
few  costing  the  artificer  more  than  a  quarter  of  an  hour."f  Finsch 
gives  a  description  which  corresponds  with  Cook's,  and  illustrates 
his  remarks  with  diagrams  of  half-made  hooks  from  Nukuor  in 
the  Carolines.^ 

*  In  Mariner's  Tongan  Vocabulary,  fish-hook  is  "  matow." 

t  Cook— loc.  tit.,  p.  219. 

J  Finsch— Zoc.  cit.,  p.  333,  pi.  iii..  figs.  9,  a.,  b. 


266 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Fig.  31. 


Another  antique  form,  called  simply  "  tifa," 
of  which  I  was  fortunately  able  to  secure 
an  authentic  example,  is  shown  by  fig. 
31.  It  is  osseous,  formed  probably  from 
the  carapace  of  a  turtle,  a  third  of  an  inch 
thick,  and  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter, 
and  weighs  two  drachms  forty-nine  grains. 
I  was  informed  that  such  hooks  were  occasion- 
ally made  of  hard  coral.  From  the  preceeding 
it  differs  in  the  shape  and  position  of  the  barb. 
When  the  hook  lies  before  the  observer, 
with  the  barb  pointing  downwards,  the 
hook  has  somewhat  the  form  of  a  C.  A  hook  of  this  type  is 
figured  from  Fakaafu  by  Lister.*  Hooks  resembling  this  form 
are  figured  by  Finsch,  f  but  here  the  ends  are  reversed,  what 
forms  the  barb  in  the  Ellice  hook  being  the  point  of  attachment 
of  the  fishing-line  in  the  Caroline  one,  and  vice  versa.  On  the 
other  hand  various  Tahitian  hooks  figured  by  Edge-PartingtonJ 
agree  with  mine.  As  Finsch  remarks,  it  is  difficult  to  understand 
how  fish  were  caught  with  these  blunt  and  clumsy  hooks,  but  that 
they  effectually  served  their  purpose  is  certain. 

A  small  comma-shaped  tortoise  shell  hook  is  called 
"  faba"  in  Funafuti.  Though  an  inch  in  length,  it  is 
barely  a  millimetre  thick,  weighing  three  grains.  The 
specimen  figured  (fig.  32)  is  a  model  of  an  extinct 
species,  made  for  me  on  Funafuti.  Though  there 
are  vague  references  in  literature  to  small  turtle  shell 
hooks  in  the  Pacific,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  a 
figure  or  description  corresponding  to  my  specimens.  Keate  tells 
us  that  the  Pelew  Islanders  made  their  fishing  hooks  of  tortoise- 
shell,  one  of  which  he  figures.§ 

Some  of  the  hooks  in  the  Australian  Museum,  wrought  from 
turtle  shell,  show  evidences  of  having  been  bent  by  heat,  but  the 
Funafuti  ones  seem  to  have  been  carved  cold. 

PEARL  SHELL  BONITO  HOOKS,  "  BAWONGA." 
These  fish-hooks  represented  to  the  Ellice  Islanders  of  past 
generations  their  most  valued  treasures.  Apart  from  their  intrinsic 
worth  they  acquired,  as  conveying  a  maximum  of  wealth  in  a 
minimum  of  space,  an  artificial  value  approximating  to  the  coins 
of  more  advanced  civilisations.  Instances  have  been  given  of 
their  presentation  to  the  gods  (p.  47),  of  their  burial  with  the 
owners  (p.  53),  and  of  their  transmission  from  atoll  to  atoll  by 

*  Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxi.,  1892,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  2. 
t  Finsch— loc.  cit.,  pi.  in.,  figs.  5,  6,  and  7. 
J  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  xxi. 
§  Keate— op.  cit.,  p.  311,  pi.  ii,  fig.  4. 


Fig.  32. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  267 

Frigate-birds  (p.  59).     In  Tonga  the  hook   of  the  god  Tangaloa 
was  an  heirloom  preserved  for  many  generations. 

In  this  Archipelago  their  value  was  heightened  by  the  rarity 
and  inaccessibility  of  the  shell,  (Avicula  cumingii)  from  which 
they  are  manufactured ;  hardly  any  are  found  at  Funafuti, 
and  the  Group  is  principally  supplied  from  a  bed  in  the  Lagoon 
of  Nukulailai,  whence  they  are  procured  by  expert  divers. 

This  type  of  hook  is  universal  throughout  the  Pacific,  being  used 
alike  by  Melanesians,  Polynesians,  and  Micronesians.  Besides 
those  collected  by  the  Expedition,  the  Australian  Museum  con- 
tains instances  from  Manihiki  and  Mortlock  Islands,  and  the 
Gilbert  and  Hawaiian  Groups.  Among  Edge-Partington's  sketches 
may  be  recognised  further  instances  from  Danger  Island,  Strong's 
Island,  Tahiti,  Tonga,  and  the  Solomons.*  In  addition,  Finsch 
quotes  this  type  from  the  Carolines,  the  Marshalls,  and  the  Mar- 
quesas, f  In  New  Zealand,  where  the  substance  of  which  it  is 
usually  manufactured  does  not  exist,  the  Maories  found  in  the 
shell  of  the  "  pawa  "  ( Haliotis  iris),  a  substitute  for  the  flashing 
nacre  of  the  Avicula.  But  this  shell  being  too  brittle  to  stand 
alone,  is  supported  by  a  backing  of  "  totara "  wood  (Podo- 
carpus  totara).  It  is  used,  according  to  Button,  J  for  catching 
the  "  kahawai "  (Arripis  solar).  The  barb  is  itself  single  or 
double  recalling  the  Tongan  pattern.  Specimens  of  this  interest- 
ing variation  lie  before  me  in  the  Museum  collection,  and 
correspond  fairly  to  the  instances  figured  by  Brough  Smyth  § 
and  Edge-Partington.|| 

The  habits  of  the  Bonito  (Thynnus  pelamys),  for  whom  these 
hooks  are  intended,  resemble  those  of  its  near  relation  the  European 
mackerel;  they  eagerly  rush  at  and  swallow  any  attractive  object, 
guided  apparently  by  sight,  not  scent. 

Of  the  considerable  literature  which  has  accumulated  on  the 
subject,  probably  the  first  notice  of  the  use  of  these  hooks  is 
Captain  Cook's  remark  of  them  in  the  hands  of  Tahitian  anglersU: — 
"  Of  fish-hooks  they  have  two  sorts,  admirably  adapted  in  their 
construction  as  well  to  the  purpose  they  are  to  answer,  as  to  the 
materials  of  which  they  are  made.  One  of  these,  which  they  call 
'  wittee  wittee,'  is  used  for  towing.  The  shank  is  made  of  mother- 
of-pearl,  the  most  glossy  that  can  be  got :  the  inside,  which  is 

*  Edge-Partington — Joe.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  Ixii,  fig.  0  ;  pi.  Ixxxvii.,  fig.  8  j  pi. 
clxxvii.,  figs.  9,  10 ;  pi.  ccix.,  figs,  4,  5,  6  ;  ii.,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  1-3. 

t  Ann.  K  K.  Naturhist,  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  p.  332.  A  Caroline  speci- 
men is  figured  in  the  Voyage  Uranie  et  Physicienne,  pi.  Iviii.,  fig.  10. 

£  Guide  to  the  Collections  in  the  Canterbury  Museum,  1895,  p.  217.  See 
also  Wakefield— Adventures  in  New  Zealand,  i.,  1845,  p.  93. 

§  Aborigines  of  Victoria,  i.,  1878,  p.  392. 

\\  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  cccxci.,  fig.  9. 

f  First  Voyage.,  ii.,  1773,  p.  218. 


268  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

naturally  the  brightest,  is  put  behind.  To  these  hooks  a  tuft  of 
white  dog's  or  hog's  hair  is  fixed  so  as  somewhat  to  resemble  the 
tail  of  a  fish  ;  these  implements,  therefore,  are  both  hook  and  bait, 
and  are  used  with  a  rod  of  bamboo  and  line  of  '  erowa,'  [a  kind 
of  nettle  which  grows  in  the  mountains].  The  fisher,  to  secure 
his  success,  watches,  the  flight  of  the  birds,  which  constantly  attend 
the  Bonetas  when  they  swim  in  shoals,  by  which  he  directs  his 
canoe,  and  when  he  has  the  advantage  of  these  guides,  he  seldom 
returns  without  a  prize." 

This  sport  is  thus  vividly  described  from  another  island  by 
W.  T.  Pritchard*:— "  Bonita  fishing  is,  perhaps,  the  most  risky  of 
all  Samoan  adventures.  The  natives  start  off  at  the  dawn  of  day, 
and  paddle  far  out  to  sea  in  the  calm  of  the  morning,  and  there 
trail  their  hooks  behind  the  canoes,  heedless  of  the  brewing  storm, 
and  trusting  to  the  strength  of  their  arms  and  the  fleetness  of 
their  skiffs,  to  reach  the  shore  before  its  full  force  overtakes  them. 
The  bonita  are  found  in  '  shoals/  with  birds  hovering  over  them ; 
and  when  these  birds  are  still  further  out  to  sea,  the  fishermen 
bend  to  their  paddles,  and  the  canoes  skim  over  the  waves  until 
in  the  midst  of  the  '  igafo,'  as  the  shoal  is  called.  There  the  hook, 
still  trailing  from  a  long  bamboo  rod  over  the  stern,  is  played  to 
and  fro,  and  as  the  bonita  bites  at  it  with  a  spring  and  a  splash, 
he  is  tossed  up  with  a  jerk,  and  landed  in  the  canoe  with  a  shout 
and  a  cheer." 

The  bamboo  does  not  grow  in  Funafuti,  where  the  fishing-rods 
are  chosen  from  the  "  miro,"  Thespesia  populnea  (p.  37).  In  Tahiti, 
the  rod  has  bunches  of  feathers  to  imitate  birds,  f  In  action  the 
rod  butt  fits  into  a  rope  eye  slung  from  the  aftermost  thwart 
(like  a  sprit-yard  when  it  is  shipped  in  an  eye  slung  from  the 
mast),  it  reclines  in  a  raised  rest  carved  on  the  after-decking  of  a 
Funafuti  canoe  (Plate  xv.)  At  Simbo,  in  the  Solomons,  Mr. 
Hardy  tells  me  that  a  bamboo  scoop  is  drawn  through  the  water 
to  attract  the  bonito. 

The  shank  "  ba,"  of  the  hook  is  carved 
from  an  Avicula  valve,  so  that  a  slice  from 
the  thinner  part  of  the  valve  is  attached  to 
a  thicker  ridge  from  the  hinge.  A  valve  of 
A.  cumingii,  from  which  a  hook  had  been 
cut,  or  rather  I  presume  sawn  along  the 
sides  and  snapped  off  at  the  tail,  which  I 
procured  on  Nukulailai  is  figured  (fig.  33) 
Fig.  33.  to  illustrate  the  mode  of  manufacture.  In 

one  hook  from  Funafuti  (fig.  34)  the  shank 


*  Pritchard— Polynesian  Reminiscences,  1866,  p.  175 ;  see  also  Wilkes— 
op.  cit.,  v.,  p.  11. 

t  Ellis— loc.  cit.,  i.,  p.  148. 


ETHNOLOGY HEDLEY.  269 

is  compound,  being  lengthened  and  strengthened  by 
a  strip  of  pearl  shell,  neatly  fitted  and  lashed  to  the 
butt-piece.  This  is  the  only  instance  of  such  that 
has  come  to  my  notice,  and  doubtless  was  the  result 
of  economy  in  the  use  of  a  rare  and  valued  sub- 
stance. This  hook  is  the  largest  of  the  series  from 
Funafuti,  being  three  inches  and  a  quarter  in 
length,  but  it  is  dwarfed  by  a  specimen  from 
Manihiki,  six  inches  long.  In  weight  it  is  six 
drachms  nine  grains.  I  did  not  see  the  whole 
process  of  manufacture,  but  such  as  I  saw,  nearly 
completed,  in  Funafuti  were  fashioned  with  but  one 
tool,  a  small  hard  piece  of  Montipora  coral  called 
"  lapa,"  with  which  the  implement  was  rasped  into  the  desired 
shape.  The  tail  end  of  the  shank  is  either  made  forked  or 
square.  The  opposite  thicker  end  of  the  shank  is  so  designed 
to  bear  the  perforation  necessary  for  lashing  on  the  fishing-line. 

In  the  article  (fig.  35)  taken  half-finished 
from  the  workshop,  the  perforation  has 
not  yet  been  made      This  hole  is  drilled 
with   a   tool   just   like   that    figured    by 
Pig.  35.  Wilkes*    from    Fakaafu,    in    the   Union 

Group.     No  specimens  of  this  existed  on 

Funafuti  when  we  were  there,  though  they  were  described  to  me 
as  having  formerly  been  used  tipped  with  Terebra  maculata  or 
Mitra  episcopalis.  Critical  examination  reveals  that  these  per- 
forations were  not  drilled  from  one  side  through  to  the  other,  but 
half  through  from  one  side  to  meet  half  through  from  the  other.  The 
face  of  the  shank  corresponding  to  the  exterior  surface  of  the  valve 
was  ground  till  the  dull  dark  surface  disappeared,  the  convex  sur- 
face of  the  finished  hook  always  presenting  the  most  brilliant  lustre. 
It  is  asserted  by  fishermen  that  a  particular  color  of  the  nacre  is 
preferred  by  the  fish,  and  a  hook  is  tried,  polished,  and  re-polished 
till  the  exact  play  of  light  is  obtained. 

Among  the  hooks  from  Funafuti  the  makers  have  chosen  as 
material  for  barbs,  "wonga,"  bone  (probably  of  Delphinus,  possibly 
of  Sus),  mother-of-pearl  (Avicula),  and  turtle-shell  (Chelone).  One 
from  Tahiti  with  a  barb  of  Pinna  shell  is  figured  by  Edge- 
Partington.f  and  doubtless  other  substances  would  be  found  on 
examination  of  a  large  series.  A  Gilbert  Island  example  in  the 
Museum  Collection  has  for  barb  a  bent  copper  nail ;  and  a  hook 
from  Funafuti  (fig.  36)  is  armed  with  a  piece  of  steel  wire  bent 
and  pointed.  The  separate  pearl  shell  barb  from  a  half  finished 
article  (fig.  37)  of  Funafuti  will  convey  an  idea  of  its  proportions. 


*  Wilkes— Nar.  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  v.,  1845,  p.  18. 
t  Edge-Partington— loc.  tit.,  ii.,  pi.  xxi.,  fig.  2. 


270  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Two  perforations  are  the  rule,  but  in  the  specimen  with  the  com- 
pound shank  a  third  exists.  Unlike  the  kahawai  hook  from  New 
Zealand,  the  barb  is  always  simple  in  the  Central  Pacific  type. 


Fig.  36.  Fig.  37.  Fig.  38. 

To  the  shank  the  barb  is  securely  lashed  by  twine  threaded 
through  the  perforation,  the  distal  of  the  two  lashings  also  serves 
to  hold  the  beard  ;  in  the  specimen  figured  (fig.  38)  this  latter  is 
of  European  cotton  thread,  but  usually  it  is  of  native  fibre.  The 
hook  is  made  more  secure  by  wedging  on  either  side  of  it  under  the 
lashing,  a  piece  of  wood,  which,  in  the  examples  at  my  disposal, 
is  invariably  from  the  mid  rib  of  a  coconut  frond  pinnule.  Finsch* 
describes  such  wedges  as  of  bone  or  fish-bone  splinters. 

A  hook  which  differs  from  the  usual  type  is  represented  in  the 
Australian  Museum  from  Mortlock  Island.  This  pattern  has 
been  noted  from  Strong's  Island  by  Edge-Partington,f  and  has 
been  well  figured  from  Mortlock  by  Finsch.  J  It  differs  markedly 
by  the  shape  of  the  barb,  the  angle  at  which  it  is  set,  and  especially 
by  its  mode  of  attachment  to  the  shank  and  severance  from  the 
fishing-line.  The  tail  end  of  the  shank  is  deeply  cut  by  two  pair 
of  notches  to  which  the  barb  is  fastened  by  a  species  of  "  cross- 
seizing."  The  hinge  of  the  Avicula  is  cut  lengthwise  to  form  the 
shank  of  this  hook,  not  as  usual  across. 

The  taste  of  the  fish  or  caprice  of  the  artificer  results  in  much 
diversity  of  beard,  "  singa."  In  Funafuti,  white  feathers  (which 
appear  to  my  colleague,  Mr.  A.  J,  North,  to  have  been  plucked 
from  the  breast  of  the  Black-naped  Tern,  Sterna  melanauchen) 
are  in  vogue.  In  one  hook  (fig.  34)  a  pair  of  these  feathers  orna- 
ment the  tail  end  of  the  shank,  their  shafts  being  twisted  into 
the  furthest  lashing  upon  the  lower  surface.  Two  pair  are  inserted 
upon  the  other  specimen  figured,  (fig.  38)  in  a  corresponding  situa- 
tion, while  a  third  pair  garnish  the  fishing-line  near  the  butt  end  of 
the  hook.  Finsch  §  quotes  specimens  from  Nukuor,  in  the  Carolines, 
collected  by  Kubary,  adorned  with  black  feathers.  From  the 
proceeding  extract,  it  will  be  seen  that  Captain  Cook  observed 
dog's  and  pig's  hair  used  in  Tahiti.  An  instance  is  before 


*  Finsch— Joe.  cit.,  p.  331. 

t  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  clxxvii.,  figs.  9  - 10. 

t  Finsch— loc.  cit.,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  1. 

§  Finsch— loc.  cit.,  p.  332. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  271 

me  of  European  lamp-wick  forming  a  beard  for  a  Manihiki  hook, 
and  a  Gilbert  Islander  has  so  utilised  a  bit  of  canvas  ;  the  Museum 
series  further  afford  a  Mortlock  hook  bearded  with  dressed  Hibiscus 
bark.  Pieces  of  tappa  cloth,  varying  in  colour  according  to  the 
kind  of  fishing,  are  mentioned  by  Finsch  from  the  last-named 
Island. 

The  hook  with  which  the  great  god  Tangaloa  dragged  up  Tonga 
from  the  bottom  of  the  sea,  was  described  as  "  made  of  tortoise- 
shell,  strengthened  by  a  piece  of  the  bone  of  a  whale  ;  in  size  and 
shape  it  was  just  like  a  large  albacore  hook,  measuring  six  or 
seven  inches  long,  from  the  curve  to  the  part  where  the  line  was 
attached,  and  an  inch  and  a  half  between  the  barb  and  the 
stem."* 

The  fishing-lines  attached  to  these  hooks  are  always  sold  together 
with  them;  being  required  to  endure  tremendous  strain,  they  are 
fastened  to  the  hooks  inseparably.  In  the  Ellice,  as  in  the  Gilbert 
and  Manihiki  specimens,  these  are  composed  of  Broussonetia,  and 
are  fine,  white,  three-ply  cord,  two  to  three  mm.  in  diameter,  of 
immense  strength.  In  the  words  of  Captain  Cook,f  the  Polynesians 
"  make  the  best  fishing-lines  in  the  world  :  with  these  they  hold 
the  strongest  and  most  active  fish,  such  as  bonetas  and  albacores, 
which  would  snap  our  strongest  silk  lines  in  a  minute,  though 
they  are  twice  as  thick."  Dr.  Finsch  informs  us  that  in  the 
Carolines  the  fishing-lines  were  constructed  of  Hibiscus  fibre,  and 
that  the  Archipelago  was  chiefly  supplied  with  this  article  from 
Nukuor. 

Synopsis. — This  kind  of  fish-hook  may,  on  the  model  of 
systematic  biology,  be  classified  as  follows  : — 

Genus  TRAILED  PEARL  SHELL  HOOKS. 

Description. — Of  two  pieces,  pearl  shell  shank  and  attached 
hook  of  the  same  or  other  substance,  large,  bearded,  trailed  on 
the  surface  without  bait,  principally  employed  for  bonito  ;  extends 
throughout  the  Pacific. 

Type.—~Fig.  38,  p.  270. 

Species  A. — Type  species. 

Description.- -Shank  mother-of-pearl,  bored  at  thick  end  to 
attach  fishing-line,  which  is  then  carried  along  the  face  of  the 
shank  and  made  fast  to  the  barb,  tail  not  serrated  ;  beard  and 
barb  of  various  substances. 

Locality — Pacific. 

*  Mariner— Tonga,  i.,  1817,  p.  285. 
t  Cook— loc.  tit.,  p.  218. 


272  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Sub-species  A. 

Description. — Metal   barb,   shank   flat   and   notched  to   fasten 
fishing-line. 

Locality. — Eilice  Group. 
Type.— Fig.  36,  p.  270. 

>,ies  B. 


Description. — Fishing-line  not  carried  to  barb,  barb  lashed  to 
serrations  on  the  tail  of  the  shank,  shank  perforated  for  fishing- 
line. 

Locality. — Mortlock  and  Strong's  Islands. 

Type.—Finsch,  Ann.  K.K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  pi. 
iii.,  fig.  1. 

Sub-species  B. 

Description. — Shank  notched  or  toothed,  not  perforated,  for 
reception  of  fishing-line. 

Locality. — Solomon  Islands. 

Type. — Edge-Partington,  Ethnol.  Album,  ii.,  pi.  ccix.,  fig.  5. 

Species  C. 

Description. — Kahawai  hook,  shank  of  pawa  face  and  wood 
backing,  barb  bone  and  double  barbed  at  tip.  , 

Locality. — New  Zealand. 
Type.— Smyth,  Aborigines  of  Victoria,  i.,  1878,  p.  392,  fig.  230. 

Species  D. 

Description. — Shank  round,  barb  shaped  like  a  scythe  blade,  no 
beard. 

Locality. — New  Guinea. 

Type. —  Finsch,  Ethnol.  Atlas,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  3. 

PALU  HOOKS. 

As  characteristic  an  ethnological  feature  of  its  especial  region 
as  the  boomerang  of  Australia  or  the  bola  of  South  America,  is 
the  wooden  deep  sea  fish-hook  from  the  Central  Pacific.  All 
authors  in  dealing  with  this  remarkable  type  of  large  wooden 
hook  from  Micronesia  and  Polynesia  have  termed  it  a  "  shark  " 
hook.  In  the  preceding  pages,  (p.  199)  a  description  by  Mr. 
Louis  Becke  is  given  of  .the  "shark,"  for  which  this  instrument 
is  intended.  This  excellent  account,  though  not  couched  in 
technical  language,  clearly  indicates  that  the  fish  in  question, 
the  "  palu,"  is  no  shark,  and  has  suggested  to  Mr.  E.  R.  Waite 
the  idea  of  some  Macruroid. 


ETHNOLOGY — HRDLEY.  273 

"  This  peculiar  fish,"  writes  Becke,  "  is,  as  far  as  I  know,  only 
found  in  the  Tokelau,  Ellice,  and  Kingsmill  Groups,  and  at  the 
isolated  islands  of  Pukapuka  (Danger  Island),  Suwarrow,  and 
Manahiki.  I  do  not  know  for  certain,  but  I  have  been  told  by 
many  intelligent  natives  that  the  palu  is  never  to  be  found  among 
the  high  islands,  such  as  the  Fijis,  Samoa,  New  Hebrides,  &c." 
He  also  mentions  catching  palu  at  Nieue. 

Tracing  the  geographical  distribution  of  this  hook,  we  note  it 
recorded  from  Nanomea,*  by  Brill ;  from  Nukufetau  in  the  Ellice, 
Nukuor  in  the  Carolines,  and  Tarowa  in  the  Gilberts,  by  Dr. 
Finsch  ;f  from  Nukulailai,  Nieue,  Tamana,  and  the  Union  Group, 
and  -possibly  an  eccentric  type  from  the  Louisiades,|  by  Edge- 
Partington,  and  the  latter  also  by  Macgillivray  ;  §  a  drawing 
of  a  Penrhyn  Island  hook,  by  Wilkes,||  may  be  intended  for  this 
type ;  while  a  huge  form  is  represented  in  the  Australian 
Museum  from  the  Mortlock  Group,  and  another  variation  is 
pictured  from  the  Trobriands  by  Finsch. U  A  specimen  resembling 
the  latter,  said  to  come  from  Milne  Bay,  B.N.  Guinea,  was  lately 
procured  by  Mr.  Norman  Hardy  at  Samarai,  and  will  be  described 
shortly  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  New  South 
Wales. 

Lister**  figures  a  palu  hook  from  Fakaafu,  and  from  Atafu,  Dr. 
Coppingerff  procured  "a  large  wooden  shark-hook,  with  rope 
snooding  made  of  coconut  fibre."  A  modification  of  the  usual 
pattern  is  shown  from  Fiji  in  the  Macleay  Museum,  Sydney, 
agreeing  with  a  figure  by  Edge-Partington.  |t 

The  shape  of  the  palu  hook  is  roughly  that  of  a  V  or  U,  of 
which  one  arm  projects  beyond  the  other,  the  shorter  being  turned 
at  right  angles  towards  the  longer  and  ending  in  a  sharp  point. 
So  bizarre  a  form  rather  strains  the  application  of  ordinary 
terminology,  but  the  re-entering  point,  seen  on  closer  examination 
to  be  a  separate  piece,  may  most  conveniently  be  termed  the 
"  barb,"  the  remainder  of  the  hook  the  "  shank,"  while  a  coconut 
fibre  rope  always  attached  to  the  longer  limb,  and  homologous 

*  Brill— Ethnographische  Abtheilung,  Katalog,  i.,  1897,  pi.  vi.,  fig. 
365. 

t  Finsch— Ann.  K  K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  pp.  54  and  333,  pi. 
iii.,  figs.  14,  15. 

I  Edge-Partington — loc,  cit.,  i.,  pi.  Ixvii ,  fig.  6  ;  pi.  cccvii.,  fig.  4  ;  ii., 
pi.  xcv.,  fig.  1  ;  pi.  xcvi.,  figs.  1,  2. 

§  Macgillivray— Voy.  "  Rattlesnake,"  i.,  1852,  p.  198,  fig. 

ii  Wilkes— U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  iv.,  1845,  p.  307. 

1  Finsch— Ethnol.  Atlas,  1881,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  9. 

**  Lister — op.  cit.,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  2 

ft  Coppinger— Cruise  of  the  "  Alert,"  1883,  p.  157. 

tt  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  L,  pl.cxvii.,  fig.  11. 


274 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


with  the  piece  of  cat-gut  on  an  European  fish-hook,  will  be  spoken 
of  as  the  "  cord  of  attachment." 

The  exact  shape  of  the  manufactured  article  depends  on  the 
growth  of  the  fork  from  which  it  is  hewn,  and  therefore  exhibits 
considerable  variation,  especially  in  the  angle  in  which  the  limbs 
diverge.  I  procured  on  Nukulailai  rough  forks  (fig.  39)  such  as 


Fig.  39. 


Fig.  40. 


schoolboys  select  for  making  catapults,  in  the  bark,  intended  for 
palu  hooks.  I  recognised  the  bark,  and  the  natives  further  in- 
formed me  that  the  wood  was  "  vala  vala,"  ( Premna  taitensis). 
Dr.  Finsch  supposed  that  mangrove  furnished  the  material  of  the 
Gilbert  Island  hook  he  described. 

In  Tahiti,  Ellis  tells  us  that  the  wooden  shark  hooks,  a  foot  or 
eighteen  inches  in  length,  were  cut  from  the  roots  of  the  "  aito  " 
tree  (Casuarina  equisetifolia),  an  exposed  growing  root  of  which 
was  sometimes  twisted  into  the  shape  desired  for  the  future  hook.* 

In  the  carefully  finished  example  figured  (fig.  40),  the  shank  is 
flattened  at  the  fork  and  rounded  on  the  limbs ;  this  is  not,  how- 
ever, the  case  in  other  specimens  of  rougher  workmanship.  This 


*  Ellis— foe.  cit.,  i.,  p.  146. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  275 

Funafuti  example  selected  for  description  weighs,  with  its  cord  of 
attachment,  three  and  a  quarter  ounces  ;  the  greatest  length  is 
nine  and  a  quarter  inches,  the  shorter  limb  is  seven  and  three- 
quarter  inches,  the  greatest  width  between  the  limbs  is  one  and 
three-quarter  inches,  and  the  length  of  the  barb  is  two  inches. 

The  separate  barb  is  roughly  L-shaped,  one  limb  being  bevelled 
to  form  a  scarf -joint  with  the  shank,  the  other  carved  into  the 
exact  shape  of  a  fowl's  spur,  to  which,  when  affixed  to  the  shank, 
its  resemblance  is  increased  by  occupying  the  same  relative  position 
to  the  limb  of  the  shank  as  the  spur  does  to  the  fowl's  leg.  The 
joint  is  completed  by  a  whipping  for  its  entire  length  of  flat  sinnet. 
The  most  striking  peculiarity  of  the  palu  hook  is  the  extent  to 
which  the  entering  barb  is  carried,  almost  closing  the  loop  of  the 
hook.  As  the  length  of  the  barb  is  proportionate  to  the  size  of 
the  hook,  the  size  of  the  aperture  is  decided,  not  by  the  length  of 
the  barb  but,  by  the  divergence  of  the  limbs  of  the  shank.  The 
specimen  figured  is  extremely  narrow,  a  quarter  of  an  inch  only 
separating  the  point  of  the  barb  from  the  opposite  limb  of  the 
shank.  Finsch's  Tarowa  hook  exhibits  an  opposite  extreme  of 
width  which  can  be  matched  in  a  hook  from  Nukulailai,  where 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  intervene  between  barb  and  shank.  If 
the  hook  is  held  before  the  eye  so  that  the  shorter  limb  of  the 
shank  appears  super-imposed  upon  the  longer,  the  barb  is  usually 
seen  to  be  slightly  deflected  to  the  right.  When,  as  in  the  Mort- 
lock  hooks,  this  feature  is  exaggerated,  the  complete  hook  is 
thrown  into  an  ascending  spiral.  Considerable  diversity  exists 
in  the  method  of  splicing  the  barb  to  the  shank.  In  the  Ellice 
Islands  the  face  of  the  joint  is  in  a  plane  at  right  angles  to  the 
plane  of  the  hook,  but  the  Funafuti  craftsmen  attach  the  barb 
to  the  inner  face  of  the  shank,  whereas  the  men  of  Nukulailai 
fasten  it  (as  is  shown  in  the  barbless  shank  on  Finsch's  plate,  and 
as  Edge-Partington  correctly  figures  it)  to  the  outer  side,  as  do 
also  the  fishers  of  Fakaafu. 

Reference  has  previously  been  made  to  a  series  of  hooks 
from  the  Mortlock  Group*  in  the  Australian  Museum.  Com- 
pared with  the  Ellice  hooks  these  are  enormous,  the  largest 
weighing  one  pound  fifteen  and  three-quarter  ounces,  and 
measuring  seventeen  and  a  half  inches.  Grooves  gnawed  by 
captured  fish  upon  the  shanks  attest  their  genuineness,  and  their 
size  suggests  that  they  were  intended  for  a  form  of  palu  larger 
than  that  taken  in  mid-Pacific.  In  all  points  of  construction  they 
conform  to  the  smaller  type  except  in  the  setting  of  the  barb. 
Here  the  scarf-joint  is  cut  in  the  plane  of  the  hook,  that  is,  at 
right  angles  to  the  Ellice  Island  joint. 

*  Which  of  the  two  groups  known  by  this  name  is  intended  is  uncertain, 
but  probably  the  northern  is  meant. 


276  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  longer  or  unarmed  limb  of  the  shank  terminates  in  a  knob 
on  the  outer  side,  half  an  inch  below  which  is  carved  a  smaller 
projection.  The  cord  of  attachment  is  a  piece  of  round  plaited 
coconut  rope (oukaf akanapoua)  about  two  feet  in  length;  the  loop 
in  which  it  ends  is  slipped  over  the  smaller  projection  of  the  shank, 
and  the  cord  lashed  securely  to  the  inner  side  of  the  shank  by 
sinnet  passing  between  the  knobs.  In  the  Mortlock  hooks  the 
cord  of  attachment  terminates  distally  in  a  loop,  evidently  for 
"bending  on  "  the  fishing-line,  in  which  it  agrees  with  the  Gilbert 
Island  type  ;  in  the  Ellice  a  knot  ends  this  cord. 

One  Mortlock  specimen  has  a  straight  stick,  fourteen  inches 
long  and  half  an  inch  broad,  so  lashed  on  to  the  cord  of  attach- 
ment as  almost  to  hinge  to  the  long  limb  of  the  shank.  A  some- 
what similar  but  not  identical  method  of  mounting  the  palu  hook 
is  shown  by  Edge-Partington*  in  an  instance  from  Niue.  No 
Ellice  hooks  present  this  feature,  but  we  cannot  assert  that  they 
may  not  also  be  thus  prepared  for  service. 

Mr.  O'Brien  told  me  that  the  bait  was  a  whole  fish  split  and 
laid  scale  to  scale  upon  either  side  of  the  barb.  In  bolting  this 
the  palu,  whose  jaws  are  very  thin  and  pliable,  gets  the  barb  caught 
behind  the  angle  of  the  jaw.  Sometimes,  when  the  fish  bites, 
the, line  is  so  jerked  as  to  bang  its  head  with  the  flat  stone  used 
as  a  sinker. 

Finsch  gives  the  name  of  this  hook  in  the  Gilberts  as  "tingia," 
the  name  of  it  on  Funafuti  is  "  kou  boru." 

MESHING  NEEDLES. 

The  meshing-needle,  "  afa,"  is  carved  from  mangrove 
(Rhizophora)  wood  ;  in  length  it  is  sixteen  or  eighteen 
inches,  in  breadth  about  an  inch  across  the  eye  and  three- 
eighths  across  the  shaft.  The  eye  is  about  an  eighth  of 
the  total  length,  the  proximal  end  of  it  is  cut  either  square 
or  pointed,  and  the  distal  end  simply  split.  The  Funafuti 
pattern  (fig.  41)  is  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  one 
used  by  English  fishermen.  The  Australian  Museum 
possesses  examples  of  this  implement  exactly  like  the 
above,  received  from  Greenwich  and  Sikaiana  Islands. 
Further  modifications  are  given  by  Edge-Partington 

Fig.  41.  from  various  Pacific  Islands,  f     One  such  shuttle,   ready 
loaded,    depends    from   a   group    of    Papuan    implements 

figured  by  Lindt  from  China  Straits.  J 

*  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit..  i.,  pi.  Ixvii.,  fig.  6. 

t  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  xxxii.,  figs.  15,  16,  from  Tahiti ;  pi. 
cxiii.,  fig.  22,  and  pi.  cxix...  fig.  14,  from  Fiji ;  pi.  clxxvi.  ;  ii.,  pi.  cxciii., 
fig.  6,  from  New  Guinea. 

J  Lindt— Picturesque  New  Guinea,  1897,  pi.  xliv. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 

HAND-NETS. 


277 


"Tei"  is  the  name  of  a  small  hand-net  (figs.  42,  43)  for  use  in  the 
rock  pools  of  the  reef  at  low  tide.  It  consists  of  a  bag  net  mounted 
upon  a  frame  and  set  upon  a  stout  ten-foot  pole,  probably  of 


Fig.  42. 


Fig.  43. 


Thespesia.  The  frame  is  in  four  pieces,  apparently  Rhizophora 
wood.  Two  forks,  somewhat  the  shape  selected  by  boat-builders 
for  knees,  are  so  trimmed  and  set  that  while  the  shorter  arms, 
three  inches  long,  clasp  the  handle,  being  lashed  thereto  with  fine 
sinnet,  the  longer  arms,  nineteen  inches  long  and  half  an  inch  in 
diameter,  continue  nearly  in  the  plane  of  the  pole  and  diverge 
symmetrically  from  each  other  at  an  angle  of  about  forty-five 
degrees.  Two  shorter  pieces,  about  ten  inches  long  and  a  third 
of  an  inch  thick,  are  at  their  bases  jointed  on  to  the  inner  extremi- 
ties of  the  longer  arms,  by  the  same  method  as  the  former  are 
attached  to  the  pole,  while  their  extremities  are  crossed  and 
lashed  together.  These  shorter  pieces  are  so  bent  that  the  end 
of  the  net  is  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  remainder  of  the  frame. 
(fig.  43).  Additional  security  is  given  by  a  piece  of  hard  wood, 
probably  Pemphis,  six  inches  long,  set  T-wise  on  the  end  of  the 
pole,  and  firmly  lashed  both  to  it  and  to  the  frame  of  the  net.  The 
bag  is  pointed,  shallow,  about  a  foot  deep,  sixteen  inches  long  and 
fourteen  inches  wide,  of  three-quarter  inch  mesh  of  fine  sinnet. 
The  knot  employed  in  meshing  is  the  universal  bow-line  or 
weaver's  knot.*  The  bag  is  fastened  to  the  frame  by  a  cord 

*  For  instances  of  the  use  of  this  knot  by  Australian  Aborigines,  se 
Brough  Smyth— Aborigines  of  Victoria,  i.,  1878,  p.  390,  fig.  225 ;  and  R. 
Etheridge,  Junr. — Macleay  Memorial  Vol.,  1893,  p.  249,  pi.  xxxii ,  fig.  9. 
For  Polynesian  instances  see  p.  64  of  this  work. 


278 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


threaded  through  a  mesh  of  each  row  and  carried  spirally  along 

the  frame. 

No  net  quite  like  this  seems  to  be  represented  in  literature,  the 

nearest  approach  being  one  figured  by  Finsch*  from  the  Gilbert 

Islands. 

FOWLING  NET. 

The  sport  of  trapping  birds  with 
the  "  shaou-shaou  "  net  has  been 
already  described  on  p.  84.  A 
specimen  of  a  small  one  (fig.  44) 
which  I  purchased  on  Funafuti 
measured  eighteen  by  fourteen 
inches  across  the  mouth.  Some 
nets  I  saw  employed  were  twice 
as  large.  The  hoop  is  constructed 
by  crossing  and  lashing  to  the  pole 
the  thick  ends  of  two  slender 
flexible  twigs,  a  yard  in  length. 
The  tips  of  these  were  crossed, 
bent  over  one  upon  the  other, 
and  thrice  lashed.  As  in  the 
preceeding  form,  the  hoop  is 
secured  to  the  handle  by  a  T-piece. 
The  bag  is  eighteen  inches  deep, 

is  of  large  four-inch  mesh,  and   is  attached  to  the  hoop  by  the 

process  of  reeving  the  frame  through  each  alternate  mesh. 

The  natives  of  the  Gilbert  Group  amuse  themselves  by  catching 
Frigate-birds  (vide  86)  by  flinging  over  them  a  stone  and  line. 
Dr.  Finsch  has  given  a  vivid  description  of  bird  lassoing  as 
practised  by  the  Pleasant  Islanders,  f 

RAT  TRAP. 

Before  the  advent  of  Europeans,  and  the  introduction  of  the 
cat,  the  natives  were  greatly  plagued  by  swarms  of  the  Pacific 
Rat,  Mus  exulans.  From  time  to  time,  when  the  pest  grew  beyond 
endurance,  it  was  the  custom  of  the  king  to  order  that  at  a  given 
time  each  villager  should  bring  to  him  a  tale  of  say  a  hundred 
rats.  For  their  destruction  an  ingenious  trap  was  employed 
which  has  now  disappeared,  but  which  I  am  enabled  to  study 
through  a  model  made  for  me  by  one  of  the  oldest  inhabitants. 
In  obedience  to  the  order,  the  rat  traps  would  be  repaired  and 
set,  every  man,  woman,  and  child  taking  charge  of  one  or  more. 

*  Finsch— Zoc.  cit.,  p.  56,  fig.  4. 

t  Finsch— The  Ibis,  1881,  p.  248 ;  also  Ann.  K.  K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus., 
1893,  viii.,  p.  35. 


Fig.  44. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


279 


These  periodical  battues  were  a  source  of  great  amusement,  none 
went  to  sleep  till  his  or  her  score  was  complete,  for  from  the  trap 
of  any  one  caught  napping  the  rats  were  merrily  picked. 

The  model  of  the  trap 
"tugimoa,"  which  I  ob- 
tained on  Funafuti  (fig. 
45)  weighs  a  pound.  The 
body  of  it  consists  of  a 
barrel  eighteen  inches  in 
length  and  two  in  dia- 
meter, of  soft  white  wood, 
probably  Hernandia;  at 
one  end  a  chamber  six 
inches  deep  is  excavated, 
at  the  other  the  barrel  is 
narrowed  to  a  wedge  and 
cut  to  a  fork  whose  lower 
limb  projects  beyond  the 
upper  like  a  shark's  tail. 
To  each  prong  of  the  fork 
is  separately  bound  the 
butt  of  a  resilient  wand, 
here  termed  the  bow, 
of  probably  Ehizophora 
wood,  twenty-eight  in- 
ches in  length.  About 
half  way  along  the  barrel 
a  short  cross-piece  of 
wood  is  lashed  as  a  stand. 
To  prevent  splitting,  the 

barrel  is  again  lashed  with  sinnet  at  the  trap  mouth.  From  the 
slender  end  of  the  bow  descends  a  fine  sinnet  cord,  here  termed 
the  bow-string.  This  bow-string  is  made  fast  to  the  bow  about 
six  inches  from  the  end,  but  when  in  service  is  carried  along  to 
an  inch  from  the  end,  and  there  made  fast  by  a  clove  hitch  ;  when 
not  in  use  the  bow  is  unstrung  by  slacking  off  and  slipping  down 
the  clove  hitch.  There  are  two  perforations,  three-quarters  of  an 
inch  apart,  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch  from  the  entrance,  in  the 
roof  of  the  chamber  ;  the  bow-string  is  led  in  by  one  and  out  by 
the  other,  and  then  knotted  to  prevent  withdrawal.  Six  inches 
from  the  barrel  a  slip  of  wood,  the  lever,  two  and  a  half  inches 
long  is  tied  to  the  bow-string.  In  the  chamber  roof,  in  the  median 
line,  there  is  also,  at  an  inch  from  the  entrance  a  sinnet  loop 
inserted,  and  at  two  and  a  quarter  inches  from  the  entrance,  is 
another  perforation. 

To  operate  the   trap,   a  bait  of  coconut  kernel  is  placed  on 
the  floor   of  the   chamber,   a   wooden   pin,  thrust   through   the 


Fig.  45. 


280 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


Fig.  46. 

lever,  which  in  turn 
on  the  rat. 


fourth  perforation,  stands  on 
this  bait,  the  bow  is  bent 
down  till  the  lever  attached 
to  the  bow-string  can  be 
passed  through  the  loop  and 
rested  on  the  pin-head,  thus 
leaving  enough  slack  of  the 
bow-string  bight  to  form  a 
noose  at  the  entrance  of  the 
chamber.  The  rat,  to  reach 
the  bait  (fig.  46)  must  put  its 
neck  through  the  noose,  then 
pulling  at  the  bait  upsets  the 
pin,  which  in  turn  slips  the 
the  bow,  drawing  the  noose  tight 


I  have  not  found  a  description  of  a  trap  from  Polynesia  answer- 
ing to  this,  though  it  is  mentioned  by  the  Rev.  R.  Taylor  that  in 
New  Zealand  the  rat  "  was  formerly  so  numerous  as  to  form  a 
considerable  article  of  food ;  it  was  taken  by  an  ingenious  kind  of 
trap,  which  somewhat  resembles  ours  for  the  mole."*  I  am, 
however,  informed  by  Mrs.  Pratt,  the  widow  of  the  well-known 
philologist,  and  by  the  Rev.  George  Brown  that  a  trap  like 
that  figured  above  was  in  common  use  in  Samoa ;  while  Mr.  J.  S. 
Gardiner  tells  me  that  he  observed  it  both  in  Rotumah  and  in 
Fiji.  In  these  localities  the  barrel  of  Hernandia  wood  was  re- 
placed by  a  length  of  bamboo,  one  joint  of  which  formed  the 
chamber.  This  information  suggests  that  as  the  bamboo  did  not 
exist  on  the  Ellice  it  was  perforce  copied  in  wood.  Some  approach 
to  the  principle  of  it  is  made  by  the  mole  trap  still  used  in  the 
rural  districts  of  England. 

CANOES. 

One  of  the  most  marked  distinctions  between  Melanesians  and 
Polynesians  resides  in  their  canoes.  "  The  Melanesian  does  not 
venture  far  out  to  sea  in  his  canoe  ;  and  although  in  the  Solomons 
the  natives  make  voyages  from  island  to  island  of  two  or  three 
hundred  miles,  these  are  entirely  within  the  group,  and  performed 
exclusively  with  paddles,  sails  not  being  used  at  all.  Indeed  I 
suppose  the  Solomon  Island  canoes  never  go  out  of  sight  of  land. 
Coming  to  the  New  Hebrides,  where  the  population  is  almost 
entirely  Melanesian,  canoes  are  conspicuous  by  their  absence,  such 
as  are  seen  being  the  most  wretched  affairs,  and  totally  unfitted 
for  any  extended  voyage."f 

*  Taylor— New  Zealand  and  its  Inhabitants,  1870,  p.  496. 
f  This  statement  of  Mr.  Woodford  requires  qualification,  for  on  Malli- 
colo  I  ain  informed  that  large  well-built  canoes  exist. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  281 

The  Polynesian,  on  the  other  hand,  "  is  eminently  a  navigator, 
venturing  far  to  sea  and  making  considerable  voyages  out  of  sight  of 
land  in  his  large  out-rigged  or  double  canoe,  with  its  enormous 
triangular  sail.  Of  course,  as  to  all  seafaring  people,  accidents  some- 
times happen,  a  sudden  squall  or  succession  of  contrary  windsprevent 
the  navigators  making  their  port,  and  the  canoe  is  driven  by  the 
winds  and  currents,  until  in  the  majority  of  cases,  no  doubt,  it  is 
broken  up,  or  its  unfortunate  occupants  are  dead  of  hunger  and 
thirst  •  but  in  some  instances,  after  drifting  for  days,  and  perhaps 
weeks,  ignorant  of  their  position,  they  have  sighted  one  of  those 
tiny  coral  atolls  that  dot  this  part  of  the  Pacific,  and  landing  upon 
it,  have  formed  the  nucleus  of  a  future  population."* 

Gill  has  described  and  figured  a  Polynesian  compass-card  of 
thirty-two  points,  employed  by  the  navigators  of  the  Hervey 
Islands.!  The  visits  of  the  Tongan  marauders  to  Funafuti  have 
already  been  described  (ante  p.  44).  The  Ellice  Group  was  not 
the  only  direction  these  pirates  took,  for,  besides  visiting  most 
of  the  nearer  islands,  they  had  planted  a  colony  in  far  Mangaiia.  J 
In  the  opposite  direction  the  natives  of  Tucopia,  an  islet  five 
hundred  miles  west  of  Rotuma,  relate  that  they  were  once  visited 
"  by  five  large  double  canoes  from  Tonga,  the  crews  of  which  com- 
mitted dreadful  outrages,  destroyed  plantations,  robbed  houses, 
violated  the  females,  and  murdered  the  males."  §  Figures  of  these 
large  Tongan  vessels  are  given  by  Dumont  D'Urville.||  The  ex- 
ploits of  Karika  who,  in  his  great  double  canoe  with  two  masts 
and  a  crew  of  one  hundred  and  seventy,  made  eight  wonderful 
voyages  between  Rotuma,  Savaii,  Tonga,  and  the  Hervey  Islands, 
have  been  chronicled  by  Gill.H  P.  Smith  gives  from  Fornander 
"  the  well  authenticated  voyages  between  the  Sandwich  Islands 
and, Tahiti,  a  distance  of  two  thousand  three  hundred  and  eighty 
miles,"  but  I  have  been  unable  to  verify  the  reference.  As  late 
as  1855  a  great  single  Maori  canoe  lay  at  Hauraki,  N.Z.,  which 
measured  a  hundred  and  ten  feet  in  length.** 

The  Micronesian  also  excels  in  navigation,  the  Marshall  Islanders 
disputing  with  the  Tongans  the  claim  to  be  the  boldest  and  most 
skilful  sailors  in  the  Pacific.  Their  canoes  were  provisioned  for 
voyages  of  the  duration  of  several  months.  On  the  sloping 

*  Woodford— A  Naturalist  among  the  Head-hunters,  1890,  p.  238. 

t  Gill— Myths  and  Songs  from  the  South  Pacific,  1876,  p.  320. 

J  Gill— Savage  Life  in  Polynesia,  1880,  p.  105. 

§  Dillon— Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  ascertain  the  fate  of  La  Perouse,  ii., 
1829.  p.  112. 

|l  Voy.  au  Pole  sud,  Atlas  pittoresque,  pis.  Ixxviii.,  Ixxix. 

f  Report  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1890  (1891),  p.  634. 

**  For  descriptions  of  Maori  canoes  see  Hamilton— Maori  Art,  pt.  i., 
1897, 


282  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

platforms  built  out  on  each  side  there  are  frequently  little  houses 
in  which  three  or  four  of  the  crew  can  sleep.* 

"They  actually  make  curious  charts  ['medo']  of  thin  strips  of 
wood  tied  together  with  fibres.  Some  of  these  charts  indicate  the 
positions  of  the  different  islands  with  a  surprising  approach  to 
accuracy.  Others  give  the  direction  of  the  prevailing  winds  and 
currents.  These  are  used  as  instruments  to  determine  the  course 
to  be  steered,  so  as  to  take  advantage  of  the  wind  and  to  allow 
for  current  drift  rather  than  as  charts  are  used  by  us."f 

As  the  Ellice  Islanders  formerly  fought  with  the  Tongans  and 
traded  with  the  Micronesians,  they  probably  learnt  arts  of  sea- 
manship from  friends  and  foes.  Once  Funafuti  possessed  large 
ocean-going  vessels,"  fouroua,"  in  which  cruises  were  made  to  Nui 
and  Vaitupu,  but  these,  Mr.  O'Brien  told  me,  had  disappeared  for 
more  than  twenty  years.  The  existing  canoes  are  only  small  craft, 
fit  but  for  fishing  or  for  crossing  the  lagoon.  The  adventurous 
spirit  which  prompted  their  ancestors  to  undertake  exploring 
voyages  is  still  alive  on  the  atoll,  where  there  is  hardly  a  man 
who  is  not  anxious  to  travel.  On  leaving,  several  of  my  native 
friends  begged  me  to  take  them  to  Fiji  or  Australia  upon  any 


On  Fakaafu,  Lister  was  "  told  that  in  the  old  times  they  had 
two  vessels — each  with  two  masts,  and  without  outriggers — 
described  as  being  as  large  as  the  trading  schooners  which  visit 
the  island.  Each  of  these  would  hold,  it  is  said,  all  the  available 
fighting  men  in  the  island,  perhaps  a  hundred  and  fifty  to  two 
hundred  men."j  And  Newell  "had  reliable  evidence  that  until 
recently  there  were  planks  '  two  fathoms  wide,'  the  remains  of 
one  of  these  old  island  canoes  to  be  seen  on  Fakaafu. "§  It  was 
probably  in  ships  like  these  that  the  Rotumans  used  to  visit 
Vaitupu  and  Nui.|| 

A  method  by  which  the  inter-island  voyagers  secured  a  beacon 
for  which  to  steer  is  thus  described  by  Woodford  : — "  When  I  was 
at  the  island  of  Nukufetau,  I  was  told  that  when  they  wanted  to 
communicate  with  the  island  of  Oaitupu,  they  were  in  the  habit 
of  making  fires  on  the  reef  for  two  or  three  moonless  nights  in 
succession,  until  they  saw  the  glare  in  the  sky  from  the  answering 
fires  made  by  the  natives  of  Oaitupu.  As  soon  as  the  fires  were 

•  *  Finscli— Ann.  K.  K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  pp.  160, 161,  figs. 
23,  24. 

t  Bridge— Proc.  Eoy.  Geogr.  Soc.,  viii.,  1886,  p.  556.  For  figures  see 
Cat.  Godeffroy  Museum,  1881,  pi.  xxxii. ;  and  Journ.  Polynesian  Soc.,iv., 
1895,  pi.  v.,  p.  236. 

£  Lister— Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxi.,  1892,  p.  57. 

§  Newell— Proc.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  vi.,  1895  (1896),  p.  605. 

||  Dillon— loc.  tit.,  ii.,  p.  103. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  283 

noticed  on  Oaitupu,  the  Nukufetau  canoes  used  to  start  early  the 
next  morning,  and  the  fires  were  continued  every  night  on  Oaitupu 
till  the  canoes  arrived,  the  distance  being  about  thirty-five  miles."* 

On  Funafuti  the  priest,  "  vakatua "  chose  the  auspicious  day 
for  starting  on  a  long  voyage  and  in  the  event  of  the  vessel  missing 
her  destination,  he  might  suffer  vengeance  by  being  killed  and 
eaten  by  the  crew  of  starving  castaways. 

As  the  gigantic  Moas  of  New  Zealand  have  all  perished,  leaving 
their  small  relation,  the  Apteryx,  alone  to  represent  them,  so  the 
huge  and  ancient  vessels  of  the  Pacific,  the  great  double  canoes 
and  the  plank-built  ship  described  to  Lister,  have  vanished,  leaving 
in  existence  only  the  little  outrigger  fishing  canoe,  "  vaka." 
Whether  the  double  canoe  was  evolved  from  the  outrigger,  or  the 
outrigger  from  the  double  canoe,  or  each  arose  independently  of 
the  other,  we  lack  material  for  profitable  consideration. 

The  size  of  the  timbers  used  in  canoe-building  is,  of  course, 
directly  related  to  the  wealth  or  poverty  of  the  local  forest  flora. 
Finsch's  figuref  of  a  portion  of  a  Gilbert  Island  canoe,  in  which 
seventeen  small  pieces  of  wood  are  neatly  fitted  together,  speaks 
eloquently  of  the  few  and  stunted  trees  growing  there. 

The  specimens  and  figures  of  South  Sea  outrigger  canoes  within 
my  reach,  seem  to  show  that,  as  has  already  been  demonstrated 
in  the  case  of  most  articles  and  ornaments,  each  archipelago  and 
almost  each  island  may  be  distinguished  by  peculiarities  of  struc- 
ture. When  these  shall  have  been  thoroughly  studied,  a  classifi- 
cation will  be  possible,  now  the  data  is  insufficient. 

Of  the  published  illustrations  of  these  canoes  that  I  have  seen, 
the  nearest  approach  in  general  contour  to  the  Funafuti  pattern 
is  made  by  one  from  Samoa  roughly  sketched  by  Edge-Partington.  J 
The  general  association  of  the  two  islands  would  lead  us  to  expect 
a  close  resemblance  between  the  object  of  our  enquiry  and  the 
canoes  of  Fakaafu,  which  are  thus  briefly  described  by  Lister  : — 
"  The  canoes  of  the  present  time  are  built  just  like  those  of  Samoa, 
having  a  single  outrigger.  Owing  to  the  scarcity  of  large  trees  on 
the  island,  the  body  of  the  canoe  is  built  of  several  pieces,  each 
separately  hollowed,  and  these  are  laced  together  with  sinnet 
(plaited  coconut  fibre).  Often  there  are  as  many  as  four  distinct 
pieces  along  the  bottom,  and  the  sides  are  built  up  with  additional 
pieces  to  the  required  height.  Each  piece  is  accurately  shaped  so 
that  it  will  fit  in  among  the  neighbouring  ones,  and  the  joints  are 
caulked  with  resin.  The  bow  and  stern  are  covered  in  for  a  short 
distance,  and  on  their  upper  surfaces  a  number  of  small  pyramidal 

*  Woodford— Proc.  R.  Geogr.  Soc.,  x.,  1888,  p.  352. 

t  Finsch— Ann.  K.  K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  viii.,  1893,  p.  68. 

J  Edge-Partington— loc.  tit.,  ii.,  pi.  xliv.,  fig.  9. 


284  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

projections  are  left  in  the  middle  line,  to  which  white  shells  of 
Cypraea  ovula  are  attached  for  ornament.  The  upper  surface  of 
the  stern-piece  is  not  horizontal,  but  slopes  obliquely  downwards 
to  the  end.  The  canoes  would  hold  seven  or  eight  people."* 

These  canoes  are  propelled  both  by  sail  and  paddle  ;  the  sail 
was  formerly  of  palm  or  pandanus  mats,  and  is  now  of  calico.  It 
is  hoisted  after  the  ordinary  Polynesian  method,  upon  two  con- 
verging masts,  stepped  upon  the  thwarts  or  gunwale  and  steadied 
by  a  backstay.  At  each  tack  the  masts  and  sail  are  unshipped, 
and  carried  round  bodily  end  for  end,  the  craft  therefore  never 
"goes  about."  Under  sail  they  can  travel  seven  or  eight  miles  an 
hour  easily ;  they  lie  close  to  the  wind,  but  for  want  of  a  keel 
make  rapid  leeway. 

With  paddles  three  men  are  the  usual  complement,  but  one 
alone  can  handle  such  a  craft  comfortably.  The  paddlers  sit  on 
the  thwarts,  paddling  chiefly  on  the  starboard  side,  as  the  out- 
rigger impedes  them  on  the  port.  When  in  earnest  the  natives 
can  drive  them  at  a  great  rate.  One  day  I  saw  a  crew  chase, 
overtake  and  board  a  ship  which  was  passing  the  atoll  three  or 
four  miles  away,  and  making  probably  five  or  six  knots.  The 
paddle  is  never  rowed,  grasped  in  both  hands  it  is  plunged  vertic- 
ally into  the  water  and  withdrawn  after  a  short  fore  and  aft 
stroke.  A  course  is  kept  by  all  without  any  particular  steering. 
To  turn  sharply  the  paddle  is  struck  into  the  water  by  the  after- 
most man  as  far  away  as  he  can  reach  and  pulled  through  the 
water  towards  him.  When  in  sufficiently  shoal  water,  the 
paddle  is  always  exchanged  for  the  pole,  a  method  of  progression 
which  is  likewise  preferred  by  the  Papuans.  For  an  anchor,  a 
block  of  coral  is  made  fast  to  the  painter.  These  canoes  draw 
about  six  inches  and  weigh  about  a  hundredweight  and  a  half. 

Although  there  are  not,  as  in  other  Pacific  Islands,  jetties  or 
boathouses,  the  canoes  are  well  taken  care  of.  Returning  from 
an  excursion,  the  canoe  is  carried  to  above  high  water-mark,  two 
men  lifting  it  clear  of  the  ground.  Here  it  is  rolled  over  and  lies 
deck  down,  hull  up,  well  covered  over  with  a  pile  of  mats  till  again 
required.  A  worn  out  canoe  cuts  up  into  handy  troughs  or  coffins. 
On  Nukulailai  the  canoes  were  all  tarred  over,  but  on  Funafuti 
they  remain  unpainted. 

I  regret  my  omission  to  note  the  native  words  for  the  parts  and 
furniture  of  a  canoe. 

The  specimen  before  me  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  1)  of  the  ordinary  out- 
rigger canoe  of  Funafuti  supplies  the  material  for  the  following 
figures  and  descriptions,  with  which  are  included  a  few  notes 
taken  on  the  spot. 

The  Museum  specimen  is  twenty-three  feet  six  inches  in  total 
length,  one  foot  five  inches  in  greatest  depth,  and  one  foot  three 

*  Lister— loc.  cit. 


ETHNOLOGY — HBDLEY.  285 

inches  in  greatest  breadth  ;  another  I  measured  on  the  atoll  was 
twenty-nine  feet  in  total  length,  one  foot  ten  inches  in  greatest 
depth,  one  foot  four  inches  in  greatest  breadth,  twenty  feet  the  open 
space  from  deck  to  deck,  twelve  feet  length  of  outrigger  float,  four 
feet  distance  from  float  to  hull. 

As  previously  described  (p.  32),  the  hull  is  hewn  out  of  a  log 
of  pouka,  which  is  trimmed  down  for  stem  and  stern,  and,  except 
a  foot  of  deadwood  left  solid  fore  and  aft,  is  hollowed  to  a  shell 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  thick.  In  longitudinal-vertical  section 
it  is  bow-shaped  (the  chord  above  the  arc  below),  swollen  in  the 
belly,  flexed  forward  and  quite  straight  aft.  In  transverse- 
vertical  section  it  is  rounded  and  flattened  beneath,  the  flattened 
area  being  about  six  inches  broad,  and  extending  along  the  central 
third  of  the  vessel.  Aft  from  this  the  tapering  sides  are  flattened 
to  meet  in  a  straight  sloping  keel  which  over-hangs  the  water  and 
rises  aft.  The  bows  are  very  sharp  and  hollow,  with  a  fine  slender 
run  aft,  the  stem  is  clipper-shaped,  the  cut-water  is  one  foot  long 
and  overhangs  four  inches,  when  floating  empty  the  fore  foot  just 
touches  water. 

Upon  this  hull  is  built  up  the  top  side  planking,  which,  in  the 
specimen  under  consideration  is  on  the  starboard  side  of  one  piece 
twelve  feet  four  inches  in  length  and  eight  inches  in  greatest  depth ; 
on  the  port  side  it  is  in  two  pieces,  fourteen  feet  in  length,  and 
nine  inches  in  greatest  depth  ;  both  are  an  inch  thick,  adzed  level 
to  the  deck  above  and  sinuous  below  to  follow  the  irregular  curves 
of  the  hull.  To  the  hull  this  planking  is  attached  by  a  series  of 
lashings  placed  at  intervals  of  from  four  to  ten  inches.  The 
lashings,  consisting  always  of  the  flat  sinnet  braid  called 
"  kafa,"  are  passed  four  times  through  holes  bored  half  an  inch 
within  the  edge,  and  knotted  at  each  pair  of  holes,  never  being 
carried  along  from  pair  to  pair.  Where  on  the  port  side  two 
planks  join,  a  triangular  lashing  attaches  each  to  each  and  to  the 
hull.  I  have  no  reliable  information  of  the  composition  and 
application  of  the  caulking  used  in  the  seams.* 

The  Tahitians  caulked  their  canoes  with  the  husk  of  coconut 
and  gum  of  breadfruit  ;f  the  Penrhyn  Islanders  stopped  holes 
and  seams  with  coconut  husk  steeped  in  water  and  pounded  like 
flax  ;j  and  the  Solomon  Islanders  used  a  kind  of  vegetable  putty 
from  the  nut  of  Parinarium  laurinum.§ 

*  Finsch— op.  cit.,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  5,  figures  a  caulking-tool  from  the 
Louieiades. 

t  Ellis— loc.  cit.,  i.,  p.  156. 

J  Lament — loc.  cit.,  p.  152.  * 

§  Woodford— loc.  cit.,  p.  158;  and  Somrnerville— Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst., 
xxvi.,  1897,  p.  370. 


286  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  stern  sheets  terminate  diversely,  according  to  the  taste  of 
the  architect ;  a  vertical  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  3)  or  horizontal  fork, 
representing,  so  the  natives  said,  a  fish's  tail,  being  popular,  and 
sometimes  a  turtle's  tail  is  imitated. 

Both  fore  and  aft  are  movable  deckings  or  hatch  covers,  each 
carved  in  one  piece,  an  inch  thick,  of  the  full  breadth  of  the  hull, 
with  the  top  sides  of  which  they  are  flush,  their  narrow  ends 
countersunk  in  the  deadwood  of  the  head  or  stern  sheets  and 
their  broad  ends  with  a  finger  at  each  corner  which  locks  under 
the  gunwale  rail.  The  forward  decking,  two  feet  eight  inches 
long,  carries  at  its  after  end  a  seat  carved  in  relief,  hollowed  on 
the  inner  side,  the  outer  sides  of  which,  rising  in  a  wedge,  present 
a  vertical  face  two  inches  high  and  act  as  a  wash  board.  The 
after-decking,  three  feet  long,  has  a  corresponding  wash  board, 
enclosing  a  raised  rod-rest,  a  block  three  inches  high,  three  wide, 
and  four  long,  hollowed  on  the  inside  to  receive  a  fishing-rod 
whose  butt  swings  in  a  grummet  slung  from  the  aftermost  thwart 
(Plate  xv.,  fig.  4).*  Aft  from  the  wash  board  along  the  median 
line  of  the  decking  there  is  in  this  individual  canoe  a  row  of  seven 
little  pyramids,  each  an  inch  and  a  half  high.  Usually  they  are 
more  numerous  and  are  sometimes  continued  along  past  the  deck- 
ing to  the  extremity  of  the  stern.  There  appears  to  be  no  use  for 
these,  though  it  has  been  suggested  to  me  that  they  might  be 
useful  as  cleats.  Lister  saw  them  festooned  with  Ovula  shells  on 
Fakaafu.  I  regard  them  as  purely  ornamental,  and  from  their 
association  with  the  terminal  fish-tail  I  further  look  upon  them 
as  a  conventional  representation  of  the  peculiar  dorsal  finlets  of 
the  bonito.  They  are  remarkable  as  being  the  only  ornamental 
wood  carving  now  executed  by  the  Ellice  Islanders. 

From  the  port  side  of  the  canoe  waist  project  three  outriggers, 
three  feet  apart  at  the  hull  and  slightly  spreading  outwards.  The 
outrigger  butts,  one  and  a  half  inches  square,  cross  to  the  starboard 
side  and  serve  as  thwarts  in  the  interval,  they  are  usually  sunk 
in  the  top  sides  of  port  and  starboard  and  firmly  lashed  thereto. 
The  outriggers  are  usually  entire,  but  are  sometimes  made  divisible, 
spliced  in  a  lock-joint  and  served  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  5).  The  advantage 
of  detaching  the  outrigger  float  from  the  hull  occurs  when  the 
canoes  are  beached  and  rolled  over,  the  separated  hull  being  more 
manageable.  At  Funafuti  the  outriggers  are  always  cut  from  a 
straight  stick  which  throws  off  a  branch  at  an  angle  of  about  sixty 
degrees,  such  a  timber  being  abundantly  supplied  by  Rhizophora; 
the  main  stem  is  cut  off  six  inches  beyond  the  fork,  and  the  branch 
is  continued  for  eighteen  inches,  at  which  point  it  rests  on  the 

* 

*  Cook  noticed  that  in  Tonga  the  fishing-rod  "  rests  in  a  notch  of  a 
piece  of  wood,  fixed  in  the  stern  of  the  canoe  for  that  purpose."  Cook — 
Last  Voyage,  i.,  1785,  p.  396. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLBY.  287 

outrigger  float.  On  either  side  of  it,  fore  and  aft,  stout  pegs,  four 
or  five  inches  long,  are  driven  an  inch  or  so  into  the  solid  timber 
of  the  outrigger  float,  to  which  the  outrigger  is  secured  by  lashing 
pegs  and  outrigger  firmly  together  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  7).  This  seems 
to  be  an  exceptional  method.  In  other  archipelagoes  the  outrigger 
is  usually  a  straight  unbranched  pole,  to  which  are  fastened  long 
stakes  driven  into  the  outrigger  float.  A  modification  of  this  is 
well  shown  by  Finsch  from  the  Louisiades.*  The  four-inch  pegs 
just  mentioned  appear  to  be  the  homologues  of  these  stakes. 

Another  method  used  in  Funafuti  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  6),  is  to  bore 
the  float  horizontally  and  pass  a  lashing  through  the  hole  and 
round  the  outrigger  tip.  Yet  another  way  of  binding  the  outrigger 
to  the  float  has  been  described  to  me  by  Mr.  S.  Sinclair,  who  saw 
it  practised  in  Eromanga,  New  Hebrides.  Here  the  whole  struc- 
ture of  outriggers  and  appurtenances  takes  to  pieces  and  is  packed 
up  when  not  in  use ;  when  set  up,  a  forked  outrigger,  like  that  of 
Funafuti,  is  lashed  by  the  butt  across  the  hull,  while  the  distal 
extremity  is  received  into  a  socket  in  the  float,  to  which  it  is 
secured  by  fore  and  aft  rope  guys  leading  from  the  float  to  the 
fork,  the  whole  structure  is  therefore  flexible  instead  of  rigid. 
There  are  numerous  undescribed  methods  of  attaching  the  float  to 
the  outrigger ;  indeed  this  subject  alone  would  provide  material 
for  a  treatise  of  value  and  interest. 

The  float  is  a  round  straight  log,  ten  feet  long,  six  inches  in 
diameter,  distant  four  feet  from  the  hull,  pointed  at  both  ends. 
In  use  it  swims  awash  ;  when  the  canoe  is  heeled  gradually  over, 
a  capsize  occurs  the  instant  the  float  is  lifted  clear  of  the 
water. 

The  outrigger  platform  is  completed  by  three  or  more  stretchers, 
lashed  across  the  outriggers  at  intervals,  the  outside  one  being 
always  fastened  beyond  the  fork.  In  Funafuti  the  platform  is 
only  used  for  carrying  paddles,  masts,  poling  sticks,  fishing  rods, 
and  such  gear  ;  it  is  never  sat  upon.  In  New  Guinea  I  frequently 
made  canoe  journeys  with  the  natives  ;  there  the  outrigger  platform 
is  always  assigned  to  a  chief  or  "dim  dim  "  (white  man)  as  the  seat 
of  honour  ;f  on  it  I  have  sat  all  day  and  slept  all  night.  On  my 
first  canoe  trip  in  Funafuti  I  at  once  attempted  to  climb  on  to 
my  accustomed  perch,  an  act  which  not  only  evoked  a  howl  of 
remonstrance  but  nearly  upset  the  canoe.  My  apparent  rudeness 
and  awkwardness  taught  me  with  humiliation  the  difference  in 
the  build  of  outrigged  canoes. 

For  gunwale  rails  poles  are  served  along  each  side  to  the  thwarts, 
but  such  rails  are  not  always  present. 

*  Finsch—  loc.  cit.,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  4. 

t  Compare  Moseley — Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  vi.,  1877,  p.  405. 


288  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Like  most  other  Funafuti  implements,  the  bailers  are  dis- 
tinguished by  their  rough,  unfinished  state.  In  this  they  contrast 
unfavourably  with  bailers  from  other  archipelagoes  which  are  often 
highly  finished  and  the  subject  of  decorative  carving  on  their 
sides,  ends,  and  handle ;  wherever,  indeed,  the  friction  of  their 
office  permitted.  Occasionally  they  attain  a  large  size,  a  giant 
from  the  Admiralty  Islands,  which  dominates  its  fellows  in  the 
Australian  Museum,  measures  no  less  than  twenty-three  by  twelve 
by  eight  inches.  Though  the  general  plan  is  common  to  all  Pacific 
bailers,  yet  the  tongue  varies  by  being  sometimes  and  sometimes 
not,  carried  in  an  arch  to  the  floor.  On  the  south  coast  of  British 
New  Guinea,  a  large  shell,  Melo  diadema,  is  used  as  a  bailer,  the 
ventral  side  of  the  last  whorl  being  knocked  out  to  admit  an 
inserted  hand  to  grasp  the  columella  ;  and  in  the  Solomons, 
Somerville  saw  bailers  "  of  banana  leaf  stitched  into  the  shape  of 
a  small  coal-scoop  without  a  handle."*  Bailers  made  from  a  palm 
spathe  from  the  Fly  River,  New  Guinea,  are  in  the  Australian 
Museum. 

The  Funafuti  bailer  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  8)  is  a  plain,  narrow,  deep 
scoop  of  probably  Calophyllum  wood ;  in  weight  one  pound  five 
ounces,  in  length  a  foot,  in  depth  two  and  a  half  inches,  and  in 
breadth  narrowing  from  five  and  a  half  posteriorly  to  two  and  a 
half  inches  anteriorly.  The  sides  are  at  right  angles  to  the  back 
and  floor,  and  the  handle  is  a  median  tongue  attached  to  the 
back  and  floor,  seven  inches  long,  an  inch  and  a  half  deep,  and 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  broad  ;  beneath  the  bailer  is  rounded  to 
fit  the  canoe  floor.  In  use  it  is  not  tilled,  lifted,  and  emptied,  as 
with  us,  but  the  water  is  gathered  and  shot  out  at  one  vigorous 
sweep. 

The  paddles  (Plate  xv.,  fig.  9)  agree  with  the  foregoing  in  being 
made  strictly  for  service,  not  at  all  for  show.  A  specimen  before 
me  weighs  two  pounds  two  ounces,  and  measures  four  feet  six 
inches  in  total  length,  of  which  half  is  handle,  half  blade  ;  the 
former  being  an  inch  and  a  half  square,  the  latter  five  and  a  half 
inches  wide  sloping  to  a  thin  edge.  The  blade  has  sloping  shoulders, 
parallel  sides,  and  lanceolate  point.  Lister  remarks  of  the  Fakaaf  u 
paddles  that  they  have,  "  longer  blades  than  those  of  Samoa, — 
in  botanical  language  they  are  oblong  acute,  not  ovate.  This 
difference  may  be  due  to  the  small  size  of  the  timber  on  the 
islets." 

DOMESTIC    ARTICLES. 

CORDAGE. 

Yarn,  "  loukafa,"  for  coir  ropes  is  obtained  in  lengths  of  about 
a  foot  from  the  husk  of  green  coconuts,  macerated  for  three  or 
four  weeks  in  fresh  or  salt  water.  The  mode  of  manufacture  is 

*  Somerville— Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxvi.,  1897,  p.  371. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


289 


to  roll  together   a   dozen  loukafa  threads  upon  the  bare  thigh 

under  the  extended  palm,  at  the  finish  of  each  up  and  down  rub 

a  slight  twist  is  given  by  a  sideways  motion   of  the  hand.     The 

short  strings  so    produced   are   "amo,"  two   of  which   are   laid 

together,  one  projecting  half  its  length   beyond   the  other,  and 

these  are  rolled  together  as  before.     A  third 

string  is  applied  to  the  second,  so  that  one 

end  lies  in  a  fork  between  the  end  of  the 

first  and  the  middle  of  the  second,  while  the 

other  end  projects  by  half  its  length  beyond 

the  end  of  the  second,  and  the  whole  is  again 

rubbed.       By    the  similar   addition  of  amo 

strings  the  strand  continuously  grows.    Two 

such  strands  are  again   rolled   together  to 

produce  the   finished   article,  the   ordinary 

two-ply  cord  "  korokoro."  (fig.  47).    The  fibre 

of  the  Broussonetia  is  treated  in  the  same 

Way'  47       48 

Men  and  women  are  equally  proficient  at 

this  work,  which  is  regarded  as  a  pleasant 

light  employment  suitable  to  gossip  over  when  detained  indoors 

by  inclement  weather. 

A  hank  of  two-ply  coconut  cord  from  Funafuti,  which  weighs 
three  and  a  half  ounces,  measures  fourteen  fathoms,  the  diameter 
of  the  cord  is  an  eighth  of  an  inch.  This  type  is  laid  up  tighter 
than  others,  and  is  the  commonest  pattern  for  general  use,  serving 
for  twine  and  fishing  lines. 

The  two-ply  cord,  the  most  simple  and  wide-spread  form  of 
cordage,  is  probably  the  most  primitive.  The  degraded  natives 
of  Tierra  del  Fuego  made  a  two-ply  cord  of  gut  strands  ;  a  specimen 
of  which  in  a  shell  necklace  has  been  shown  to  me  by  the  Hon. 
P.  O.  King,  of  this  city,  who  procured  it  during  the  historical 
voyage  of  the  "  Beagle."  The  Australian  Aborigines  seem  only 
to  have  known  a  two-ply  cord,  though  they  elaborated  a  complex 
form  of  it  by  rolling  up  a  two-ply  with  another  two-ply. 

An  ornamental  form  of  two  ply  cord  is  of  a  strand  of  human 
hair  laid  up  with  a  strand  of  bark.  Of  this  pattern  is  the  string 
of  the  Funafuti  dance  armlet.  The  same  pattern  may  be  observed 
in  the  decoration  of  the  elaborate  dance  masks  of  New  Britain 
and  of  New  Ireland,  these  masks  also  carry  a  variation  of  the 
same  where  a  strand  of  red  coloured  bark  is  laid  up  with  a  strand 
of  natural  yellow  bark. 

A  cord,  not  to  be  distinguished  from  the  ordinary  two-ply  coir 
cord  except  by  unravelling,  was  made  in  Hawaii,  of  three  strands. 

The  treble  stranded  cord,  "  kafa,"  of  Funafuti,  is  a  flat  braid, 
loosely  twisted  direct  from  the  yarn  and  made  large  or  small  as 


290  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

required  (fig.  48).  The  especial  use  of  this  is  for  lashing  wood- 
work, as  in  sewing  together  the  planks  of  canoes  or  fastening  the 
frames  of  houses.  An  identical  cord  is  made  in  New  Guinea.  A 
hank  from  Funafuti  of  three-ply  cord,  weighing  five  and  a  half 
ounces,  measures  twenty-eight  fathoms,  in  diameter  it  is  three- 
sixteenths  of  an  inch.  Another  example  from  a  kafunga  is  half 
an  inch  broad. 

Four  strands  are  plaited,  direct  from  the  yarn,  to  make  a  round 
rope,  "  oukafakanapoua,"  (fig.  49)  of  especial  strength,  used  for 
canoe  rigging,  deep-sea  fishing,  etc.  This  rope  is  very  pliant  and 
does  not  kink  even  when  new.  A  hank  of  this  from  Funafuti, 
weighing  one  pound  one  ounce,  contains  thirty-two  fathoms  of 
cord  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  From  the  Gilbert  Islands 
there  are  in  the  Australian  Museum  samples  of  human  hair-cord 
woven  in  this  pattern. 

Cook  said  of  the  Tongans  : — "The  rope  they  make  use  of  is  laid 
exactly  like  ours,  and  some  of  it  is  four  or  five  inch."* 

The  most  complex  cord  I  have  seen  from  the  Pacific  is  a  seven- 
stranded  one  from  Hawaii.  From  the  Marshall  Islands  Finsch 
described!  a  large  rope  laid  by  a  curious  mechanism  upon  a  central 
core. 

In  the  Ellice  a  rough  rope,  like  our  straw  rope,  was  occasionally 
improvised  from  the  natural  matting  which  sheathes  the  budding 
palm  fronds. 

BASKETS. 

Baskets  loosely  woven  from  a  portion  of 
a  palm  frond  are  hastily  improvised  as  needed 
for  carrying  fish  or  other  articles.  These  are 
never  kept  touseasecond  time,  but  are  thrown 
away  when  emptied.  I  have  elsewhere j  des- 
cribed similar  baskets  from  New  Guinea, 
which,  however,  differ  in  size  and  pattern. 
Those  of  the  New  Hebrides  appear,  according 
to  Lieutenant  B.  T.  Somerville's  description, 
to  be  made  differently  from  either. 

The  simplest  form  (fig.  50)  is  a  sort  of  tray 
for  carrying  fish.  The  specimen  preserved 
measures  about  a  foot  in  diameter,  in  shape  is  irregularly  rhom- 
boidal,  and  consists  of  a  portion  of  palm  frond  rachis  with  fifteen 
pinnules  attached,  which  are  interlaced  and  then  knotted  in  two 
bows. 

Another  type  (fig.  52)  is  bag  shaped.  An  ordinary  example  is 
eighteen  inches  long  and  half  as  deep,  formed  by  doubling  part  of 
a  frond  split  down  the  middle  and  plaiting  the  pinnules  as  before, 

*  Cook— loc.  tit.,  i.,  p.  216. 

t  Finsch— Ann.  K.  K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  vii.,  1893,  p.  158. 

J  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.W.,  (2),  x.,  1895  (1896),  p.  615,  pi.  Iviii.,  fig.  2. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


291 


Fig.  51. 


Fig.  52. 


The  pinnule  tips,  instead  of  being  knotted  at  both  ends  of  the 
basket  as  in  New  Guinea,  are  plaited  along  the  floor  and  knotted 
in  one  bunch  inside.  A  second  specimen  has  the  knot  outside 
the  basket. 

A  third  type  of  basket  was  collected  at  Funafuti,  the  specimen 
of  which  came  from  Niutao.  This  (fig.  51)  is  a  more  finished 
form  and  was  required  for  permanent,  not  temporary  use.  It  is 
two  feet  long,  one  foot  broad,  and  six  inches  deep.  Two  lengths 
of  split  frond  are  woven  together,  the  two  strips  from  the  rachis 
making  a  double  rim  to  the  basket,  •  No  interstices  are  visible 
between  the  strands,  of  which  an  inner  and  an  outer  layer  cross 
each  other  obliquely.  Each  pinnule  is  doubled,  giving  a  thickness 
of  four  leaves  to  the  basket  wall.  The  basket  ends  are  rounded, 
the  floor  flat  with  a  median  ridge,  at  each  end  the  pinnule  tips 
are  plaited  into  flat  straps,  the  lower  three  inches  of  which  are 
within  the  basket,  but  the  knotted  extremities  thereof  are  carried 
through  the  basket  wall,  making  external  handles.  This  form  of 
handle  appears  to  be  indicated  in  a  sketch  of  a  Samoan  basket  by 
Edge-Partington.*  The  name  of  this  basket  was  given  me  as 
"  kete." 

STRAP. 

A  shoulder-strap  for  carrying  weights  (fig.  53)  is  a  plaited  band 
of  pandanus  leaf  seven  feet  six  inches 
long  and  an  inch  to  an  inch  and  a  half 
broad.  At  one  end  is  a  knot,  at  the 
other  a  loop,  the  one  intended  to  be 
drawn  through  the  other.  The  native 
name  of  this  was  unfortunately  not 
noted. 

A  reference  in  Maori  literature 
appears  to  relate  to  a  similar  article  : — 
"TheKawerau  tribe  derived  their  name 
from  the  shoulder-straps  with  which 
the  chief  Maki  used  to  carry  off  his  spoil,  made  of  nikau  leaves 
(ran) ;  hence  the  name,  kawe  to  carry,  ran  leaves."! 

*  Edge-Partington— loc.  tit.,  ii.,  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  3. 

t  Percy  Smith— The  Peopling  of  the  North,  Journ.  Polyn.  Soc.,  vi.f 
1897,  Supplement,  p.  35.  See  also  Edge-Partington— loc.  ciL,  ii.,  pi. 
ccxxxiii.,  fig.  11. 


Fig.  53. 


292  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

THATCHING  IMPLEMENTS. 

In  thatching  and  in  fastening  the  rough  palm  mats  to  the  hut 
walls,  awls  and  hooks  are  employed.  Edge-Partington  has  pub- 
lished sketches  of  needles  thus  used  in  Torres  Straits,  Tahiti,  and 
New  Caledonia,*  but  I  observed  none  such  in  the  Ellice  Group. 
The  collection  of  awls  from  that  Archipelago  exhibits  great  diversity 
of  material,  though  agreeing  substantially  in  form.  From  Nukulailai 
and  Funafuti  are  specimens  shaped  from  turtle  bone,  "  tui  fonu  "; 
one  from  Funafuti  is  part  of  a  swordfish  bill,  "tui  sokera";  a  third 
type  is  the  spine  of  a  sting  ray,  "  futta,"  the  serrations  of  which 
are  ground  down  to  make  the  tool,  a  half-made  instance  of  which 
shows  the  transition. 

A  highly  polished  specimen  of  awl  is  from  Funa- 
futi, it  (fig.  54)  weighs  half  an  ounce  and  is  seven 
inches  long.  The  day  after  I  had  purchased  this 
from  a  workman  engaged  in  loading  battens  with 
dressed  pandanus  leaves,  I  noticed  the  vendor  hard 
at  work  with  a  fresh  tool.  He  was  using  the  handle 
of  a  European  tooth-brush,  ground  to  a  point,  and 
observed  cheerily  that  it  was  quite  as  good  as  the  one 
that  he  had  sold  me. 

At  Nukulailai  I  procured  the  original  of  fig.  55, 
whose  use  is  to  hook  and  draw  through  the  string 
or  twig  used  in  fastening  up  mats,  etc.  It  is  carved 
of  hard  dark  wood,  probably  Rhizophora,  weighs  one 
ounce,  and  is  ten  and  a  half  inches  long.  Hooks 
resembling  these  are  referred  by  Edge-Partington  to 
55.  54.  Tahiti  and  Samoa. f 

While  stripping  the  thorns  from  the  edges  of 
pandanus  leaves  I  saw  one  woman  employ  a 
rough  leaf  thimble  to  protect  the  finger-tip. 
Of  this  I  unfortunately  omitted  to  procure  a 
specimen. 

Tosi. 

A  sort  of  claw  is  cut  from  the  hard  black  shell 
of  the  coconut,  which  is  called  "tosi,"  and  is  used 
Fig.  56.  for  ripping  into  fine  strips  the  fibres  of  the  titi 

dresses.    The  accompanying  figure  (fig.  56)  repre- 
sents a  specimen,  two  and  a  half  inches  long,  from  Funafuti. 

BROOM. 

An  excellent  broom,  "  salu,"  is  made  from  a  couple  of  hundred 
of  the  stiff"  mid-ribs  of  the  coconut  frond  pinnules,  stripped,  dried, 

*  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  cccxxiii.,  fig.  10 ;  ii.,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  7-8, 
and  pi.  Ixix.,  fig.  4. 
f  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  9,  10 ;  pi.  xlv.,  fig.  2. 


\ 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY.  293 

and  tied  together  at  the  proximal  end  (fig.  57).     Its  weight  is 

fifteen  ounces,  length  a  yard, 

and    diameter   of    the   handle 

an  inch  and  a  half.     Not  only 

the    interior    of     the     houses 

but  all  the  village  streets  are 

regularly  swept  by  the  women,  Fig.  57. 

and  kept  neat  and  tidy.     Many 

Europeans  might  copy  with  advantage  from   Funafuti;   indeed 

during  a  residence  of  some  years  in  the  South  of  Europe  I  never 

met  a  French  or  Italian  village  where  cleanliness  was  so  thoroughly 

enforced. 

FAN. 

On  Funafuti  and  Nukulailai  I  saw  several  elegant  forms  of 
fans,  both  plain  and  coloured.  These  patterns  are  all  recently 
introduced  from  Samoa  by  the  Native  Teachers 
of  the  London  Missionary  Society,  replacing 
the  rougher  fans  of  earlier  days,  which  have 
nearly  disappeared.  A  specimen  of  the  real 
old-fashioned  fan  of  Funafuti,  "igli,"  was 
kindly  presented  to  me  by  Mr.  O'Brien. 
This  (fig.  58)  is  heart-shaped,  of  plaited  coco- 
nut pinnules,  the  ends  gathered  into  a  handle ; 
it  is  two  and  a  half  ounces  in  weight,  eighteen 
inches  in  length  including  the  handle,  and 
thirteen  wide.  The  fan-shaped  leaf  of  the  Fig.  58. 

Pritchardia  palm  is  perhaps  the  model  upon 
which  such  a  fan   was  formed.      The  Samoan  fly -flap  was  not 
employed  on  Funafuti. 

PILLOWS. 

The  pillow  appears  in  the  Pacific  in  two  widely  different  forms, 
one  that  of  the  wooden  head-rest,  the  other  that  of  the  mat 
cushion.  By  far  the  most  common  is  the  former,  which  is  found 
from  the  furthest  western  station  of  the  Papuans  to  the  remotest 
eastern  settlement  of  the  Polynesians.  In  shape  it  ranges  from  a 
solid  wooden  block  to  a  bar  of  bamboo  mounted  on  wooden  feet. 
Each  race  has  treated  it  according  to  its  idiosyncracies  ;  the  artistic 
Melanesian  has  tastefully  carved  and  painted  his,  especially  in 
New  Guinea,  where  it  is  embellished  by  conventionalised  animals 
whose  limbs  form  appropriate  supports  ;  the  simple  Samoan  is 
content  with  plain  neat  articles,  while  the  more  progressive 
Tongan  elaborates  designs  on  his ;  the  crudest  and  roughest 
articles  with  which  I  am  acquainted  being  the  head-rest  from  the 
Ellice  we  are  about  to  consider. 

The  name  of  both  cushion  and  head-rest  was  given  to  me  as 
"  alunga,"  but  in  Funafuti  I  saw  only  the  head-rest  in  use.  A 
distinctive  feature  of  Ellice  Island  work  is  its  crudity  and  entire 


294 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


lack  of  ornament,  this  is  nowhere  more  noticeable  than  in  the 
pillows.  A  characteristic  specimen  of  a  Funafuti  head-rest  is 
shown  by  tig.  59.  It  is  a  rough  hewn,  unsymmetrical,  slightly  bowed 


Fig.  59. 


Fig.  60. 


slab,  supported  by  two  rough,  crooked  legs,  carved  in  one  piece.  It 
is  of  a  hard  heavy  wood,  in  parts  highly  polished  by  use  ;  its  weight 
is  three  pounds ;  length  twenty,  breadth  three  and  a  half,  and 
height  five  inches.  Another  specimen  is  more  ornate  and  symmet- 
rical, consisting  of  a  flat  board  supported  by  two  horse-shoe  legs. 
This  (fig.  60)  is  of  a  hard  wood,  probably  Calophyllum,  weighs  one 
pound  fourteen  ounces,  is  fourteen  inches  long,  five  wide  and  four 
high.  The  more  graceful  design  of  this  article  suggests  to  me 
that  it  may  have  been  made  by  a  native  of  another  archipelago. 

In  use  these  articles  are  not  so  uncomfortable  as  an  untravelled 
observer  might  imagine.  For  in  a  hot  moist  climate  the  constant 
perspiration  renders  a  soft,  absorbent  pillow  less  acceptable  than 
a  cool,  smooth,  though  hard,  surface.  Besides,  sleeping  on  his 
back,  the  Polynesian  does  not  rest  his  cheek,  like  the  European, 
but  the  back  of  his  head,  on  his  pillow. 

On  Vaitupu,  Bridge*  noticed  couches  carved  out  of  single  pieces 
of  wood,  with  four  legs,  and  a  solid  block  like  a  pillow  at  one  end. 
Under  the  regime  of  the  Native  Teacher  every  effort  is  made 
to  Europeanise  the  Polynesian.  If,  after  cricket  and  football,  the 
pupils  be  introduced  to  the  English  schoolboy's  "  pillow  fight," 
serious  consequences  would  ensue. 

Though  upon  Funafuti  the  mat 
cushion  did  not  seem  to  be  em- 
ployed, it  was  well  known  there, 
and  a  model  of  it  was  made  for  a 
member  of  our  party.  On  Nuku- 
lailai,  however,  I  found  them  in 
common  use.  A  well-worn  speci- 
men procured  there  is  shown  by 
fig.  61.  It  is  formed  of  woven 
pandanus  leaf,  weighs  one  pound 
ten  ounces,  is  nine  inches  long, 
six  high,  and  four  thick. 


Fig.  61. 


*  Bridge— Proc.  Eoy.  Geogr.  Soc.,  viii.,  1886,  p.  554. 


ETHNOLOGY HEDLEY. 


295 


The  cushion  pillow  seems  less  widely  distributed  than  the 
wooden  head-rest.  From  Tahiti,  Edge-Partington  notes  a  "  pillow 
of  plaited  leaf."*  Of  Hawaii: — "It  is  said  that  wooden  pillows 
were  used  in  olden  times,  but  if  so  there  are  none  in  this  collection 
[the  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop  Museum].  The  Hawaiian  pillow  is  a 
parallelopipedon  of  plaited  pandanus  leaves,  stuffed  with  the  same 
material,  capital  accompaniment  to  the  Hawaiian  mat  bed."f 


Fig.  62. 


FLASKS. 

Pottery,  strange  to  any  section  of  the 
Polynesian  people,  J  was  of  course  absent 
from  the  Ellice  Group,  for  not  only  was  the 
potter's  art  unknown  but  his  raw  material 
does  not  even  occur  there.  Neither 
do  gourds  (Lagenaria),  so  serviceable  to 
natives  of  other  Pacific  islands,  grow  in 
this  archipelago.  The  Ellice  Islanders 
are  therefore  restricted  in  the  choice  of 
vessels  capable  of  containing  fluids  to  sea- 
shells,  wooden  bowls,  and  coconut  shells. 
The  latter,  known  as  "  vei'i,"  are  of  a 
handy  size  and  weight,  and  for  convenient 
portability  are  often  fitted  with  sinnet 
casing  and  handle.  Considerable  variation 
exists  in  the  net- work,  which  in  some  cases, 
foreign  to  the  Ellice,  is  so  close  as  to  conceal  the  surface  of  the 
flask.§  Particularly  large  nuts  are  especially  valued  for  flasks, 
and  are  prepared  by  stripping  off  the  fibrous  husk  down  to  the 
hard  shell ;  the  contents  are  abstracted  by  breaking  in  one  "  eye," 
placing  the  nut  in  salt  water  till  the  kernel  decays,  and  rinsing 
out  the  shell.  A  stopper  is  readily  improvised  from  a  rolled  strip 
of  banana  or  pandanus  leaf.  The  original  of  fig.  62,  from  Funa- 
futi, weighs  when  empty,  fifteen  ounces,  contains  three  and  a  half 
pints,  and  is  eight  inches  in  major  diameter  and  six  in  minor. 

Flasks  are  shown  on  p.  25  receiving  toddy.  Gill  published  a 
sketch  of  a  girl  drawing  water  with  one  at  Vaitupu,  as  described 
on  p.  60.|| 

*  Edge-Partington— tec.  cit.,  i.,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  8. 

f  Brigham— loc.  cit.,  p.  33. 

J  Cook  particularly  remarked  of  some  earthenware  that  he  saw  in 
Tonga,  "that  it  was  the  manufacture  of  some  other  isle."  (Second  Voyage, 
i.,  1777,  p.  214). 

§  Gourds,  as  shown  by  the  frontispiece  of  Erskine's  "  Cruise  in  the 
Western  Pacific,"  1853,  are  likewise  sometimes  mounted  with  net- 
work. 

||  Gill— Life  in  the  Southern  Isles,  1876,  p.  141. 


296  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

BOXES. 

The  natives  of  Funafuti  use  carved  wooden  box-tubs  to  hold 
food,  fish-hooks,  tobacco,  or  other  small  articles  when  on  a  canoe 
journey  or  a  fishing  excursion.  In  travelling  these  are  stowed 
forward  or  aft  under  the  decking,  but  when  at  anchor  fishing,  are 
frequently  hitched  by  the  cord  over  a  thwart  within  reach  of  the 
fisherman.  The  lids  with  which  these  are  fitted  close  so  tightly 
as  to  keep  the  contents  dry  even  if  the  canoe  be  swamped  with 
water.  The  lid  is  so  strung  that  it  can  be  raised  and  slipped  over 
the  box,  but  not  entirely  detached.  In  shape  and  size  these  box- 
tubs  have  a  general  resemblance  to  the  familiar  "  billy,"  of  the 
Australian  bushman. 

Captain  Hudson  observed  on  Fakaafu  : — "  Boxes  or  buckets  of 
various  sizes,  from  the  capacity  of  a  gill  to  that  of  a  gallon ;  they 
are  cut  out  of  the  solid  wood,  and  the  top  or  lid  is  fitted  in  a  neat 
manner.  These  are  used  to  keep  their  fish-hooks  and  other  small 
articles  in  to  preserve  them  from  the  wet."* 

One  of  these  box-tubs  is  figured  with  details  by  Edge-Partington 
as  from  Samoa  ;  he  writes  of  it : — "  Box  and  cover  of  pale  wood, 
stout  plaited  cord.  Labelled,  *a  provision-tub,  to  be  carried  under 
the  canoe  in  the  water,'"!  which  label  is  obviously  absurd.  There 
are  numerous  references  in  literature  to  the  wooden  boxes  of  the 
Polynesians,  but  I  have  not  noted  any  other  than  the  foregoing 
sufficiently  full  to  distinguish  the  type  under  discussion  from  other 
forms  of  boxes,  for  example,  the  lavishly  decorated  caskets  of  the 
Maoris,  occuring  in  the  Pacific. 

Three  expressions  of  the  box-tub  were  secured  on  Funafuti, 
where  the  article  is  known  as  "tourouma."  The  largest  specimen 
in  the  collection  weighs  three  pounds  eight  ounces,  and  has  a 
capacity  of  a  hundred  and  forty-one  cubic  inches,  stands  seven 
inches  high,  and  is  nine  inches  in  basal  diameter ;  like  the  rest  of 
the  series,  it  appears  to  be  made  of  Calophyllum  timber.  In 
general  it  so  closely  corresponds  with  the  illustrations  above-cited 
from  the  Ethnographical  Album  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  draw  it ; 
from  the  Samoan  specimen  it  differs  in  a  less  number  of  feet, 
possessing  but  ten  equally  spaced  triangular  supports,  of  less 
breadth  than  their  interstices. 

The  lid  is  secured  in  a  particularly  ingenious  way,  it  is  "rabbeted 
on  "  so  that  the  rim  of  the  lid  is  outside  flush  with  the  wall  of  the 
box  and  inside  fits  against  the  flange  of  the  box.  The  latter 
being  slightly  undercut,  it  is  necessary  to  press  the  cover  home. 
The  lid  only  shuts  in  one  position,  and  when  down  can  be  more 
securely  fixed  by  slightly  rotating  it.  The  other  specimens  close 
in  a  simpler  manner,  so  that  it  is  possible  that  the  shutting 

*  Wilkes— loc.  cit.,  v.,  p.  18. 

t  Edge-Partington— loc.  cit.,  ii.,  pi.  xl.,  fig.  8. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


297 


of  the  largest  box  is  more  a  matter  of 
accident  than  of  design.  This  box  is 
further  exceptional  in  having  a  square 
piece  of  wood  neatly  let  into  the  centre 
of  the  floor.  Probably  the  tree  which 
furnished  the  material  was  decayed  at 
the  core,  and  it  was  thus  that  the 
defect  was  remedied. 

Two  similar  specimens  vary  from  the 
foregoing  in  having  nosupports  beneath, 
and  no  cleat  on  the  summit  of  the  lid. 
Instead  the  lugs  on  the  box  are  con- 
tinued into  a  pair  on  the  lid,  which  latter 
is  perfectly  flat  above.  Both  pairs  are 
pierced  by  holes  which  continue  from  the 
lid  through  the  box  and  through  which 
a  cord  of  Broussonetia  is  rove,  these  lugs  serve  therefore  as  running 
cleats.  The  taller  box-tub  is  drawn  on  fig.  63  as  open  and  closed, 
with  the  under  aspect  of  the  lid  apart  ;  the  closed  one  is  seen  to 
be  fastened  in  the  native  fashion  by  twisting  the  cord  round  the 
side.  It  is  seven  inches  high,  six  and  a  half  in  basal  diameter, 
weighs  two  pounds,  and  has  a  capacity  of  ninety-seven  cubic 
inches,  the  sides  are  straight  but  the  bottom  is  somewhat 
rounded.  The  other  specimen  differs  in  proportions  and  in 
having  a  flat  base.  It  is  five  and  three-quarter  inches  both  in 
height  and  in  basal  diameter,  and  five  and  a  half  inches  in  least 
diameter  across  the  lid,  weighs  one  pound  fifteen  ounces,  and  con- 
tains fifty-nine  cubic  inches. 

A  third  form  of  tourouma,  shown  by 
fig.  64,  is  intermediate  in  features  between 
the  others.  It  has  a  central  running  cleat 
on  the  lid  like  the  first  described,  but  those 
on  the  box  are  set  half-way  down  the  side 
and  at  right  angles  to  those  previously  con- 
sidered. The  base  is  fairly  flat  and  without 
feet.  The  lid  has  without  a  bevelled  edge, 
and  within  a  central  excavation  and  a  sub- 
marginal  groove  to  receive  the  flange  of  the 
box.  This  box-tub  is  taller  in  proportion 
to  breadth  than  the  others  and  also  tapers 
more  upwards.  From  base  to  top  of  cleat  is  eight  inches,  the 
base  is  six  and  a  half  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  top  five  and  a 
half.  It  weighs  one  pound  eleven  ounces,  and  holds  seventy-five 
cubic  inches. 

WOODEN  DISHES. 

These  necessary  and  valued  utensils  are  possessed  by  every 
household  and  are  made  in  diverse  sizes  and  shapes.     The  absence 


Fig.  64. 


298 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


of  ornament,  so  marked  a  feature  in  all  the  appurtenances  of  the 
Ellice  Islanders,  is  again  obvious  in  surveying  the  bowls.  The 
fanciful  carving  which  other  Pacific  people  delight  to  lavish  upon 
these  receptacles,  is  here  totally  wanting. 


Fig.  66. 


Fig.  65. 


Fig.  67. 


A  wooden  dish  of  an  uncommon  pattern  is  the  "  babanak," 
shown  by  fig.  65,  the  name  of  which  suggests  to  me  a  Micronesian 
derivation.  This  article  is  rudely  circular,  with  outwardly  sloping 
wall,  ending  in  a  lip.  It  weighs  one  pound  thirteen  ounces, 
stands  four  and  a  half  inches  high,  is  twelve  and  a  half  inches 
in  diameter  above  and  seven  inches  across  the  base.  The  rim  is 
half  an  inch  thick,  three-quarters  wide,  and  projects  half  an  inch 
from  the  walL 

The  common  food  bowl  of  which  fig.  66  is  an  instance,  is  here 
known  as  "kumiti,"  a  name  which  seems  to  be  associated  with 
this  article  from  Samoa  to  the  Solomons.  The  specimen  of  this 
before  me  is  an  elliptical  trough,  tapering  to  lugs  at  either  end, 
standing  on  a  flat  base  of  half  the  total  length  ;  it  weighs  two 
pounds  nine  ounces,  stands  three  and  a  quarter  inches  high,  is 
nineteen  and  a  half  inches  long,  and  nine  and  a  quarter  wide. 
Another  form  of  kumiti,  larger  and  without  lugs,  is  shown  on 
p.  28,  employed  as  a  tank. 

A  wooden  mortar,  in  which  taro  or  coconut  is  pounded  for 
cooking,  is  called  "  kumiti  tuki."  Except  that  it  is  elliptical 
rather  than  circular,  the  shape  is  that  of  the  European  equivalent. 
This  form  is  here  exemplified  by  a  specimen  (fig.  67)  apparently 
of  Calophyllum  timber,  weighing  six  pounds,  eight  inches  high, 
excavated  to  a  depth  of  six  inches,  at  the  aperture  twelve  inches 
by  ten,  and  at  the  base  eight  by  seven. 

PESTLES. 

Pestles  for  mashing  taro  and  coconut  form  part  of 
the  equipment  of  every  kitchen.  A  pattern  called 
"  jini"  is  exemplified  by  fig.  68.  It  is  unsymmetrically 
ovate,  truncate  at  the  broad  end  and  surmounted  by 
a  knob,  which  is  much  chipped  in  our  example,  at  the 
opposite  end.  It  is  of  a  hard  heavy  polished  wood, 
perhaps  Thespesia,  weighs  three  pounds  six  ounces,  is 
ten  inches  long,  and  five  and  a  quarter  broad  at  its 
greatest  diameter. 


Fig.  68. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 

Another  pounder  (fig.  69)  is  eighteen  inches  long, 
straight,  tapering  from  two  and  a  half  inches  at  the 
butt  to  half  an  inch  at  the  opposite  end.  A  pagoda- 
shaped  handle  is  formed  by  incised  carving  of  the 
final  four  inches.  It  is  one  pound  ten  ounces  in 
weight,  and  made,  I  think,  of  Pemphis  timber. 

A  third  form  is  drawn  at  fig.  70.  This,  called 
"  tuki  tuki,"  is  club-shaped,  two  feet  seven  and  a  half 
inches  long.  At  one  end  the  diameter  is  three  and 
three-quarter  inches,  at  the  other  an  inch  and  a  half. 
The  weight  amounts  to  five  pounds  eight  ounces. 
This  form  was  used  standing,  but  the  lesser  pestles 
were  used  sitting. 

DRUM.  Fig.  70.  Fig.  69. 

Two  radically  distinct  types  of  drum,  each  with  numerous 
variations,  co-exist  in  the  Pacific.  The  one  which  seems  to  attain 
its  greatest  development  in  Papua  is  akin  to  the  European  drum, 
consisting  like  it  of  a  skin  tympanum  stretched  on  a  wooden 
cylinder.  The  other  and  ruder  form  is  more  characteristic  of 
Polynesia,  it  consists  merely  of  a  boat-shaped,  hollow  log,  beaten 
on  the  exterior. 

The  drum,  "batti,"  of  Funafuti  (fig.  71) 
belongs  to  the  latter  division.  Formerly  it 
was  used  at  dances  and  festivals,  now  it 
appears  only  to  summon  the  worshippers  to 
church,*  and  the  only  specimens  on  the 
island  seemed  to  be  those  in  the  possession  of  Fig.  71. 

the  Native  Teacher.     A  well-worn  example  I 

obtained  from  him  weighed  four  pounds  four  ounces,  and  measured 
nineteen  inches  in  greatest  length,  four  and  a  half  in  depth,  and 
three  and  a  half  in  width.  The  excavation  is  three  and  a  half 
inches  deep,  twelve  long,  and  one  and  a  half  wide.  The  drum- 
stick, "  kouta,"  weighs  four  ounces,  and  is  ten  inches  long, 
and  one  thick.  In  another  example,  the  drum  was  curved  of 
Thespesia  and  the  stick  of  Pemphis  wood. 

To  call  the  people  together  to  a  trial  or  other  public  ceremony, 
a  shell  trumpet  of  Cassis  cornuta  was  blown. 

LANCETS. 

For  bleeding,  and  for  lancing  boils,  etc.,  the  native  surgeons 
make  use  of  shark's  teeth  set  in  wooden  handles.  I  procured  on 
Nukulailai  two  old,  worn  and  stained  specimens,  measuring  seven 
and  a  half  and  six  inches,  and  weighing  3-55  and  3 -54  grammes 

*  As  in  the  Tokelau  Islands,  Lister— loc.  cit. 


300 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


Fig.  73.    Fig.  72. 


respectively.  A  piece  of  wood,  somewhat  the  size  and  shape  of 
an  ordinary  penholder,  is  split  at  its  extremity  for  an  inch,  into 
which  a  small  shark's  tooth  is  inserted  and  bound  in  the  cleft,  by 
cotton  in  one  case  and  by  native  fibre  in  another. 

On  Funafuti  I  failed  to  purchase  original 
specimens,  though  such  were  in  existence  at 
the  time  of  our  visit.  Models  were,  however, 
made  for  me,  larger  and  rougher  than  the 
Nukulailai  specimens.  The  serrate-toothed 
lancet,  from  the  jaw  of  Galeocerdo  rayneri 
(fig.  72)  for  bleeding,  is  called  "nifikifa''; 
the  straight-edge  tooth  lancet  iromCarcharias 
lamia  (fig.  73),  for  puncturing,  is  known  as 
"  bunga." 

These  instruments  were  described  to  me 
as  used  like  a  tatooing  pen,  that  is,  the 
handle  was  held  in  the  left  hand  so  that  the 
point  of  the  tooth  was  placed  just  over 
the  spot  to  be  punctured,  then  the  handle 
was  smartly  tapped  by  a  stick  held  in  the  right  hand  and  the  point 
driven  in.  Dr.  Collingwood  writes  : — "  The  tooth  of  the  instru- 
ment is  placed  over  the  abscess,  and  with  one  blow  it  is  forced 
into  the  cavity  of  the  same,  while  there 
the  extremity  of  the  handle  of  the  lance 
is  made  to  pass  through  a  semicircle,  with 
the  result  in  a  skilful  hand  an  elliptical 
piece  of  flesh  is  removed,  thereby  prevent- 
ing the  two  rapid  closure  of  the  wound."* 
In  Tahiti,  "  they  were  clever  at  lancing 
an  abscess  with  the  thorn  from  a  kind  of 
bramble  or  a  shark's  tooth,  "f 

Fig.  74  shows  a  roll  of  prepared  bark 
of  the  vala-vala  (Premna  taitensis)  used 
in  cautery,  as  mentioned  on  p.  37. 

In  Hawaii  the  skin  was  scorched  with  fire-brands  in  times  of 
mourning.  J 

In  Japan,  "  moxa,  or  the  burning  of  a  small  cone  of  cottony 
fibres  of  the  Artemisia,  on  the  back  and  feet,  was  practised  as 
early  as  the  eleventh  century,  reference  being  made  to  it  in  a 
poem  written  at  that  time."§ 

*  The  Tasmania^  Mail,  6th  March,  1897,  p.  34. 

f  Ellis— Joe.  cit.,  iii.,  p.  44. 

t  Ellis— loc.  cit.,  iv.,  p.  181. 

§  Griffis— The  Mikado's  Empire,  1887,  p.  207. 


Fig.  74. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLET.  301 

FIRE  STICKS. 

Almost  without  exception  fire  has  been  obtained  by  all  primitive 
people  by  the  rubbing  together  of  pieces  of  wood.  In  detail, 
however,  the  process  differs  greatly  among  different  races. 

Among  Australian  Aborigines  the  usual  method  was  to  press 
and  twirl  between  the  palms  a  perpendicular  rod  in  a  hole  in  a 
fixed  horizontal  stick.*  The  ancient  Egyptians,  likewise,  rotated  a 
perpendicular  upon  a  horizontal  stick,  but  employed  a  bow  to 
revolve  the  upright. 

Another  method,  approaching  more  closely  to  the  form  we  are 
about  to  consider,  is  the  fire- saw  used  in  Borneo  and  Australia  under 
several  forms,!  the  general  principle  of  which  consists  of  sawing 
an  edged  rod  in  a  notched  one. 

Throughout  the  Pacific  Islands  one  method,  and,  as  far  as  I  am 
aware,  only  one  is  employed,  that  of  ploughing  a  wooden  blade  in 
a  groove.  It  is  thus  described  by  Woodford  in  the  Solomons  : — 
"  A  stake  of  dry,  soft  wood  is  selected,  a  convenient  size  being 
about  as  thick  as  the  wrist.  For  convenience  a  few  chips  are 
sliced  off  in  one  place  to  make  a  flat  surface  to  rub  upon.  The 
stake  is  then  placed  upon  the  ground  in  front  of  the  operator, 
who  sits  on  one  end  of  it  and  holds  it  steady  between  his  toes, 
then  with  a  pencil-shaped  piece  of  harder  wood,  held  firmly  in 
both  hands,  he  begins  rubbing  up  and  down  upon  the  flat  surface. 
A  groove  is  formed  and  a  dark  coloured  dust  soon  produced,  which 
is  pushed  to  the  farther  end  of  the  groove.  The  dust  before  long 
begins  to  smoke.  The  pace  is  increased,  and  it  begins  to  smoulder. 
A  piece  of  dry  touchwood  is  then  applied  to  it  and  quickly  blown 
into  a  glow.  With  perfectly  dry  wood  a  native  will  almost 
certainly  produce  fire  in  less  than  a  minute.  "J 

Though  the  general  process  has  been  repeatedly  described,  the 
exact  method  of  gripping  the  stick  with  the  hands  has  not,  I  believe, 
been  explained. §  The  crossed  thumbs  are  placed  beneath  the 
stick,  the  flexed  fingers  of  one  half-opened  hand  are  placed  above 
it,  and  upon  them  are  laid  the  fingers  of  the  other  hand,  this 
posture  (fig.  75)  allowing  the  operator  to  lean  the  whole  weight 
of  his  body  on  the  stick,  while  rapidly  moving  it  to  and  fro,  at 
about  half  a  right  angle  to  the  grooved  stick.  In  an  example  from 
Funafuti  before  me,  the  blackened  groove  is  three  and  a  half  inches 

*  For  details  and  figures  see  Brough  Smyth— Aborigines  of  Victoria, 
i.,  1876,  p.  392,  figs.  231,  232. 

t  Both— The  Natives  of  Sarawak  and  British  North  Borneo,  i.,  1896, 
p.  377,  fig. ;  and  Brough  Smyth— Loc.  cit.,  p.  395,  figs.  223,  224. 

J  Woodford— A  Naturalist  among  the  Head-hunters,  1890,  p.  161. 
See  also  Lament — op.  cit.,  p.  156. 

§  Since  writing  this,  an  excellent  figure  and  description  of  the  process 
by  Lieut.  B.  T.  Somerville,  R.N.,  (Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxvi.,  1897,  p. 
376,  pi.  xxxv.),  has  reached  me. 


302  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

long,  a  third  of  an  inch  wide,  and  an 
eighth  of  an  inch  deep.  The  flattened 
surface  cut  for  its  reception  is  five 
inches  long  and  one-half  inch  broad. 
The  stake,  "  kousikanga,"  of  dry 
Premna  taitensis  chosen,  was  origin- 
ally about  six  feet  long  and  an  inch 
and  a  half  in  diameter.  The  wooden 
knife  "  koufataronga  "  used  on  it  is 
of  another  timber,  nine  inches  long, 
one  wide,  and  half  an  inch  thick, 

obliquely  truncated  at  the  worn  end. 

In  Hawaii,  "  a  smaller  stick,  the  aulima,  is  held  in  the  hand 

and  rubbed  in  a  groove  in  a  larger  stick,  the  aunaki."* 

The  reverence,  amounting  almost  to  fire-worship,  paid  to  fire  by 

different  settlements  of  the  Tokelau  people,  is  related  ante  p.  55. 

TOYS. 

A  game  formerly  played  on  Funafuti,  but  which  is  not  now 
practised,  was  that  of  throwing  a  toy  dart.  I  have  gathered  a 
few  references  to  this  game  as  played  elsewhere  in  the  Pacific,  but 
further  literary  search  would  probably  widen  the  known  range. 

Captain  Erskine  has  thus  described  the  game  as  he  saw  it 
played  in  Fijif: — "  On  our  return  to  the  Mission  house  we  met  a 
number  of  men  in  full  dress,  that  is,  painted  either  black  or  red, 
their  hair  frizzed  out,  and  decorated  with  blue  beads,  some  wearing 

farters  or  bands  tied  in  bows  under  the  knee,  and  a  few  with  a 
ilt  or  petticoat,  resembling  that  of  the  women.  Each  carried 
a  short  cane,  with  an  oblong,  pear-shaped  head,  forming  a  kind  of 
blunt  dart,  with  which  a  game  called  "  tika,"  or  "titika"  is  played. 
We  followed  them  to  the  spot,  which  presented  a  very  gay  scene, 
a  hundred  or  so  of  persons  being  assembled  at  the  sides  of  a  level, 
well  swept  mall,  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  yards  long,  and  five 
or  six  wide,  skirted  with  trees  and  shrubs.  Each  player  advanced 
in  turn,  and  threw  his  dart  at  a  mark  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
mall,  but  none  of  them  exhibited  much  skill,  nor  did  the  game 
seem  to  us  one  of  any  interest,  and  all  were  quiet  and  decorous."! 
On  the  authority  of  Dr.  Turner,  Edge-Partington  publishes  from 
Niue  a  "  head  of  a  dart  used  in  a  game,"  which  closely  resembles 
the  one  before  me.§ 

*  Brigham— loc.  cit.,  pt.  ii.,  p.  31. 

f  Erskine — Journal  of  a  Cruise  among  the  Islands  of  the  Western 
Pacific,  1853,  p.  169. 

J  Another  description  of  the  game  in  Fiji  is  given  by  the  Rev.  J.  G. 
Wood— Natural  History  of  Man,  ii.,  1870,  p.  283.  In  the  Journal  of  the 
Godeffroy  Museum,  iv.,  1876,  pi.  xvi.,  fig.  1,  a  player  is  drawn  in  the  act 
of  casting  his  dart,  "  ulutoa."  The  attitude  is  the  same  shown  me  on 
Funafuti. 

§  Edge-Partington — loc.  cit.,  i.t  pi.  xxxix.,  fig.  1. 


ETHNOLOGY — HEDLEY. 


303 


In  the  Banks  Island  and  the  New  Hebrides  "  the  game  is  played 
by  two  parties,  who  count  pigs  for  the  furthest  casts,  the  number 
of  pigs  counted  as  gained  depending  on  the  number  of  knots  in 
the  winning  tika.  There  is  a  proper  season  for  the  game,  that  in 
which  the  yams  are  dug,  the  reeds  on  which  the  yam  vines  had 
been  trained  having  apparently  served  originally  for  the  tika. 
When  two  villages  engage  in  a  match  they  sometimes  come  to 
blows."* 

Ellis  also  describes  this  game  from  Tahiti  and 
Hawaii,  f  Gill  has  given  a  chant  from  the  Hervey 
Islands  for  a  reed  throwing  match  for  women.  J 

Dr.  Gill  notes  in  his  Diary  that  it  was  for- 
merly the  custom  on  the  island  of  Nanomana, 
Ellice  Group,  that  "when  a  young  man  wins 
a  reed  throwing  match,  his  own  sister  testifies 
her  joy  by  coming  into  the  assembly  stark  naked 
and  clapping  her  hands." 

A  model  of  this  toy  made  for  me  by  an  old 
native  of  Funafuti,  is  represented  by  figs.  76  and 
77.  The  entire  article  is  called  "  jiga,"  and  the 
separate  head  is  '*  urotoa."  The  stem  is  a  light 
rod  of  Scaevola  wood,  an  ounce  in  weight,  three 
feet  in  length,  and  half  an  inch  in  diameter  ; 
the  head,  perhaps  modeled  from  a  whale's  tooth, 
is  of  Pemphis  wood,  a  cone  whose  truncated  base 
is  produced  into  a  spike,  carved  in  one  piece, 
in  weight  four  ounces,  in  total  length  eight 
inches,  the  spike  being  a  third  thereof,  and  in 
greatest  breadth  an  inch  and  a  half.  It  is 
mounted  by  thrusting  the  spike  home  into  the 
soft  pith  of  Scaevola  rod. 

Another  toy  consisted  of  a  cube  of  plaited  pandanus  leaf,  served 
as  a  light  ball,  with  which,  on  the  beach,  groups  of  girls  amused 
themselves  by  tossing  to  each  other  and  catching.  A  specimen  of 
the  "anou,"  as  this  is  called  on  Funafuti,  is  shown  by  fig.  78, 
it  weighs  three-quarters  of  an  ounce,  and  measures  two  inches 
cube. 

From  Ruk,  in  the  Carolines,  the  Bernice  Pauahi  Bishop  Museum 
possess  a  "  cube  of  plaited  pandanus  leaf  used  as  a  ball." 

Ellis  has  described  a  game,  "  haru  raa  puu,"  played  by  the 
Tahitians  with  a  large  ball  of  the  tough  stalks  of  the  plantain 
leaves  twisted  closely  and  firmly  together.  § 

*  Codrington— The  Melanesians,  1891,  p.  340. 

t  Ellis— Polynesian  Kesearches,  i.,  1836,  p.  227 ;  iv.,  p.  197. 

J  Gill— Myths  and  Songs,  1876,  p.  179. 

§  Ellis— loc.  cit.,  i.,  p.  214. 


Pig.  76.     Fig.  77. 


304  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

At  Simbo,  in  the  Solomons,  Mr.  N.  Hardy  tells  me  he  saw  a 
globular  leaf  ball  tossed  from  hand  to  hand. 

Spinning  tops  I  found  to  be  a  popular  amusement  on  Nukulailai. 
Their  tops  were  simply  cone  shells  (Conus  hebraeus  and  C.  puli- 
carius)  spun  on  their  apices.  A  game  was  to  spin  two  shells  into  a 
wooden  dish  out  of  which  by  rotating  and  colliding  the  winner 
would  knock  the  loser.  The  shells  were  spun  either  like  a  teetotum 
between  the  finger  and  thumb,  or,  to  give  greater  force,  the 
anterior  end  was  steadied  by  the  finger  and  thumb  of  the  left 
hand,  while  the  impetus  was  given  by  drawing  the  right  fore- 
finger briskly  across  it,  as  shown  in  fig.  79.  A  shell  of  C.  hebraeus 
I  purchased,  the  broken  lip  of  which  betokened  much  service,  was 
called  "  vaitalo." 


Fig.  78.  Fig.  79.  Fig.  80. 

On  Funafuti,  a  sort  of  toy  windmill  was  contrived  by  plaiting 
four  arms  of  palm  pinnule,  mounting  this  on  a  stand  of  palm 
riblet,  and  thrusting  the  latter  into  the  sand,  The  wind  would 
then  rotate  the  arms.  This  toy,  called  "bekka,"  is  shown  at 
fig.  80. 

Mr.  J.  S.  Gardiner  tells  me  that  he  saw  this  toy  windmill  in 
Rotumah,  and  it  has  been  lately  recorded  from  the  Solomons  by 
Lieut.  B.  T.  Somerville,  R.K* 

ADDENDUM. 

Sandals. — Since  revising  the  preceding  pages  (243-4)  dealing 
with  the  Pacific  sandal,  I  have  seen  a  figure  and  description  of 
an  interesting  sandal  of  Cordyline  fibre  from  New  Zealand  by 
Mr.  O.  T.  Mason,  f  Another  article  is  thus  added  to  the  long 
list  of  those  common  to  every  main  division  of  the  Polynesian 
Race.  It  is  interesting  also  to  note  that  this  Ethnologist  detects 
in  the  border  loops  for  the  lacing  a  similarity  between  the  Poly- 
nesian and  a  Korean  pattern. 

*  Journ.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  xxvi.,  1897,  p.  409. 

f  Mason — Primitive  Travel  and  Transportation,  Report  U.S.  National 
Museum,  1894  (1896),  p.  315. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE   XIII. 


Method  of  putting  on  a  "tukai"  dress. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XIII. 


N.  HARDY,  del. 


EXPLANATION   OF  PLATE  XIV. 


Method  of  scraping  coconut  with  the  "  twaikarea." 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XIV. 


N.  HABDY,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XV. 


Fig.  1.  A  canoe  from  Funafuti. 

„  2.  Stem  of  another  specimen. 

„  3.  Stern  of  another  specimen. 

„  4.  Fishing  rod  in  position. 

„  5.  Divisible  outrigger  for  detaching  float. 

„  6.  Float  perforated  for  fastening  to  outrigger. 

„  7.  Float  pegged  for  fastening  to  the  outrigger. 

„  8.  Bailer. 

„  9.  Paddle. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


C.  HEDLEY,  del. 


THE  ALCYONARIA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

PART  II. 
BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE. 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


[XII.] 

THE   ALCYONARIA. 

Part  II. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE, 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


The  collection  of  Gorgonidw  made  by  Mr.  0.  Heclley,  although 
small  in  number,  is  particularly  interesting  from  the  fact  that,  of 
the  ten  species  obtained,  eight  prove  to  be  new. 

Included  in  the  collection  is  a  number  of  noteworthy  forms 
belonging  mostly  to  genera  containing  but  few  species. 

The  species  described  as  new  are  as  follows  : — Keroeides  gracilis, 
Acanthogorgia  breviflora,  Ar.thomuricea  simplex,  Villogorgiaflagel- 
lata,  Bebryce  Studeri,  Muricella  purpurea,  Micella  laxa  and  Ver- 
rucella  flabellata.  Six  out  of  the  eight  genera  above  mentioned, 
have  not  previously  been  represented  in  the  Museum  collection. 

The  wealth  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  in  Gorgonidai,  indicated  by 
the  Challenger  Report,  has  been  further  emphasized  by  the  inves- 
tigation of  the  Funafuti  fauna. 

The  result  of  these  studies  has  been  to  enlarge  genera  hitherto 
only  represented  by  one  or  two  species  ;  thus,  another  species  has 
each  been  added  to  the  monotypic  genera  Keroeides  and  Nicella, 
the  former  inhabiting  the  coast  of  Japan,  the  latter  that  of 
Mauritius.  Anthomuricea  and  Bebryce  have  each  been  increased 
by  an  additional  species. 

The  whole  of  the  specimens  with  two  exceptions  (Plexaura 
atriipathes  and  Heliopora)  were  obtained  by  tangles  on  the  outer 
reef,  at  a  depth  of  from  40  to  70  fathoms. 

Mr.  Edgar  R.  Waite  has  again  fovoured  me  with  the  drawings 
from  which  the  accompanying  plates  have  been  reproduced. 

The  following  notes  have  been  supplied  by  Mr.  C.  Hedley  : — 
"  Dead  specimens  of  the  Heliopora  were  abundant,  a  raised  bed 
of  it  indicating  upheaval  is  described,  ante  p.  11.  Numerous 
colonies,  each  extending  over  many  square  yards  were  seen  in  two 
or  three  fathoms  depth  on  the  lagoon  coast  of  the  main  islet,  but 
on  procuring  pieces  by  the  aid  of  a  native  diver,  they  always 
proved  to  be  dead,  having  perhaps  been  smothered  by  shifting 


308  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

sand.  Dead  fragments  of  this  genus  were  also  common  on  the 
beaches,  yet  it  was  only  once  encountered  by  any  of  our  party 
alive,  in  which  state  it  was  dredged  off  the  South- West  Entrance. 
On  Nukulailai,  however,  I  noticed  living  Heliopora  in  abundance 
at  low  water  mark  at  the  Boat  Entrance. 

"The  Plexawra  was  restricted,  as  far  as  my  observations  went,  to 
one  situation,  the  lagoon  side  of  a  "passage"  (vide  p.  18),  where 
I  saw  it  on  both  east  and  west  sides  of  the  atoll.  It  grew  in 
large  bushes  four  feet  high  and  a  yard  in  diameter,  in  two  or  three 
fathoms  of  water.  Numerous  Avicula  attached  to  these  suggested 
a  flock  of  small  birds  perching  on  the  twigs." 

Order  ALCYONACEA. 

FAMILY   HELIOPORID^E. 

HELIOPORA  COERULEA,  Pallas. 

Heliopora  coerulea,  (Pallas)  Blainville,  Manuel  d'Actinol.,  p.  392, 
pi.  Ixi.  fig.  3. 

Mr.  C.  Hedley  informs  me  that  he  only  once  obtained  Heliopora 
alive  at  Funafuti,  but  that  dead  specimens  were  abundant,  both 
cast  up  on  the  b?ach  and  in  situ  in  the  lagoon. 

It  was  also  observed  in  a  semifossil  condition  in  a  raised  reef 
near  the  centre  of  the  islet.  On  the  island  of  Nukulailai  it  was 
seen  alive  in  profusion  at  the  boat  landing. 

Order  GORGONACEA. 

SECTION  SCLERAXONIA. 

FAMILY    SCLEROGORGIA. 

KEROEIDES  GRACILIS,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xvi.,  figs.  1  -  5.) 

This  species  is  represented  by  four  fragments,  of  which  the  largest 
is  50  mm.  in  height,  and  30  mm.  in  breadth,  the  main  stem  is  2  mm. 
in  diameter.  Near  the  base  it  bears  four  simple  branches,  which 
are  alternate,  in  one  plane,  and  at  very  unequal  distances  apart ; 
the  largest  branch  is  30  mm.  in  length  and  1  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  polyps  are  small  and  roundly  conical  in  shape,  from  4  to  G 
mm.  in  height,  1  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  '6  to  '8  mm.  at 
the  summit,  they  are  placed  on  the  sides  of  the  stem  and  branches 
alternately,  those  on  the  latter  are  inclined  towards  one  side  of 
the  plane  of  branching,  their  apertures  being  visible  from  the 
front  only. 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELEGGE.  309 

The  coenenchyma  is  thin,  smooth,  without  external  grooves, 
and  densely  charged  with  large  closely  tuberculate  spindles. 

The  axis  consists  of  a  series  of  long  spicules  firmly  cemented 
together,  its  diameter  near  the  base  is  -9  mm.,  the  terminal  twigs 
•1  mm. 

The  spicules  of  the  coenenchyma  are  straight  or  but  little  curved 
spindles,  closely  beset  with  either  simple  or  compound  tubercles. 
On  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  verrucae  they  are  very 
irregular  in  shape,  placed  transversely  and  frequently  adapted  to 
each  other,  having  one  or  both  ends  obliquely  truncated,  and 
including  such  forms  as  the  following  :  elongate  triangles,  clubs, 
boomerangs  and  short  bent  spindles.  By  transmitted  light  they  are 
of  a  bright  brick  red  colour. 

The  retracted  polyps  are  covered  by  a  series  of  short,  straight, 
or  curved  spiny  spindles,  of  a  pale  pink  or  white  colour  ;  there  are 
a  number  of  spicules  embedded  in  the  tentacles,  which  have  a  few 
blunt  spines  and  acutely -pointed  ends. 

The  spicules  are  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  Large  almost  straight  tuberculated  spindles.  Size — !•  by 
•15,  1-  by  -25,  1-2  by  -35,  2-  by  -3  mm. 

(2.)  Irregular  shaped  spicules  of  the  verrucae.  Size — -3  by  '15, 
•3  by  -1,  -4  by  -15,  -5  by  -25,  -6  by  -25,  1-  by  -35  mm. 

(3.)  Operculate  spicules.  Size — -2  by  -02,  -25  by  '03,  -25  by 
•05  mm. 

(4.)  Tentacle  spicules.     Size— -1  by  -01,  -2  by  -02  mm. 
(5.)  Spicules  from  the  axis.     Size — -3  by  -02,  -5  by  -04  mm. 
The  colour  is  bright  coral-red,  the  polyps  are  yellowish-white. 
This  species  differs  from  Keroeides  koreni  in  its  erect  non- 
pendulous  habit  and  in  the  characters  of  its  spicules. 

SECTION  HOLAXONIA. 
FAMILY  MURICEID^E. 

ACANTHOGORGIA  BREVIFLORA,  Sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xvi.,  figs.  6-10.) 

A  small,  broken  and  almost  denuded  colony,  52  mm.  in  height. 
Arising  from  an  enlarged  base,  the  stem  at  a  height  of  5  mm.  divides, 
giving  off  two  branches,  of  which  the  smaller  is  20  mm.  in  length 
and  bears  a  simple  branchlet,  the  larger  is  47  mm.  in  length  and 
bears  three  simple  branchlets  at  equal  distances  apart,  the  longest 
being  20  ram. ;  there  are  indications  of  four  other  branchlets,  they 
are,  however,  broken  off  quite  close  to  the  main  branch.  The 
mode  of  branching  is  alternate  and  in  one  plane,  the  axis  is 


310  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

horny  but  rather  brittle,  at  the  base  it  is  1  mm.  in  diameter,  the 
branches  varying  from  '5  to  -7  mm.  The  colour  is  blackish-brown, 
the  extremities  of  the  branchlets  are  yellowish-brown. 

The  polyps  arise  at  right  angles  and  are  arranged  on  the  sides 
of  the  branches  alternately,  they  are  wider  at  the  apex  and  base 
than  in  the  middle,  measuring  !•  to  1-5  mm.  in  height,  *7  to  '9 
mm.  in  diameter,  and  occur  at  intervals  of  from  !•  to  5'  mm. 

The  coanenchyma  of  the  stem  is  extremely  thin,  and  of  a  yellowish- 
white  colour,  the  spicules  are  few  and  wide  apart,  the  axis  being 
visible  through  the  tissues. 

The  spicules  of  the  co3iienchyma  are  straight  or  curved,  spindles 
longitudinally  arranged,  with  acute  points  and  a  few  distant  blunt 
spines. 

Size— -3  by  .05,  -5  by  -04,  -7  by  -05  mm. 

The  polyp  spicules  are  arranged  transversely  at  the  base  in 
oblique  rows  on  the  sides,  but  not  so  distinctly  seriate  as  in  other 
species  of  the  genus  ;  at  the  base  of  the  tentacles  they  are  peri- 
pheral, and  the  apex  is  surmounted  by  a  series  of  long  needle-like 
spicules  with  a  simple  strongly  bent  or  a  bifurcated  base.  The 
surface  spicules  are  distantly  spiny  or  tuberculate,  those  deeply 
seated  are  often  quite  smooth.  The  spicules  of  the  base  and  sides 
are  curved  spindles,  with  a  few  blunt  spines  near  the  ends  and 
occasionally  tuberculate  in  the  middle.  Size — -5  by  '05,  -65  by 
•04,  -8  by  06  mm.  The  deep-seated  spicules  are  curved  or  bent, 
rarely  straight,  smooth  or  with  faint  indications  of  spines.  Size — 
•3  by  -03,  -5  by  -04,  -7  by  -03  mm.  The  coronal  spicules  have  the 
long  free  end  smooth,  the  stout  basal  portion  is  strongly  tubercu- 
late and  either  simple  and  angularly  bent  or  bifurcated.  Size — 
•5  by  -08,  -6  by  -07,  1-by  "07  mm.  The  tentacle  spicules  are  short 
curved  rods  or  spindles  with  a  few  strong  blunt  spines,  which  are 
often  large  and  prominent  on  the  convex  sides.  Size — '2  by  -02 
mm. 

Colour  in  formol  is  yellowish-white. 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  other  species  of  the 
genus  by  its  small  polyps  and  large  spicules. 

ANTHOMURICEA  SIMPLEX,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xvi.,  figs.  11-15.) 

A  small  broken  and  evidently  unbranched  specimen  is  here 
referred  to  this  genus.  The  stem  arises  from  an  enlarged  base, 
measures  35  mm.  in  height,  judging  by  the  fragments  its  original 
height  must  have  been  between  60  and  70  mm.,  the  lower  portion 
is  a  little  flattened,  the  upper  cylindrical,  it  exhibits  two  subequal 
curves  in  opposite  directions,  and  is  uniformly  2  mm.  in  diameter. 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELEGOE.  311 

The  polyps  arise  at  nearly  right  angles,  some  are  inclined  towards 
the  base  and  others  towards  the  summit,  they  occur  at  intervals 
of  from  2  to  3  mm.;  on  the  lower  half  of  the  stem  they  alternate 
on  opposite  sides,  on  the  upper  they  tend  to  become  subspiral  ; 
they  are  cylindro- conical  in  shape,  and  are  from  2  to  4  mm.  in 
height  and  2  mm.  in  diameter.  The  apical  portion  of  the  stem 
terminates  in  a  pair  of  opposed  polyps,  with  a  short  blunt  process 
at  the  apex. 

The  axis  is  horny,  but  rather  brittle  and  of  dark  yellow 
colour. 

The  ccenenchyma  of  the  stem  is  densely  packed  with  large 
tuberculated  spindles,  which  are  generally  longitudinally  disposed, 
but  they  are  frequently  oblique  or  even  transverse  near  the  bases 
of  the  polyps,  and  they  are  often  bent  and  adapted  to  the  stem. 

The  verruca?  are  clothed  externally  with  a  thickish  layer  of 
spicules,  differing  little  except  in  size  from  those  of  the  stem, 
there  are  a  few  placed  transversely  or  obliquely  at  the  base,  whilst 
those  above  are  arranged  longitudinally  side  by  side,  the  points 
of  the  upper  ones  projecting  slightly  beyond  the  margin,  beneath 
this  exterior  layer  of  spicules,  are  others  much  smaller,  arranged 
transversely  at  the  base,  and  obliquely  or  longitudinally  towards 
the  summit. 

The  polyps  are  mostly  retracted  within  the  verrucse,  in  some 
few  instances  they  are  exserted,  the  conical  polyp  heads  standing 
out  beyond  the  margins  of  the  verrucse  and  exhibiting  a  narrow 
neck  beneath  the  collar,  devoid  of  spicules  externally. 

The  collar  is  composed  of  a  narrow  ring  of  curved  spicules, 
with  smooth  blunt  ends  and  a  few  low  tubercles  in  the  middle. 
Above  the  collaret  there  are  a  series  of  spicules  arranged  en  chevron 
forming  an  eight-rayed  operculum,  their  upper  fourth  is  closely 
tuberculate,  their  lower  three-fourths  either  smooth  or  with  low 
tubercles ;  their  fixed  ends  are  bluntly  rounded,  their  free  ends 
tapering  to  not  very  acute  points. 

The  tentacles  have  on  their  dorsal  surfaces  numerous  curved 
spicules,  arranged  en  chevron. 

The  spicules  of  the  ccenenchyma  are  as  follows : — 
(1.)  Large  straight  or   curved  spindles,  thick  in  the  middle, 
tapering  to  long  acute  points,  and  closely  covered   with  warty 
tubercles.     Size—  1-  by  -2,  1-5  by  -23,  2-  by  -25,  2-5  by  -4,  -4  by 
•45  mm. 

(2.)  Large  club-shaped,  with  the  thick  end  rounded,  obliquely 
truncated,  or  suddenly  tapering  to  an  acute  point,  and  with  the 
narrow  end  sharply  pointed,  tubercles  as  in  No.  1.  Size — 1-5  by 
2-5,  1-7  by  -25  mm. 


312  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  two  crosses  have  been  observed,  one 
equal  rayed  and  similar  to  the  larger  spicules,  the  other  resembling 
the  smaller  polyp  spicules. 

(1.)  The  external  spicules  of  the  verrucas  are  similar  to  but 
smaller  than  those  of  the  stem.  Size — 1-  by  -15,  1-5  by  -2,  2'  by 
•2  mm. 

(2.)  Smaller  deep-seated  fusiform  spicules,  with  distant  tubercles 
or  low  spines,  rather  numerous  in  the  verrucse,  particularly  at 
the  base.  Size—  -5  by  -08,  -8  by  -1,  1-  by  -15  mm. 

(3.)  Curved  collar  spicules,  with  the  ends  smooth  and  rounded, 
the  central  region  with  a  few  distant  blunt  spines  or  low  tubercles. 
Size — '7  by  •!,  -8  by  '12  mm. 

(4.)  The  spicules  of  the  operculum  consist  of  a  larger  external, 
and  of  a  smaller  internal  series,  the  larger  are  tuberculate,  fusiform 
or  subclavate  with  the  free  ends  acute  and  the  fixed  ends  blunt. 
They  measure  -6  by  -08,  -7  by  -09,  and  -8  by  -1  mm.  ;  the  smaller 
are  slightly  curved  fusiform  or  subclavate,  with  either  acute  or 
blunt  ends  and  a  few  distant  tubercles.  Size — '25  by  "05,  4'  by 
•08  mm. 

(5.)  The  tentacle  spicules  are  very  numerous,  and  consist  of 
straight,  curved,  or  bent  rods,  with  faint  indications  of  spines, 
they  are  imbedded  in  the  tissues  and  may  be  traced  below  the 
collar,  probably  in  the  apices  of  the  inverted  tentacles. 

All  the  spicules  except  the  last-named,  which  are  colourless, 
are  of  a  dark  brick-red  by  transmitted  light. 

There  are  no  traces  of  spicules  of  the  form  called  "stachel- 
platten  "  by  Kolliker. 

The  colour  in  formol  is  purplish-red. 

This  species  differs  from  A.  chcenielon  and  A.  argentea  by  the 
larger  size  of  the  polyps  arid  spicules. 


VlLLOGORGIA  FLAGELLATA,  sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  xvi.,  tigs.  16-20.) 

There  are  seven  fragments  all  more  or  less  denuded  owing  to 
their  being  entangled  in  the  tow,  one  is  attached  to  the  dead  stem 
of  a  species  of  Verrucella. 

The  largest  specimen  is  95  mm.  in  height  and  from  15  to  20  mm. 
in  width,  it  is  flattened  in  a  plane  opposite  to  that  of  the  branching, 
the  stem  is  '7  ram.  in  diameter,  the  branches  are  lateral,  opposite 
or  alternate,  simple  or  bearing  long  slender  thread-like  twigs. 
The  axis  is  horny,  yellowish,  the  branches  and  twigs  are  flexible 
the  base  of  the  stem  rather  brittle.  When  viewed  by  transmitted 


ALCYONAEIA — WHITELEGGE.  313 

light  under  the  microscope  it  presents  an  appearance  like  the  axis 
of  Plexaura  flavida.* 

The  polyps  are  alternate  or  often  in  pairs  on  opposite  sides, 
especially  at  the  summits  of  the  slender  twigs,  they  occur  at 
intervals  of  from  '5  to  !•  mm.  they  are  *5  to  '6  mm.  in  diameter, 
and  from  -7  to  *8  in  height,  in  shape  they  are  roundly  conical,  on 
the  stem  and  branches,  whilst  the  terminal  ones  are  usually 
cylindrical. 

The  ccenenchyma  is  very  thin,  the  branches  are  encircled  by  a 
single  layer  of  quadriradiate  spicules,  the  rays  are  frequently  at 
right  angles  to  each  other,  they  are  bent  down  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  embrace  the  stem,  the  upper  central  ray  is  produced  and 
projects  through  the  ccenenchyma,  giving  the  stem  and  branches 
a  spiny  outline. 

The  external  spicules  of  the  verrucse  are  triradiate,  the  upper 
ray  being  long  and  spine-like,  and  project  through  the  tissues,  at 
angles  varying  from  the  horizontal  to  the  perpendicular,  the  lower 
rays  are  imbedded  in  the  ccenenchyma  and  are  very  variable  in 
shape,  in  some  cases  they  are  simple  tuberculated  spines,  in  others 
the  spines  are  distinct  but  they  are  connected  by  a  perforate  plate, 
or  the  spines  may  give  place  to  a  many  rayed  perforate  plate, 
beset  with  minutely  beaded  tubercles. 

The  summits  of  the  verrucse  are  surmounted  by  a  series  of  long 
acute  spicules,  resembling  those  of  the  walls  but  having  the  pro- 
jecting ray  longer  and  the  imbedded  portion  more  strongly  but 
irregularly  developed. 

The  tentacles  have  at  their  bases  externally  a  few  irregular 
curved  spindles,  with  a  minutely  granular  and  tuberculated 
surface,  on  the  convex  side  near  their  free  ends,  they  are  usually 
provided  with  three  or  four  teeth-like  processes ;  similar  but 
smaller  spicules  exist  in  the  tentacles,  the  denticles  often  project- 
ing at  their  apices. 

(1)  The  quadriradiate  spicules  of  the  ccenenchyma  have  acute 
points  and  a  few  blunt  spines,  they  measure  in  their  widest 
diameter  -15  by  -2  mm.,  they  are  from  -1  to  -15  mm.  in  height, 
the  rays  are  from  -07  to  '1  mm.  in  length  and  '03  mm.  in  diameter, 
the  apical  spines  are  from  '03  to  •!  mm.  in  length. 

(2.)  The  triradiate  spicules  of  the  verrucse  measure  in  their 
widest  diameter  from  -15  to  '35  mm.,  their  height  is  from  -15  to 
•3  mm.,  the  free  acute  ray  is  from  *1  to  '2  mm.  in  length  and 
•05  mm.  in  diameter. 

(3.)  The  apical  spicules  of  the  verrucse  are  from  -3  to  '5  mm. 
in  height,  and  from  '2  to  -4  mm.  wide  at  the  base,  the  free  spine 
being  -15  to  '25  mm.  in  length  and  '05  mm.  in  diameter. 

*  Kolliker— Icones  Hist.,  ii.,  1866,  pi.  xii.,  fig.  5. 


314  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

(4.)  The  irregular  curved  operculate  spicules  are  from  '15  to 
•25  mm.  in  length,  and  from  -05  to  •!  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  free 
dentate  end. 

(5.)  The  tentacle  spicules  are  curved,  acute  at  one  end  and 
dentate  at  the  other,  the  teeth  being  generally  confined  to  the 
convex  side,  they  are  from  '05  to  "1  mm.  in  length. 

Colour  in  formol  is  yellowish-white. 

Villogorgia  flagellata  is  distinguished  from  other  species  of  the 
genus  by  its  slender  whip-like  branches,  and  by  its  single  layer  of 
quadriradiate  spicules. 

VILLOGORGIA  INTRICATA,  Gray. 

Brandella  intricata,  Gray,  Cat.  Lithophytes  Brit.  Mus.,  1870,  p. 
30,  fig.  8  ;  Ridley,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ix.,  ser.  5,  1882, 
p.  188. 

One  specimen,  120  mm.  in  height  and  70  mm.  wide,  the  axis  is 
dark  brown  at  the  base,  the  branches  light  yellowish-brown,  the 
polyps  and  coenenchyma  are  creamy-white. 

BEBRYCE  STUDERI,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xvii.,  figs.  21  -  25.) 

Of  this  species  only  one  small  specimen  is  available,  the  base  is 
wanting  and  some  of  the  smaller  branches  are  broken  off. 

The  stem  is  60  mm.  in  height  and  1*5  mm.  in  diameter.  The 
branches  are  in  a  plane,  alternate  and  generally  at  right  angles 
to  the  stem  ;  there  are  four  lateral  branches,  situated  at  irregular 
distances  apart,  three  of  which  bear  one  or  two  branchlets,  these 
in  turn  bearing  very  short  twigs. 

The  axis  is  horny,  the  main  stem  dark  brown,  the  branches 
yellowish-brown . 

The  polyps  are  alternate,  rarely  opposite,  and  arranged  in  rather 
loose  irregular  spirals  round  the  stem  and  branches,  at  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  twigs  there  are  usually  a  pair  placed  on  opposite 
sides,  which  are  slightly  larger  than  those  on  the  rest  of  the 
colony. 

The  polyps  form  low  rounded  elevations  from  -3  to  -7  mm.  in 
heighth,  and  from  -8  to  1  mm.  in  diameter,  and  from  1-  to  4-  ram. 
apart. 

The  ccBnenchyma  is  thin,  grayish-white  in  colour,  and  has  a 
finely  granular  appearance  under  a  moderate  magnifying  power. 

The  coenenchyma  of  the  stem  and  walls  of  the  polyps  are  densely 
coated  with  an  external  layer  of  minute  spicules,  which,  viewed 


ALCYONARIA — WHITBLEGGE.  315 

as  opaque  objects  under  the  microscope,  present  an  irregular  len- 
ticular appearance ;  when  seen  by  transmitted  light  they  reveal 
a  very  narrow  smooth  central  constriction,  an  upper  round  disk, 
minutely  granulose  and  somewhat  opaque,  a  lower  irregular  tuber- 
culate  disc,  quite  translucent  and  frequently  larger  than  the  upper. 

The  granular  disks  of  these  modified  double  clubs  are  directed 
outwards  and  form  a  fairly  uniform  crust  over  the  whole  colony. 

Situated  immediately  beneath  this  external  layer  are  numerous 
larger  spicules,  having  a  broad  multilobate  disk,  and  a  very  short 
central  boss  surmounted  by  two  or  more  tubercles.  These  spicules 
exhibit  a  distinct  central  line  of  union,  and  the  boss-like  end  is 
directed  outwards. 

The  polyps  are  provided  with  a  collar  of  curved  spicules ;  on 
the  lower  dorsal  surface  of  each  tentacle  are  three  curved  spicules,  a 
short  one  placed  transversely  with  the  convex  side  directed  towards 
the  summit,  and  two  placed  longitudinally  with  their  convex  sides 
inwards. 

Embedded  in  the  apices  of  the  tentacles  are  a  few  short  curved 
spicules,  with  strong  dentate  processes  on  the  convex  side. 

(1.)  The  cortical  spicules  are  rarely  longer  than  broad.  Size — 
•03  by  -03,  -04  by  -35  mm. 

(2.)  Deep  seated,  broad,  star-shaped,  the  rays  and  disk  being 
studded  with  warty  tubercles.  Size — Diameter  of  disks  from  -05 
to  -2  mm.,  those  measuring  about  -15  mm.  being  the  most  common. 
The  height  is  from  -03  to  '1  mm. 

(3.)  The  collar  spicules  are  curved,  sharp  or  blunt  pointed 
spindles  with  a  few  distant  spines.  Size — -3  by  -02,  -35  by  -03  mm. 

(4.)  The  tentacle  spicules  are  slightly  spinose,  mostly  on  the 
convex  side,  and  frequently  dentate  at  the  apex.  Size — '1  by  "02, 
•15  by  -03  mm. 

Colour  in  formol  is  pale  yellowish-white. 

This  species  differs  from  B.  philippii  in  the  smaller  sizes  of  its 
polyps,  and  from  B.  mollis  in  its  spicular  characters. 

MURICELLA    PURPUREA,  Sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  xvii.,  figs.  26-29.) 

The  colony  is  erect,  branched  in  one  plane;  it  is  120  mm.  in 
height  and  90  mm.  in  breadth. 

The  main  stem  is  straight  in  its  lower  two-thirds,  the  upper 
third  being  a  little  curved  ;  it  arises  from  an  enlarged  base  and 
gives  off  a  series  of  short  simple  branches  and  about  seven  or 
eight  larger  branches,  which  bear  numerous  branchlets,  these  in 
turn  bearing  short,  slightly  flattened  twigs.  The  larger  and 


316  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

smaller  branches  are  given  off  almost  at  right  angles,  at  a  short 
distance  from  their  origin  they  are  bent  or  curved  upwards  ;  they 
are  alternate,  rarely  opposite,  and  occur  at  intervals  of  from  3  to 
10  mm.  throughout  the  whole  colony. 

The  polyps  are  confined  to  one  surface,  they  are  alternate  or 
opposite,  and  arise  at  right  angles  from  the  front  and  sides  of  the 
stem  and  branches.  A  median  line  devoid  of  polyps  exists  on 
most  of  the  younger  shoots,  but  on  the  older  parts  it  is  more  or 
less  interrupted  by  isolated  polyps ;  the  terminal  twigs  invariably 
have  an  opposed  pair  of  polyps  at  their  apices. 

The  length  of  the  main  stem  is  100  mm.,  its  diameter  at  the 
base  is  2*5  mm.,  and  at  the  broken  summit  1'5  mm.  ;  the  largest 
branch  is  8 '5  mm.  in  length,  and  1-5  mm.  in  diameter;  the  shorter 
branches  and  twigs  range  from  5  to  '14  mm.  in  length,  and  have  a 
diameter  of  1  mm. 

The  axis  is  of  a  dark  brownish-yellow  at  the  base,  the  branches 
are  of  lighter  shade  ;  at  the  base  it  is  1'7  mm.  in  diameter,  the 
terminal  twigs  are  -2  mm.  at  their  origin. 

The  co3nenchyma  is  thin,  on  the  bases  of  the  stem  and  larger 
branches,  elsewhere  it  is  a  little  thicker,  the  spicules  consist  of 
large  closely  tuberculated  spindles,  some  are  cylindrical  to  within 
a  short  distance  of  their  acute  points,  others  taper  from  the  middle 
to  sharp  points,  whilst  some  few  are  branched  and  have  two  or 
three  short  acutely  pointed  rays  ;  they  are  curved  bent  or  twisted 
and  adapted  to  embrace  the  stem,  a  dried  fragment  presenting  a 
a  wicker-work-like  aspect  due  to  the  interlacing  of  the  large 
spicules,  the  general  arrangement  being  longitudinal. 

The  polyps  are  conical  and  arise  from  between  the  large  spicules, 
they  are  -8  mm.  in  height,  '8  to  1  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base 
and  from  -4  to  -7  mm.  at  the  apex. 

The  basal  portion  of  each  polyp  is  partly  surrounded  by  the 
bent  ends  of  the  stem  spicules  and  a  series  of  other  much  shorter 
spicules,  extending  to  the  summit  of  the  verrucse,  which  are 
arranged  longitudinally  in  rather  indistinct  groups,  either  erect 
or  placed  at  an  angle  with  their  apices  in  contact.  Above  these 
is  situated  a  narrow  collar  of  short  curved  spicules,  which  forms  a 
projecting  rim  around  the  summit,  and  arising  within  the  collar  are 
numerous  short  spiny  spicules  forming  an  operculum.  There  are 
also  a  few  nearly  smooth  spicules  embedded  in  the  tentacles. 

The  coenenchyma  spicules  consist  of  large  closely  tuberculate 
cylindrical  or  fusiform  spindles,  occasionally  branched.  Size  1  •  by 
•15,  2-  by  -2,  3-  by  -27,  4-5  by  -24,  5-  by  -28,  5-5  by  -3  mm. 

The  polyp  spicules  are  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  Larger  straight  or  curved  fusiform  spindles  with  rather 
distant  rounded  tubercles.  Size — '4  by  •!  ;  -6  by  -15  mm. 


ALCYONARIA — WHITELKGGE.  317 

(2.)  Smaller  deep  seated  spicules  with  acute  points  and  a  few 
scattered  spines.  Size — '3  by  '05  ;  -4  by  '05  mm. 

J3.)  Curved  collar  spicules  with  a  few  low  rounded  tubercles 
rather  blunt  ends.  Size — '3  by  -03  mm. 

(4.)  Operculate  spicules  with  the  free  end  acute  and  spiny,  the 
lower  end  blunt.  Size — '15  by  -02  mm. 

(5.)  Tentacle  spicules  slightly  curved  with  a  few  distant  low 
spines.  Size — •!  by  -01. 

The  colour  of  the  spicules  by  transmitted  light  varies  from  light 
to  dark  red.  The  stem  when  dried,  appears  as  if  coated  with 
small  silvery  granules,  this  effect  is  produced  by  the  tubercles 
which  are — in  common  with  the  rest  of  the  spicular  surface — 
invested  by  a  hyaline  sheath  becoming  silvery  white  when  dry. 
Colour  in  formol  is  dark  purplish-red. 

Muricella  purpurea  appears  to  be  a  very  distinct  species  charac- 
terised by  its  gigantic  spicules. 

FAMILY  PLEXAURID^. 
PLEXAURA  ANTIPATHES,  Jasper. 

Gorgonia  antipathes,  Esper,  Die  Pflanzenthiere,  ii.,  p.  90,  pi. 
xxiii.,  fig.  1,  2  ;  Kolliker,  Icones.  Hist.,  pt.  ii.,  1866,  p.  138, 
pi.  xviii.,  figs.  21,  22 ;  Klunzinger,  Die  Korallth.  de  Rothen 
Meeres,  1877,  p.  51,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  1. 

There  is  one  large  example  referred  with  some  little  doubt  to 
this  species,  it  appears  to  be  common,  numerous  specimens  being 
in  the  Museum  collection  from  the  New  Hebrides,  Fiji,  and  other 
coral  islands.  The  colony  is  600  mm.  in  height  and  300  mm.  in 
breadth,  the  main  stem  is  25  mm.  in  diameter  near  the  base,  at  a 
distance  of  80  mm.  it  divides  into  two  main  branches,  each  of 
which  bears  a  great  number  of  branchlets,  the  whole  forming  a 
much  ramified  tree-like  colony.  Primarily  the  branching  is 
usually  in  one  plane,  but  owing  to  the  twisting  in  and  out  of  the 
branches  during  growth,  this  bilateral  feature  is  somewhat 
obscured  in  the  adult  colony,  if  however  the  origin  of  the  branches 
is  carefully  noted  it  at  once  becomes  evident. 

The  branches  are  lateral  and  alternate,  but  frequently  absent  or 
suppressed  on  one  side,  the  buds  appearing  as  low  elevations  ;  they 
are  a  little  compressed  in  the  plane  of  branching,  after  attaining 
to  a  length  of  from  5  to  8  mm.  they  take  a  sudden  bend  upwards 
and  the  further  growth  of  the  shoot  is  continued  in  a  line  more 
or  less  parallel  to  the  parent  branch. 

The  terminal  twigs  are  cylindrical  and  of  equal  thickness 
throughout,  or  tapering  gradually  and  ending  in  low  conical 
points,  whilst  some  few  are  club-shaped  with  obtusely  rounded 
apices,  they  measure  from  3'  to  5-  mm.  in  diameter. 


318  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  polyps  are  generally  about  T5  mm.  apart,  mostly  flush 
with  the  surface,  except  on  the  younger  parts  of  the  colony,  where 
they  are  often  somewhat  prominent;  their  apertures  when  perfect 
are  covered  by  eight  rays  composed  of  groups  of  rod-like  or  sub- 
fusiform  spicules,  having  a  few  low  tubercles  and  sharply  pointed 
apices.  Size — •!  to  '15  by  '02  mm. 

The  ccenenchyma  on  the  main  stem  is  from  !•  to  1-5  mm.  in 
thickness,  and  2  mm.  on  the  terminal  twigs  ;  in  the  dried  condi- 
tion it  is  of  a  light  stone  colour. 

The  axis  is  black  and  spirally  grooved,  the  stouter  branches  are 
flattened  in  the  plane  of  branching. 

The  cortex  is  covered  externally  by  a  dense  layer  of  tuberculated 
clubs,  and  a  few  subspherical  tuberculated  granules  ;  the  head  of 
the  club  is  directed  outwards ;  when  viewed  end  on  from  above 
they  present  a  whorl  of  three  compound  tubercles ;  the  shaft  has 
also  one  or  two  zones  of  small,  smooth  or  spiny  tubercles.  Size — 
•08  by  -04,  -1  by  -05  mm. 

The  coanenchyma  spicules  are  chiefly  straight  fusiform  spindles, 
frequently  branched  and  cross-like.  The  spindles  have  from  4  to 
8  whorls  of  tubercles,  the  two  central  whorls  are  composed  of 
large  warty  tubercles,  the  remaining  whorls  gradually  diminish  in 
size  as  they  approach  the  very  acute  ends  of  the  spicule.  Size — 
•15  by  -05,  -2  by  -05,  -23  by  -06  mm. 

There  are  also  a  few  comparatively  smooth  fusiforms,  with  two 
or  more  distinct  whorls  of  low  simple  tubercles.  Size — '1  to  '15 
by  -03  mm. 

In  the  terminal  twigs  there  exist  large  cylindrical  or  subclavate 
spicules,  having  blunt  apices  beset  with  numerous  compressed 
spines;  the  rest  of  the  surface  varies  greatly,  being  either  smooth, 
spiny,  or  distantly  tuberculate,  the  lower  ends  are  abruptly  pointed. 
Size— -5  by  -07,  -6  by  -08,  -7  by  -1  mm. 

On  seeing  these  spicules  I  at  first  thought  they  did  not  belong 
to  the  colony,  but  I  afterwards  made  about  six  different  prepara- 
tions of  the  spicules,  by  nipping  off  the  smaller  twigs  and  boiling 
in  potash,  taking  due  precautions  to  exclude  any  foreign  spicules; 
these  larger  spicules  were  found  in  every  instance  in  greater  or 
less  abundance. 

FAMILY  GORGONELLID^E. 

NlCELLA   LAXA,  Sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  xvii.,  figs.  30-33.) 

The  colony  is  feebly  branched,  the  branching  lateral  and  in 
one  plane.  The  short  basal  stem  is  2  mm.  in  diameter,  and  at  a 
height  of  15- mm.  divides  into  two  branches,  one  of  which  is 


ALCYOVARIA — WHITELEGGE.  319 

broken  off  close  to  its  origin,  the  other  is  25  mm.  in  length  and 
!•  mm.  in  diameter,  diminishing  to  '05  near  the  apex,  at  a  height 
30  mm.  it  gives  off  a  lateral  branch,  bearing  two  branchlets  the 
upper  45  mm.  and  the  lower  one  5  mm.  in  length.  On  the 
opposite  side  at  a  height  of  32  mm.  from  the  origin  of  the  first 
branch  is  situated  a  second  simple  branch  42  mm.  in  length. 

The  axis  is  laminate,  calcareous,  brittle  and  of  dark  brownish- 
yellow  at  the  base,  with  white  or  yellowish-white  branches,  the 
basal  portion  of  the  stem  is  cylindrical,  the  branches  are  subquad- 
rangular,  without  grooves,  but  marked  by  numerous  elongated  pits. 

The  ccenenchyma  is  thin,  and  when  viewed  with  a  lens  presents 
a  scries  of  minute  ridges  forming  a  network  of  raised  lines,  which 
are  lighter  in  colour  and  consist  of  double  club  shaped  spicules. 

The  polyps  are  large,  alternate,  arising  at  nearly  right  angles 
and  confined  to  the  sides  of  the  stem  and  branches,  the  verrucse 
are  conical,  cylindrical  or  rarely  wider  at  the  base  than  at  the 
summit,  varying  according  to  the  relative  amount  of  the  retraction 
of  the  polyps  within  the  verrucae. 

The  verrucse  are  divided  at  their  summits,  into  eight  lobes, 
each  lobe  is  -3  mm.  in  height  and  -25  at  the  base.  The  verrucse 
measure  from  1-  to  2-  mm.  in  height,  1-  to  1-5  mm.  in  diameter, 
and  are  from  2  to  4  mm.  apart ;  the  terminal  polyps  are  slightly 
larger  than  those  on  the  stem  and  branches. 

The  tentacles  have  a  number  of  narrow  fusiform  spicules  on 
their  dorsal  surface,  they  are  straight,  and  either  distantly  tuber- 
culate  or  almost  smooth.  There  are  numerous  rod-shape  spicules 
imbedded  in  the  tentacles,  they  are  arranged  en  chevron,  their 
surface  is  either  smooth  or  minutely  but  distantly  dentate. 

(1.)  The  cortical  spicules  are  short  double  clubs  with  smooth 
or  warty  tubercles.  Size — -05  by  -02,  -07  by  -03,  -1  by  -05  mm. 

(2.)  The  ccenenchyma  spicules  consist  of  broad  or  narrow  fusi- 
form spindles,  with  rather  obtusely  pointed  ends  and  a  spiny  or 
tuberculate  surface,  some  of  which  possess  a  transverse  median 
constriction.  Size — -1  by  -03,  -2  by  -03,  -25  by  -05,  -25  by  -06  mm. 
Many  of  the  spicules,  both  clubs  and  f  usiforms,  are  a  little  flattened. 

Colour  in  formol  is  light  mouse  gray.  This  species  differs  from 
2f.  dichntoma  by  its  smaller  more  distant  polyps  and  by  its  lax 
method  of  branching. 

VERRUCELLA  FLABELLATA,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xvii.,  figs.  34  -  37.) 

The  only  specimen  in  the  collection  is  in  a  much  broken  condi- 
tion, and  evidently  only  a  fragment  of  what  formed  an  extensive 
colony. 


320  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  original  colony  appears  to  have  been  much  branched  in  one 
plane,  but  the  base  and  the  greater  number  of  branches  are  wanting, 
the  latter  in  most  cases  being  broken  off  quite  short. 

The  specimen  is  275  mm.  in  height,  the  stem  is  angularly  bent 
a  short  distance  from  the  base  ;  from  the  bend  to  the  broken 
summit  it  presents  a  slightly  wavy  outline,  and  gives  off  a  series 
of  alternate  branches  from  10  to  25  mm.  apart ;  at  130  mm.  from 
the  base  there  arises  a  branch  145  mm.  in  length,  from  which 
originates  a  series  of  lateral  branchlets  at  intervals  of  15  mm., 
these  give  off  numerous  slender  twigs  forming  small  flabellate 
groups. 

The  stem  is  4  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base,  where  it  is  nearly 
cylindrical,  above  it  is  somewhat  flattened  in  the  plane  of  branch- 
ing, and  exhibits  two  longitudinal  grooves,  one  on  each  side,  in 
the  median  space  devoid  of  polyps. 

The  axis  is  creamy-white,  very  hard,  but  brittle. 

The  polyps  are  numerous,  alternate,  nearly  at  right  angles  to 
their  support,  and  retractile  within  the  slightly  conical  verrucse ; 
the  latter  are  divided  into  eight  rays  at  the  summits,  which  are 
folded  over  the  retracted  polyps. 

The  verrucae  are  prominent,  they  are  from  -5  to  !•  mm.  in 
height,  -5  to  -7  mm.  in  diameter,  and  from  1*  to  3-  mm.  apart. 

The  ccenenchyma  is  thin,  smooth,  and  coated  with  a  layer  of 
double  club-shaped  spicules  disposed  in  lines  more  especially  on 
the  verrucse,  beneath  these  there  are  numerous  flattened  tuber- 
culated  spicules  arranged  longitudinally  on  the  branches  and  also 
in  the  walls  of  the  verrucse. 

In  the  tentacles  are  a  number  of  short  spiny  spicules,  but  owing 
to  their  retracted  condition  and  imperfect  preservation  it  is  im- 
possible to  state  with  certainty  how  they  are  disposed. 

The  double  clubs  of  the  cortex  vary  greatly  in  length,  thickness, 
and  tuberculation.  Size— -05  by  -02,  -07  by  -02,  -1  by  -03  mm. 

The  ccenenchyma  spicules  are  flat,  elongate,  and  tuberculate, 
with  a  median  constriction  and  obtusely  rounded  ends,  the  smaller 
of  which  closely  resemble  the  double-clubs  but  are  distinguished 
by  being  flattened.  Size — -1  by  -04  and  -01  mm.  in  thickness, 
•15  by  '05  and  -02  mm.  in  thickness. 

The  tentacle  spicules  are  short  rods  and  spindles  with  a  few 
blunt  spines.  Size — '05  by  *01. 

Colour  in  formol  is  yellowish-white. 

Verrucella  flabellata  is  distinguished  from  other  species  of  the 
genus  by  its  peculiar  flat  round-ended  spicules. 


THB  SPONGES  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE. 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


[XIII.] 
THE  SPONGES  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE, 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  collection  of  sponges  obtained  by  Mr.   0.   Hedley,  though 
small,  is  nevertheless  interesting. 

There  are  sixteen  species ;  of  these  the  following  six  are 
described  as  new — Spinosella  glomerata,  Gellius  aculeatus,  Clathria 
pellicula,  Agelas  gracilis,  Ciocalypta  incrustans,  and  Polymastia 
dendyi. 

Of  the  above  Agelas  gracilis  is  the  most  interesting,  as  it  widens 
the  range  of  the  genus.  With  the  exception  of  an  outlier 
recorded  from  Mauritius  and  doubtfully  from  Tristan  d'Acunha, 
this  genus  has  hitherto  only  been  known  from  the  West  Indies. 

The  remaining  ten  species  are — 

Reniera  australis,  Lendenfeld,  Reniera  sp.*  which  may  prove  to 
be  a  variety  of  Reniera  rosea,  Bowerbank,  Halichondria  solida,  var. 
rugosa,  Ridley  and'Dendy,  Echinodictyum  asperum,  Ridley  and 
Dendy,  of  the  latter  rare  and  curious  species  there  are  two  very 
fine  examples,  Acanthella  stipitata,  Carter,  A.  pulcherrima,  Ridley 
and  Dendy,  Spirastrella  papillosa,  Ridley  and  Dendy,  Euspongia 
irregularis,  var.  silicata,  Lendenfeld,  Hippospongia  dura,  Lenden- 
feld, and  Spongelia  Jragilis,  var.  irregularis,  Lendenfeld. 

The  species  in  many  cases  are  represented  by  single  examples. 

The  smaller  specimens  had  been  placed  in  a  solution  of  four  or 
five  p.c.  formol,  which  proved  insufficient  for  their  proper  preser- 
vation. They  reached  me  in  a  soft  and  slimy  state,  too  soft  in 
fact  to  handle  with  safety,  and  before  a  hand-section  could  be  cut 
they  had  to  be  hardened  in  alcohol.  In  consequence  of  their 
imperfect  preservation  and  their  transference  to  alcohol,  the 
specimens  had  some  of  their  characters  destroyed,  which  rendered 
their  exact  determination  unusually  difficult. 

Mr.  Hedley  has  kindly  supplied  the  following  field  notes  : — 

"  To  a  collector  accustomed  to  the  sea  beaches  of  temperate 
zones,  and  especially  to  the  shores  of  Sydney  Harbour,  the 
absence  of  large  or  conspicuous  sponges  on  the  reefs  of  Funafuti 
is  very  marked.  Rocky  shelves  and  ledges  which  in  England  or 

*  Identical  with  No.  42,  Voy.  "Alert,"  p.  410. 


324  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

temperate  Australia  would  Jbe  clad  by  a  luxuriant  growth  of  sea- 
weeds and  sponges,  are  here  almost  entirely  monopolised  by  a 
rank  growth  of  Sarcophytum  and  its  allies. 

An  expert  in  spongology  would  doubtless  reap  a  rich  harvest 
on  these  reefs  by  cracking  loose,  dead  coral  blocks  and  securing 
those  minute  forms  which  hide  themselves  in  numerous  crevices. 
But  a  superficial  survey  of  the  rocks  from  high  water  mark  to 
a  depth  of  twenty  feet,  impresses  on  the  observer  that  the  oft 
described  wealth  and  profusion  of  life  on  a  coral  strand  is  not 
equally  true  of  all  classes.  The  larger  sponges,  at  any  rate,  con- 
tribute handsomer,  more  highly  coloured,  more  numerous  and 
varied  forms  to  a  sea-scape  in  Port  Jackson,  than  they  do  in  the 
Ellice  Islands. 

About  low  water  mark  the  most  conspicuous  sponge  was, 
perhaps,  the  coal-black  Euspongia  irregularis,  var.  silicata,  growing 
in  cake-shaped  masses  on  the  rocks.  In  similar  situations  spino- 
sella  glomerata  flourished.  Among  the  Sarcophyta,  from  which, 
indeed,  a  casual  glance  hardly  distinguished  it,  the  Hippospongia 
dura  encrusted  the  rocks.  From  a  depth  of  thirteen  fathoms  in  the 
lagoon  the  dredge  came  up  almost  choked  with  Echinodictyum 
asperum,  with  which  the  urchins  Laganum  and  Maretia  were 
associated. 

Nearer  the  centre  of  the  lagoon,  in  about  twenty  fathoms,  were 
dredged  the  new  Glathria  pellicula,  encrusting  a  cluster  of  cocks- 
comb oyster.  This  was  only  taken  on  one  occasion. 

The  Eeniera  sp.  was  extremely  plentiful  in  pools  in  the  man- 
grove swamp,  where  alone  it  was  met  with.  It  flourished  alike 
in  shade  and  sunlight.  At  a  distance  it  sometimes  appeared  as 
large  rose-pink  patches,  many  yards  in  extent,  creeping  under 
stones  and  climbing  on  mangrove  roots.  When  deprived  of  light 
the  beautiful  rose-pink  tended,  under  the  shelter  of  the  mangrove, 
to  fade  into  gray.  Each  sponge  mass  attained  a  height  of  eight 
or  ten  inches,  and  a  diameter  of  about  a  foot.  In  the  open  the 
growth  was  reduced  to  a  prostrate  network  of  tubes." 

Order  MONAXONIDJE. 
FAMILY  HOMORRHAPHIDJE. 
RENIERA  AUSTRALIS,  Lendenfeld. 

Reniera    australis,  Lendenfeld,   Aust.   Mus.  Cat.  xiii.,  Sponges, 
1888,  p.  78. 

There  are  several  examples  of  this  species  exhibiting  con- 
siderable variation ;  one  resembles  a  piece  of  pumice-stone  with 
numerous  crateriform  oscula  :  others  have  a  comparatively  smooth 
surface,  with  dome-shaped  oscula  bearing  processes, 


THE   SPONGES   OP   FUNAFUTI — WHITBLEGGE.  325 

On  comparing  the  specimens  with  the  type  I  find  it  presents 
exactly  the  same  external  characters. 

The  colour  of  the  specimens  from  Funafuti  varies  from  light  to 
dark  coffee  brown,  that  of  the  type  from  Port  Jackson  is  now  (in 
spirit)  burnt  umber  colour  ;  in  the  description  it  is  stated  to  be 
gray.  The  specimen  is  attached  to  a  piece  of  wood,  which  may 
have  stained  it  this  colour. 

The  spicules  exhibit  a  little  variation  in  size,  but  the  average  is 
about  the  same  as  in  the  type,  i.e.,  0*12  by  0'004  mm. 

Low  water-mark  on  reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

RENIERA  SP. 

This  form  appears  to  be  identical  with  No.  42  Reniera  sp. 
described  by  Ridley.* 

There  are  numerous  specimens  in  the  collection,  but  owing  to 
the  fragile  nature  of  the  sponge  all  are  more  or  less  broken.  The 
sponge  consists  of  thin  lamellae,  which  form  folds  or  tubes,  with 
fairly  large  oscula  at  the  summits ;  the  tubes  are  from  5  to  10 
mm.  in  diameter,  and  from  5  to  30  mm.  in  height,  the  walls  are 
from  1  to  '2  mm.  in  thickness,  the  oscula  are  5  mm.  in  diameter. 
Texture  very  fragile  when  dry,  in  spirit  slightly  elastic,  but 
easily  broken  if  handled.  Surface  rather  smooth  in  appearance  to 
the  unaided  eye;  when  seen  with  a  moderate  magnifying  power  it 
is  minutely  reticulate  with  numerous  round  pores.  Colour,  when 
alive  rose  pink,  in  spirits  pinkish  gray. 

Megasclera — Small  curved  oxea  suddenly  tapering  to  acute 
points,  varying  slightly  in  length  and  thickness,  usually  about 
0.12  by  0.006  mm. 

Possibly  this  form  may  be  a  variety  of  Reniera  rosea,  Bower- 
bank.  According  to  Topsent,  Reniera  cinera,  Grant,  is  identical 
with  R.  rosea,  Bowerbank.  Grant's  species  is  recorded  from  the 
Philippines. 

Mangrove  swamp  (ante  p.  324). 

HALICHONDRIA  SOLIDA,  var.  RUGOSA,  Ridley  &  Dendy. 

HalicJiondria  solida,  var.  rugosa,  Ridley  &  Dendy,  Chall.  Rep. 
Zool.,  xx.,  p.  4. 

A  single  example  agreeing  with  the  description  in  colour,  sur- 
face, and  texture.  The  spicules,  however,  are  slightly  less  in  size  ; 
the  larger,  stouter  forms  are  about  0*85  by  0'025  mm.  They  vary 
greatly  in  length  and  thickness  ;  they  are  usually  slightly  curved 
and  taper  rather  suddenly  a  few  diameters  from  the  ends,  which 
are  more  or  less  rounded. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon  among  the  Sarcophyta. 

*  Eidley— Voy.  "Alert,"  1884,  p.  410. 


326  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

SPINOSELLA  GLOMBRATA,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xviii.,  fig.  1). 

Sponge,  large  cake-shaped,  attached  by  a  broad  base.  From 
the  upper  irregularly  convex  surface  arise  numerous  short  narrow 
tubes.  The  largest  example  is  somewhat  water  worn,  and  measures 
300  mm.  in  its  long  and  250  mm.  in  its  short  diameter,  and  about 
70  mm.  in  height.  The  tubes  vary  greatly  in  size.  The  larger 
are  30  mm.  in  height,  10  mm.  in  external  diameter,  without  the 
spinose  processes,  the  internal  diameter  averages  about  5  mm., 
the  largest  are  about  8  mm.  the  smallest  about  2  mm. 

Colour  of  the  dried  sponge  is  light  brownish  gray. 

The  tubes  are  rarely  free,  being  more  or  less  united  laterally 
throughout  their  length.  The  surface  is  beset  with  numerous 
prominent  aculeations,  they  vary  from  3  to  6  mm.  in  length,  and 
are  usually  about  3  mm.  apart ;  the  summits  of  the  tubes  are 
fringed  with  from  five  to  twelve  of  these  processes.  The  dermal 
surface  consists  of  a,  close  reticulation  of  fine  fibres,  with  numerous 
circular  pores  0'2  to  0-5  mm.  in  diameter.  The  oscula  are  1  to 
1  -5  mm.  in  diameter,  and  are  fairly  abundant  on  the  inner  surface 
of  the  tubes. 

The  main  skeleton  is  composed  of  well  developed  horny  fibre, 
with  a  polygonal  or  subrectangular  mesh.  The  main  fibres  are 
from  0-8  to  '1  mm.,  the  secondaries  0-5  mm.  in  diameter,  the 
former  are  sparsely  cored  with  slightly  curved  oxeote  spicules, 
the  latter  by  a  series  of  three  or  four,  in  the  slender  connecting 
fibres  the  spicules  are  uni-  or  biserially  arranged. 

Megasclera — Slightly  curved  oxea  with  rather  blunt  points. 

Size— About  0-07  by  0-002  mm. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon  at  low  water,  plentiful. 

FAMILY  HETERORRHAPHID^. 

GELLIUS  ACULEATUS,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xviii.,  fig.  3). 

Sponge  incrusting  (attached  to  a  piece  of  coral),  measuring  45 
mm.  by  20  mm.,  and  from  5  to  12  mm.  in  thickness. 

Surface  v(  ry  uneven  possessing  numerous  compressed  promi- 
nences, from  4  to  7  mm.  in  height,  0'5  to  0'8  mm.  in  their  broad 
diameter,  and  from  1  to  3  mm.  apart,  proximally  the  processes 
are  connected  by  narrow  ridges,  distally  they  taper  to  acute 
points  ;  they  are  more  or  less  compressed  throughout  their  length, 
rarely  rounded. 

Dermal  membrane,  thin,  smooth  and  somewhat  opaque,  pores  not 
visible,  oscula  few,  scattered,  occurring  between  the  aculeate  pro- 
cesses, subcircular  in  shape  and  from  1-2  to  1-5  mm.  in  diameter. 

Texture  soft,  compressible,  moderately  tough. 

Colour  in  spirit  dirty  cream. 


THE    SPONGES   OF   FUNAFUTI — WHITELEGGE.  327 

The  skeleton  consists  of  large  strongylote  spicules,  which  run 
more  or  less  vertically  from  the  base  to  the  surface,  either  singly 
or  in  twos  or  threes,  as  they  approach  the  surface  they  converge, 
forming  whisp-like  bands  from  O'l  toO'2  mm.  wide  ;  at  the  surface 
they  form  the  main  support  of  the  aculeations. 

In  addition  to  the  large  strongyla  there  are  numerous  small 
oxeote  spicules  irregularly  distributed  throughout  the  body  of  the 
sponge;  they  are  scarce  or 'absent  from  the  dermal  membrane, 
and  from  the  aculeate  processes.  Sigmata  of  about  one  and  a 
half  turns  are  abundant  and  evenly  distributed  in  the  dermal 
membrane,  internally  they  appear  to  be  confined  to  definite  tracts. 

Megasclera — (a)  Straight,  elongate,  round  ended  strongyla 
gradually  tapering  from  the  centre  to  the  extremities. 

Size— About  1-6  by  0-02  mm. 

(b)  Oxea,  small,  slender,  straight,  tapering  gradually  at  each 
end  to  acute  points. 

Size— About  0-14  by  0-0035  mm. 

Microsclera — Very  slender  sigmata  of  about  one  and  a  half 
turns  ;  length  about  0-02  mm. 

Deep  water  in  the  lagoon. 

This  species  is  allied  to  Gellius  carduus  in  outward  form,  the 
spicules  are,  however,  very  much  larger  than  in  that  species. 

CLATHRIA  PELLICULA,  sp.  nov. 

Sponge  incrusting,  from  1  to  1 '5  mm.  in  thickness;  surface 
minutely  conulose,  with  numerous  pores  in  groups  of  from  four 
to  six.  Oscula  scattered,  circular,  about  0'25  mm.  in  diameter. 

Colour  in  spirits  yellowish-gray. 

Skeleton  columnar,  consisting  of  whisp-like  multispicular  fibres, 
with  little  or  no  spongin  ;  they  are  made  up  of  irregularly  dis- 
posed smooth  styli  or  subtylostyli  and  accompanied  by  spined 
styli ;  there  are  but  few  spicules  between  the  fibres.  The  dermal 
skeleton  consists  of  rather  distant  radiating  tufts  of  smooth  styli. 

Megasclera — (a)  Smooth  styli  or  subtylostyli  of  the  fibres, 
gradually  sharp  pointed,  the  slightly  enlarged  basal  extremities 
of  the  larger  spicules  often  minutely  spinose. 

Size— About  0-23  by  0-0042  mm. 

(b)  Smooth  slender  styli  or  subtylostyli  of  the  dermal  tufts. 
Size— Variable  from  0-25  to  0-4  by  0  0035  mm. 

(c)  Echinating   styli,    straight,    gradually   tapering    to    sharp 
points,    spines   irregularly   disposed,  strong,    and   recurved,    the 
apical  fourth  of  the  spicule  almost  smooth. 

Size— 0-1  by  0-008  mm. 


020  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Microsclera — (a)  Minute  slender  isochelse;  length  about  0-015 
mm. 

(b)  Long  slender  toxa,  with  a  short  slight  bend  in  the  middle, 
straight  limbs,  and  smooth  acute  points  ;  length  0  35  mm. 
*|This  species  forms  a  thin  skin-like  covering  over  an  oyster 
shell,  Ostrcea  crista-galli,  Linn. 

Obtained  in  the  lagoon  in  eighteen  fathoms  of  water. 

AGELAS  GEACILIS,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xviii.,  fig.  4). 

Sponge  subcylindrical,  unbranched,  attached  to  fragments  of 
shells.  There  are  four  pieces,  three  of  which  take  the  form  of 
simple  filaments  measuring  from  2  to  3  mm.  in  diameter,  and 
from  25  to  75  mm.  in  length.  The  fourth  example  consists  of 
six  or  seven  processes  arising  from  an  expanded  base ;  at  their 
origin  and  for  about  half  their  length  they  are  somewhat  irregular, 
a  little  flattened  and  joined  together  at  various  points,  giving  the 
basal  portion  a  clathrous  aspect.  The  upper  half  terminates  in  a 
series  of  subcylindrical  filaments  from  5  to  25  mm.  in  height  and 
2  mm.  in  diameter,  which  taper  gradually  to  the  extremities. 

The  texture  is  spongy  and  soft,  but  pretty  tough.  Colour  in 
spirits  grayish-yellow.  The  surface  is  uneven,  hispid,  beset  with 
numerous  minute  conuli  from  0-2  to  0-5  mm.  high  and  2  to  5  mm. 
apart. "p A  few  minute  pores  are  visible  between  the  conuli. 

The  skeleton  is  reticulate,  the  stout  primary  fibres  forming  an 
axial  plexus  from  which  secondary  and  connecting  fibres  are  given 
off.  The  mesh  is  oblong  or  oval,  rarely  angular.  The  primary 
fibres  measure  0'07  mm.,  the  secondaries  0*045  mm.,  and  the 
connecting  fibres  0-025  mm. 

The  echinating  spicules  situated  on  the  main  fibres  are  numerous 
and  generally  more  or  less  parallel  with  them,  on  the  more  slender 
fibres  they  are  usually  at  right  angles  to  their  support. 

Megasclera — Of  one  kind  only,  consisting  of  straight  or  but 
little  curved,  verticillately  spined  styli,  from  the  truncated 
base  they  taper  gradually  to  sharp  points.  The  verticils  vary  in 
number  from  16  to  24,  according  to  the  size  of  the  spicule.  The 
first  three  or  four"  are  closer  than  the  rest,  and  consist  of  prominent 
straight  spines,  towards  the  apex  the  spines  are  recurved. 

Size— Variable  from  0-1  to  0*22  mm.  by  0-007  to  0013  mm. 
The  verticils  are  about  0-01  mm.  apart. 

Obtained  by  tangles,  associated  with  Gorgonice,  in  forty  to 
seventy  fathoms,  on  the  western  slope  of  the  atoll. 

ECHINODICTIUM  ASPERUM,  Ridley  &  Dendy. 

Echinodictium  asperurn,  Ridley  &  Dendy,  Chall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xx., 
p.  165,  pi.  xxxii.,  fig.  2. 


THE   SPONGES   OP   FUNAFUTI — WHITELEGGE.  329 

Of  this  well  marked  species  there  are  two  examples,  -one  dry 
the  other  in  spirit.  The  dried  example  measures  170  mm.  by 
120  mm.,  and  100  mm.  in  height.  The  one  in  spirit  measures 
120  mm.  by  95  mm.,  and  90  mm.  in  height.  They  are  thus 
larger  than  those  obtained  by  the  Challenger  Expedition. 

The  spined  styli  are  smaller  than  those  of  the  type,  they  seldom 
exceed  0-12  in  length. 

Colour  in  spirit,  gray. 

Dredged  in  the  lagoon  in  company  with  Laganum  and  Maretia. 

FAMILY  AXINELLIDuE. 
ACANTHELLA  STIPITATA,  Carter. 

Acanthella  stipitata,  Carter,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (5), 
vii.,  p.  380,  pi.  xviii.,  tig.  8 ;  Ridley  &  Bendy,  Chall.  Rep. 
Zool.,  xx.,  p.  178  ;  Dendy,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vic.,  (n.s.)  ix., 
1896,  p.  237. 

A  small  fragment  is  here  somewhat  doubtfully  referred  to  this 
species. 

Deep  water  in  the  lagoon. 

ACANTHELLA  PULCHERRIMA,  Ridley  &  Dendy. 
Acanthella  pulcherrima,  Ridley  &  Dendy,  Chall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xx., 

p.  177,  pi.  xxxii.,  fig.  3. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  is  in  the  collection. 
Associated  with  the  preceeding. 

ClOCALYPTA    INCRUSTANS,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xviii.,  fig.  2). 

Sponge  incrusting,  forming  large  flat  expansions  of  a  fairly 
uniform  thickness.  There  are  several  pieces,  the  largest  is  55  mm. 
by  45  mm.,  and  10  mm.  in  thickness. 

Colour  in  formol  yellowish-white. 

Texture  soft  and  fragile,  readily  breaking  by  its  own  weight  if 
handled. 

Surface  minutely  conulose ;  the  conuli  are  from  1  to  1  '5  mm. 
apart,  and  from  0*5  to  1  mm.  in  height. 

The  dermal  membrane  is  thin  and  transparent,  with  numerous 
inhalent  pores  which  are  situated  in  the  depressions  between  the 
conuli.  Oscula  scattered  about  2 '5  mm.  in  diameter,  with  slightly 
raised  margins. 

Skeleton. — The  main  skeleton  consists  of  columns  of  spiculo- 
fibre  without  much  obvious  spongin.  The  columns  run  vertically 
from  the  base  to  the  surface  where  they  terminate  and  form  the 
support  of  the  dermal  membrane.  The  columns  are  from  0-3  to  0'6 
mm.  in  diameter,  they  are  separated  by  spaces  0-4  to  0'6  mm.  wide. 


330  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

The  fibres  are  pretty  uniform  in  diameter  without  any  well 
defined  branches.  Occasionally  they  appear  to  be  connected  by 
a  somewhat  dense  bundle  of  spicules.  The  intercolumnar  spaces 
are  sparsely  spiculate.  The  spicules  are  rather  irregularly  arranged, 
both  in  the  spaces  and  the  columns.  There  are  no  traces  of  a 
special  basal  or  dermal  layer  of  spicules. 

Megasclera — Of  two  kinds,  stylote  and  oxeote.  (a)  The  styli 
are  usually  curved,  rarely  straight,  often  bent  a  short  distance 
from  the  well  rounded  base ;  they  taper  gradually  from  about  the 
middle  to  sharp  points. 

Size— Variable,  about  0-2  to  0-04  mm.  by  0-0095  mm. 

(6.)  The  oxea  are  not  so  numerous  as  the  styli,  they  are  usually 
bent  in  the  middle,  and  taper  gradually  to  sharp  points. 
Size— About  0-35  by  0-0075. 

Besides  the  above,  there  are  a  number  of  very  slender  oxea 
and  styli  scattered  through  the  body,  probably  the  young  of  the 
larger  forms. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

FAMILY  SUBERITID^E. 

POLYMASTIA   DENDYI,  Sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  xviii.,  fig.  5). 

Sponge  sessile,  consisting  of  a  series  of  mammiform  processes 
more  or  less  united  at  their  bases,  the  upper  third  or  half  being 
free.  The  single  example  in  the  collection  is  35  mm.  in  its  long 
and  25  mm.  in  its  short  diameter,  and  about  8  to  12  mm.  in 
height.  The  mammiform  processes  are  roundly  conical,  varying 
somewhat  in  size;  they  are  from  4  to  12  mm.  in  diameter  at  the 


The  sponge  is  pretty  firm,  elastic,  and  moderately  tough,  the 
surface  has  an  appearance  like  velvet,  due  to  the  projecting 
stylote  spicules. 

The  oscula  are  minute,  and  are  situated  in  the  centre  of  a 
smooth  membrane  at  the  summits  of  the  processes.  The  aperture 
is  about  0-25  mm.  in  diameter.  The  smooth  membrane  about 
1*5  mm.  The  oscula  margin  is  plain  or  but  very  slightly  raised, 
pores  not  visible. 

Colour  in  spirits  light  sandy  gray. 

Skeleton  composed  of  numerous,  slender  columns  of  spiculo- 
fibre  running  vertically  towards  the  surface,  where  they  terminate 
in  tufts  of  diverging  spicules  which  project  a  considerable  distance 
beyond  the  dermal  layer,  and  give  the  surface  the  characteristic 
velvety  appearance.  The  dense  dermal  layer  of  small  spicules  is 
about  0'3  mm.  in  thickness  ;  they  are  somewhat  irregularly  dis- 


THE   SPONGES   OF   FUNAFUTI — WHITELEOGE.  331 

posed,  not  strictly  vertical  to  the  surface  as  is  usually  the  case  in 
other  species. 

Megasclera — (a)  Of  the  main  body,  large  straight  styli,  a  little 
tapering  to  a  rounded  base,  and  gradually  tapering  to  a  not  very 
acute  apex,  many  of  the  larger  spicules  which  project  through  the 
dermis,  are  suddenly  contracted  at  about  one  or  two  diameters 
from  the  distal  extremity. 

Size — About  1-5  by  0-012  mm. 

(6)  The  small  slender  styli  of  the  dermal  layer  have  a  rounded 
base  and  a  tapering  acute  apex,  a  few  similar  spicules  are  found 
scattered  throughout  the  body  of  the  sponge,  especially  in  the 
walls  of  the  canals. 

Size— About  0-19  by  0-0025  mm. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon  associated  with  Sarcophyta. 

FAMILY  SPIRASTRELLID^J. 

SPIRABTRELLA  PAPILLOSA,  Ridley  &  Dendy. 

Spirastrella  papillosa,  Ridley  &  Dendy,  Ohall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xx.,  p. 

232,  pi.  xli.,  fig.  5 ;  pi.  xlv.  figs.  11-110. 

A  much  broken  specimen  is  here  somewhat  doubtfully  referred 
to  this  species. 

The  example  is  reduced  to  a  pulp,  and  it  is  impossible  to  say 
what  its  external  characters  were ;  during  growth  it  appears  to 
have  enveloped  large  quantities  of  broken  shells,  calcareous  sea- 
weeds, and  bits  of  coral. 

The  size  and  character  of  the  spicules  agree  closely  with  the 
description  given  in  the  Challenger  Report. 

Colour  in  formol  orange. 

Occurring  in  the  crevices  of  dead  coral,  shallow  water  on  the 
lagoon  reefs. 

Order  MONOOEEATINA. 

FAMILY  SPONGID^E. 

EUSPONGIA  IRREGULARIS,  var.  siLiCATA,  Lendenfeld. 
Euspongia   irregularis,    var.   silicata,  Lendenfeld,   Mon.    Horny 

Sponges,  1889,  p.  255,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  2 ;  pi.  xxi.,  fig.  10. 
Two  examples  of  this  species  are  in  the  collection,  one  in  spirit 
the  other  dry.     The  colour  of  the  spirit  specimen  is  dark  blackish 
brown  externally,  internally  of  a  light  salmon. 

The  main  fibres  of  the  skeleton  are  charged  with  foreign  spicules, 
from  the  secondary  and  connecting  fibres  they  appear  to  be 
absent. 

On  the  reefs  in  the  lagoon  (ante  p.  324). 


332 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


HIPPOSPONGIA  DURA,  Lendenfeld. 

Hippospongia   dura,   Lendenfeld,    Mon.   Horny   Sponges,    1889, 
p.  298,  pi.  17,  fig  15. 

There  are  five  pieces,  all  of  which  appear  to  have  been  cut  from 
one  large  specimen.  The  sponge  evidently  formed  a  cake-shaped 
mass ;  it  consists  of  stout  lamellae  joined  at  various  points,  both 
vertically  and  at  the  surface,  with  a  number  of  subcylindrical  or 
long,  narrow  meandering  lacunae  between. 

The  dermal  membrane  is  continued  over  the  whole  surface  of 
the  sponge.  Groups  of  from  20  to  30  oscula  pores  occur  in  the 
membrane  overlying  the  lacunae,  the  pores  vary  in  shape  from 
round  to  oval,  and  are  from  1  to  3  mm.  in  diameter. 

Isolated  reticulate  patches,  with  small  inhalent  pores,  exist  on 
the  elevated  parts  of  the  surface  chiefly  between  the  conuli ;  the 
rest  of  the  surface  is  smooth  and  imperf orate.  The  general  sur- 
face is  uneven  and  conulose ;  the  conuli  are  variable  in  height  and 
in  their  relative  distance  apart.  They  are  all  more  or  less  con- 
nected by  low  intervening  ridges,  and  usually  about  3  mm.  high, 
and  about  the  same  distance  from  each  other,  especially  on  the 
marginal  and  elevated  regions ;  elsewhere  they  are  low  and  widely 
separated. 

The  skeleton  consists  of  a  dense  network  of  uniform  fibres, 
entirely  free  from  foreign  bodies ;  they  are  scarcely  separable  into 
main  and  secondaries,  and  measure  from  0*015  to  0'02  mm.  in 
diameter. 

In  the  denser  parts  of  the  sponge  the  fibres  are  arranged  in 
trellis-like  clusters,  the  mesh  is  elongate,  angular,  rarely  with 
rounded  corners  ;  the  fibres  at  their  points  of  union  are  not  per- 
ceptably  dilated,  but  retain  their  cylindrical  form. 

In  the  lagoon  with  Sarcophyta. 

This  species  has  hitherto  only  been  recorded  from  the  American 
coast  of  the  North  Atlantic. 

FAMILY  SPONGELID^. 

SPONGELIA  FRAGILIS,  var.  IRREGULARIS,  Lendenfeld. 
Spongelia  fragilis,    var.    irregularis,    Lendenfeld,    Mon.    Horny 

Sponges,  1889,  p.  662,  pi.  xxxvii.,  fig.  10. 

This  species  is  represented  by  several  examples  in  a  much 
broken  condition. 

Colour  in  spirit,  yellowish-gray. 

Occupying  crevices  in  dead  and  honeycombed  blocks  of  coral, 
on  the  lagoon  reefs. 

I  owe  the  accompanying  illustrations  to  my  colleague,  Mr.  Edgar 
R.  "Waite,  from  whose  careful  drawings  they  have  been  reproduced. 


THE  ENTEROPNEUSTA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

PART  II. 
BY  JAS.  P.  HILL, 

Demonstrator  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Sydney. 


[XIV.] 
THE    ENTEROPNEUSTA. 

PART  II. 

BY  JAS.  P.  HILL, 

Demonstrator  of  Biology  in  the  University  of  Sydney. 
[Plates  XIX.-XXIL] 


INTERNAL  ANATOMY  OP  Ptychodera  hedleyi. 

Proboscis. — In  the  larger  specimens  examined  the  epidermis  of 
the  proboscis  has  a  thickness  of  about  *13  mm.  Below  the  two- 
layered  limiting  membrane  is  the  thin  circular  muscular  layer, 
with  a  thickness  of  -017  mm.,  i.e.,  slightly  thicker  than  the  same 
layer  in  P.  minuta.* 

Anterior  to  the  central  proboscis  organs  the  longitudinal  mus- 
culature almost  entirely  fills  up  the  cavity  of  the  proboscis  ;  only 
a  small  circular  space  filled  up  by  spongy  connective  tissue  is  left 
towards  the  centre  of  the  latter.  Below  this  space  the  centrally 
situated  longitudinal  fibres  form  an  interlacing  bundle  which 
posteriorly,  shortly  in  front  of  the  central  organs,  divides  into 
two  portions.  These  pass  back  laterally  to  the  central  organs  to 
take  their  origin  with  the  more  peripherally  situated  fibres  from 
the  posterior  wall  of  the  proboscis.  The  longitudinal  musculature 
is  not  divided  into  radial  masses. 

In  this  species  the  fibres  of  the  dorso- ventral  muscle-plate  are 
very  strongly  developed,  with  which  fact  is  to  be  correlated  the 
flattened  tongue-like  form  of  the  proboscis  in  preserved  specimens. 
Jn  respect  to  the  degree  of  development  of  the  dorso-ventral 
muscle-plate,  P.  hedleyi  may  be  best  compared  with  Balano- 
ylossus  kupfferi.^ 

In  my  preparations  of  this  species  it  can  be  clearly  seen  that 
numbers  of  the  fibres  of  this  dorso-ventral  plate  are  inserted 
directly  into  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  anterior  end  of  the 
"  notochord,"  which  here  is  not  covered  by  the  glomerulus  (fig.  6, 
dsc.).  Arising  in  the  dorso-median  line  the  fibres  of  this  system 

*  J.  W.  Spengel— Die   Entropneusten   des   Golfes  von.  Neapel,  etc. 
Fauna  u.  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel,  1893,  p.  17,  etc.     See  ante  p.  207. 
f  Spengel — Joe.  cit.,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  2. 


336  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

extend  on  to  the  lateral  walls  of  the  heart-bladder,  and  also  in 
front  of  the  heart-bladder  form  a  vertical  sheet,  the  fibres  of 
which  converge  to  be  inserted  directly  into  the  limiting  membrane 
of  the  apex  of  the  "notochord"  (Plate  xix.,  fig.  6,  dsc.).  From  here 
also  fibres  arise  which  diverge  downwards  and  forwards  on  each  side 
of  the  ventral  septum.  The  ventral  septum,  accompanied  by 
fibres  of  the  muscle  plate,  passes  obliquely  downwards  and 
forwards  from  the  anterior  end  of  the  "  notochord,"  its  most 
anterior  ventral  point  of  afiix  being  a  considerable  distance  in 
front  of  the  apex  of  the  "  notochord."  Behind  the  apex  of  the 
"  notochord,"  the  ventral  fibres  of  the  plate  are  inserted  into 
the  limiting  membrane  on  its  ventral  surface,  on  each  side  of 
the  attachment  of  the  ventral  septum  (fig.  1,  vps.  and  dsc.).  The 
splanchnic  epithelium  of  the  proboscis  ccelom  (fig.  1,  sp.)  has 
the  usual  relations.  As  in  P.  minuta  and  P.  australiensis,  the 
splanchnic  epithelium  is  covered  by  a  layer  of  spongy  tissue  repre- 
senting the  inner  limiting  layer  of  the  connective  tissue  of  the 
proboscis. 

As  in  other  species,  a  free  space  representing  the  proboscis 
ccelom  is  present  round  the  central  organs.  The  ventral  septum 
(fig.  1,  vps.)  has  oblique  anterior  and  posterior  free  edges  (fig.  2, 
vps.).  Behind  its  posterior  free  edge  there  is  an  unpaired  ventral 
pocket  (fig.  3,  vp.)  which  ends  blindly  in  what  appears  to  be 
simply  the  thickened  basement  membrane  of  the  epidermis  below 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  proboscis  skeleton  (fig.  4,  vp.). 

The  dorsal  proboscis  pockets  (tigs.  2  and  3,  dp.)  separated  by 
the  heart-bladder,  pass  backwards,  and,  on  a  level  with  the  posterior 
end  of  the  unpaired  ventral  pocket,  each  becomes  constricted  to 
form  a  small  and  short  ventral  canal  (fig.  4,  dp.)  which  ends 
blindly,  and  a  much  larger  dorsal  canal,  the  proboscis  canal  (pc.) 
The  two  proboscis  canals  may  either  open  into  each  other,  thus 
forming  a  single  canal  which  opens  to  the  exterior  by  a  single 
median  proboscis  pore,  or  the  canals  may  remain  separate  and 
open  independently  to  the  exterior,  thus  forming  two  proboscis 
pores,  one  on  each  side  of  the  median  line  (fig.  5,  p.'). 

"  Notochord." — The  "  notochord  "  has  the  usual  Ptychoderan 
shape.  Anteriorly  it  appears,  in  section,  of  an  oval  outline,  with 
a  large  central  lumen.  In  the  region  of  the  ventral  blind  sac,  it 
is  markedly  extended  transversely  and  somewhat  dorso-ventrally 
compressed  (fig.  2).  From  the  lumen  of  the  blind  sac  there  pass 
forwards  two  short  lateral  horns  (fig.  2,  Ib.)  as  in  P.  australiensis. 
In  the  posterior  portion  of  the  proboscis  neck,  the  "  notochord  " 
is  also  dorso-ventrally  flattened.  Its  dorsal  wall  is  here  much 
thicker  than  the  ventral,  and  provided  with  numerous  glands. 
The  ventral  wall  shortly  in  front  of  the  opening  of  the  "  noto- 
chordal"  lumen  into  the  throat  becomes  reduced  to  a  low  layer  of 
columnar  or  cubical  cells  resting  on  the  proboscis  skeleton. 


ENTEROPNEUSTA — HILL.  337 

As  in  other  species,  the  "notochord"  possesses  a  continuous  wide 
lumen,  crossed  here  and  there  by  cellular  bridges,  and  reaching  to 
near  its  apex.  Numerous  glands  open  into  the  lumen  along  its 
whole  extent,  but  are  specially  abundant  in  the  dorsal  wall  of  the 
neck  of  the  "  notochord." 

Proboscis  Skeleton. — The  "  end  plate  "  (fig.  3,  eps.)  closely  in- 
vests ventro-laterally  the  posterior  portion  of  the  blind  sac,  which 
here  is  somewhat  quadrangular  in  outline  (fig.  3,  Ibs.)  Behind, 
the  end  plate  narrows  and  passes  over  into  the  body  of  the  pro- 
boscis skeleton,  overlying  the  posterior  portion  of  the  unpaired 
ventral  proboscis  pocket.  The  body  is  at  first  convex  below  and 
provided  with  short  nearly  vertical  wings  investing  the  "  noto- 
chord "  laterally.  Posteriorly  the  ventral  surface  of  the  body 
soon  looses  its  convex  form,  and  behind  the  posterior  end  of  the 
ventral  proboscis  pocket  is  distinctly  keeled.  In  sections  just 
behind  the  ventral  proboscis  pocket  the  entire  skeleton  is  found 
to  consist  of  a  dorsal  flattened  portion  prolonged  on  each  side  into 
short  almost  horizontal  wings,  below  which  is  a  blunt  triangular 
keel-like  projection.  In  the  dorsal  portion,  the  lines  of  stratifica- 
tion correspond  with  the  ventral  wall  of  the  "notochord";  it  thus 
represents  the  "body  "  of  the  skeleton.  In  the  ventral  projection 
the  lines  correspond  in  direction  with  the  adjacent  epidermis :  it 
thus  represents  the  "  keel"  of  the  skeleton. 

In  this  species  the  "  keel  "  is  not  separated  from  the  "  body  " 
by  "  chondroid  tissue,"  and  it  is  not  provided  with  distinct  lateral 
outgrowths  or  wings.  Posteriorly  the  keel  gradually  becomes 
blunter  and  thicker  and  at  the  same  time  decreases  in  height, 
until,  at  the  level  of  the  proboscis  pores,  the  entire  skeleton  has 
the  shape  shown  in  fig.  5.  The  skeleton  (vps.)  is  here  in  section 
again  convex  below,  slightly  concave  above  and  provided  with 
two  short  ventrally  curved  wings.  The  skeleton  continues  in  this 
condition  up  to  the  point  of  union  of  the  proboscis  neck  with  the 
inner  face  of  the  collar.  Here  the  "nuclei"  of  the  "legs"  appear, 
separating  the  now  thin  "  body  "  from  the  ventral  part  of  the 
skeleton,  the  continuation  of  the  "keel."  Posteriorly  the  "nuclei" 
eventually  separate  from  each  other  to  form  the  diverging  "legs" 
of  the  skeleton,  which  end  considerably  in  front  of  the  mid-region 
of  the  collar. 

The  "  chondroid  tissue  "  of  the  proboscis  neck  (figs.  2-4,  ch.)  is, 
as  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  not  very  strongly  developed. 
The  cell  strands  penetrating  it  are  derived  mainly  from  the  ventral 
proboscis  pocket,  and  also  in  lesser  degree  from  the  dorsal  pockets. 

Heart-bladder. — The  heart-bladder  has  the  usual  relations.  An- 
teriorly (fig.  1,  h.)  it  is  prolonged  down  on  each  side  of  the  "noto- 
chord "  so  as  to  enclose  about  the  upper  three-fourths  of  the  latter. 
It  does  not  extend  quite  to  the  extreme  apex  of  the  "  notochord." 


338  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Posteriorly  the  cavity  of  the  heart-bladder  is  occupied  by  cellular 
tissue  crossed  dorsally  by  transverse  fibres  passing  between  its 
lateral  walls.  As  in  other  species  its  ventral  wall  (fig.  1,  vw.)  is 
provided  with  a  layer  of  transverse  muscular  fibres. 

Proboscis  Vessels. — The  glomerulus  is  shown  in  transverse  section 
in  fig.  1  (gl.).  It  does  not  cover  the  anterior  end  of  the  "  noto- 
chord  "  as  in  P.  minuta  and  P.  australiensis,  its  two  halves  being 
separated  by  the  fibres  of  the  dorso-ventral  muscle  plate  inserted 
into  the  apex  of  the  "  notochord."  The  central  blood  space  (figs. 
1  and  6,  cbs.)  opens  freely  on  each  side  into  the  glomerulus  sinus 
on  the  lower  portion  of  the  lateral  walls  of  the  heart-bladder. 
The  efferent  proboscis  vessels  (figs.  2-5,  epv.)  only  become  distinct 
at  the  posterior  end  of  the  glomerulus.  They  are  not  joined  by  a 
connecting  vessel  in  the  proboscis  neck  as  in  P.  australiensis. 

The  afferent  (figs.  2-4,  av.)  and  efferent  vessels  of  the  subepi- 
dermic  network  have  the  usual  relations. 

Along  the  mid-ventral  line  of  the  proboscis  there  runs  a  small 
vessel  internal  to  the  circular  musculature,  which  stands  at  inter- 
vals in  connection  with  the  subepidermic  capillary  net,  the  circular 
muscular  layer  being  interrupted  at  these  points.  When  the 
ventral  septum  appears  this  vessel  apparently  passes  up  along  its 
anterior  edge. 

Collar. — The  five  zones  of  the  epidermis  (cf.  Part  I.*)  are  distinct 
in  longitudinal  section.  The  first  zone,  including  slightly  more 
than  the  anterior  free  rim  of  the  collar,  and  the  fifth  zone,  form- 
ing the  posterior  rim  of  the  collar,  stain  similarly  and  not  very 
deeply.  The  second  and  fourth  zones  stain  deeply,  while  the  third 
zone  stains  less  deeply.  The  collar  musculature  has  the  usual 
relations. 

The  perihfemal  spaces,  as  in  P.  sarniensis,  aperta,  and  aus- 
traliensis, enclose  about  the  ventral  half  of  the  collar  nerve  cord 
(Plate  xx.,  fig.  7,  phs.). 

As  may  occur  in  P.  australiensis,  the  dorsal  septum  of  the 
collar  appears  as  a  free  fold  in  front  of  the  first  root  and  reaches 
the  epidermis  along  with  the  latter.  From  here  it  extends  to  the 
posterior  end  of  the  collar.  The  ventral  vessel  consists  of  a  single 
fold.  It  unites  either  near  the  mid-region  of  the  collar  or  nearer 
its  posterior  end.  with  a  median  subepidermic  vessel  to  form  the 
ventral  septum  of  the  collar.  The  dorsal  vessel  in  the  collar 
occupies  the  whole  of  the  mesentery  between  the  perihfemal 
spaces. 

The  collar  canals  (fig.  8,  ccl.)  have  the  usual  shape  and  are  re- 
latively short.  Each  runs  obliquely  backwards  and  downwards 
to  become  continuous  with  the  anterior  wall  of  the  first  gill-pocket. 

*  Ante,  p.  207. 


ENTEROPNEUSTA — HILL.  339 

The  outer  opening  of  the  canal  is  expanded  and  provided  with 
thick  out-turned  lips.  In  this  species  the  first  and  second  gill 
pockets  have  a  common  efferent  portion  into  which  the  collar 
canal  opens  (fig.  8,  g.c.  1  and  2). 

Nerve  Cord  of  Collar. — The  collar  nerve  cord  is  dorso-ventrally 
flattened  and  band-like  in  shape,  convex  above  and  concave  in  its 
mid-region  below  (fig.  7,  cnc.}.  As  in  P.  sarniensis,*  a  continuous 
axial  canal  (fig.  7,  cnl.)  opening  both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly 
is  present  in  the  cellular  part  of  the  cord.  The  axial  canal  is 
wide  and  dorso-ventrally  compressed  like  the  cord  itself.  Towards 
its  anterior  end,  it  narrows  to  open  to  the  exterior  by  the  small 
anterior  neuropore  (fig.  6,  an.),  the  posterior  neuropore  is  a  slightly 
larger  opening.  The  canal  is  lined  by  a  cuticular  layer,  and  there 
open  into  it  numerous  gland  cells,  especially  abundant  and  large 
in  the  ventral  wall  of  the  canal.  The  ventral  wall  is  very  much 
thicker  than  the  dorsal.  As  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  the 
cellular  part  of  the  cord  is  completely  invested  by  the  fibrous 
layer,  but  here  the  layer  of  fibres  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  cord 
is  a  very  thin  one. 

Dorsal  Roots. — As  in  P.  australiensis,  the  first  root  may  arise 
from  the  collar  nerve  cord  quite  near  its  anterior  end.  The  roots 
are  quite  irregular,  both  in  size,  number,  course,  and  disposition. 
They  vary  in  number  from  one  to  two  roots,  situated  in  the 
anterior  half  of  the  cord,  to  four,  seven  or  eight,  in  four  specimens 
examined.  The  axial  canal  of  the  cord  is  not  prolonged  into  any 
of  the  roots.  They  all  possess  a  solid  cellular  core  surrounded  by 
a  thin  fibrous  layer,  and  are  invested  by  the  usual  basement 
membrane  carrying  blood.  Where  they  join  the  epidermis,  they 
cause  no  interruption  of  the  cells  of  the  latter  such  as  occurs 
in  P.  minuta  and  in,  at  least,  the  most  anterior  of  the  roots  in 
P.  australiensis. 

Trunk. — Except  for  a  thin  layer  of  circular  muscles  below  the 
epidermis  at  the  extreme  posterior  end  of  the  body,  forming  the 
anal  sphincter,  a  circular  muscular  layer  is  absent  below  the  epi- 
dermis of  the  trunk,  as  occurs  in  no  other  described  species  of  the 
genus  Ptychodera. 

Branchial  Region. — Owing  to  the  absence  of  both  genital  pleura 
and  cushions  in  this  region,  it  has  in  transverse  section  a  dorso- 
ventrally  compressed  ovalish  outline  (Plate  xix.,  fig.  2).  The 
dorsal  nerve  (Plate  xxi.,  fig.  9,  dn.}  lies  at  the  bottom  of  a 
deep  median  groove,  wider  below  and  narrow  above.  The 
epidermis  forming  the  lateral  walls  of  the  wider  ventral  part 
of  this  groove  contains  numerous  gland  cells  and  stains  very 
deeply  (fig.  9).  Gland  cells  are  also  present  in  small  numbers 

*  Spengel— Zoc.  cit. 


340  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

in  the  cellular  part  of  the  dorsal  nerve,  while  they  are  almost 
entirely  absent  in  the  cellular  part  of  the  ventral  nerve.  The 
course  of  the  ventral  nerve  (fig.  9,  vn.)  is  marked  by  a  very 
shallow  median  groove. 

Laterally  to  the  dorsal  median  groove,  there  is  on  each  side  a 
shallower  branchial  groove,  the  epidermis  forming  the  lateral  walls 
of  which  also  contains  numerous  gland  cells  and  stains  deeply 
(fig.  9,  brg.). 

The  longitudinal  musculature  (fig.  9,  Imt.)  follows  immediately 
on  the  basement  membrane  of  the  epidermis.  It  is  interrupted 
dorsally  and  ventrally  by  the  dorsal  and  ventral  vessels,  and  also  along 
the  sub-median  lines  situated  close  to  the  base  of  the  lateral  wall  of 
the  branchial  grooves  (fig.  9).  Numbers  of  radial  fibres  pass  in- 
wards from  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  epidermis  to  be  inserted 
into  the  walls  of  the  oesophagus  and  gill  pockets.  The  coelom  is 
here  completely  subdivided  into  two,  above  by  the  dorsal  mesentery 
and  below  by  the  ventral  vessel.  In  mature  specimens  the  lateral 
halves  of  the  coelom  are  almost  completely  occupied  by  the 
gonads. 

The  alimentary  canal  is,  as  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  divided 
into  a  dorsal  branchial  canal  (fig.  9,  ^.)and  a  ventral  cesophageal 
canal  (ce.).  The  line  of  separation  between  the  two  is  marked  by 
two  projecting  longitudinal  ridges,  the  limiting  ridges  (fig.  9,  lc.), 
but  in  this  species  these  two  ridges  are  widely  separated  from  each 
other  so  that  the  branchial  and  oesophageal  canals  are  in  open 
communication  (fig.  9). 

The  epibranchial  band  (fig.  9,  epb.)  along  the  mid-dorsal  line  of 
the  branchial  canal  is  composed  of  long  narrow  cells,  and  stains 
only  slightly.  It  contains  small  gland  cells  in  no  great  abundance 
and  with  no  definite  arrangement. 

The  gill  pockets  have  the  same  general  structure  as  in  P.  minuta. 
The  synapticulee  of  the  gill  skeleton  (fig.  9,  sn.)  do  not  exceed 
thirteen  or  fourteen  in  number,  those  more  dorsally  situated 
being  usually  wider  apart  than  the  more  ventral  ones.  The 
gill  pores  open  into  the  branchial  grooves  just  mesial  to  the  sub- 
median  lines  as  in  P.  minuta,  and,  as  in  that  form,  oblique  slips 
of  the  longitudinal  musculature  pass  between  successive  pores. 

In  the  non-ciliated  epithelium  of  the  outer,  the  anterior  and 
posterior  Avails  of  the  efferent  portions  of  the  gill  pockets,  as  well 
as  in  that  of  the  outer  walls  of  the  gill  tongues  ("  tongue  bottom  ") 
there  occur  numbers  of  gland  cells  (figs.  9  and  10).  The  outer 
wall  of  the  gill  tongue  ("  tongue  bottom  ")  is  not  enfolded  into 
the  cavity  of  the  tongue  (fig.  10)  as  is  found  to  be  the  case  in 
sections  through  the  gills  of  P.  minuta  and  P.  australiensis. 


ENTEROPNEUSTA — HILL.  341 

The  inner  concave  wall  of  the  gill  tongue  ("tongue  back")  is 
composed  of  the  usual  high  epithelium,  in  the  anterior  and  posterior 
faces  of  which  small  flask-shaped  gland  cells  occur  (fig.  10,  gib.). 

The  first  gill  pocket  lies  under  cover  of  the  posterior  end  of  the 
collar,  and  as  has  already  been  mentioned,  the  first  and  second 
pockets  have  a  common  efferent  portion  which  opens  to  the  ex- 
terior between  the  collar  and  trunk  by  a  narrow  slit-like  canal 
(Plate  xx.,  fig.  8,  gp.  1  and  2). 

The  gills  in  one  of  the  larger  specimens  of  this  species  with  a 
gill  area  measuring  3  cm.  in  length,  would  number  considerably 
over  one  hundred  pairs. 

The  usual  septa  and  gill  tongue  vessels  are  present  (Plate  xxi.,  fig. 
10).  The  dorsal  vessel  in  this  region  occupies  only  the  dorsal  half  of 
the  dorsal  mesentery,  and  the  afferent  gill  vessels'  diverge  about 
opposite  the  gill  tongues  outwards  and  downwards  from  its  ventral 
side  as  in  P.  minuta.  As  Spengel  describes,  each  afferent  vessel 
stands  in  direct  connection  with  the  two  vessels  in  the  gill  tongue 
lying  one  on  each  side  just  within  the  tongue  bars  of  the  gill 
skeleton,  and  also  in  connection  with  a  septal  vessel,  apparently 
in  this  species  with  either  the  septal  vessel  of  the  septum  in  front 
of,  or  behind  the  corresponding  tongue.  The  capillary  system  of 
the  gill  tongues  also  appears  to  stand  in  connection  with  the 
septal  vessels  by  connecting  branches  running  round  the  dorsal 
ends  of  the  gills. 

In  this  species  these  leave  the  ventral  side  of  the  dorsal  vessel, 
not  only  the  afferent  branchial  vessels,  but  also  branches  which 
pass  to  the  mesial  wall  of  the  efferent  portions  of  the  gill  pockets 
(fig.  9). 

Towards  the  posterior  end  of  the  branchial  region  the  median 
dorsal  groove  becomes  much  shallower,  while  the  branchial  grooves 
become  markedly  wider  and  deeper.  The  median  dorsal  portion 
of  the  body  in  the  region  of  the  developing  gill  pockets  thus  forms 
a  prominent  longitudinal  projection  in  which  the  branchial  canal 
is  situated,  while  the  dorso-lateral  portions  of  the  body  stand  out 
as  thick  free  wings.  The  gill  pores  here  open  near  the  middle  of 
the  mesial  wall  of  the  widened  branchial  groove,  while  the  genital 
pores  open  on  its  lateral  wall,  about  on  a  level  with  the  gill 
pores. 

Genital  Region. — Intheanterior  portionof  this  region,  just  behind 
the  last  developing  gill  pockets,  the  alimentary  canal  of  P.  hedleyi 
exhibits  a  noteworthy  differentiation  into  two  portions  similar  to 
and  perhaps  even  more  marked  than  that  described  by  Spengel 
for  the  corresponding  portion  of  the  intestine  in  P.  erythrcea  and 
P.  bahamensis. 


342  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Plate  xxii.,  fig.  11,  represents  a  section  taken  shortly  behind  the 
last  pair  of  gill  pockets,  and  it  will  be  seen  that  we  have  here  the 
same  general  external  form  of  the  body  as  was  described  above  for 
the  posterior  portion  of  the  branchial  region.  In  other  words,  the 
median  dorsal  projection  there  found  continues  back  into  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  genital  region,  and  is  bounded  laterally  by 
deep  grooves,  the  continuations  of  the  branchial  grooves,  now, 
however,  much  deeper  and  narrower  below.  Beneath  these  grooves, 
the  longitudinal  musculature  is  absent. 

Just  as  the  median  dorsal  projection  in  the  posterior  branchial 
region  lodged  the  branchial  canal,  so  here  it  lodges  a  remarkable 
thick- walled  dorsal  division  of  the  alimentary  canal  (fig.  11,  idv.) 
which  is  joined  by  a  short,  laterally  compressed  stalk,  to  a  ventral 
division  of  the  intestine,  lined  by  ordinary  intestinal  epithelial 
cells  (fig.  11,  i.).  The  dorsal  division  possesses  a  small  lumen 
which  opens  by  a  narrow  slit-like  cleft  in  the  connecting  stalk, 
into  the  broad  and  dorso-ventrally  compressed  lumen  of  the 
ventral  division. 

At  its  anterior  end  the  dorsal  diverticulum  projects  forwards 
over  the  last  pair  of  gill  pockets  as  a  very  short,  free,  blindly- 
ending  tube,  the  lumen  of  the  diverticulum  opening  below  into 
that  of  the  branchial  canal.  The  lumen  of  the  ventral  division 
of  the  intestine  is  the  direct  continuation  of  the  cesophageal  canal 
of  the  branchial  region. 

Posteriorly  the  slit-like  canal  of  commnnication  between  the 
dorsal  and  ventral  divisions  of  the  intestine  gradually  widens  out, 
and  at  the  same  time  the  dorso-lateral  corners  of  the  ventral 
division  of  the  gut  extend  inwards  mesially,  giving  rise  to  two 
prominent  folds,  one  on  each  side  of  the  opening  between  the  two 
divisions.  These  two  folds  eventually  become  free  and  end  shortly 
behind  the  point  of  complete  merging  of  the  dorsal  division  into 
the  ordinary  gut.  It  has  also  to  be  mentioned  that  posteriorly 
the  branchial  grooves  by  the  fusion  of  the  mid-portions  of  their 
opposite  walls,  form  two  very  short  and  blindly-ending  canals 
which  pass  back  one  on  each  side  in  the  trunk  crelom,  alongside 
the  dorsal  diverticulum. 

This  dorsal  division  of  the  gut  is  lined  by  a  very  deeply  staining 
and  slightly  folded  epithelium  measuring  up  to  '25  mm.  in  thick- 
ness. The  epithelium  is  composed  of  long,  narrow  cells  closely 
packed  together,  with  small  rod-  or  spindle-shaped  nuclei.  The 
cell-protoplasm  contains  large  numbers  of  small  granules  staining 
a  dull  red  with  eosin.  Below  the  thin  cuticular  covering  of  the 
epithelium  there  occur  very  numerous  gland  cells,  which  open 
freely  into  the  lumen  of  the  diverticulum. 

As  has  already  been  mentioned,  Spengel  has  described  the 
occurrence  of  a  similar  subdivision  of  the  gut  canal  just  behind 


ENTEROPNEUSTA — HILL.  343 

the  branchial  region,  in  the  two  members  of  the  sub-genus  Chlamy- 
dothorax  (P.  erythrcea  and  P.  bahamensis)  examined  by  him. 
Of  P.  erythrcea  he  says  : — "  Der  Darm  (of  the  part  of  the  genital 
region  immediately  following  on  the  branchial  region)  durch  zwei 
seitlich  einspringende  Falten  in  zwei  Halbcanale,  einen  dorsalen 
und  einen  ventralen,  geschieden  erschient.  Ersterer  stellt  eine 
tiefe  Rinne  dar,  die  von  einem  miichtigen,  driisenreichen  Epithel 
ausgekleidet  ist ;  letzterer  dagegen  ist  breit  und  niedrig,  seine 
Wand  verhaltnissmassig  dtinn.  Der  Querschnitt  des  Darms  ist 
entsprechend  etwa  ankerformig."* 

In  P.  hedleyi  this  dorsal  diverticulum  of  the  gut  appears  to  be 
more  markedly  separated  from  the  ventral  division  than  in  P. 
erythrcea,  (cf.  fig.  11  with  Spengel's  fig.  O,  page  182).  Tn  both 
cases  che  dorsal  division  is  lined  by  a  very  thick  epithelium  with 
numerous  glands. 

In  P.  bahamensis,  according  to  Spengel,  the  same  features 
are  found,  but  not  in  such  noteworthy  proportions  as  in  P. 
erythrcea. 

In  P.  flava  which,  as  Willey  f  has  shown,  also  belongs  to  the 
sub-genus  Chlamydothorax,  I  find  in  the  portion  of  the  gut  in 
question  a  similar  subdivision  into  dorsal  and  ventral  portions. 
The  dorsal  division  is  small  and  lined  by  a  moderately  thick  epi- 
thelium, in  which,  however,  glands  are  not  specially  developed. 
This  dorsal  division  is  connected  with  the  large  thin-walled 
ventral  division  by  a  laterally  compressed  stalk,  with  a  very 
narrow  lumen.  Gland  cells  are  especially  abundant  in  the  thick 
epithelium  of  the  stalk.  Altogether  in  P.  flava  this  dorsal 
division  of  the  gut  is  a  much  smaller  and  much  less  prominent 
structure  than  in  P.  hedleyi. 

Neither  in  P.  hedleyi  nor  in  P.  flava  is  there  any  differentia- 
tion of  muscular  layers  in  connection  with  this  part  of  the  gut, 
such  as  Spengel  describes  for  P.  erythrcea  and  P.  bahamensis. 
In  P.  hedleyi  the  above  described  dorsal  diverticulum  of  the  in- 
testine is  such  a  well  defined  structure  that  we  cannot  but  regard 
it  as  possessing  some  definite  function.  Without  doubt  it  is  a 
mucus-secreting  organ,  but  the  presence  of  granules  in  the  pro- 
toplasm of  its  epithelial  cells  suggests  also  that  it  has  some 
other  function,  probably  digestive.  In  this  connection  it  may  be 
mentioned  that  in  one  out  of  three  specimens  sectionised,  the 
lumen  of  the  diverticulum  contained  what  appeared  to  be  partially 
disorganised  animal  remains. 


*  Spengel— Loc.  tit.,  p.  182. 

f  A.  Willey— On  Ptychodera  flava,  Esch.     Qt.  Journ.  Micro.  Sci.,  xl.,  1, 
1897,  p.  165. 


344  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Behind  the  intestinal  diverticulum  of  the  anterior  portion  of 
the  genital  region,  the  genital  cushions  gradually  become  more 
prominent  until  about  the  middle  of  the  genital  region  proper 
they  form  marked  thick  lateral  projections  (fig.  12,  gnc.)  into 
which  the  dorso-lateral  portions  of  the  gut  pass.  Posteriorly  the 
genital  cushions  gradually  fade  away  as  the  hepatic  region  is 
approached. 

The  coelom  in  the  genital  region  is  completely  divided  into  two 
lateral  halves,  above  by  the  high  dorsal  mesentery,  and  below  by 
the  ventral  vessel.  The  dorsal  vessel  (fig.  12,  dv.)  occupies  only 
a  small  portion  of  the  dorsal  half  of  the  dorsal  mesentery.  The 
lateral  septa  have  the  usual  relations :  they  extend  into  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  branchial  region. 

Gonads. — In  the  branchial  region,  gonads  exist  only  laterally 
to  the  gill  pores.  They  are  much  branched  sacs,  occupying  in 
mature  individuals  the  greater  part  of  the  coelom  in  that  region. 
In  P.  minuta  and  P,  sarniensis,  according  to  Spengel,  the  gonads 
in  the  branchial  region  are  simple  unbranched  sacs.  The  genital 
pores  open  in  the  submedian  lines  close  to  the  base  of  the  lateral 
wall  of  each  branchial  groove.  Towards  the  hinder  end  of  the 
branchial  region,  the  submedian  lines  shift  upwards,  so  that  the 
genital  pores  on  each  side  open  into  the  branchial  groove  about 
the  middle  of  its  lateral  wall.  Posteriorly  the  submedian  lines 
pass  still  more  dorsally,  and,  in  the  genital  region  proper,  the 
genital  pores  open  close  to  the  free  margin  of  the  genital  cushions 
on  their  mesial  sides  (tig.  12, 


In  the  genital  region  the  gonads  consist  each  of  two  main  sub- 
divisions (1)  a  lateral  division  situated  on  the  outer  side  of  the 
lateral  septum  (fig.  12,  git.)  and  (2)  a  mesial  division  situated  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  septum  and  extending  mesially  towards  the 
dorsal  mesentery  (fig.  12,  gm.).  Both  these  main  subdivisions  are 
again  irregularly  branched. 

Post-genital  Region. — The  hepatic  region  in  its  general  features 
corresponds  with  that  of  P.  minuta.  The  intestinal  and  hepatic 
epithelial  cells  contain  numbers  of  greenish  granules. 

The  hind  body  calls  for  no  detailed  consideration.  The  two 
ciliated  grooves  of  the  intestine  are  related  essentially  as  in  P. 
australiensis .  The  intestine  is  provided  with  a  long  and  high 
keel-like  process,  the  slightly  enlarged  ventral  edge  of  which  over- 
lies the  minute  ventral  vessel.  The  dorsal  and  ventral  vessels, 
the  keel-like  process  of  the  intestine,  and  the  dorsal  nerve  disappear 
shortly  in  front  of  the  posterior  end  of  the  body.  The  ventral 
nerve  can  be  traced  to  the  extreme  posterior  end.  The  radial 
fibres  passing  between  the  limiting  membrane  of  the  epidermis 
and  that  of  the  intestine  are  well  developed. 


ENTEROPNEU8TA — HILL.  345 

Round  the  terminal  portion  of  the  body  there  is  below  the 
limiting  membrane  of  the  epidermis  a  thin  layer  of  circular 
muscles  which,  with  the  delicate  circular  muscles  round  the 
terminal  part  of  the  intestine,  form  a  sphincter  round  the  anus. 

SUMMARY. 

(1)  The  Pacific  species,  P.  hedleyi,  is  to  be  associated  with  the 
two  European  species  P.  minuta  and  P.  sarniensis  in  the  sub- 
genus  Ptychodera  (sensu  stricto),  especially  characterised  by  the 
rudimentary  character  of  the  genital  pleura. 

(2)  In  the  possession  of  a  continuous  axial  canal  in  the  dorsal 
nerve  cord,   opening  both  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  P.  hedleyi 
agrees  with  P.  sarniensis,  while  in  the  possession  of  two  longi- 
tudinal epidermal  stripes  overlying  the  two  ciliated  grooves   of 
the  intestine,  it  agrees  with  P.  australiensis. 

(3)  P.  hedleyi  exhibits  affinities  with  the  members  of  the  sub- 
genus  Chlamydothorax  (P.  erythrcea,  P.  bahamensis,  and  P.flava) 
in  the  possession  of  a  dorsal  thick-walled  glandular  division  of 
the  intestine  just  behind  the  branchial  region.     It  is  suggested 
that  this  dorsal  diverticulum  may,  in  P.  hedleyi,  have  some  diges- 
tive function. 

(4)  As  regards  the  degree  of  development  of  the  dorso-ventral 
muscle  plate,  P.  hedleyi  may  be  best  compared  with  Balanoglossus 
kupfferi. 

(5)  P.  hedleyi  differs  from  all  hitherto  described  species  of  the 
genus  Ptychodera,  and   agrees  with  the  members  of  the  genus 
Balanoglossus  in  the  absence  of  a  circular  musculature  in  the 
trunk. 


REFERENCE  LETTERS. 


an.  Anterior  neuropore. 

av.  Afferent  vessels  of  subepidermic  capillaries  of  proboscis. 
bps.  Body  of  proboscis  skeleton. 
brg.  Branchial  groove. 
cbs.  Central  blood-space  of  proboscis. 
ccl.  Collar  canal. 

ccp.  Prolongations  of  collar  coelom  into  the  proboscis  neck. 
cfw.  Circular  musculature  of  outer  wall  of  anterior  rim  of  collar. 

ch.  "Chondroid  tissue." 

cl.  Cleft  into  which  dorsal  vessel  opens, 
cm.  Circular  musculature  of  proboscis. 
cnc.  Collar  nerve  cord, 
cnl.  Axial  canal  of  collar  nerve  cord. 

COK.  Collar  crelom. 

cce'.  Part  of  collar  coelom  into  which  the  collar  canal  opens. 
div.  "Notochord." 


346  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

dn.  Dorsal  nerve  of  trunk. 

dp.  Dorsal  proboscis  pockets. 

dp1.  Blindly  ending  ventral  portions  of  dorsal  proboscis  pockets. 

dsc.  Fibres  of  dorso-ventral  muscle  plate. 

ds.  Dorsal  septum  of  collar. 

dv.  Dorsal  vessel. 

ep.  Epidermis. 

epb.  Epibranchial  strand. 

eps.  "  End  plate  "  of  proboscis  skeleton. 

epth.  Epithelium  of  throat. 

epv.  Efferent  proboscis  vessels. 

g.  Gonads. 

gap.  Genital  aperture. 

gc.  Gill  pocket. 

gg.  Branchial  canal. 

gl.  Glomerulus. 

git.  Lateral  gonad  branch. 

gm.  Mesial  gonad  branch. 

gnc.  Genital  cushion. 

gp.  Gill  pore. 

gs.  Gill  septum. 

gt.  Gill  tongue. 

gtb.  Epithelium  of  "  gill  tongue  back." 

gtc.  Cavity  of  gill  tongue. 

h.  Heart-bladder. 

i.  Intestine. 

idv.  Intestinal  diverticulum,  just  behind  branchial  region. 

ifw.  Musculature  of  fore  wall  of  anterior  rim  of  collar. 

ies.  Low  cubical  epithelium  covering  the  inner  edge  of  the  septal  bar 
and  the  surfaces  of  the  tongue  bars. 

Ib.  Anterior  horn  of  lumen  of  the  "  notochordal  "  blind  sac. 

Ibs.  Ventral  blind  sac  of  "  notochord." 

Ic.  Limiting  cushions  between  branchial  canal  and  oesophagus. 

Ifw.  Longitudinal  musculature  of  outer  wall  of  anterior  rim  of  collar. 

Im.  Longitudinal  musculature  of  proboscis. 

Imt.  Longitudinal  musculature  of  trunk. 

Is.  Lateral  septa  of  trunk. 

nf.  Nerve  fibre  layer. 

ngr.  Nerve  fibre  ring  of  proboscis  neck. 

ntr.  Nerve  ring  at  posterior  end  of  collar. 

OR.  (Esophagus. 

ol.  Opening  of  lumen  of  "  notochord  "  into  the  throat. 

p.  Proboscis  pore. 

pc.  Proboscis  canal. 

phs.  PerihsemaL  spaces. 

pps.  Peripharyngeal  space. 

ps.  Proboscis  skeleton. 

rf.  Eadial  fibres  between  fore  and  outer  walls  of  anterior  rim  of  collar. 

sn.  Synapticulse. 

sp.  Splanchnic  epithelium  of  proboscis  coelora. 

spr.  Septal  bar  of  gill  skeleton. 

tpr.  Tongue  bars  of  gill  skeleton. 

vgs.  Septal  vessel. 

vn.  Ventral  nerve. 

vp.  Ventral  proboscis  pockets. 

vps.  Ventral  septum  of  proboscis. 

w.  Ventral  vessel. 

vw.  Ventral  wall  of  heart-bladder. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVI. 


Keroeides  gracilis,  sp.  nov. 

Pig.  1.  Colony.     Nat.  size. 

„    2.  Cortical  spicule. 

„    3.  Polyp  spicule. 

„    4.  Operculate  spicule. 

„     5.  Portion  of  the  axis. 

Acanthogorgia  breviflora,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  6.  Colony.    Nat.  size. 

„    7.  Cortical  spicule. 

„    8.  Polyp  spicule. 

„    9.  Coronal  spicule. 

„  10.  Collar  spicule. 

Anthomuricea  simplex,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  11.  Colony.     Nat.  size. 

„  12.  Cortical  spicule. 

„  13.  Deep-seated  polyp  spicule. 

„  14.  Collar  spicule. 

„  15.  Operculate  spicule. 

Villogorgia  flagellata,  sp.  nov. 
Fig.  16.     Cortical  spicule. 
„     17.     Polyp  spicule. 
„     18.          ditto. 
„     19.    Coronal  spicule. 
„    20.    Operculate  spicule. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  TIL 


19. 


20. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  XVII. 


Bebryce  studeri,  sp.  nov. 

Pig.  21.  Colony.     Nat.  size. 

„     22.  Cortical  spicule. 

„    23.  Deep-seated  ccenenchyma  spicule  from  above. 

„     24.  Ditto,  in  profile. 

„    25.  Collar  spicule. 

Murieella  purpuroa,  sp.  nov. 

Pig.  26.  Cortical  spicule. 

„    27.  Polyp  spicule. 

„    28.  Collar  spicule. 

„    29.  Operculate  spicule. 

Nicella  laxa,  sp.  nov. 

Pig.  30.  Colony.     Nat.  size. 

„    31.  Cortical  spicule. 

,,     32.  Deep-seated  ccenenchyma  spicule. 

„    33.  Ditto. 

Verrucella  flabellata,  sp.  nov. 

Pig.  34.  Colony.     Nat.  size. 

„    35.  Cortical  spicule. 

„    36.  Deep-seated  flattened  spicule  from  the  ccenenchyma. 

„    37.  Ditto,  viewed  from  the  side. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XVII. 


26. 


27. 


32, 


33. 


EXPLANATION   OF  PLATE  XVIII. 


Fig.  1.  Spinosella  glomerata,  sp.  nov.     Nat.  size. 
„    2.  Ciocalypta  incrustans,  sp.  nov.     Nat.  size. 
„    3.  Gellins  aculeatus,  sp.  nov.     Nat.  size. 
„    4.  Agelas  gracilis,  sp.  nov.,  spicule.     Greatly  enlarged. 
„    5.  Polymastia  dendyi,  sp.  nov.     Nat.  size. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XV  FIT. 


2. 


5. 


3. 


EDUARJR.  WAITE,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIX. 


Ptychodera  hedUyi,  sp.  nov. 
Fig.  1.  Transverse  section  through  the  anterior  region  of  the  central 

proboscis  organs,    x  65. 
„    2.  Transverse   section  at  the  level  of  the  "  notochordal "  blind 

sac.     x  65. 
„    3.  Transverse  section  passing  through  the  "  end  plate "  of  the 

proboscis  skeleton,     x  65. 

„    4.  Transverse  section  of  proboscis  neck  just  in  front  of  the  posterior 
end  of  the  ventral  proboscis  pocket  (vp.).     x  65. 

„     5.  Transverse  section  passing  through  the  proboscis  pores  (p.)    x  65. 

„    6.  Nearly  median  sagittal  section  through  the  proboscis  neck  and 
anterior  portion  of  collar,    x  50. 

[For  Reference  Letters  see  pages  345-6.] 


MEMOIRS     AUST.    MUS.  ///. 


Fig.  I. 


cbs- 


xfcs. 


sh. 


MEMOIRS     AUST.    MUS.     111. 


PLRTE   XX. 


bhi. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XX. 


Ptychodera  hedlefii,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  7.  Transverse  section  through  the  collar  nerve  cord,     x  125. 
,.     8.  Sagittal  section  through  the  collar  canal  (ccl.)  of  one  side  and 
the  first  and  second  gill  pockets  (gc.  1  and  2),     gp.  1  and  2 : 
Common  opening  of  the  first  and  second  gill  sockets,     spr.  1 : 
First  septal  bar  of  gill  skeleton,     x  80. 

[For  Reference  Letters  see  pages  345-6.] 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXI. 


Ptychodera  hedleyi,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  9.  Transverse  section  through  the  branchial  region ;  on  the  left  side 
a  gill  septum  (gs.)  is  shown,  and  on  the  right  a  gill  tongue 
(gt.}  x  30. 

„  10.  Sagittal  section  through  two  gill  septa  and   the  gill  tongue 
between,    x 135. 

[For  Reference  Letters  see  pages  345-6. 


MtHdKS    AUST.    A7U5.  ///. 


PLATE,  xx/. 


.  5. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXII. 


Ptychodera  hedleyi,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  11.  Transverse  section  through  the  anterior  portion  of  the  genital 
region  to  show  the  thick  walled  intestinal  diverticulum  (idv.' 
x24. 

„  12.  Transverse  section  through  the  middle  of  the  genital  region. 
The  genital  cushions  (gnc.)  are  in  this  section  more  approxi- 
mated than  is  normal,  x  24. 

[For  Reference  Letters  see  pages  345-6.] 


MEMOIRS     AUST.    MUS.     III. 


PLATE 


THE  MADREPORARIA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE. 

Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


[XV.] 

THE    MADEEPOKARIA. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE, 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


Mr.  C.  Hedley  furnishes  the  following  note  : — 
"  For  one  who  has  surveyed  the  wealth  of  life  as  developed  on  the 
great  coral  reefs  of  Queensland,  New  Guinea,  or  New  Caledonia, 
the  chief  impression  of  the  coral  reef  of  Funafuti  is  its  poverty. 
In  a  single  tide  one  could  collect  more  genera  and  species  on  any 
of  the  former  reefs  than  an  industrious  search  of  several  weeks 
would  yield  from  the  latter.  Neither  is  the  poverty  of  species 
compensated  for  by  an  abundance  of  individuals. 

"At  the  first  glance  over  the  windward  reef  flat,  no  living  corals 
would  probably  be  seen,  but  an  exploration  of  the  deep  cracks 
and  pools  near  the  outer  edge  would  usually  reveal  a  few  Astrcva, 
Porites,  and  others,  sheltered  from  the  blows  of  the  surf. 

"A  better  field  for  observation  is  provided  by  the  small  reefs 
which  stud  the  lagoon.  Two  or  three  of  these,  just  in  front  of 
the  village,  and  from  a  quarter  to  half  a  mile  from  the  shore, 
yielded  much  of  the  material  now  dealt  with. 

"On  approaching  a  coral  reef  the  first  glimpse  a  naturalist  usually 
has  of  his  quest  are  the  great  hemispherical  masses  of  some  Astrean 
coral,  dimly  seen  through  the  shoaling  water,  studding  the  sea  floor. 
If  the  boat  passes  a  submarine  ledge,  from  its  face  are  sure  to 
project  the  large  basin  or  bracket-shaped  corallia  of  Montipora, 
sometimes  in  clusters  like  a  group  of  huge  sea  mushrooms.  Jump- 
ing overboard  in  shallow  water  he  is  likely  to  step  on  a  flat 
tabular  mass  of  pale  purple,  whose  corallites  are  too  small  to  be 
distinguished  in  the  water.  Applying  hammer  and  chisel,  he  will 
find  that  at  his  first  venture  he  has  struck  the  hardest,  toughest, 
and  most  unbreakable  thing  on  the  whole  reef,  a  Porites  block. 
From  the  Madrepora  bush  beside  it  his  difficulty,  on  the  contrary, 
is  to  convey  his  samples  ashore  intact.  The  stout  limbs  of  red, 
yellow,  or  green  Pocillopora  or  Stylophora  snap  easily ;  while  a 
skull-shaped  mass  of  Astrcea  will  split  along  the  grain.  A  fragile 
little  coral  is  the  Pocillopora  ccespitosa,  which  grows  in  dainty 
little  pink  tufts  here  and  there  among  the  stones.  Fungicide 
were  very  uncommon  on  Funafuti ;  I  only  picked  up  one  alive 
and  saw  a  few  others  dead  on  the  western  side  of  the  atoll. 


350  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Where  the  soft  Alcyonaria  luxuriate,  hard  corals  do  not  occur : 
the  latter  are  perhaps  smothered  by  their  rivals. 

"  Dead  corals  thrown  up  on  the  outer  beach  suggested  a  distinct 
deep-water  fauna  that  was  beyond  my  reach.  One  of  these  is 
Mussa.  Another  much  battered  species  of  which  I  preserved  no 
examples  was  frequently  seen  on  the  outer  beach  of  both  Funafuti 
and  Nukulailai,  I  suppose  to  be  a  Tridacophyllia. 

"  Noticeable  for  their  absence  were  the  genera  Galaxea,  Turbin- 
aria,  Merulina  and  Dendrophyllia. 

"  The  usual  method  of  collecting  was  to  anchor  a  boat  or  canoe 
on  a  reef,  wade  round  in  water  from  knee  to  waist  deep  and  break 
off  with  a  hammer  and  chisel  any  attractive  specimens.  Size  and 
colour,  the  least  stable  of  characters,  chiefly  guided  me  in  such 
selection.  With  many  genera  a  specialist  in  his  study  separates 
with  difficulty  the  species  by  microscopic  characters.  When  a 
non-specialist  in  the  field  views  specimens  through  several  feet  of 
water,  it  is  obvious  that  he  must  often  confound  together  distinct 
species,  and  therefore  fail  to  collect  what  he  ought  to  take.  Mr. 
Whitelegge  has  so  frequently  recognised  two  species  in  material 
that  had  been  chosen  as  illustrating  one,  that  I  am  not  now  as 
confident  of  the  completeness  of  the  collection  as  I  was  on  my 
departure  from  Funafuti." 


The  Madreporarian  corals  obtained  by  Mr  C.  Hedley  at  Funa- 
futi consist  of  one  hundred  and  seventy  specimens,  referred  to 
forty-seven  species,  and  include  representatives  of  nineteen  genera. 

The  larger  portion  of  the  collection  comprises  the  usual  forms 
common  throughout  the  coral  regions ;  there  are,  however,  a 
few  rare  or  little  known  species  not  hitherto  recorded  from  the 
Pacific,  and  also  two  species  and  one  variety  apparently  new  to 
science. 

In  the  following  pages,  a  few  of  the  rarer  forms  have  been 
described  at  some  length,  and  in  many  cases,  when  dealing  with 
the  surface  echinulations,  I  have  given  micrometric  measurements 
of  the  average  distance  apart  at  the  apex.  It  appears  to  me  that 
the  echinulations,  if  carefully  measured  in  each  species,  would 
afford  a  fairly  constant  specific  character  which  has  hitherto  been 
neglected. 

The  measurements  given  herein  have  been  taken  from  the 
younger  portions  of  the  corallum.  The  echinulfe  are  generally  a 
little  compressed,  at  least  at  the  base,  and  the  micrometre  lines 
have  been  brought  parallel  with  the  compression,  but  the  measure- 
ments have  been  taken  from  the  apices. 

Of  course  there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  variation  in  the 
distance  apart  at  the  apex,  owing  to  the  bending  of  the  echinulae, 


MADREPOEARIA — WHITELBGGE.  351 

or  to  secondary  spinular  growths  at  the  summits,  but  the  average 
distances,  when  numerous  measurements  are  taken,  prove  to  be 
pretty  constant  and  equally  as  reliable  in  corals  as  in  other 
organisms  determined  by  micrometric  measurements. 

The  species  described  as  new  are  Madrepora  spinulifera  and 
M.  impressa.  The  former  is  referable  to  the  subgenus  Odontocya- 
thus  and  the  latter  to  the  subgenus  Isopora. 

Order  MADREPORARIA  APOROSA. 

FAMILY  TURBINOLID^. 

CARYOPHYLLIA  CLAVUS,  var.  EPITHECATA,  Duncan. 
Caryophyllia  clavus,  var.  epithecata,  Duncan,  Trans.  Zool.  Soc., 
viii.,  p.  311,  pi.  xlviii.,  figs.  13-16. 

A  small  immature  example  in  the  collection  is  referable  to  this 
variety. 

The  corallum  is  erect,  elongate,  conico-turbinate,  incrusting  at 
the  base  and  elliptic  in  outline  at  the  summit. 

The  epitheca  is  finely  granulate  and  extends  from  the  base  to 
the  calicular  margin. 

The  costse  are  slightly  prominent  above,  and  cease  at  the  median 
constriction  below. 

The  septa  are  strongly  exserted,  radiately  granulose  at  the  sides 
and  evenly  rounded  at  the  summits. 

The  pali  are  sinuate  and  sparsely  spinose. 
The  columella  consists  of  two  spirally  twisted  processes. 
There  are  forty  septa  and  ten  pali.     The  latter  are  opposite  the , 
tertiaries. 

Height  of  corallum  14  mm. 

Diameter  at  apex       7  by  9  mm. 

,,  base       7  mm. 

„  pedicel 3  mm. 

Obtained  in  from  forty  to  seventy  fathoms. 

FAMILY  OCULINID^. 
I  r  STYLOPHORA  DIGITATA,  Pallas. 

Stylophora    digitata    (Pallas),    Klunzinger,   Die  Korall.  Rothen. 
Meeres,  p.  61,  pi.  v.,  fig.  5  ;  pi.  viii.,  fig.  1. 

There  are  eight  examples  of  this  species,  exhibiting  considerable 
variation. 

In  the  young  the  branches  are  subcylindrical,  transversely 
nodose,  and  somewhat  conical  at  the  extremities.  The  larger 


352  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

specimens  are  mostly  round  symmetrical  clumps,  with  compressed 
branches  and  obtusely  rounded  summits. 

Common  in  the  shallow  waters  of  the  lagoon. 

FAMILY  POCILLOPORID^. 

POCILLOPORA  C.ESPITOSA,  Dana. 

Pocillopora  ccespitosa,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 

525,  pi.  xlix.,  fig.  5. 

Three  specimens  of  this  common  form  are  in  the  collection.  It 
was  the  most  abundant  coral  in  the  lagoon.  The  colour  was  pale 
rose  when  alive.  Native  name  "  Kamu." 

POCILLOPORA  GBANDIS,  Dana. 
Pocillopora  grandis,  Dana  ,  Zoophytes,  U.S.   Explor.  Exped.,   p. 

533,  pi.  li.,  tig.  2. 

Five  examples  ;  the  largest  is  subflabellate,  the  branches  being 
from  9  to  17  cm.  thick.      Bright  emerald  green  when  alive. 
Uncommon  in  the  lagoon. 

POCILLOPORA  VERRUCOSA,  Ellis  &  Solander. 

Pocillopora  verrucosa,  Ellis  &  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zoophytes,  p. 

172. 

Four  specimens. 
Frequent  in  the  lagoon  and  on  the  ocean  shore. 

FAMILY  ASTR^EID^. 
MUSSA  COSTATA,  Dana. 

Mussa  costata,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p.  179,  pi. 

vii ,  fig.  2. 

Three  water-worn  fragments  which  may  possibly  belong  to  this 
species. 

CCELORIA  ESPERI,  Edwards  &  Haime. 

Ccdoria  esperi,  Edwards  <fc  Haime,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  ii.,  p.  417. 
Seven  examples  of  this  species  are  in  the  collection. 
Common  in  the  lagoon,  and  on  the  outer  reefs. 

HYDNOPHORA  MICROCONIA,  Lam. 
Hydnophora  microconia,  Lam.,  Hist.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  ii.,  1816, 

p.  251. 
Three  specimens  obtained  on  the  lagoon  reefs. 

ASTR^EA  VERSIPORA,  Dana. 

Astrcea  versipora,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p.  233, 

pi.  xii.,  fig.  5. 
Four  large  specimens. 


MADREPORARIA  —  WHITELEGGE.  353 

Very  common  at  low  water  in  the  lagoon  and  on  the  outer 
reefs. 

ASTHMA  DAN-fli,  Edwards  &  Haime. 

Favia  dance,  Edwards  &  Haime,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  ii.,  p.  442. 
Astrcea  porcata,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p.  226, 

pi.  xi.,  fig.  5. 
One  specimen. 
Common  in  the  lagoons  and  on  the  outer  reefs. 


DENTICULATA,  Ellis  &  SolandffT. 

Madrepora  denticulata,  Ellis  &  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zoophytes, 

p.  166,  pi.  xlix.,  fig.  1. 
Four  specimens. 
Abundant  on  the  reefs. 

ACANTHASTR^EA  PATULA,  Dana. 

Acanthastrcea  patula,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 
209,  pi.  x.,  fig.  14. 

One  small  example. 

The  calicles  are  subcircular,  oblong,  or  polygonal  and  very 
unequal  in  the  size  of  the  fossa,  and  also  in  the  relative  thickness 
of  the  walls.  The  former  measure  from  5  to  10  mm.  in  diameter, 
the  latter  from  2  to  6  mm.  in  thickness.  The  septa  vary  in  num- 
ber from  twelve  to  thirty-six. 

The  columella  consists  of  a  series  of  compressed  denticles, 
frequently  more  or  less  connected. 

Among  loose  stones  on  the  lee  side  of  the  atoll. 

ACANTHA8TR.EA  ECHINATA,  Dana. 

Acanthastrcea  echinata,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 
229,  pi.  xii.,  fig.  1. 

A  single  specimen  in  spirit  is  in  the  collection. 

The  larger  calicles  are  about  9  mm.  in  diameter.  The  third 
cycle  of  septa  is  incomplete.  The  septal  spines  are  from  2  to  3-5 
mm.  in  height. 

Colour  dark  blackish  brown. 

Occurring  with  the  preceding. 

LEPTASTR,EA  80LIDA,  Edwards  &  Haime. 
Leptastrcea  solida,  Edwards  &  Haime,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  ii.,  p. 

512,  pi.  D  8,  fig.  2. 

Four  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained.    All  are  incrusting 
and  assume  the  shape  of  the  object  they  have  invested,  forming 
irregular  nodular  masses  without  any  points  of  attachment. 
Occurring  among  loose  stones  on  the  lee  side  of  the  reef. 


354  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

LEPTASTR^EA  TRANSVERSA,  Klunzinger. 

Leptastrcea  transversa,  Klunzinger,  Die  Korall.  Rothen.  Meeres, 
iii.,  46,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  2. 

Three  examples. 

Incrusting,  forming  irregular  convex  plates  on  dead  coral. 

CYPHASTR^A  DAN.<E,  Edwards  &  Haime. 
Cyphastrcva  dance,  Edwards  &  Haime,   Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  ii.,  p. 

487. 

Astrcea  microphthalma,  Dana,  Zoophytes,    U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
p.  217,  pi.  x.,  fig.  11. 

One  small  example,  consisting  of  a  thin  incrusting  living  layer 
growing  on  a  dead  crust  of  the  same  species,  which  completely 
invests  some  foreign  object. 

In  the  central  region  of  the  corallum  the  calicles  are  contiguous, 
the  walls  being  frequently  in  contact  with  each  other ;  near  the 
margin  they  are  separated  by  narrow  spaces  about  half  their  own 
diameter. 

The  calicles  are  from  1*5  to  2  mm.  in  diameter,  they  are  pro- 
minent, and  have  the  walls  and  septa  exserted. 

The  costae  and  intercalicine  spaces  are  finely  echinulate.  The 
echinulae  are  from  (H5  to  0-2  mm.  apart. 

The  columella  is  small,  and  consists  of  from  three  to  six  sub- 
spiniform  granules. 

Obtained  in  the  passage  between  the  islets  of  the  reef. 

Order   MADREPORARIA    FUNGIDA. 

FAMILY  PLESIOFUNGID^. 

PAVONIA  REPENS,  Bruggemann. 

Lophoseris  repens,   Bruggemann,    Abhandl.   naturw.   vereins   zu 

Bremen,  v.,  p.  395,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  1,  a  —  b. 
Pavonia  repens,  Klunzinger,  Korall.  Rothen.  Meeres,  1879,  p.  75, 

pi.  ix.,  fig.  3. 
Three  specimens. 

Obtained  by  a  native  diver  in  twenty  feet  of  water  in  the 
lagoon. 

Colour  dull  dark  brown. 

PAVONIA  EXPLANULATA,  Lam. 

Pavonia  explanulata,  Lam.,  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  ii.,  1816,  p.  244  ; 
Edwards  &  Haime,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  iii.,  p.  69,  pi.  D  11, 
fig.  2. 
Two  small  incrusting  specimens  were  obtained  in  the  lagoon. 


MADREPORARIA — WHITBLEGGE.  355 

FAMILY  CYCLOSERID^. 

PSAMMOCORA    F088ATA,  Dana. 

Psammocora  fossata,  Dana,   Zoophytes,  U.S.   Explor.    Exped.,   p. 
347,  pi.  xxvi.,  figs.  2,  2a. 

Two  specimens:  one  explanate,  convex,  with  a  large  free  epithe- 
cate  margin  exhibiting  concentric  lines  of  growth  on  the  lower 
surface ;  the  other  a  roll-like  form  incrusting  a  dead  piece  of 
coral.  The  meandering  calicine  valleys  are  mostly  short,  con- 
taining from  two  to  six  calicles  ;  near  the  margins  of  the  corallum 
as  many  as  twelve  may  be  found  in  one  valley. 

The  ridges  are  rounded,  and  somewhat  strongly  echinulate. 
The  septa  vary  in  number  from  twelve  to  thirty-six;  their  summits 
are  thick  and  echinulate.  The  echinulae  are  arranged  transversely 
in  subquadrate  groups,  about  0-2  mm.  apart  at  the  apex. 

The  columella  is  small,  and  consists  of  a  few  spiniform  granules. 
Obtained  in  the  lagoon. 

PSAMMOCORA  CONTIGUA,  Esper. 
Madrepora  contigua,  Esper,  Die  Pflanz.,  i.,  1797,   Suppl.,  p.  81, 

pi.  Ixvi. 
Psammocora .  plicata,    Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,   p. 

346,  pi.  xxv.,  fig.  2. 

Two  fine  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  low  tide 
mark  on  the  western  side  of  the  atoll. 

OXYPORA,  sp. 

A  small  fragment  was  obtained  in  from  forty  to  seventy  fathoms 
outside  the  atoll.  Its  condition,  however,  is  such  as  to  preclude 
the  possibility  of  specific  identification. 

FAMILY   FUNGID^E. 

FUNGIA   TENUIDENS,  Quelch. 

Fungia  tenuidens,  Quelch,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xvi.,  p.  138,  pi.  vi., 

fig.  1. 

One  example,  similar  in   size,  shape,  and  general  characters  to 
the  specimen  figured  in  the  "  Challenger  "  Report. 
Occurring  on  the  western  side  of  the  atoll. 
FUNGIA  DISCUS,  Dana. 
Fungia  discus,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p.  291,  pi. 

xviii.,  fig.  3. 

A  single  beach-worn  example  is  referable  to  this  species. 
Western  side  of  the  atoll. 


356  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

MADREPORARIA  PERFORATA. 

FAMILY  MADREPORTD^E. 
MADREPORA  SYRINGODES,  Brook. 

Madrepora  syringodes,  Brook,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus.,  i., 
p.  177,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  E. 

Two  small  examples  are  somewhat  doubtfully  referred  to  this 
species. 

MADREPORA  SPICIPERA,  Dana. 

Madrepora  spicifera,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 
442,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  4. 

A  single  specimen,  consisting  of  a  stout  pedicel  and  two  plate- 
like  lobes,  one  of  which  is  much  larger  than  the  other ;  the  irregular 
shape  appears  to  have  been  due  to  the  corallum  growing  in  a 
narrow  passage  subject  to  strong  inrushing  currents  of  water. 
The  lower  surface  near  the  pedicel  is  destitute  of  corallites  except 
near  the  margins  and  angles  of  the  branches  on  which  there  exist 
a  few  scattered  immersed  corallites.  Towards  the  extremities  of 
the  branches  the  surface  bears  distinct  immersed  and  subimmersed 
corallites. 

The  echinulse  on  the  upper  and  lower  surface  consist  of  com- 
pressed processes,  usually  wider  at  the  summit  than  at  the  base, 
and  on  an  average  are  about  0'15  mm.  apart. 

The  striae  on  the  radial  and  axial  corallites  are  about  0-1  mm. 
apart. 

Collected  on  the  outer  reef,  south-east  of  the  main  islet. 

MADREPORA  BOTRYODES,  var.  PUNAPUTIENSIS,  var.  nov. 
Madrepora  botryodes,  Brook,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus.,  i.,  p. 
153,  pi.  xxxiv.,  fig.  c. 

A  single  example,  referable  to  this  species,  but  differing  suffi- 
ciently to  merit  a  varietal  name. 

The  corallum  is  12  cm.  high,  28  cm.  long,  and  from  9  to  12  cm. 
broad.  The  main  branches  are  about  7  cm.  high  and  1-5  cm.  in 
diameter ;  they  are  angular  below,  and  give  off  from  two  to  six 
branchlets,  which  reach  the  same  level.  The  apices  of  the  branch- 
lets  are  irregularly  thickened  by  aggregations  of  proliferous  coral- 
lites. The  branchlets  are  about  1*2  cm.  in  diameter  at  the  base, 
and  from  1  to  2 -5  at  the  summit;  at  the  apex  they  are  2  cm.  apart 
and  are  separated  below  the  clustered  corallites  by  spaces  5  mm. 
wide. 

Axial  corallites  from  2  to  3'5  mm.  in  diameter  and  2  mm. 
exsert,  aperture  about  0'8  mm.,  septa  twelve,  the  primaries  meeting 
at  the  base ;  the  secondaries  are  very  narrow  at  the  margin. 


MADREPORARIA — WHITELBGGB.  357 

Radial  corallites  extremely  variable  in  shape  and  in  distance 
apart.  On  the  lower  parts  of  the  main  branches  they  are  distant 
and  deeply  immersed  ;  in  the  angles  between  the  branchlets  they 
are  crowded,  immersed,  or  slightly  verruciform  ;  on  the  lower 
two-thirds  of  the  branchlets  they  are  appressed,  half  tubular,  and 
have  the  apertures  directed  upwards. 

The  clustered  radials  at  the  summits  of  the  branchlets  are  im- 
mersed or  subimmersed,  passing  through  shallow  nest-shaped  to 
beak-nariform,  with  an  elongated  aperture.  They  are  so  irregularly 
heaped  together  that  the  axial  corallites  become  obscured.  The 
largest  are  about  3  mm.  in  length  and  2 '5  mm.  in  diameter. 

There  are  twelve  well  developed  septa.  The  primaries  and  also 
the  directives  in  the  elongate  forms  are  broad  and  frequently  meet 
below. 

The  surface,  including  the  corallite  walls  is  closely  echinulate. 
The  echinulse  consist  of  flat  plates,  often  denticulated  and  wid^r 
at  the  apex  than  at  the  base.  They  are  about  (H2  mm.  apart. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

MADREPORA  PATULA,  Brook. 

Madrepora  patula,  Brook,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus.,  i.,  1893, 
p.  Ill,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  E. 

One  fine  example  of  this  species  in  the  collection. 
Reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

MADREPORA  EFFLORESCENS,  Dana. 

Madrepora  efflorescens,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 
441,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  6. 

A  young  specimen,  referable  to  this  species,  was  obtained  in 
the  lagoon. 

The  base  is  incrusting,  and  forms  a  discoidal  expansion  12  cm. 
in  diameter.  At  the  origin  of  the  pedicel  it  is  2  cm.  thick, 
thinning  down  to  2  or  3  mm.  at  the  margin.  The  pedicel  is  6 
cm.  in  diameter,  and  2  cm.  in  height.  The  branches  number 
between  forty  and  fifty  ;  inferiorly  they  are  all  more  or  less 
fused,  superiorly  their  apices  are  free ;  about  1  cm.  in  height  and 
pretty  regularly  the  same  distance  apart  at  the  apex.  Their 
diameters  range  between  5  and  10  mm. 

The  corallites  on  the  expanded  base  are  nariform  or  tubo- 
nariform,  with  numerous  immersed  ones  between.  They  are  2 
mm.  in  diameter,  the  same  or  less  in  height,  and  about  2 -5  mm. 
apart.  The  outer  wall  is  more  or  less  wanting. 

The  corallites  on  the  pedicel  and  the  lower  parts  of  the  branches 
are  longer,  stouter,  and  farther  apart  than  those  on  the  base.  The 


358  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

inner  walls  are  short  and  the  immersed  corallites  are  more 
numerous. 

Radial  corallites  of  the  branchlets  and  of  the  central  region 
are  labellate  or  tubo-labellate ;  they  are  longer  and  narrower 
than  those  on  the  under  surface.  They  average  about  1  mm.  in 
diameter  and  vary  from  2  to  3  mm.  in  height. 

The  axial  corallites  are  from  2  to  2 -5  mm.  in  diameter  and  are 
2  mm.  exert.  The  septa  of  the  axial  corallites  are  twelve,  the 
primaries  are  well  developed,  and  the  directives  meet  below.  In 
the  radials  of  the  upper  surface  there  are  usually  only  six  septa ; 
the  directives  are  a  little  broader  than  the  rest.  On  the  lower 
surface  of  the  branches,  pedicel,  and  base,  the  septa  are  in  two 
cycles,  the  primaries  broad,  the  secondaries  narrow,  and  the  direc- 
tives meet  at  the  base. 

Echinulse  flat;  denticulate  plates  O'l  mm.  apart. 

On  the  upper  surface  of  the  corallum  the  ridges  on  the  walls  of 
the  corallites  are  0'2  mm.  apart;  on  the  lower  they  are  about  0-15 
mm.  Each  ridge,  when  unabraded,  has  two  longitudinal  rows  of 
spinules,  which  arise  from  the  crest  on  either  side  ;  they  are 
opposite  or  alternate,  and  diverge  at  such  angle  as  to  project  over 
the  interstices  between  the  ridges. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

MADBEPORA  FBUTICOSA,  Brook. 
Madrepora  fruticosa,  Brook,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus.,  i.,  p. 

138,  pi.  xviii.,  fig.  A. 
One  small  specimen  obtained  on  the  reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

MADREPORA  EURYSTOMA,  Klunzinger. 

Madrepora  eurystoma,  Klunzinger,  Die  Korall.  Rothen.  Meeres, 
ii.,  p.  16,  pi.  i.,  fig.  8,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  7,  a,  b,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  12. 

One  specimen  obtained  in  the  lagoon. 

The  corallum  is  subcorymbose,  and  is  attached  by  an  incrusting 
base  to  a  dead  specimen  of  the  same  species.  The  living  portion 
is  10  cm.  high,  and  14  cm.  in  diameter  The  stouter  main  branches 
are  angular,  often  compressed  and  fused  at  the  base,  varying  from 
1  to  2  cm.  in  thickness ;  towards  their  summit  they  give  off 
numerous  short  simple  branchlets,  usually  about  2 -5  cm.  in  length, 
4  to  5  mm.  in  diameter,  and  1  to  2  cm.  apart  at  the  apex.  They 
are  fairly  uniform  in  diameter,  except  the  apical  third  which 
tapers  to  the  base  of  the  axial  corallite. 

The  basal  corallites  are  immersed  or  subimmersed  ;  the  septa 
are  in  two  cycles,  both  narrow  at  the  summit ;  the  primaries 
become  broader  below  and  often  meet  in  the  centre. 

The  radial  corallites  on  the  basal  portions  of  the  branches  and 
branchlets  are  immersed,  or  short  and  verruciform  towards  the 


MADREPOBARIA — WHITELEGGB.  359 

summits;  they  are  funnel-shaped,  2'5  mm.  in  diameter,  1*5  to  3 
mm.  in  length,  with  an  aperture  of  about  1  mm.  Corallite  walls 
porous,  faintly  striate,  and  denticulate  ;  the  striae  0'2  mm.  apart, 
the  denticles  0-15.  Outer  margin  stout,  inner  thin,  rarely  incom- 
plete except  near  the  summits  of  the  branchlets. 

Axial  corallites  2  to  3 '5  mm.  in  diameter,  2  mm.  exsert,  with 
thin  walls,  a  large  aperture,  and  twelve  septa,  narrow  above  and 
broad  below. 

MADREPORA  SPINULIFERA,  sp.  nov. 

Coral  lum  prostrate,  openly  reticulate ;  mesh  from  2  to  3  cm. 
long,  and  1  cm.  wide.  Main  branches  angular,  1  cm.  in  diameter. 
Under  surface  without  branchlets,  upper  with  a  series  of  short 
ones  set  at  an  angle  of  fifty  degrees  and  directed  outwards  ;  they 
are  5  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base,  1*5  cm,  in  height,  and  1*2  cm. 
apart  at  the  apex.  Inner  branchlets  simple  or  with  incipient 
twigs,  tapering  a  little  to  their  frequently  compressed  apices. 
Outer  branchlets  subcylindrical  and  more  or  less  proliferous  near 
their  summits. 

Corallites  of  the  under  surface  of  the  branches  immersed  or 
subimmersed,  becoming  depressed  nariform  a  short  distance  from 
the  extremities ;  they  are  about  2  mm.  apart,  1  mm.  or  less  in 
diameter,  and  have  a  round  or  oval  aperture. 

Calicles  very  deep,  with  twelve  septa  all  narrow  except  the  direc- 
tives, which  are  broad  and  but  rarely  meet  below.  The  secondaries 
are  occasionally  rudimentary  in  the  young  corallites. 

The  corallites  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  branches  and  bases  of 
the  branchlets  are  similar  to  those  on  the  under,  but  are  wider 
apart,  usually  about  3  mm. 

Radial  corallites  of  the  branchlets  nariform,  compressed  inner 
wall  often  incomplete,  tubo-nariform  only  in  buds  destined  to 
form  branchlets ;  aperture  oblique,  opening  upwards,  longer  than 
broad  or  more  frequently  twice  as  long  as  broad  ;  septa  six,  the 
directives  large  ;  length  2  to  3  mm.,  diameter  2  mm.  at  the  base. 

Axial  corallites  compressed;  1*5  mm.  in  their  shorter  and  2*3 
in  their  longer  diameter  ;  aperture  elliptic,  frequently  narrowed 
in  the  middle. 

Septa  in  two  cycles,  the  secondaries  narrow,  the  directives 
broad  and  nearly  meeting  below. 

Surface  of  corallum  porous,  minutely  spinulose ;  spinules  com- 
pressed, acute  at  the  apex,  0*2  mm.  high  and  about  the  same 
distance  apart.  Corallite  wall  thin,  porous  within  and  without, 
striate;  the  striae  (H4  mm.  apart;  base  and  marginal  lip  beset 
with  spinules  similar  to  those  on  the  rest  of  the  surface  ;  inter- 
mediate portion  of  wall  with  spiniform  granules. 


360  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

There  are  eight  pieces,  evidently  detached  from  one  large  speci- 
men ;  the  largest  is  12  cm.  in  length,  and  7  cm,  broad  at  the  outer 
extremity. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

MADREPORA  IMPRESSA,  sp.  nov. 
One  example  obtained  in  the  lagoon. 

Corallum  consisting  of  a  subreniform  plate,  spreading  out  from 
a  lateral  attachment ;  the  plate  is  30  cm.  long,  from  14  to  20  cm. 
broad,  11*5  cm.  thick  at  the  point  of  attachment,  from  thence 
thinning  ont  gradually  to  1  cm.  or  less  at  the  margin. 

The  living  layer,  as  in  other  species  of  the  subgenus  Isopora,  is 
about  1  cm.  in  thickness.  The  under  surface  is  smooth  and  desti- 
tute of  corallites.  The  basal  epitheca  is  marked  by  a  series  of 
concentric  ridges,  indicating  the  lines  of  growth. 

Upper  surface  very  uneven,  covered  with  low,  irregularly 
rounded  elevations,  1  cm.  in  diameter,  5  mm.  high,  and  usually 
about  7  mm.  apart,  The  intervening  depressions  vary  in  shape 
from  subcircular  to  elongate,  the  latter  form  occurring  near  the 
margins,  where  the  elevations  are  more  or  less  connected  by 
narrow  ridges.  Besides  the  numerous  small  prominences,  there 
are  six  or  seven  larger  ones  from  2  to  3  cm.  high  and  3*5  cm.  in 
diameter. 

A  few  obtuse,  compressed,  or  subquadrate  branches  are  present 
near  the  margin,  the  largest  is  3  cm.  in  height  and  1'5  cm.  in 
diameter. 

Axial  corallites  numerous,  situated  in  groups  on  the  elevations, 
from  1'5  to  2  mm.  in  diameter;  aperture  circular,  small,  rarely 
exceeding  0-7  mm.,  generally  between  0-5  and  0-6  mm.  in  diameter; 
walls  0'6  to  0'7  mm.  in  thickness,  often  confluent  to  the  summits, 
which  are  plane  or  but  little  rounded. 

Septa  in  two  cycles,  the  directives  seldom  more  than  O'l  mm. 
broad  at  the  margin  and  about  0'15  at  the  base,  the  remaining 
primaries  are  very  narrow,  the  secondaries  barely  distinguishable. 

Radial  corallites  crowded,  frequently  confluent,  subimmersed, 
nariform,  tubo-nariform,  or  tubular  ;  inner  part  of  wall  occasion- 
ally incomplete.  Apices  rounded,  but  generally  thin  and  denti- 
culate at  the  margin;  diameter  about  1'5  mm.,  length  up  to  2'5 
mm. 

The  second  cycle  of  septa  either  absent  or  rudimentary,  primaries 
similar  to  those  of  the  axial  corallites. 

Oorallite  walls  densely  covered  with  compressed  denticulate 
echinulations,  0'15  mm.  high  and  about  O'l  mm.  apart. 


MADREPORARIA — WHITELEGGE.  361 

The  echinulations  are  more  closely  packed  than  in  any  of  the 
described  species  known  to  me.  The  following  measurements 
of  the  eehinulations  on  the  younger  parts  of  the  corallum  and  on 
the  corallite  walls  have  been  taken  from  specimens  in  the  Museum 
collection  : — 

Height  of  echinulse.  Distance  apart. 

M.hispida 0-2  mm (H8  mm. 

M.plicata    (H7  „        0-13     „ 

M.palifera (H7  „        ...      ...     0-12     „ 

M.  cuneata 0'15,,        (H5     „ 

M.  impressa         ...     0-15   „        O'l        „ 

ASTR.EOPORA  INCRUSTANS,  Bernard. 

Astrceopora  incrustans,  Bernard,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus., 
ii.,  p.  89,  pi.  xxvii.,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  10. 

A  fine  example  of  this  species  is  in  the  collection. 

The  corallum  forms  a  slightly  convex  plate,  17  cm.  broad,  20 
cm.  long,  and  from  1  to  2  cm.  in  thickness. 

Outline  irregularly  elliptic,  margin  pendant  on  one  side  obscur- 
ing the  epitheca,  on  the  other  subhorizontal,  the  epitheca  being 
radiately  scalloped  and  concentrically  ridged.  The  calicles  are 
separated  by  spaces  about  3  mm.  wide.  The  walls  are  low,  inclined 
in  various  directions,  one  side  often  flush  with  the  surface,  the 
other  more  or  less  elevated ;  diameter  of  the  aperture  usually 
about  2-5  mm.,  rarely  3 '5. 

Interclated  young  and  marginal  calicles  smaller,  varying  from 
1  to  1*5  mm. 

Septa  in  two  cycles,  with  an  incomplete  third,  usually  percept- 
able  at  the  margin,  but  very  narrow.  The  primaries  rapidly  widen 
out  towards  the  base  of  the  fossa. 

Surface  porous  and  echinulate  ;  the  echinulse  are  fla£  denticles 
about  0'5  apart  at  the  apex. 

ASTRCEOPORA  OCELLATA,  Bernard. 

Astrceopora  ocellata,  Bernard,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus.,  ii., 
p.  95,  pi.  xxix.,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  16. 

There  are  two  fine  examples  of  this  species  ;  both  are  pulvinate 
and  attached  to  dead  specimens  of  the  same  form. 

The  larger  corallum  is  12  cm.  broad,  23  cm.  long,  and  about 
10  cm.  in  thickness. 

The  submarginal  calices  are  large,  prominent,  with  solid  sloping 
walls  and  regular  radiating  rows  of  plate-like  echinulse,  tipped 


362  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

with  spinules ;  the  plates  are  about  0*4  mm.  apart  at  the  lip,  and 
0'5  mm.  at  the  base  of  the  wall. 

The  calicles  on  the  central  region  of  the  corallum  are  not  so 
large  as  those  near  the  margin  ;  they  are  less  prominent,  with 
but  little  sloping  walls,  and  packed  so  closely  together  that  the 
echinulations  are  almost  in  contact  at  their  apices. 

The  corallites  measure  from  4  to  6  mm.  in  external  diameter  ; 
the  aperture  is  usually  circular,  and  from  2  to  3  mm.  across  ; 
frequently  where  the  corallites  are  crowded,  the  aperture  is  elliptic 
or  narrow  elongate,  and  twice  as  long  as  broad. 

The  septa  are  in  two  cycles,  with  an  incomplete  third  ;  they  are 
narrow  and  ill-defined  at  the  margin.  Towards  the  base  of  the 
fossa  the  primaries  widen  out  and  meet  in  the  centre. 

Obtained  on  the  lagoon  reefs. 

ASTR^EOPOEA  HIRSUTA,  Bernard. 

Astrceopora  hirsuta,  Bernard,  Cat.  Madr.  Corals,  Brit.  Mus.,  ii., 
p.  94,  pi.  xxxiii.,  fig.  13. 

There  are  three  examples  referable  to  this  species. 

The  larger  is  25  cm.  long,  8  cm.  broad,  and  7  cm.  thick.  The 
upper  surface  irregular  in  shape  and  almost  divided  into  three 
cushion-like  masses  ;  the  under  surface  is  flattened,  and  a  thin 
layer  extends  a  short  distance  along  a  dead  colony  of  the  same 
species. 

The  corallites  are  rarely  raised  above  the  rest  of  the  surface  ; 
the  aperture  is  about  2  mm.  in  diameter,  the  spaces  between  are 
about  the  same,  rarely  more  but  frequently  less. 

The  septa  are  in  two  cycles,  well  defined  at  the  margin,  the 
primaries,  meeting  below. 

The  surface  is  closely  echinulate  ;  the  echinulse  are  usually 
compressed,  single-pointed,  and  about  045  mm.  apart. 

The  septo-costal  and  synapticular  elements  frequently  combine 
and  form  a  reticulated  lip  round  the  apertures  of  the  corallites. 

Reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

MONTIPORA  FOVEOLATA,  Dana. 

Montipora  foveolata,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 
507. 

There  are  three  specimens  referable  to  this  species,  one  of  which 
is  a  remarkably  fine  example,  28  cm.  high  and  26  cm.  in  diameter. 


MADREPORARIA — WHITELEGGE.  363 

The  base  is  somewhat  flattened,  subcircular  in  outline,  and  22 
cm.  in  diameter ;  it  exhibits  zones  of  growth  enclosing  dead 
material,  probably  of  the  same  species. 

The  whole  of  the  living  layer  appears  to  be  incrusting,  about 
1  cm.  or  less  in  thickness,  and  is  characterised  by  an  extremely 
uneven  surface,  beset  with  numerous  irregular  nodular  elevations. 
The  larger  elevations  are  from  5  to  6  cm.  in  diameter  and  about 
the  same  in  height ;  the  smaller  are  about  3  cm.  in  diameter  and 
2-5  cm.  high  ;  they  are  scattered  over  the  whole  surface  of  the 
corallum. 

The  apertures  of  the  corallites  are  situated  at  the  bottom  of 
deep  funnel-shaped  pits  ;  they  are  about  1  mm.  or  less  in  diameter. 
The  raised  ccenenchymatous  walls  are  confluent,  with  thin,  acute, 
or  rounded  margins.  They  range  between  1  and  2  mm.  in  diameter 
at  the  summits,  and  are  about  the  same  in  height. 

The  surface  is  finely  porous  and  echinulate  ;  the  echinulse  are 
usually  compressed  and  single-pointed  ;  they  are  about  O17  mm. 
high,  and  the  same  distance  apart. 

There  are  twelve  well  developed  septa;  the  primaries  are  usually 
0-3  mm,  broad  at  the  margin  and  meet  in  the  centre  below  ;  the 
secondaries  are  narrower,  about  O2  mm.,  and  are  often  united  to 
the  primaries  near  the  columella. 

MONTIPORA  VERRUCOSA,  Lam. 

Montipora  verrucosa,   Lam.,  Hist.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  ii.,  p.  271, 
1816. 

Montipora  planiuscula,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
p.  507,  pi.  xlvii.,  fig.  3. 

There  are  three  specimens  of  this  species,  all  of  which  are  in- 
crusting,  forming  irregular  convex  cushion-shaped  masses. 

The  largest  example  is  broken  ;  it  is  22  cm.  long,  10  cm.  broad, 
and  3  cm.  thick,  thinning  down  to  about  7  mm.  at  the  pendant 
margin. 

The  calicles  are  deeply  sunk  between  the  elevated  papillae ;  they 
are  usually  about  1  mm.  in  diameter,  possessing  a  very  distinct 
star  of  twelve  septa  ;  the  secondaries,  although  narrow  at  the 
margin,  frequently  reach  and  unite  with  columella  like  the  pri- 
maries. A  few  of  the  larger  calicles,  near  the  centre  of  the 
corallum,  have  an  incomplete  third  cycle. 

The  papillae  are  absent  on  the  under  surface ;  on  the  upper 
they  are  very  variable  in  size ;  in  some  parts  they  are  thin,  com- 
pressed, and  confluent  at  the  base,  in  others  they  are  thick,  high, 


364  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

and  semi-isolated  or  united  in  twos  or  threes,  forming  short 
ridges.  The  apices  are  all  more  or  less  rounded  ;  they  are  about 
2  mm.  in  diameter,  1  to  3  mm.  high,  and  2-5  mm.  apart  at  the 
apex. 

The  surface  is  finely  echinulate  ;  the  echinulse  are  compressed, 
single  or  double  pointed  spinules,  about  0-13  mm.  high  and  0-1 
mm.  apart. 

Obtained  on  the  lagoon  reefs. 

MONTIPOBA  TUBEROSA,  Klunzinger. 

Montipora  tuberosa,  Klunzinger,  Die  Korall.   Rothen.  Meeres,  p. 
32,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  6,  pi.  v.,  fig.  11,  pi.  x.,  tig.  3. 

A  very  fine  specimen  is  here  somewhat  doubtfully  referred  to 
this  species. 

The  corallum  consists  of  a  foliate  expansion,  arising  from  a 
stout  lateral  pedicel. 

The  frond  is  concave  above,  and  exhibits  a  series  of  wide 
shallow  grooves,  which  radiate  from  the  centre  of  the  concavity 
to  the  margin.  On  the  under  surface  the  grooves  are  more  sharply 
defined,  as  are  also  the  ridges  occurring  between. 

The  pedicel  is  13  cm.  in  diameter;  the  frond  is  46  cm.  long, 
40  cm.  broad,  2  cm.  thick  near  the  pedicel,  and  from  2  to  3  mm. 
at  the  margin.  The  latter  is  broken  on  one  side.  When  com- 
plete, the  outline  would  be  nearly  circular  and  50  cm.  in 
diameter. 

The  upper  surface  is  very  uneven ;  there  are  a  few  large  mound- 
like  elevations,  a  number  of  small  ones,  and  the  whole  surface 
exhibits  inequalities  due  to  clusters  of  from  three  to  six  or  more 
corallites  which  are  more  or  less  elevated  above  the  others. 

The  corallite  apertures  are  0*7  mm.  in  diameter ;  they  are  sur- 
rounded by  thin  trabicular  walls,  tipped  with  from  two  to  five 
echinulated  spines  ;  they  rarely  form  a  circle  round  the  lip,  and 
are  generally  wanting  on  one  side. 

The  septa  are  in  two  cycles,  the  directives  are  broad  and  meet 
below,  the  secondaries  are  narrow  and  subequal  to  the  rest  of  the 
primaries. 

There  are  a  few  large  corallites  scattered  on  the  surface  in 
which  an  incomplete  third  cycle  of  septa  is  present. 

The  under  surface  of  the  corallum  has  a  living  layer  at  the 
margin,  varying  from  2  to  12  cm.  in  width.  It  exhibits  a  broad 


MADREPORARIA — WHITELEGGE.  365 

band  of  low  rounded  tubercles,  3  to  4  mm.  diameter,  2  to  4  mm. 
high,  and  about  5  mm.  apart  at  the  apex. 

The  calicles  are  either  level  with  the  surface  or  slightly  de- 
pressed ;  they  are  0'5  in  diameter,  and  vary  greatly  in  distance 
apart. 

The  ccenenchyma  is  comparatively  smooth  and  marked  with  a 
vermicular  reticulation 

The  echinulse  on  the  upper  surface  are  slightly  compressed  at 
the  base,  above  they  are  somewhat  irregular  and  bear  numerous 
acute  spinules;  they  are  from  1  to  2' 5  mm.  in  height  and  about 
0-5  mm.  apart. 

MONTIPORA  SCABRICULA,  Dana. 

Montipora  scabricula,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p. 
502,  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  2. 

One  small  specimen  which  may  be  referred  to  this  species ;  the 
fragmant  is,  however,  too  much  worn  for  correct  determination. 

Lagoon  shore. 

MONTIPORA  BXSERTA,  Quekh. 

Montipora  exserta,  Quelch,  Ghall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xvi.,  p.    174,    pi. 
viii.,  fig.  5  -  56. 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  well  marked  species ;  one  is 
small,  flat,  incrusting,  and  measures  5  cm.  in  length,  3-5  cm.  in 
width,  and  9  mm.  in  thickness  at  the  broken  edge;  the  other  is 
cushion-shaped,  13  cm.  long,  -7  cm.  broad,  and  2  cm.  thick,  with 
a  very  even  surface  studded  with  numerous  wart-like  elevations; 
The  surface  is  perforated  here  and  there  by  a  boring  mollusc, 
which  may  be  the  cause  of  the  warty  growths.  The  calicles  are 
between  0%65  and  0'75  in  diameter  and  about  the  same  distance 
or  more  apart.  The  apertures  on  the  level  parts  of  the  corallum 
are  surrounded  by  a  very  shallow  rim,  and  all  the  septa  are  more 
or  less  exserted.  The  directives  are  broad  and  have  their  inner 
apices  higher  than  the  outer.  The  septa  are  usually  in  two  cycles. 
A  few  large  calicles  are  present  in  which  a  third  cycle  is  more  or 
less  complete. 

The  surface  of  the  ccenenchyma  is  reticulate,  porous,  and 
minutely  echinulate.  The  echinulse  vary  considerably  ;  on  the 
higher  parts  they  chiefly  consist  of  spiniform  granules.  On 
rapidly  growing  parts  and  at  the  margin  they  are  elongated  and 
more  closely  packed  ;  their  distance  apart  at  the  apex  is  usually 
about  0'2  mm. 


366  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

FAMILY  PORITID^E. 

PORITES  LICHEN,  Dana. 

Porites  lichen,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p.  566,  pi. 
Ivi.,  fig.  2. 

One  small  example,  3  cm.  long,  2  cm.  broad,  and  5  mm.  thick, 
with  a  reflexed  margin.  The  calicles  are  very  variable  in  size, 
ranging  from  1*5  to  2'5  mm.  in  diameter;  in  some  cases  the 
separating  walls  are  indistinct,  and  several  calicles  are  included 
in  a  somewhat  meandering  valley  as  in  Nanopora  irregularis, 
Quelch. 

PORITES  LUTE  A,  Edwards  &  Haime. 

Porites  lutea,  Edwards  &  Haime,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  iii.,  p.  180  ; 
Klunzinger,  Die  Korall.  Rothen.  Meeres,  p.  40,  pi.  v.,  fig. 
16. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  is  in  the  collection. 

The  corallum  is  8  cm.  high,  and  about  10  cm.  in  diameter. 
The  calicles  are  shallow,  polygonal,  with  thin  acute  walls ;  they 
are  about  1  mm.  in  diameter.  The  septa  are  thin  and  in  two 
cycles  ;  pali  distinct,  usually  six ;  columella  reduced  to  a  single 
spiniform  granule.  In  a  few  large  corallites  there  are  as  many 
as  twelve  pali,  and  an  incomplete  third  cycle  of  septa. 

PORITES  LOBATA,  Dana. 

Porites  lobata,  Dana,  Zoophytes,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  p.  502,  pi. 
lv.,  fig.  1. 

A  fine  example  of  this  species  was  obtained. 

The  corallum  forms  a  broad  semi-circular  band  around  a  dead 
block  of  coral,  and  measures  22  cm.  in  diameter,  8  cm.  in  width, 
and  12  cm.  in  height. 

The  surface  is  studded  with  numerous  round  or  elongate  gibbo- 
sites,  the  smaller  are  about  1'5  cm.  in  diameter,  the  larger  about 
4  cm. ;  they  vary  in  height  from  1  to  3 '5  cm.  The  depressions 
between  are  well  defined  angular  grooves,  generally  running 
transversely  across  the  band-like  corallum.  The  calicles  are  poly- 
gonal, shallow,  almost  flat,  and  about  l-5  mm.  in  diameter.  The 
walls  are  distinct,  a  little  raised,  but  thin  and  acute.  Septa 
twelve,  very  thin  ;  pali  six,  very  prominent,  as  high  as  the  walls 
and  frequently  joined  at  the  base,  forming  a  conspicuous  ring 
round  the  columella,  which  is  usually  represented  by  a  solitary 
spiniform  granule. 


MADREPORARIA — WHITELEGGE.  367 

The  surface  echinulae  consist  of  short  bluntish  spines,  bearing  a 
number  of  ill-defined  granules. 

PORITES    CBASSA,   Quelch. 

Porites  crassa,  Quelch,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xvi.,  p.  183,  pi.  xi.,  fig. 
2  -  2o. 

A  small  incrusting  example  of  this  species  is  in  the  collection. 

PORITES  MIRABILIS,  Quelch. 

Porites  mirabilis,  Quelch,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  p.  185,  pi.  xi.,  fig. 
5-5a. 

There  are  three  specimens  of  this  rare  species  in  the  collection. 
Of  these,  two  are  small,  irregularly-convex,  and  incrusting  ;  about 
5  cm  in  diameter  and  2  cm.  high.  The  third  and  much  larger 
specimen  forms  a  subglobose  mass  with  several  basal  expansions ; 
the  surface  is  somewhat  uneven  and  gibbous. 

PORITES  GAIMARDI,  Edwards  &  Haime. 

Porites  gaimardi,  Edwards  &  Haime,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.,  iii.,  p. 
179. 

There  are  two  specimens  referable  to  this  species.  The  smaller 
is  subglobose,  5' 5  cm.  in  height  and  6 '5  cm.  in  diameter.  The 
larger  is  19  cm.  long,  14'5  cm.  broad,  and  12  cm.  high.  When 
seen  in  profile  the  shape  suggests  a  human  cranium  from  which 
the  facial  portion  has  been  removed.  The  surface  is  even,  save 
some  superficial  depressions  which  are  present  in  great  numbers, 
but  can  only  be  observed  when  the  specimen  is  held  up  towards 
the  light. 

The  calicles  resemble  those  of  Porites  astrceoides,  Lamarck, 
they  are,  however,  smaller,  and  the  walls  are  not  so  stout ;  their 
diameter  is  usually  about  1-1  mm.,  rarely  more  but  frequently 
less.  The  walls  are  subsolid  at  the  base,  and  somewhat  acute  at 
the  summit. 

The  septa  are  in  two  cycles,  thin,  and  somewhat  ill-defined ; 
the  interseptal  spaces  are  either  circular,  elongate,  or  keyhole 
shaped.  There  are  six  pali,  which  are  usually  remote  from  the 
centre  of  the  calyx.  Columella  wide  at  the  top,  but  rarely  with 
more  than  one  granule. 

SYNAR^A  UNDULATA,  Klunzinger 

Synarcea  undulata,  Klunzinger,  Die  Korall.  Rothen.  Meeres,  p. 
48,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  12,  pi.  v.,  fig.  30. 


368  FUNAFUTI     ATOLL. 

One  specimen  obtained  on  the  reefs  in  the  lagoon. 

The  example  is  incrusting,  and  measures  6  cm.  in  length,  4  cm. 
in  width,  and  from  2  to  3  mm.  in  thickness. 

The  surface  and  characters  generally  closely  agree  with  Klun- 
zinger's  figures  and  description. 


THE  HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACT1NOZOA, 
AND  VERMES  OF  FDNAPDTI. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE. 


ERRATA. 


Page  389,  par.  3,  first  line — add  after  "fig.  2,"  "  and  Plate  xxvii. 

fig.  1." 

„       ,,      par.  4,  third  line — for  "fig.  6,"  read  "fig.  2." 
„       „      par.  4,  last  line— for  "  fig.  7,"  read  "tig.  1." 
,,     390,  par.  3,  second  line — for   "  fig.   8,"  read  "  Plate  xxvii. 

fig.  2." 

„       „      par.  3,  last  line — delete  "  fig.  8." 

„     392,  par.  2, fourth  line — for  "percep table, "reaof  "perceptible.' 
„     398,  par.  2,  fourth  line—  for  "indicate,"  read  "indicates." 
„       ,,      par.  4,  fourth  line — for  "have,"  read  "has." 
„     399,  par.  2,  fourth  line— for  "  reject,"  read  "  rejects." 
,,    400,  par.  1,  thirteenth  line — for  "/.  collaris,  rea,d"T.collaris.' 


^^o  jv^ai  cAttiiapies,  uotn  living  and  preserved,  have 

been  utilized  with  a  view  to  render  their  identification  less  difficult 
in  the  future.  In  order  to  accomplish  this,  the  pneumatophore 
was  carefully  measured,  the  colour  noted,  and  the  number  of 
appendages  counted.  The  results  of  an  examination  of  thirty-four 
specimens  are  given  in  tabular  form,  from  which  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  two  forms  are  very  distinct. 

The  class  Scyphozoa  is  represented  by  two  species — Aurelia 
clausa,  Lesson  ;  and  Phyllorhiza  orithyia,  Haeckel. 

Of  Actinozoa  there  are  six  species  in  the  collection,  three  of 
which  are  herein  described  as  new,  one  belonging  to  the  order 


[XVI.] 

THE   HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,   AOTINOZOA, 
AND  VERMES  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

BY  THOMAS  WHITELEGGE, 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  collection  has  provided  material  for  much  work,  and  the  re- 
sults obtained  are  of  considerable  interest;  they  may  be  summarised 
as  follows  : — There  are  only  two  Hydroid  Zoophytes  in  the  collec- 
tion, both  of  which  prove  to  be  new  species,  i.e.,  Thuiaria  divergens 
and  Plumularia  clavicula.  The  latter  is  of  unusual  interest,  in- 
asmuch as  it  exhibits  characters  of  rare  occurrence  in  the  group. 
The  apices  of  the  branches  are  modified  into  tendrils,  and  the 
corbulse  are  of  a  very  primitive  type,  having  a  slightly  modified 
hydrotheca  at  the  base  of  each  costa. 

The  Hydrocorallines  are  represented  by  four  species  of  Mille- 
pores : — Millepora  squarrosa,  var.  incrassata,  Dana ;  M.  platyphylla, 
Ehr. ;  M.  nodosa,  Esper.  ;  and  M.  tortuosa,  Dana. 

Of  the  order  Siphonophora,  there  is  only  one  representative,  i.e., 
Physalia  megalista,  Lamk.,  of  which  there  are  numerous  examples. 
These  have  been  carefully  examined  and  compared  with  local 
material  and  also  with  specimens  of  Physalia  utriculus,  Eschscholtz. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  occurrence  of  secondary  tentacles  in 
the  basal  groups  of  cormidia  in  both  species  ;  a  character  which 
has  hitherto  escaped  observation.  The  specimens  from  Funafuti 
and  numerous  local  examples,  both  living  and  preserved,  have 
been  utilized  with  a  view  to  render  their  identification  less  diificult 
in  the  future.  In  order  to  accomplish  this,  the  pneumatophore 
was  carefully  measured,  the  colour  noted,  and  the  number  of 
appendages  counted.  The  results  of  an  examination  of  thirty-four 
specimens  are  given  in  tabular  form,  from  which  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  two  forms  are  very  distinct. 

The  class  Scyphozoa  is  represented  by  two  species — Aurelia 
clausa,  Lesson  ;  and  Phyllorhiza  orithyia,  Haeckel. 

Of  Actinozoa  there  are  six  species  in  the  collection,  three  of 
which  are  herein  described  as  new,  one  belonging  to  the  order 


372  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Antipatharia  (Antipathella  brooki),  and  two  to  the  order  Actin- 
aria  (Zoanthus  funafutiensis,  and  Gemmaria  willeyi).  The  re- 
maining three  are  Palythoa  howesii,  Hadd.  &  Shack.  ;  P.  kochii, 
Hadd.  &  Shack.  ;  and  P.  ccesia,  Dana. 

The  Actinaria  have  been  worked  out  in  conjunction  with  Mr. 
J.  P.  Hill,  of  the  Sydney  University,  who  kindly  cut  the  sections 
and  examined  the  internal  structure;  he  is,  therefore,  jointly  with 
myself,  responsible  for  this  portion  of  the  publication. 

The  Vermes  are  represented  by  three  species  of  Polychceta,  two 
species  of  Perichwta,  and  five  species  of  Gephyrea.  They  are  as 
follows : — Eurythoii  complanata,  Pallas ;  E.pacifica,  var.  levukcensis, 
Mclntosh  ;  Phyllodoce,  sp.  ;  Perichceta  grubei,  Rosa,  P.  sp.  ;  Phy- 
mosoma  nigrescens,  Keferst ;  P.  scoleps,  Sel.  &  de  Mann;  Aspido- 
siphon  elegans,  Cham.  &  Eysenn. ;  A.  sleenstrupii,  Diesing ;  and 
Gleosiphon  aspergillum,  Quartref . 

CLASS  HYDROZOA. 

Order  HYDROMEDTJSJE. 

FAMILY  SERTULARID^E. 

THUIARIA  DIVERGENS,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xxiii.,  figs.  1,  2,  3.) 

Trophosome  :  Hydrocaulus  simple,  indistinctly  and  irregularly 
jointed,  strongly  fascicled  below,  becoming  monosiphonic  distally; 
height  from  5  to  6  cm.  Hydrothecae  alternate,  one  opposite  the 
base  of  each  pinna,  and  two  on  the  same  side,  one  of  which  is 
situated  in  the  axil  above  and  the  other  about  O2  mm.  below. 
The  base  of  each  of  the  cauline  hydrothecse  possesses  a  thick 
chintinous  process  which  extends  across  the  internal  cavity  of  the 
stem  and  becomes  united  with  the  opposite  wall. 

Pinnae  alternate,  from  1  to  2  cm.  in  length  and  about  2  mm. 
apart ;  joints  transverse,  very  irregular  ;  one  or  two  pairs  of 
hydrothecse  to  an  internode,  frequently  two  or  more  internodes 
without  hydrothecse  on  each  pinna. 

Hydrothecae  0'7  mm.  in  height,  0-3  mm.  in  broadest  diameter, 
diminishing  to  0'2  at  the  apex;  proximally  they  are  opposite, 
distally  they  become  subalternate,  they  are  adnate  for  about  one- 
third  or  one-half  of  their  height,  but  not  in  contact  with  each 
other  at  the  back  ;  the  free  portion  is  abruptly  bent  outwards ; 
the  outline  above  is  horizontal  or  slightly  ascending,  and  evenly 
curved  below  ;  the  terminal  third  exhibits  numerous  lines  of 
growth.  Aperture  operculate,  subquadrate,  with  four  angles,  one 
pair  in  a  line  with  the  axis,  the  other  lateral. 


HYDROZOA,  8CYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGGE.   373 

Gonosome  :  Gonangia  ovate,  borne  on  the  front  of  a  pinna  at 
the  base  of  a  hydrotheca  1*7  mm.  high,  0'5  mm.  broad  in  the 
middle,  and  0*3  mm.  at  the  neck,  which  is  about  as  high  as  broad, 
surface  with  from  8  to  10  distinct  annulations.  Aperture  square 
with  four  membraneous  opercular  teeth. 

FAMILY  PLUMULARID^E. 

AGLAOPHENIA  CLAVICULA,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xxiii.,  figs.  4,  5,  6.) 

Trophosome  :  Hydrocaulus  simple,  monosiphonic,  attaining  to 
3  cm.  in  height,  the  terminal  1-3  cm.,  consists  of  an  undulate 
tubular  extension  indistinguishable  from  similar  tubular  growths 
which  constitute  the  hydrorhiza.  Hydrocladia  alternate,  one  to 
each  internode,  arising  from  the  front  of  the  stem,  from  2 '5  to  7 
mm.  in  length,  and  about  0'5  mm.  apart.  Hydrothecse  closely 
approximate,  0*25  mm.  in  height  and  about  0*14  mm.  in  diameter. 
The  shape  is  urceolate  with  a  slight  constriction  below  the  base  of 
the  teeth.  Margin  with  seven  erect  teeth,  the  median  one  is 
evenly  rounded  at  the  apex,  those  at  the  sides  are  somewhat 
acute. 

Intrathecal  ridge  distinct,  extending  transversely  across  the 
basal  portion  of  the  hydrotheca. 

Lateral  nematophores  0*1  mm.  in  length,  0'05  mm.  in  diameter, 
slightly  projecting  beyond  the  margin  of  the  hydrotheca  ;  aperture 
elongate,  opening  upwards  and  inwards. 

Mesial  nematophoreO'2  mm.  in  length,  0'05  mm.  in  its  broadest 
diameter,  adnate  to  the  hydrotheca  to  within  O'l  mm.  of  the  sum- 
mit of  the  central  tooth.  Hydrothecal  internode  with  a  short  ridge 
or  fold  opposite  the  basal  constriction  of  the  hydrotheca. 

Gonosome:  Corbula  closed,  2'5  to  3  mm.  in  length,  and  I'l  mm. 
in  diameter;  the  first  internode  bears  a  normal  hydrotheca.  There 
are  from  8  to  12  pairs  of  adnate  costae;  each  costa  bears  from  6 
to  8  minute  nematophores  along  its  upper  margin,  and  has  a 
modified  hydrotheca  at  its  base.  In  a  median  longitudinal  line 
on  the  upper  surface  are  situated  a  series  of  from  8  to  10  elliptic 
or  elongate  apertures  with  broad,  flat,  thickened  margins,  similar 
to  those  figured  by  Allman  in  the  Challenger  Report.* 

These  species  exhibit  two  characters  which  are  of  great  interest 
from  a  morphological  point  of  view. 

In  the  first  place  the  apical  portion  of  the  stem  is  destitute  of 
the  usual  appendages  ;  at  a  short  distance  above  the  terminal 
pinnules  the  nodes  are  also  suppressed,  and  the  stem  becomes  a 

*  Allman— "  Challenger  "  Eeport— Zool.,  vii.,  pi.  xx.,  fig.  6. 


374  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

simple  tubular  tendril,  which  entwines  itself  around  other  stems 
or  foreign  objects,  and  thus  affords  the  colony  an  additional  means 
of  attachment. 

The  corbula  is  of  the  closed  kind,  and  consists  of  a  modified 
branch  bearing  an  alternating  series  of  short  stumpy  branchlets, 
each  of  which  carries  a  hydrotheca  differing  from  those  on  the 
ordinary  pinnules  in  being  longer,  more  cylindrical,  and  in  having 
nine  instead  of  seven  marginal  teeth. 

The  distal  branches  of  the  corbulse  exhibit  the  mode  of  origin 
of  the  costse  and  costal  appendages  from  the  mesial  nematophore  of 
the  hydrotheca.  The  specimens  at  my  command  are  very  few, 
and  their  extreme  transparency  renders  the  outlines  of  the  costal 
membranes  difficult  to  trace.  Three  stages,  however,  can  be  dis- 
tinctly discerned.  In  the  earliest  stage  the  mesial  nematophore 
is  seen  projecting  from  the  front  and  arising  from  the  base  of  the 
hydrotheca,  it  assumes  a  fan-shaped  outline,  and  consists  of  a 
wide  membrane  with  an  incipient  micro-nematophore  at  its  inner 
distal  angle ;  in  the  next  phase  the  membrane  is  larger  and  there 
is  one  fully  formed  micro-nematophore  and  another  incomplete 
one  at  the  inner  extremity  ;  on  the  next  older  costa  there  are 
three  fully  formed  micro-nematophores,  and  the  membranous  part 
is  proportionately  enlarged. 

Prof.  All  man,  in  his  report  on  the  Hydroida  of  the  Gulf 
Stream,*  describes  two  species — A.  distans  and  A.  bispinosa — in 
which  there  are  modified  hydrotheca  at  the  base  of  each  costa  ; 
both,  however,  are  of  the  open  corbulse  type,  and  the  hydrothecse 
appear  to  be  more  modified  than  in  the  species  under  notice. 

CLASS  HYDROZOA. 

Sub-Order  HYDROCORALLIN^. 
FAMILY  MILLEPORID^. 

MlLLEPORA   SQUARBOSA,  Lam. 

Millepora  squarrosa,  Lain.,  var.  incrassata,  Dana,  U.S.  Explor. 
Exped.,  Zoophytes,  pi.  liii.,  fig.  1;  Synop.  Rep.  Zooph.,  1859, 
p.  105. 

A  single  example  of  this  species  is  in  the  collection. 
The  specimen  consists  of  a  subtriangular  plate  12*5  cm.  in  height, 
18  cm.  in  width,  from  1  to  1*5  cm.  in  thickness  near  the  base,  and 
from  T5  to  2*3  cm.  at  the  summit.  The  upper  semi-circular  margin 
is  much  thickened,  lobate  and  roundly  truncate  ;  at  one  extremity 
there  are  two  toe-like  lobes  5  cm.  high,  3-3  cm.  broad,  1-3  cm. 

*  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  v.,  2,  pp.  44-46. 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERME8 — WHITBLEGGB.  375 

thick  at  their  origin  and  2  cm.  at  their  apex,  their  outer  lateral 
margins  are  thick,  their  inner  ones  thin  and  acute.  The  rest  of  the 
upper  margin  consists  of  one  broad  lobe  with  three  shallow  in- 
dentations. The  general  surface  is  uneven,  having  a  few  low 
round  or  ridge-like  elevations,  and  numerous  shallow  depressions 
in  which  the  very  regular  cyclosystems  are  situated. 

The  gastropores  are  absent  from  the  thick  apical  ridge,  else- 
where they  are  very  evenly  distributed  ;  they  are  on  an  average 
about  2  mm.  apart  and  0-25  in  diameter.  The  dactylopores  are 
generally  confined  to  a  limited  area  around  the  gastropores ;  they 
vary  in  number  from  four  to  six,  their  diameter  is  about  (H2  mm. 
and  their  distance  from  the  central  pore  between  0'2  and  0'4  mm. 

The  surface  is  minutely  porous  and  reticulately  ridged ;  the  ridges 
are  pretty  regular,  about  0'05  mm.  apart. 

MILLEPORA  PLATYPHYLLA,  Ehrenberg. 

Millepora  platyphylla,  (Ehrenberg)  Dana,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped., 
Zoophytes,  p.  548,  pi.  Hi.,  fig.  5. 

A  small  fragment  from  the  upper  portion  of  a  colony  is  in  the 
collection. 

The  piece  consists  of  three  or  four  flat  lamellae,  two  of  which 
have  grown  out  vertically  and  at  right  angles  to  the  main  frond. 
The  lamellae  are  from  1  to  2  cm.  in  thickness,  the  apical  margin 
is  somewhat  thin  and  rounded,  the  lateral  margins  are  acute. 

The  surface  is  slightly  tuberculous;  the  tubercles  are  low,  rounded 
and  longitudinally  arranged. 

Pores  very  unequally  distributed,  not  distinctly  arranged  in 
systems.  Gastropores  irregularly  scattered,  0-2  mm.  in  diameter. 
Dactylopores  usually  about  O'l  mm.  in  diameter,  unevenly  dis- 
tributed over  the  whole  colony.  Surface  reticulation  with  very 
minute  ridges,  usually  under  O05  mm.  apart. 

MILLEPORA  NODOSA,  Esper. 

Millepora  nodosa,  Esper,  Die  Pflanzenthiere,  pi.  ix.  ;    Moseley, 
Chall.  Rep.  Zool.,  ii.,  p.  18,  pi.  xiii.,  tig.  3. 

There  are  several  fine  examples  referable  to  this  species ;  of 
these  three  are  well  marked  forms  differing  considerably  in  habit, 
but  very  similar  in  the  cyclosystems  and  in  the  minute  struc- 
ture of  the  surface. 

Form  A. — The  finest  example  possesses  a  large  incrusting  base 
inclosing  a  mass  of  dead  material  of  the  same  species.  From  the 
upper  surface  there  arises  a  series  of  irregular  flattened  lobes  and 


376  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

branches;  the  summits  are  usually  obliquely  truncated,  and  either 
acute  or  evenly  rounded.  The  larger  branches  bear  from  two  to 
three  lobe-like  branchlets  similar  to  those  figured  by  Moseley  in 
the  "  Challenger  "  Report.* 

The  specimen  measures  17  cm.  by  8  cm.  at  the  base ;  the  main 
branches  are  from  3  to  6  cm.  wide  at  their  origin,  and  from  1  -2  to 
2  cm.  in  their  shorter  diameter. 

Form  B. — The  specimen  consists  of  a  compressed  branched  frond 
19-5  cm.  high,  7  cm.  wide  at  the  base,  and  1'7  cm.  in  thickness. 
At  a  distance  of  8  cm.  from  the  base  there  arise  two  main 
branches  ;  each  gives  oft*  a  few  flat  lobes  at  the  sides  and  termin- 
ates in  three  or  four  subpalmate  lobes. 

Form  C. — Consists  of  an  antler-like  reticulate  frond,  with  widely 
divaricate  and  frequently  coalescent  branches  ;  they  are  either 
alternate  or  opposite,  and  subdichotomous,  especially  near  the 
summits.  The  terminal  branchlets  are  a  little  compressed  in  the 
plane  of  branching  ;  the  rest,  including  the  basal  portions,  vary 
from  oval  to  subquadrate  in  transverse  section,  and  measure  from 
1  to  2  cm.  in  diameter. 

Another  specimen  is  intermediate  in  habit  between  forms  B 
and  C. 

The  general  surface  in  all  the  examples  is  characterised  by 
numerous  small  elevations  upon  which  the  pore  systems  are 
situated ;  this  is  especially  marked  on  the  younger  parts  of  the 
corallum,  elsewhere  they  are  not  so  conspicuous. 

The  gastropores  are  usually  about  0'28  mm.  in  diameter,  and 
from  1  to  2  mm.  apart,  they  are  somewhat  crowded,  but  rather 
irregularly  distributed.  The  dactylopores  are  about  0'18  mm.  in 
diameter,  they  are  very  numerous  and  not  distinctly  arranged  in 
cycles  except  on  the  younger  parts  of  the  colony. 

The  surface  reticulation  is  rather  coarse  as  compared  with  other 
species;  the  ridges  are  on  an  average  fully  O'l  mm.  apart. 

MlLLEPORA   TORTUOSA,  Dana. 

Millepora  tortuosa,,  Dana,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  Zoophytes,  pi.  Hi., 
figs.  3-3a. ;  Synop.  Rep.  Zoophytes,  p.  105. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a  single  specimen,  closely  re- 
sembling Dana's  figure.  The  main  branches  are,  however,  a  little 
broader,  varying  from  5  to  12  mm.  in  width.  The  whole  surface 
of  the  branches  is  covered  with  very  fine  slight  elevations  upon 
which  the  pore  systems  are  situated.  The  gastropores  are  very 

*  Moseley— «  Challenger  "  Eeport— Zool.,  ii.,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  3. 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGGtE.  377 

evenly  distributed  ;  they  are  generally  under  2  mm.  apart  and 
about  0*2  mm.  in  diameter.  The  dactylopores  are  about  0*1  mm. 
in  diameter,  and  pretty  regularly  arranged  in  cycles. 

The  surface  ridges  are  about  (H  mm.  apart. 

Order  SIPHON  OPHOR A. 

FAMILY  PHYSALID^. 
PHYSALIA  MEGALISTA,  Lamk. 

Physalia  megalista,  Lamk.,  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  ii.,  1816,  p.  481  ; 
Peron  et  Lesueur,  Voy.  de  Descouvertes  aux  terres  australes, 
Atlas,  1807,  pi.  xx.,  fig.  1  ;  Haeckel,  Chall.  Rep.  Zool.,  xviii., 
pp.  351  -  372. 

Numerous  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  by  Mr.  Hedley, 
who  also  made  a  coloured  sketch  from  a  living  specimen ;  the 
colours  exhibited  in  the  drawing,  and  by  the  specimens  when  re- 
ceived, agree  with  examples  of  this  species  from  the  coast  of  New 
South  Wales. 

During  the  past  five  or  six  years  I  have  paid  special  attention 
to  the  PhysaUdce  occurring  on  our  coast ;  two  species  have  been 
observed,  i.e.,  Physalia  megalista  and  P.  utriculus.*  They  occur 
nearly  all  the  year  round  with  favourable  winds,  such  as  N.E., 
E.,  or  S.E.,  occasionally  in  company,  but  more  frequently  only  one 
species  is  obtainable  at  a  time.  I  have  afc  various  times  closely 
examined  hundreds  of  living  individuals  of  both  species,  and  can 
readily  separate  the  two  by  their  colour  alone.  There  are,  how- 
ever, other  more  important  characters  which  clearly  indicate  that 
they  are  specifically  distinct. 

In  Physalia  megalista  the  crest  is  long  in  proportion  to  the  rest 
of  the  pneumatophore,  whilst  the  anterior  crestless  portion  is  re- 
markably short.  The  ventral  group  of  cormidia  are  arranged  in 
well  defined  clusters,  two  anterior  and  three  posterior  to  the  main 
tentacle.  Each  cormidium  consists  of  a  short  broad  pedicel — 
more  or  less  transverse  to  the  axis — and  a  series  of  short  branchlets 
from  which  arise  the  ventral  appendages:  siphons,  tentacles,  pal- 
pons,  and  gonodendria. 

The  basal  group  of  cormidia  are  separated  from  the  ventral 
by  a  very  short  space.  They  consist  of  five  or  six  clusters  of 
small  palpons,  siphons,  and  frequently  from  one  to  three  ten- 
tacles in  addition  to  that  which  subtends  the  terminal  proto- 
siphon. 


*  Chun  unites  all  the  Pacific  and  Indian  Ocean  forms  under  the  name 
of  Physalia  utriculus.     (See  Zool.  Anzieg.,  x.,  1887,  p.  658.) 


378  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  presence  of  accessory  tentacles  in  the  basal  group  of  cor- 
midia,  appears  to  have  hitherto  been  overlooked  in   the  genus 


Prof.  E.  Haeckel,  in  the  "  Challenger  "  Report,*  remarks  that 
"  The  smaller  basal  group,  at  the  posterior  or  distal  end  of  the 
trunk,  produces  merely  a  series  of  small  siphons  and  palpons, 
placed  before  the  protosiphon  and  is  provided  with  a  single  ten- 
tacle only  ;  it  always  remains  sterile  and  never  produces  gono- 
phores."  And  again,  on  page  344:  "The  primary  tentacle  which 
belongs  to  the  protosiphon,  remains  either  as  the  single  tentacle 
of  the  basal  cormidium,  or  it  is  afterwards  lost ;  but  I  have  never 
seen  secondary  tentacles  developed  in  this  distal  group." 

From  the  above  remarks  it  seems  clear  that  the  secondary  ten- 
tacles occurring  in  the  basal  group  of  cormidia  have  escaped  notice. 
This  may  be  due  to  imperfect  or  ill-preserved  specimens  from  which 
some  of  the  species  have  been  described. 

In  living  or  well-preserved  examples  of  either  Physalia  utriculus 
or  P.  megalista,  the  basal  tentacles  are  very  conspicuous  and  may 
be  easily  seen  by  the  unaided  eye.  In  badly  preserved  specimens, 
in  which  the  tentacles  are  generally  more  or  less  contracted,  they 
are  not  so  evident ;  they  can,  however,  be  readily  distinguished 
with  a  hand  lens  of  moderate  power. 

With  a  view  of  rendering  it  less  difficult  to  separate  the  two 
Pacific  species,  I  have  carefully  dissected  and  measured  a  series 
of  specimens  of  each.  The  results  are  embodied  in  the  accompany- 
ing tables. 

In  dissecting  the  specimens,  I  began  by  isolating  the  anterior 
cormidia,  and  afterwards  snipping  off  the  entire  bunch  of  append- 
ages without  rupturing  the  pneumatophore.  The  siphons,  tentacles, 
and  gonodendria  were  then  separated  and  counted.  The  palpons 
have  not  been  taken  into  account. 

In  the  first  twelve  enumerated  in  the  table,  the  siphons  of  the 
basal  groups  have  not  been  noted.  In  the  last  six,  the  whole  of 
the  cormidial  appendages — palpons  excepted — both  ventral  and 
basal  have  been  enumerated.  The  gonodendria  were  counted 
according  to  age ;  thus,  in  some  cases,  as  many  as  four  occur  in 
one  cormidia,  all  being  in  a  different  state  of  development.  In 
the  larger  examples  of  P.  utriculus,  it  often  proved  difficult  to 
determine  whether  the  last  (sixth)  ventral  cormidium  should  be 
regarded  as  one  cluster  or  two ;  frequently  there  is  a  clear  space 
on  each  side,  indicating  two  pedicels,  but  the  dividing  line  is  not 
continued  through  the  centre. 

*  Haeckel— "  Challenger  "  Keport— Zool.  xviii.,  p.  311. 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA.  VERMES — WHITELEGGE.  379 


P.    MEGALISTA 

(FROM  FUNAFUTI). 

Total 
Ventral  cormidia 

Total 
Basal  cormiiiia 



Ventral  cormidia 
1st  2nd  3rd  4th  5th  6th 

Basal  cormidia. 
1st  2nd  3rd  4th  5th  6th 

Length  of  specimen,  25  mm 
Number  of  siphons     
,,           tentacles  
„           gonodendria   ... 

3 

1 

7  ... 
3     1 
]    ... 

579 
333 
1  1  ... 

25  mm 
36 
16 
4 

"2 

1                                1 

Length  of  specimen,  30  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria 

14 
5 
1 

12   ... 
3     1 
1 

12  10  18 
543 
1 

30  mm 
66 
21 
3 

1 

0  1 

Length  of  specimen,  35  mm 
Number  of  siphons 

8 
3 
1 

6  ... 
1     1 
1 

3  8  10 
1  4  3 
1 

35  mm 
35 
13 
3 

2 

„          tentacles  

1   1 

Length  of  specimen,  40  mm 
Number  of  siphons    

10 

4 

10  ... 
3     1 

8  8  14 
3  1  4 

b  '"  ...  !         i 

40  mm 
50 
16 
0 

i 

,,          tentacles 

„           gonodendria   ... 

Length  of  specimen,  40  mm 
Number  of  siphons 

9 

6  ... 

7  7  10 
233 
1  

40  mm 
39 
15 
3 

2 

„           tentacles  

3 

1 

3     1 
1  ... 

i  i 

„           gonodendria   ... 

Length  of  specimen,  55  mm 
Number  of  siphons    17 
„          tentacles  5 
„          gonodendria   ...|... 

19  ... 
7     1 

14  12  16 
556 
1  1  ... 

55  mm 
78 
29 
2 

4 

3  1 

P.    MBOALISTA    (FROM   MAROUBRA,  NSW    SOUTH   WALES). 

45  mm 
47 
21 

4 

2 

Length  of  specimen,  45  mm 
Number  of  siphons    

11  7  ... 
341 
1  1  ... 

10  0 
5  5 
1  1 

12 
8 

l                 ..l 

,,           gonodendria   ... 

Length  of  specimen,  50  mm 

15  9  ... 
5  7  1 
1  2 

12  14 
5  6 
2 

J7 
6 

50  mm 
67 
29 
5 

4 
2 

3                        .     1 

,,           gonodendria    .  .  . 

Length  of  specimen,  55  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„          tentacles  

eonodendria    .. 

20  12  ... 
851 
3  2  ... 

14  12 
4  3 
2  1 

18 
7 

1 

"i               ['     i 

55mm 
76 
28 
9 

380 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


P.  MEGALISTA  (FROM   MAROUBRA, 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES)  —  continued. 

Total 
Ventral  cormidia 

Total 
Basal  cormidia 



Ventral  cormidia 
1st  2nd  3rd  4th  5th  6th 

Basal  cormidia. 
1st  2nd  3rd  4th  5th  6th 

Length  of  specimen,  60  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria   ... 

12  12 
5     8 
1     1 

...  12  10  25 
1555 
...121 

60  mm 
71 
29 
6 

3 

2                            1 

Length  of  specimen,  65  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
,,           tentacles  
„           gonodendria    ... 

18  12 

7     8 
1     2 

.     12  10  12 
1864 
...111 

65mm 
64 

^ 

3 

2   1 

Length  of  specimen,  70  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
,,           tentacles  
„           gonodendria   ... 

15  12 

7    9 
1     1 

...   16  12  20  
1     7     7     7iO  1 
...213    

70  mm 
75 
38 

8 

1 

P.  UTRICULUS  (FROM  MAROUBRA, 

NEW  SOUTH 

WALES). 

50  mm 
136 
38 
11 

8 
8 

Length  of  specimen,  50  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria    ... 

20  22 
6     5 
2     2 

...  26 
1     6 
...     3 

28  40 
5  10 
3     1 

4 
3 

2 

3 

1 
1 

0 
0 

0 
0 

1 
1. 

Length  of  specimen,  50  mm 
Number  of  siphons    ..  .. 

18  21 

...  25 

34  54 
8  14 
1     2 

4 

3 

2 

2 

1 
2 

0 
2 

0 
0 

v 

1 

50  mm 
152 

42 
9 

10 

10 

„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria 

7    7 
2     2 

1     5 
2 

Length  of  specimen,  55  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria    ... 

26  34 
7     5 
1     3 

...  30 
1     5 
..     2 

34  40 
6     8 
1  ... 

6 

3 

2 

2 

1 
0 

0 
0 

0 
0 

1 
1 

55  mm 
164 

32 

7 

9 
6 

Length  of  specimen,  60  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria   ... 

24  28 
7  10 
1     2 

...  23 
1     6 
...     2 

32  40 
6  13 
2  ... 

-5 

3 

8 

2 

.1 
1 

0 
0 

0 
0 

1 
1 

60  mm 
147 
43 

7 

10 

7 

Length  of  specimen,  70  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria   .  .  . 

26  28 
7    7 
1     2 

...  28 
1     8 
...     2 

24  48 
7  10 
2     1 

4 
4 

3 
2 

2 

2 

0 
0 

0 
0 

1 
1 

70  mm 
154 
40 
8 

10 
9 

Length  of  specimen,  120  mm 
Number  of  siphons    
„           tentacles  
„           gonodendria   ... 

54  50 
15  14 
4    3 

...  60 
1  15 
...     4 

51  87 
10  27 
3     6 

19 

7 

10 
6 

12 
5 

5 

4 

0 
0 

1 
1 

120   m 
302 

82 
20 

m 
47 
22 

HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGGE.  381 

The  foregoing  table,  although  not  exhaustive,  exhibits  a  wide 
difference  between  the  two  species,  especially  in  the  number  of 
ventral  siphons  and  the  secondary  tentacles  of  the  basal  cor- 
midia. 

In  Physalia  megalista  the  lowest  number  of  siphons  is  35,  the 
highest  78  ;  in  P.  utriculus  the  lowest  is  136,  the  highest  302,  or, 
leaving  out  the  large  specimen,  164.  The  secondary  basal  tentacles 
in  the  former  vary  from  1  to  4,  and  in  the  latter  from  6  to  22. 

There  are  other  important  characters,  which  exhibit  a  number 
of  differences  in  the  length,  colour,  or  distance  of  one  part  from 
another ;  some  of  these,  although  varying  slightly  in  themselves 
within  certain  limits,  are  pretty  constant  in  each  species,  and  are 
very  evident  when  the  two  species  are  compared.  They  may  be 
enumerated  as  follows  : — 

P.  megalista. 

Crest  of  pneumatophore      long 

Apical  crestless  portion       short 

Distance    between   ventral    and   basal 

cormidia        short 

Length    occupied    by   basal   group   of 

cormidia        long 

Apex  of  pneumatophore      green 

Summit  of  crest magenta 

Mouths  of  siphons        yellow 

P.  utriculus. 

Crest  of  pneumatophore      short 

Apical  crestless  portion       long 

Distance    between   ventral    and   basal 

cormidia         long 

Length    occupied    by   basal   group   of 

cormidia        short 

Apex  of  pneumatophore        blue 

Summit  of  crest Campanula  blue 

Mouths  of  siphons        white 

With  a  view  of  testing  the  pneumatophore  to  see  if  it  would 
yield  any  reliable  specific  character,  I  have  carefully  measured  a 
series  of  living,  dead,  and  preserved  specimens.  I  am  well  aware 
that  the  pneumatophore  is  a  very  variable  structure  ;  but,  as  in 
most  other  organisms,  when  at  ease  or  in  a  restful  condition,  it 
has  a  certain  definite  form  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  shape 
of  the  living  object  when  in  a  healthy  normal  state.  In  the  follow- 
ing measurements — as  far  as  the  material  would  allow — specimens 
have  been  selected  that  came  nearest  to  what  I  regard  as  the 
natural  shape  of  the  pneumatophore. 


382 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGGE.  383 

In  the  above  measurements,  certain  factors  must  be  taken  into 
consideration.  In  living  specimens  stranded  on  the  beach,  or 
examples  kept  for  some  time  in  confinement,  the  anterior  crestless 
portion  of  the  pneumatophore  is  usually  shorter  than  in  healthy 
floating  individuals.  In  very  sick,  dead,  or  dried  examples,  it 
generally  attains  to  its  normal  proportions. 

The  posterior  and  ventral  lobes  usually  contract  a  little  under 
any  circumstances,  and  are  often  much  shorter  in  dried  or  pre- 
served specimens  than  in  life. 

With  a  little  care  it  is  possible  to  preserve  the  pneumatophore 
in  its  natural  shape.  Specimens  that  are  uninjured,  and  floating 
on  the  sea,  may  be  caught  in  a  wide-mouthed  bottle,  or  placed  in  a 
vessel  with  a  small  quantity  of  sea-water.  After  a  short  time  they 
generally  assume  a  restful  or  normal  condition.  A  10  per  cent, 
solution  of  formol  will  fix  them  without  any  perceptible  change 
taking  place.  When  fixation  is  completed,  sufficient  sea-water 
should  be  added  to  reduce  the  mixture  to  about  one  or  two  per 
cent.,  in  which  fluid  they  may  be  kept  for  years  without  much 
loss  of  form  or  colour. 

The  pneumatophore  may  also  be  dried  with  little  or  no  altera- 
tion. I  have  succeeded  in  drying  many  specimens  that  have 
retained  their  natural  form.  My  method  of  proceedure  is  as  fol- 
lows : — The  specimen  is  floated  into  a  wide-mouthed  bottle;  when 
it  has  assumed  its  normal  condition,  it  is  plunged  into  the  hot 
dry  sand  on  the  beach  ;  then,  as  quickly  as  possible,  the  pneuma- 
tophore is  rubbed  with  dry  sand  until  all  the  surface  moisture  is 
absorbed  ;  the  appendages  are  then  removed,  and  the  specimen 
left  in  the  sun  ;  when  thoroughly  dry  it  is  placed  in  fresh  water 
to  extract  the  salt,  and  afterwards  again  dried  and  placed  in  an 
air-tight  bottle.  Specimens  dried  in  this  manner  have  retained 
their  shape  for  several  years  and  exhibit  no  signs  of  deterioration 
except  in  colour. 

CLASS  SCYPHOZOA. 

Order  DISCOMEDUSJE. 
FAMILY  AURELID^. 

AURELIA    CLAUSA,  LesSOU. 

Aurelia  clansa,  Lesson,  Voy.  de  la  Coquille,  Zoo!.,  p.  119. 
Four  specimens  of  this  species,  were  obtained  in  the  lagoon. 

FAMILY  POLYRHIZID^3. 

POLYRHIZA    ORITHYIA,  Haeckel. 

Polyrhiza  orithyia,  Haeckel,  System  der  Medusen,  p.  578. 


384  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Orithyia  incolor,  Quoy  &  Gaimard,  Voy.  de  PAstrolabe,  iv.,  p. 

297,  pi.  xxv.,  figs.  6  -  10. 

One  example,  found  stranded  on  the  beach.  The  specimen  is 
not  in  a  good  condition,  and  is  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species. 

CLASS  ACTINOZOA. 

Subclass  ZOANTHARIA. 

Order  AN  TIP  ATH  ARIA. 

FAMILY  ANTIPATHID.E. 

ANTIPATHELLA  BROOKII,  sp.  nov. 

The  corallum  is  erect,  pinnate  and  branched  in  a  single  plain  ; 
it  is  8  cm.  in  height  and  6 -5  cm.  broad  ;  the  stem  (?)  at  the  base 
is  1  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  specimen  consists  of  two  main  fronds,  having  the  shorter 
branches  fused  here  and  there  at  the  base  but  free  at  the  summits. 
Each  frond  gives  off  a  series  of  alternate — rarely  opposite — pin- 
nules. The  primaries  arise  almost  at  right  angles,  and  are  slightly 
curved  upwards  at  a  short  distance  from  their  origin.  The  second- 
aries also  are  at  right  angles  to  their  support ;  they  are  generally 
straight,  simple,  or  with  numerous  short  branchlets,  occasionally 
a  few  are  elongate  and  slightly  curved. 

The  primary  pinnules  are  from  2  to  3  cm.  in  length,  and  pretty 
regularly  4*3  mm.  apart ;  the  secondaries  are  from  5  to  15  mm. 
in  length  and  3  mm.  apart ;  the  tertiary  pinnules  vary  from  1  to 
7  mm.  in  length. 

The  polyps  on  the  pinnules  are  situated  on  the  anterior  surface, 
forming  a  single  longitudinal  series ;  there  are  six  to  1  cm. ;  they 
are  about  I'l  mm.  in  length,  and  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  short  intervals  varying  from  0'2  to  0-4  mm. 

The  polyps  do  not  commence  at  the  bases  of  the  branchlets ; 
there  is  generally  a  nude  space — from  0-4  to  0-6  mm.  in  length — 
at  their  point  of  origin  from  the  stem.  The  latter  also  usually 
has  a  similar  polyp-less  space  above  and  below  the  base  of  a 
branchlet.  On  the  stouter  portions  of  the  corallum  a  few  of  the 
polyps  are  radiate  or  subradiate,  elsewhere  they  are  elongate. 
There  are  two  distal  and  two  proximal  tentacles  situated  in  a  line 
with  the  pinnule,  and  two  placed  transversely — one  on  each  side 
of  the  mouth — which  are  generally  smaller  and  inserted  on  the 
sides  of  the  pinnule,  not  on  the  anterior  surface  as  is  the  case  with 
the  other  two  pairs.  The  tentacles  are  about  0-25  mm.  in  length. 
The  oral  prominence  is  slightly  elongate  transversely,  it  is  O'l  mm. 
in  height,  0-5  mm.  in  its  longer  and  0-35  mm.  in  its  shorter  dia- 
meter. The  mouth  is  a  narrow,  elongate,  slit-like  opening,  with 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGGE.  385 

an  irregular  crenated  margin.    The  zooids  are  not  sufficiently  well 
preserved  to  afford  accurate  internal  structural  details. 

The  spines  near  the  apices  of  the  pinnules  are  short  and  some- 
what triangular ;  below  they  are  elongate  and  subcylindrical,  with 
smooth,  acute,  abruptly  tapering  summits.  They  are  arranged  in 
longitudinal  rows  and  frequently  exhibit  a  spiral  arrangement 
running  from  right  to  left ;  five  rows  maybe  seen  from  one  aspect, 
four  of  which  are  included  in  the  spiral  arrangement.  Many  of 
the  spines  on  the  stouter  pinnules  are  given  off  at  right  angles, 
generally  they  are  slightly  inclined  upwards,  their  length  is  about 
0'3  mm.,  and  measured  from  apex  to  apex  in  a  spiral  0-4  mm.  apart. 

This  species  is  allied  to  A.  tristis  and  A.  atlantica. 

SUB-CLASS  ZOANTHAKIA. 

BY  J.  P.  HILL,  B.Sc.,  F.L.S.,  AND  T.  WHITELEGGE. 

FAMILY  ZOANTHID^E. 

ZOANTHCS    FUNAFUTIENSIS,  Sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  xxiv.,  figs.  2,  3). 

Form. — Body-wall  smooth,  translucent,  surface  transversely 
wrinkled  when  contracted.  Coanenchyme  thin,  encrusting,  con- 
tinuous or  becoming  stoloniferous  at  the  margin.  Column  short, 
often  broader  than  high.  Capitulum  slightly  expanded,  with  from 
45  to  50  ridges,  confined  to  the  upper  swollen  surface.  Oral  cone 
a  little  prominent,  aperture  longer  than  broad.  Tentacles  24  to 
28,  similar,  arranged  in  two  cycles. 

Colour. — The  specimens  were  preserved  in  formol,  and  when 
received  were  of  a  bright  grass  green.  The  colour  has  now  faded 
entirely,  and  the  colony  is  greyish  with  slight  tinge  of  olive. 

Dimensions  of  colony  8 '5  by  4 '7  cm.  ;  height  of  an  average- 
sized  polyp  5  mm.,  diameter  of  the  capitulum  5  mm.,  of  the 
column  3  mm. 

ANATOMY. 

Body-wall  (Plate  xxv.,  fig.  1). — The  body-wall  is  bounded  ex- 
ternally by  a  cuticle  to  which  stray  diatoms  and  sponge  spicules 
are  found  adherent.  Between  the  cuticle  and  the  ectoderm  is  a 
thin  peripheral  layer  of  mesogloea,  consisting  of  fine  anastomosing 
strands,  and  having  a  thickness  of  '003  mm.  The  ectoderm  is  a 
thin  continuous  layer  in  which  cell  outlines  are  not  recognisable. 
It  is  crossed  here  and  there  by  fine  strands  from  the  mesoglcea, 
which  unite  to  form  the  peripheral  layer  as  described  by  Haddon 
and  Shackleton  in  Z.  coppingeri.* 

*  Reports  on  the  Zoological  Collections  made  in  Torres  Straits  :  Actiniae, 
i.  Zoanthete— Sci.  Trans.  R.  Dublin  Soc.  (2),  iv.,  xiii.,  p,  677. 


386  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

In  the  ectoderm  there  are  present  narrow  oval  nematocysts, 
0'14  mm.  long,  but  zooxanthellre  are  absent.  Slightly  branched 
canals  arising  from  the  ectoderm  are  present  in  the  mesoglcea, 
but  are  not  at  all  numerous,  though  somewhat  more  abundant  in 
the  lower  part  of  the  column.  In  the  rarity  of  ectodermal  canals 
the  species  under  consideration  agrees  with  Z.  jukesii,  H.  &  S., 
and  as  in  that  species  lacunae  are  fairly  numerous.  Small  cell- 
groups  and  isolated  rounded  or  spindle-shaped  cells,  produced  into 
radially  running  processes,  also  occur  in  the  mesogloea.  Nemato- 
cysts are  present  in  the  ectodermal  canals  in  small  numbers.  In 
the  lacunse  there  occur  very  definite,  small,  rounded  or  oval  bodies, 
often  in  considerable  numbers.  In  general  appearance  these  re- 
semble nematocysts,  but  are  apparently  quite  homogeneous  in- 
ternally and  show  no  trace  of  threads. 

The  entoderm  is  thin,  and  contains  nematocysts  and  numerous 
zooxanthellse.  The  entodermal  circular  musculature  is  weakly 
developed,  and  supported  by  minute  mesogkeal  plaitings. 

Capitulum. — The  ectoderm  here  is  ridged  and  thicker  than 
that  of  the  column-wall.  It  contains  nematocysts. 

Sphincter  muscle. — The  double  mesogkeal  sphincter  muscle  is 
well  developed.  Its  upper  portion  is  about  three  times  the  length 
of  the  lower.  The  latter  consists  of  a  single  row  of  cavities, 
rounded  in  shape  and  larger  than  those  of  the  upper  portion 
which  are  small  and  compressed  and  not  arranged  in  a  single  row. 
In  both,  the  muscle  fibres  are  supported  on  plaitings  of  the  meso- 
gloea. 

Tentacles. — The  ectoderm  is  thick  and  is  crowded  with  enormous 
numbers  of  small  sausage-shaped  nematocysts,  '01  mm.  in  length, 
zooxanthellre  are  absent.  The  ectodermal  musculature,  longitu- 
dinal in  direction,  is  moderately  strong  and  supported  on  small 
plaitings.  The  mesoglcea  is  thin,  and  contains  only  small  scattered 
cells.  The  entoderm  is  a  very  thick  layer.  It  contains  numerous 
nematocysts  similar  to  those  of  the  ectoderm,  and  zooxanthelhe 
are  also  numerous.  The  circular  entodermal  musculature  is  very 
weak. 

Disc. — The  ectoderm  of  the  disc  is  ridged.  It  is  in  general 
similar  to  the  ectoderm  of  the  tentacles,  but  nematocysts  are  here 
not  so  numerous.  The  mesoglcea  contains  isolated  cells  and  cell- 
groups.  In  the  entoderm  numerous  zooxanthelhe  are  present. 
The  musculature  of  the  disc  is  weak. 

(Esophagus  (Plate  xxv.,  fig.  2). — The  ectoderm  is  thrown  into 
distinct  longitudinal  folds.  The  groove  is  wide  and  well  marked. 
The  ectoderm  contains  nematocysts,  and  here  and  there  in  the 
basal  parts  of  the  cells  there  occur  groups  of  refractive  yellow 
(pigment  1)  granules.  The  mesogloea  forms  a  uniformly  thin  layer. 
The  entoderm  is  also  thin,  and  contains  zooxanthellge  in  no  great 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGGE.  387. 

numbers.  The  ectoderinal  musculature,  longitudinal  in  direction, 
and  the  entodermal,  circular  in  direction,  are  both  weakly  developed. 
Mesenteries  (Plate  xxv.,  fig.  2). — The  mesenteries  are  slender, 
and  have  the  normal  brachycnemic  arrangement.  The  reflected 
ectoderm  of  the  oesophagus  forms  ridges  (8-11  in  number)  along 
the  two  faces  of  each  perfect  mesentery,  and  is  limited  to  the 
inner  half  of  the  radial  extent  of  each  mesentery.  Below,  the 
peripheral  folds  of  the  reflected  ectoderm  are  continued  on  as  the 
mesenterial  filaments.  These  are  at  first  V-shaped  in  section, 
but  lower  down  the  free  limbs  of  the  V  soon  disappear,  and  the 
ectoderm  of  the  filament  assumes  a  rounded  bulbous  form.  At 
the  same  time  the  entoderm  becomes  thickened  immediately  below 
the  filament,  givinsr  rise  to  a  second  bulb-like  swelling.  The  ecto- 
derm of  the  filament  contains  numbers  of  deeply-staining  gland- 
cells,  and  in  its  deeper  part  occur  numerous  small  granules  which 
stain  slightly  with  eosin.  Rod-shaped  nematocysts  also  occur  in 
the  ectoderm,  as  well  as  in  the  thickened  entoderm.  The  mesen- 
terial filaments  continue  to  near  the  base  of  the  column,  and  are 
considerably  folded.  The  mesogloea  of  the  mesenteries  is  a  thin 
layer,  which,  however,  becomes  somewhat  thickened  just  before 
joining  the  body-wall.  In  this  outer  thickened  part  is  situated 
the  single  basal  canal  of  the  mesentery.  In  the  lower  part  of  the 
column,  the  mesogloea  of  the  mesenteries  is  somewhat  thicker  and 
the  basal  canals  are  larger.  The  entoderm  of  the  mesenteries  is 
a  thin  layer  containing  zooxanthellse,  which  are  usually  much 
more  numerous  on  one  face  of  the  mesentery  than  on  the  other. 
Nematocysts  are  sparingly  present  in  the  entoderm.  The  parieto- 
basilar  muscles  are  supported  on  mesoglceal  plaitings,  and  are  well 
developed.  The  longitudinal  musculature  is  fairly  well  developed, 
and  supported  on  small  plaitings. 

Gonads, — Gonads  were  not  present  in  any  of  the  specimens 
examined  by  us. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  Z.  jukesii,  H.  &  S.,  but  is 
to  be  easily  distinguished  by,  among  other  points: — (1)  its  smaller 
size,  (2)  its  green  coloration,  (3)  the  absence  of  nematocysts  from 
the  entoderm  of  the  tentacles. 

GEMMARIA  WILLEYI,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xxiv.,  figs.  1  and  4). 

Form.  —Body-wall  opaque,  encrusted  with  foreign  matter  and 
minutely  granular.  Surface  even  when  extended,  transversely 
wrinkled  when  contracted.  Coenenchyme  incrusting,  forming 
broad  expansions  or  band-like  stolons.  Column  often  slightly 
swollen  in  the  middle.  The  capitular  region  greatly  expanded, 
with  about  forty  very  short  radial  ridges.  Disc  large,  radiately 
ridged.  Oral  cone  prominent,  aperture  oblong.  Tentacles  short, 
subequal,  eighty  in  number,  arranged  in  two  cycles. 


388  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Colour. — As  per  coloured  sketch,  drawn  by  Mr.  C.  Hedley  on 
the  spot.  Column  pale  green,  capitulum  pinkish,  disc  pale  violet, 
tentacles  brownish-orange ;  in  formol,  yellowish-grey. 

Dimensions. — Length  of  largest  colony,  7  cm. ;  breadth,  5  cm. 
Length  of  largest  polyp,  1*7  cm.;  diameter  at  base,  5  mm.;  in  the 
middle,  7  mm.;  at  the  capitulum,  11  mm.;  diameter  of  disc  about 
8  mm.  ;  oral  aperture,  3  mm.  by  1  '5  mm.  Length  of  tentacles 
about  T8  mm.;  contracted  examples  are  usually  somewhat  flat- 
tened at  the  summit — varying  from  6  to  10  mm.  in  diameter — 
and  frequently  broader  at  the  summit  than  long. 

ANATOMY. 

Body-wall  (Plate  xxvi,  fig.  1). — The  ectoderm  is  thick,  measur- 
ing in  breadth  '07  mm.,  and  forms  a  definitely  continuous  layer. 
It  is  provided  externally  with  a  thin  cuticle,  to  which  occasional 
diatoms  adhere.  A  peripheral  layer  of  mesoglcea  is  absent. 
Numerous  incrustations  consisting  of  grains  of  calcareous  sand, 
foraminiferal  shells  etc.,  are  present  in  the  ectoderm  and  peri- 
pheral portion  of  the  mesogloea,  forming  a  layer  about  '15  mm. 
thick.  Owing  to  the  presence  of  these  incrustations,  the  ectoderm 
appears  in  decalcified  sections  considerably  broken  up,  and  is  here 
and  there  separated  by  a  space,  extending  over  a  considerable 
area,  from  the  underlying  mesoglcea.  The  ectoderm  contains 
zooxanthellae  in  considerable  numbers  and  also  numbers  of  large 
nematocysts.  One  of  the  largest  of  the  latter  observed  measured 
1-35  mm.  in  length  by  -06  mm.  in  breadth,  but  their  average  size  is 
considerably  less  than  this. 

As  is  characteristic  of  the  genus,  ectodermal  canals  are  absent 
from  the  mesoglcea.  Large  rounded  or  oval  lacunae  are,  however, 
abundant  in  the  outer  two-thirds  of  the  layer.  The  lacunae  con- 
tain large  nematocysts  (usually  one  in  each),  similar  to  those  of 
the  ectoderm  and  also  contain  numbers  of  zooxanthellae.  Besides 
lacunae  small  cell-islets  and  isolated  cells  produced  into  very  dis- 
tinct radial  processes  are  present  in  the  mesogloea.  Except  in 
its  most  peripheral  portion,  below  the  ectoderm,  the  inesoglcoa  is 
almost  completely  devoid  of  incrustations.  Occasional  siliceous 
spicules  however  do  occur. 

The  entoderm  of  the  body-wall  is  thickened  between  the 
mesenteries  and  contains  zooxanthellae  but  they  are  here  not  so 
numerous  as  in  the  ectoderm.  The  circular  entodermal  muscula- 
ture is  well  developed. 

Capitulum. — The  outer  surface  of  the  capitulum  is  ridged,  the 
ridges  alternating  with  the  tentacles  of  the  outer  cycle.  The 
ectoderm  is  thicker  than  that  of  the  column  and  is  not  so  densely 
crowded  with  incrustations.  These  are  here  more  abundant  in 
the  outer  part  of  the  mesogloea. 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VBRMES — WHITELEGGE.  389 

Sphincter  Muscle. — The  single  mesoglceal  sphincter  muscle  is 
well  developed  (Plate  xxvii.,  tig.  1,  m.s.).  The  muscle  cavities  are 
large  and  arranged  in  an  irregular  alternating  fashion. 

Tentacles. — The  ectoderm  of  the  tentacles  is  crowded  with  small 
slightly  curved  nematocysts  (-010  mm.  long),  among  which  occur 
occasional  large  ones.  Zooxanthellae  are  also  very  numerous. 
The  longitudinal  ectodermal  musculature  is  strongly  developed 
and  supported  on  close-set  plaitings  of  the  mesogloea.  The  meso- 
gloea  is  of  moderate  thickness  and  contains  only  small  isolated 
cells.  The  entoderm  is  thin.  It  contains  numerous  zooxanthellse 
but  no  nematocysts.  The  circular  entodermal  musculature  is 
moderately  strong. 

Disc  (Plate  xxvi.,  fig.  2). — The  disc  is  traversed  by  ridges 
which  pass  one  from  the  base  of  each  tentacle  of  the  inner  and 
outer  rows  to  the  margin  of  the  mouth.  In  the  ridges  both 
ectoderm  and  mesogloea  are  somewhat  thickened.  The  ectoderm 
especially  on  the  ridges  contains  nematocysts  similar  to  those  in 
the  tentacles  and  also  zooxanthellae.  In  the  deeper  portion  of 
the  ectoderm  there  occur  numbers  of  small  bright  refractive 
(pigment  ?)  granules.  The  ectoderm  is  devoid  of  incrustations. 

The  mesogloea  of  the  disc  is  thick,  and  especially  noteworthy 
from  the  presence  in  it  of  numerous  large  ectodermal  muscle 
cells  (fig.  6,  ect.  m.)  These  project  into  the  mesogloea  so  obliquely 
that  in  sections  they  mostly  appear  as  isolated  masses  which 
occupy  the  upper  two-thirds  of  the  mesogloea,  and  extend  from  the 
margin  of  the  mouth  across  the  horizontal  part  of  the  disc  and  for 
a  short  distance  up  in  its  vertical  part  (fig.  7). 

McMurrich,  andHaddon  and  Shackleton,  also  describe  enclosures 
in  the  disc  mesoglcea  of  the  species  of  Gemmaria  examined  by 
them.  In  G.  isolata,  McMurrich*  describes  the  mesogloea  of  the 
disc  as  being  "densely  loaded  with  enclosed  cavities  containing 
cells  probably  ectodermal  and  muscular,"  but  in  his  later  descrip- 
tion of  G.  rusei,  D.  &  M.,  he  says,t  "the  enclosures  in  the 
mesoglcea  of  the  disc  which  I  thought  might  possibly  be  muscle 
cells  in  isolata,  are  seen  in  Rusei  to  be  comparable  to  the  lacunae 
of  the  column  wall."  Again  Haddon  and  Shackleton  in  their  des- 
cription of  G.  macmurrichi  (page  689),  remark  that  "cell  enclosures 
(similar  to  those  described  and  figured  by  McMurrich)  are  found 
in  the  disc  of  G.  macmurrichi,"  and  they  also  mention  the  occur- 
rence of  such  in  G.  mutuki.  May  it  not  be  that  in  all  these  cases 
we  have  to  do  as  in  the  species  under  description  with  ectodermal 
muscle  cells,  and  may  not  the  existence  of  such  in  the  mesoglcea 
•of  the'disc  be  a  character  diagnostic  of  the  genus? 

*  The  Actiniaria  of  the  Bahama  Islands.— Jour,  of  Morphology,  iii.  p.  64. 
t  A  contribution  to  the  Actinology  of  the  Bermudas. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phil.,  1889,  p.  125. 


390  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  entoderm  of  the  disc  is  thin  and  contains  zooxanthellrc. 
The  entodermal  musculature  is  weak. 

(Esophagus. — The  groove  (Plate  xxvii.,  fig.  2#r.)is  well  marked 
and  has  in  one  specimen  examined  by  us,  the  same  truncated 
form  described  by  McMurrich  in  G.  isolata,  and  Haddon  & 
Shackleton  in  G.  mutuki.  The  ectoderm  contains  large  and 
small  nematocysts  and  a  few  zooxanthellse  are  also  present.  In 
the  basal  part  of  the  ectoderm  colourless  refractive  granules  as 
well  as  groups  of  yellowish-brown  granules  are  present.  The 
mesoglcea  is  considerably  thickened  below  the  groove. 

Mesenteries. — The  mesenteries  are  typically  brachycnemic  in 
arrangement  (fig.  8),  but  in  one  specimen  examined  the  sulcar 
mesentery  of  the  second  pair  on  one  side  was  perfect,  thus  realis- 
ing the  macrocnemic  condition.  The  mesogkea  of  the  mesenteries 
is  on  the  whole  thin  but  is  somewhat  thicker  in  the  basal  part  of 
the  column.  Peripherally  also  the  mesogloca  in  each  perfect 
mesentery  is  thickened  where  it  encloses  the  basal  canal  and  again 
becomes  constricted  before  joining  the  body  wall.  The  imperfect 
mesenteries  are  short  and  bulbous  and  project  little  into  the 
ccalenteron  (fig.  8). 

Each  mesentery  encloses  a  main  basal  canal  appearing  in  section 
narrow  and  elongated  in  the  perfect  and  rounded  in  the  imperfect 
mesenteries.  In  the  mesogloea  internally  to  the  basal  canals  in 
the  perfect  mesenteries  there  occur  small  lacunae.  In  the  basal 
canals  there  are  present  large  nematocysts  similar  to  those  in  the 
lacunae  of  the  body-wall,  and  zooxanthellte  also  occur  in  the  canals 
and  lacunse,  but  in  no  great  numbers.  The  basal  canals  run  up 
into  the  region  of  the  disc  where  they  divide  into  several  smaller 
canals. 

The  entoderm  is  a  thin  layer  in  which  zooxanthellfe  are  fairly 
abundant,  especially  in  the  O3sophageal  region. 

Occasional  nematocysts  are  also  present.  The  parieto-basilar 
muscles  are  supported  on  plaitings  of  the  mesogloea  and  are  well 
developed.  The  longitudinal  musculature  is  weak. 

The  reflected  ectoderm  on  the  two  sides  of  each  perfect  mesentery 
give  rise  to  numerous  (up  to  20)  close  set  ridges  of  which  the 
inner  and  outer  project  freely.  Below,  the  peripheral  free  portions 
pass  into  the  mesenterial  filaments  in  the  usual  fashion.  The 
filaments  have  at  first  in  section  the  shape  of  an  arrow-head,  but 
soon  the  free  margins  disappear  and  the  central  part  remains  as 
a  bulbous  thickening  below  which  the  entoderm  is  also  enlarged. 
Here,  just  as  inZ.funafutiensis,  the  inner  margin  of  the  mesentery 
has  the  shape  in  section  of  a  double  bulb.  In  the  ectoderm  of 
the  filament  there  are  present  occasional  zooxanthellae  and  large 
nematocysts,  while  gland  cells  are  very  numerous.  A  few  large 


HYDROZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGQE.  391 

neinatocysts  also  occur  in  the  thickened  entoderm,  and  zooxan- 
thellse  are  here  more  numerous  than  in  the  ectoderm  of  the  filament. 
The  filaments  are  convoluted  below  and  terminate  some  distance 
from  the  base  of  the  column. 

Gonads. — In  one  of  the  specimens  examined  by  us  ovaries  were 
found  as  small  whitish  swellings  disposed  in  irregular  longitudinal 
rows  along  especially  the  lower  portions  of  the  mesenteries,  in  the 
region  of  the  mesenteric  filaments. 

In  G.  mutuki,  Haddon  and  Shackleton  record  finding  ripe  sperm 
cells  in  the  ccelenteron  of  one  individual. 

We  have  much  pleasure  in  associating  this  well  marked  species 
with  the  name  of  our  friend  Dr.  A.  Willey,  in  appreciation  of  his 
untiring  labours  in  the  South  Seas. 

PALYTHOA  HOWESII,  Haddon  and  Shackleton. 

Palythoa   hoicesii,  Haddon  and  Shackleton,  Sci.  Trans.  R.  Dublin 

Soc.  (2),  iv.,  1891,  p.  693,  pi.  lxi.,fig.  13;  pi.  Ixiii.,  fig.  8. 

A  single  example  is  here  referred  to  this  species.  Several 
specimens  from  Thursday  Island  are  in  the  Museum  collection, 
with  which  the  Funafuti  example  has  been  compared  and  found 
to  agree  in  all  the  external  characters. 

The  specimen  consists  of  an  oblong  colony  9  cm.  long,  3  cm. 
wide  and  1-4  cm.  high,  the  basal  ccenenchyme  forms  a  projecting 
margin  all  round  the  colony,  from  2  to  5  mm.  wide,  and  from  I 
to  3  mm.  in  thickness.  The  polyps  are  about  7  mm.  in  diameter. 
The  capitular  ridges  number  about  28  or  30. 

PALYTHOA  KOCHII,  Haddon  and  Shackleton. 

Palythoa   kochii,  Haddon  and  Shackleton,  Sci.  Trans.  R.  Dublin 
Soc.  (2),  iv.,  1891,  p.  694,  pi.  Ixi.,  fig.  12;  pi.  Ixiii.,  fig.  9. 

A  small  specimen  agreeing  in  its  general  characters  wilh 
examples  of  this  form  from  Thursday  Island.  It  is  a  thin  incrust- 
ing  colony  6  cm.  long,  3'5  cm.  wide  and  having  a  pretty  uniform 
thickness  of  7  mm.  The  capitular  ridges  are  very  variable  in 
number  from  15  to  20.  The  polyps  are  however  much  contracted 
and  the  ridges  more  or  less  indistinct. 

PALYTHOA  COESIA,  Dana. 

Palythoa  cccsia,  Dana,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  Zooph.,  p.  40,  pi.  xxx., 
fig.   3,  3a  to  3A;    Haddon  and  Shackleton,  Sci.  Trans.  R. 
Dublin  Soc.  (11),  iv..  1891,  p.  695,  pi.  Ixi.,  fig.  14. 
Two  specimens  both  more  or  less  biconvex  in  shape.     The 
larger  example  is  3 '6  cm.  in  diameter  and  3  cm.  in  height.    Polyps 
about  15  mm.  high  and  9  mm.  in  diameter.     The  upper  surface 
and   tentacles   are   of   a    bright    reddish  maroon    colour.       The 
specimens  are  in  formol. 


392  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Class  CH^TOPODA. 

BY  T.  WHITELEGGE. 

Order  POLYCH^ETA. 

Family   AMPHINOMIDJE. 

EURYTHOE    COM  PLAN  ATA,  Pallas. 

Eurythoe  complanata  (Pallas),  Baird,  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.,  x., 
1870,  p.  222. 

A  single  specimen  is  here  referred  to  this  species.  The  example 
is  25  cm.  in  length,  2  cm.  in  width,  and  1-2  cm.  in  thickness; 
there  are  135  body  segments.  The  head  is  too  much  retracted  to 
determine  the  limits  of  the  caruncle  without  injuring  the  specimen. 
The  body  is  pretty  uniform  in  width  to  within  2  or  3  cm.  of  the 
extremities. 

The  dorsal  bristles  consist  of  three  forms,  there  are  numerous 
elongate  tapering  bristles  a  few  of  which  are  simple,  the  majority 
however  are  subbifid,  the  shorter  division  being  rudimentary  and 
scarcely  perceptable,  the  longer  division  is  much  elongated  taper- 
ing and  smooth.  There  are  also  numerous  stout,  broad  serrated 
bristles  having  from  40  to  50  strong  recurved  teeth  The  ventral 
bristles  are  stout  with  broad  bifid  and  compressed  apices,  the 
longer  divisions  are  quite  smooth  and  about  seven  or  eight  times 
longer  than  the  shorter,  frequently  there  are  one  or  two  slender 
bind  bristles  in  which  the  divisions  are  long  and  cylindrical. 

EURYTHOE  PACIFICA,  var.  LEVUKJENSIS,  Mclntosh. 
Eurythoe  pacifica  var.  levukcensis,  Mclntosh,  Chall.  Report,  Zool., 
xii.p.  29,  pi.  xvi.,fig.  5;  pi.  llafig.  14;  pi.  11  la  figs.  10  -  12. 
There  are  numerous  specimens  referable  to  this  species,  the 
body  is  tapering,  measuring  from  1*5  to  5  cm.  in  length  and  con- 
sists of  about  60  segments.     The  bristles  agree  very  closely  with 
the  figures  given  by  Mclntosh  in  the  Challenger  Report. 

Family  PHYLLODOCID^. 

PHYLLODOCE  sp. 

This  form  is  represented  by  several  specimens  and  is  closely 
allied  to  if  not  identical  with  P.  quadraticeps,  Grube;  it  agrees  in 
every  character  except  the  number  of  bristles.  Grube's  species  is 
said  to  have  but  five,  whereas  the  Funafuti  examples  have  six. 

There  are  five  worm  tubes  in  the  collection  similar  in  shape 
and  structure  to  those  inhabited  by  Eunice  tibiana,  Pourt.,  but  I 
failed  to  find  any  worms  in  them. 

Order  OLIGOCHJETA. 

Family  PERICH^TID^. 

PERICH^ETA  GRUBEI,  Rosa. 

Perichceta  Grubei,  Rosa,  Ann.  d.  K.K.  Naturhist.  Hofmus.,  vi. 
1891,  p.  395,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  4a,  46. 


HYDEOZOA,  SCYPHOZOA,  ACTINOZOA,  VERMES — WHITELEGOE.  393 

Two  specimens  appear  to  belong  to  this  species,  they  are  not 
in  a  good  state  of  preservation  and  it  is  impossible  to  make  out 
some  of  the  specific  characters. 

PERICH^TA  SP. 

There  are  two  specimens  of  another  species  of  Pericheeta 
probably  introduced  into  the  island.  The  only  perfect  example 
is  7 '5  era.  in  length,  the  segments  are  one  hundred  in  number, 
the  /"shaped  setae  are  0-2  mm.  in  length,  and  number  about  50 
per  segment.  The  dorsal  and  anterior  spermathecal  pores  if 
present  are  very  small,  I  failed  to  find  them  with  a  lens.  The 
clitellum  occupies  the  fourteenth,  fifteenth,  and  sixteenth  segments, 
the  female  pore  is  situated  in  a  line  with  the  setae  on  segment 
fourteen.  The  male  pores  occur  on  the  eighteenth  segment, 
they  are  transversely  elongate  and  papillose,  each  pore  is  about 
1  mm.  in  length,  and  the  distance  between  their  inner  margins  is 
about  the  same.  The  median  ventral  line  bears  eight  papillae, 
there  is  one  on  each  segment  from  fifteenth  to  twenty-first,  the 
twenty-second  being  without ;  the  remaining  two  are  on  segments 
twenty-three  and  twenty-four. 

The  dorsal  surface  is  purplish-brown  with  green  irridescent 
reflections,  sides  and  under  surface  lighter. 

Class  GEPHYKEA. 

Order   SIPUNOULOIDEA. 
Family  SIPUNCULID./E. 

PHYSCOSOMA  NIGRESCENS,  Keferstein. 

Physcosoma  nigrescens  (Keferstein),  Selenka,  in  Semper's  Reisen. 
Arch,  der  Philippinen,  iv.,  Die  Sipunculiden,  p.  72,  pi.  ix., 
figs.  130-136. 

There  are  two  examples  of  this  well  marked  species,  both  are 
well  preserved  and  fully  extended.  In  the  larger  specimen  the 
body  is  2  cm.  in  length,  and  the  proboscis  is  about  2-2  cm. 

PHYSCOSOMA  SCOLOPS,  Selenka  and  De  Mann. 
Physcosoma  scolops,  Selenka,  Semper's  Reisen.  Arch,  der  Philip- 
pinen, iv.,  Die  Sipunculiden,  p.   75,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  17;    pi.  x., 
figs.  138-144. 

Three  examples  of  this  species  are  in  the  collection.  The 
largest  example  is  3  cm.  in  length,  the  large  chitinous  papillae  and 
the  intense  colour  markings  serve  to  readily  distinguish  this  form. 

ASPIDOSIPHON  ELEGANS,  Cham,  and  Eysenh. 

Aspidosiphon   elegans  (Cham,   and   Eysenh.),   Selenka,   Semper's 
Reisen.  Arch,  der  Philippinen,  iv.,  Die  Sipunculiden,  p.  124, 
pi.  i.,  figs.  10,  10a;  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  124-208. 
One  specimen,   the  body  measures  3'5  cm.,  the  proboscis  is 
wholly  retracted. 


394  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

ASPIDOSIPHON.  STEENSTRUPII,  Diesing. 

Aspidosiphon  steenstrupii  (Diesing),  Selenka,  Semper's  Reisen. 
Arch,  der  Philippinen  iv.,  Die  Sipunculiden,  p.  116,  pi.  i., 
figs.  12,  13;  pi.  xiii.  figs.  190-192. 

A  single  specimen  is  here  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species. 
The  body  and  proboscis  are  of  a  uniform  pale  brown  colour,  the 
anterior  and  posterior  shields  are  darker,  the  latter  is  granular 
and  radiately  grooved,  the  former  is  slightly  granular ;  an  encircling 
series  of  about  twenty  small  tubercles  mark  the  line  of  union  of 
the  proboscis  with  the  body. 

The  proboscis  is  clothed  with  a  series  of  chitinous  bodies  of  two 
kinds,  those  on  the  anterior  half  consist  of  flat  curved  bidentate 
hooks  arranged  in  rings,  each  hook  is  about  0'05  mm.  in  height 
and  0-04  in  width  at  the  base.  On  the  posterior  half  the  chitinous 
bodies  are  scattered,  they  are  elongate,  three  sided,  slightly  bent 
but  not  hooked  at  the  summits,  they  are  O04  mm.  in  height  and 
0'025  in  width  at  the  base.  Numerous  papillate  skin  glands 
occur  between  the  rows  of  hooks,  one  to  every  four  or  five  hooks. 

The  retractor  muscles  are  15  mm.  in  length,  they  are  attached 
about  3  mm.  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  body  and  are  joined 
together  at  about  4  mm.  from  their  point  of  attachment.  The 
segmental  organs  are  equal  in  length  to  the  combined  portion 
of  the  retractors,  and  are  free  from  the  body-wall  for  three  fourths 
of  their  length.  At  the  posterior  third  of  the  body  there  are 
twenty-five  longitudinal  muscle  bands. 

This  form  comes  very  near  to  A.  speculator,  Selenka,  but  the 
retractors  are  united  much  nearer  the  posterior  end  of  the  body, 
and  the  segmental  organs  are  free  for  a  greater  distance  than  in 
Selenka's  species. 

CLOEOSIPHON  ASPERGILLUM,  Quatrefages. 

Cloeosiphon  aspergillum  (Quatrefages),  Selenka,  Semper's  Reisen. 
Arch,  der  Philippinen  iv.,  Die  Sipunculiden,  p.  126,  pi.  ii. 
figs.  23,  24;  pi.  xiv.  figs.  214-216. 

A  solitary  example  is  somewhat  doubtfully  referred  to  this 
species.  The  specimen  is  6  cm.  in  length,  the  proboscis  is 
damaged  and  no  hooks  were  available  for  examination.  In  other 
respects  it  agrees  fairly  well  with  the  published  description. 


THE  MOLLUSCA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

Part  I.— Gasteropoda. 
BY  CHARLES  HEDLEY. 


[XVIL] 

THE  MOLLUSCA. 

Part  I.  —  Gasteropoda. 
By  CHARLES  HEDLEY. 


Many  of  the  introductory  remarks  which  prefaced  collections 
previously  dealt  with,  apply  with  equal  force  to  the  Mollusca. 
Little  was  known  of  the  Mollusca  of  the  Ellice  Group  prior  to  our 
Expedition.  With  one  exception,  none  of  the  naturalists — Dana, 
Whitmee,  Woodford,  Finsch — who  have  been  to  the  archipelago, 
gathered  any  shells.  The  exception  being  Dr.  Ed.  Graefte,  who 
visited  most  of  the  atolls  in  the  interest  of  the  Godeffroy  Museum. 
The  land  shells  he  procured  are  described  by  Mousson.*  A  few 
other  animals  described  by  German  authors  from  this  group  were 
probably  also  collected  by  him. 

The  poverty  of  the  fauna  of  the  atoll,  compared  with  that  of 
any  continental  area  lying  under  corresponding  latitudes,  such  as 
Queensland,  New  Guinea,  or  the  Melanesian  Plateau,  again  asserts 
itself.  Whole  groups,  the  Brachiopoda  and  the  Polyplacophora, 
are  missing,  giving  to  the  fauna  an  unsymmetrical  aspect. 
Especially  significant  is  the  absence  of  Mollusca  with  large  eggs 
such  as  Nautilus,  Melo,  or  Valuta  from  this  drifted  fauna.  In 
many  cases  the  Funafuti  shells  are  smaller  than  the  usual  stature 
of  their  respective  species.  Harper  Pease  has  remarked  that  the 
marine  Gasteropoda  of  the  Paumotus  are  in  general  dwarfed  in 
comparison  with  those  of  Tahiti. f  Shipley  mentions  that  speci- 
mens of  Gephyrean  worms  from  Funafuti  were  considerably 
smaller  than  representatives  of  the  same  species  from  Rotuma.J 

Poor  though  this  fauna  be,  I  have  to  apologise  for  the  following 
inadequate  account  of  it.  Thorough  search  would  probably  result 
in  multiplying  the  known  total  three  or  four  times.  My  com- 
mission embraced  the  study  of  the  Atoll  as  a  whole.  Although 
the  Mollusca  alone  would  have  afforded  occupation  for  the  entire 
time  of  an  investigator,  yet  Ethnology,  and  Botany,  and  other 
branches  of  Zoology  equally  claimed  my  attention.  On  my  return 
the  mass  of  material,  molluscan  and  otherwise,  together  with  the 

*  Mousson-  -Journ.  de  Conch,  xxi.  1873,  pp.  102-109. 
t  Pease — Am.  Journ.  Conch,  iv.  1868,  p.  109. 
J  Shipley— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1898,  p.  468. 


398  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

pressure  of  current  Museum  duties  has  operated  unfavourably  on 
my  report.  Various  inquiries  on  anatomy  and  other  related 
matters  have  been  perforce  omitted.  With  the  exception  of  a 
sketch  of  the  geographical  distribution  I  have  unwillingly  restricted 
myself  to  the  mere  systematic  treatment  of  the  species. 

A  superficial  reader  might  seize  on  the  fact  that  many  new 
species  are  described  as  new  in  the  following  pages,  and  with  a 
show  of  reason  deduce  that  so  great  a  proportion  of  novelties 
indicate  a  very  peculiar  and  endemic  fauna.  This  would  however 
be  a  mistaken  impression.  Few  realise  how  exceeding  rich  the 
fauna  of  the  tropical  Pacific  is,  or  how  poor  our  knowledge  thereof. 
Probably,  except  in  New  Caledonia,  a  capable  collector  would 
obtain  at  least  one  shell  new  to  science  in  a  day's  work  on  any 
beach  in  the  South  Pacific.  Fischer's  estimate  that  the  Indo- 
Pacific  Province  contains  five  or  six  thousand  marine  mollusca,* 
is  certainly  below  the  mark. 

For  the  purpose  of  comparison  the  Funafuti  fauna  must  be 
divided  into  large  conspicuous,  and  small  inconspicuous  shells. 
The  distribution  already  ascertained  for  conspicuous  genera  like 
Cypraea  will  be  paralleled,  as  knowledge  increases,  for  inconspicu- 
ous genera  like  Caecum.  Thus  I  anticipate  the  discovery  in  the 
western  continental  islands  of  every  minute  species  I  have 
described  as  new  from  Funafuti.  The  range  of  all  the  species 
mentioned  is  given  for  the  South  Pacific  as  completely  as  oppor- 
tunity permitted.  A  discussion  of  the  data  collected  is  postponed 
to  the  concluding  pages  of  this  Memoir. 

The  study  of  the  mollusca  of  the  Pacific  is  attended  with 
peculiar  difficulty.  As  a  result  of  the  superior  energy  of  the 
British  in  exploration,  commerce  and  missionary  enterprise  in  the 
Pacific,  the  vast  majority  of  the  mollusca  of  this  region  have,  from 
the  time  of  Captain  Cook  to  the  present  day,  been  first  examined 
in  London.  The  writers  who  have  doalt  with  them,  Adams  Bros., 
Hinds,  Reeve,  the  Sowerbys,  Smith,  Melvill,  and  others,  have 
treated  them  uniformly  on  the  model  and  method  of  Lamarck  ;  it 
will  be  convenient  to  call  this  group  of  authors  the  "  London 
School."  A  brilliant  exception  to  the  work  of  British  writers  is 
the  superb  Memoir  by  Boog  Watson  on  the  Gasteropoda  collected 
by  the  Challenger  Expedition. 

As  a  consequence  of  the  devotion  of  the  London  School  to  the 
study  of  the  Pacific  fauna,  we  have  a  great  mass  of  involved 
synonomy,  inadequate  descriptions,  poor  figures  or  none,  crude 
classification  and  total  negloct  of  soft  anatomy,  The  smaller 
portion  of  this  fauna  which  has  gone  to  Paris  has  generally  been 
well  figured,  and  a  fraction  which  has  fallen  into  the  hands  of 

*  Fischer— Man.  de  Conch.  1887,  p.  157. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  399 

American  students  has  received  scientific  treatment.  A  higher 
grade  of  work  was  reached  by  a  poor,  solitary,  invalid  exile  like 
Montrouzier  than  by  men  who  had  within  their  reach  the  unrivalled 
resources  of  the  collections,  the  libraries  and  artists  of  London. 

To  descend  from  generalities  to  details,  it  may  be  pointed  out 
that  whilst  the  foremost  British  and  American  writers  in  all  other 
branches  of  zoology  now  use  English  ;  whilst  the  scientific  writers 
of  other  countries,  like  Sars  and  Collett  in  Norway,  Schepman  in 
Holland  and  various  Japanese  authors,  are  adopting  English  as  an 
international  language,  on  the  grounds  of  its  wide  currency, 
wealth  and  flexibility  ;  yet  this  conservative  London  school  of 
Conchologists  reject  the  advantages  of  their  mother  tongue  and 
satisfy  their  humble  wants  with  the  poor  and  awkward  medium 
of  Latin. 

By  some  strange  unwritten  law  these  Conchologists  have  in- 
variably maintained  a  proportion  between  the  size  of  a  shell  and 
its  illustration.  Thus  a  large  shell,  however  simple  in  structure, 
demanded  a  large  figure  ;  and  a  small  shell,  however  complex  its 
details,  a  small  drawing.  Had  this  school  encountered  Pachyderms 
or  Foraminifera,  one  or  both  would  surely  have  fallen  beyond  the 
focus  of  their  vision. 

Though  great  wealth  of  anatomical  material  was  profferred  them, 
these  writers  have  ever  cast  the  "  nasty  things  "  aside.  The  fas- 
cinating studies  of  structure,  affinities,  higher  classification,  or 
geographical  distribution  had  no  charm  for  them.  Their  measure 
of  excellence  in  Conchological  research  being  apparently  the  highest 
score  of  new  species. 

But  the  chief  defect  of  this  school  is  that  it  has  added  to  the 
superstructure  without  strengthening  the  foundation,  and  has  thus 
weakened  instead  of  improved  the  fabric  of  our  knowledge.  Upon 
the  distinction  of  old  species  depends  not  only  generic  and  sub- 
generic  classification,  but  even  the  reality  of  new  species,  which 
are  necessarily  contrasted  with  them.  The  task  of  rehabilitating 
old  species,  for  which  these  writers  have  unique  facilities,  is  by 
them  neglected  in  favour  of  the  easier  and  more  showy  work  of 
describing  novelties,  which  could  be  done  at  least  as  well  by 
others. 

In  illustration,  I  will  cite  the  following  case,  one  instance  of  a 
multitude.  Hinds,  in  1843,*  thus  described  a  new  species,  Triforis 
collaris: — " Testa  ovata,  acuminata  ;  anfractibus  duodecim  bisera- 
tim  granulosis,  serie  inferiorie  paululum  maxima,  margaritacea, 
superiore  pallide  fusca;  anfractu  ultimo  quadriseratim  subaequali- 
ter  concatenate.  Axis  4  lin." 

*  Hinds— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1843,  p.  23. 


400  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

No  one  will  to-day  affirm  that  so  brief  an  account  suffices  for 
the  recognition  of  this  species.  Consequently  there  is  every  pro- 
bability that  it  has  been,  or  will  be,  again  named  and  described  to 
the  confusion  of  science.  In  so  numerous  and  difficult  a  group,  a 
description  a  page  long  and  several  detailed  figures  are  barely 
enough  to  determine  a  species  in  the  absence  of  authentic  specimens. 
It  would  be  supposed  that  this  view  only  required  to  be  stated  for 
every  worker  to  endorse  it,  but  for  sixty-five  years  British  writers 
have  passed  over  this  inadequate  account  and  neglected  to  repair 
the  fault.  So  recently  as  last  year,  Melvill  and  Standen  in  treat- 
ing of  the  shells  of  Lifu,  examined  and  catalogued  this  species, 
yet  it  never  occurred  to  them  that  a  figure  and  description  was 
more  urgently  needed  for  /.  collaris  than  for  any  of  the  hundred 
novelties  they  figured  and  described. 

Great  numbers  of  the  species  of  Adams,  Hinds,  Smith  and 
others  are  inadequately  represented  in  literature,  and  cannot  be 
recognised  without  an  inspection  of  the  type  in  London.  Either 
therefore  no.  Conchological  work  should  be  published  except  by 
residents  of  London,  which  is  an  absurd  proposition,  or  these 
species  must  be  ignored  by  naturalists. 

The  local  conditions  under  which  the  Funafuti  mollusca  occur 
may  be  briefly  sketched.  The  distinction  between  the  marine  and 
terrestrial  mollusca,  so  sharply  drawn  in  temperate  zones,  fades 
away  in  the  tropics.  At  a  distance  from  the  sea,  in  close  associa- 
tion with  such  forms  as  Stenogyra  and  Endodonta,  occur  Littorina, 
Nerita,  Truncatella  and  Melampus.  The  outer  windward  beach, 
where  the  surf  sweeps  the  narrow  reef  platform,  is  only  accessible 
at  intervals  when  a  low  tide  coincides  with  calm  weather.  Here 
the  molluscan  assemblage  bears  the  mark  of  incessant  buffeting  of 
waves,  all  are  characterised  by  powerful  muscular  feet  which 
adhere  to  the  rock  like  the  sucker  foot  of  the  limpet,  all  have 
thick  shells  mostly  strengthened  by  knobs  or  ridges.  In  the  little 
rock  pools  at  the  foot  of  the  shingle  beach,  swarm  the  gaily  painted 
shells  of  Engina  mendi'caria,  Mitra  literata,  Conus  hebraeus  and 
C.  ceylonensis.  Beyond,  where  the  surf  breaks  more  heavily,  are 
several  species  of  Sistrum,  usually  nestled  in  a  rock  crevice  and 
more  or  less  concealed  by  extraneous  growth  upon  their  shells. 
Here  also  are  Purpura  armigera  and  P.  hippocastaneum,  and  on 
the  brink  of  deep  water  is  Turbo  setosus. 

It  comes  as  a  surprise  to  a  naturalist  to  find  the  pelagic  fauna 
scarce  in  this  latitude.  Dr.  Kramer  tells  me  that  he  was  greatly 
struck  by  the  poverty  of  the  tropical  Pacific  in  this  respect.  One 
Pteropod,  one  Heteropod,  and  a  fragment  of  lanthina  were  all  of 
this  class  that  came  under  my  notice. 

The  quiet  waters  of  the  lagoon  prove  a  richer  field  for  a  collector 
than  the  storm  swept  ledges  of  the  ocean  beach.  Just  at  the 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  401 

south  end  of  the  main  islet  of  Funafuti,  where  the  lagoon  com- 
municates with  the  ocean,  are  some  clumps  of  Millepora  rising  to 
the  surface  from  about  ten  or  twelve  feet.  On  these  is  a  colony 
of  the  giant  Vermetus,  and  built  in  by  coral  growth  are  Magilus 
and  Galeropsis.  Near  the  Millepora  were  bushes  of  Plexaura, 
among  whose  branches  perched  Avicula.  A  sandy  flat  sheltered 
behind  a  long  shingle  bank  yielded  at  low  water  Mitra  episcopalis, 
Murex  ramosus  and  Trochus  obeliscus. 

A  mile  to  the  north,  where  the  quiet  waters  allowed  mud  to 
settle,  the  gregarious  Planaxis  sulcatus  occurred  in  quantities. 
Cypraea  moneta  and  C.  caput  serpentis  were  here  abundant,  and 
to  the  rocks  in  the  neighbourhood  adhered  Chama.  Nearer  the 
village,  at  the  spot  sketched  on  p.  71,  I  found  as  dead  shells  most 
of  the  small  species  described  as  new. 

A  few  small  reefs  in  the  lagoon  opposite  the  village  were 
excellent  collecting  grounds.  The  sandy  patches  among  the  coral 
were  inhabited  by  Strombus  luhuanus  and  S.  floridus,  and  by 
numerous  Cerithidse,  among  which  the  large  C.  nodulosum  was 
conspicuous.  What  seemed  a  brilliantly  coloured  worm  disap- 
peared at  a  touch  with  a  snap  and  proved  to  be  the  animal  of 
Tridacna  elongata  seen  through  the  opening  of  the  valves  sunk  in 
coral.  Loose  coral  blocks  rolled  over  and  split  up  yielded  a 
harvest ;  under  the  block  might  be  Conus  rattus,  C.  lividus  or 
Mitra  limbifera,  and  within  it  Lithodomus  and  Area. 

In  a  few  hours  spent  on  the  leeward  islets  of  the  Atoll,  I 
gathered  on  the  beach  several  large  but  dead  species  of  Cypraea, 
Oliva  and  Comis,  which  I  had  not  elsewhere  encountered.  A 
glimpse  of  a  rich  and  distinct  deep  water  fauna  was  afforded 
by  a  few  hauls  of  the  tangles  in  80  -  40  fathoms  on  the  western 
outer  slope  of  the  Atoll.  Almost  everything  here  collected  appears 
to  be  new  to  science. 

The  sole  representative  of  a  fluviatile  fauna  was  a  species 
of  Melania  which  occurred  in  some  abundance  in  the  native 

wells. 

Mr.  George  Sweet  has  kindly  allowed  me  to  inspect  a  collec- 
tion of  shells  he  made  on  Funafuti  in  1897.  I  have  been  able 
in  several  cases  to  increase  my  list  by  species  which  he  took,  but 
which  I  had  not  seen. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

I  was  unable  to  secure  any  specimens  of  Cephalopoda  at  Funa- 
futi, though  I  observed  traces  of  them,  as  beaks  thrown  up  on  the 
beach  and  ink  in  the  hands  of  the  natives  (p.  64).  Pictures  of  an 
Octopus  were  recognized  by  the  natives  as  "feki,"  and  of  a  Loligo 
as  "  mofeki."  I  was  told  that  on  rare  occasions  empty 

BB 


402  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

shells  drifted  to  the  Atoll,  but  the  natives  positively  asserted  that 
they  never  occurred  there  alive.  No  shells  of  Spirula  were  seen  on 
the  beaches. 

Dr.  Georg   Pfeffer  has  described*  Loligo  brevipinnis  from  the 
Ellice  Group. 

No  members  of  the  BRACHIOPODA  or  POLYPLACOPHERA  were 
seen  in  the  Ellice  Islands. 

SCAPHOPODA. 

DENTALIUM  LESSONI,  Deshayes. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  xvii.,  1898,  p.  8,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  36  -  90. 

Two  imperfect  shells  found  on  the   sandy  beach  of  the  lagoon 
correspond  more  nearly  to  this  than  to  any  other  described  form. 

GASTEROPODA. 

HALIOTIS  STOMATIAEFORMIS,  Reeve. 

Pilsbry,   Man.  Conch,  xii.,   1890,  p.  89,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  4;  pi.  xlix., 

figs.  30  -  35. 

I  found  a  single  dead  shell  on  the  windward  side  of  Nukulailai. 
Mr.  Sweet  has  sent  me  specimens  from  Funafuti. 

Pilsbry  records  this  from  New  Caledonia  and  Fiji. 

EMARGINULA  CLATHRATA,  Pease. 

Pilsbry,  op.   cit.,   p.  266,   pi.  Ixiii.,   fig.   12;    Pease,   Am.   Journ. 

Conch,  iv.,  1868,  p.  99,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  24. 

Orrce  found  alive  under  a  stone  in  the  lagoon.     Hitherto  only 
known  from  Hawaii. 

EMARGINULA  MARIEI,  Orosse. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  271,  pi.  xxii.,  figs.  34,  35,  36. 

A  few  bleached  shells  were  gathered  on  the  lagoon  beach. 
Hitherto  only  known  from  New  Caledonia. 

ACMAEA   SACCHARINA,  Linne. 

Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  xiii.,  1891,  p.  49,  pi.  xxxvi.,  figs.  60,  61,  62, 

78;  pi.  xviii.,  figs.  31,  32;  pi.  xxiv.,  figs.  12,  13. 
A  few  small  and  dead  shells  inclining  towards  the  var.  perplexa, 
Pilsbry,  were  found   on  the  outer  beach.     Schmeltz  mentions  it 
from  Queensland,  Samoa,  and  Fiji. 

*  Pfeffer,  Die  Cephalopoden  des  Hamburger  Naturhistorischen  Museums. 
—Abb.  Geb.  der  Naturw.  viii.,  1884,  p.  5,  pi.  i.,  fig.  4j  pi.  ii.,  fig.  4a. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 

PHENACOLEPAS  SENTA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  1). 


403 


Fig.  1. 

Shell  cap  shaped,  with  a  protuberant  and  overhanging  posterior 
apex,  the  earlier  portion  thin  and  translucent,  the  older  solid 
and  opaque ;  adult  shell  asymmetrical  by  reason  of  a  slight 
spiral  twist.  Colour  white.  The  nepionic  shell  is  very  smooth 
and  glossy  sharply  contrasting  with  the  dull  surface  of  the 
remainder,  depressedly  turbinate,  apparently  two  whorled  but 
swallowed  past  the  nucleus  by  the  older  shell.  Sculpture : — on 
the  part  next  the  nepionic  shell  there  are  circular  growth  lines,  as 
these  diverge  wider  their  interstices  are  crossed  by  longitudinal 
lines  which  develop  later  into  low  small  rounded  ribs  parted  by 
slight  furrows,  these  are  reticulated  by  two  series  of  fine  raised 
threads  crossing  at  right  angles.  Upon  these  ribs  arise  in  quin- 
cunx order  a  series  of  V-shaped  thorns,  the  limbs  of  which  are 
directed  anteriorly.  A  portion  of  the  dorsal  surface  immediately 
above  the  posterior  base  is  selected  in  the  accompanying  figure 
for  illustrating  this  feature.  Finally  the  limbs  increase  till  they 
meet  those  of  their  neighbours  and  enclose  a  rhomboidal  space, 
thus  the  marginal  part  of  the  shell  becomes  cancellated  by  a  raised 
network,  oblique  both  to  the  line  of  growth,  the  axis  of  the  shell 
and  the  earlier  sculpture.  The  minute  transverse  thread  lines 
persist  to  the  aperture. 

Aperture  subcircular,  the  edge  when  adult  is  broadened  and 
finely  crenulated.  Interior  glossy,  the  exterior  sculpture  visible 
through  the  shell.  Muscular  impressions  are  a  right  and  left 
adductor  scar  and  a  narrow  horse  shoe  marking  the  head  line  a 
little  within  the  lip.  Length  6,  breadth  4|,  height  3  mm. 

Eight  empty  shells  from  sand  on  the  beach  of  Funafuti 
lagoon. 


404  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

This  species  has  its  nearest  kin  in  P.  cinnamomea,  Gould,  but 
differs  so  widely  from  that  by  contour,  sculpture  and  exposed 
nepionic  shell  that  a  new  genus  seems  necessary  to  express  the 
distinction.  Yet  P.  cinnamomea  itself  stands  perhaps  as  far  again 
from  the  type  of  the  genus  P.  crenulata,  Broderip,  and  being 
unable  to  offer  any  information  on  the  animal  of  the  new  species, 
I  am  unwilling  to  further  divide  a  group  of  which  our  knowledge 
is  so  brief. 

Scutellina  of  Gray  (1847)  being  preoccupied  by  Scutellina  of 
Agassiz  (1841),  Pilsbry  has  substituted  Phenacolepas.* 

TROCHUS  OBELISOUS,  Gmelin. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  xi.,  1889,  p.  19,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  13,  14. 

Several  specimens  were  taken  alive  in  shallow  water  in  the 
lagoon  associated  with  Mitra  episcopalis. 

Fischer  quotes  this  from  New  Caledonia,  Fiji,  Samoa  and  Tonga. 

TROCHUS  TUBIFERUS,  Kiener. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  31,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  62,  63. 

Two  living  specimens  were  found  at  low  water  on  the  western 
side  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Fischerf  gives  as  the  range  of  this  species  New  Caledonia, 
Loyalty  Islands,  Upolu,  Samoa,  and  Pilsbry  adds  Fiji. 

TROCHUS  ATROPURPUREUS,  Gould. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  77,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  28-32;  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  86,  87;  pi. 

xv.,  figs.  50,  51. 

Not  uncommon  as  dead  shells  on  the  lagoon  beach. 
Pilsbry  notes    this   from    San    Christoval,  Solomons,  Tutuila, 
Samoa  and  Fiji.     In  this  Museum  are  specimens  from  New  Cale- 
donia and  Tupuselei,  Hood  Lagoon  and  Milne  -Bay,  British  New 
Guinea. 

TROCHUS  FASTIGIATUS,  A.  Adams. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon,  xiii.,  1861,  Trochus,  pi.  xv.,  fig.  87. 

Several  dead  specimens  from  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 
Though  described  nearly  half  a  century  ago,  the  locality  of  this 
species  has  not  hitherto  been  announced.  I  have  also  collected  it 
at  Panie,  New  Caledonia. 

GIBBULA  CONCINNA,  Dunker. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  230,  pi.  xl.,  figs.  8,  9. 

A  shell  plentiful  at  Funafuti  and  which  I  also  saw  at  Nukulailai, 
seems,  though  not  agreeing  exactly,-  to  be  nearest  this.  The 

*  Pilsbry— The  Nautilus,  v.,  Dec.  1891,  p.  88. 

t  Fischer— Coquilles  Vivantes,  Trochus,  1880,  p.  117. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HBDLEY.  405 

sculpture  and,  except  for  a  white  apex,  the  colour,  is  like  that  of 
G.  danieli,  Crosso,  from  which  it  differs  by  a  crenulate  umbilical 
margin.  The  largest  is  7£  mm  in  diameter  and  has  an  umbilicus 
1£  mm.  broad. 

G.  concinna  is  known  only  from  Upolu,  Samoa. 

GIBBULA  PHASIANELLA,  Deshayes. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  235,  pi.  xxxi.,  tigs.  31,  32,  33. 

Dead  shells  frequently  occurred  on  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 

Specimens  from  the  Manchester  Museum  enable  me  to  state  that 
this  is  the  species  which  Melvill  and  Standen  record*  from  Lifu 
as  "Margarita  striatula,  Phil.,"  a  name  which  I  have  been  unable 
to  trace  in  literature.  It  has  already  been  recorded  from  Lifu, 
and  also  from  He  Art  by  Fischer. f  I  found  it  alive  in  abund- 
ance under  stones  between  tide  marks,  at  Noumea,  New  Caledonia. 
It  is  represented  in  this  Museum  from  Lord  Howe  Island. 

The  species  hardly  seems  suitably  placed  in  this  genus. 

MONILEA  LIFUANA,  Fischer, 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  252,  pi.  xli.,  tigs.  6,  7;  pi.  lix.,  tigs.  G4,  65. 

Commonly  seen  in  a  dead  state  on  the  sandy  beach  of  the 
Funafuti  lagoon. 

As  the  name  implies  this  species  was  first  found  at  the  Loyalty 
Islands.  Smith J  has  recorded  it  from  Torres  Straits.  It  is  also 
in  this  Museum  from  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

MONILEA  TRAGEMA,  Melvill  &  Standen. 
Melvill  &  Standen,  Journ.   Conch.,  viii.,   1896,  p.   313,  pi.  xi., 

fig.  78. 

A  shell  fairly  plentiful  in  a  dead  state  on  the  lagoon  beach  of 
Funafuti  is  referred  here.  The  fifty  examples  before  me  show 
much  variation.  The  colour  ranges  from  pale  pink  articulated 
with  white,  through  white  irregularly  splashed  or  microscopically 
dotted  with  pink,  to  entire  chalky  white.  The  elevation  and 
angulation  of  the  whorls  vary,  and  the  size  of  the  largest  (length 
4£  mm.)  is  almost  double  that  of  the  type  from  Lifu. 

EUCHELUS    INSTRICTUS,  Gould. 

Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  441,  pi.  Ixvii.,  figs.  62,  63. 

A  single  dead  specimen  from  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

*  Melvill  &  Standen— Journ.  Conch,  viii.,  1896,  p.  126. 

t  Fischer,  op.  cit.,  p.  364. 

:  Smith-Zool.  Coll.  "Alert,"  1884,  p.  73. 


406 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


Schmeltz  quotes  this  from  Fiji  and  Samoa.    There  are  specimens 
in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia. 

TEINOSTOMA  QUALUM,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  2). 


Fig.   2. 

Shell  with  spire  scarcely  elevated,  rather  widely  umbilicated. 
Colour  white.  Whorls  three,  flattened  below  the  suture,  rounded 
at  the  periphery  and  concave  at  the  base.  Sculpture  : — the  last 
whorl  is  ornamented  by  about  twenty,  broad,  squarely  projecting, 
transverse  ribs,  which  arise  at  a  distance  from  the  suture,  enlarge 
to  the  periphery  and  continue  to  the  basal  angle,  these  ribs  vanish 
on  the  penultimate  whorl ;  close,  regular  and  fine,  raised,  spiral 
lines  cover  the  whole  shell,  crossing  the  ribs  and  interstices  alike; 
these  are  in  their  turn  overridden  by  transverse  microscopic 
threads.  Base  excavate  in  the  centre.  Umbilicus  one-fifth  of 
the  shell's  diameter,  exhibiting  the  previous  whorls.  Aperture 
round,  lip  thickened,  above  spreading  on  the  previous  whorl  and 
at  the  base  projecting  a  callus  tongue  into  the  umbilicus.  Major 
diameter  T8;  minor  1-4;  height  *75. 

Three  specimens  from  sand  on  the  lagoon  shore,  all  of  which 
are  unfortunately  broken  at  the  aperture. 

This  closely  resembles  Cyclostrema  archeri,  Tryon*  from  Singa- 
pore, which  is  rather  larger  and  more  closely  ribbed,  but  the  basal 
callus  on  the  lip  of  the  present  form  has  decided  me  in  considering 
it  generically  and  therefore  specifically  distinct  from  that. 

TEINOSTOMA  TRICARINATA,  Melvill  &  Standen. 

Melvill  &  Standen,  Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,  1896,   p.    311,  pi.  xi., 

figs.  75  a.  b. 

Three  specimens  occurred  on  the  sandy  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon.  The  only  other  example  known  came  from  Lifu. 

*  Man.  Conch,  x.,  1888,  p.  89,  pi.  xxxiii.,  figs.  84,  86. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  407 

ClRSONELLA   OVATA,    sp.  UOV. 
(Fig.  3). 

Shell  globose-ovate,  thin,  and  semi- 
transparent,  white,  narrowly  umbilicate. 
Whorls  five,  rounded,  smooth,  save  for 
delicate  growth-striations,  margined  and 
contracted  below  the  suture.  Aperture 
oblique,  elliptical.  Lip  sharp,  columella 
reflected.  Length,  2£,  breadth  2  mm. 

Fig.  3.  Three  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

LIOTIA  CRENATA,  Kiener. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  x.,  1888,  p.  Ill,  pi.  xxxvi.,  figs.  12,  13. 

One  shell  from  the  lagoon  beach.  This  is  represented  in  the 
Australian  Museum  from  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides.  Smith  quotes 
it  from  San  Christoval,  Solomons,  and  Melvill  and  Standen  from 
Lifu. 

PHASIANELLA  WISEMANNI,  Baird. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  x.,  1888,  p.  181,  pi.  xxxix.,  figs.  73,  74. 

Several  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Schrneltz  unites 
with  this  P.  graffei,  Bunker.*  Already  recorded  from  the  Ellice, 
Samoa,  and  Tonga,  by  Schmeltz.  Reported  by  Pilsbry  from  Fiji 
and  New  Hebrides. 

PHASIANELLA  MINIMA,  Melvill. 
Melvill,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  ii.,  1896,  p.  115,  pi.  viii.,  tig.  11. 

Three  shells  from  the  lagoon  beach  seem  to  be  referable  to  this 
Bombay  species. 

STOMATELLA  SANGUINEA,  A.  Adams. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  xii.,  1890,  p.  18,  pi.  liii.,  figs.  85,  86. 

Common  as  dead  shells  on  the  lagoon  beach.  Pilsbry  notes 
this  species  from  Fiji,  Upolu,  Samoa,  and  the  Paumotus;  Schmeltz 
adds  Tahiti. 

STOMATIA  PHYMOTIS,  Helbling. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  31,  pi.  liv.,  figs.  16,  17,  21,  22. 

Dead  shells  were  not  rare  on  the  lagoon  beach.  Pilsbry  records 
this  species  from  Fiji,  and  Schmeltz  from  Upolu.  In  this  Museum 
it  is  shown  from  New  Caledonia  and  the  Louisiades. 

GENA  ROSACEA,  Pease. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  41,  pi.  lv.,  fig.  12. 

*  Schmeltz— Museum  Godeffroy,  Cat.  v.,  J874,  p.  145. 


408  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Several  empty  shells  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Hitherto  only 
recorded  from  the  Paumotus. 

TURBO  PETHOLATUS,  L.,  var.  CALKDONICUS,  Fischer. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  x.,  1888,  p.  194,  pi.  xlv.,  fig.  99. 

A  few  dead  shells  were  collected  on  the  beaches. 

This  variety,  of  a  peculiar  colour  pattern,  and  angled  more  or 
less  at  the  shoulder,  is  recorded  by  Fischer  from  New  Caledonia, 
and  Anaa,  Paumotus.  A  specimen  in  this  Museum  from  the 
Gilbert  Islands  shares  this  form  and  colour.  Perhaps  the  typical 
form  is  replaced  in  the  Central  Pacific  by  this  variety. 

TURBO  SETOSUS,  Gmelin. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  195,  pi.  Ixiii.,  fig.  32. 

Abundant  on  the  east  coast  of  the  atoll  at  low  water  on  the 
outer  reef. 

Fischer  cites  this  species  from  New  Caledonia,  Tahiti,  Paumotus, 
Marquesas,  and  Gilberts;  Schmeltz  adds  Samoa.  It  is  also  shown 
in  this  Museum  from  the  Solomons. 

The  opercula  of  the  Funafuti  examples  agree  with  Fischer's 
description,*  but  not  with  Pilsbry's,  being  white  and  smooth,  ex- 
cept on  the  distal  margin,  where  they  are  brown  and  obliquely 
wrinkled. 

TURBO  ARGYROSTOMUS,  Linne. 

Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  197,  pi.  xl.,  fig.  18;  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  41;  pi.  xlvi., 
fig.  8. 

This  species  was  less  abundant ;  it  replaced  the  proceeding  on 
the  western  side  of  the  atoll.  Fischer  indicates  it  from  Tonga, 
and  from  Anaa,  Paumotus,  and  Schmeltz  from  Upolu.  It  is 
represented  in  this  Museum  from  the  Solomons,  New  Caledonia, 
Fanning  Island,  and  Hawaii. 

ASTRALIUM  PETROSUM,  Martyn. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  234,  pi.  Ixiv.,  figs.  65,  66. 
I  found  this  alive  in  the  lagoon. 

Pilsbry  records  this  from  New  Caledonia,  Fiji,  and  Hawaii. 
An  example  from  Woodlark  Island,  British  New  Guinea,  is  in 
this  Museum. 

LEPTOTHYRA  LA  ETA,  Montrouzier. 

Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  258,  pi.  Ixiii.,  figs.  29,  30. 

Common  on  the  lagoon  beach  at  Funafuti. 

Pilsbry  records  this  from  Australia,  Solomons,  Fiji,  and  New 
Caledonia. 

*  Fischer— CoquiUes  Vivantes,  1873,  Turbo,  p.  57. 


THE  MOLLU8CA — HBDLEY.  409 

DELPHINULA  LACINIATA,  Lamwrck. 
Pilsbry,  op.  cit.,  p.  266,  pi.  Ixvii.,  figs.  1,  2,  4. 

I  collected  a  single  worn  shell  on  the  sandbank  in  the  centre 
of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

It  is  recorded  by  Kiener*  from  New  Ireland,  by  Melvill  and 
Standenf  from  the  Loyalty,  and  there  is  a  specimen  in  this 
Museum  collected  by  Pere  Montrouzier  at  Woodlark  Island, 
British  New  Guinea. 

NERITOPSIS  RADULA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  82,  pi.  xxix.,  fig.  68. 

One  dead  shell  was  found  on  the  beach. 

Melvill  and  Standen  record  this  from  Lifu.  Specimens  from 
New  Caledonia  are  described  by  Fischer.  J 

NERITA  ALBICILLA,  Linne. 
Martens,  Conch.  Cab.  ii.,  11,  1889,  p.  25,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  1,  2. 

One  living  example,  found  in  the  lagoon. 

This  species  ranges  south  along  the  Australian  coast  to  Sydney. 
Von  Martens  cites  Port  Carteret,  New  Ireland,  Solomons,  New 
Caledonia,  Fiji,  Samoa,  Tonga,  and  Tahiti.  A  specimen  from 
Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  is  in  this  Museum. 

NERITA  MAXIMA,  Chemnitz. 
Martens,  op.  cit.,  p.  29,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  1-5. 

Two  living  shells  from  under  stones  between  tides  in  the  lagoon 
of  Funafuti. 

Von  Martens  quotes  for  this  Jaluit,  Marshalls,  Fiji,  Samoa, 
and  Tahiti. 

Specimens  are  in  this  Museum  from  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

NERITA  PLICATA,  Linne. 
Martens,  op.  cit.,  p.  63,  pi.  x.,  figs.  6-10. 

This  species  occured  at  Funafuti  in  great  profusion.  The  wave- 
worn  breccia  of  the  outer  beach,  just  above  high  tide,  is  its 
favourite  haunt.  Here  a  hundred  may  be  gathered  from  a  few 
square  feet.  Into  any  crevice  they  crawl  and  huddle  together 
like  a  cluster  of  Helix  aspersa  when  hibernating.  Their  tenacity 
is  wonderful.  Often  when  picking  them  out  of  a  crevice  in  the 
coral,  I  have  pulled  away  the  shell  and  found  the  foot  and 
operculum  adhering  to  the  rock,  torn  from  the  viscera  left  in  the 

*  Kiener— Coquilles  Vivantes,  1873,  Delphinula,  p.  4. 

t  Melvill  &  Standen— Op.  cit.,  p.  126. 

J  Fischer — Journ.  de  Conch,  xxiii.,  1875,  p.  197. 


410  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

shell.  This  mollusc  sometimes  ascends  the  trunks  of  trees  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  beach,  and  behaves  more  like  a  terrestrial  than  a 
marine  organism. 

Martens  quotes  the  following  habitats  from  the  Pacific  : — New 
Guinea,  Tucopia,  New  Caledonia,  Fiji,  Upolu,  Samoa,  Uvea, 
Futuna,  Tongatabu,  Tahiti,  Borabora,  Gambier,  Paumotus,  Mar- 
quesas, Jaluit,  Marshalls,  Ponape,  Guam,  Carolines,  and  the 
Mariannes.  Material  in  this  Museum  enables  me  to  add  Erro- 
manga,  New  Hebrides,  and  the  Solomons. 

At  Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea,  I  was  told  that  this 
mollusc  is  locally  called  "  mimi,"  meaning  "  to  itch,"  because  it 
made  the  tongue  of 'the  eater  sore. 

NERITA  POLITA,  Linne. 

Martens,  op.  cit.,  p.  72,  pi.  in.,  figs.  5,  10-  26;  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  1-18, 

22-26. 

One  specimen  of  the  typical  form  found  alive  in  the  lagoon  of 
Funafuti. 

Martens  cites  this  from  Queensland,  New  Ireland,  Solomons, 
Fiji,  Upolu,  Samoa,  Vavao,  Tonga,  Mangarewa,  Society  Islands, 
and  Hawaii.  I  can  add  Eromanga,  New  Hebrides. 

NERITA  INSCULPTA,  Recluz. 
Martens,  op.  cit.,  p.  88,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  1-4. 

Two  living  specimens  were  found  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 
Martens  notices  this  from  Upolu,  Samoa,  and  Bowen,  Queens- 
land. 

NERITINA  RETICULATA,  Sowerby. 
Martens,  Conch.  Cab.  ii.,  10,  1879,  p.  132,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  1  -3. 

Several  dead  shells  were  found  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Martens  cites  this  from  Nukuhiva,  Marquesas,  Tahiti,  Bora- 
bora,  and  Morutea.  In  this  Museum  it  is  reported  from  Strong 
Island,  New  Caledonia,  and  the  Solomons. 

HELICINA  MUSIVA,  var.  ROTUNDATA,  Mousson. 
Mousson,  Journ.  de  Conch.,  xxi.,  1873,  p.  107. 

Common  at  Funafuti.     Graefie  collected  this  at  Vaitupu. 

EULIMA  PYRAMIDALIS,  A.  Adams. 

Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  viii.,  1886,  p.  270,  pi.  Ixviii.,  fig.  14. 
Three  examples  from  the  lagoon  beach. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


411 


I  cannot,  from  published  data,  separate  the  later  described  E. 
solida,  Sowb.,  and  E.  inftexa,  Pease.  Granted  this  synonomy, 
the  species  extends  to  Fiji,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii. 

EULIMA    DECIPIENS,  sp.  HOV. 

(Fig.  4). 

Shell  small,  straight,  rather  broad,  translucent, 
glossy.  Colour  porcelainous  white.  Apex  mucro- 
nate.  Whorls  eleven,  scarcely  rounded,  sculpture 
none.  Suture  scarcely  perceptible ;  what  first 
appears  to  be  the  suture,  proves  with  further 
magnification  to  be  the  internal  septa  seen 
through  the  shell  substance.  Aperture  pyriform, 
oblique,  with  a  callous  arched  columella.  Length 
5,  breadth  1|  mm. 

One  living  specimen  from  the  lagoon. 

This  species  somewhat  resembles  E.  piriformis, 
Brugnone,  than  which  it  is  rather  narrower.  Fig.  4. 

STYLIFER  VARICIFERUS,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  5). 

Shell  ovate  conical,  thin,  translucent  and  shining.  Apex  broken 
but  apparently  acicular.  Remaining  whorls  nine,  of  which  the 


Pig.  5. 

latter  are  markedly  tumid  and  narrow,  giving  the  shell  a  squeezed 
or  telescoped  aspect.  The  upper  whorls  are  smooth  and  polished, 
the  lower  gradually  acquire  an  oblique,  longitudinal  sculpture 
which  becomes  coarser  as  the  shell  proceeds  and  finally  on  the 


412  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

last  half  whorl  rise  into  sharp  varices;  on  the  latter  three  whorls 
several  weak  spiral  threads  reticulate  the  transverse  growth  lines 
and  create  angles  below  the  suture  and  the  periphery.  Aperture 
very  oblique,  lip  sharp,  sinuous,  reflected,  effuse  anteriorly, 
columella  broad,  arched,  and  reflected  over  a  minute  perforation. 
Length  11,  breadth  6|  mm. 

This  species  in  size  and  general  shape  approaches  S.  eburneus, 
Deshayes.  But  in  the  produced  and  effuse  aperture  it  recedes  from 
that  towards  S.  crotaphis,  Watson.  A  single  specimen  was  pro- 
cured at  Funafuti. 

ODOSTOMIA  BULIMOIDES,  Souverbic. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  362,  pi.  Ixxix.,  fig.  69. 

Several  specimens  which  appear  to  be  the  young  of  this  species 
from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Described  by  Souverbie  from  New  Caledonia  and  reported  by 
Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu. 

ODOSTOMIA  RUBEA,  Pease. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  363,  pi.  Ixxix.,  fig.  75. 

One  living  example  from  the  lagoon.  Pease  procured  the  type 
from  the  Paumotus. 

PYRAMIDELLA  DOLABRATA,  var.  TEREBELLOIDES,  A.  Adams. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  300,  pi.  Ixxii.,  fig.  74. 

Two  dead  shells  from  the  lagoon.  There  are  specimens  of  this 
in  the  Museum  from  Hawaii,  under  the  name  of  Obeliscus  sul- 
catus,  Nuttall. 

PYRAMIDELLA  TURRITA,  A.  Adams. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  301,  pi.  Ixxii.,  figs.  84,  85. 

A  few  dead  shell  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Tryon  records  this 
from  New  Caledonia. 

In  these  two  latter  species,  aged  or  adult  individuals  develop 
plicae  within  the  lip,  a  fact  omitted  in  monographs. 

PYRAMIDELLA  MITRALIS,  A.  Adams. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  305,  pi.  Ixxiii.,  figs.  2,  3,  94,  97. 

Two  dead  shells  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Tryon  quotes  this 
from  Tahiti;  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu.  In  this  Museum  it 
it  represented  from  Guam,  New  Caledonia,  and  Lord  Howe  Island. 

OBTORTIO,  gen.  nov. 

A  shell  of  the  Turbonillidae,  small,  conical.  Apex  of  two  minute 
discoidal  whorls,  half  buried  in  a  larger  and  longitudinally  ribbed 
whorl,  to  which  succeeds  a  ribbed  and  tabulate  whorl ;  these 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


413 


together  constituting  a  mucronate  tip.  On  the  next  whorl,  which 
is  also  tabulate,  the  longitudinal  sculpture  almost  disappears  and 
spiral  lyne  arise.  Subsequently  these  latter  are  cancellated  by  a 
reappearance  of  the  longitudinal  ribs.  Aperture  oval  with  a 
broad  and  reflected  columella,  no  varix. 

Type  Rissoa  pyrrhacme,  Melvill  &  Standen. 

OBTORTIO  PYRRHACME,  Melvill  &  Standen. 

Fig.  6. 

Melvill  &  Standen,   Journ.   Conch.,  viii.,  1896,   p.   310,  pi.   xi., 
fig.  70. 

These  authors  describe  from  Lifu,  Loyalty  Islands :  "A  pure 
white  ochre  tipped  shell,  whorls  eight  or  nine,  much  swollen, 
longitudinally  ribbed,  spirally  closely  sulcate,  aperture  round,  lip 
simple,  a  little  effuse."  This  account  is  illustrated  by  a  figure  too 
small  to  give  details  of  sculpture,  aperture  or  apex.  To  identify 
a  species  from  such  data  is  a  little  hazardous,  but  the  brown  point 
to  the  white  shell  is  a  peculiar  feature  which  leads  me  to  see  in 
"Rissoa  pyrrhacme"  a  common  New  Caledonian  shell,  long  known 
to  the  local  collectors  under  the,  doubtless  erroneous,  name  of 
"Fenella  pupoides,  Adams.''*  I  have  collected  this  at  Panie, 
New  Caledonia,  a  day's  sail  from  Lifu,  whence  Melvill  and  Standen 
derived  Rissoa  pyrrhacme. 

Among  shell  sand  on  the  lagoon 
beach  of  Funafuti  I  gathered  a 
dozen  specimens  specifically  in- 
separable from  the  Panie  shells 
which  I  thus  identified.  They  are 
smaller  than  Melvill  and  Standen 's 
specimens,  being  barely  four  milli- 
metres in  length,  whereas  theirs 
are  six,  the  tips,  unlike  my  Panie 
examples,  are  faintly  and  barely 
touched  with  colour,  as  if  singed  by 
fire.  In  contour  they  exhibit  much 
variety  ;  two  examples  are  drawn 
to  the  same  scale  to  illustrate  diversity  of  proportion,  perhaps  a 
sexual  feature.  The  apex,  which  I  hold  to  exhibit  characters  of 
generic  importance,  consists  first  of  two  very  minute  whorls  which 
are  almost  buried  in  the  succeeding  whorl.  These  are  very  diffi- 
cult to  observe,  being  seen  in  two  instances  only  in  the  series 
examined.  A  globose  whorl,  longitudinally  ribbed,  sometimes 
only  obliquely  wrinkled,  commences  the  real  spire.  This,  the 
subsequent  whorl  and  the  tip,  together  form  an  acicular  point  to 
the  shell  when  viewed  through  a  hand-lens.  The  second,  third, 
and  fourth  whorls  are  tabulate,  lending  a  pagoda  aspect  to  the 


Fig.  6. 


*  Cf.  Schraeltz— Cat.  Godeffroy  Museum,  v.,  1874,  p.  104. 


414 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


upper  spire.  These  are  the  whorls  stained  chestnut,  so  dark  as 
to  be  almost  black,  in  the  New  Caledonian  specimens.  The  larger 
whorls  are  closely  corded  by  spiral  lyrse,  having  smaller  lyrae  in 
their  interstices.  Weak,  longitudinal  ribs  undulate  the  central 
whorls  and  appear  on  the  last  whorl,  but  vanish  there  before 
reaching  the  periphery.  The  columella  lip  is  broad  and  reflected, 
obliquely  ridged  within  and  sharply  bent  above.  The  aperture 
is  perpendicular,  ovate  and  grooved  within. 

Rissoa  joviana  of  Melvill  and  Standen*  appears  to  me  to  be  an 
absolute  synonym  of  Alaba  fulva,  Watson,  f  These  and  Aloha 
striata,  WatsonJ  should  enter  the  same  genus  as  pyrrhacme. 
Indeed  I  am  not  satisfied  that  all  four  names  do  not  apply  to 
aspects  of  one  polymorphic  species. 

SCALA  UEVOLUTA,  Sp.  nOV. 

(Fig.  7). 

Shell  minute,  white,  with  smooth  coiled  apex 
and  variced,  solute,  subsequent  whorls.  Whorls 
six,  of  which  the  apical  three  are  smooth  and  in 
contact,  the  fourth  commences  to  uncoil  and  the 
remainder  are  widely  separate.  Varices  eight 
on  the  last  whorl,  with  an  anterior  corner, 
slightly  elevated  ;  between  the  varices  the  shell 
is  smooth  and  glossy.  Aperture  broken  in  the 
type  example,  but  apparently  circular.  Length 
3,  breadth  1-5  mm. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

The  only  shell  for  which  the  novelty  might 
be  mistaken  is  S.  hyalina,  Sowerby.  Judging 
from  Sowerby's  d  rawing  §  that  differs  by  being 
much  larger,  broader,  uncoiled  to  the  tip,  though  less  apart 
latterly,  and  by  more  numerous  and  serrate  varices. 

SCALA    PAUMOTENSIS,  Pease. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  ix.,  1887,  p.  65,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  16. 

Four  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Cited  by  Tryon  from 
Fiji,  Gilberts,  and  Paumotus. 

SCALA  SUBAUBICULATA,  Souverbie. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  67,  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  21,  22. 

Four  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach  correspond  fairly  well 
with  New  Caledonian  examples. 


Fig.  7. 


*  Op.  cit..  p.  309,  pi.  xi.(  fig.  69. 

t  Chall.  Eeport,  xv.,  1886,  p.  571,  pi.  xlii.,  figs,  fi  a.  6. 

j  Op.  cit.,  569,  pi.  xlii.,  figs.  6  a.  6. 

§  Thesaurus  Conch.  I.,  1847,  pi.  xxxii.,  figs.  21,  22. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


415 


SCALA  OVALIS,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  69,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  40. 

With  doubt  I  refer  here  a  species  obtained  on  the  lagoon  shore. 

SCALIOLA    LAPILLIFEBA,    8p.  UOV. 
(Fig.  8). 

Shell  ovate  conical,  broad  for  the  genus, 
white,  thin  and  translucent.  Whorls  seven, 
rounded,  the  earlier  closely  coiled,  the  later 
looser,  surface  obscurely  marked  by  growth 
striae.  Apical  whorls  smooth  and  bare  ;  the 
rest  beset  with  adherent  sand  grains  more 
closely  disposed  about  and  below  the  peri- 
phery. Aperture  round,  free  from  the  preced- 
ing whorl,  with  expanded  and  reflected  lip. 
Length  2,  breadth  1  mm. 

Three  examples  from  the  sandy  beach  of 
the  lagoon. 

This  is  smaller  and  proportionately  broader 
than  other  Scaliola  and  especially  differs  by 
the  almost  solute  whorls.  It  is  less  coated 
with  adherent  matter  than  S.  caledonica. 


Fig.  8. 


IANTHINA,  sp. 

Specimens  of  an  lanthina  too  young  to  determine  specifically 
occurred  on  the  outer  beach. 

NATICA  VIOLACEA,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  viii.,  1886,  p.  18,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  41. 

One  dead  and  broken  example  from  the  beach  of  the  lagoon. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  Fiji ;  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu.  In 
this  Museum  it  is  represented  from  the  Bampton  Reef,  Coral  Sea 
and  New  Caledonia. 

NATICA  MAROCHIENSIS,    Gmelin. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  22,  pi.  v.,  figs.  74-96  ;  pi.  vii.,  fig.  36;   pi.  viii., 

fig.  49. 

Several  dead  shells  occurred  on  the  lagoon  beach. 
Melvill  and  Standen  quote  this  from  Lifu.     In  this  Museum  its 
Australian   range  is  shown  to  be  from   Torres  Straits  to  Sydney, 
and  it  is  also  represented  from  the  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia 
and  Hawaii. 

NATICA  MANILLA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  49,  pi.  xv.,  fig.  43;  pi.  xvi.,  figs.  46,  48;  pi  xvii., 

figs.  65,  69. 

One  specimen  was  obtained  attached  to  a  native  ornament  as 
described  ante  p.  247. 


416  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

This  Museum  contains  representatives  from  Queensland,  British 
New  Guinea,  New  Caledonia  and  Hawaii. 

NATICA  MELANOSTOMA,  Gmelin. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  50,  pi.  xxi.,  tigs.  13-18;  pi.  xxii.,  fig.  21. 

A  few  empty  shells  were  picked  up  on  the  beach  of  the  lagoon. 

Examples  from  Eagle  Island,  Queensland,  British  New  Guinea 
and  New  Caledonia  are  shown  in  this  Museum. 

NATICA  UMBILICATA,  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  52,  pi.  xxii.,  fig.  26. 

Several  dead  shells,  not  specifically  distinguishable  from  this 
Australian  species,  were  collected  on  the  beach  of  the  lagoon. 

The  Museum  series  show  it  to  range  from  Adelaide  to  Sydney. 

VANIKORO   GUERINIANA,  Recluz. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  68,  pi.  xxix.,  fig.  62. 

Several  specimens  were  found  aliye  in  a  crevice  on  the  outer 
reef  at  low  tide. 

CAPULUS  INTORTUS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  viii.,  1886,  p.  131,  pi.  xxxix.,  figs.  75,  76. 

Several  dead  shells  were  collected  on  the  beach  of  the  lagoon. 

Tyron  quotes  this  from  the  Paumotus,  and  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  Lifu.  It  is  preserved  in  this  Museum  from  Norfolk  Island 
and  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

CAPULUS  VIOLACEUS,  Angas. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  132,  pi.  xxxix.,  fig.  81. 

Several  specimens  were  gathered  dead  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Examples  of  this  species  are  before  me  from  Sydney  Harbour 
and  the  New  Hebrides. 

HIPPONYX  AUSTRALIS,  Quoy. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  136,  pi.  xli.,  figs.  9-15. 

Only  found  alive  as  a  commensal  on  the  opercula  of  the  large 
Pteroceras. 

Tryon  cites  this  from  Fiji  and  New  Guinea,  and  Melvill  and 
Standen  from  Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Torres  Straits. 

MITRULARIA  EQUESTRIS,  var.  TORTiLis,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  op.  cit.,  p.  138,  pi.  xliii.,  figs.  53-59,  61  -  67. 

Common  dead  in  the  high  tide  driftage  on  the  shore  of  the 
lagoon.  Once  found  alive  in  a  crevice  of  a  coral  block. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  417 

TRUNCATELLA  YALIDA,  Pfeiffer. 
PfeifFer,  Zeits.  Malak.,1846,  p.  182;  Conch.  Cab.,  i.,  "Truncatella," 

1855,  p.  11,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  7,  8,  19,  20,  21,  23. 
Truncatella  vitiana,  Gould,  Moll.,  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.,  1852,  p. 

109,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  126,  126a,  1266. 

Abundant  at  Funafuti  where  it  has  already  been  found  by 
Graeffe.*  This  belongs  to  a  semi-marine,  semi-terrestrial  assem- 
blage of  which  I  have  already  written  that — "The  smallest  islands 
which  possess  any  life  at  all  are  usually  stocked  by  these  forms, 
which  appear  to  range  from  Ceylon  in  the  west,  to  the  Sandwich 
Islands  in  the  east,  and  to  be  limited  north  and  south  by  the 
tropics."! 

Gould  remarked  that  T.  vitiana,  admitted  to  be  variable  in 
size,  "  is  not  very  different  from  T.  valida"  The  differences  in 
sculpture,  small  perforation,  basal  keel  and  posterior  fusion  of  the 
ribs,  on  which  he  relied  to  separate  the  two,  are  shown  by  a  series 
before  me  to  be  quite  inconstant  features.  Smith  says,!  "  When 
the  genus  is  re-monographed,  it  is  probable  that  some  older  name 
will  be  discovered  to  replace  that  of  valida."  A  sentence  which 
admirably  expresses  the  assistance  tendered  by  London  writers 
to  students  of  the  Pacific  Mollusca. 

OMPHALOTROPIS  ZEBRIOLATA,  Mousson. 
Mousson,  Journ.  cle  Conch.,  xiii.,  1865,  p.  181,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  11 ;  xxi , 

1873,  p.  108  ;  Garrett,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1887,  p.  308. 
0 mplialotropis  rotumana,  Smith,  Ann.  Mag.  .Nat.  Hist.,  (6).  xx., 
1897,  p.  552. 

Abundant  under  sticks  and  stones  on  the  main  islet  of  Funafuti. 
It  had  already  been  found  here  by  Graeffe,  who  also  observed  it 
at  Nukufetau,  Vaitupu,  and  Niutao  in  the  Ellice,  Nukuiona, 
Uvea,  Kanathia,  Fiji,  and  Wallis  Island.  Authentic  specimens 
of  the  unfigured  0.  rotomana  enable  me  to  confidently  unite 
this  with  Mousson's  species.  Some  such  conclusion  seems  indeed 
to  have  been  anticipated  by  Smith,  who  alludes  to  this  and  others 
as  likely  to  "eventually  prove  to  be  slight  variations  of  already 
known  species." 

ASSIMINEA  NITIDA,  Pease. 
Garrett,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1887,  p.  314. 

Abundant  on  Funafuti,  where  it  had  already  been  collected  by 
Graetfe. 

Garrett,  who  gives  a  complete  bibliography  says  :  "This  small 
species  is  generally  distributed  throughout  all  the  groups  from  the 
Paumotus  to  the  Viti  Islands  and  New  Caledonia." 

*  Mousson— Journ.  de  Concb.  xxi..  1873,  p.  109. 

t  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2)  vi.,  1891,  p.  101. 

I  Smith— Journ.  Malak.  v.,  1896,  p.  21. 

Cc 


418 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


RlSSOA    INVISIBILIS,   sp.  DOV. 
(Fig. 

Shell  small,  sturdy, 
conic  ovate.  Colour 
white.  Whorls  four. 
Sculpture  —  distant, 
longitudinal,  sharp 
costse  are  crossed  by 
three  similar  spiral 
ribs,  which  together 
divide  the  surface 
into  nearly  square 
compartments  ;  at 
the  intersections  are 
small  projections. 
One  spiral  ridge 
alone  appears  on  the 
Fig-  9.  penultimate  whorl, 

both  it  and  the  longitudinals   vanish  on  the  whorl  above.     The 
base  is  flattened,  umbilicus   narrow  and  deep.      Aperture  round, 
columella  slightly  sinuate,  recurved  over  the  umbilicus,  lip  with 
a  heavy  varix.     Length  1'15,  breadth  '63  mm. 
One  specimen  from  the  sand  of  the  lagoon  shore. 
Shape  and  sculpture  ally  this  to  the  group  including  R.  trajectus, 
Watson.     The   heavy  lip,  open  pattern   of  ornament,   and  com- 
parative breadth  of  the  shell  clearly  distinguish  the  novelty,  one 
of  the  smallest  of  the  genus,  from  any  known  form. 

RISSOINA  EXASPERATA,  Souverbie. 

(Pig.  10). 
Souverbie,  Journ.  de  Conch.,  xiv.,  1866,  p.  259,  pi. 

ix.,  fig.  10. 

To  this  species  is  referred  with  doubt  a  series  from 
Funafuti.  The  published  account  is  insufficient  for 
accurate  determination,  and  my  principal  reason  for 
considering  the  Ellice  shell  to  be  R.  exasperata  is  its 
identity  with  a  common  New  Caledonian  shell 
which  I  have  myself  collected  at  Panie,  N.C.,  and 
have  received  from  Noumea,  from  Mr.  R.  0. 
Rossiter,  That  Conchologist  regards  it  as  R.  ex- 
asperata, and  it  answers  fairly  to  Souverbie's 
description  as  far  as  that  goes,  but  it  is  less  easy  to  reconcile  it 
with  his  figure. 

This  figure,  perhaps  drawn  from  a  worn  specimen,  was  so  badly 
copied  by  Weinkauff*  as  to  almost  eliminate  the  name  character 
and  represents  a  smooth  exasperata.  Tryou  unfortunately  appears 


Pig.  10. 


Conchylien  Cabinet,  i.,  22,  1885,  p.  54,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  10. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  419 

to  have  accepted  the  copy,  bad  beyond  recognition,  as  original,  and 
copied  it*  in  preference  to  Souverbie's.   To  the  habitat  he  adds  Fiji. 

As  a  synonym  I  would  add  the  name  of  Rissoina  quasillus, 
Melvill  and  Standenf  from  Lifu.  Neither  figure  nor  description 
of  this  are  sufficient  for  decision,  we  are  not  told  how  many  ribs 
there  are,  whether  continuous  or  discontinuous,  etc.,  yet  there 
seems  nothing  incompatible  between  JK.  quasillus  and  the  shell  under 
discussion.  That  these  authors  should  have  failed  to  institute  a 
comparison  between  their  supposed  novelty  and  a  shell  so  similar 
from  the  same  locality,  suggests  that  they  overlooked  Souverbie's 
description. 

Since  so  much  confusion  has  enveloped  K.  exasperata,  it  is  not 
superfluous  to  present  a  drawing  (Fig.  10)  and  remarks  upon  the 
Funafuti  specimens. 

Shell  elongated,  when  well  preserved  slightly  turriculated, 
varies  slightly  in  being  more  slender  or  more  stout.  Dead  shells 
are  white.  A  fresh  specimen  has  within  the  aperture  four  narrow, 
spiral  lines  of  golden  brown  ;  outside,  another  such  line  colours 
the  anterior  spiral  lyra  of  the  antipenultimate  whorl,  two  such 
the  second  and  third  of  the  penultimate,  and  three  such  the 
second,  third,  and  fifth  lyrse  respectively  of  the  ultimate  whorl. 
Other  worn  specimens  show  traces  of  this  colour  pattern.  On  the 
last  whorl  there  are  nineteen  or  twenty  stout,  narrow,  erect,  longi- 
tudinal ribs,  half  the  breadth  of  their  interstices  ;  these  arise  at 
the  suture,  and  maintain  an  even  size  to  the  base,  on  attaining 
which  they  suddenly  cease.  These  ribs  are  repeated  on  the  pre- 
ceding whorls ;  they  are  not  continuous  from  whorl  to  whorl,  but 
each  arises  and  ends  between  the  projections  of  predecessors  and 
successors.  They  are  fewer  and  relatively  stronger  on  the  earlier 
whorls,  being  indicated  on  the  second  and  fully  developed  on  the 
fourth. 

On  the  last  whorl  there  are  five  spiral  cords,  which  are  half 
the  height  of  the  longitudinal  ribs.  At  the  point  of  intersection 
a  bead  arises  on  the  ribs.  The  hollows  in  the  lattice  work  thus 
formed  are  square  and  are  minutely  spirally  striated.  The  base 
is  encircled  by  two  or  three  small  and  finely  beaded  lyrse.  Three 
spiral  cords  ascend  for  three  whorls,  growing  weaker  as  they 
proceed.  The  first  whorl  is  dome-shaped,  and  the  second  keeled. 

These  specimens  are  2|  to  3  J  mm.  long,  and  have  seven  to  eight 
whorls. 

Occurred  in  the  lagoon  in  shallow  water. 

The  Chevert  Expedition  reported  this  species  from  Palm  and 
Darnley  Islands,  Queensland.  .The  Museum  also  possesses  a  series 
presented  by  Mrs.  J.  G.  Waterhouse,  who  collected  them  at  Lord  Ho  we 

*  Tryon— Man.  Conch.,  ix.,  1887,  p.  384,  pi.  Ivii.,  fig.  96. 

t  Melvill  &  Standen— Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,  1897,  p.  308,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  65. 


420 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


Island.     These  measure  5  mm.  in  length,  and  have  an  additional 
spiral  cord. 

Though  certainly  distinct,  R.  transenna,  Watson,  has  much 
resemblance  to  this  species.  R.  clathrata,  Adams,  appears  to 
differ  slightly  by  coarser  sculpture. 

RlSSOINA    GEMMEA,    Sp.  nOV. 
(Fig.  11). 

Shell  narrow,  conical,  white.  Whorls  eight  (including  two  em- 
bryonic), rounded,  suture  lightly  impressed.  Embryonic  whorls 
smooth,  shining,  apparently  two,  but  a  study  of  several  species  of 
the  genus  suggests  that  the  topmost  apparent 
whorl  may  contain  several  whorls  wound  in  the 
same  plane  and  concealed  within  the  outermost. 
Sculpture — the  last  whorl  is  evenly  and  closely 
latticed  by  the  intersection  of  eleven  slender 
spiral  cords,  and  about  forty-two  delicate  longi- 
tudinal ribs  ;  a  smooth  shining  bead  marks  each 
crossing  of  the  sculpture.  The  longitudinal  ribs 
are  slightly  stronger  than  the  spiral  cords,  a 
quarter  of  the  breadth  of  their  interstices, 
slightly  oblique  and  curved;  they  cross  regularly 
from  base  to  suture  and  continue  without  stop- 
page at  the  suture,  from  whorl  to  whorl  of  the 
spire.  Ascending  the  upper  whorls,  the  spiral 
cords  become  fewer  and  gradually  vanish  leaving 
as  vestiges  a  few  denticles  on  the  ribs.  The  spaces 
enclosed  by  the  major  sculpture  are  square  shallow 
pits,  spirally  striated.  Round  the  base  are  wound 
throe  or  four  irregularly  beaded  cords. 
Aperture  oblique,  produced  in  front,  contracted  anteriorly  to  a 
short  spout ;  columella  sharply  recurved  at  the  base,  extending 
across  the  body-whorl  as  a  thick  layer  of  callus  ;  posteriorly  the 
lip  is  sharply  folded  at  its  junction  with  the  body  whorl.  The 
outer  lip  is  much  thickened,  grooved  upon  the  inner  face,  denticu- 
late on  the  profile  and  with  a  heavy  callus  behind.  Length  4, 
breadth  1|  mm. 

One  specimen  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon. 
In  this  species  the  grains  seem  to  be  smaller  and  more  numerous 
than  in  any  other  beaded  Rissoina  described. 

RlSSOINA    POLYTROPA,    Sp.  nOV. 

(Fig.  12). 

Shell  ovate,  fusiform,  narrow,  white.  Suture  impressed.  Whorls 
seven,  including  two  embryonic.  The  last  whorl  descends  from 
the  spiral  plane  of  its  predecessors  until  reaching  the  aperture, 
when  it  ascends  suddenly  and  rapidly,  the  varix  mounting  up  the 
preceding  whorl  for  three  tiers  of  spiral  lyrse.  The  shell  is  thus 


Fig.  n. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


421 


thrown  out  of  symmetry  with  most  Rissoina. 
Sculpture — as  usual  with  the  genus,  the  longi- 
tudinal sculpture  predominates  to  begin  with  ; 
the  third,  or  first  sculptured,  whorl  show- 
ing a  few  stout  plications.  On  the  following 
whorl  fine  spiral  threads  are  visible  in  the 
interstices  ;  on  the  whorl  beneath  these  are 
magnified  to  substantial  lyrse ;  *»nd  on  the  next 
or  penultimate  they  have  doubled  in  number, 
and  rival  the  longitudinal  in  stature,  at  their 
intersection  beads  appear.  On  the  last  whorl 
the  longitudinal,  as  such,  have  faded  away,  their 
influence  showing  in  fine  beads  perceptible  on 
the  sutural  and  less  distinct  on  a  few  of  the 
nearer  lyrse;  the  spiral  lyrse  have  now  increased  Fig.  12. 

to  nearly  thirty,  the  anterior  smooth,  the  pos- 
terior with  evanescent  beading.  These  are  sharply  raised  threads, 
half  the  width  of  their  interstices,  evenly  arranged,  extending 
from  th?  suture  to  the  anterior  point  of  the  shell  where  they  are 
smaller  and  more  crowded.  Aperture  almost  perpendicular,  oval, 
anteriorly  with  a  short  perpendicular  spout  which  falls  short  of 
the  anterior  margin ;  columella  broad,  obliquely  and  sharply 
truncated.  From  this  truncation  a  wide  and  thick  callus  extends 
across  the  body  whorl  to  the  posterior  angle  of  the  aperture.  Here 
the  lip  is  sharply  bent.  The  outer  bevelled  lip  projects  broadly  as 
a  heavy  varix  crossed  by  fifteen  of  the  spiral  lyrse,  the  central 
couple  of  which  are  smaller  and  nearer  together.  Length  4£, 
breadth  2  mm. 

Five  specimens  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon. 

The  extinction  of  longitudinal  and  the  supremacy  of  spiral 
sculpture  is  unfrequent  in  the  genus.  Such  species  have  been 
separated  by  Nevill  as  the  Section  Morchiella.  From  all  there 
included  the  novelty  differs  by  smaller  size,  more  numerous  lyrse, 
and  truncated  columella. 


RISSOINA  PLICATA,  Adams. 

(Fig.  13). 

Adams,  Proc.Zool.  Soc.,  1851,  p.  264;  Mohrenstern, 

Denk.  Akad.  Wiss.,  xix.,  1860,  p.  125,  pi.  iii., 

fig.  21;  Weinkauff,  Conch.  Cab.,  i.,  22,  1885, 

p.  23,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  5,  6. 

Rissoina  turricula,  Pease,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1860, 

p.  438. 

Two  specimens  from  Funafuti  are  thus  deter- 
mined. The  species  appears  to  vary  greatly  in  size. 
Whereas  the  type  is  described  as  being  5|  mm. 
long,  the  Ellice  examples  are  but  2£  mm.  The 


Fig.  13. 


422  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

development  of  the  basal  rib,  and  the  number  of  longitudinal 
plications  vary  also.  The  transverse  markings  are  not  grooves, 
as  Adams'  description  would  mislead  one  to  suppose,  but  elevated 
threads.  The  difficulty  I  found  in  naming  this  species  induces  me 
to  offer  a  drawing  for  the  assistance  of  others. 

Authentic  specimens  of  R.  turricula,  Pease,  from  Hawaii,  en- 
able me  to  unite  it  with  the  above,  a  conclusion  which  Weinkauff's 
bad  figures  would  not  have  suggested. 

A  specimen  from  British  New  Guinea  is  contained  in  this 
Museum.  Tryon  quotes  jR.  turricula  from  Fiji. 

RlSSOINA   AMBIGUA,   Gould. 

Gould,  Moll.,  U.S.  Explor,  Exped.,  p.  217,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  261a-c; 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  ix.,  1887,  p.  371,  pi.  lv.,  figs.  27,  29,  31, 
35 ;  pi.  liv.,  fig.  7. 

A  few  worn  specimens  were  collected  on  the  lagoon  beach. 
They  belong  to  a  variety  with  smaller  and  more  numerous  ribs 
on  the  last  whorl  than  the  type. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  and  widespread  species  in  the 
Pacific.  It  was  first  found  in  the  Paumotus  Group.  I  have 
seen  specimens  from  Tahiti.  Pease  found  it  in  the  Hawaiian  and 
Garrett  in  the  Fijian  Islands.  I  have  collected  it  in  Port  Moresby, 
New  Guinea,  and  again  at  Panic,  New  Caledonia. 

RISSOINA  AFFINIS,  Garrett. 
Garrett,    Proc.    Acad.    Nat.    Sci.    Phil.,    1873,    p.    212,    pi.    ii., 

fig.  10. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach  resembles  Garrett's  figure 
and  description,  but  differs  in  being  microscopically  striated  above 
and  below  the  periphery,  and  also  in  being  eight  instead  of  5  mm. 
long. 

RISSOINA  SPIHATA,  var.  SUPBACOSTATA,  Garrett. 
Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  p.  209,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  1 ;  Tryon,  LOG.  cit.,  p.  388. 

A  small  specimen,  even  more  drawn  out  than  Garrett's  figure, 
from  the  lagoon  beach. 

DlALA   VIBGATA,  Sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  14). 

Shell  imperforate,  narrow,  regularly  conical,  obtusely  angled  at 
the  periphery,  blunt  at  the  tip,  surface  dull.  Colour  most  variable, 
typically  about  half-a-dozen  broad,  irregular,  opaque,  white  stripes 
extend  longitudinally  upon  a  translucent  white  ground  from  the 
suture  to  beyond  the  periphery  of  the  last  whorl,  and  cross  the 
full  breadth  of  the  earlier  ones.  The  translucent  ground,  but  not 
the  opaque  patches,  are  crossed  by  an  indefinite  number,  commonly 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  423 

from  eight  to  sixteen,  spiral  brown  threads. 
These  lines  sometimes'coalesce  and  produce  a 
colour  pattern  of  opaque  white  blotches  on 
a  dark  chestnut  ground.  The  opaque  white 
spaces  vary  in  number  and  extent;  when  re- 
stricted they  appear  as  a  series  of  rhombs 
on  the  periphery  and  triangles  on  the  suture; 
by  confluence  these  form  longitudinal  ragged 
stripes  and  separate  the  barred  or  brown 
tracts  into  rough  ovals.  This  colouration  is 
visible  within  the  aperture.  Sculpture — 
longitudinal  growth  lines  are  perceptible;  „. 

the  whole  body  whorl  is  evenly  spaced  by 

about  a  dozen,  wide,  very  shallow  grooves,  upon  the  narrow  in- 
tervening ridges  of  which  are  apt  to  occur  the  chestnut  bars  ;  the 
peripheral  groove  is  the  most  distinct.  Whorls  seven,  gradually 
increasing,  slightly  rounded ;  embryonic  whorl  one,  minute,  tur- 
binate.  Suture  deeply  impressed.  Aperture  slightly  oblique, 
ovate,  pointed  posteriorly,  rounded  and  effuse  anteriorly  ;  colum- 
ella  reflected,  stained  medially  with  chestnut ;  callus  on  body 
whorl  slight,  outer  lip  straight,  simple.  Operculum  thin,  corneous, 
ovate,  paucispiral.  Length  2f,  breadth  1£  mm. 

"Very  abundant ;  alive  on  stones  and  shells  in  shallow  water  in 
the  lagoon. 

This  species  differs  from  D.  albugo,  Watson,  and  D.  ludens, 
Melvill  and  Standen,  by  a  dull  instead  of  a  glossy  surface,  and 
by  the  opaque  tracts  occurring  in  larger  continuous  sheets  instead 
of  being  scattered  in  small  and  numerous  dots. 

From  the  description  of  Rissoa  flammea,  Pease,*  I  suppose  that 
it  is  either  the  same  or  very  like  the  shell  before  me. 

DIALA  HARDYI,  Melvill  &  Standen. 

Melvill  &  Standen,    Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,    1895,   p.    118,  pi.  ii., 
fig.  10. 

This  species  is  common  in  the  lagoon.  I  have  identified  it  with 
a  species  I  took  at  Panie,  New  Caledonia,  which  answers  to  the 
account  of  the  Lifu  shell. 

SOLARIUM  HYBRIDUM,  Linne. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  ix.,  1887,  p.  14,  pi.  v.,  figs.  59-62. 

A  dead  example  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Recognised  by  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu,  by  Schmeltz 
from  Samoa,  Tonga,  and  Cook's  Islands,  and  represented  in  this 
Museum  from  Teste  Island,  Louisiades. 

*  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  iii.,  1867,  p.  297,  pi.  xxiv.,  fig.  33. 


424  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

HELIACUS  DISCOIDEUS,  Pease. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  21,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  6. 

One  dead  shell  from  the  shore  of  the  lagoon.  Previously  known 
only  from  the  Paumotus. 

LITTORINA  OBESA,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  247,  pi.  xliii.,  fig.  53. 

In  great  profusion  at  and  above  high  water-mark,  on  stones 
and  even  tree  stems,  on  the  windward  beach  of  the  atoll,  in  com- 
pany with  Nerita,  Truncatella,  and  Melampus. 

Recorded  by  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu,  by  Smith*  from 
Rotuma,  and  shown  in  this  Museum  from  Eddystone  Island 
(Solomons),  Vate  (New  Hebrides),  the  Gilberts,  and  Fanning 
Island. 

MODULUS  TECTUM,  Gmelin. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit ,  p.  260,  pi.  xlviii.,  figs.  87  -  89. 

One  dead  shell  was  found  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  Fiji  and  Hawaii ;  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia. 

RISELLA  CONOIDALIS,  Pease. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  263,  pi.  1.,  fig.  38. 

Dead  shells  were  not  uncommon  on  the  sandy  beach  of  the  lagoon. 

The  species  was  originally  described  from  the  Paumotus.  I 
have  collected  it  at  Panie,  New  Caledonia.  Schmeltz  mentions 
it  from  Tahiti.  There  can,  I  think,  be  little  doubt  that  the  shell 
described  twelve  years  later  from  Lifu  by  Montrouzierf  as  Echi- 
nella  gaidei  is  identical. 

PLESIOTROCHUS  SOUVERBIANUS,  Fischer. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  264,  pi.  1.,  figs.  44  -  46. 

Not  rare  as  dead  shells  on  the  sandy  shore  of  the  lagoon. 
Originally  described  from  Lifu. 

FOSSARUS  LAMELLOSUS,  Montrouzier. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  271,  pi.  Hi.,  fig.  7. 

Three  dead  shells  were  found  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon.  The  type  from  New  Caledonia  is  described  as  imperforate, 
but  these  have  a  deep  and  narrow  umbilicus. 

PLAVAXIS  SULCATUS,  Born. 
Tryon,  lo.c  cit.,  p.  276,  pi.  Hi.,  figs.  22-27,  31,  32. 

*  Smith— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (6)  xx.,  1897,  p.  523. 

f  Montrouzier— Journ.  de  Conch.,  xxvii.,  1879,  p.  62,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  3,  3a. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


425 


I  found  this  gregarious  species  in  great  numbers  under  stones 
between  tide  marks  on  the  lagoon  shore  of  Funafuti.  Tenison 
Woods  has  described  this  as  occurring  in  similar  positions  and 
abundance  in  tropical  Queensland.* 

In  this  Museum  it  is  represented  from  Torres  Straits  and  Port 
Molle,  Queensland,  and  the  Solomons. 

PLANAXIS  LINEATUS,  Da  Costa. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  278,  pi.  liii.,  figs.  49  -  57,  59,  63-66;  pi.  lii.,  figs. 

38  -  48. 

This  species  is  also  markedly  gregarious.  Little  colonies 
occurred  under  stones  between  tide  marks  on  the  outer  reef  of 
Funafuti. 

Tryon  mentions  this  from  the  Solomons,  Tahiti  and  Paumotus. 
Melvill  and  Standen  record  it  under  the  synonym  of  P.  viraatus, 
Smith,  from  Lifu.  Smith  gives  it  from  Fiji.f  I  have  collected  it  at 
Oubatche,  New  Caledonia,  and  this  Museum  has  it  from  Hawaii  and 
the  New  Hebrides. 

MELANIA  MAGENI,  Gassies. 
Gassies,  Faune  Conchyliologique  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie,  1863, 

part  i.,  p.  95,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  10. 
Abundant  in  the  native  wells  at  Funafuti. 
First  described  from  New  Caledonia,  and  lately  recognised  by 
Smith  from   Rotuma.     Contrary  to  the  priority  given  by  Brot 
and  Crosse  this  species  has  page  precedence  over  M.  montrouzieri, 


CAECUM  VERTEBRALE,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  15). 

Caecum  sp.,  De  Folin,  Challenger  Reports,  Zoology, 
xv.,  1886,  p.  684,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  12. 

Shell  of  moderate  size  for  the  genus,  white 
(?  bleached),  rather  curved,  slightly  tapering, 
ornamented  with  twenty-five  strong,  pretty  regular 
rounded,  transverse  rings,  which  are  separated  by 
interstices  of  corresponding  breadth  and  depth. 
Septum  a  low  rounded  dome.  Length  2-15, 
breadth  -56  mm. 

A  single  perfect  specimen,  gathered  on  the  sandy 
shore  of  the  lagoon,  is  with  some  confidence  identi- 
fied with  a  nameless  fragment  dredged  by  the 
"Challenger  "off  Honolulu. 


Fig.  15. 


*  Tenison  Woods— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.W.,  v.,  1881,  p.  108. 
f  Smith— Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.,  xii.,  1876,  p.  552. 


426 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


CAECUM  EXILE,  De  Folin. 
De  Folin,  loc.  cit.,  p.  687,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  20  -  22. 

Four  specimens  of  this  were  collected  with  the  preceding.  That 
two  are  a  pale  umber  colour  suggests  that  the  unique  shell  dredged 
by  the  "  Challenger"  off  Tongatabu  and  described  as  crystalline, 
was  faded.  I  have  also  taken  this  at  Panie,  New  Caledonia. 

CAECUM  GULOSUM,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  16). 

Shell  white,  slender,  rather,  curved,  suddenly 
expanded  behind  the  aperture,  concentrically  sculp- 
tured by  fine  close  threads  which  grow  coarser 
anteriorly.  Septum  much  exserted,  flattened  distally 
and  with  two  rough  ring  ridges.  Length  1'8,  breadth 
•4  mm. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Nearest  to  C.  attenuatum  which  is  narrower  and 
more  curved,  also  allied  to  C.  amputatum,  Hedley,* 
from  which  it  differs  by  being  smaller  and  of  a  more 
Fig.  16.  slender  build. 

VEEMETUS  MAXIMUS,  Sowerby. 

(Fig.  17). 

Tryon,  Man.  Conch,   viii.,    1886,  p.    184,   pi.   lv.,  figs.  89,  90; 
Morch,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1861,  p.  166. 

The  Funafuti  people  consider  this  species  good  food,  and  call  it 
"  gea."  It  occurs  in  abundance  in  large  clumps  of  Millepora 
growing  on  the  lagoon  side  of  the  southern  horn  of  the  main  islet. 
Here  the  earlier  and  irregularly  coiled  whorls  were  imbedded  in 
the  coral  mass,  but  the  last  half  foot  of  the  tube  stood  up  erect 
and  free.  What  I  consider  the  same  species  also  grew,  though 
rarely,  on  the  outer  reef-flat  at  low  water,  where  it  was  altogether 
prostrate  and  had  a  more  pronounced  keel. 

One  fine  specimen  is  thirty-five  mm.  across  the  aperture.  Within 
the  shell  is  white,  smooth  and  porcellanous,  at  the  slightly  everted 
lip  it  has  a  faint  purple  tinge  which  soon  fades.  Externally  it 
has  a  longitudinal,  dorsal  keel  or  crest,  and  is  concentrically 
furrowed  by  growth  lines.  The  distal  part  of  the  tube  is,  perhaps 
as  a  repair  after  injury,  sometimes  plugged  with  a  shelly  wad. 

The  animal  is  bold  and  active,  if  touched  it  shrinks  two  or  three 
inches  down  the  tube,  but  soon  recovers  confidence  and  rises  to 
the  aperture.  The  mantle  margin  is  sometimes  entire,  sometimes 
notched  dorsally.  The  long  thick  retractor  or  columella  muscle 
is  ventral. 


*  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  (2)  viii.,  1893,  p.  604, 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  427 

Beneath  the  head  is  a  flap  terminating  anteriorly  in  two  pro- 
cesses and  arising  from  a  deep  cleft  between  the  mouth  and  the 
operculum.  Treating  of  the  same  or  an  allied  species  from  Guam, 
Quoy  and  Gaimard*  describe  this  as  an  anti-buccal  appendage  and 
figure  it  from  above.  I  regard  it  as  the  relic  of  a  degenerated 
propodium.  The  accompanying  sketch  (Fig.  17)  in  profile,  of  an 
animal  half  drawn  out  of  the  shell  and  stript  of  the  operculum,  will 
better  convey  an  idea  of  this  organ  than  figures  taken  from  above. 


Fig.  17. 

When  a  gasteropod  retreats  into  the  shell  it  doubles  the  foot  either 
lengthwise,  as  in  some  inoperculate  forms,  or  across,  as  in  most  oper- 
culates.  In  the  latter  case  when  completely  retracted,  the  foot  is  so 
folded  head  to  tail  that  the  anterior  half  of  the  sole  is  applied  to  the 
posterior ;  the  operculum  then  closes  the  aperture.  In  a  sedentary 
form  this  position  of  retraction  might  become  permanent.  Where 
the  foot  never  serves  for  progression,  but  continues  to  maintain  a 
useful  operculum,  it  is  easy  to  imagine  that  the  fore  part  of  the 
folded  foot  would  become  atrophied  and  that  as  it  diminished  the 
hind  part  would  enlarge.  This  is  the  history  suggested  for  the 
shrunken  propodium  of  Vermetus,  which  lies  tucked  away  between 
the  mouth  and  the  operculum.  The  process  of  evolution  perhaps 
continued  in  the  direction  of  utilising  the  appendices  of  the  pro- 
podium as  tentacles. 

This  species  was  collected  by  Hugh  Cuming  at  Marutea,  Pau- 
niotus,  and  opercula  of  it  were  received  from  Lifu  by  Melvill  and 
Standen.  In  a  preceding  article  (p.  243)  I  have  quoted  a  descrip- 
tion of  a  mollusc  from  Mangaiia,  called  "  ungakoa,"  which  is 
probably  this.  In  Java  it  is  known  as  "  karang,"  which  Morch 
translates  as  "  coral  tube."  The  only  Pacific  shell  with  which 
this  can  be  confused  is  the  pipe-like  Kuphus  arenarius,  L. 

VERMETUS,  sp. 

A  second  species  of  this  genus,  somewhat  resembling  V.  grandis, 
Gray,f  or  V.  imbricatus,  Dunker,  also  occurred. 

TURRITELLA  coNCAVA,  Martens. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  206V  pi.  Ixiv.,  fig.  6. 

*  Quoy  &  Gaimard— Voy.  "Astrolabe,"  Zoologie,  iii.,  1835,  p.  295,  pi. 
Ixvii.,  figs.  13  -  15. 

t  Tryon— Man.  Conch.,  viii.,  1886,  p.  182,  pi.  liv.,  fig.  79. 


428  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Two  imperfect  shells  from  the  lagoon  correspond  to  examples 
of  this  Mauritian  species. 

STROMBUS  LENTIGINOSUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  vii.,  1885,  p.  110,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  23,  24. 

One  dead  shell  I  picked  up  on  the  Funafuti  beach. 

Tryon  gives  the  localities  of  New  Caledonia  and  Fiji ;  in  this 
Museum  it  is  from  British  New  Guinea  and  the  Solomons. 

STROMBUS  FLORIDUS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  119,  pi.  vii.,  figs.  73  -  76,  80,  83. 

Abundant  alive  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon,  associated  with 
S.  luhuanus. 

Cuming  saw  this  in  the  Society  Islands,  Tryon  quotes  it  from 
Fiji,  and  Von  Martens  from  Samoa.*  It  ranges  along  the  Aus- 
tralian coast  south  to  Sydney.  In  this  Museum  it  is  represented 
from  Teste  Island,  Louisiades,  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  and 
Hawaii. 

STROMBUS  DENTATUS,  var.  RUGOSUS,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  119,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  72. 
Abundant  alive  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 
Schmeltz  records  this  from  Samoa  and  Tonga,  f 

STROMBUS  H^EMASTOMA,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  120,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  78. 

Recorded  from  the  Ellice  Group  by  Schmeltz.  \ 

STROMBUS  TEREBELLATUS,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  121,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  87. 

Alive,  with  the  preceding,  but  uncommon. 

Tryon  notes  this  from  Fiji,  and  it  has  already  been  recorded 
from  the  Ellice  Group  by  Schmeltz.  It  is  shown  in  this  Museum 
from  New  Guinea. 

STROMBUS  GIBBERULUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  121,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  85. 

Only  seen  in  a  dead  state  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Cuming  found  this  at  the  Society  Islands.  Tryon  gives  it  from 
New  Guinea,  Fiji,  and  the  Paumotus ;  and  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Torres  Straits,  Louisiades, 
and  New  Hebrides. 

*  Martens— Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.,  xxi.,  1889,  p.  189. 
t  Schmeltz— Mus.  Godeffroy,  Cat.  v.,  1874,  p.  112. 
I  Schmeltz— Loc.  cit.,  p.  142. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


429 


STROMBUS  SAMAR,  Dillwyn. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  121,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  88. 
Mr.  G.  Sweet  procured  one  specimen. 

STROMBUS  LUHUANUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  122,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  91,  92. 

Abundant  alive  on  sandy  patches  between  rocks  in  the  lagoon 
of  Funafuti.  The  natives  call  it  "  paneia "  and  esteem  it  as 
food. 

Tryon  quotes  it  from  New  Guinea  and  Fiji,  and  Melvill  and 
Standen  from  Lifu.  It  extends  along  the  Australian  coast  south 
to  Sydney.* 

PTEROCERA  AURANTIA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  124,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  5. 

One  imperfect  but  recognisable  specimen  from  Funafuti. 

Schmeltz  quotes  this  from  Samoa  and  the  Carolines.!  It  is  in 
this  Museum  from  Fiji. 

PTEROCERA  BYRONIA,  Gmelin. 

(Fig.  18). 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  124. 

A  native  guided  me  to  the  haunt  of  this 
mollusc,  a  gravel  fiat  on  the  western  side  of 
the  lagoon,  on  which  the  water  was  waist- 
deep  at  low  tide.  Here  I  collected  numerous 
living  examples.  All  the  older  specimens,  though 
alive,  had  lost  the  fingers  of  the  shell,  which  dis- 
figured them  almost  beyond  specific  recognition. 
(Fig.  18).  Mr.  Whitelegge  has  pointed  out  to  me 
that  the  callous  lining  of  the  aperture  is  every- 
where perforated  by  some  vegetable  organisms, 
probably  algse.  He  suggests  that  their  action 
has  resulted  in  these  mutilations. 

On  the  opercula  of  most  specimens  were  seated  lg' 

a  couple  of  Hipponyx  australis,  Quoy. 

The  natives,  who  termed  it  "  karea,"  valued  it  for  food  both 
raw  and  roasted,  and  in  ancient  times  used  it  as  an  edge  for 
various  implements.  By  mistake,  I  have  referred  to  this  species 
in  preceding  pages  (pp.  67  and  263)  as  P.  lambis. 

Cuming  collected  this  species  in  the  Society  islands,  the  Chevert 
Expedition  in  Torres  Straits,  and  specimens  have  been  received 
by  this  Museum  from  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides. 

*  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc  N.S.W.,  xxi.,  1896,  p.  88. 
t  Schmeltz— Mus.  Godeffroy  Cat.  v.,  1874,  p.  141. 


430  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

PTEROCERA  RUGOSA,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  126,  pi.  x.,  fig.  12. 

I  saw  a  living  specimen  in  the  hands  of  another  member  of  our 
party,  and  picked  up  a  dead  shell  on  the  beach. 

Cuming  found  this  at  the  Society  Islands.  New  Caledonian 
examples  are  contained  in  this  Museum. 

TEREBELLUM  SUBULATUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit ,  p.  131,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  27  -  30. 

Only  twice  seen,  and  that  in  a  dead  state,  on  the  shore  of  the 
Funafuti  lagoon. 

Schmeltz  records  this  from  Samoa,  Fiji,  and  the  Pelews.  The 
Chevert  Expedition  took  it  in  Torres  Straits.  Melvill  and  Standen 
cite  it  from  Lifu.  In  this  Museum  it  is  from  the  Bampton  Reef 
and  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides.  I  have  also  taken  it  at  Port 
Moresby,  British  New  Guinea,  and  Noumea,  New  Caledonia. 

CERITHIUM  NODULOSUM,  Bruguiere. 

Tryon,  loc  .cit.,  ix.,  1887,   p.   122,   pi.  xix.,  figs.  13,  14;  pi.  xx., 

fig.  15. 

A  small  form,  only  70  mm.  or  so  in  length,  was  not  uncommon 
alive  at  low  water  mark  on  the  reefs  in  the  lagoon.  This  species 
was  observed  in  Torres  Straits  by  the  "Chevert"  Expedition. 


CERITHIUM  COLUMNA, 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  123,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  17  -  20. 

Frequent  on  the  lagoon  beach.  It  is  represented  in  this 
Museum  from  Moreton  Bay,  Queensland,  New  Caledonia,  Fann- 
ing Island  and  Hawaii.  Smith  reports  it  from  San  Christoval, 
Solomons,  Schmeltz  from  Samoa  and  the  Paumotus,  and  Melvill 
and  Standen  from  the  Loyalties  ;  it  was  taken  in  Fiji  by  the 
"Challenger,"  and  in  Torres  Straits  by  the  "  Chevert"  Expeditions. 

CERITHIUM  CITRINUM,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  123,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  21-23. 

Three  specimens  of  a  dwarf  form,  only  7  mm.  long,  from  the 
lagoon  beach  are  referred  to  this  species.  Already  recorded  from 
the  Ellice  by  Schmeltz. 

CERITHIUM  ECHINATUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  123,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  25  -  27. 

One  example.  Hugh  Cuming  collected  this  at  Anaa,  Pau- 
motus. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  431 

CERITHIUM  MACULOSUM,  Mighels. 
Kobelt,  Conch.   Cab.,  "Cerithium,"  1895,  p.  499,  pi.  xxxv.,  figs. 

18,  19. 
One  dead  shell  from  the  lagoon  beach.     Also  occurs  at  Hawaii. 

CERITHIUM  ROSTRATUM,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  op.  cit,  p.  130,  pi.  xxiii.,  figs. -90,  91. 

Three  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach.  There  are  examples 
in  this  Museum  from  the  New  Hebrides ;  Pease  observed  it  in 
Hawaii ;  Hugh  Cuming  at  Marutea,  Paumotus  ;  Brazier  at  San 
Christoval,  Solomons;  the  "Chevert"  took  it  in  Torres  Straits,  and 
Tryon  gives  it  from  Fiji. 

CERITHIUM  OCEANICUM,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  19). 

Shell  rather  elongate,  almost  truncate  anteriorly.  Colour 
uniform  chocolate.  Whorls  eight,  the  upper  biangulate,  the  last 
equal  in  length  to  the  remainder.  Sculpture  :  there  are  on  the 
penultimate  whorl  (including  varices)  twenty  low,  rounded,  longi- 
tudinal ribs,  which  crenulate  the  suture.  These  cross  regularly 
from  whorl  to  whorl,  becoming  fewer  but  proportionately  stronger 
as  they  ascend  the  spire  ;  on  the  last  whorl  they 
become  evanescent.  Two  spiral  lines  of  granules 
descend  the  spire,  appearing  on  the  crest  of  each 
rib  as  a  smooth  boss.  On  the  body  whorl  there 
are  besides,  beneath  these,  three  spiral  lines  in 
which  the  beads  have  nearly  fused  into  a  smooth 
continuous  ridge,  the  uppermost  of  these  is  some- 
times apparent  in  the  spire  as  a  super  sutural 
fascicle.  The  whole  surface  of  the  shell  except 
the  beads,  is  covered  by  close,  microscopic,  raised 
spiral  hair  lines.  Three,  obliquely  ascending,  con- 
tinuous lines  of  varices  mount  the  spire  a  third  of 
a  whorl  apart.  Aperture  slightly  oblique,  semi- 
lunate  ;  anterior  canal  hardly  more  than  a  notch, 
directed  sideways;  columella  anteriorly  truncated, 
externally  wrinkled  and  curved  downwards  and  outwards,  inter- 
nally with  a  low  ridge-tubercle,  callus  on  body  whorl  medium ; 
outer  lip  strongly  variced  behind,  edge  sharp,  notched  by  the 
major  spiral  sculpture,  finely  grooved  within.  Length  8,  breadth 
4  mm. 

A  single,  perhaps  not  quite  adult  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  shell  seems  to  be  a  dwarf  of  the  species  which  Sowerby 
has  figured*  as  "Cerithium  granosus,  Kiener."  The  shell  which 
Kiener  himself  figures!  so  differs  in  contour,  sculpture,  size, 

*  Sowerby— Thesaurus  Conch,  ii.,  1855,  pi.  clxxxi.,  fig.  123,  124. 

t  Kiener— Coquilles  Vivantes,  Canaliferes  i.  (n.d.),  pi.  iv.,  fig.  5,  p.  57. 


432  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

colour  and  details  of  the  aperture,  that  Sowerby's  determination 
can  only  be  considered  as  one  of  the  blunders  which  so  plentifully 
occur  in  his  works. 

CERITHIUM  BREVE,  var.  ELLICENSIS,  var.  nov. 

(Fig.  20). 

Shell  conical,  blunt  in  front  and  tapering  somewhat  rapidly 
behind.  Colour  cream.  Apex  of  the  only  example  broken, 
remaining  whorls  seven,  of  which  the  upper  are  much  eroded. 
Sculptured  by  low  rounded  longitudinal  ribs  which  crenulate  the 
suture  and  project  at  the  periphery,  on  the  antipenultimate  there 
are  thirteen  of  these,  on  the  penultimate  fifteen,  and  on  the  last 
whorl  where  they  tend  to  disappear,  there  are  counting  varices, 
eleven.  The  last  whorl  is  girdled  by  six,  the  earlier  by  two  zones 
of  raised  and  polished  callus,  which  swell  into  greater  prominence 
on  the  crest  of  each  rib.  The  space  between  these  zones  is  scored 
by  sharp,  narrow,  revolving  grooves,  widest  apart  in  the  centre. 
Behind  the  aperture  is  a  broad  outstanding  varix 
which  ascends  the  penultimate  whorl  to  the  lower 
callus  zone.  Half  a  whorl  further  back  is  another 
but  much  weaker  varix.  No  varices  can  certainly 
be  distinguished  on  the  spire,  though  some  slightly 
more  prominent  ribs  there  suggest  them.  Aperture 
perpendicular,  oval,  anterior  canal  short,  oblique 
and  deeply  cut ;  inner  lip  with  a  heavy  layer  of 
callus  terminating  above  and  below  in  a  ridge 
tubercle.  Anteriorly  and  externally  the  columella 
is  reflected,  not  appressed  to  the  shell.  Outer  lip 
within  much  thickened,  armed  with  seven  enter- 
ing ridges  of  callus.  Length  10,  breadth  5  mm. 

Fig.  20.  One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach,  differs  from 

type  by  smaller  size  and  less  prominent  sculpture. 
Of  the  figures  accessible  to  me,  this  form  most  resembles  those 
of  C.  hanleyi,  Sowerby,  and  C.  rubrolineatum,  Sowerby,*  from 
which  it  seems  to  differ  by  smaller  size,  absence  of  coloured  bands, 
and  apparently  different  arrangement  of  the  teeth  of  the  aperture. 
Tryon  unites  these  two,  and  comments  severely  on  this  author's 
nomenclature.  Sowerby  himself,  by  a  negligence  truly  remarkable, 
omits  both  from  his  later  Monograph  in  the  Conchologia  Iconica. 
The  original  figure  of  C.  breve^  seems  to  be  badly  drawn.  As 
Kiener  had  access  to  the  original  specimens  of  Quoy  and  Gaimard, 
I  would  rather  base  an  identification  on  his  different  but  well 
drawn  figure,  j  Smith  has  suggested  §  that  "C.  breve  may  be 

*  Sowerby— Thesaurus  Conch,  ii.,  1855,  pi.  clxxxiii.,  figs.  193  and  199. 

t  Voy.  "Astrolable,"  Zoo!.,  1835,  pi.  liv ,  fig.  9. 

j  Kiener — Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  2. 

§  Smith— Mollusca,  Zool.  Coll.  "Alert,"  1884,  p.  65. 


THE  MOLLU8CA — HEDLEY. 


433 


Fig.  21. 


only  a  form  of  C.  morus,  Lamk."  Tryon,  ever  ready  to  reduce 
synonymy,  agreed  in  this  view.  Whatever  may  be  deemed  the  value 
of  C.  breve,  it  cannot  be  adjudged  an  absolute  synonym  of  C.  morus. 
The  type  of  C.  breve  came  from  Tongatabu.  The  shell  does 
not  seem  to  have  been  again  observed. 

CERITHIUM  SPICULUM,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  21). 

Shell  narrow,  subulate,  with  a  sharply-pointed 
spire  and  a  rounded  base.  Colour  dull  white,  dis- 
tantly, faintly,  irregularly,  and  minutely  spotted 
with  chestnut.  Whorls  eleven,  slowly  increasing, 
somewhat  turreted,  flattened.  Sculpture — on  the 
uppermost  whorls  the  spiral  ridges  are  tuber- 
culated  by  longitudinal  plications  which  rapidly 
diminish  as  the  growth  proceeds.  On  the  last 
whorl  their  influence  is  barely  perceptible  in  faint, 
shallow,  longitudinal  undulations.  A  stout  varix 
occurs  a  third  of  a  whorl  behind  the  aperture  ; 
from  four  to  ten,  raised,  spiral  cords  encircle  each 
whorl,  in  the  interstices  of  which  are  fine  spiral 
threads.  Aperture  perpendicular,  oval ;  outer  lip 
straight  and  sharp ;  canal  very  short,  turned 
abruptly  outwards.  Length  11,  breadth  4  mm. 

Two  specimens  were  obtained  in  the  outer  beach  of  Nukulailai. 

This  form  appears  allied  to  C.  lacteum,  Kiener,*  from  which  it 
differs  by  smaller  size,  narrower  outline,  and  absence  of  granula- 
tions. 

CERITHIUM  STRICTUM,  sp.  nov. 
(Pig.  22). 

Shell  narrow,  elongate,  tapering  in  a  slender  spire 
and  blunt  anteriorly.  Colour  white,  irregularly 
longitudinally  splashed  with  chestnut.  Whorls  seven, 
the  upper  angled,  the  last  straight.  Sculpture — 
round  the  angle  of  the  upper  whorls  runs  a  line  of 
tubercles,  of  which  eleven  occur  on  the  penultimate. 
Very  slight  longitudinal  undulations,  hardly  to  be 
called  ribs,  extend  from  these  tubercles  across  the 
whorl  ;  both  vanish  before  attaining  the  last  whorl. 
This  latter  is  girt  with  about  twenty,  sharp,  revolv- 
ing ridges,  of  which  the  central  is  largest  and 
corresponds  to  the  tuberculated  angle  of  the  earlier 
whorls  ;  the  rest  vary  in  size  and  spacing,  the  basal 
ridges  being  least  and  closest ;  the  upper  seven  ascend 
the  spire.  A  large  varix  is  behind  the  aperture,  and  a  Fig.  22. 

*  Kiener— Coquilles  Vivantes,  Canaliferes  i.,  (n.d.),  p.  58,  pi.  vii.,  figs. 
3,  3o. 

Do 


434  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

weaker  one  half  a  -whorl  back,  none  else  appear.  Aperture  per- 
pendicular, oval.  Outer  lip  smooth  within,  sharp  edged,  crenulate 
outside,  inner  lip  excavate,  thickly  lined  with  callus,  with  a 
posterior  nodule  at  the  margin  of  the  channelled  angle.  Length 
7,  breadth  3  mm. 

A  single  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  species  seems  related  to  C.  maculosum,  Mighels  ;  it  is  far 
more  slender,  and  differs  in  that  the  revolving  line  of  tubercles 
fails  to  attain  the  last  whorl.  j 

OERITHIUM  VARIEGATUM,  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  134,  pi.  xxiv.,  figs.  41,  43,  45,  65,  66. 

Some  imperfect  examples  collected  by  Mr.  Sweet  are  with 
hesitation  so  determined. 

CERITHIUM  ZEBRUM,  Kiener. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  137,  pi.  xxv.,  figs.  71,  72. 

I  refer  to  this  species  a  small  shell  abundant  on  the  lagoon  beach, 
7  mm.  long,  variously  coloured — brown,  cream,  mauve  and  salmon, 
unbanded  and  banded.  No  really  satisfactory  figure  or  description 
of  it  exists,  the  earliest  is  much  the  best.  Melvill  and  Standen,  who 
recognise  it  from  the  Loyalties,  erroneously  state  that  it  was  origin- 
ally described  from  the  Galapagos,  whence  Sowerby  reported  it. 
The  locality  given  by  Kiener  himself*  is  Mauritius.  Tryon  adds 
Samoa.  I  found  it  in  Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea  and  at 
Oubatche,  New  Caledonia.  It  is  represented  in  this  Museum 
from  the  New  Hebrides.  So  widespread  and  variable  a  species 
probably  possesses  a  synonomy  to  match.  I  agree  with  Langkavel'sf 
remark  that  C.  ianthinum  of  Gould,  should  be  here  included, 
which  would  extend  the  geographical  range  of  the  species  to 
Tahiti  and  the  Paumotus.  It  is  likely  that  C.  unilineatum,  Pease 
and  C.  dichroum,  Melvill  and  Standen  should  be  reduced  to  C. 
zebrum.  Pease  adds  C.  aspersum,  Deshayes  as  a  synonym.  J 

CERITHIUM  IMPENDENS,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  23). 

Shell  strong,  stout,  regularly  conical,  each  of  the  upper  whorls 
overhanging  the  next,  bi-angled  above  the  suture,  heavily 
variced  on  the  back  of  the  last  whorl.  Colour  —  upon  a 
white  ground  is  painted  ochre-yellow,  in  one  instance  chocolate, 
which  chiefly  prevails  on  the  base  and  between  the  ribs,  thus 
accentuating  the  projections  to  the  eye.  Whorls  eight,  suture 
deeply  impressed.  Sculpture — peculiar  buttress  ribs  ornament  the 

*  Kiener— Coquilles  Vivantes,  Canaliferes  i.,  (n.d.),  p,  72. 
t  Langkavel— Donum  Bisinarckianura,  1871,  p.  25. 
j  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch,  vii.,  1872,  p.  75. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  435 

spire,  the  penultimate  whorl  has  ten  and  those 

above  a  proportionate  decrease ;   they  are  weak  at 

the  suture,  which  they  barely  sinuate,  and  gain 

in  breadth  and  height  as  they  cross  the  whorl, 

projecting  over  the  suture  beneath  them.     They 

do  not  cross  continuously  from  whorl  to  whorl,  nor 

do  they  regularly  alternate;  they  grow  evanescent 

on  the  last  whorl  and  cease  with  a  stout  and  heavy 

varix  one-third  of  the  whorl  behind  the  aperture. 

In  this  latter  space,  reminiscences  of  them  occur 

as  tubercles  on  the  angle  and  at  the  suture.     On 

the  last  whorl  about  twenty  fine  spiral  threads  are        pjg  23 

evenly   distributed    between  the  suture  and  the 

anterior  point  of  the  shell ;   the  uppermost  of  these  ascend  the 

spire  and  are  alike  prominent  on  ribs  and  interspaces.     Aperture 

perpendicular,  subtriangular ;  columella  sharply  sinuate,  anterior 

notch  not  produced  into  a  canal ;  callus  on  body  whorl  slight ; 

outer  lip  thickened  slightly  and  reflected,  angled  sharply  at  the 

posterior  insertion.     Length  4|,  breadth  2  mm. 

Seven  examples  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Perhaps  this  is  a 
member  of  the  subgenus  Colina. 

CERITHIUM  PIPERITUM,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  144,  pi.  xxvii.,  figs.  31,  32. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  procured  a  few  dead  shells  of  this  species  at  Funa- 
futi. It  had  previously  been  recorded  from  the  Ellice  by  Schmeltz, 
and  also  from  Upolu  and  Rarotonga.  There  are  examples  from 
Tahiti  in  this  Museum. 

CEBITHIUM  OBELISCUS,  Bruguiere. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  146,  pi.  xxvii.,  fig.  39. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Melvill  and  Standen 
report  this  from  the  Loyalties ;  Schmeltz  from  Fiji  and  Cook's 
Islands;  and  Smith  from  Tonga.*  In  this  Museum  it  is  represented 
from  Cooktown  and  Port  Curtis,  Queensland,  also  New  Caledonia, 
Lord  Howe  Island  and  Hawaii. 

CERITHIUM  OBELISCUS,  var.  CEDO-NULLI,  Soiverby. 
Tryon  is  here  followed  in   reducing  this  to  varietal  rank.     In 
Funafuti   it   is  represented    by  an   extremely   small  and    stout 
individual,  22  mm.  long.      First  found  at  Anaa,  Paumotus. 

CERITHIUM  ASPERUM,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.t  p.  148,  pi.  xxviii.,  figs.  62,  63. 

One  of  the  commonest  shells  on  the  lagoon  beach  ;  the  lineated 
form  dominant.  It  was  taken  by  the  "Chevert"  in  Torres  Straits, 

*  Smith— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  416. 


436 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


by  the  "Challenger"  at  Fiji  and  Tonga,  and  under  the  synonym  of 
C.  lineatum,  Lk.,  is  reported  by  Melvill  and  Standen  from  the 
Loyalties ;  and  by  Schmeltz  from  Cook's  Islands. 

CERITHIUM  PHAROS,  Hinds. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  149,  pi.  xxix.,  fig.  68. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  brought  one  specimen  from  Funafuti.  Tryon  re- 
ports this  from  Fiji  and  the  Paumotus.  In  this  Museum  it  is 
represented  from  New  Caledonia,  New  Hebrides,  and  Hawaii. 

CERITHIUM  ELEGANTISSIMUM,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  24). 

Shell  tall,  narrow,  ovate  fusiform,  with  a  prominent 
varix  behind  the  last  whorl,  flattish  beaded  whorls 
and  a  deeply  excavated  suture.  Colour,  russet 
brown,  shading  on  the  base  into  burnt  umber, 
irregularly  picked  out  on  longitudinal  ribs  with 
white.  Whorls  eleven,  rather  flattened,  separated 
by  deep  and  sharply  incised  sutures,  last  whorl 
almost  equalling  in  length  the  remainder,  and  no 
broader  than  the  penultimate.  Sculpture — weak 
longitudinal  ribs  continuously  and  perpendicularly 
cross  the  lower  three  whorls,  fading  away  on  the 
periphery  of  the  last.  These  form  gemmules  on 
the  spiral  cords ;  on  the  earlier  whorls  these  can 
be  also  traced.  A  particularly  stout  varix  occurs 
Ion  the  last  whorl  opposite  the  aperture,  a  corner 
of  which  is  shown  in  the  illustration.  Immediately 
beneath  the  suture  winds  a  slender  cord  ;  four  spiral  rows  of 
gemmules  encircle  the  space  between  it  and  the  periphery,  the 
uppermost  of  which  tends  to  split  into  two  ;  the  remaining  space 
between  the  periphery  and  the  anterior  extremity  is  occupied  by 
seven  simple  cords  which  become  more  slender  and  close  anteriorly ; 
the  upper  whorls  have  but  two  beaded  cords.  The  aperture  is 
perpendicular  and  oval,  strongly  variced  without  and  consequently 
shelved  within  ;  columella  arched,  with  a  thick  brown  callus  ; 
canal  very  short  and  wide,  slightly  recurved.  Length  5,  breadth 
2  mm. 

Abundant  on  stones  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon  at  Funafuti. 
A  specimen    before    me    from  Thursday    Island,   Queensland, 
differs  slightly  from  the  above  in  the  greater  prominence  of  the 
longitudinal  ribbing. 

CONTUMAX,  gen.  nov. 

A  genus  of  the  Cerithiidfe,  nearest  allied  to  Cerithiopsis.  It 
shares  with  that  the  excavated  base,  the  produced  canal,  and  the 
unfinished  aperture ;  but  differs  by  greater  size,  broader  shell, 


Fig.  24. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


437 


more  rapidly  increasing  whorls,  different  plan  of  sculpture,  and 
especially  by  a  habit  of  plugging  and  breaking  off  the  upper 
whorls  from  time  to  time.  Animal  unknown. 

Type.—C.  decollatus,  Hedley. 

The  genus  is  founded  on  a  species  from  Funafuti.  I  have  also 
a  cogeneric  but  apparently  distinct  species  from  Oubatche,  New 
Caledonia,  which  is  15  mm.  long  ;  white,  with  a  few  scattered 
brown  dots  ;  without  the  longitudinal  plications  of  the  Funafuti 
species,  but  rather  more  distinctly  cancellated  by  longitudinal 
sculpture.  I  am  also  disposed  to  include  under  Contumax  the 
species  which  Melvill  and  Standen  describe*  as  Mathilda  eurytima, 
whose  "  canali  producto  "  so  ill  agrees  with  Mathilda.  Perhaps 
this  M.  eurytima  may  be  the  young  of  the  Oubatche  shell  just 
mentioned.  The  genus  is  also  represented  from  Torres  Straits. 

CONTUMAX  DECOLLATUS,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  25). 

Shell  narrow,  conical,  above  rounded, 
below  turreted,  solid,  in  variably  decollated. 
Colour,  dull  white.  Whorls  of  an  uncer- 
tain number,  the  specimen  figured  has 
seven,  and  I  estimate  that  five  more  have 
been  lost.  Sculpture — the  shell  has  three 
stages,  which  merge  into  each  other,  but 
which  apart  might  seem  to  belong  to 
different  species.  None  of  a  fairly  large 
series  before  me  show  the  apical  whorls, 
the  summit  being  in  every  instance  and  in 
successive  stages  broken  off.  The  youngest 
whorl  before  me  is  rounded  and  crossed  by 
several  fine  raised  spiral  lines.  Later  the 
median  line  enlarges  and  originates  an 
angle,  and  a  faint  longitudinal  sculpture 
appears.  Further  on,  the  whorl  is  sharply 
angled  by  a  strong  keel,  below  which  are 
two  minor  keels,  and  on  the  shelf  above 
are  five  delicate  spiral  lines,  all  of  which 
are  more  or  less  beaded  by  transverse 
sculpture.  On  the  antepenultimate  whorl 
commence  longitudinal  plications  which 
rapidly  develop  to  their  maximum  on  the  last  whorl.  Here  they 
are  six  in  number,  oblique,  commencing  at  the  suture,  most 
prominent  on  the  shoulder  and  vanishing  at  the  basal  keel. 

The  base  is  hollow,  overhung  by  a  thick  basal  ridge,  within 
which  is  a  second  lesser  one,  the  remainder  of  the  base  being 
faintly  concentrically  striated.  Aperture  scarcely  oblique,  squarish, 


Fig.  25. 


*  Melvill  &  Standen— Journ.  Conch,  viii.,  1896,  p.  310,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  73. 


438 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


A 


lip  simple,  sharp,  columella  arched,  canal  produced  and  recurved. 
Length  18,  breadth  8  mm. 

Several  dead  specimens  collected  on  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funa- 
futi. 

CERITHOPSIS  EUTRAPELA,  Melvill  &  Standen. 
Melvill   &   Standen,    Journ.   Conch.,   viii.,   1896,   p.    301,   pi.   x, 

fig.  52. 

Three  specimens,  one  mauve,  the  others  white,  from  the  lagoon 
beach  of  Funafuti. 

CERITHOPSIS  ELECTRINA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  26). 

Shell  tall,  slender, 
thin  and  translucent. 
Colour  uniform  pale 
amber,  except  a  glassy 
white  topmost  whorl. 
Whorls  nine  in  my 
example,  whose  tip  is 
broken.  Sculpture — 
on  the  earlier  whorls 
proportionately  fewer, 
on  the  last,  six  spiral 
alternately  larger  and 
smaller  rows  of  crowd- 
ed gemmules,  which 
also  regularly  succeed 
one  another  in  longi- 
tudinal order,  being 
continued  across  the  suture  from  whorl  to  whorl  and  ascending 
the  spire  obliquely.  The  individual  gemmules,  as  seen  in  profile 
are  much  elevated,  seen  in  full  face  are  oval ;  those  of  the  upper 
four  rows  of  the  last  whorl  are  impressed  and  bisected  by  a  shallow 
transverse  groove,  invisible  in  profile,  but  apparently  doubling 
the  transverse  rows  of  gemmules  when  seen  in  full  face.  Above 
the  first  and  below  the  fifth  row,  the  longitudinal  axis  of  each 
continues  as  a  pillar,  giving  a  fluted  aspect  to  the  broad  and 
deep  sutural  excavation.  The  lowest  row  is  swallowed  by  the 
suture  of  the  subsequent  whorl.  Beneath  the  sixth  row  the  shell 
is  much  undercut  and  then  tapers  to  the  columella.  The  aperture 
is  nearly  square  with  sharp  outer  lip,  arched  columella,  and  very 
short  perpendicular  canal.  Length  4$,  breadth  1£  mm. 
One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 
This  appears  to  be  distinguished  from  other  Pacific  Cerithiopsis 
by  the  more  numerous  rows  of  closely  packed  granules. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


439 


TRIFORIS  DOLICHA,  Watson. 
Watson,  Chall.  Report,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p.  565,  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  1. 

One  specimen  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon  agrees  exactly  with 
another  now  before  me  from  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  Torres 
Straits.  Young  specimens  were  collected  ofl'  Cape  Sidmouth, 
Queensland,  by  Mr.  A.  U.  Henn,  and  presented  to  this  Museum. 
The  "  Challenger  "  collected  it  a  little  west  of  Cape  York. 

The  two  adult  specimens  I  have  seen  are  pure  white,  punctuated 
between  the  gemmules  with  orange ;  in  neither  is  the  lip  more 
developed  than  in  the  "Challenger"  example.  It  may  be  that  this 
species  does  not  attain  the  spurred  lip  of  its  congeners. 

TRIFORIS  .SJGLE,  Jousseaume. 

(Fig.  27) 

Jousseaume,  Bull.  Soc.  Mai.  France,  1884,  p.  256,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  12  ; 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  ix.,  1887,  p.  185,  pi.  xxxix.,  fig.  40. 


Jousseaume's  account,  as  reflected  in  Tryon's  Manual  is  too 
scanty  to  allow  of  a  proper  determination,  and  with  much  doubt 
I  assign  here  a  Funafuti  species.  A  single  specimen  of  T.  cegle, 
from  Noumea,  presented  by  Mr.  R.  C.  Rossiter,  now  before 
me,  is  too  immature  to  show  the  aperture.  It  is  a  larger  and 
lighter  coloured  shell  than  those  from  Funafuti,  and  the  gemmules 
seem  rather  closer  together.  As,  however,  it  fairly  corresponds 
to  the  Ellice  shells  in  apex  and  sculpture,  I  prefer,  instead  of 
adding  another  name  to  the  long  list  of  Triforis,  to  assume  that 
the  one  figured  and  described  below  is  a  variety  of  Jousseaume's 
species.  The  still  more  scanty  information  published  relative  to 
T.  collaris,  Hinds,  suggests  that  it  should  also  be  compared. 


*  Hinde 
p,  409. 


-Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1843,  p.  23 ;    and  Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,  1897, 


440  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Shell  rather  narrow,  tapering  to  a  fine  and  slender  point. 
Whorls  fifteen.  Colour  ochraceous  with  white  gemmules.  Proto- 
conch  six  whorled,  first  two  together  semiglobose  and  shagreened  ; 
remainder  keeled  by  a  single,  strong,  central,  projecting  carina, 
which  is  beaded  by  the  passage  of  numerous  close  set  delicate 
bars  crossing  the  whorls  obliquely.  All  adult  whorls  except  the 
last  have  two  rows  of  gemmules,  about  sixteen  in  a  row,  alternat- 
ing vertically.  On  the  last  whorl  there  are  two  additional  anterior 
rows  of  smaller  gemmules,  an  incipient  row  on  the  periphery  and 
two  minor  scarcely  beaded  ridges  on  the  base.  The  gemmules  are 
large  and  very  prominent,  polished  and  reflecting  a  nacreous 
lustre,  rounded  anteriorly,  flattened  with  corner  angles  peripher- 
ally and  shelved  atop  ;  each  is  linked  to  its  neighbours  in  the 
row  by  a  coloured  ridge ;  in  the  centre  of  the  whorl  a  sharp 
groove  runs  between  the  two  rows.  The  surface  in  general  is 
decussated  by  faint  growth  lines  crossing  spiral  engraved  lines. 
Aperture  nearly  perpendicular,  ovate,  inner  lip  with  a  thick 
callus  layer,  outer  lip  thickened  and  reflected,  the  right  margin 
crossing  the  canal  in  a  spur ;  anal  notch  cordate,  the  orifice 
taking  the  place  of  the  last  sutural  gemmule,  canal  oblique, 
moderately  produced.  Length  5,  breadth  1£  mm. 

Shallow  water  in  the  lagoon.  The  commonest  Triforis  at 
Funafuti. 

Prominent  characters  which  distinguish  this  species  are  the 
large,  white,  facetted,  gemmules  contrasted  against  the  dark 
background,  the  one-keeled  apex,  and  the  peculiar  anal  notch. 

TRIFORIS  TORQUATUS,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  28). 

Shell  moderately  broad.  Whorls  fifteen,  suture  sharply  im- 
pressed. Colour  orange  buff;  on  the  ninth  and  tenth  whorls 
the  lower  rows  of  gemmules  are  chocolate,  and  on  the  last  row  two 
narrow  bands  of  chocolate  cover  two  anterior  rows  of  gemmules, 
stain  the  lip  and  wind  down  the  throat ;  on  the  eleventh,  twelfth, 
thirteenth  and  fourteenth  whorls,  the  lower  lines  of  gemmules  are 
white  ;  the  seventh  and  eighth  whorls  are  entirely  white.  Proto- 
conch  six  whorled,  first  two  together  semiglobose,  remainder 
keeled  by  a  single,  strong,  central,  projecting  carina,  which  is 
beaded  by  coarse,  slightly  oblique  bars.  All  adult  whorls,  except 
the  last,  have  two  rows  of  gemmules,  about  seventeen  to  a  row, 
alternating  vertically.  On  the  last  whorl  there  is  in  addition  a 
peripheral  and  two  basal  ridges,  all  scarcely  beaded.  On  the 
penultimate  whorl  a  thread  appears  in  the  space  between  the 
gemmules,  and  follows  the  sinuations  of  the  upper  tier  as  far  as 
the  aperture  without  gaining  equal  rank.  The  gemmules  are 
polished  hemispherical  bosses,  shelved  above,  distant  about  half 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


441 


Fig. 28. 

their  own  diameter  from  their  neighbours  in  a  row,  and  linked 
to  them  by  an  inconspicuous  raised  coloured  ridge.  Between  the 
gemmules  the  surface  is  microscopically  shagreened  and  finely 
spirally  grooved.  The  aperture  is  perpendicular,  and  nearly 
square ;  outer  lip  thickened  and  reflected,  the  right  margin 
crossing  the  canal  in  a  spur ;  anal  notch  deep ;  semicircular  canal 
short,  blunt,  oblique.  Length  5,  breadth  2  mm. 

Several  specimens  alive  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

The  peculiar  colouration  of  this  species  facilitates  recognition. 
Even  the  unaided  eye  can  detect  the  two  chocolate  lines  on  the 
base  and  spire,  and  the  white  spiral  band  ascending  the  inter- 
mediate whorls.  This  colour  scheme  I  have  endeavoured  to 
convey  in  Fig.  28. 

In  colour  T.  cinguliferus,  Pease,  appears  to  resemble  torquatus, 
but  the  figure  given  by  Langkavel,  copied  and  coloured  by  Tryon, 
represents  a  stouter  shell  with  a  different  aperture. 

The  group  (Mastonia,  according  to  Tryon)  to  which  this  belongs, 
might  be  conveniently  divided  into  two  sections,  having  a  one- 
keeled  and  a  two-keeled  protoconch,  respectively.  The  present 
species  with  T.  dolicha  and  T.  cegle  would  belong  to  the  former. 

I  have  collected  T.  torquatus  also  at  Port  Moresby,  British 
New  Guinea. 

TRIFORIS  RUBEE,  Hinds. 

(Fig.  29). 
Hinds,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  xi.,  1843,  p.  18. 

The  species  before  me  is  the  most  abundant,  conspicuous  and 
widespread  of  the  genus  in  the  tropical  Pacific.  If  I  have 


442 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


correctly  identified  it,  the  shell  was  first  taken  by  Belcher  during 
the  voyage  of  the  "  Sulphur."  He  noticed  it  at  Port  Carteret, 
New  Ireland,  as  "  numerous  among  fine  gravel  at  low  water." 
There  are  two  colour  varieties  of  this  shell — one  pale,  the  other 
dark.  Conchological  tradition  appears  universally,  but  I  think 
erroneously,  to  regard  the  dark  form  as  T.  ruber  and  the  pale  as 
T.  violaceus  of  Quoy  and  Gaimard.  For  the  purpose  of  specific 
determination  the  descriptions  of  all  older  writers,  and  most 
modern  ones,  of  species  of  Triforis  are  worthless.  The  identity 
of  T.  violaceus  must  be  decided  by  the  illustrations  of  that  species 
in  the  "  Atlas  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Astrolabe."  This  shows  a 
slender  and  produced  anterior  canal,  and  an  anal  notch  projecting 
as  a  complete  tube,  remote  from  the  aperture.  Specimens  answer- 
ing to  these  details,  which  I  collected  in  Milne  Bay,  British  New 


Fig.  29. 

Guinea,  are  before  me.  Though  Quoy  and  Gaimard  may  them- 
selves have  confounded  distinct  species,  and  though  Kiener's 
figure  from  "  Astrolabe "  material  appears  to  disagree  with  the 
former  illustration,  yet  the  only  safe  point  of  departure  in  un- 
ravelling the  nomenclature  of  this  group  must  be  Figs.  22  and  23 
of  PI.  Iv.  of  the  Atlas  aforesaid.  In  the  particulars  of  the  anal 
and  anterior  orifices,  the  shell  before  me,  presumed  to  be  T.  ruber, 
differs  altogether,  as  the  accompanying  drawings  show. 

In  the  unsatisfactory  state  of  literature,  the  following  remarks 
may  not  be  deemed  superfluous. 

This  species  varies  in  size,  stoutness,  and  colour  ;  from  the 
adult  an  immature  shell  so  differs  in  outline,  that  a  collector  does 
not  at  first  recognise  it  as  the  same  kind,  for  it  much  resembles 
Triforis  gemmulatus,  Adams  and  Reeve.*  As  a  whole  the  contour 
of  the  adult  shell  resembles  that  of  a  carrot,  the  upper  whorls 

*  Adama  &  Keeve— Zool.  Samarang,  1850,  Mollusca,  pi.  zi.,  fig.  34  a,  6. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY.  443 

tapering  to  a  slender  point,  the  lower  swollen  to  bulbous.  Colour, 
which  alters  in  drying,  reddish  purple  to  lilac,  the  apex  and  the 
lower  row  of  gemmules  usually  cream.  Whorls  about  eighteen. 
Gemmules  subcircular,  polished  bosses,  shelved  above,  separated 
by  about  half  their  own  diameter,  in  two  rows  of  about  twenty- 
two  in  a  whorl,  alternating  vertically  ;  the  interspaces  between 
the  gemmules  are  spirally  wrinkled.  On  the  antipenultimate 
whorl  a  spiral  thread  arises  between  the  two  rows  of  gemmules, 
but  following  the  sinuations  of  the  upper,  this  gradually  in- 
creases, becomes  segmented,  and  on  the  last  whorl  forms  an 
additional  row  of  gemmules.  Just  behind  the  aperture  extra 
rows  are  also  intercalated.  The  protoconch  is  acicular,  four  or 
five  whorled,  the  whorls  bicarinate,  crossed  obliquely  by  numerous 
fine  bars,  which  bead  the  carinae.  The  aperture  is  perpendicular, 
almost  square,  lip  reflected,  the  right  margin  crossing  the  canal 
in  a  spur,  the  canal  being  closed  by  its  anterior  wall  folded  over, 
but  not  touching  the  pillar.  Anal  notch  deep,  a  subcircular, 
subtubular,  orifice  in  the  place  of  the  last  sutural  gemmule ; 
onwards  from  the  last  actual  gemmule  the  lip  is  free  from  the 
body  whorl.  Length  7|  mm. 

Common  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon  of  Funafuti.  As  the 
rare  T.  violaceus  has  been  generally  confounded  with  the  com- 
mon T.  ruber,  whose  aperture  is  quite  different,  most  literary 
records  are  untrustworthy,  and  I  forbear  to  quote  them.  I  have 
myself  collected  the  species  at  Port  Moresby  and  Milne  Bay,  British 
New  Guinea,  and  at  Oubatche  and  Noumea,  New  Caledonia. 
Specimens  of  T.  ducosensis,  Jousseaume,  received  from  Noumea, 
from  Mr.  R.  C.  Rossiter,  belong  to  the  pale  form  of  T.  ruber. 

TRIFORIS  CLIO,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  30). 

Shell  rather  small  and  slender.  Colour  cinnamon-brown,  lowest 
row  of  gemmules  and  extremity  of  canal  white,  other  gemmules 
pale  brown.  Whorls  fifteen.  Protoconch  five  whorled  ;  first  two 
together  swollen  and  subglobose,  shagreened,  remainder  bicarinate 
by  a  median  furrow  and  crossed  by  numerous  fine  bars  which 
bead  the  carinse.  The  adult  whorls  are  beset  by  first  two,  then 
three,  and  finally  four  spiral  rows  of  gemmules,  eighteen  to  a 
whorl,  set  vertically,  gemmule  above  gemmule,  up  the  spire.  Broad 
furrows  ascend  vertically  from  whorl  to  whorl,  deeper  than  the 
spiral  interspaces  which  part  row  from  row.  The  gemmules  are 
lozenge  shaped,  polished,  standing  half  their  length  apart  and 
linked  to  their  neighbours  in  a  row  by  a  coloured  band  smoother 
and  shallower  than  the  remainder  of  the  vertical  furrow,  of  which 
it  forms  a  part.  Between  the  gemmules  the  surface  is  roughened 
by  close  fine  spiral  hair  lines.  Two  unbeaded  cords  run  round 
the  base.  Aperture  nearly  vertical,  outer  lip  bending  round  a 


444 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


Fig.  30. 

shallow  rounded  anal  notch,  then  deeply  emarginate  and  finally 
much  produced,  crossing  the  pillar  in  a  spur.  Canal  short  and 
rather  sharply  recurved.  Length  5|,  breadth  If  mm. 

Three  examples  were  found  in  shallow  water  in  the  Funafuti 
lagoon.  The  most  mature,  depicted  here,  is  possibly  not  quite 
adult  and  the  anal  notch  may  attain  a  further  development. 

The  lozenge  shaped  gemmules  and  the  exceptional  feature  of  the 
longitudinal  furrows  being  deeper  than  the  transverse  assist  in 
distinguishing  the  species. 

TRIFORIS  OBESULA,  Jousseaume. 
(Fig.  31). 

Jousseaume,  Bull.  Soc.  Mai.  France,  1884,  p.  255,  pi.  iv.  fig.  17  ; 
Tryon,  Man.  Oonch.,  ix.,  1887,  p.  185,  pi.  xxxviii.,  fig.  27. 

Jousseaume's  account  of  this  species  is  not  accessible  to  me  and 
I  have  to  assume  that  Tryon  gives  a  faithful  transcript  of  it. 
That  however  only  allows  me  to  identify  the  shell  I  now  figure 
and  describe  as  T.  obesula,  with  probability  rather  than  certainty. 
My  perplexity  is  increased  by  the  fact  that  the  Funafuti  shell  is 
identical  with  specimens  received  from  New  Caledonia  labelled 
"  T.  limosa,  Jousseaume,"  with  the  description  of  which  they 
disagree  in  shape  and  size. 

The  species  is  distinguished  by  its  small  size,  corpulent  shape 
and  dark  brown  (burnt  umber)  hue.  The  type  of  sculpture 
differs  from  that  of  the  other  species  of  Triforis  from  Funafuti. 
The  gemmules  are  so  closely  packed  within  the  row  and  are  so 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


445 


feebly  divided  from  one  another,  that  they  seem  rather  to  be  a 
continuous  keel,  like  that  of  T.  corrugatus,  in  process  of  breaking 
down  into  beads.  The  earlier  adult  whorls  are  ornamented  by 
two  bead-rows.  Between  them  there  arises  in  the  antipenultimate 
a  thread,  which  gradually  increasing  becomes  a  full  grown  row  in 
the  last  whorl ;  the  addition  of  a  median  and  two  basal  rows  brings 
the  number  of  rows  on  the  last  whorl  to  six.  Tryon  states  that 
the  "  three  anterior  ones  are  unarmed,"  but  all  are  beaded  in  the 
example  before  me. 


Fig.  31. 

The  anal  notch  is  simple  and  comparatively  shallow.  The 
protoconch  has  five  whorls,  the  first  hemispherical  and  smooth, 
the  others  bicarinate  and  obliquely  crossed  by  rather  coarse  bars 
which  do  not  bead  the  carinae.  The  adult  sculpture  suddenly 
commences  in  the  sixth  whorl  with  a  row  of  small  beads  above 
and  a  large  gemmed  ridge  below.  The  latter  is  remarkable  in 
several  specimens  before  me  for  its  white  colour,  giving  the  shell  to 
the  unaided  vision  a  distinct  white  collar  beneath  the  acicular 
apex.  Tryon  gives  the  length  as  8  mm.  Of  the  examples  before 
me  the  New  Caledonian  measure  4£,  the  Papuan  4,  and  the 
decollated  shells  from  Funafuti  3 J  mm. 

Two  decollated  specimens  occurred  to  me  in  the  Funafuti 
lagoon.  I  have  also  taken  the  species  between  tide  marks  in  Port 
Moresby,  British  New  Guinea.  A  Papuan  specimen  supplied 
the  material  for  the  above  account  of  the  apex,  missing  in  Funafuti 
and  New  Caledonian  examples. 

TRIFORIS  THETIS,  sp.  nov. 
XFig.  32). 

Shell  small  and  slender.  Colour  uniform  cinnamon-brown 
except  a  patch  of  dark  chocolate  on  the  columella.  Whorls 
fifteen.  Protoconch  five  whorled,  the  later  three  bicarinate, 


44G 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


crossed  obliquely  by  numerous  fine  bars  which  bead  the  carinse. 
The  adult  whorls  are  beset  with  two  bead-ridges,  carrying  each 
about  sixteen  gem  mules  of  equal  size  to  a  whorl,  vertically  the 
gemmules  run  slightly  oblique,  between  each  ridge  is  a  deep  and 
narrow  groove.  In  the  antipenultimate  whorl  a  thread  appears 
in  this  groove  and  ultimately  grows  on  the  last  whorl  to  a  gem- 
mule  row.  A  raised  thread  beneath  the  suture  ascends  for  a  few 
whorls.  The  last  whorl  is  ornamented  by  this  thread  followed  by 
a  row  of  large  gemmules,  two  rows  of  smaller  ones,  an  incipient 
peripheral  row  and  two  minor,  basal,  subnodulose  ridges.  The 
gemmules  are  coloured,  polished,  hemispherical,  truncated  and 
shelved  above,  and  stand  nearly  their  diameter  apart  on  the  ridge. 


Fig.  32. 

The  suture  is  deep  and  well  denned.  Between  the  gemmules  the 
surface  is  roughened  by  minute  spiral  threads  cut  by  oblique 
growth  lines.  Aperture  vertical,  nearly  square.  Outer  lip  cross- 
ing the  pillar  in  a  spur.  Anal  notch  a  simple  open  fold.  Canal 
short  and  briefly  recurved.  Length  4,  breadth  1  mm. 
Shallow  water  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon,  several  specimens. 

Seeing  that  Tryon,  whose  standard  of  description  was  not  severe, 
concludes  his  monograph  of  the  genus  with  a  list  of  eighty  un- 
recognizable Triforis,  I  have  no  confidence  that  the  species  above 
described  has  not  previously  appeared  in  literature,  though  I  am 
sure  that  it  has  never  been  properly  characterised.  It  is  probably 
near,  and  possibly  identical  with,  T.  limosa,  Jousseaume.  That 
writer  (as  repeated  by  Tyron)  neglects  the  important  details  of 
apex,  anal  notch,  etc.,  and  the  fact  that  the  Funafuti  shells  are  but 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  447 

half  its  size,  has  decided  me,  in  the  absence  of  other  information  to 
regard  it  as  distinct.  A  shell  from  Port  Moresby  closely  resembles 
the  Ellioe  one,  differing  by  larger  size  and  more  swollen  contour. 

TEIFORIS  INCISUS,  Pease. 

(Fig.  33). 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.t  p.  190,  pi.  xxxix.,  fig.  65. 

The  inadequate  description  and  poor  figure  quoted,  suggest,  but 
fail  to  demonstrate,  that  a  shell  figured  herewith  should  be  so 
named.  The  species  is  represented  by  a  single,  perforated  and 
decollated  example  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon.  It  is  5^  mm.  in 
length,  has  thirteen  whorls  remaining,  and  in  colour  is  ochraceous 
splashed  with  white.  The  last  whorl  has  six  spiral  ridges,  two  of 
which  are  basal ;  the  three  preceding  whorls  have  each  three,  and 
those  above  each  two  such  ridges.  The  ridges  are  smooth,  elevate 
and  keeled,  the  anterior  of  each  series  the  larger ;  on  the  upper 


Fig.  33. 

whorls  the  posterior  ridge  tends  to  divide  into  beads.  The  inter- 
stices are  broad,  deep  and  finely  spirally  grooved.  The  spur  of 
the  outer  lip  crosses  the  pillar.  Anal  notch  deep  and  cordate. 
Canal  short  and  perpendicular. 

Pease  described  T.  incisus  from  Hawaii.*  I  have  collected  at 
Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea,  what  seems  a  form  of  that 
described  above.  It  differs  in  colour  being  variegated  with  black, 
chocolate  and  white.  The  upperm9st  ridge  has  not  the  same 
disposition  to  become  beaded  but  longitudinal  plications  are 
developed  in  the  interstices.  The  protoconch  in  these  Papuan 
shells  is  six  whorled,  bicarinate  and  crossed  by  coarse  bars,  like 
the  apex  I  figure  for  T.  obesula. 

*  Pease— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  I860,  p.  434. 


448  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

TRIFORIS  COERUGATUS,  Hinds. 
Hinds,  Ann.  Mag.  JSTat.  Hist  ,xi ,  1843, p.  18;  Hind?,  Voy.  "Sulphur," 

Zool.,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  12  ;  Chenu.,  Man.  Conch  ,  1859,  p.  284,  figs. 

1915,  1916  ;  Langkavel,  Donum  Bisrnarckianum,  1871,  p.  26, 

pi.   ii.,  fig.  6  ;  Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  ix.,    1887,  p.  189,   pi. 

xxxix.,  fig.  59. 
T.  connatum,   Montrouzier,   Journ.  Conch.,  x.,  1862,  p.  236,  pi. 

ix.,  fig.  4. 

A  considerable  series  of  specimens  from  various  localities  and  a 
careful  examination  of  the  literature  quoted,  enable  me  to  con- 
fidently unite  Montrouzier's  species  with  that  of  Hinds.  It  should 
be  obvious  to  any  student  who  compares  the  excellent  figure  in 
the  Journal  de  Conchyliologie  with  the  other  illustrations  that 
the  immaturity  of  the  New  Caledonian  example  is  the  only  point 
of  difference.  That  this  synonomy  of  so  common  and  distinct  a 
species  should  have  so  long  escaped  attention  is  another  sad  proof 
of  the  negligence  of  the  authors  who  have  dealt  with  this  much 
abused  genus.  Reviewing  the  shells  of  Lifu,  Melvill  and  Standen 
actually  record  the  species  first  under  one  name  and  then  under 
the  other.*  Tryon  has  suggested  T.  bayani,  Jousseaume,  as  a 
probable  synonym,  an  idea  which  his  figures  seem  to  contradict. 
One  of  the  specimens  before  me  shows  the  protoconch  to  have  a 
double  keel,  with  a  very  narrow  interstice. 

The  shallow  water  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon  yielded  me  several 
broken  specimens.  A  wide  range  over  the  Pacific  is  indicated 
by  the  following  records  : — New  Guinea  (Belcher) ;  Queensland, 
Torres  Straits,  (Brazier)f  and  Cape  Sidmouth,  (Henn);  Gilbert 
Islands  (Garrett) ;  New  Caledonia,  He  Art  (Montrouzier) ; 
Oubatche  and  Noumea  (Hedley) ;  and  Lifu  (Hadfield). 

TRIFORIS,  spp. 

Several  other  species  of  Triforis,  too  worn  for  identification  or 
determination  are  included  in  the  collection. 

OVULA    HERVIERI,  Sp.  nOV. 

(Fig  34). 

Shell  small,  broadly  ovate.  Colour  pale 
yellow  with  four  spiral  bands  of  rose,  visible 
alike  within  the  aperture,  across  the  callus 
and  on  the  dorsal  surface,  these  bands  are  in 
breadth  equal  to  their  interstices.  Sculpture — 
about  thirty-five  flat-topped  spiral  lyrse,  sepa- 
rated by  narrow,  sharply  incised  grooves, 
surround  the  shell.  The  outer  lip  is  much 
thickened  and  reflected  without,  and  bears 
within  about  ten  slight  and  widely  parted 

*  Melvill  &  Standen,  loc.  cit.,  viii.,  pp.  114  and  409. 
t  Brazier— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  i.,  1876,'p.  319. 


THE  MOLLUSCA  —  HEDLEY.  449 

denticules.  The  callus  on  the  inner  lip  is  very  heavy,  its  surface 
shagreened,  posteriorly  it  rises  into  an  abrupt  boss  and  anteriorly 
is  heaped  in  a  longitudinal  ridge.  Length  4,  breadth  3  mm. 

Taken  alive  from  the  deep  water  Gorgonidae  raised  from  the 
western  slope  of  Funafuti  in  eighty  to  forty  fathoms. 

This  very  distinct  little  species,  the  smallest  of  its  genus  known, 
appears  to  find  its  nearest  relation  in  Ovula  caledonica,  Crosse;* 
from  which  it  is  easily  separated  by  smaller  size,  greater  propor- 
tional breadth,  coarser  sculpture  and  fewer  labial  denticules. 

It  is  named  in  compliment  to  the  Rev.  J.  Hervier,  the  author 
of  many  clear  descriptions  and  admirable  drawings  of  Pacific  shells. 


ARGUS,  Linne. 

Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  vii.,  1885,  p.  164,  pi.  i.,  figs.  1,  2  ;    Garrett, 
Journ.  Conch.,  ii.,  1879,  pp.  106,  109. 

Dead  shells  were  found  on  the  beach  of  one  of  the  western  islets 
of  Funafuti,  and  the  species  was  again  encountered  at  Nukulailai. 

According  to  Garrett,  this  deep  water  species  inhabits  the 
Carolines,  Gilberts,  Tonga,  Fiji  and  Samoa.  Rossiter  records  it 
from  New  Caledonia,  the  Isle  of  Pines  and  the  Loyalties.  f  From 
material  in  this  Museum  I  add  the  Solomons,  Erromanga  and 
Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

CYPR.EA  SCURRA,  Chemnitz. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  165,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  19,  20,  21  ;  Garrett,   loc.  cit., 

pp.  107,  118. 
One  dead  shell  was  taken  on  Funafuti. 

Tryon  quotes  it  from  Anaa,  Paumotus.  Garrett  found  this  in 
Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus, 
Marquesas,  and  Hawaii.  A  series  in  this  Museum  include 
instances  from  the  Gilberts,  the  Louisiades,  Woodlark  Island, 
New  Caledonia  and  Broken  Bay,  N.  S.  Wales. 

CYPR^EA  TESTUDINARIA,  Linne. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.   165,  pi.  i.,  figs.   9,  10;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

107,  119. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  procured  an  example  of  this  on  Funafuti, 
Garrett,  enumerates   this  from   Fiji,   Tonga,   Samoa,   Gilberts, 

Carolines,   Cook's  and   Society.     Tryon  mentions   it  from    New 

Caledonia.     In  this  Museum  it  is  shown  from  Niue,  the  Solomons 

and  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides. 

*  Crosse—  Journ.  de  Conch.,  xx.,  1872,  p.  62,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  1. 
t  Ebssiter—  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  vi.,  1882,  p.  817. 


450  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


ISABELLA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  165,  pi.  i.,  figs.  6,  7;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  106,  114. 

Dead  shells  were  plentiful  on  the  Funafuti  beach. 

The  range  through  Polynesia  as  given  by  Garrett,  is  the  same 
as  that  of  C.  scurra.  The  collection  of  this  Museum  shows  the 
species  to  occur  along  the  Australian  coast  south  to  the  Bellenger 
River,  N.S.  Wales,  and  in  the  Central  Pacific  from  Niue,  Wood- 
lark  Island,  British  New  Guinea,  Erromanga,  and  Aneiteum,  New 
Hebrides,  New  Caledonia  and  the  Gilberts  to  Hawaii. 

CYPILEA  CARNEOLA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  166,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  26  -  30  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

106,  110. 

Though  I  saw  none  alive,  dead  specimens  were  plentiful  on  the 
beach  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Found  by  Garrett  to  accompany  the  foregoing  through  the  ten 
archipelagoes  enumerated  ;  and  seen  by  Rossiter  from  New 
Caledonia,  Loyalty  Islands,  and  Isle  of  Pines. 

This  species  ranges  along  the  Australian  coast  south  to  Sydney. 
Specimens  in  this  Museum  show  it  from  the  Solomons. 

C.  CARNEOLA,  var.  PROPINQUA,  Garrett. 
Garrett,  Journ.  Conch.,  ii.,  1879,  p.  116. 

Two  specimens  are  referable  to  this  variety,  which  is  also 
represented  in  the  Australian  Museum  from  Niue,  the  Society 
and  Gilbert  Groups.  Garrett  records  it  from  the  Paumotus. 

CYPR^EA  TALPA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  167,  pi.  iii.,  figs.  31-33;   Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

107,  119. 

One  empty  shell  was  found  at  Funafuti  with  C.  argus. 

Garrett  collected  this  deep-water  species  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa, 
Gilberts,  Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii.  It 
is  shown  in  this  Museum  to  occur  in  British  New  Guinea,  the 
Solomons,  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia,  and  Niue. 

CYPR^EA  GOODALLI,  Gray. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  168,  pi.  iv.,  figs.  43,  44;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  106. 
Mr.  G.  Sweet  found  one  well  preserved  example  at  Funafuti. 
Garrett  only   knew  this  from  Cook's,   Society,    and    Pauraotus. 
There  are  specimens  in  this  Museum  from  the  Gilberts. 

CYPR^EA  FIMBRIATA,  Gmelin. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  168,  pi.  v.,  figs.  76-78;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 
106,  112. 


THE  MOLLUSCA  —  HEDLEY.  451 

Dead  shells  were  noticed  at  Funafuti  and  at  Nukulailai. 

Garrett  observed  this  from  the  same  Groups  as  C.  talpa.  This 
species  ranges  along  the  Australian  coast  south  to  Sydney. 
Museum  specimens  include  it  from  Milne  Bay,  British  New 
Guinea,  New  Caledonia,  Niue,  the  Gilberts,  and  Hawaii.  Tryon 
quotes  it  from  the  Paumotus. 

CYPREA  MACULA,  Adams. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  169,  pi.  iv.,  figs.  71,  72. 
Mr.  G.  Sweet  obtained  one  specimen. 


MAURITIANA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  173,  pi.  vii.,  figs.  8-11. 

Specimens  of  this  were  purchased  from  the  natives  of  Funafuti. 

Collected  by  Garrett  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas,  and  Hawaii,  and  byRossiter 
in  New  Caledonia  and  the  Loyalties.  Weinkauff  mentions  it  from 
the  Pelew  Islands.  I  have  seen  it  from  the  British  and  German 
Boundary,  N.E.  New  Guinea.  In  this  Museum  it  is  also  repre- 
sented from  Aneiteum  and  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  and  Niue. 

CYPRJEA  CAPUT-SERPENTIS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  173,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  98  -  100,  xxiii.,  fig.  59;  Garrett, 

loc.  cit.,  pp.  106,  111. 

Commonly  found  alive  under  stones  in  shallow  Water  in  the 
Funafuti  lagoon. 

Seen  by  Garrett  in  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cooks,  Society,  Paumotus  and  Marquesas.  This  extends  along 
the  Australian  coast  south  to  Sydney,  and  is  also  represented  in 
this  Museum  from  Erromanga,  New  Caledonia,  Lord  Howe  Island, 
Niue,  and  the  Gilberts.  The  natives  of  Funafuti  call  this 
"  pourei." 

CYPR^A  MAPPA,  Linne. 

Tryon,   loc.  cit.,  p.  174,  pi.  vii.,  figs.   12-14;  pi.   viii.,  fig.  17; 
Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  106,  115. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  procured  one  dead  specimen  of  this. 

According  to  Garrett  the  range  embraces  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa, 
Gilberts,  Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  and  Paumotus.  It  is  in  this 
Museum  from  the  Louisiades.  Tryon  quotes  New  Caledonia. 

CYPR^A  ARABICA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,ip.  174,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  18,  19,  23,  24;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

pp.  106,  108. 

Occasionally  found  alive  under  coral  blocks  in  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 


452  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Garrett  noticed  this  in  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Society  and  Paumotus.  Brazier*  has  remarked  it  from  Torres 
Straits  southwards  to  Botany  Bay,  from  Fiji,  New  Britain,  New 
Ireland,  New  Caledonia  and  the  Solomons.  It  is  further  repre- 
sented in  this  Museum  from  Woodlark  Island  (British  New 
Guinea),  Erromanga  and  Aneiteum  (New  Hebrides),  and  Niue. 

CYPE^EA  RETICULATA,  Martyn. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  174,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  20-22  ;    Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

pp.  107,  117. 
A  small  variety  occurs  alive  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Garrett  saw  this  in  the  Gilberts,  Cooks,  Society,  Paumotus, 
Marquesas  and  Hawaii. 

GYPR^EA  MONETA,  Linne. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  177,  pi.  x.,  fig.  46;  pi.  xi.,  figs.  51  -  54;  pi.  xxiii., 
figs.  60-69;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  106,  115. 

Abundant  alive  under  stones  round  the  margin  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Garrett  records  it  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas,  and  Hawaii.  This  species 
ranges  along  the  Australian  coast  from  Torres  Straits  south  to 
Sydney.f  I  have  seen  it  at  Milne  Bay  and  Port  Moresby,  British 
New  Guinea.  In  this  Museum  are  examples  from  Niue,  Teste  Island, 
Louisiades,  the  Solomons,  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  New  Cale- 
donia, and  Lord  Howe  Island.  "At  Eramanga,"  writes  Brenchley,  J 
"a  shell  called  '  Nunpurij  the  Cyprcea  moneta,  passes  as  money, 
as  also  in  New  Caledonia." 

CTPR^EA  MONETA,  var.  ANNULUS,  Linne. 

Occurred  as  usual  in  company  with  the  species  in  chief,  with 
which,  like  C.  obvelata,  and  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  monographers, 
it  intergrades  by  easy  stages. 


TIGRIS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  180,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  49,  50;  pi.  xv.,  fig.  8;  Garrett, 

loc.  cit.,  pp.  107,  120. 

I  picked   up   one  broken   shell  on  the  beach  of  Funafuti,  and 
purchased  a  specimen  from  a  native  on  Nukulailai. 

Seen  by  Garrett  from  Fiji,  Tonga,   Samoa,  Gilberts,    Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas,  and  Hawaii.     This  occurs 

*  Brazier—  Journ.  Conch,  ii.,  1879,  p.  194. 

t  Henn—  Proc.  Linn.  Soe,  N.S.W.  (2),  x.,  1895,  p.  520. 

j  Brenchley—  The  Cruise  of  the  "  Curasoa,"  1873,  p.  299. 


THE  MOLLUSCA  —  HEDLEY.  453 

along  the  Australian  coast  as  far  south  as  More  ton  Bay.*  Melvill 
and  Standen  name  it  from  Lifu.  In  this  Museum  it  is  shown 
from  Woodlark  Island,  Solomons,  and  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides. 
I  have  seen  it  at  Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea,  where  the 
natives  call  it  "  nononono." 


VITELLUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  182,  pi.  xiii.,   figs.  72,  73  ;    Garrett,  loc.  cit., 
pp.  106,  121. 

One  specimen  was  obtained  at  Funafuti  by  Mr.  Sweet. 

Garrett  took  this  species  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts, 
Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas,  and  Hawaii. 
It  ranges  along  the  Australian  coast  south  to  Sydney.  Further 
instances  from  Niue,  the  Louisiades,  New  Caledonia,  and  Erro- 
manga, are  supplied  by  this  Museum. 


LYNX,  Linne. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  183,  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  86,  87,  98  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 
pp.  106,  114. 

Found  alive  under  stones  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Except  the  Marquesas,  this  species,  says  Garrett,  ranges  all 
through  Polynesia.  It  inhabits  the  Australian  coast  south  to 
Moreton  Bay.  The  collection  of  this  Museum  exhibits  it  from 
Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia,  Fiji,  and  the  Gilberts. 


CLANDESTINA,  var.  ARTUFFELI,  Jousseaume. 
Melvill  &  Standen,  Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,  1896,  p.  112,  pi.  iii.,  figs. 

28,  29. 

Alive  in  the  lagoon  of  Funafuti.  Previously  reported  from 
Lifu. 

OYPR^EA  CRIBRARIA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  190,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  71,  72. 

I  did  not  find  this  species,  which  has  been  recorded  from  the 
Ellice  by  Schmeltz. 

CYPR^EA  EROS  A,  Linne. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  192,  pi.  xviii.,  figs.  1,  90,  100;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 
pp.  106,  111. 

Mr.G.  Sweet  brought  a  specimen  from  Funafuti.  Garrett  observed 
that,  except  at  the  Marquesas,  it  was  not  uncommon  at  all  the 
groups  he  visited.  It  ranges  along  the  Australian  coast  south  to 
Broken  Bay.  A  specimen  from  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  is 
now  before  me. 

*  Brazier—  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  v.,  1881,  p.  501. 


454  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

CYPR^EA  PORARIA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  193,  pi.  xviii.,  figs.  2,  3 ;    Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

107,  116. 

A  few  dead  shells  were  obtained  from  the  beaches  of 
Funafuti. 

Garrett  obtained  this  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii.  Rossiter  records  it  from 
New  Caledonia  and  the  Loyalty  Islands. 

CYPR^EA  HELVOLA,  Linne. 
Tryon,   loc.  cit.,  p.  194,  pi.  xix.,  figs.  8,  9;   Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

106,  113. 

I  found  one  alive  under  a  coral  boulder  on  the  western  side  of 
the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Garrett  collected  this  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas,  and  Hawaii.  Rossiter 
gives  it  from  New  Caledonia,  Loyalty,  and  Isle  of  Pines.  This 
extends  south  along  the  Australian  coast  as  far  as  Sydney. 

CYPR^EA  CICERCULA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  197,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  55  -  58,  61,  62;  Garrett,  loc. 

cit.,  pp.  107,  122. 

Several  empty  shells  from  the  beach  drift  of  Funafuti. 
Noted  by  Garrett  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii ;  and  by  Rossiter  from  New 
Caledonia  and  the  Loyalty.    In  this  Museum  it  is  also  shown  from 
Niue,  Torres  Straits,  and  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

CYPR^EA  NUCLEUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  197,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  48,  49  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

107,  125. 

Frequently  seen  dead  on  the  Funafuti  beach. 

Observed  by  Garrett  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii.  Rossiter  reports  it  from 
the  Loyalty.  There  are  specimens  in  this  Museum  from  the 
Solomons  and  New  Hebrides. 

CYPR^EA  CHILDREN:,  Gray. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  198,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  53,  54;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

107,  122. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  found  one  of  this  at  Funafuti. 
Garrett  reports  it  from  Fiji,  Tonga,   Samoa,  Gilberts,  Cook's, 
Society,  and  Paumotus.  Specimens  from  New  Caledonia,  Niue,  and 
Hawaii  are  in  this  Museum. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  455 

TRIVIA  ORYZA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  200,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  79,  82,  83  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

pp.  107,  126. 

Several  dead  specimens  of  a  small  form  of  this  species  were 
collected  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

This  ranges  along  the  Australian  coast  as  far  south  as  Sydney. 
Garrett  remarks  that  this  has  the  same  range  and  station  in 
Polynesia  as  the  preceding  species.  Rossiter  notes  it  from 
Noumea,  New  Caledonia,  and  the  Loyalty.  It  is  shown  in 
this  Museum  from  the  New  Hebrides. 

DOLIUM  PERDIX,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  264,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  15  ;  pi.  iv.,  figs.  23  -  25. 

I  was  unable  to  obtain  an  example  of  this  circumsequatorial 
species  on  Funafuti,  but  I  identified  one  purchased  from  a  native 
by  another  member  of  our  party. 

Melvill  and  Standen  note  this  from  Lifu.  This  Museum  has 
representatives  from  British  New  Guinea,  the  Solomons,  Erro- 
manga,  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia,  the  Gilberts,  and  Niue. 

DOLIUM  POMUM,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  265,  pi.  v.,  fig.  26. 
One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  the  Society  Islands.  Material  in  this 
Museum  indicates  it  from  British  New  Guinea,  New  Caledonia, 
and  the  Gilberts. 

CASSIS  CORNUTA,  Linne. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  270,  pi.  i.,  figs.  45,  46  ;  pi.  ii.,  fig.  49. 

I  collected  no  examples  of  this  personally,  but  at  Funafuti  I 
remarked  it  in  use  as  shell  trumpets,  and  at  Nukulailai  I  purchased 
specimens.  There  the  natives  called  it  "  pou,"  and  told  me  it 
was  not  rare.  New  Caledonian  examples  are  contained  in  this 
Museum. 

CASSIS  VIBEX,  var.  ERINACEA,  Linne. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  277,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  90. 
Two  dead  shells  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

TRITONIUM  TRITONIS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  iii.,  1881,  p.  9,  pi.  i.,  fig.  1  ;  pi.  iii.,  fig.  16; 

pi.  iv.,  fig.  25. 

I  did  not  myself  collect  this  species.  Mr.  J.  O'Brien  told  me 
that  it  was  sometimes  found  on  the  leeward  reefs  alive.  The 
natives  recognised  an  engraving  of  it  as  "  bofala." 


456  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

TRITONIUM  PILEARE,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  12,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  31  -  36;  pi.  vii.,  figs.  38,  39. 

A  few  were  found  alive  in  the  lagoon.  Tryon  indicates  the 
range  of  this  species  as  circumsequatorial.  Its  occurrence  in 
every  archipelago  in  the  Pacific  is  therefore  to  be  expected. 

TRITONIUM  CHLOROSTOMUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  13,  pi.  vii.,  figs.  47,  48. 

One  empty  shell  from  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti.  This 
species  appears  to  share  the  geographical  range  of  its  predecessor. 

TRITONIUM  GEMMATUM,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  13,  pi.  vii.,  figs.  41  -  44. 
A  single  specimen  was  taken  on  Funafuti. 

Tryon  cites  this  from  the  Paumotus,  and  Melvill  and  Standeii 
from  Lifu.  Representatives  from  New  Caledonia  and  Fanning 
Island  are  in  this  Museum. 

TRITONIUM  DIGITALS,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  29,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  142,  143. 

Common  alive  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Tryon  gives  Fiji,  and  Smith*  Strong  Island,  as  localities.  In 
this  Museum  it  is  exhibited  from  San  Christoval,  Solomons, 
Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides,  Marquesas,  and  Hawaii. 

TRITONIUM  TUBEROSUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  23,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  111-113. 

One  specimen,  alive,  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

From  Lifu,  Melvill  and  Standen  note  this  species;  and  examples 
from  Woodlark  Island  and  Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea, 
repose  in  this  Museum. 

TRITONIUM  MACULOSUM,  Gmelin. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  25,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  121. 

One  dead  shell  was  found  on  a  western  islet  of  Funafuti.  This 
Museum  has  the  species  from  the  Gilberts. 

DISTORTRIX  ANUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  35,  pi.  xv.,  fig.  153  ;  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  173,  174. 

I  did  not  find  this  species  on  Funafuti,  but  have  seen  specimens 
collected  there  by  Mr.  G.  Sweet. 

*  Smith— Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.,  xii.,  1876,  p.  551. 


THE  MOLLUSC  A — HEDLEY.  457 

Tryon  mentions  it  from  the  Society  Islands.  Examples  from 
the  Solomons  are  contained  in  this  Museum. 

GYRINEUM  BUFONIUM,  Gmelin. 
Tryon,  loc.  cil.,  p.  39,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  21  -  23,  28,   29,  68  ;  pi.  xix., 

fig.  11  ;    pi.  xx.,  figs.  13,  14. 

Several  were  found  alive  under  stones  in  shallow  water  in  the 
Funafuti  lagoon. 

Inhabits  the  Paumotus,  according  to  Tryon,  and  is  shown  in 
this  Museum  from  Torres  Straits,  Solomons,  and  New  Caledonia. 

GYRINEUM  AFFINE,  Broderip. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  42,  pi.  xxii.,  figs.  38  -  41  ;  pi.  xxiii.,  fig.  55. 

An  empty  shell  was  found  on  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 

Tryon  notes  it  from  New  Caledonia,  Samoa,  and  Paumotus. 
G.  graniferum,  Lamarck,  has  been  recorded  from  the  Ellice  by 
Schmeltz. 

PERISTERNIA  NASSATULA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  80,  pi.  Ixiv.,  figs.  44-47,  51,  52,  58. 

Abundant  in  the  rock-pools  of  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  New  Guinea.  New  Caledonia,  and  the 
Paumotus  ;  and  Schmeltz  from  Upolu  and  Rarotonga. 

LATIRUS  POLYGONUS,  var.  BARCLAYI,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  88,  pi.  Ixvii.,  fig.  110. 

A  few  dead  shells  from  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 
Schmeltz  records  this  from  Fiji. 

LATIRUS  CRATICULATUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  93,  pi.  Ixix.,  fig.  159. 

Not  common ;  a  few  dead  shells  seen  on  the  lagoon  beach  of 
Funafuti. 

Schmeltz  mentions  it  from  Upolu  and  Rarotonga.  Specimens 
from  New  Caledonia  are  in  this  Museum. 

PISANIA  FASCICULATA,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  146,  pi.  Ixxi.,  figs.  195,  197. 
Recorded  by  Schmeltz  from  the  Ellice. 

CANTHARUS  UNDOSUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  162,  pi.  Ixxiv.,  figs.  280  -  282. 

Living  specimens  were  taken  in  the  lagoon  of  Funafuti. 


458 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Represented  in  this  Museum  from  Port  Curtis,  Queensland, 
and  New  Caledonia. 

MUREX  ADUSTUS,  Lamarck. 

Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  ii.,  1880,  p.  90,  pi.  xv.,  figs.  148,  149  ;  pi. 

xxiv.,  figs.  210-212  ;   pi.  xxv.,  fig.  217. 
Common  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon  of  Funafuti. 

Noted  from  Lifu  by  Melvill  and  Standen,  and  represented  in 
this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia. 

MUREX  FUNAFUTIENSIS,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  35). 

Shell  small,  biconical.  Colour  ochra- 
ceous  buff,  banded  with  chocolate, 
interior  of  aperture  pale  lilac.  Whorls 
seven,  sculptured  each  with  seven  pro- 
minent varices,  which  mount  the  spire 
continuously  and  obliquely.  On  the 
spire  each  varix  presents  a  hollow  spine 
above  a  blunt  tubercle.  Between  and 
parallel  to  the  varices  are  a  series  of 
imbricating  lamellae.  Five  spiral  ridges 
run  round  the  shoulder  of  the  shell, 
and  undulate  both  the  blades  and  the 
interstices  of  the  varices.  The  lamellae 
are  likewise  microscopically  beaded  by 
minute  spiral  threads.  The  aperture  is 
oblique,  ovate,  choked  by  an  inner 
tuberculate  ridge,  and  by  the  great 
development  of  the  colurnella ;  the 
latter  is  arched,  deeply  obliquely  enter- 
ing, anteriorly  with  two  incipient  tubercles,  and  truncate  below. 
Canal  short,  open,  and  recurved  ;  above  it  are  two  series  of 
disused  canals,  corresponding  to  the  ultimate  and  penultimate 
varices.  Length  9,  breadth  5  mm. 

One  specimen,  taken  by  tangles,  at  a  depth  of  forty  to  eighty 
fathoms,  on  the  western  slope  of  Funafuti. 

This  species  approaches  nearest  to  Murex  nuclea,  Reeve,* 
which  it  resembles  both  in  colour  and  form.  Judging  from  his 
account  of  that  species,  it  differs  by  being  just  half  the  size,  by 
having  seven  whorls  instead  of  five,  with  seven  varices  apiece 
instead  of  six,  and  especially  by  being  longer  in  proportion  to 
breadth,  than  the  Philippine  shell  is.  Whether  these  differences 
are  constant  or  not  I  cannot  say. 


Fig.  35. 


*  Reeve— Conch.  Icon,  iii.,  1845,  Murex,  pi.  xxix.,  sp.  131. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


459 


MUREX    RADULA,  Sp.  HOV. 
(Fig.  36). 

Shell  small,  fusiform.  Colour  cream, 
spines  orange,  columella  pale  lilac. 
Whorls  seven.  Sculpture — eight  feeble 
varices  alternating  on  each  whorl.  On 
the  third  and  fourth  whorls  they  are 
proportionately  much  stronger  and  are 
angled  at  the  periphery.  The  body 
whorl  has  eleven  spiral  cords,  narrower 
than  their  interstices ;  both  are  over- 
ridden by  fine  lamellae  in  the  line  of 
growth.  At  frequent  intervals  these 
cords  produce  small,  short,  tubular, 
orange  spines,  which  lend  a  conspicuous 
and  recognizable  aspect  to  the  shell. 
Apex  of  three  whorls  conical,  smooth, 
and  glossy.  Aperture  simple,  lip  sharp, 
canal  broad  and  open.  Length  9, 
breadth  4  mm. 


Fig.  36. 


A  single  specimen,  taken  at  a  depth  of  forty  to  eighty  fathoms 
with  the  preceding.  This  specimen  is  perhaps  immature,  but  differs 
so  much  from  any  with  which  I  am  acquainted  as  to  be  considered 
worthy  of  description. 

PURPURA  HIPPOCASTANEUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  162,  pi.  xlv.,  figs.  36-43  ;  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  45. 

Abundant  on  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti.  Tryon  quotes  this 
from  the  Paumotus,  and  Melvill  and  Standen  from  the  Loyalty. 
In  this  Museum  are  instances  from  Queensland,  Fiji,  and  the 
Solomons.  Both  Cooke*  and  Smithf  condemn  the  treatment  of 
the  species  in  the  reference  quoted  above,  but,  unfortunately  for 
puzzled  students,  both  think  it  "  needless  to  discuss  the  matter  at 
length." 

The  species  seems  to  me  to  stand  nearer  Sistrum  than  Purpura. 
The  natives  called  this  "  matapoto." 

PURPURA  ARMIGERA,  Chemnitz. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  163,  pi.  xlvi.,  figs,  50,  51. 

Abundant  on  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti,  where  its  massive 
shell  enables  it  to  withstand  the  heaviest  surf.  In  aged  speci- 
mens the  projecting  points  -are  worn  down  to  the  stump. 


*  Cooke — Journ.  Conch.,  v.,  1888,  p.  323. 
t  Smith— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  408. 


460  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  the  Paumotus,  and  Schmeltz  from  Bowen 
(Queensland).  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia  and 
British  New  Guinea. 

JOPAS  SERTUM,  Bruguiere. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  180,  pi.  lv.,  figs.  181,   188-190;  Pease,  Am. 

Journ.  Conch.,  iv.,  1868,  p,  117. 

A  few  dead  shells  were  collected  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  the  Paumotus  ;  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  Lifu.  In  this  Museum  it  is  represented  from  Woodlark 
Island,  British  New  Guinea,  the  Solomons,  Santa  Cruz,  New 
Caledonia,  and  Hawaii. 

SISTEUM  HYSTRIX,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  183,  pi.  Ivi.,  fig.  195. 

Common  in  the  rock  pools  of  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 

Tryon  notes  this  from  Hawaii,  Fiji,  and  Paumotus,  and  Schmeltz 
from  Upolu  and  Rarotonga.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  New 
Caledonia. 

SISTRUM  HORRIDUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  184,  pi.  Ivi.,  figs.  201,  202. 

Abundant  in  the  rock  pools  of  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 

Tryon  mentions  this  from  Hawaii,  and  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  the  Loyalty.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Samoa. 

SISTRUM  RICINUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  184,  pi.  Ivi.,  fig.  200 ;   pi.  Ivii.,  figs.  204,  206, 

212. 

Abundant  in  the  rock  pools  of  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 
Melvill   and   Standen  record  this  from  Lifu.     Specimens  from 
Woodlark  Island,  British  New  Guinea,  and  Hawaii,  are  included 
in  this  Museum. 

SISTRUM  MORUS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  185,  pi.  Ivii.,  figs.  213,  214. 
One  specimen  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

In  this  Museum  from  the  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia,  Lord 
Howe  Island,  Niue,  and  Tahiti. 

SISTRUM  DIGITATUM,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  185,  pi.  Ivi.,  fig.  191 ;   pi.  Ivii.,  fig.  203. 

Occurred  with  the  preceding,  but  uncommon. 

Melvill  and  Standen  enumerate  this  from  Lifu.  It  is  repre- 
sented in  this  Museum  from  Woodlark  Island  and  New  Caledonia. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY.  461 

SISTRUM  TDBERCULATUM,  Blainville. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  186,  pi.  Ivii.,  figs.  218,  220. 

Abundant  in  rock  pools  on  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 

According  to  Tryon  this  inhabits  Hawaii.  Schmeltz  mentions 
Rockhampton  (Queensland),  Samoa  and  Fiji.  In  this  Museum  it 
is  shown  from  New  Caledonia  and  Lord  Howe  Island. 

SISTRUM  CANCELLATUM,  Quoy. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  188,  pi.  Iviii.,  figs.  242,  250. 

Common  in  the  rock  pools  of  Funafuti. 

Tryon  mentions  this  from  Hawaii ;  Schmeltz  gives  Fiji,  Raro- 
tonga,  and  Tahiti.  A  specimen  from  Fanning  Island  is  contained 
in  this  Museum. 

SISTRUM  FISCELLUM,  Chemnitz. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  188,  pi.  Iviii.,  figs.  251  -  257. 

Not  uncommon  on  the  Funafuti  beaches. 

Examples  from  Teste  Island,  Louisiades,  New  Caledonia,  and 
Hawaii  are  preserved  in  this  Museum. 

CORALLIOPHILA  CORONATA,  Barclay. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  210,  pi.  Ixvi.,  figs.  372,  373. 

One  worn  specimen  was  gathered  on  the  beach  of  Funafuti. 

Melvill  and  Standen,  who  received  this  from  Lifu,  were  the 
first  to  record  it  from  the  Pacific. 

GALEROPSIS  MADREPORARUM,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  212,  pi.  Ixvii.,  figs.  389  -  391,  398;  Pease,  Am. 

Journ.  Conch,  iv.,  1868,  p.  112. 

Purpura  porphyroleuca,   Crosse,  Journ.  de  Conch,  xix.,  1871,  p. 
322,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  7. 

This  species  was  found  alive  at  Funafuti  in  crevices  of  living 
coral,  particularly  MiUepora. 

Quoy  and  Gaimard  report  this  from  Tonga,  Marie  from  Tahiti, 
Gould  from  Wake  Island  and  Samoa,  and  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  Lifu.  It  is  also  shown  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia, 
Hawaii,  and  Vate,  New  Hebrides. 

The  description  above  quoted  by  Crosse  corresponds  so 
well  to  Sowerby's,  that  his  name  may  safely  be  reduced  to 
synonotny. 

MAGILUS  ANTIQUUS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  216,  pi.  Ixviii.,  figs.  400-411. 

Two  young  shells  were  obtained  alive  in  company  with  the 
Galeropsis  just  mentioned.  Tryon's  remark  "  that  all  the  species 
that  have  been  differentiated  from  M.  antiquus  must  be  regarded 
with  suspicion,"  has  guided  my  determination.  Nothing  seems  to 
be  recorded  of  the  distribution  of  this  species  in  the  Central  Pacific. 
A  specimen  from  the  Solomon  Islands  is  in  this  Museum. 


462 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Fig.  37. 


NASSA  SEMITEXTA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  37). 

Shell  broadly  ovate,  small,  strong,  opaque, 
white.  Whorls  five,  of  which  two  are  apical 
and  smooth.  Remainder  sculptured  by 
small,  regularly  spaced,  longitudinal  ribs; 
on  the  last  whorl  these  number  twenty- 
three  and  vanish  below  the  periphery. 
Similar  spiral  ribs,  crossing  the  longitudi- 
nals, lattice  the  upper  whorls  and  the 
upper  third  of  the  last  whorl ;  on  the 
penultimate  there  are  six  of  these,  and  on 
the  last  whorl  about  twenty-five,  which 
are  strong  and  widely  spaced  on  the  peri- 
phery, weak  and  crowded  anteriorly.  A 
deep  and  narrow  groove  follows  the  suture. 
Aperture  oblique,  oval,  fortified  without 
by  a  thick  and  prominent  varix,  which  is 
crossed  by  the  spiral  sculpture  ;  columella 
arched,  spreading  a  heavy  sheet  of  callus,  anteriorly  incurved  and 
terminating  in  a  rounded  knob ;  canal  open,  short,  in  section 
C-shaped.  Length  6,  breadth  4J  mm. 

A  rather  worn  specimen  was  found  on  the  lagoon  beach  by 
myself,  and  another  was  taken  by  Mr.  G.  Sweet. 

This  species  is  referred  to  Nassa  for  the  unsatisfactory  reason 
that  I  do  not  know  where  else  to  locate  it,  and  yet  the  material 
before  me  is  hardly  sufficient  foundation  for  the  erection  of  a  new 
genus.  A  tubercle  near  the  posterior  angle  of  the  aperture  is 
characteristic  of  Nassa,  but  absent  here  ;  while  the  channelled 
suture  and  heavy  varix  developed  here  may  not  be  matched  in 
Nasaa.  Indeed,  though  the  contour  and  anterior  notch  repel  the 
idea,  some  aspects  of  this  shell  suggest  Rissoina.  Till  further 
data,  and  the  soft  parts  arrive,  the  true  systematic  position  of 
this  shell  must,  I  think,  remain  in  suspense. 

NASSA  GRANIFERA,  Kiener. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  iv.,  1882,  p.  26,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  39-41. 

Mr.  (jr.  Sweet  collected  one  specimen.  Melvill  and  Standon  report 
this  from  the  Loyalty,  and  the  Museum  contains  it  from  the  New 
Hebrides. 

COLUMBELLA  VARiANS,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  v.,  1883,  p.  110,  pi.  xlv.,  figs.  1,  2,  97  -  100; 

pi.  xlvi.,  figs.  3  —  6. 

Common  alive  in  the  lagoon  of  Funafuti. 

Tryon  mentions  it  from  New  Guinea,  Fiji,  Hawaii,  and  Gala- 
pagos. In  this  Museum  it  is  shown  from  Niue,  Baker's  Island  and 
New  Caledonia. 


THE  MOLLU8CA— HEDLEY. 


463 


COLUMBELLA  GALAXIAS,  Reeve. 
Reeve,    Conch.    Icon.,    xi.,    1859,    Columbella,    pi.    xxxv.,    sp. 

229. 

A  variable  species,  plentiful  at  Funafuti,  as  also  throughout 
Polynesia,  is  provisionally  so  named.  This  name,  though  in 
current  use,  is  probably  invalid.  Tryon  states  that  the  prior 
name  of  C.  sagitta,  Gaskoin,  belongs  here,  although  Reeve's  figure 
and  the  original  locality  are  both  at  variance  with  the  shell  in 
question.  This  statement  has  neither  been  accepted  nor  denied 
by  London  writers  ;  the  latest  reference  to  the  species  by  Melvill 
and  Standen  ignores  it.  We  owe  the  confusion  in  which  this 
species  is  involved  to  the  past  generation  of  London 
Conchologists,  and  we  expect  reparation  from  the 
present.  A  perusal  of  literature  suggests  that  an 
extensive  synonomy  will  result  from  a  revision  of 
the  nomenclature  of  this  species.  Columbella  mind- 
orensis,  Reeve,  and  C.  articulaia,  Souverbie,  are 
suggested  as  probable  additions  to  the  names  reduced 
by  Tryon. 

COLUMBELLA  MELVILLI,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  38). 

Shell  small,   smooth,   ovate.     Colour  white,  irre- 
gularly  longitudinally    striped    by    narrow,    brown, 
broken  lines,  which  are  interrupted  at  the  periphery.        Fig.  38. 
Whorls  seven,  slightly  rounded,  glossy,  traversed  by 
a  few,  scarcely  perceptible  spiral  grooves.  Aper- 
ture narrow,    outer    lip   straight,   simple,    not 
grooved    within.     Columbella    arcuate    above, 
denticulate  below.     Length  4|,  breadth  If  mm. 

Rare,  alive  under  stones  in  the  Funafuti 
lagoon.  Named  in  honour  of  the  senior  author 
of  a  catalogue  of  the  shells  of  Lifu,  so  often 
quoted  in  these  pages. 

COLUMBELLA  ALOFA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  39.) 

Shell  narrow,  tall,  spire  acuminate.  Colour 
cream,  with  widely  spaced,  narrow,  orange 
longitudinal  lines,  and  a  series  of  large  coral- 
red  blots  on  the  periphery.  Whorls  eight,  the 
upper  three  longitudinally  finely  ribbed  and 
crossed  by  revolving  grooves,  the  remainder 
smooth,  base  sculptured  by  a  few  spiral  cords. 
Aperture  narrow,  outer  lip  straight,  simple, 
plicate  within.  Columella  dentate,  canal 
slightly  recurved.  Length  12,  breadth  4  mm.  Fig.  39. 


464  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

One  specimen  was  brought  alive  from  forty  to  eighty  fathoms, 
on  the  western  slope  of  Funafuti. 

COLUMBELLA  OBTUSA,  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  181,  pi.  lix.,  figs.  59,  60. 

Two  specimens  alive  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Tryon  quotes  this  from  Fiji,  Reeve  from  Huaheine,  and  Kobelt 
from  Hawaii.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  the  Solomons  and  the 
New  Hebrides. 

COLUMBELLA  TRINGA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  181,  pi.  lix.,  figs.  65,66. 

One  specimen  alive  in  the  lagoon. 

Tryon  mentions  this  from  New  Caledonia  and  Fiji.  It  is  in 
this  Museum  from  Milne  Bay,  British  New  Guinea. 

COLUMBELLA  RUBICUNDA,  Quoy  &  Gaim. 
Quoy  &  Gaim.,  Voy.  "  Astrolabe,"  ii.,  1832,  p.  588,  pi.  xl.,  figs. 

25,  26. 

Schmeltz*  records  this  from  the  Ellice,  and  also  Pyrene  aurea, 
Lamk. 

ENGINA  PARVA,  Pease. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  195,  pi.  Ixiii.,  fig.  55. 

One  dead  shell  on  the  lagoon  beach.  Found  by  Pease  in  the 
Paumotus. 

ENGINA  NODICOSTATA,  Pease 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  195,  pi.  Ixiii.,  figs.  56,  57. 

One  living  but  immature  shell  from  the  lagoon  of  Funafuti. 
Tryon  records  this  species  from  the  Paumotus  and  Fiji. 

ENGINA  MENDICARIA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  196,  pi.  Ixiii.,  figs.  62,  73. 

Abundant  in  the  rock  pools  of  the  outer  beach  of  Funafuti. 
Schmeltz  names  this  from  Samoa  and  Fiji,  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  the  Loyalty  Islands,  Kobelt  from  New  Ireland,  and  Brazier 
from  Torres  Straits.     Specimens  from  Port  Moresby,  British  New 
Guinea,  are  in  this  Museum. 

MITRA  EPISCOPALIS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  iv.,  1882,  p.  Ill,  pi.  xxxii.,  fig.  1  ;    Garrett, 

Journ.  Conch.,  iii ,  1880,  pp.  3,  14. 

I  collected  several  specimens  of  this  mollusk  alive,  on  sandy 
gravel  flats,  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon  at  low  water-mark.  The  shell 


*  Schmeltz— Cat.  Godeffroy  Museum,  v.,  1874,  p.  125. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  465 

was  formerly  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  native  implements 
by  the  Funafuti  people  (see  ante  pp.  249,  259)  who  called  it 
"  mouri  ounga." 

Garrett  records  this  species  from  the  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa, 
Gilbert,  Caroline,  Cook,  Society,  Paumotu,  and  Hawaiian  Groups. 
Melvill  and  Standen  notice  it  from  the  Loyalty.*  In  this  Museum 
it  is  also  represented  from  Torres  Straits,  New  Guinea,  Solomon 
Islands,  and  New  Caledonia. 

MITRA  PONTIFICALIS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  Ill,  pi.  xxxii.,  fig.  3;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  4,  23. 

Two  examples  occurred  to  me  in  company  with  the  preceding 
species,  and  1  secured  a  third  at  Nukulailai. 

Garrett  notes  for  this  a  range  similar  to  that  of  M.  episcopalis, 
with  the  addition  of  the  Marquesas.  Melvill  and  Standen  publish 
it  from  the  Loyalty  Islands.  Examples  are  in  this  Museum  from 
Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  San  Christoval,  Solomons,  and  New 
Caledonia. 

MITRA  FLAMMEA,  Q.  &  G.,  var.  HYSTRIX,  Montrouzier. 
Montrouzier,  Journ.  de  Conch.,   x.,    1862,  p.   241,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  8; 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  140. 

One  example  from  Funafuti  is  longer  and  more  slender  than 
that  described  by  Montrouzier.  Tryon  is  responsible  for  the 
subordination  of  this  form  to  M.flammea. 

MITRA  CUCUMERINA,  Lamarck. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  143,  pi.  xlii.,  figs.  227  -  229 ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 
3,  14. 

Several  examples  from  the  rock  pools  of  the  ocean  beach  of 
Funafuti. 

The  habitats  enumerated  by  Garrett  are  :  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa, 
Gilberts,  Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii. 
Pease  records  it  from  the  Ralick  Islands.!  I  have  taken  it  at 
Panie,  New  Caledonia. 

MITRA  CHRYSALIS,  Reeve. 

Tryon,   loc.   cit.,    p.  144,  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  233;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 
3,  13. 

Abundant  on  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 

Garrett  observed  this  in  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  and  the  Gilberts. 
New  Caledonian  specimens  are  also  before  me. 

*  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  viii.,  p.  99. 

t  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  iv.,  1868,  p.  121. 

FT 


466  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

MlTRA   TABANULA,  Lk.,  var.  CALEDONICA,  Reduz. 

Recluz,  Journ.  Oonch.,  iv.,  1853,  p.  248,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  7;    Tryon, 

loc.  cit.,  p.  146,  pi.  xlii.,  fig.  247. 

A  form  represented  by  four  specimens  from  the  outer  reef  of 
Funafuti  is  thus  doubtfully  determined.  It  is  smaller,  smoother, 
and  narrower  than  the  shell  figured  by  Recluz,  but  approaches 
nearer  to  it  than  to  any  other  illustration. 

MITBA  FERRUGINEA,  Lamarck. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  150,  pi.  xliv.,  figs.  279,  280,  290 ;  Garrett,  loc. 
cit.,  pp.  3,  17. 

Two  specimens  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Garrett  cites  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  and  Paumotus  Islands. 

MlTRA   ACUMINATA,  SwainsOH. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  153,  pi.  xlv.,  fig.  312  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  5,  32. 

Three  examples  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Garrett  has  recorded  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts, 
Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaiian  Archi- 
pelagoes. 

MITRA  BRUNNEA,  Pease. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  153,  pi.  xlv.,  fig.  301;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  5,  33. 

A  single  specimen  from  Funafuti. 

Garrett  enumerates  the  known  localities  for  this  rather  rare 
species  :  Fiji,  Samoa,  Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and 
Hawaii.  There  is  a  specimen  in  this  Museum  from  Rowland's 
Island,  North-Central  Pacific  ;  and  Langkavel  reports  it  from  the 
neighbouring  Baker's  Island.  P.  P.  Carpenter  asserts,*  and 
Pease  denies,!  that  M.  brunnea  is  a  synonym  of  Strigatella  fusce- 
scens,  Pease,  from  Hawaii. 

MITRA  ASTRICTA,  Reeve. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  154,  pi.  Ixv.,  figs.  315,  318. 
A  single  live  specimen  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 
Tryon  quotes  this  from  Hawaii. 

MITRA  LIMBIFERA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  154,  pi.  xlv.,  figs.  322  -  326  ;   Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

pp.  5,  33. 
Three  specimens  from  Funafuti  lagoon. 

*  Carpenter— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1865,  p.  517. 
f  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  iii.,  1867,  p.  233. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HBDLEY.  467 

Garrett  records  this  as  S.  columbellceformis,  Kiener,  from  the 
Gilberts,  Cook's,  Society,  and  Paumotus. 

MITRA  LITTEBATA,  Lamarck. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  155,  pL  xlvi.,  figs.  338,  339 ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 
pp.  5,  33. 

In  profusion  in  the  rock  pools  on  the  ocean  beach  of  Funafuti. 

Garrett  has  traced  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts, 
Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  and  Paumotus,  to  Hawaii.  Melvill 
and  Standen  note  it  from  the  Loyalties.*  From  Lord  Howe 
Island,  New  Caledonia,  and  Fanning  Island,  there  are  instances 
in  the  Museum  collection. 

MITRA  PAUPERCULA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  156,  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  340;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  5,  34. 

Two  specimens  in  company  with  the  following  species. 

According  to  Garrett  this  form  is  confined  to  the  West  Pacific, 
ranging  through  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  and  Carolines. 
Melvill  and  Standenf  recognise  it  from  the  Loyalty  Islands. 

MITRA  VIRGATA,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  156,  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  341;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  5,  34. 

Several  specimens  from  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti. 

Garrett  gives  the  range  of  this  as  identical  with  that  of  M. 
paupercula.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia. 

TURRICULA  GRUNERI,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  168,  pi.  xlix.,  figs.  416,  418,  419;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

p.  47. 

Two  specimens  were  found  on  the  lagoon  beach  at  Funafuti. 
Garrett  reports  this  from  Upolu,  Samoa,  and  the  Pelew  Islands. 
It  is  represented  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia,  and  the 
Gilberts. 

TURRICULA  ANGULOSA,  Kuster. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  169,  pi.  1.,  figs.  431,  432  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

5,  37. 

One  specimen  from  Funafuti. 
Found  by  Garrett  in  Fiji. 

TURRICULA  VARIATA,  Reeve. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  193,  pi.  Ivi.,  fig.  635  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  7,  61. 
One  specimen  from  Funafuti. 

*  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  viii.,  p.  101. 
t  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  viii.,lp.  101. 


468 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Taken  by  Garrett  at  Fiji,  Samoa,  Cook's,  Society,  and  Paumotu 
Groups. 

TURRICULA  NODOSA,  Swainson. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  193,  pi.  Ivi.,  figs.  638-641 ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 
6,  53. 

One  dead  specimen  from  Funafuti. 

Garrett  records  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii.  Melvill  and  Standen 
observe  it  from  the  Loyalties.*  There  is  an  example  in  this  Museum 
from  Niue. 

TURRICULA  PILSBRYI,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  40). 

Shell  fusiform.  Colour  orange-buff,  with  a  rosy  apex.  Whorls 
five,  plus  the  protoconch.  Sculpture — on  the  last  whorl  are  six 
roundly  swelling  arcuate  ribs,  which  arise  at  the  suture  and 
terminate  at  the  basal  constriction,  but  dis- 
appear on  the  final  half  whorl  ;  the  anti- 
penultimate  has  thirteen  ribs.  On  ascending 
the  spire,  the  ribs  become  comparatively  more 
prominent,  and  on  the  earliest  whorl  are 
sharply  constricted  and  angled  at  their  upper 
third.  On  each  whorl  they  alternate  with 
those  above  and  below.  Between  the  ribs 
appear  delicate  and  evenly-spaced,  spiral 
grooves.  Seven  or  eight  broad,  close,  flat- 
topped  lyrse  are  obliquely  wound  around  the 
base.  Protoconch  two-whorled,  globose,  pro- 
jecting on  the  right  side,  smooth  ;  anteriorly 
a  spiral  groove  forecasts  the  constriction  of  a 
later  whorl.  In  the  unique  specimen  the  lip 
is  broken.  The  columella  bears  a  tubercle  at 
the  posterior  angle,  it  is  then  excavated ;  the 
moderately  straight  pillar  carries  four,  con- 
spicuous, projecting  plaits ;  a  callus  is  spread 
ever  the  preceding  whorl.  The  throat  is  on  its  outer  wall 
corrugated  by  a  dozen  raised  spiral  lines.  Length  6,  breadth  2| 


Fig.  40. 


Taken  by  the  tangles  hauled  up  on  the  outer  western  slope  of 
the  atoll,  in  eighty  to  forty  fathoms,  associated  with  Gorgonidce, 
Thetidos,  etc. 

This  species  is  a  member  of  the  subgenus  Pusia,  and  seems 
well  defined  by  the  uniform  colour,  smooth,  wave-like  ribs,  and 
basal  constriction. 


*  Melvill  &  Standen — Loc.  cit.,  viii.,  p. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY. 


469 


Named  in  honour  of  the  brilliant  American  Conchologist,  who 
has  so  successfully  laboured  to  place  the  systematic  study  of  the 
Mollusca  on  a  more  scientific  basis. 

CYLINDRA  DACTYLUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  197,  pi.  Ivii.,  figs.  658,  664  ;    Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

pp.  7,  65. 

Three  specimens  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Garrett  found  this  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 

Society,  Paumotus,  and   Hawaii.      Melvill  and   Standen  quote  it 

from  the  Loyalties.*     Examples  from  Woodlark  Island  (British 

New  Guinea),  and  New  Caledonia,  are  contained  in  this  Museum. 

ERATO  SCHMELTZIANA,  Crosse. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch,  v.,  1883,  p.  11,  pi.  iv.,  figs.  54,  55. 

A  few  specimens  were  collected  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Previously  reported  only  from  Fiji. 

MARGINELLA  SANDWICENSIS,  Pease. 
Tryon,  loo.  cit.,  p.  45,  pi.  xii.,  fig.  69. 

Several  dead  shells  were  picked  up  on  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Tryon  reports  it  from  Hawaii  and  Fiji. 

MARGINELLA  IOTA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  41). 

Shell  ovate,  truncate  anteriorly,  white, 
smooth.  Spire  slightly  exserted.  Aperture 
comparatively  wide.  Outer  lip  thick,  sin- 
uate, smooth  within.  Inner  lip  with  three 
principal  anterior  plications  and  several 
remote  subsidiary  ones,  deep  within. 
Length  1'5,  breadth  -95  mm. 

Three  specimens  from  the  sand  of  the 
lagoon  beach. 

The  only  Marginella  comparable  in 
size,  known  from  the  tropical  Pacific,  is 
M.  mariei,  Crosse,  whose  broad  shell  and 
immersed  spire  easily  distinguish  it. 

MARGINELLA  PEASII,  Reeve. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  53,  pi.  xiii.,  fig.  27. 

Abundant  in  a  dead  state  on  the  sandy  beach  of  the  lagoon. 


Fig.  41. 


*  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  via.,  p.  103. 


470  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Hitherto  only  known  from  the  Gilberts.  Volutella  elongata 
(Marginella  elliptica,  Redtield),*  from  Fanning  Island,  seems 
suspiciously  close  to  this. 

OLIVELLA  SIMPLEX,  Pease. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  72,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  47,  48. 

A  single  dead  shell  was  found  with  the  foregoing  species. 

Reported  by  its  author  from  Upolu,  Samoa,  and  Tongatabu, 
Tonga/ 

OLIVA  GUTTATA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  74,  pi.  xix.,  figs.  64  -  74. 

A  dead  specimen  was  found  on  the  beach  of  the  lagoon. 

In  this  Museum  it  is  represented  from  Trinity  Bay,  North 
Queensland,  New  Caledonia,  and  New  Hebrides. 

OLIVA  IRISANS,  var.  ERYTHROSTOMA,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  80,  pi.  i.,  fig.  3;  pi.  xxvi.,  figs.  53,  54;  pi.  xxvii., 

figs.  55-58;  pi.  xxxiv.,  fig.  53. 
A  few  empty  shells  were  found  upon  the  beach. 
Melvill  and  Standen  mention  this  from  Lifu.     Specimens  are 
included  in  the  series  of  this  Museum  from  Niue,  Tonga,  and 
Erromanga  (New  Hebrides). 

HARPA  MINOR,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  99,  pi.  xli.,  figs.  69  -  72,  78. 

Several  dead  shells  were  noticed  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Schmeltz  records  this  from  Fiji  and  the  Gilberts,  and  Melvill 
and  Standen  from  Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  the  Solomons. 

HARPA  GRACILIS,  Broderip  &  Sowerby. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  99,  pi.  xli.,  fig.  73. 

A  single  dead  shell  of  this  rare  species  was  taken  on  the  lagoon 
beach. 

H.  Cuming  discovered  this  at  Anaa,  Paumotus.  Schmeltz  gives 
it  from  the  Gilberts  and  Rarotonga. 

DRILLIA  UNIZONALIS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  vi.,   1884,  p.  185,  pi.  ix.,  figs.  30,   33,   34, 

38;  pi.  xxxii.,  fig.  48. 
One  specimen  from  Funafuti  lagoon. 

*  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  iii.,  1867,  p.  281,  pi.  xxiii.,  fig.  23. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY.  471 

Under  the  synonym  of  D.  vidua,  Reeve,  this  is  quoted  by 
Garrett*  from  Fiji  and  Wallis  Island  ;  by  Melvill  and  Standenf 
from  Lifu ;  and  by  WeinkaufFJ  from  Upolu,  Samoa.  I  have 
collected  it  at  Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea. 

GLYPHOSTOMA  PURPURASCENS,  Dunker. 
Dunker,  Malak.  Blatt.,  xviii.,  1871,  p.  160. 

Clathurella  pulchella,  Garrett,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1873,  p. 
219,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  32. 

Glyphostoma  goubini,  Hervier,  Journ.de Conch.,  xliii.,  1895(1896), 
p.  149;  xliv.,  1896  (1897),  p.  75,  pi.  ii,  fig.  17. 

Seven  specimens  from  the  lagoon  at  Funafuti. 

Tryon  writes  that  G.  purpurascens  "  is  admitted  by  Mr. 
Garrett  to  be  identical  with  his  C.  pulchella,  over  which  it  has 
two  years'  priority  of  publication. "§  The  figure  and  description 
of  Father  Hervier  so  exactly  correspond  to  the  others  quoted, 
that  I  fear  no  contradiction  in  reducing  his  name  to  synonomy. 
Possibly  the  unfigured  C.  rubicunda,  Gould,  ||  is  the  same  species. 

Dunker  described  it  from  Upolu  (Samoa),  Garrett  from  Fiji, 
and  Hervier  from  Lifu  (Loyalties).  If  the  prior  Clathurella 
rubicunda,  Gould,  is  identical,  the  range  includes  the  Loo  Choo 
Islands. 

GLYPHOSTOMA  ALICES,  Melvill  &  Standen. 

Melvill  &  Standen,   Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,  1895,  p.  95,  pi.  ii.,  fig. 
15  (bad). 

Three  specimens  from  Funafuti  agree  generally  with  an  authentic 
example  from  Lifu.  The  photographic  illustration  quoted  is  too 
indistinct  to  show  details. 

GLYPHOSTOMA  ALICES,  M.  &  S.,  var.  TENERA,  var  nov. 

This  variety  differs  in  sculpture  from  the  preceding,  having  on 
the  last  whorl  fifteen  delicate  costse,  where  the  typical  form  bears 
eight,  thick  and  prominent  ribs.  At  the  anterior  termination  of 
these  ribs,  the  variety  has  a  more  decided  angle,  followed  by  a 
more  hollow  base,  than  the  species  in  chief. 

Five  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

GLYPHOSTOMA  MALLETI,  Recluz. 

Recluz,  Journ.  de  Conch.,  iii.,  1852,  pi.  x,  fig.  2;  Tryon,  loc.cit., 
p.  297,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  96,  100. 

*  Garrett— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1873,  p.  218. 

f  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  viii.,  p.  94. 

t  Weinkauff-Conch.  Cab.  (ii.;,  iv.,  1,  1887,  p.  60. 

§  Tryon— Loc.  cit.,  p.  298. 

||  Gould— Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  vii.,  1861,  p.  338. 


472  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

A  single  specimen  was  taken  in  company  with  the  Gorgonidw 
described  ante  p.  308-320,  by  tangles  hauled  from  eighty  to 
forty  fathoms  on  the  outer  and  western  slope  of  Funafuti.  It 
differs  considerably  from  a  specimen  (apparently  typical)  received 
from  New  Caledonia,  being  of  a  chrome-orange  colour,  with  a 
pale  peripheral  band,  5  mm.  long  by  2  broad.  Whereas  the  New 
Caledonian  example  is  of  a  peach-blossom  pink  colour,  6J  mm. 
long,  3  mm.  broad,  and  of  a  stouter  build.  Both  show  the  granu- 
lations noted  in  the  original  description  which  Dall  points  out  as 
characteristic  of  the  genus.* 

Garrett  found  this  in  Samoa  and  Fiji,  and  Melvill  and  Standen 
received  it  in  abundance  from  Lifu,  Loyalties. f 

THETIDOS,  gen.  nov. 

A  member  of  the  Mangiliinse,  distinguished  by  three  stout 
tubercles  seated  on  the  lip  within  the  aperture,  and  by  a  globose, 
tilted,  two-whorled  protoconch,  which  is  closely  spirally  grooved 
throughout. 

The  new  species,  which  typifies  this  proposed  new  genus,  stands 
apart  from  almost  all  Pleurotomida3,  with  regard  to  the  few 
large  denticules  which  defend  the  aperture.  The  thickened  lip  and 
anal  notch  throw  it  into  Tryon's  subfamily  Mangiliinae,  and  among 
the  members  of  that,  Glyphostoma  makes  the  nearest  approach. 
Glyphostoma  has  smaller  and  more  numerous  denticules,  and  an 
apex  which  in  G.  gabbii  is  thus  described  by  Dall  : — "  nucleus 
acute,  three-whorled,  the  first  whorl  smooth,  rounded,  tilted, 
minute  ;  the  others  smooth,  polished,  keeled  on  the  periphery."^ 
This  description  fits  others  I  have  examined  such  as  G.  malleti. 
In  various  instances  the  protoconch  of  Mangelia  is  shown  by 
Watson  to  have  delicate,  longitudinal  ribbing.  The  genus  Clathur- 
ella  has  a  peculiar  raised  mesh-work  over  all  the  whorls  of  the 
protoconch,  as  here  illustrated  in  the  case  of  C.  irretita,  and  which 
has  been  beautifully  figured  in  several  instances  by  Watson  in 
the  "  Challenger "  Report.  The  apex  which  Cossman  gives  as 
characteristic  of  Clathurella  is,  however,  quite  different.§ 

Opinions  on  the  systematic  importance  of  the  Pleurotomoid 
protoconch  are  conflicting.  Watson  remarks  that : — "  sculpture 
and  form  of  apex  may  probably  serve  as  the  safest  basis  of  classi- 
fication in  the  whole  group."||  On  the  contrary  Dall  has  expressed 
his  opinion  that: — "so  far  as  our  knowledge  goes,  nuclear 

*  Dall— Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  xviii.,  1889,  p.  108. 

f  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  p.  402. 

j  Dall— Loc.  cit.,  p.  109. 

§  Cossman — Essais  de  Paleoconchologie  comparee,  ii.,  1896,  p.  122. 

||  Watson— Chall.  Eep.  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p.  361. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


473 


characters  have  little  absolute  systematic  value  in  this  group, 
and  their  relative  value  remains  to  be  determined."* 

Even  should  little  weight  attach  to  the  nuclear  distinction  of 
Thetidos,  the  aperture,  so  curiously  imitating  Sistrum  or  Pupa, 
may  separate  it  from  its  kindred,  only  excepting  Clathurella  idio- 
morpha,  Hervier,f  and  Clathurella  rugosa,  Mighels.l  As  those 
authors  paid  no  special  attention  to  the  protoconch,  I  am  unable 
to  decide  whether  they  should  also  enter  my  genus. 

I  have  no  information  relative  to  the  presence  or  absence  of 
the  operculum,  since  to  obtain  such  would  entail  the  destruction 
of  the  only  shell.  It  may  be  that  in  this  family  the  thickening 
of  the  lip,  followed  by  the  development  of  the  labial  teeth,  and 
consequent  narrowing  of  the  aperture  has  accompanied  the  de- 
generation of  the  operculum.  The  safety  of  the  animal  being  thus 
secured  by  the  exchange  of  one  defence  for  another. 

THETIDOS  MORSURA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  42). 

Shell  stout  and  strongly 
built,  briefly  conical,  a  little 
turreted,  anteriorly  narrowed 
suddenly  with  a  short  straight 
and  truncate  canal.  Whorls 
five,  exclusive  of  the  proto- 
conch. Colour  dead  white, 
except  the  two  uppermost 
whorls  and  the  protoconch, 
which  are  pale  fawn.  Sculp- 
ture— the  last  whorl  has  ten 
thick  and  prominent  ribs, 
round  at  their  base  and 
summit,  their  own  width 
apart,  shouldered  posteriorly 
and  abruptly  terminating 
anteriorly  at  the  basal  con- 
striction. On  each  succeeding  whorl  the  ribs  alternate  with  those 
beneath.  The  revolving  sculpture  consists,  on  the  last  whorl,  of 
eight,  strong,  elevated,  equidistant,  narrow  spiral  cords  which 
over-ride  the  ribs,  and  five  such  which  encircle  the  base,  where 
vestigial  ribs  tend  to  dissect  them  into  nodules  ;  on  the  penulti- 
mate whorl  there  are  four  to  five  cords  visible.  Protoconch  tilted, 
two-whorled,  and  spirally  grooved.  Aperture  narrow  ;  columella 

*  Dall— Loc.  cit.,  p.  75. 

t  Hcrvier— Journ.  de  Conch.,  xliv.,  1896  (1897),  p.  147  ;   xlv.,  1897,  p. 
110,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  3. 
J  Langkavel— Donuin  Bismarckianum,  1871,  p.  2,  pi.  i.,  fig.  5. 


Fig.  42. 


474  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

excavate  above,  anteriorly  ridged  by  the  entrance  of  three  of  the 
basal  cords  which  ascend  obliquely ;  canal  open,  broad,  short, 
truncated ;  outer  lip  much  thickened  externally  by  a  heavy  varix 
which  is  crossed  and  denticulated  by  the  spiral  sculpture ;  within 
the  varix,  and  at  right  angles  to  it,  the  aperture  proper  has  a 
second  raised  lip,  and  within  that  again  are  three  large,  equidistant 
tubercles,  the  largest  and  most  prominent  of  which  is  that  next 
the  sinus  ;  the  anal  sinus  is  moderately  deep,  scarcely  mounts  on 
the  preceding  whorl,  and  spreads  a  callus  across  two  ribs.  Length 
5£,  breadth  2|  mm. 

One  example,  procured  in  eighty  to  forty  fathoms  by  the  tangles, 
with  the  preceding  species. 

MANGILIA  HIMERTA,  Melvill  &  Standen. 
Melvill  &  Standen,   Journ.   Conch.,  viii.,  1896,   p.   281,  pi.  ix., 

fig.  17. 

One  example  from  the  lagoon  beach.  Only  before  recorded 
from  Lifu. 

CLATHURELLA  LACTEA,  Reeve. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  L,  1843,  Pleurotoma,  pi.  xv.,  sp.  123. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach  answers  well  to  Reeve's 
illustration. 

CLATHURELLA  CLANDESTINA,  Deshayes. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  298,  pi.  xix.,  fig.  67 ;  pi.  xx.,  fig.  81. 

One  specimen  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon,  slighter  and  paler 
than  the  typical  form.  It  is  only  4  mm.  long,  and  has  a  buff 
tip  and  two  obscure  buff  bands  on  the  back  of  the  last  whorl. 

Pease  found  this  in  the  Paumotus,  Garrett  in  Fiji,  and  Hadfield 
at  Lifu.*  I  collected  a  large  form,  7  mm.  in  length,  at  Milne 
Bay,  British  New  Guinea.  According  to  the  descriptions,  C. 
pumila,  Mighels,  seems  scarcely  separable. 

CLATHURELLA  APICALIS,  Montrouzier. 

Montrouzier,  Journ.  de  Conch.,  ix.,  1861,  p.  277,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  1. 
Two  worn  specimens  from  the  beach  of  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Tryon f  relegates  this  to  the  synonomy  of  C.  felina,  Hinds.  As 
Reeve's  miserable  figure  of  this  permits  no  comparison,  I  accept 
without  criticism  Hervier's  assurance}  that  it  is  distinct. 

*  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  viii.,  p.  402. 

t  Tryon— Loc.  cit.,  p.  293. 

j  Hervier— Loc.  cit.,  xlv.,  1897,  p.  101. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


475 


Fig.  43. 


OLATHUBELLA  IBRETITA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  43). 

Shell  ovate-fusiform,  narrow,  tur- 
retted  and  sharply  angled  below  a 
sloping  shoulder.  Colour  white,  from 
the  suture  to  the  angle  opaque,  below 
the  angle  hyaline  with  opaque  beads; 
protoconch  buff  yellow,  a  splash  of 
the  same  on  the  anterior  dorsal  por- 
tion of  the  last  whorl;  a  pale  yellow 
thread,  confined  to  one  spiral  cord, 
ascends  each  whorl  below  the  angle, 
and  another  surrounds  the  last  whorl 
below  the  periphery.  Adult  whorls 
four  and  a  half.  Sculpture — the  last 
whorl  bears  fifteen  longitudinal  costae 
which  cross  the  flattened  part  of  the 
whorl  obliquely,  here  they  are  separ- 
ated by  twice  their  breadth  ;  above 
the  angle  they  bend  and  enlarge  suddenly,  towards  the  base  they 
curve  in  and  vanish  at  the  basal  constriction.  On  the  penultimate 
whorl  these  costse  alternate  with  those  below  the  suture.  These 
longitudinal  costse  are  over-ridden  by  a  series  of  fine  sharp  spiral 
cords  knotted  at  each  costa  ;  the  last  whorl  carrying  four  larger 
and  more  undulating  ones  above  the  angle  and  ten  below  it ;  on 
the  base  are  six  simple  cords.  Protoconch  horny,  mamillate, 
three  and  a  half  whorled,  the  larger  sculptured  with  a  raised  net- 
work, contrasting  sharply  by  colour  and  texture  with  the  adult 
shell,  which  suddenly  commences  with  a  thick  raised  white  tongue 
at  the  suture.  Aperture  narrow  and  elliptical,  columella  arched, 
overlaid  by  a  callus  which  ends  abruptly  where  the  mouth  narrows. 
Canal  short  and  wide.  Outer  lip  massive,  ridged  externally  by  a 
dozen  transverse  cords  which  denticulate  the  edges ;  within  are 
seven  weak  entering  ridges.  The  aperture  mounts  the  preceding 
whorl  to  the  height  of  two  spiral  cords,  and  encloses  a  deep  wide 
anal  notch  with  a  prominent  callus.  Length  5,  breadth  2  mm. 
One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 
Closely  allied  to  Clathurella  euzonata,  Hervier,*  from  which  it 
differs  by  being  narrower,  sharper  angled,  and  sculptured  by  finer 
and  more  numerous  cords.  With  his  species  Hervier  associates 
C.  bilineata,  Angas,  and  C.  bifascialum,  Pease. 

DAPHNELLA  DELICATA,  Reeve. 

Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  i.,  1846,  "  Pleurotoma,"  pi.  xxxiv.,  sp.  310; 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  301,  pi.  xxvi.,  fig.  80. 


*  Hervier— Joura.  de  Conch.,  xliv.,  1896  (1897),  p.  143 ;   ibid.,  xlv. 
1897,  p.  102,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  6. 


476  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

One  specimen  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon  beach. 
It  has   been  taken  by  Cuming  at  Marutea,  Paumotus,  and  by 
Garrett  at  Tahiti. 

DAPHNELLA  LYMNEIFORMIS,  Kiener. 
Kiener,  Coquilles  Vivantes,  Canaliferes,  i.,  (n.d.),  Pleurotome,  p. 

62,  pi.  xxii.,  fig.  3. 

Two  specimens  from  Funafuti  appear  to  be  the  first  recorded 
from  the  Central  Pacific  of  this  widely  distributed  form. 

DAPHNELLA  PUPOIDEA,  H.  Adams. 

II.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1872,  p.  14,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  27  ;    Tryon, 
loc.  cit.,  p.  314,  pi.  xxxiv.,  fig.  92. 

Mangilia  victor,  Sowerby,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.,  i.,   1894,  p.  45,  pi. 
iv.,  fig.  19. 

The  single  specimen  from  Funafuti  is  smaller  and  slighter  than 
Adams'  type  specimen,  from  the  New  Hebrides,  now  in  the 
Australian  Museum.  Melvill  and  Standen  report  it*  from  Lifu, 
Loyalties,  and  I  have  obtained  it  at  Port  Moresby,  British  New 
Guinea,  and  at  Panic,  New  Caledonia.  Drillia  pygmcea,  Dunker, 
seems  to  be  suspiciously  like  this  species. 

DAPHNELLA  THIASOTES,  Melvill  &  Standen. 
Mangilia  thiasotes,  Melvill  &  Standen,  Journ.  Conch.,  viii.,  1896, 

p.  284,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  21. 

A  more  complete  account  than  is  usually  given  by  these  authors 
enables  me  to  satisfactorily  identify  a  single  specimen  from  Funa- 
futi with  their  species  from  Lifu.  They  confess,  "  We  know  of 
no  pleurotomoid  shell  which  presents  the  same  characteristics." 
If  specific  characters  were  thus  alluded  to  in  a  shell  described  as 
new,  the  remark  would  be  superfluous,  and  I  therefore  presume 
that  generic  characters  are  intended.  It  is  obvious  that  this 
species  is  a  close  ally  of  such  a  shell  as  Angas  described  as  Pur- 
pura  anomala.  Prof.  R.  Tate  first  pointed  out  that  this  latter  was 
one  of  the  Pleurotomidse,  allied  to  M.  vincenti,  Crosse.f  In  con- 
sonance with  Tryon's  classification,  it  is  therefore  here  termed 
Daphnella  thiasotes. 

CONUS  LITEBATUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  10,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  17  -  19  ;  Garrett,  Journ.  Conch., 

i.,  1878,  pp.  354,  360. 
I  purchased  a  specimen  of  this  from  a  native  at  Nukulailai. 

*  Melvill  &  Standen— Loc.  cit.,  viii.,  p.  94. 

t  Tate— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  v.,  1881,  p.  131. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  477 

H.  Cuming  collected  a  form  of  this  at  Tahiti  and  Anaa,  Pau- 
motus.* Garrett  found  it  in  Fiji,  the  Gilberts,  the  Carolines,  and 
Society  Islands.  In  an  excellent  "  Catalogue  of  the  Cones  of  New 
Caledonia,"  by  Crosse  and  Marie,  f  this  is  recorded  from  the  mainland, 
lie  Art,  and  the  Loyalty  Group.  In  this  Museum  it  is  also  represented 
from  British  New  Guinea,  Erromanga  (New  Hebrides),  and  the 
Bampton  Reef  (Coral  Sea).  Throughout  the  Pacific,  this  shell  is 
greatly  esteemed  as  material  for  native  ornaments. 

CONUS   TESSELLATUS,  Born. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  11,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  26,  27  ;   Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 
355,  365. 

A  couple  of  specimens  were  procured  at  Funafuti. 

Garrett  reports  this  from  Fiji,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  and  Hawaii.  Crosse  and  Marie  mention  this 
from  Balade  and  He  Art,  New  Caledonia.  In  this  Museum  are 
specimens  from  the  New  Hebrides  and  Torres  Straits. 

CONUS  PULICARIUS,  Hwass. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  19,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  68  ;  pi.  v.,  fig.  69  ;  Garrett,  loc. 
cit.,  pp.  355,  362. 

Two  examples  were  obtained  at  Funafuti. 

Garrett  records  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Marquesas  Islands.  Cuming 
observed  this  at  Tahiti  \  ;  Crosse  and  Marie  at  He  Art  and  New 
Caledonia ;  and  Melvill  and  Standen  at  Lifu.  Tryon  mentions 
it  from  New  Guinea,  and  specimens  are  in  this  Museum  from 
Queensland,  the  Solomons,  and  the  Gilberts. 

CONUS  HEBBAEUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  20,  pi.  v.,  figs.  75,  77;  pi.  xxvii.,  fig.  13;  Garrett, 

loc.  cit.,  pp.  354,  360. 

Abundant  on  the  outer  reef  in  rock  pools  at  Funafuti,  and  I 
noted  it  also  at  Nukulailai. 

Garrett  cites  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  and  Hawaii.  Crosse  and  Marie  quote 
it  from  New  Caledonia.  In  this  Museum  it  is  shown  from  the 
Louisiades,  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides,  and  Lord  Howe  Island. 

The  native  name  on  Funafuti  is  "miri."  At  Port  Moresby 
the  natives  call  it  ''  ahukura." 

#  Reeve— Conch.  Icon.,  i:,  Conus,  1843,  pi.  xxrii.,  sp.  178. 

t  Crosse  &  Marie— Journ.  de  Conch.,  1874,  p.  344.- 
j  Reeve — Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xvii.,  sp.  94. 


478  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

CONUS    HEBRAEUS,  Var.  VERMICULATUS, 

A  few  of  this  colour  variety  occurred  as  usual  with  the  typical 
form. 

CONUS    CEYLONENSIS,   HwaSS. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  23,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  94  - 100. 

Abundant  in  the  rock  pools  of  the  outer  reef  of  Funafuti,  in 
association  with  the  preceding  species.  Numerous  colour  varieties 
are  represented,  among  which  is  the  var.  sponsalis,  Chemnitz. 

Cuming  collected  this  at  Marutea,  Paumotus*  ;  Crosse  and 
Marie  report  it  from  He  Art,  New  Caledonia ;  and  Melvill  and 
Standen  from  Lifu.  In  a  catalogue  of  the  shells  of  Fitzroy 
Island,!  Brazier  notes  it  from  there  and  from  San  Christoval, 
Solomons. 

CONUS  VEXILLUM,  Gmelin. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  39,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  12a,  13,  14;  Garrett,  loc.  cit., 
pp.  356,  365. 

One  imperfect  shell  was  purchased  from  a  native  at  Funafuti. 

Garrett  found  this  in  the  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Cook's, 
Paumotus,  and  Hawaii  Groups.  Crosse  and  Marie  mention  this 
from  New  Caledonia,  lie  Art,  and  Lifu  ;  Tryon  from  Samoa  ;  and 
there  is  a  specimen  in  this  Museum  from  Torres  Straits.  I  have 
also  collected  it  at  Ballina,  N.S.  Wales. 

CONUS  RATTUS,  Hwass. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  41,  pi.  xii.,  figs.  25,  27. 

A  single  living  specimen  was  taken  under  a  stone  in  the  Funa- 
futi lagoon. 

Cuming  saw  this  at  Tahiti,  and  Anaa,  Paumotus  J ;  Crosse  and 
Marie  record  it  from  Lifu  and  New  Caledonia,  and  Weinkauff 
from  Tonga.  §  A  specimen  from  the  Bampton  Reef,  Coral  Sea,  is 
in  this  Museum. 

CONUS  CAPITANEUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  40,  pi.  xii.,  figs.  21  -  24  ;   pi.  xi.,  figs.   17,   18. 

Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  354,  358. 
One  dead  and  immature  shell  from  Funafuti, 

Garrett  found  this  in  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts  and  Carolines. 
Crosse  and  Marie  mention  this  from  He  Art,  New  Caledonia, 
and  Brazier  from  Fitzroy  Island,  Queensland ;  Torres  Straits ; 
Hall  Sound,  British  New  Guinea  ;  Fiji,  New  Ireland,  New  Britain 


*  Eeeve— Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xx.,  sp.  109. 

f  Brazier— Journ.  Conch.,  ii.,  1879,  p.  190. 

j  Eeeve — Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xv.,  sp.  78. 

§  Weinkauff— Conch.  Cab.,  1873,  Conus,  p.  134. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  479 

and  the  Solomons.     A  specimen  from  the  Bampton  Reef  is  in 
this  Museum. 

CONUS   LIVIDUS,  HlV088. 

Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  45,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  54  -  57  ;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.t  pp. 
354,  360. 

One  specimen  was  found  alive  under  a  stone  in  the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

Garrett  saw  this  in  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas  and  Hawaii.  By  Ouming 
it  was  taken  in  the  Society  Islands  ;  Melvill  and  Standen  have  it 
from  the  Loyalty.  Specimens  in  this  Museum  extend  the  range 
to  Woodlark  Island,  British  New  Guinea  and  the  Solomons. 

CONUS  LIVIDUS,  var.  FLAVIDUS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  44,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  48  -  50. 

Abundant  alive  under  stones  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Cuming  collected  this  at  Tahiti,  Crosse  and  Marie  cite  it  from 
He  Art,  New  Caledonia  ;  Smith  from  the  Solomons,  Fiji,  and 
Tonga*  ;  and  Brazier  from  Torres  Straits  and  Hall  Sound,  British 
New  Guinea,  f  An  Hawaiian  specimen  is  contained  in  this 
Museum. 

CONUS  VITULINUS,  Hwass. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  51,  pi.  xiv.,  figs.  86,  87 ;  pi.  xv.,  fig.  88. 

One  dead  specimen  from  Funafuti. 

Crosse  and  Marie  cite  this  from  the  Loyalty  Islands,  He 
Art  and  Balade,  New  Caledonia.  Brazier  found  it  at  Fitzroy 
Island,  Queensland,  Torres  Straits,  New  Britain  and  New  Ireland. 

CONUS  CATUS,  Hwass. 
Tryon,   loc.  cit.,  p.  63,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  6  -  10  ;    Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp. 

354,  358. 

A  single  worn  specimen  from  Funafuti. 

Cuming  collected  this  at  Tahiti ;  Orosse  and  Marie  record  it 
from  New  Caledonia  and  the  Loyalty  Group.  This  Museum  has 
a  specimen  from  Hawaii.  Garrett  found  it  in  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa, 
Gilberts,  Carolines,  Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus  and  Hawaii. 

CONUS  NUSSATELLA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  80,  pi.  xxv.,fig.  35;  Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  355,  362. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  obtained  one  specimen. 

Garrett  notes  this  from  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  Paumotus  and  Hawaii. 


*  Smith— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  400. 

t  Brazier— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  i.,  1877,  p.  288. 


480  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

CONUS  STRIATUS,  Linne. 

Tryon,   loc.  cit.,   p.  85,   pi.  xxvi.,    fig.  67  ;    Garrett,   loc.  cit.,   pp. 
355,  364. 

A  single  empty  shell  from  Funafuti. 

Garrett  collected  this  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines, 
Cook's,  Society,  and  Hawaii.  Crosse  and  Marie  record  this  from 
the  east  coast  of  New  Caledonia,  and  the  Islands  of  Art  and  Lifu. 
Brazier  has  noted  it  from  Fitzroy  Island,  Queensland,  Torres 
Straits,  New  Ireland  and  New  Britain  ;  and  Smith  from  the 
Solomons.  In  this  Museum  are  specimens  from  Erromanga, 
New  Hebrides,  and  the  Bampton  Reef,  Coral  Sea. 

CONUS  GEOGRAPHUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,   loc.  cit.,   p.    88,    pi.   xxviii ,    fig.  84;    pi.    xxix.,   fig.    85; 

Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  354,  360. 

A  native  of  Funafuti  presented  me  with  a  fine  specimen,  120 
mm.  in  length. 

Garrett  saw  this  at  Fiji,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Carolines,  Society  and 
Paumotus.  Crosse  and  Marie  mention  this  from  the  Islands  of 
Loyalty,  Art  and  Pines,  New  Caledonia.  This  Museum  possesses 
representatives  from  Fiji,  the  Solomon  Islands  and  Erromanga, 
New  Hebrides. 

CONUS  TULIPA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  87,   pi.  xxviii.,  figs.  80,  81;    Garrett,  loc.  cit., 

pp.  355,  365. 

I  picked  up  a  single  specimen  on  the  western  beach  of  Funafuti. 
Garrett  obtained  this  at  Fiji,  Tonga,  Samoa,  Gilberts,  Cook's, 
Society,  Paumotus,  Marquesas  and  Hawaii.  Crosse  and  Marie 
note  it  from  the  Islands  of  Lifu,  Art  and  Pines,  New  Caledonia. 
Examples  from  Torres  Straits  and  Erromanga,  New  Hebrides, 
exist  in  this  Museum. 

CONUS  AURATUS,  Lamarck. 
Tryon,    loc.  cit.,  p.    93,   pi.  xxxi.,   fig.  30  ;  Garrett,   loc.  cit.,   pp. 

354,  357. 

One  dead  shell  from  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 
Found  by  Cuming   at  Anaa,    Paumotus,    and   noted  by  Crosse 
and  Fischer  from   the   Loyalty.      In  this   Museum   are  instances 
from    the    Gilberts    and    Erromanga,    New   Hebrides.       Garrett 
collected  this  at  Fiji,  Gilberts  and  Paumotus. 

TEREBRA  CRENULATA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  vii.,  1885,  p.  8,  pi.  i.,  figs.  1,  2,  6. 

Several  imperfect  specimens  were  observed  on  the  lagoon  beach 
of  Funafuti. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY.  481 

Hinds  remarks  this  from  the  Society  and  Marquesas,  and 
Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu  ;  this  Museum  contains  it  from 
Pipon  Island  and  New  Caledonia. 

TEREBRA  DIMIDIATA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  9,  pi.  i.,  figs.  4,  13. 

Fragments  only  of  this  were  collected  at  Funafuti  by  myself, 
but  Mr.  G.  Sweet  showed  me  a  whole  one. 

Hinds  reports  this  from  Tahiti ;  Melvill  and  Standen  from 
Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  British  New  Guinea,  and 
Erromanga  and  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

TEREBRA  MACULATA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  9,  pi.  i.,  figs   9,  10. 

This  shell  is  a  rarity  on  Funafuti,  and  I  was  unable  to  personally 
obtain  a  specimen,  though  I  identified  the  species  from  one  pur- 
chased from  the  natives  by  another  member  of  our  party.  A 
specimen  was  also  obtained  by  Mr.  G.  Sweet.  It  was  formerly  of 
great  value  to  the  inhabitants  of  this  and  other  Pacific  Islands, 
who  employed  it  as  a  cutting  or  boring  edge  for  certain  tools.* 
Dr.  Hinds,  who  found  a  dwarf  form  at  Hao  Atoll,  Paumotus, 
remarks  : — "In  the  Pacific,  the  animal  is  eaten  as  food,  and  the 
shell,  ground  at  an  angle,  was  much  in  use  as  a  chisel  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  canoes."t 

The  "Chevert"  Expedition  obtained  this  in  Torres  Straits.  Mel  vill 
and  Standen  note  it  from  Lifu.  I  collected  it  at  Port  Moresby, 
British  New  Guinea,  where  the  natives  knew  it  as  "  bodoa." 

TEREBRA  SUBULATA,  Linne. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  10,  pi.  i.,  fig.  3;  pi.  iii.,  fig.  35. 

One  specimen  was  found  by  Mr.  G.  Sweet. 

Hinds  found  it  at  Hao  and  Tahiti.  It  is  represented  from  the 
Solomons,  New  Caledonia,  and  Hawaii  in  this  Museum. 

TEREBRA  TIGRINA,  Gmelin. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  10,  pi.  i.,  fig.  11. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  obtained  two  examples.  Reported  by  Tryon  from 
Hawaii,  and  represented  in  this  Museum  from  the  New  Hebrides. 

TEREBRA  AFFINIS,  Gray. 
Tryon,  loc.  cit.,  p.  14  pi.  ii.,  figs.  18,  22. 

Two  worn  shells  were  taken  on  the  Funafuti  beach. 


*  See  ante  pp.  249,  259. 

f  R.  B.  Hinds— Thes.  Conch.,  i.,  1847,  p.  150. 

Go 


482 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Tryon  quotes  this  from  Fiji,  and  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu. 
Schmeltz  mentions  it  from  Tahiti  and  Upolu,  Samoa.*  Specimens 
from  the  New  Hebrides  are  in  the  possession  of  this  Museum. 

SOLIDULA  SULCATA,  Gmelin. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xv.,  1893,  p.  143,  pi.  xxa,  figs.  39,  46,  47,  48. 

Several  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  abundant,  variable  and  widespread  species  has  been 
reported  from  Queensland  and  New  Caledonia  by  Brazier,  and 
from  Tahiti  by  Pilsbry.  It  is  represented  in  the  Museum  Collection 
from  Guam  in  the  Ladrones  and  from  Aneiteum  in  the  New 
Hebrides. 

TORNATINA  VOLUTA,  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xv.,  1893,  p.  195,  pi.  xxii.,  figs.  29,  30,  31. 

Abundant  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Taken  originally  at  Guam  in  the  Ladrones  by  the  "  Astrolabe," 
it  was  afterwards  found  in  Torres  Straits  by  the  "  Chevert "  and 
in  Fiji  by  the  "Challenger."  Melvill  and  Standen  note  it  from 
the  Loyalty  Islands,  and  I  have  myself  collected  it  at  Noumea, 
New  Caledonia. 

TORVATINA  HADPIELDI,   Melvill  &  Standen. 
Melvill  &  Standen,    Journ.   Conch.,   viii.,  1896,   p.  314;    pi.  xi., 

fig.  80. 

Some  broken  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach  appear  to  belong 
to  this  species,  which  Melvill  and  Standen  describe  from  Lifu, 
and  which  I  have  also  taken  at  Panie,  New  Caledonia. 

RETUSA  WAUGHIANA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.   44). 

Shell  subcylindrical,  swollen  below,  sharply 
truncated  above,  produced  and  rounded  an- 
teriorly. Colour  porcelain  white,  glossy. 
Sculpture — longitudinal,  irregularly  spaced 
ribs  traverse  the  whole  shell,  anteriorly  they 
are  weak  threads,  posteriorly  they  wax  stouter 
and  form  tubercles  as  they  obliquely  mount 
the  vertex.  Between  these  the  shell  is  closely 
girt  by  about  forty  spiral  grooves  and  their 
complementary  ridges.  Whorls  four,  the 
earlier  ascending,  the  last  descending.  Suture 
deeply  channelled.  Apex  mamillate,  rising 
above  the  crown.  Aperture  very  oblique, 
racquet  shaped.  Outer  lip  springing  from  the 
wall  considerably  below  the  vertex,  rounded 
posteriorly,  parallel  with  the  body  whorl  as  far 


Fig.  44. 


Sohmeltz— Mus.  Godeffroy  Cat.  v.,  1874,  p.  134. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  483 

as  the  waist  of  the  shell,  then  curving  outwards.  Columella 
broad,  sinuate,  folded  over  a  slight  umbilical  chink.  Callus  on 
body  whorl  distinct,  forming  a  decided  angle  posteriorly.  Length 
1^,  breadth  1  mm. 

Three  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  species  perhaps  stands  nearest  to  H.  amphizosta,  Watson,* 
from  which  it  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  even  more  puffed 
anterior  half,  the  descent  of  the  last  whorl,  and  by  the  coarser, 
more  prominent  sculpture.  The  young  shells  differ  altogether  in 
contour  from  the  adult,  but  may  be  recognised  by  their  peculiar 
sculpture. 

This  novelty  is  named  in  honour  of  my  accomplished  friend, 
Lieutenant  A.  VVaugh,  R.N.,  of  H.M.S.  "Penguin,"  who,  during 
the  Expedition  to  Funafuti,  as  on  many  previous  occasions,  afforded 
his  hearty  aid  and  sympathy  to  every  scientific  undertaking. 

ATYS  CYLINDRICA,  Helbliny. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xv.,  1893,  p.  265,  pi.  xxxiii.,  figs.  60-  64. 

Abundant  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  common  Pacific  shell  ranges  in  Australia  from  Torres 
Straits  southwards  to  Port  Stephens,  N.S.W.;  the  "  Challenger  " 
met  it  in  Fiji ;  I  took  it  at  Noumea,  New  Caledonia,  and  the 
Museum  has  received  from  Mr.  N.  Hardy  a  specimen  he  collected 
at  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

ATYS  HYALINA,  Watson. 
Pilsbry,  loc.  cit.,  p.  271,  pi.  xxxii.,  fig.  36. 

A  single  broken  specimen  from  the  Funafuti  lagoon  agrees  with 
specimens  in  the  Museum  from  a  type  locality,  Torres  Straits. 
The  "  Challenger  "  procured  this  from  Fiji,  and  doubtfully  from 
Honolulu. 

ATYS  DENTIPERA,  A.  Adams. 
Pilsbry,  loc.  cit.,  p.  276,  pi.  xxvii.,  fig.  81. 

The  occurrence  of  several  specimens  on  the  lagoon  beach  of 
Funafuti  points  to  a  range  across  the  whole  Pacific,  since  this 
habitat  is  intermediate  between  Marutea,  Paumotus,  in  the 
extreme  east,  where  it  was  first  discovered  by  Hugh  Cuming,  and 
Torres  Straits  in  the  extreme  west,  where  it  was  taken  by  the 
"  Challenger,"  as  also  at  Fiji.  Mr.  H.  Smithurst  has  presented 
to  the  Museum  a  specimen  he  collected  at  Milne  Bay,  British 
New  Guinea. 

*  Watson— ChaU.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p.  662,  pi.  xlviii.,  fig.  11. 


484 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


ATYS  DACTYLUS,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  45). 

Shell  date  shaped,  truncated  above  and  below, 
minutely  perforate  above,  deeply  and  narrowly 
umbilicate  below.  Colour  white,  glossy.  Sculp- 
ture— from  sixty  to  seventy,  irregularly  waved, 
narrow,  shallow  grooves  girdle  the  shell,  between 
which  are  smooth,  flat  topped  lyrse,  two  or  three 
times  their  breadth;  these  are  crossed  at 
irregular  intervals  by  fine  and  coarse  growth 
lines.  The  aperture  is  vertical,  longer  than  the 
shell,  narrowly  arched,  dilated  above  and  below, 
rather  effuse  anteriorly.  Above,  the  lip  rises 
from  the  centre  of  the  apical  crater  and  folding 
back  almost  covers  the  perforation ;  the  outer 
Fig.  45.  lip  is  straight  and  simple;  the  columella  broadly 

reflexed,emarginate  without,  tuberculate  within, 
a  short  tongue  of  callus  extends  a  little  distance  upwards   along 
the  body  whorl.     Length  4J,  breadth  2|  mm. 
One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  species  appears  to  approach  nearest  to  A.  Jeffrey  si,  Wein- 
kauff,  from  the  Mediterranean,  which  served  Monterosato  as  type 
for  his  genus  Boxaniella. 

CYLICHNA  ERECTA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  46). 

Shell  cylindrical,  truncated  above,  bevelled  out- 
wardly round  the  vertex,  rounded  below  and 
compressed  around  the  basal  axis.  Colour  white. 
Sculpture — the  only  specimen  is  too  worn  for  exact 
description  ;  it  seems  to  have  been  girt  by  numerous 
broad  and  shallow  spiral  grooves.  Aperture  nearly 
perpendicular ;  lip  produced  medially ;  columella 
broadly  reflected,  apparently  minutely  plicated. 
Spire  umbilicate,  a  shallow  crater  into  which  each 
whorl  descends  by  steps.  Length  4,  breadth  If  mm. 
A  single  rather  worn  example  from  the  lagoon 
beach. 

This  species  appears   to  be  quite  distinct  from 
Fig.  46.        others  of  the  genus.  Those  that  share  the  cylindrical 
shape    being    C.    discus,    Watson,    more    truncated 
anteriorly  ;  C.  protracta,  Gould,  three  times  larger ;  C.  involuta, 
Adams,    C.   cylindracea,   Pennant,   and   C.   alba,   Brown,   which 
appear    to    have    the    spire    covered.     No   comparison    can    be 
instituted  with  a  mass  of  untigured  species  with  which  authors 
(Adams  being  chief  sinner)  have  oppressed  descriptive  conchology. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


485 


HAMINEA  VITREA,  A.  Adams. 
Pilsbry,  loc.  tit.,  p.  370,  pi.  xl.,  fig.  83. 
Two  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

The  "  Chevert  "  Expedition  took  this  species  in  Torres  Straits. 
It  occurred  to  me  at  Panie,  New  Caledonia  ;  and  under  the 
synonym  of  H.  tenera,  A.  Adams,  Melvill  and  Standen  record 
it  from  the  Loyalties. 

CYLINDROBULLA  SCULPTA,  Nevill. 
Pilsbry,  loc.  cit.,  p.  381,  pi.  xlii.,  figs.  36  -  38. 

Two  living  specimens  from  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon,  corres- 
pond fairly  to  the  above  quotation.  This  Cingalese  species  has 
not  been  noticed  before  in  the  Pacific. 


AKERA  APERTA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  47). 

Shell  small,  fragile,  transparent,  oval. 
Whorls  two  and  a  half,  last  sloping  on  the 
shoulder,  then  subangled  and  rounded 
below;  sculptured  by  close,  regular  growth 
lines.  Apex  truncate.  Spire  minute, 
visible  through  a  flat,  glossy  plate,  which 
continues  into  a  rib  bordering  the  sutural 
notch.  Aperture  as  long  as  the  shell, 
much  dilated  and  effuse  below,  narrowed 
above  to  the  broad  and  deep  sinus ;  outer 
lip  arched  forward  above  the  middle ; 
columella  very  concave  with  a  narrow 
sharply  reflexed  edge.  Length  5,  breadth 
4  mm. 

Three  specimens  from  sand  on  the 
lagoon  beach. 

This  curious  shell  agrees  with  Akera  in 
having  the  spire  at  the  vertex  and  in  the 
open  aperture,  but  it  approaches  Cylin- 
drobulla  in  the  more  involute  spire.  I  am 
not  satisfied  that  this  may  not  be  the 
young  of  the  preceding  species,  but  as  no 
information  is  published  on  the  immature 
stages  of  these  genera,  it  seemed  well  to 
describe  my  material,  even  at  the  risk  of 
increasing  synonomy. 

HYDATINA  AMPLUSTRB,  Linne. 
Pilsbry,  loc.  cit.,  p.  390,  pi.  xliv.,  figs.  1-6. 
An  immature  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 


-  47. 


486 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


So  conspicuous  a  shell  is  readily  observed  ;  Pilsbry  quotes 
Pacific  records  embracing  most  archipelagoes  between  Queensland 
and  Hawaii. 

HYDATINA  PHYSIS,  Linne. 
Pilsbry,  loc.  tit.,  p.  387,  pi.  xlv.,  figs.  14,  15,  16,  17. 

Mr.  G.  Sweet  found  a  young  shell  of  this  world  wide  species. 

RlNGICULA    PARVULA,  sp.  nOV. 

(Fig.  48). 

Shell  very  small,  broad,  solid,  milk-white 
and  glossy.  Whorls  rounded,  chanelled 
at  the  suture  ;  incised  by  half  a  dozen  sharp 
narrow  grooves  at  and  below  the  periphery. 
The  mouth  armature  consists  of  a  large 
blunt  tooth  in  the  middle  of  the  outer  lip, 
an  elevated  and  much  compressed  one  on 
the  body  whorl  and  two  others,  distant, 
rounded  and  oblique  on  the  columella. 
Length  1-6,  breadth  1  mm. 

Differs  in  dentition  and  contour  from 
R.  mariei,  Morelet,  and  R.  acuta  v.  minuta, 
H.  Adams,  and  in  its  minute  size  from  all 
others  of  the  genus. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

ELYSIA  NIGROPUNCTATA,  Pease,  var.  SANGUINEA,  var.  nov. 

(Fig.  49). 

This  variety  differs  from  the  type  figured 
by  Pease  or  Bergh*  by  being  smaller  by 
one  third,  and  having  the  tentacles  and 
mantle  border  coloured  a  vivid  crimson. 


'  48' 


Fig.  49. 


One  specimen  was  collected  at  low  water  on  the  extreme  outer 
edge  of  the  windward  reef. 

Perhaps  E.  marginatus,  Pease,  is  but  another  colour  variety  of 
the  same  species. 

PLECOTREMA  BELLUM,  H.  &  A.  Adams. 
Sykes,  Proc.  Malac.  Soc.,  i.,  1895,  p.  242. 

In  reference  to  this  species,  Souverbie  pathetically  remarks 
that  the  wretched  work  of  the  Adams  permits  of  no  precise 
identification.  Their  baneful  seed  has  here  produced  the  usual 
crop  of  synonomy.  My  determination  of  a  shell,  once  collected  on 


*  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  vi.,  1871,  p.  304,  pi.  xxii.,  fig.  2  a,b,c,  d.; 
Bergh— Journ.  Mus.  Godeffroy,  i.,  1873,  p.  80,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  7. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  487 

the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti,  rests  on  a  statement  by  Sykes  that 
P.  bellum  equals  P.  souverbiei,  Montrouzier,  and  upon  the  illustra- 
tions of  that,  which  he  omitted  to  quote.* 

The  range  recorded  in  the  Central  Pacific  is  New  Caledonia, 
Loyalty,  Taviuni,  Fiji,  Paumotus,  and  Ganibier. 

PLECOTREMA  MORDAX,  Dohrn. 

Langkavel,  Domini  Bismarckianum,  1871,  p.  30,  pi.  iii.,  tigs.  8  a.  b. 
Two  specimens  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  species,  known  only  from  Tahiti  and  the  Paumotus,  is 
perhaps  equivalent  to  the  earlier  but  unfigured  P.  striatum, 
Philippi. 

MELAMPUS  FASCIATUS,  Deshayes. 
Kuster,  Conch.  Cab.,  2nd  ed.,  i.,  Auriculacea,  1844,  p.  33,  pi.  v., 

figs.  9-11. 
Of  this  species,  Mr.  G.  Sweet  obtained  several  shells. 

The  following  records  from  the  Central  Pacific  are  quoted  by 
Tapparone  Canefrif  :  New  Guinea,  New  Ireland,  New  Hebrides, 
New  Caledonia,  Fiji,  Samoa,  Society,  and  Ellice.  Further 
instances  from  the  Solomons,  Queensland,  Carolines,  Marquesas, 
and  Hawaii,  are  furnished  by  this  Museum. 

MELAMPUS  LUTEUS,  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 
Kuster,  lac.  cit.,  p.  29,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  1  -  3. 

Extremely  abundant  at  and  above  high  water-mark,  among 
stones  and  vegetation. 

Tapparone  Canefri  traces  this  through  the  following  archipela- 
goes :  New  Guinea,  New  Ireland,  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia, 
Samoa,  Ellice,  Gilberts,  Society,  and  Carolines.  Crossej  reports 
it  from  Woodlark  Island  on  the  authority  of  Montrouzier  ;  and 
Museum  material  enables  me  to  add  the  Solomons. 

TORNATELLINA    OBLONGA,  Pease. 

Garrett,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1887,  p.  187. 

Several  living  specimens  were  collected  at  Funafuti  under  sticks 
and  stones.  Mousson  did  riot  record  this  from  the  Ellice.  "  In- 
habits," says  Garrett,  "  all  the  groups  from  the  Marquesas  and 
Paumotus  to  the  Viti  Islands." 

TORNATELLINA  CONICA,  Mousson. 
Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  p.  187. 


*  Moutrouzier— Journ.  de  Concb.,  x..  1862,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  12;     Gassies— 
Paune  Conch,  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie,  1863,  pi.  vi.,fig.  23. 
t  Tapparone  Canefri-Ann.  Mus.  Gen.,  xix.,  1883,  p.  288. 
j  Crosse— Journ.  de  Conch.,  xlii.,  1894,  p.  323. 


488  FUNAFUTI     ATOLL. 

Though  Graeffe  found  this  at  Funafuti  it  escaped  my  observation. 
It  has  the  same  range  as  the  preceding  species,  and  inhabits  the 
same  station. 

VERTIGO  PEDICULUS,  Shuttleworth. 
Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  p.  188. 

This  widespread  species  occurred  to  me  at  Funafuti  as  it  also 
did  to  Graeffe. 

To  the  extensive  synonymy  compiled  by  Garrett  I  would  suggest 
the  addition  of  P.  palmyra,  Stol.*  and  P.  selebensis,  Tapp.  Can.f 

STENOGYRA  GRACILIS,  Button, 
Hutton,  Journ.  Asiat.  Soc.  Bengal,  iii.,   1834,  p.  93. 

Under  the  synonym  of  S.  juncea,  Gould,  this  widespread  species 
has  already  been  recorded  from  Funafuti.  Like  Graeffe  I  found 
it  in  abundance.  A  recently  described  Australian  species,  S. 
interioris,  Tate,f  seems  to  me  to  be  synonymous. 

ENDODONTA  MODICELLA,  Ferussac. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch,  ix.,  1894,  p.  35. 

This  widely  distributed  species  is  common  at  Funafuti,  where 
under  the  name  of  E.  vicaria,  it  has  already  been  recorded  by 
Mousson.  To  the  synonymy  arranged  by  Pilsbry  I  would  add, 
as  the  result  of  study  of  authentic  specimens,  Charopa  rotumana, 
Smith.§ 

ENDODONTA  DECEMPLICATA,  Mousson. 

Mousson,  Journ.  de  Conch.,  xxi.,  1873,  p.  105. 

This  species  was  found  by  Grseffe  at  Nukufetau  and  Vaitupu, 
but  was  not  observed  by  me  at  Funafuti. 

TROCHONANINA  SAMOENSIS,  Mousson. 
Garrett,  loc.  cit.,  p.  171  ;    Mousson,  loc.  cit.,  p.  104. 

I  found  this  common  on  Funafuti.  Grseffe  took  it  on  Niutao, 
Vaitupu,  Nui,  and  Nukufetau.  Garrett  reports  it  as  "  common 
in  the  Tonga,  Cook's,  and  Samoa  Islands,  and  rare  in  the 
Marquesas." 


*  Stoliczka— Journ.  Asiat.  Soc.  Bengal,  xlii.,  p.  32,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  3  a,  b. 
t  Tapperone  Canefri— Ann.  Mus.  Gen.  xx.,  1883-4,p.  171, pi.  i., figs.  12, 13. 
t  Tate— Horn  Explor.  Exped.,  Zool.,  p.  203,  pi.  xviii.,  fig.  14. 
§  Smith— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  (vi.),  xx.,  1897,  p.  520. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXIII. 


Thuiaria  divergent,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  1     Portion  of  main  stem,  with  proximal  half  of  a  pinna,  magnified. 
„     2    Distal  half  of  pinna,  magnified. 
„      3    Portion  of  pinna  with  gonangium,  highly  magnified. 

Plumularia  clavicula,  sp.  nov. 

„      4    Portion  of  hydrocladium,  magnified ;  front  view. 
„      5    Portion  of  hydrocladium,  magnified ;  lateral  view. 
„      6    Distal  portion  of  a  corbula,  showing  the  origin  of  the  costa  from 
the  mesial  sarcotheca. 

Reproduced  from  drawings  made  by  Thomas  Whitelegge,  Junr. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  TIL 


PLATE  XXIII. 


THOMAS  WHITE  LEG  GE,  Jiinr..  .lei 


EXPLANATION   OP  PLATE  XXIV. 


Zoanthus  funafutiensis,  sp.  nov. 
Fig.  2.     Portion  of  colony.    Natural  size. 
,,     3.     Ditto.     Enlarged. 

Gemmaria  willeyi,  sp.  nov. 
Fig.  1.     Portion  of  colony.     Natural  size. 
„      4.     Ditto.     Enlarged. 

Eeproduced  from  drawings  made  by  Mr.  Edgar  K.  Waite. 


MEMOIRS  AUST.  MUS.  III. 


PLATE  XXIV. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXV. 


Zoanthusfunafuticnsis,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  1.    Transverse  section  through  body-wall,    x  190. 
„     2.     Transverse  section  through  ossophageal  region. 

Lithographed  from  drawings  made  by  Mr.  J.  P.  Hill. 


KEFERENCE  LETTERS. — c.  Cuticle,  ect.  Ectoderm,  ect.  c.  Ectodermal 
canal,  ect.  m.  Ectodermal  muscle  cell.  ent.  Ectoderm,  gr.  Sulcar  groove. 
incr.  Incrustation.  I.  Lacuna,  m.  Mesoglcea.  m.  c.  Mesenteric  canal. 
m.  s.  Mesoglceal  sphincter,  n.  Nematocyst.  ces.  (Esophagus,  p.  m. 
Peripheral  mesoglcea.  pb.  m.  Parieto-basilar  muscle,  s.  d.  Sulcar  direc- 
tives, si.  d.  Sulcular  directives,  z.  Zooxanthella. 


MEMOIRS,  AUST.  MUS.  Ill 


PLATE    XXV. 


-'—p.m. 


TroedeUC9  Lith. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXVI. 


Qemmaria  willeyi,  sp.  nov. 

Fig.  1.    Transverse  section  through  body-wall,     x  100. 
„      2.     Vertical  section  through  disc,     x  220. 

Lithographed  from  drawings  made  by  Mr.  J.  P.  Hill. 


REFERENCE  LETTERS. — c.  Cuticle,  ect.  Ectoderm,  ect.  c.  Ectodermal 
canal,  ect.  m.  Ectodermal  muscle  cell.  ent.  Entoderm.  gr.  Sulcar  groove. 
incr.  Incrustation.  I.  Lacuna,  m.  Mesogloaa.  m.  c.  Mesenteric  canal. 
m.  s.  Mesoglceal  sphincter,  n.  Nematocyst.  CBS.  (Esophagus,  p.  m. 
Peripheral  mesoglosa.  pb.  m.  Parieto-basilar  muscle,  s.  d.  Sulcar  direc- 
tives, si.  d.  Sulcular  directives,  z.  Zooxanthella. 


MEMOIRS,  AUST.  MUS.  Ill 


PLATE    XXVI. 


- 


-ect.m. 


'•?         ^ 


-ent. 


Fig  ?. 


JP.  H.Del. 


Troedel  &  C°  Lifli. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXVII. 


Gemmaria  ivilleyi,  sp.  nov. 
Fig.  1.     Vertical  section,     x  28. 
„      2.     Transverse  section  through  cesophageal  region,    x  23. 

Lithographed  from  drawings  made  by  Mr.  J.  P.  Hill. 


KEFERENCE  LETTERS.—  c.  Cuticle,  ect.  Ectoderm,  ect.  c.  Ectodermal 
canal,  ect.  m.  Ectodermal  muscle  cell,  ent .  Entoderm.  gr.  Sulcar  groove. 
incr.  Incrustation.  I.  Lacuna,  m.  Mesoglcea.  m.  c.  Mesenteric  canal. 
TO.  s.  Mesoglceal  sphincter,  n.  Nematocyst.  ces.  (Esophagus,  p.  m. 
Peripheral  mesoglcea.  pb  m.  Parieto-basilar  muscle,  s.  d.  Sulcar  direc- 
tives, si.  d.  Sulcular  directives,  z.  Zooxanthella. 


MEMOIRS,  AUST.  MUS.  Ill 


PLATE    XXVII. 


Fig  2. 


J.EHDel 


TroedeUC'Lift 


THE  MOLLUSCA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

Part  II.— Pelecypoda  and  Brachiopoda. 

BY  CHARLES  HEDLEY, 

Conchologisl,  Aristralian  Museum. 


H* 


[xvur.] 
THE  MOLLUSCA. 

Part  II.— Pelecypoda  and  Brachiopoda. 

By  CHARLES  HEDLEY, 
Conchologiat,  Australian  Museum. 


ANOMIA,  sp. 

A  few  disassociated  upper  valves,  not  specifically  recognisable, 
were  gathered  on  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 

A  RCA  ZEBRA,  Swainsoti. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  ii.,  1844,  Area,  pi.  xi.,  sp.  69. 

Abundant  under  stones  at  low  water  in  the  lagoon.  In  this 
Museum  there  are  specimens  from  Trinity  Bay,  Queensland. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  A.  occidentalis,  Philippi,  is  distinct.  If 
not,  the  species  has  a  circumequatorial  range. 

A  RCA  MACULATA  Sowerby. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xi.,  sp.  71. 

One  living  specimen  obtained  in  the  lagoon. 

First  found  by  Cuming  at  Marutea,  in  the  Paumotus.  Speci- 
mens are  in  this  Museum  from  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

A  RCA    RET1CULATA,   (UnifJin. 

Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xvi.,  spp.  108,  1 12  (as  A.  divaricata,  Sowerby). 

Several  disassociated  valves  of  this  world-wide  species  were 
observed  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

The  synonymy  and  range  of  this  species  have  been  examined  at 
length  by  Lischke.* 

ARCA  VELATA,  Sowerby. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xii.,  sp.  79. 

Common  in  blocks  of  coral  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon. 
First  obtained  at  Marutea,  Paumotus,  by  Cuming. 

*  Lischke— Japan  Meeres  conchylien,  ii.,  1871,  p.  142,  iii.,  1874,  p.  107. 
Smith  adds  A.  dubia,  Baird,  to  the  list— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  431. 
Further  notes  will  be  found  in  the  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2),  ix.,  1894, 
p.  180 ;  Trans.  Eoy.  Soc.  S.A.,  xix.,  1895,  p.  261 ;  and  Trans.  Wagner  Free 
Inst.  Sci.,  iii.,  1898,  p.  628. 


492  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

ARCA  TENELLA,  Reeve. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xiv.,  sp.  91. 

One  living  and  one  dead  specimen  were  taken  in  the  lagoon. 

SEPTIPEB  EXCISUS,  Wiegmann. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  x.,  1857,  Mytilus,  pi.  iv.,  sp.  13. 

Separate  valves  were  common  on  the  lagoon  beach.  I  once 
found  it  alive  in  a  block  of  perforated  dead  coral.  This  species 
does  not  seem  to  have  been  reported  from  the  Pacific. 

MODIOLA  AUSTRALIS,  Gray. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  Modiola,  pi.  v.,  sp.  21. 

Attached  to  coral  blocks  in  the  lagoon. 

The  species  I  thus  identify  has  a  wide  range.  It  occurs  along 
the  Australian  coast  south  to  Sydney.  Museum  examples  show 
it  from  the  Gilberts,  Lifu,  and  New  Caledonia. 

LlTHOPHAGA    TERES,  Philippi. 

Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  Lithodomus,  pi.  iii.,  sp.  13. 

Abundant ;  boring  coral  with  the  following  species. 

Schmeltz  records  it  from  Rarotonga,  and  Smith  from  Bowen, 
Queensland.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Port  Molle  and  Port 
Curtis,  Queensland  ;  and  New  Caledonia. 

LITHOPHAGA  LEVIGATA,  Quoy  &  Gaimard. 

Quoy  and  Gaimard,  Voy.  "Astrolabe,"  Zool.  iii.,  1835,  p.  464,  pi. 
Ixxviii.,  figs.  17,  18. 

Abundant  at  low  water  level,  boring  in  coral  blocks  in  the 
lagoon. 

This  species  has  been  omitted  from  the  Monographs  of  Reeve  and 
Dunker,  and  indeed  from  subsequent  literature  generally.  From 
the  account  quoted  above,  I  have  little  doubt  that  it  is  the  species 
commonly  known  as  Lithodomus  malaccanus,  Reeve.  It  is  a 
usual  companion  of  the  previous  species.  Under  Reeve's  name, 
Schmeltz  quotes  it  from  Tahiti,  and  Smith  from  Torres  Straits. 
It  is  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia,  and  Tupuselei,  British 
New  Guinea. 

PLICATULA  IMBRICATA,  Menke. 
Sowerby,  Thesaurus  Conch.,   i.,   1847,  p.  437,  pi.  xc.,   fig.  6,  pi. 

xci.,  figs.  15-18. 

A  few  small  specimens  found  alive  in  shallow  water  in  the 
lagoon,  adhering  to  dead  shells,  are  with  doubt  so  identified. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  493 

SPONDYLUS  OCELLATUS,  Reeve. 
Reeve.  Conch.  Icon.,  ix.,  Spondylus,  1856,  pi.  xii.,  sp.  43. 

An  odd  and  worn  valve  from  the  lagoon  beach  is  referred  to 
this  species. 

Melvill  and  Standen  report  it  from  Lifu. 

LIMA  BULLATA,  Sowerby. 
Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  i.,  1847,  p.  84,  pi.  xx.,  figs.  32,  33. 

A  single  valve  of  a  young  individual  is  ascribed  to  this  species, 
which  ranges  along  the  east  Australian  coast  to  Tasmania. 

LIMA  TENERA,  Chemnitz. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  p.  84,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  2,  3,  10,  11,  13. 

One  valve,  apparently  the  young  of  this  species,  was  obtained 
by  tangles  at  forty  to  eighty  fathoms. 

Pacific  localities  for  this  species,  noted  in  the  "  Challenger " 
Report,  are  Fiji,  and  Sir  C.  Hardy  Island,  off  North  Queensland. 
Melvill  and  Standen  mention  it  from  Lifu. 

LIMA  SQUAMOSA,  Lamarck. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  p.  84,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  1,  18. 

This  world- wide  species  occurred  alive  in  the  lagoon. 

LIMA  ANGULATA,  Sowerby. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  p.  86,  pi.  xxii.,  tigs.  39,  40. 

Several  small  specimens  were  found  alive  under  stones  in  the 
lagoon. 

Smith  unites*  with  this  L.  basilanica  and  L.  orientalis,  both 
of  Adams  and  Reeve,  and  L.  fasciata,  Sowerby  (not  Linne). 

LIMA  FRAGILIS,  Gmelin. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  p.  86,  pi.  xxii.,  figs.  34  -  37. 

Small  specimens  were  of  frequent  occurrence  under  stones  in 
the  lagoon. 

Sowerby  records  this  from  Tahiti ;  Von  Martens!  from  New 
Guinea  and  the  Gilberts  ;  and  Smith  J  from  Port  Essington,  Port 
Molle,  Torres  Straits,  and  Fiji.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  New 
Caledonia  and  Queensland. 

PECTEN  SQUAMATUS,  Gmelin. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  viii.,  1853,  pi.  xxi.,  fig.  82. 

A  few  broken  valves  were  collected  on  the  beach  of  the  lagoon. 


*  Smith— Chal.  Sep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  289. 

t  Von  Martens— Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.,  xxi.,  1889,  p.  202. 

J  Smith-Zool.  Coll.  "Alert,"  1884,  p.  116. 


494  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

PECTEN  PALLIUM,  Linne. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xvii.,  fig.  63. 

One  valve  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

This  species  appears  to  be  widespread  through  the  tropical 
Pacific.  Cuniing  found  it  at  Marutea,  Paumotus.  It  is  repre- 
sented in  this  Museum  from  San  Christoval,  Solomons;  Erromanga, 
New  Hebrides;  New  Caledonia ;  Tonga;  and  the  Gilberts. 

P.novce-guinece,  T.  Woods,  a  Pleistocene  fossil  from  Hall  Sound, 
British  New  Guinea,  is  reduced  to  a  synonym  of  P.  pallium  by  Prof. 
R.  Tate. 

PECTEN  DISTANS,  Reeve. 
Kobelt,  Conch.  Cab.,  Pecten,  1885,  p.  228,  pi.  xli.,  fig.  2. 

One  valve  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

New  Caledonian  specimens  occur  in  the  Museum  series. 

PECTEN  MADREPORARUM,  Sowerby 
Sowerby,  Thesaurus  Conch.,  i.,  1847,  p.  68,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  68. 

One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Also  represented  in  the  Museum  from  Hood  Lagoon  and 
Tupuselei,  British  New  Guinea ;  Cape  York,  Queensland  ;  and 
New  Caledonia.  This  species  appears  to  be  universally  but 
erroneously  ascribed  to  Petit.  It  is  a  perverse  fate  which  credits 
an  author,  who  was  the  first  to  energetically  protest  against  manu- 
script names,f  with  indulging  in  the  practice  himself.  Sowerby 's 
locality,  the  Red  Sea,  as  well  as  his  authority,  requires  confirma- 
tion. 

HINNITES,  sp. 

Attached  to  sheets  of  dead  coral,  and  associated  with  the 
Brachiopod  Thecidea  maxilla,  were  several  adherent  valves  of  a 
species  of  Hinnites,  too  imperfect  for  specific  determination. 

PTERIA  PEASKI,  Dunker. 
Dunker,  Conch.  Cab.,  Avicula,  1872,  p.  24,  pi.  viii.,  fig.  1. 

Attached  (as  mentioned  ante  p.  308)  in  great  numbers  to  the 
branches  of  Plexaura  antipathes. 

The  species  was  described  by  Pease  \  under  the  thrice  pre-occupied 
name  of  Avicula  radiata,irom  the  Gilberts.  Schmeltz,  who  considers 
A.  cypsellus,  Dunker,  a  synonym,  §  reports  it  from  Samoa. 

PTERIA  CUMINUII,  Reeie. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon,  x.,  1857,  Avicula,  pi.  iv.,  sp.  6. 


*  Tate— Proc.  Liun.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (t),  ix.,  1894,  p.  214. 

t  Petit— Bivue  Zool.,  ii.,  1839,  p.  316,  and  hi.,  1840,  p.  154. 

|  Pease— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1862,  p.  244. 

§  Schmeltz— Mus.  Godeffroy  Cat.,  v.,  1874,  p.  176. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY.  495 

This  species  is  employed  on  Funafuti  in  the  manufacture  of 
fish-hooks  (ante  p.  268).  I  purchased  a  valve  from  a  native  on 
Nukulailai. 

Cuming  procured  the  type  at  Marutea,  Paumotus. 

MELINA  SAMOENSIS,  Baird. 

Baird,  in  Brenchley,   Cruise  of  the  "  Cura^oa,"  1873,  p.  451,   pi. 
xlii.,  fig.  8. 

Common  ;, attached  to  the  under  surfaces  of  coral  blocks  on  the 
ocean  beach  of  Funafuti,  at  low  water.  My  specimens  exceed 
the  type  in  size,  being  upwards  of  50  mm.  in  length. 

T  suspect  that  the  prior  P.  linguceformis,  Reeve,  from  the 
Society  Islands,  is  but  a  depauperated  form  of  this.  The 
"Challenger"  collected  M.  samoensis  on  the  reefs  at  Honolulu 
and  Hawaii ;  the  type  came  from  Tutuila,  Samoa. 

Both  Meek  and  Dall  have  pointed  out*  that  the  name  of  Perna 
must  be  superseded  by  that  of  Melina. 

PINNA,  pp. 

Some  fragments  of  a  Pinna,  perhaps  P.  triyonalis,  Pease,  were 
seen  on  the  lagoon  beach  of  Funafuti. 

OSTREA    HANLEYANA,  Soiverby. 

Sowerby,  Conch.  Icon ,  xviii.,  1871,  Ostrea,  PI.  xxviii.,  sp.  72. 

An  oyster  which  occurred  under  stones  beside  M.  samoensis  is 
with  much  doubt  so  identified. 

OSTREA  CRISTAGALLI,  Linne. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xi.,  sp.  22. 

Obtained  in  eighteen  fathoms,  three  miles  south-west  of  the 
village  (ante  p.  328). 

I  collected  this  at  Port  Moresby,  British  New  Guinea.  It  is 
represented  in  this  Museum  from  Florida,  Solomons  ;  Havammh 
Harbour,  New  Hebrides  ;  and  Ouvea,  Loyalties. 

CARDITA  SWEETI,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  50). 

Shell  solid,  oblong,  slightly  oblique,  inequilateral,  little  inflated. 
Colour  dull  white,  upon  the  beak  pale  yellow.  Sculptured  by 
about  forty-five  close,  raised,  radiating  ribs,  separated  by  drep 
interstices  a  quarter  of  their  width.  In  the  median  area  the 
rays  are  smaller  and  closer  together  than  at  the  sides,  while 
at  the  extremities  they  rapidly  enlarge  and  rather  recurve.  Upon 


*  Meek— Report  U.S.  Geol.  Survey  Territories,  ix.,  1870,  p.  28,  note; 
Dall— Trans.  Wagner  Free  Inst.  Sci.,  iii.,  1898,  p.  G05. 


496 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


the  rays  are  crowded  small  transverse  lunate  gemmules.    Lunule 
sharply  impressed,  narrow,  lanceolate.     Ligament  large,  external. 


Pig.  50. 

Hinge  line  short,  straight,  remainder  of  the  margin  evenly  rounded. 
Internal  margin  sharply,  finely  crenulated.  Length  1  4,  breadth  12, 
diameter  of  conjoined  valves  8  mm. 

One  entire  shell,  described 
above,  was  taken  by  Mr.  G. 
Sweet;  and  a  single,  worn, 
slightly  larger  valve,  by  my- 
self at  Funafuti. 

This  species  seems  nearest 
to  C.  dilecta,  Smith,  but  is 
distinguished  from  that  and 
other  members  of  the  genus  by 
more  numerous  ribs  bearing 
Pig.  50.  closer  packed  grains. 

The  specific  name  is  in  compliment  to  Mr.  G.  Sweet,  the  finder, 
who  was  a  member  of  the  second  expedition  to  Funafuti. 

The  side  view  is  drawn  to  a  smaller  scale  than  the  other  sketches. 

LUCINA  EXASPERATA,  Reeve. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  vi.,  1850,  Lucina,  pi.  i.,  sp.  4. 

A  few  specimens  from  the  lagoon. 

Melvill  and   Standen  notice  this   from  Lifu.     It   is   in  this 
Museum  from  New  Caledonia. 

LUCINA  PUNCTATA,  Linne. 

Pfeiffer,  Conch.  Cab.,  Veneracea,  1869,  p.  262,  pi.  xix.,  figs.  8,  9. 
One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  497 

Reported  by  Schmeltz  from  Samoa,  Fiji,  and  Rarotonga  ;  by 
Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu ;  and  represented  in  this  Museum 
from  New  Caledonia. 

LUCINA   DIVERGENS,  Philippi. 

Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  vi.,  1850,  Lucina,  pi.  vii.,  spp.  33,  37,  38. 

Common  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Prof,  von  Martens  has  pointed  out*  that  Philippi's  name  enjoys 
two  month's  priority  over  the  better  known  L.  fibula,  of  Reeve. 
He  refers  to  it  from  Samoa  and  Fiji,  and  Melvill  and  Standen 
from  Lifu.  Material  in  this  Museum  show  it  to  extend  south 
along  the  Australian  coast  to  Newcastle,  New  South  Wales,  and 
also  to  the  Ladrones,  New  Hebrides,  and  New  Caledonia. 

LUCINA  OBLONGA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  51). 

Shell  small,  but  thick  and  strong,  ovate,  very  inequilateral,  in- 
flated. Colour,  one  specimen  is  white,  the  other  pink.  Sculpture 
— the  umbones  are  smooth,  the  remainder  closely  and  rather 


Fig.  51. 

irregularly  covered  with  numerous,  raised,  strong,  concentric,  ribs, 
narrower  than  their  interstices  ;  faint  radiating  sculpture  is  barely 
visible  in  these  interstices.  Beaks  prominent  and  much  incurved. 
Lunule  large,  sharply  impressed,  sculptured  by  a  faint  continua- 
tion of  the  concentric  ribs.  Dorsal  surface  wanting  the  depression 
which  characterises  L.  seminula  and  its  allies.  Interiorly  the 
margin  is  most  minutely  crenulated.  Length  3  ;  height  3'75  mm. 

Two  valves  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Allied  to  L.  congenita,  Smith,!  from  which  it  differs  by  being 
narrower  in  proportion  to  height,  more  densely  ribbed,  and  more 
inequilateral. 

CORBIS  FIMBRIATA,  Linne. 
Sowerby,  Conch.  Icon.,  xviii.,  1872,  Corbis,  pi.  i.,  sp.  1. 

A  living  specimen  occurred  under  blocks  of  coral  in  the  lagoon. 

Schmeltz  quotes  this  from  Fiji  and  the  Pelews  ;  Melvill  and 
Standen  from  Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Port  Curtis, 
Queensland  ;  New  Caledonia  ;  and  Tonga. 


*  Von  Martens— Journ.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.,  xxi.,  1889,  p.  209. 

t  Smith— Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  182,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  7,  7a. 


498  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

CKYPTODON  GLOBOSUM,  ForskaL 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  vi.,  1850,  pi.  v.,  sp.  21  (as  L.  ovum). 

Common  as  dead  shells  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Ranges  along  the  east  Australian  coast  south  to  St.  Vincent's 
Gulf.  Is  represented  in  this  Museum  from  Tonga. 

TELLINA  IIUGOSA,  Born. 
Sowerby,  Conch.  Icon.,  xvii.,  Tellina,  1866,  pi.  ix.,  sp.  36. 

A  few  dead,  subfossil  valves  were  picked  up  around  the  raised 
Heliopora  reef. 

Reported  by  H.  Cuming  from  Rapa,  Austral  Islands ;  by 
Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu  ;  and  by  Schmeltz  from  Samoa, 
Fiji,  Rarotonga,  and  Tahiti.  In  this  Museum  it  is  represented 
from  Moreton  Bay,  Queensland  ;  Pipon  Islands,  New  Caledonia  ; 
Tonga  ;  and  Hawaii. 

TELLINA  SCOBINATA,  Linue. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xiv.,  sp.  64. 

Common  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Sowerby  notes  this  from  the  Society  Islands  ;  Schmeltz  from 
Samoa,  Fiji,  and  Rarotonga  ;  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu. 
This  Museum  contains  it  from  the  Solomons,  Gilberts,  and 
Tonga. 

TKLLINA  FLAMMULA,  Deshayes. 
Sowerby,  loc  cit.,  pi.  lii ,  sp.  310. 

A  few  valves  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Included  in  the  Museum  collection  from  Woodlark  Island  and 
New  Caledonia. 

TELLINA  DISPAR,  Conrad. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  iii.,  sp.  10. 

A  few  separate  valves  were  noticed  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

First  described  from  Hawaii ;  noted  by  Schmeltz  from  Upolu 
and  Tahiti ;  and  by  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu.  Represented 
in  this  Museum  from  Port  Curtis  and  Moreton  Bay.  Queensland  ; 
and  New  Caledonia. 

TKI.LIVA  OBLIQUARIA,  Deshayes. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  liv.,  sp.  321. 

Several  specimens  from  the  beach  of  the  lagoon,  some  rose, 
others  lemon,  others  again  lemon  with  rose  stripes  from  the  umbo. 

Deshayes,  in  his  original  description,*  records  this  species 
from  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Sowerby,  in  the  reference  quoted  above, 


Deshayes -Pioc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1854,  p.  356. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY. 


499 


though  actually  mentioning  the  page  of  his  predecessor's  work, 
states  that  the  habitat  of  the  species  is  unknown.  Such  evidence 
of  carelessness  supports  me  in  concluding  that  Sowerby  again 
described  this  species  as  T.  obliquistriata,*  from  "  Kingsmill 
Island,"  by  which  the  Kingsmill  or  Gilbert  Group  are  doubtless 
intended.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

TELLINA  RHOMBOIDES,  Quay  &  Gaimard. 
Smith,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  103. 

Abundant  in  the  lagoon. 

Reported  by  Smith,  under  various  names,  from  Guam  in  the 
Ladrones  ;  Cape  York,  (Queensland  ;  and  Levuka,  Fiji ;  and  by 
Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from 
Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

TELLIXA   ROBUSTA,  Hauley. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xvi.,  sp.  77. 

The  yellow  variety  occurred  in  profusion  in  the  lagoon. 
Hanley   reports  this   from   Anaa,    Paumotus ;    Schmeltz   from 
Tahiti,  Rarotonga,  and  Upolu.     I  have   taken  it  at  Hyenghien, 
New  Caledonia.     There  are   examples   in  the  Museum   from  the 
Isle  of  Pines. 

TELLINA  OPALINA,  Sowerby. 

(Fig.  52). 
Sowerby,  loc  cit.,  pi.  xliv.,  sp.  258. 


The  paucity  of  information  given  by  Sowerby  permits  no 
accurate  determination,  but  suggests  this  name  for  a  species  of 
which  I  took  a  dozen  odd  valves  on  the  beach  of  the  lagoon.  The 
species  in  question  is  in  length  5-5,  and  in  height  3-7  mm.  ;  very 
glcssy,  radiately  marked  with  translucent  and  opaque  lines  or 
dashes,  the  concentric  sculpture  almost  effaced. 

The  original  description  gave  no  locality.  Melvill  and  Standen 
supply!  Madras  and  the  Moluccas. 


*  Sowerby  -Conch.  Icon.,  xvii.,  1866,  pi.  xliv.,  sp.  256. 
f  Melvill  and  Standen— Journ.  Conch.,  ix.,  18U8,  p.  85. 


500 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


TELLINA  FIJIENSIS,  Sowerby. 
Smith,  loc.  cit.,  p.  107. 

A  few  separate  valves  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Previously  reported  from  Marutea,  Paumotus  ;  and  Ngau  and 
Levuka,  Fiji. 

TELLINA  CREBRIMACULATA,  Sotverby. 
Sowerby,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  li.,  sp.  301. 

A  few  separate  valves  from  the  lagoon  beach. 
Hitherto  only  recorded  from  Fiji. 

TELLINA  ELLICENSIS,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  53). 

Shell  small,  very  solid,  opaque,  very  inequilateral,  rather  inflated 
anteriorly,  height  two-thirds  of  the  length,  truncate  posteriorly. 
Colour  white,  irregularly  painted  with  small  rose  spots  and  streaks. 
Sculptured  over  the  entire  surface  by  fine,  close,  concentric  threads. 


Fig.  53. 

Umbo  prominent.  Fold  almost  obselete.  Dorsal  margin  straight, 
then  curved  anteriorly.  Anterior  margin  curved  the  third  of  a 
circle.  Ventral  margin  nearly  straight,  scarcely  sinuated  by  the 
fold.  Hinge  composed  of  two  cardinal  teeth,  a  strong  anterior 
lateral  and  a  weaker  posterior  lateral  tooth.  Length  6,  height 
4  mm. 

This  species  is  allied  by  sculpture  and  contour  to  T.  tenuilirata, 
Sowerby,    from  which  a  much  shorter,   broader  outline  clearly 
it. 


One   right  valve  was  found    on  the  beach  of   the  Funafuti 
lagoon. 

LIBITINA  GUINAICA,  Lamarck. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  i.,  Cypricardia,  1843,  pi.  ii.,  species  13. 

Plentiful  dead  on  the  beaches  ;  once  found  alive  in  a  crevice 
in  a  block  of  coral  in  the  lagoon. 

The  only  other  Pacific  record  seems  to   be  the  finding  of  it  by 
Hugh  Cuming  at  Marutea,  Paumotus. 


THE  MOLLU8CA — HEDLEY.  501 

CIRCE  PECTINATA,  Linne. 
Romer,  Mon.  Veneridse,  i.,  1869,  p.  174,  pi.  xlvii,  figs.  la-d. 

Common  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon  ;  collected  alive  among  loose 
rocks. 

Romer  quotes  this  from  Marutea,  Paumotus  ;  Fischer  from 
New  Caledonia  ;  Schmeltz  from  Bowen,  and  Smith  from  Thursday 
Island,  Queensland.  It  is  in  this  Museum  from  Fiji ;  Port  Moresby, 
British  New  Guinea  ;  and  Port  Curtis,  Queensland. 

CIRCE  PICTA,  Lamarck. 
Romer,  loc.  cit,,  p.  164,  pi.  xlv.,  fig.  3. 

Two  valves  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Smith  states*  that  the  distinction  between  this  and  several 
admitted  species  is  obscure.  Schmeltz  quotes  it  from  Upolu, 
Samoa  ;  and  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu. 

CIRCE  CASTRENSIS,  Linne. 
R<imer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  159,  pi.  xliv. 

A  few  valves  were  found  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Smith  has  recorded  this  from  Bowen,  Queensland.  In  this 
Museum  it  is  represented  from  New  Caledonia  ;  the  Loyalties  ; 
Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides  ;  Guadalcanar,  Solomons  ;  and  Tonga- 
tabu,  Tonga. 

CYTHEREA  OBLIQUATA,  Hanley,  var.  PRORA,  Conrad. 
Roraer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  107,  pi.  xxix.,  fig.  1,  pi.  xxxiii.,  figs.  4,  5. 

Very  common  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

Schmeltz  quotes  this  from  Fiji,  Tahiti,  and  Rarotonga.  The 
Museum  series  show  it  from  Port  Curtis,  Queensland  ;  and  New 
Caledonia. 

CYTHEREA  SUBPELLUCIDA,  Sowerby. 
Romer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  112,  pi.  xxx.,  fig   4. 
One  specimen  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

VENUS  TOREUMA,  Gould. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  xiv.,  1863,  Venus,  pi.  xvi.,  sp.  64. 

Several  valves  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

Smith  records  this  from  Port  Molle  and  Port  Curtis,  Queens- 
land. Other  Queensland  localities  shown  by  the  Museum  collection 
are  Torres  Straits,  Bowen,  and  Moreton  Bay. 


*  Sraith-Loc.  cit.,  p.  146. 


502 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


VENUS  PUERPERA,  L.,  var.  LISTERI,  Gray. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  v.,  sp.  14. 

Several  adult  valves  were  taken  on  the  lagoon  beach;  and  what 
seems  a  very  young  shell  was  caught  by  the  tangles  in  forty  to 
eighty  fathoms  on  the  western  slope  of  the  atoll. 

VENERUPIS  MACROPHYLLA,  Deshayes. 

Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  ii.,  1855,  p.  763,  pi.  clxv.,  fig.  20. 
One  small  specimen  taken  boring  dead  coral  in  the  lagoon. 

NARANIO  LAPICIDA,  Chemnitz. 

Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.,  ii.,  1855,  p.  776,  pi.  clxvi.,  fig.  26. 
Found  boring  loose  coral  blocks  in  the  lagoon. 

Schmeltz  quotes  this  from  Yap,  Pelews.  Sowerby  mentions  it 
from  Australia  ;  though  no  doubt  it  occurs  on  the  Great  Barrier 
Reef,  I  am  not  acquainted  with  Australian  examples  of  the  typical 
form  with  posterior  radiating  ribs.  A  thinner,  smoother  form, 
(var.  divaricata]  has  been  noticed  in  South  Australia.  A  useful 
index  to  the  genus  is  given  by  Tryon.* 

KELLIA  PACIFICA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  54). 


F.g.  54. 

Shell  oblong,  inflated,  most  glossy,  iridescent  by  reflected  light. 
Equivalve,  margins  closed.  Inequilateral  to  the  extent  of  the 
posterior  being  twice  the  length  of  the  anterior.  Colour  milky  on 
the  umbont  s,  cream  on  the  ventral  margins,  with  concentric 
opaque  and  translucent  zones.  Sculptured  by  delicate  unequal 
growth  lines  which  grow  coarser  with  age.  Beaks  small,  almost 
touching,  forwardly  directed.  Ventral  margin  straight,  anteriorly 
truncated,  posterior  rounded  and  dorsal  gently  curved. 


*  Tryon— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  vii.,  1872,  p.  258. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HEDLEY.  503 

Length  11,  height  8,  breadth  of  conjoined  valves  5-5  mm. 

Alive  in  the  lagoon  under  loose  blocks  of  dead  coral.  There  is 
a  specimen  of  this  species  in  this  Museum  from  New  Caledonia, 
labelled  by  Mr.  E.  A.  Smith,  "Scintilla  ovulina,  Desh.,"  with  the 
description  and  figure  of  which  it  does  not  agree. 

SCINTILLA  SEMICLAUSA,  Sowerby. 

Sowerby,  Conch.  Icon.,  xix.,  Scintilla,  1874,  pi.  ii.,  sp.  9. 
One  specimen  alive  in  shallow  water  in  the  lagoon. 
Recorded  by  Melvill  and  Standen  from  Lifu. 

ATACTODEA  STRIATA,  Gmelin. 

(Fig.  55). 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  viii.,  Mesodesma,  1854,  pi.  ii.,  sp.  10. 

Abundant  alive  in  sand  at 
low  water  along  the  margin  of 
the  lagoon.  It  was  eaten  by 
the  children  who  called  it 
"assouri."  An  enlarged  draw- 
ing taken  from  life  on  the  spot 
is  here  reproduced.  The  animal 
is  extremely  bold  and  active,  it  yl<T  -5 

is   cream    colour   with  a   vivid 
scarlet  border  to  the  anterior  edge  of  the  mantle. 

Unless  slight  difference  of  sculpture  be  regarded  as  of  specific 
distinction,  this  species  is  shown  by  Museum  material,  under 
various  names  from  Port  Curtis,  Eclipse  Island,  Queensland  ;  Guam, 
Ladrones  ;  Teste  Island,  Louisiade  Archipelago;  the  Solomons; 
New  Hebrides  ;  Fiji ;  and  Samoa. 

ASAPHIS    DEFLOHATA,   LlWlf '. 

Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  x.,  Capsa,  1856,  pi.  i. 

This  species  is  abundant  on  the  Funafuti  lagoon. 

Reeve  reports  it  from  Tahiti,  and  Melvill  and  Standen  from 
Lifu.  It  is  represented  in  this  Museum  from  Torres  Straits  and 
Port  Curtis,  Queensland;  Woodlark  Island,  British  New  Guinea; 
Vate,  New  Hebrides ;  New  Caledonia  ;  and  the  Gilberts. 

PSAMMOBIA  SQUAMOSA,  Lamarck. 

Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  x.,  1857,  Psammobia,  pi.  vii.,  sp.  50. 
One  young  and  separate  valve  from  the  lagoon  beach. 

CARDIUM  ANGULATUM,  Lamarck. 

Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  ii.,  1845,  Cardium,  pi.  xiv.,  sp.  70. 
Single  valves  are  not  uncommon  on  the  lagoon  beaches. 


504  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

Specimens  of  this  species  are  contained  in  this  Museum  from 
New  Caledonia  and  Uea  or  Wallis  Island.  It  is  represented  by 
the  above  quoted  illustration,  and  is  also  identical  with  specimens 
returned  from  the  British  Museum  under  the  name  of  "  Cardium 
philippinense,  Deshayes";  this  name  I  have  been  unable  to  trace 
in  literature. 

CARDIUM  MACULOSUM,  Wood. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xvi.,  sp.  76. 

A  few  separate  valves  were  found  on  the  lagoon  beach. 

CARDIUM  CARDISSA,  var.  DION^UM,  Sowerby. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  xxi.,  sp.  122. 
Common  on  the  lagoon  beach. 
This  was  first  collected  by  Cuming  on  Anaa,  Paumotus. 

CARDIUM  FRAGRUM,  Linne. 
Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  iv.,  sp.  23. 
Common  in  the  lagoon. 

It  is  represented  in  this  Museum  from  Port  Curtis,  Queensland, 
and  New  Caledonia. 

C.  FRAGRUM,  var.    SUEZIENSE,  Issel. 

Smith,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  158,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  2,  2a,  26. 

Separate  valves  were  abundant  on  the  lagoon  beach,  and  one 
was  obtained  outside  the  atoll  at  a  depth  of  eighty  to  forty 
fathoms. 

The  four  dozen  odd  valves  before  me  exhibit  much  variation  in 
contour,  and  they  appear  to  pass  by  gradual  transition  into  typical 
C.  fragrum.  Smith,  who  redescribes  and  refigures  the  species, 
rests  his  definition  chiefly  on  form.  The  figure  of  Issel,*  which 
he  condemns,  can  in  outline  be  exactly  matched  by  Funafuti 
material.  Possibly  the  species  tends  in  deeper  water  to  assume 
this  form.  The  "Challenger  "  dredged  it  off  Fiji,  and  this  Museum 
possesses  examples  from  Torres  Straits. 

TRIDACNA  GIGAS,  Z.,  var.  SQUAMOSA,  Lamarck. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  xiv.,  Tridacna,  1862,  pi.  iii. 

Not  uncommon   among  the  reefs  of   the   lagoon. 

Known  to  the  natives  of  Funafuti  as  "Fasua  tuka,"  (ante  p.  67) 
and  by  them,  as  by  other  South  Sea  Islanders,  esteemed  for  food.f 
[t  had  a  further  economic  value  as  material  for  ornaments  and 

*  Issel— Malacologia  del  Mar  Eosso,  1869,  pi.  iii.,  fig.  4. 
t  Hedley  in  Thomson— British  New  Guinea,  1892,  p.  283. 


THE  MOLLU8CA— HEDLEY.  505 

axe  heads.*     The  natives  of  the  Solomon  Islands  prefer  fossil  to 
recent  shells  for  this  purpose,  f 

What  information  we  have,  suggests  that  the  range  of  this 
species  is  almost  co-extensive  with  that  of  the  reef-building 
corals. 

Weights  and  measures  of  sundry  large  individuals  have  lately 
been  published  by  Smith,!  his  maximum  record  being  five  hundred 
and  seven  pounds  weight,  and  fifty-four  inches  in  length.  This  is 
almost  reached  by  an  unquoted  record  from  the  Isle  of  Pines,  New 
Caledonia.  Dr.  T.  Mialaret  writes§: — "  In  the  middle  of  the 
peninsula  which  encloses  the  Bay  of  Oupi  on  the  east,  there  occurs, 
sunk  in  the  coral,  the  edges  of  its  valves  level  with  the  surface  of 
the  rock,  a  gigantic  Tridacna  measuring  at  least  1  metre  20  in 
length.  At  the  request  of  Admiral  Courbet,  we  attempted  in 
1882  to  extract  it,  but  all  our  efforts  were  in  vain." 

The  genus  Tridacna  appears  to  suffer  from  a  superfluity  of 
specific  names.  No  characters  of  permanent  value  separate  T. 
squamosa  from  T.  gigas.  These  forms  are  usually  if  not  invariably 
free.jj  On  the  contrary,  the  habit  of  T.  elongata  is  to  bury  itself 
in  rock,  a  habit  always  causing  variability  in  shape. 

Hanley  states  that  it  was  upon  what  Lamarck  called  "  T. 
squamosa  "  that  Linne  himself  founded  his  Chama  gigas.*\ 

TRIDACNA  ELONGATA,  Lamarck. 

Reeve,  loc.  cit.,  pi.  ii.  ;  Valliant,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  iv.,  1865,  pp. 
65-  172,  pis.  viii.  -  xii. 

This  species  is  abundant,  perforating  dead  coral  in  the  Funafuti 
lagoon.  So  firmly  does  the  foot  adhere,  that  when  wrenching  the 
shell  out  of  its  burrow,  I  have  sometimes  torn  the  animal  asunder, 
leaving  the  foot  attached  to  the  rock.  The  position  of  the  shells 
embedded  in  dead  coral  is  well  displayed  in  one  of  W.  S.  Kent's 
photographs.** 

The  natives,  who  distinguish  it  from  the  preceding  as  "  Fasua 
noa,"  also  use  it  as  food. 

The  range  of  T.  elongata  appears  to  exceed  that  of  T.  gigas, 
the  furthest  southern  point  reached  by  it  in  the  Pacific  being 
Lord  Howe  Island. 

*  Valliant- Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Fr.,  xxv.,  1868,  pp.  681  -G87. 
t  Willey— Nature,  Oct.  1896,  p.  523. 
J  Smith— Proc.  Malac.  Soc.,  iii.,  1898,  p.  112. 

§  Mialaret— L'lle  des  Pins,  son  Passe,  son  Present,  son  A.venir,  1897, 
p.  63. 

Kent— Great  Barrier  Eeef,  1893,  pp.  44-45,  pi.  xxix. 
T  Hanley— Ipsa  Linnaei  Conchylia,  1855,  p.  85. 
**  Kent— Loc.  cit.,  foreground  of  No.  1,  pi.  iv. 
Ii 


506  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

CHAMA  IMBRICATA,  Broderip. 
Broderip, Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  1835,  p.  304,  pi.  xxxix.,  fig.  2;  Lischke, 

Jap.  Meeres  Conch.,  ii.,  1871,  p.  126,  pi.  ix.,  fig.  4. 
Chama  foliacea,  Quoy  and  Gaimard,  Voy.  "Astrolabe,"  Zool.,  iii., 
1835,  p.  478,  pi.  Ixxviii.,  fig.  19. 

Abundant  at  low  water  in  the  Funafuti  lagoon,  a  mile  south 
of  the  village. 

The  foliations  on  the  opercular  valve  are  in  my  specimens  all 
worn  away,  and  for  identification  I  have  relied  on  the  contour, 
the  dark  purple  stain  on  the  upper  interior  margin,  and  the 
absence  of  marginal  crenulations.  The  C.  foliacea,  Q.  &  G.,  from 
Vanikoro,  appears  to  me  to  be  identical.  As  Broderip's  preliminary 
description*  did  not  appear  till  April  3rd,  1835,f  I  do  not  know 
whether  it  was  in  London  or  in  Paris  that  the  species  was  first 
published. 

Hugh  Cuming  brought  the  type  from  Marutea,  Paumotus ; 
Melvill  and  Standen  note  it  from  Lifu.  An  example  from  Anei- 
teum,  New  Hebrides,  is  in  this  Museum. 

CHAMA  SPINOSA,  Broderip. 

Broderip,  loc.  cit.,  p.  306,  pi.  xxxviii.,  tigs.  8,  9. 
Two  specimens  from  the  lagoon. 

If  I  have  correctly  identified  this  species,  the  upper  valve  must 
have  always  been  wrongly  drawn.  In  a  specimen  before  me,  the 
umbo  is  at  a  third  of  the  diameter  of  the  valve  from  the  hinge, 
and  around  it  the  valve  has  performed  three  spiral  volutions. 

Found  by  Cuming  at  Marutea,  Paumotus. 

CHAMA  UNICORNIS,  Bruguiere. 
Clessin,  Conch.  Cab.,  Chama,  1888,  p.  15,  pi.  ii.,  figs.  3,  4. 

With  doubt  I  so  identify,  from  insufficient  figures  and  des- 
cription, a  specimen  with  two  revolutions,  15  mm.  long  from 
Funafuti. 

CORBULA  TAIIEITENSIS,  Lamarck. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  ii.,  Corbula,  1843,  pi.  ii.,  sp.  15. 

One  of  the  most  abundant  shells  on  the  lagoon  beach,  but  I  did 
not  meet  with  it  alive. 

To  the  original  locality  of  Tahiti,  Smith  adds  that  of  New 
Guinea.  J 

GASTROCH^NA  LAMELLOSA,  Deshayes. 

Smith,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  28,  pi.  vii.,  figs.  2,  2b. 
Found  alive,  boring  in  coral  blocks,  in  the  lagoon. 

*  Broderip— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1834,  p.  149. 
t  See  Sclater— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1894,  p.  436. 
I  Smith— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  430. 


THE  MOLLUSCA — HRDLEY.  507 

Smith  reports  this  from  Torres  Straits.  In  this  Museum  it  is 
represented  from  Fiji;  New  Caledonia;  Moreton  Bay,  Queensland; 
and  St.  Vincent's  Gulf,  South  Australia. 

NAUSITORIA  AURITA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  56). 

Shell  distinguished  by  an  auricle  which  is  much  recurved  out- 
wards and  above ;  within,  it  is  raised  above  the  surface  of  the 
valve.  This  character  is  illustrated  by  Fig.  56,  showing  exterior 
and  interior  of  the  right  valve.  Ventral  or  median  area  rather 
broad.  Apophyses  short  and  broad.  Hinge  tubercle  bifid.  Length 
9,  breadth  9  mm.  Palettes  unknown. 


Fig  56. 

A  log,  recognised  by  a  bushrnan  of  our  party  as  kauri  (ante  p. 
40)  which  came  ashore  at  Funafuti,  had  been  bored  by  this 
mollusc.  On  breaking  the  wood  up  with  an  axe,  I  found  the 
only  vestiges  left  of  the  animal  to  be  a  pair  of  valves  broken  at 
the  ventral  tips,  which  I  found  in  a  burrow. 

Mr.  R.  C.  Rossiter  afterwards  generously  presented  me  with  a 
couple  of  perfect  valves,  specifically  identical  with  these  Funafuti 
shells,  which  he  collected  at  Noumea,  New  Caledonia. 

An  ally  of  this  seems  to  be  a  species  of  unknown  origin  named 
by  Sowerby  Teredo  campanulata,  that  is  however  apparently 
narrower  in  the  ventral  portion,  and  even  more  produced  and 
recurved  in  the  auricle. 

I  recently  examined*  certain  Australian  shipworms,  and  re- 
marked that  they  differed  from  Teredo  generically.  For  their 
reception  I  selected  the  genus  Calobates,  Gould  (1862),  revised 
the  characters  of  that  genus,  and  subordinated  to  it  Nausitoria, 
Wright  (1864),  and  Lyrodus,  Gould  (1870).  It  unfortunately 
escaped  my  attention  that  Tapparone  Canefri  had  already  pointed 
outf  that  Calobates,  as  a  generic  term,  had  been  twice  preoccupied 

*  Hedley-Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  xxiii.,  1898,  p.  91. 

t  Tapparone  Canefri— Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genoa,  ix.,  1877,  p.  290. 


508  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

for  birds,  and  was  therefore  inadmissible.  He  proposed  to  sub- 
stitute Bactronophorus,  Tapparone  Canefri  (1877).  As,  however, 
the  prior  name  of  Nausitoria  is  available,  that  must  come  into 
use  when  Calobates  is  abandoned. 

The  Teredinidse  have  been  unfortunate  in  their  monographers. 
The  account  in  the  last  volume  of  the  Conchologia  Iconia,  by 
Sowerby,  is  a  slovenly  production  and  full  of  errors.  Even  worse 
is  an  alleged  Monograph  by  Clessin  in  the  Conchylien  Cabinet, 
of  which  the  text  and  illustrations  disgrace  that  serial.  The 
latter  memoir  is  absolutely  the  worst  zoological  monograph  I  have 
read. 

POROMYA  GRANULATA,  Nyst  &  Westendrop. 
Forbes  and   Hanley,   British   Mollusca,  i.,  1853,  p.  204,  pi.  ix., 

figs.  4-6. 

A  single  valve  was  collected  on  the  Funafuti  beach,  which  I 
refer  with  doubt  to  this  species.  It  is  more  oblong  than  the 
figure  quoted,  but  as  I  have  no  authentic  specimen  for  comparison, 
and  as  Dall  credits  this  species  with  great  variation*  in  form  and 
sculpture,  I  refrain  from  assigning  specific  value  to  the  apparent 
difference.  According  to  this  writer,  P.  australis,  Smith,!  from 
Cape  York,  Queensland,  is  but  a  variety.  The  difference  between 
this  and  such  a  figure  as  that  of  Sarsf  is  great  enough  to  include 
the  form  before  me. 

BRACHIOPODA. 
THECIDEA  MAXILLA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  57). 

Shell  small,  of  variable  contour,  somewhat  boat  shaped,  attached 
to  stones,  shells,  or  the  like,  by  the  beak  of  the  pedicle  valve. 
Colour,  dull  pale  yellow.  Sculpture — both  valves  marked  by 
delicate  concentric  growth  lines  and  microscopically  shagreened. 
Length  of  a  large  specimen,  6  mm. ;  breadth  3£  mm. 

Pedicle  valve  deep,  hinge  line  straight, 
cardinal  area   triangular,  apex   rather  re- 

/  •*^*3S^fer-  curved.    Margin  finely  granulate,  frequently 

'^^flllllljp^ll^  emarginate  in  front.  Protruding  from  be- 
neath the  hinge  are  two  slender  prongs 
arising  from  a  deep  seated  septum.  External 
to  these,  and  just  beneath  the  hinge  line,  are 
two  heavy,  projecting,  wedge-shaped  car- 
Fig.  57.  dinal  teeth.  The  interior  of  the  valve  is 
irregularly  studded  with  sharp  points  and 

tubercles  arranged  longitudinally,  and  varying  in  different  in- 
dividuals. 

*  Dall— Bull.  Mus.  Oomp  Zool.,  xii.,  1886,  p.  282. 

f  Smith— Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  54,  pi.  xi.,  figs.  2,  2a,  26. 

J  Sara — Mollusca  regionis  Articse  Norvegiae,  1878,  pi.  v.,  figs.  6a,  6b. 


THE  MOLLUSCA— HEDLEY. 


509 


The  brachial  valve  is  externally  horse-shoe  shaped,  and  has  a 
slight  median  boss.  Internally  it  has  a  straight  hinge  line,  from 
beneath  which  and  in  the  plane  of  the  valve,  projects  a  stout 
cardinal  process,  whose  transverse  vertical  section  would  form  an 
omega,  hollow  downwards.  On  either  side  of  the  cardinal  process, 
and  corresponding  to  the  teeth  of  the  lower  valve,  are  two  deep 
triangular  impressions,  the  sockets.  All  the  free  edge  of  the 
upper  valve  is  granulated.  The  frontal  emargination  gradually 
passes  into  a  funnel  directed  backwards  •  here  originates  the 
median  septum  which  tapers  distally  to  an  acicular  point  before 
the  hinge.  The  ventral  face  of  the  septum  is  hollow,  on  the  right 
and  left  of  it  are  produced  curled  flanges  with  serrate  edges. 
These  edges  vary  much ;  in  some,  presumably  old,  individuals 
they  project  irregular  jagged  lobes  into  the  cavity. 


Fig.  57. 

If  this  median  septum  be  compared  to  the  tongue,  then  the 
teeth  of  the  human  jaw  would  answer  in  position  to  the  lateral 
lobes  of  the  brachial  lamellae.  Their  development  varies  much ; 
what  I  take  to  be  a  young  stage  is  shown  in  my  drawing.  In 
other,  presumedly  aged  examples,  the  " canines "  and  "molars" 
project  as  tusks  sideways  and  downwards,  while  the  "  incisors  " 
coalesce  and  advance  towards  the  hinge.  The  cavity  of  the 
valve,  exclusive  of  the  septum  and  lamellae,  has  the  surface 
densely  perforated. 

This  species  was  attached  in  considerable  numbers,  horizontally, 
perpendicularly,  or  obliquely  (Fig.  57)  to  loose  sheets  of  dead  coral 
which  I  pulled  up  by  tangles  in  forty  to  eighty  fathoms  on  the 
western  slope  of  Funafuti.  At  iirst  inspection  I  mistook  them 


510  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

for  the  young  of  a  Spondylus,  hence  the  erroneous  statement  on 
p.  402,  that  the  Brachiopoda  were  absent  from  the  Archipelago. 

The  genus  Thecidea  dates  back  from  the  opening  of  the  Mesozoic, 
and  is  manifested  in  numerous  species  through  a  long  range  of 
formations.  Like  Nautilus  and  Trigonia,  it  now  only  survives  in 
a  few  rare  and  restricted  species.  It  is  an  interesting  coincidence 
that  a  genus  so  intimately  associated  with  fossil  coral  reefs  in 
Europe,  should  recur  alive  on  a  Pacific  Atoll.  So  far  but  two  recent 
species,  T.  mediterranea,  Risso,  and  T.  barretti,  Woodward,  have 
been  detected.  The  former,  for  which  the  subgenus  Lacazella  has 
been  proposed  by  Munier  Chalmas,  is  unlike  the  Pacific  species ; 
whereas  the  latter  and  the  West  Indian  T.  barretti  are  quite 
close.  These  conform  neither  to  Thecidea,  as  restricted  by  Hall 
and  Clarke,*  nor  to  the  various  subgenera  admitted  by  them. 
That  generic  term  has  been  here  used  in  the  wider  application  of 
Davidson. 

On  comparing  examples  of  T.  maxilla  with  the  published 
accounts  of  T,  barretti,  I  conclude  that  the  characters  are  so 
variable  that  a  large  series  of  each  will  be  necessary  to  discriminate 
properly  between  them.  At  present  I  would  point  to  the  flanges 
of  the  median  septum  and  to  the  greater  development  of  the 
brachial  lamellse,  as  features  possessed  by  T.  maxilla  but  not 
by  T.  barretti.^  The  former,  indeed,  reminds  one  of  a  split 
walnut. 

I  am  in  doubt  whether  a  pseudo-deltidium  exists  in  T.  barretti, 
for  Davidson  writes J  that  "  in  external  shape  it  cannot  be 
distinguished  from  the  Mediterranean  species,"  which  has  the 
pseudo-deltidium  ;  and  in  a  small  drawing§  he  indicates  the 
pseudo-deltidium.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  in  the  enlarged  draw- 
ing, ||  on  which  I  place  more  reliance,  it  is  not  depicted.  Again, 
it  is  not  shown  in  his  first  illustration,U  nor  is  it  mentioned  in 
either  description.  Should  a  pseudo-deltidium  be  absent  in  T. 
barretti,  as  it  certainly  is  in  T.  maxilla,  that  would  isolate  these 
two  from  the  remainder  of  the  genus. 

Another  feature  in  common  is  the  fork  which  projects  in  two 
slender  prongs  between  the  cardinal  teeth  in  both  species,  and 
strikingly  differs  from  the  spoon-shaped  processes  of  T.  medi- 
terranea and  from  the  three  prongs  of  T.  radiata,  the  type  of  the 
genus. 

*  Hall  and  Clarke- 47th  Ann.  Report  New  York  State  Mus.,  1894, 
pp.  1091  - 1093. 

t  Call— Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  xii.,  1886,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  2. 
j  Davidson— Trans.  Linn.  Soc.,  Zool.  (2),  iv.,  1889,  p.  162. 
§  Davidson — Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xxiii.,  fig.  9a. 
||  Davidson— Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xxiii.,  fig.  10. 
IF  Davidson— Geol.  Mag.,  i.,  1864,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  la. 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  FAUNA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 


XIX. 

SUMMARY  OF  THE   FAUNA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 


THE  fauna  of  the  Atoll  of  Funafuti,  as  presented  by  different 
writers  in  the  preceding  pages,  will  now  be  briefly  enumerated 
in  systematic  order.  With  that  information  will  also  be  in- 
corporated various  records,  either  overlooked  in  the  preparation 
of  the  articles  referred  to,  or  produced  since  their  publication, 
and  embracing  the  Archipelago  as  a  whole. 

Prior  to  the  advent  of  the  Expedition,  not  more  than  eight 
species  of  animals  were  recorded  in  literature  from  Funafuti ;  the 
following  lists  embrace  about  eight  hundred  and  fifty  entries. 

Though  the  student  of  Zoogeography  will  herein  find  a  more 
complete  account  of  the  life  of  a  Central  Pacific  Atoll  than  has 
previously  appeared,  he  is  cautioned  not  to  use  it  as  an  exhaustive 
catalogue.  The  results  of  brief  sojourn  by  a  few  poorly  equipped 
visitors,  may  indeed  present  a  picture  in  which  the  salient  features 
loom  obscurely,  as  in  a  partly-developed  photograph,  but  nothing 
more. 

Class  MAMMALIA. 
Mus  exulans,  Peale.  Delphinus,  up. 

Class  AVES. 

The  account  of  the  Avifauna  of  the  atoll  by  Mr.  A.  J.  North 
(pp.  79  -  88)  can  be  supplemented  by  a  few  additions.  Dr.  H. 
Gadow  has  briefly  enumerated  the  birds  shot  on  Funafuti  by  Mr. 
J.  S.  Gardiner.*  To  these  he  adds  Carpophaga  pistrinaria,  a 
species  identified  on  the  wing  by  his  informant.  As  Mr.  Gardiner 
was  not  previously  acquainted  with  this  species,  such  an  identifi- 
cation cannot  be  considered  of  value,  and  I  accordingly  exclude 
it.  In  1897  Mr.  W.  G.  Woolnough,  B.Sc.,  succeeded  in  shooting 
an  example  of  the  much  debated  Ellice  Island  Pigeon,  which  was 
subsequently  determined  by  Mr.  A.  J.  North  as  Globicera  pacifica.^ 

The  avifauna  of  the  Archipelago  will  doubtless  be  found  on 
examination  to  contain  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  twenty-six  birds 
observed  in  the  neighbouring  Phomix  Group.  J  At  present  the 
revised  list  drawn  up  by  Mr.  A.  J.  North,  consists  of  the  following 
fifteen  species : — 

*  Gadow— Ibis  (7),  iv.,  Jan.  1898,  p.  45. 

t  North— Bee.  Aust.  Mus.,  iii.,  June,  1898,  p.  86. 

J  Lister— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1891,  p.  300. 


514  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Urodynamis  taitensis,  Sparrmann. 
Fregata  aquila,  Linne. 
Demiegretta  sacra,  Gmelin.' 
GHobicera  pacifica,  Gmelin. 
Charadrius  fulvus,  Gmelin. 
Totanus  incanus,  Gmelin. 
Numenius  taheiteneis,  Gmelin. 
Strepsilas  interpres,  Linne. 
Limosa  novsezealandise,   Gray. 
Anous  stolidus,  Linne. 
Micranous  leucocapillus,  Gould. 
Procelsterna  caerulea,  Bennett. 
Sterna  anaestheta,  Scopulinus. 

,,        melanauchen,  Temminck. 
Gygis  Candida,  Gmelin. 

Class  REPTILIA. 

Chelone  mydas,  Linne. 
Gymnodactylus  pelagicus,  Girard. 
Gehyra  oceanica,  Lesson. 
Lygosoma  cyanurum,  Lesson. 

,,  adspersum,  Steindachner . 

Class  PISCES. 

The  following  list  includes  the  fishes  of  Funafuti  as  reported 
by  Mr.  E.  R.  Waite  (ante  pp.  181-201,  and  Supplement,  vide 
Appendix).  About  a  fifth  of  them  appears  in  a  list  of  fishes 
obtained  at  Rotuma  by  Mr.  J.  S.  Gardiner.* 

Epinephelus  urodelus,   Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 
,,  leopardus,  Lacepede. 

„  tauvina,  Forskal. 

„  merra,  Bloch. 

,,  fuscoguttatus,  Forskal. 

Grammistes  sexlineatus,  Thunberg. 
Lutianus  bengalensis,  Bloch. 
,,         gib  bus,  Forskal. 
,,          fulviflamma,  Forskal. 
Zanclus  cornutus,|Zmw<?. 
Chaetodon  auriga,  Forskal. 
Mulloides  flavolineatus,  Lacepede. 

, ,  samoensis,  Gunther. 
Upeneus  trifasciatus,  Lacepede. 
Lethrinus  rostratus,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 

,,  ramak,  Forskal. 

Sphserodoii  grandoculis,  Forskal. 
Cirrhites  maculatus,  Lacepede. 


*  Boulenger— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (6),  xx.,  1897,  pp.  371  -  4. 


SUMMARY.  515 

Holocentrum  erythramm,  Giiuther. 

,,  diploxiphus,  Giintker. 

Teuthis  rostrata,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 
Histiophorus  sp. 
Acanthurus  triostegus,  Linne. 

,,  guttatus,  Forskal. 

,,  blochii,   Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 

,,  achilles,  Shaw. 

Naseus  lituratus,  Forskal. 
Caranx  sanctee  helense,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 

,,      crumenopthalmus,  Block. 
Chorinemus  sancti-petri,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 
Trachynotus  baillonii,  Lacepede. 
Thynnus  pelamys,  Linne. 
Buvettus  pretiosus,  Cocco. 
Echeneis  naucrates,  Linne. 
Gobius  biocellatus,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 
Salarias  marmoratus,  Bennett. 

,,         periopthalmus,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 
,,         quadricornis,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes. 
Sphyrsona  sp. 
Myxus  leuciscus,  Gilnther. 
Tetrad  rachmum  aruanum,  Block. 
Glyphidodon  brownriggii,  Bennett. 

,,  sordidus,  Forskal. 

,,  septum-fasciatus,  Cuvier  and  Valeciennesn. 

Chilinus  trilobatus,  Lacepede. 

,,         fasciatus,  Block. 
Epibulus  insidiator,  Pallas. 
Julis  lunaris,  Linne. 
Pseud  oscarus  pulchellus,  Ruppell. 

,,  bataviensis,  Bleeker. 

,,  singapurensis,  Bleeker. 

,,  troschelli,  Bleeker. 

Fierasfer  homii,  Richardson. 
Platophrys  pantherinus,  Ruppell. 
Belone  platura,  Bennett. 
Hemirhamphus  balinensis,  Bleeker. 
Exocsetus  sp. 

Ophichthys  colubrinus,  Boddaert. 
Mureona  formosa,  Bleeker. 

,,        buroensis,  Bleeker. 
Balistes  fuscus,  Block. 

,,        flavomarginatus,  Ruppell. 
,,        aculeatus,  Linne. 
Tetrodon  nigropunctatus,  Block. 


,,         immaculatus,  Block. 
Dicotylichthys  punctulatus,  Kaup. 


516  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Carcharias  lamia,  Risso. 

G-aleocerdo  rayneri,  M' Donald  and  Barron. 

Alopias  vulpes,  Gmelin. 

Urogymnus  asperrimus,  Block. 

Trygon  sp. 

Ceratoptera  sp. 

Class  HEMICHOKDA. 
Ptychodera  ilava,  Eschscholtz. 
hedleyi,  Hill. 

Class  CRUSTACEA. 

Since  the  issue  of  the  foregoing  part  of  this  Memoir  dealing 
with  the  Crustacea,  there  has  appeared  a  valuable  series  of 
articles  by  Mr.  L.  A.  Borradaile*  on  Crustacea  from  the  South 
Pacific,  including  those  taken  on  Funafuti  by  Mr.  J.  S.  Gardiner. 

Mr.  Borradaile  conjectures  that  as  Payurus  setifer  is  so  closely 
allied  to  P.  guttattis,  the  record  of  the  latter  from  Funafuti  may 
be  a  case  of  mistaken  identity.  Mr.  Whitelegge,  on  re-examination 
of  the  example  in  question,  maintains  that  it  cannot  be  P.  setifer, 
inasmuch  as,  among  other  characters,  the  left  leg  of  the  third 
pair  in  the  Funafuti  crab  is  setiferous  all  round  and  without 
sculpture  ;  whereas  both  the  description  of  Milne  Edwards  and 
the  figure  of  Hilgendorf,  confine  the  bristles  to  the  margin  of  the 
leg  of  P.  setifer.  The  identification  was  arrived  at  after  com- 
parison with  examples  of  P,  setifer  from  Mauritius  and  Fiji. 

A  Lambrus  allied  to  L.  intermedius,  Miers,  and  possibly  new, 
was  dredged  by  Mr.  G.  Halligan  at  a  depth  of  two  hundred 
fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet,  Funafuti. 

A  Cirriped,  noted  by  Schmeltz  from  the  Ellice,f  Lithothyra 
rhodiopus,  has  also  been  included. 

Lambrus  sp. 

Atergatis  floridus,  Rumphius. 
Actsea  rugata,  Adams  and  White. 
Xanthodes  lamarckii,  Milne  Edwards. 

,,  nitidulus,  Dana. 

Zozymus  seneus,  Dana. 
Daira  perlata,  Herbst. 
Etisus  laevimanus,  Randall. 
Etisodes  caelatus,  Dana. 
Carpilodes  niargaritatus,  Milne  Edwards. 
Pilumnus  vestitus,  Haswell. 

„  prunosus,   Whitelegge. 


*  Borradaile— Proc.   Zool.  Soc.,  1MJS,  pp  32  -  38,  457  -  4G8,  1000-1015; 
and  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (7),  ii.,  1898,  pp.  370-391. 
t  Schmeltz— Cat.  Mus.  Godeff.,  v.,  1874,  p.  83. 


SUMMARY.  517 

Actaeodes  speeiosa,  Dana. 
Phymodius  monticulosus,  Dana. 
Pseudozius  caystrus,  Adams  and  White. 
Leptodius  exaratus,  Milne  Edwards. 

,,  sanguineus,  Milne  Edwards. 

Ruppellia  annulipes,  Milne  Edwards. 
Eriphia  scabricula,  Dana. 

,,         laevimana,  Latreille. 
Trapezia   cymodoce,  Herbst. 

,,          ferruginea,  Latreille. 
Thalamita  Integra,  Dana. 

,,  admete,  Herbst. 

Cardisoma  hirtipes,  Dana. 
Ocypoda  ceratophthalma,  Pallas. 
Gelasimus  tetragonon,  Herbst. 
Metopograpsus  messor,  Forskal. 
Grapsus  maculatus,  Catesby. 
Geograpsus  crinipes,  Dana. 
Leiolophus  planissimus,  Herbst. 
Calappa  hepatica,  Linne. 
Cryptodromia  japonica,  Henderson. 
Eemipes  pacificus,  Dana. 
Birgus  latro,  Linne. 
Cenobita  olivieri,  Owen. 

,,        clypeata,  Milne  Edivards. 
,,        perlata,  Milne  Edwards, 
,,        rugosa,  Milne  Edicards. 
,,  ,,       var.  pulchra,  Dana. 

Diogenes  pallescens,  Whiteleggc. 
Pagurus  fabimanus,  Dana. 

,,         setifer,  Milne  Edwards. 
,,         guttatus,  Olivier. 
,,         euopsis,  Dana. 
Clibanarius  virescens,  Dana. 

,,  corallinus,  Milne  Edwards. 

Clibaiiarius  eequabilis,  Dana. 
,,  zebra,  Dana. 

,,  cruentatus,  Milne  Edwards. 

Calcinus  elegans,  Milne  Edwards. 
,,          gaimardi,  Milne  Edwards. 
,,          latens,  Randall. 
,,          herbsti,  de  Man. 
,,  ,,       var.  lividus,  Milne  Edwards. 

Aniculus  typicus,  Fabricius. 
Galathea  affinis,  Ortmann. 
Petrolisthes  lamarckii,  Leach. 

,,  ,,          var.  asiaticus,  Leach. 

,,  ,,          var.  rufescens,  Heller. 

,,          var.  fiimbriatus,  Borradaile. 


518  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Porcellana  sollasi,  W^hitelegge. 
Ibacus  antarcticus,  Rumphius. 
Palinurus  guttatus,  Latreille. 
Palsemonella  tridentata,  Borradaile. 
Hippolyte  gibberosus,  Milne  Edwards. 
Saron  marmoratus,   Olivier. 
Athanas  sulcatipes,  Borradaile. 
Alplueus   edwardsii,  Audouin. 

laevis,  Randall. 

strenuus,  Dana. 

parvirostris,  Dana. 

collumianus,  Stimpson. 

frontalis,  Say. 

prolificus,  Sate. 

funafutensis,  Borradaile. 
Betaeus  minutus,  Whitelegge. 
Periclimenes  danae,  Stimpson. 
Coralliocaris  brevirostris,  Borradaile. 
Anchistus  miersi,  de  Man. 
Callianidea  typa,  Milne  Edwards. 
G-ondactylus  chiragra,  Falricim. 
Pseudosquilla  ciliata,  Fabricius. 
Cirolana  latystylis,  Dana. 
Athelgue  aniculi,  Whitelegge. 
Lithotrya  nicobarica,  Reinhardt. 
„          rhodiopus,  Gray. 

Class  ARACHNIDA. 

Since  the  publication  of  the  preceding  account  (pp.  89  -  124)  of 
the  Spiders  and  Insects  of  Funafuti,  Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock  has  dealt 
with  the  series  simultaneously  collected  by  Messrs.  Sollas  and 
Gardiner,  which  embraced  forms  not  procured  by  Mr.  Hedley.* 
Mr.  Pocock  differs  from  Mr.  Rainbow  in  sundry  matters  of  species 
and  genera.  In  the  determination  of  the  Scorpion,  the  latter 
accepts  his  correction,  but  he  maintains  the  specific  status  of  the 
various  Spiders  disputed  by  Mr.  R.  I.  Pocock.  Though  the  two 
names,  Obisium  antipodum,  Simon,  and  Olpium  longiventer,  Key- 
serling,  probably  refer  to  one  species,  both  provisionally  appear 
in  the  following  list.  This  under  Mr.  Rainbow's  guidance,  has  been 
compiled  from  the  two  articles  mentioned.  It  therefore  represents 
his  latest  opinion  on  the  subject.  Included  are  also  the  Lepidop- 
tera  previously  recorded  from  the  Archipelago  by  Butler ;  two 
beetles,  Ceresium  simplex  and  Sphenophorus  obscurus,  taken  by 
Mr.  A.  E.  Finckh  on  Funafuti,  in  1898;  and  a  series  of  ants,  noted 
from  the  Ellice  by  Mayr.f  One  of  the  new  beetles  discovered  at 

*  E.  I.  Pocock— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (7),  i.,  1898,  pp.  321-326. 
t  Mayr— Journ.  Mus.  Godeff.,  xii.,  1876,  p.  56-115. 


SUMMARY.  519 

Funafuti,   has  lately  been  re-taken  at  Fife  Bay,   British   New 
Guinea.*     The  Ceresium  occurs  at  Norfolk  Island. 

Hormurus  australasise,  Fabricius. 
Garypus  longidigitatus,  Rainbow. 
Obisium  antipodum,  Simon. 
Olpium  longiv enter,  Keyserling. 
Araneus  theis,  var.  mangareva,  Walclcenaer. 

plebeja,  L.  Koch. 

ventricosa,  Rainbow. 

longispina,  Rainbow. 

etheridgei,  Rainbow. 

festiva,  Rainbow. 

obscura,  Rainbow. 

annulipes,  Rainbow. 

distincta,  Rainbow. 

hoggi,  Rainbow. 

speciosa,  Rainbow. 
Tetragnatha  laqueata,  L.  Koch. 
,,  panopea,  L.  Koch. 

Uloborus  geniculatus,  Olivieri. 
Dictis  striatipes,  L.  Koch. 
Clubiona  alveolata,  L.  Koch. 
Heteropoda  venatoria,  Linne. 
Sarotes  debilis,  L.  Koch. 
Acompse  suavis,  L.  Koch. 
Ascyltus  pterygodes,  L.  Koch. 
Hyllus  ferox,  Rainbow. 
,,        audax,  Rainboiv. 
Oribata  lamellata,  Rainbow. 

Class  MYRIOPODA. 
Scolopendra  morsicans,  Linne. 
Otostigmus  astenon,  Kohlramch. 
Mecistocepnalus  punctifrons,  Newport. 
Orphmaeus  phosphorous,  Linne. 
Trichocambala  sollasi,  Pocod. 

Class  INSECT  A. 

Monocrepidius  ferruginous,  Montrouzier. 

,,  umbraculatus,  Candtee. 

Uloma  cavicollis,  Fairm. 
,,       insularis,  Guerin. 
Sphenophorus  sulcipes,  Karsch. 

,,  obscurus,  Boisduval. 

Elytrurus  squamatus,  Rainbow. 
Nacerdes  transmarina,  Rainbow. 


*  Rainbow— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  xxiii.,  1898,  p.  3G5. 


520  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Ceresium  simplex,  Gyllenhal. 
Concephalus  ensiger,  Harold. 
Panesthia  aethops,  Stoll. 
Loboptera  decipiens,  Germain. 
Arachnocephalus  vestitus,  Costa. 
Calotermes  marginipennis,  Latreille. 
Megachile  hedleyi,  Rainbow. 
Camponotus  novaehollandire,  Mayr. 
Prenolepis  vividula,  Nylander. 
Plagiolepis  gracilis,  Smith. 
Meranoplus  oceanicus,  Smith. 
,,  pubescens,  Smith. 

Plieidole  sexspinosa,  Mayr. 

,,          oceanica,  Mayr. 
Euphloea  eleutho,  Quoij  and  Gaimarc. 

,,  distincta,  Butler. 

Junonia  vellida,  Fabricius. 
Diadema  nerina,  Fabricim. 

,,          otaheitre,  Felder. 
Deiopea  pulchella,  Linne. 
Achaea  meiicerte,  Drury. 
Eemigia  translata,    Walker. 
Chloanges  suralis,  Zeller. 
Amyna  octo,  Guenee. 
Erilita  modestalis,  Lederer. 
Binecera  mirabilis,  Butler. 
Harpagoneura  complexa,  Butler. 
Halobates  sp. 
Culex  hispiodosus,  Skuse. 
Megarrhina  inornata,  Walker. 
Lispe  vittata,  Rainbow. 
Degeeria  dawsoni,  Rainlow. 
Ebenia  nigricruris   Rainbow. 
,,        fieldi,  Rainbow. 

Class  MOLLUSCA. 

Loligo  brevipinnis,  Pfeffer. 
Octopus  tonganus,  Hoyle. 
Scissurella  aequatoria,  Eedley. 
Schisomope  plicata,  Hedley. 
Haliotis  stomatiaeformis,  Reeve. 

,,         ovina,  Chemnitz. 
Emarginula  clathrata,  Pease. 

,,  mariei,  CroKse. 

Acma3a  saccharina,  Linne. 
Phenacolepas  senta,  Hedley. 
Trochus  obeliscus,  Gmelin. 

„         tubiferus,  Kiener. 

„         atropurpureus,  Gould. 


SUMMARY.  521 

Trochus  fastigatus,  A.  Adams. 
Gibbula  concinna,  Bunker, 

„         phasianella,  Deshayes. 
Monilea  lifuana,  Fischer. 

,,         tragema,  Melvill  and  Standen. 
Euchelus  instrictus,  Gould. 
Teinostoma  qualum,  Hedley. 
„  parvulum,  Hedley. 

„  rotatum,  Hedley. 

„  tricarinatum,  Melvill  and  Standen. 

Cirsonella  ovata,  Hedley. 
Liotia  crenata,  Kiener. 
„       sp. 
sp. 

,,       parvissima,  Hedley. 
Mecoliotia  halligani,  Hedley. 
Phasianella  wisemanni,  Baird. 

,,  minima,  Melvill. 

Stomatella  sanguinea,  A.  Adams. 
Stomatia  phymotis,  Helbling. 
Gena  rosacea,  Pease. 

Turbo  petholatus,  var.  caledonicus,  Fischer. 
,,       setosus,  Gmelin. 
„       argyrostomus,  Linne. 
Astralium  petrosum,  Martyn. 
Leptothyra  laeta,  Montrouzier. 
Delphinula  lacinata,  Lamarck. 
Neritopsis  radula,  Linne. 
Nerita  albicilla,  Linne. 
„        maxima,  Chemnitz. 
„        plicata,  Linne. 
„        polita,  Linne. 
,,        insculpta,  Recluz. 
Neritina  reticulata,  Sowerby. 
Helicina  musiva,  var.  rotundata,  Mousson. 
Eulima  pyramidalis,  A.  Adams. 
,,       samoensis,  Crosse. 
,,       diaphana,  Hedley. 
„       decipiens,  Hedley. 
Sty  lifer  varicifer,  Hedley. 
Odontostomia  bulimoides,  Souverbie. 
,,  rubra,  Pease. 

„  robusta,  Hedley. 

„  biplicata,  Hedley. 

Pyramidella  dolabrata,  var.  terebelloides,  A.  Adams. 
,,  turrita,  A.  Adams. 

,,  mitralis,  A.  Adams. 

jj 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Obtortio  pyrrhacme,  Melvill  and  Standen. 
Scala  revoluta,  Hedley. 
,,       paumotensis,  Pease. 
,,       subauriculata,  Souverbie. 
„       ovalis,  Sowerby. 
Scaliola  lapillifera,  Hedley. 
lanthina  sp. 
Natica  violacea,  Sowerby. 

„       marochiensis,  Gmelin. 

,,       mamilla,  Linne. 

„        melanostoma,  Gmelin. 

„       umbilicata,  Quoy  and  Gaimard, 
Vanikoro  gueriniana,  Recluz. 
Capulus  intortus,  Lamarck. 

„         violaceus,  Angas. 
Hipponyx  australis,  Quoy. 
Mitrularia  equestris,  var.  tortilis,  Reeve. 
Truncatella  valida,  Pfeiffer. 
Omphalotropis  zebriolata,  Mousson. 
Assiminea  nitida,  Pease. 
Bissoa  invisibilis,  Hedley. 
„        finckhi,  Hedley. 
„        poolei,  Hedley. 
Rissoina  exasperata,  Souverbie. 

„         gemmea,  Hedley. 

„         polytropa,  Hedley. 

„         plica ta,  Adams. 

„         ambigua,  Gould. 

„         affinis,  Garrett. 
Diala  virgata,  Hedley. 

„      hardyi,  Melvill  and  Standen. 
„      profunda,  Hedley. 
Solarium  hybridum,  Linne. 
Heliacus  discoideus,  Pease. 
Littorina  obesa,  Sowerby. 
Modulus  tectum,  Gmelin. 
Risella  conoidalis,  Pease. 
Plesiotrochus  souverbianus,  Fischer. 
Fossarus  lamellosus,  Montrouzier. 
Planaxis  sulcatus,  Born. 

,,         lineatus,  Da  Costa. 
Melania  mageni,  Gassies. 
Caecum  vertebrale,  Hedley. 

„         exile,  De  Folin. 

„         gulosum,  Hedley. 

,,         amaltheanum,  Hedley. 

„         legumen,  Hedley. 


523 


Vermetus  maximus,  Sowerby. 

sp. 

Turritella  concava,  Martens. 
Stronibus  lentiginosus,  Linne. 

„  floridus,  Lamarck. 

„          dentatus,  var.  rugosus,  Sowerby. 

,,          hsemastoma,  Sowerby. 

,,          terebellatus,  Sowerby. 

„          gibberulus,  Linne. 

„  saraar,  Dillwyn. 

„          luhuanus,  Linne. 
Pterocera  aurantia,  Lamarck. 

,,  byronia,  Gmelin. 

,,          rugosa,  Sowerby. 
Terebellum  subulatum,  Lamarck. 
Cerithium  nodulosuui,  Bruguiere. 

,,  columna,  Sowerby. 

,,  citrinum,  Sowerby. 

„  echinatum,  Lamarck. 

,,  maculosum,  Migliels. 

,,  rostratum,  Sowerby. 

,,  oceanicum,  Hedley. 

„  breve,  var.  ellicense,  Hedley. 

,,  spiculum,  Hedley. 

,,  strictum,  Hedley. 

,,  variegatum,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

,,  zebrum,  Kiener. 

„  impendens,  Hedley. 

,,  piperitum,  Sowerby. 

,,  obeliscus,  Bruguiere. 

,,  „         var.  cedo-nulli,  Soiwrby. 

,,  asperum,  Linne. 

„  pharos,  Hinds. 

„  elegantissimum,  Hedley. 

Contumax  decollatus,  Hedley. 
Cerithiopsis  eutrapela,  Melvill  and  Standen. 

„  electrina,  Hedley. 

Triforis  dolicha,  Watson. 

,,         aegle,  Jousseaume. 

„         torquatus,  Hedley. 

,,         ruber,  Hinds. 

,,        clio,  Hedley. 

„        obesula,  Jousseaume. 

M        tlietis,  Hedley. 

„        incisus,  Pease. 

„         corrugatus,  Hinds. 

„         asperrimus,  Hinds, 
spp. 


524 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Ovula  hervieri,  Hedley. 
Cyprrca  argus,  Linne. 
„       scurra,  Chemnitz. 
„       testudinaria,  Linne. 
„        Isabella,  Linne. 
„       carneola,  Linne. 
„  „         var.  propinqua,  Garrett. 

„       talpa,  Linne. 
„       goodalli,  Gray. 
„        fimbriata,  Gmelin. 
„       macula,  Adams. 
,,       mauritiana,  Linne. 
„       caput-serpentis,  Linne. 
„       mappa,  Linne. 
,,        arabica,  Linne. 
,,       reticulata,  Marty n. 
„       moneta,  Linne. 
„  ,,        rar.  annulus,  Linne. 

,,       tigris,  Linne. 
,,       vitellus,  Linne. 
,,       lynx,  Linne. 

,,        clandestina,  var.  artuffeli,  Jousseaume. 
,,       cribraria,  Linne. 
,,       beck!,  Gaskoin. 
„       erosa,  Linne. 
poraria,  Linne. 
helvola,  Linne. 
cicercula,  Linne. 
nucleus,  Linne. 
childreni,  Gray. 
Trivia  oryza,  Lamarck. 
Dolium  perdix,  Linne. 
„         pom  urn,  Linne. 
Cassis  cornuta,  Linne. 

„       vibex,  var.  erinacea,  Linne. 
Tritonium  tritonis,  Linne. 
pileare,  Linne. 
chlorostomum,  Lamarck. 
gemmatum,  Reeve. 
digitale,  Eeeve. 
tuberosum,  Lamarck. 
maculosum,  Gmelin. 
Distortrix  anus,  Linne. 
Gyrineum  bufonium,  Gmelin. 

„         affine,  Broderip. 
Peristernia  nassatula,  Lamarck. 
Latirus  polygonus,  var.  barclayi,  Reeve. 
„         craticulatus,  Linne. 


SUMMARY.  525 


Pisania  fasciculata,  Reeve. 
Oantharus  undosus,  Linne. 
Murex  ramosus,  Linne. 
,,       adustus,  Lamarck. 
,,       funafutiensis,  Hedley. 
„       radula,  Hedley. 
Purpura  hippocastaneum,  Lamarck. 

„          armigera,  Chemnitz. 
Jopas  sertum,  Bruyuiere. 
Sistrum  hystrix,  Linne. 
„         horridum,  Lamarck. 
,,         ricinus,  Linne. 
,,         moms,  Lamarck. 
,,         digitatum,  Lamarck. 
„         tuberculatum,  Blainville. 
„         cancellatum,  Quoy. 
„         fiscellum,  Chemnitz. 
Coralliophila  coronata,  Barclay. 
Galeropsis  madreporarum,  Sowerby. 
Magilus  antiquus,  Lamarck. 
Nassa  semitexta.  Hedley. 
,,       granifera,  Kiener. 
Columbella  varians,  Sowerby. 
galaxias,  Reeve. 
melvilli,  Hedley. 
alofa,  Hedley. 
obtusa,  Sowerby. 
tringa,  Lamarck. 
rubicunda,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
Engina  parva,  Pease. 
„        nodicostata,  Pease. 
„         raendicaria,  Linne. 
Mitra  episcopalis,  Linne. 
„       pontificalis,  Lamarck. 

flammea  var.  hystrix,  Montrouzier. 
cucumerina,  Lamarck. 
chrysalis,  Reeve. 

tabanula  var.  caledonica,  Recluz. 
ferruginea,  Lamarck. 
acuminata.  Swainson. 
brunnea,  Pease. 
astricta,  Reeve. 
limbifera,  Lamarck. 
litterata,  Lamarck. 
paupercula,  Linne. 
virgata,  Reeve. 
Turricula  gruneri,  Reeve. 

„         exasperata,  Chemnitz. 


526  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

Turricula  angulosa,  Kuster. 
,,          variata,  Reeve. 
„          nodosa,  Swainson. 
,,          pilsbryi,  Hedley. 
Cylindra  dactylus,  Linne. 
Erato  schmeltziana,  Crosne. 
Marginella  sandwicensis,  Peas?,. 
„  iota,  Hedley. 

,,  peasii,  Reeve. 

„  isseli,  var.  ellicensis.  lleilley. 

Olivella  simplex,  Pease. 
Oliva  guttata,  Lamarck. 

,,       irisans,  var.  erythrostciua,  Lamarck. 
Harpa  minor,  Lamarck. 

„       gracilis,  Broderip  and  tSowerby. 
Drillia  unizonalis,  Lamarck. 
Glyphostoma  purpurascens,  Dunker. 

„  alicese,  Melvill  and  Standen. 

„  ,,       var.  tenera,  Hedley. 

„  mallet i,  JRecluz. 

Thetidos  morsura,  Hedley. 
Mangilia  himerta,  Melvill  and  Standen. 
Clathurella  lactea,  Reeve. 

„  clandestina,  Deshayes. 

,,  apicalis,  Montrouzier. 

„  irretita,  Hedley. 

Daphnella  delicata,  Reeve. 

„  lymneiformis,  Jfiener. 

,,  pupoidea,  H.  Adams. 

„  thiasotes,  Melvill  and  Standen. 

Conus  literatus,  Linne. 
„       tessellatus,  Born. 
„       pulicarius,  Hwass. 
„       hebraeus,  Linne 
„  ,,         var.  vermiculatus,  Htvass. 

„        ceylonensis,  Hwass. 
,,       vexillum,  Gmelin. 
„       rattus,  Hwass. 
,,       capitaneus,  Linne. 
„       lividus,  Hwass. 
,,  „        var.  flavidus,  Lamarck. 

vitulinus,  Hwass. 
catus,  Hwass. 
nussatella,  Linne. 
striatus,  Linne. 
geographus,  Linne. 
tulipa,  Linne. 
auratus,  Linne. 


SUMMARY.  527 


Terebra  crenulata,  Linne. 
,,         dimidiata,  Linne. 
,,         maculata,  Linne. 
,,          subulata,  Linne. 
„          tigrina,  Gmelin. 
,,          affinis,  Gray. 
Pterosoma  plana,  Lesson. 
Atlanta  gibbosa,  Eydoux  and  Souleyet. 
,,          turriculata,  D'Orbigny. 
,,         guidicliaudi,  Eydoux  and  Souleyet. 
Soliclula  sulcata,  Gmelin. 
Tornatina  voluta,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
„          hadfieldi,  Melvill  and  Standen. 
„          leptekes,  Watson. 
Retusa  waughiana,  Hedley. 
Atys  cylindrica,  Hebling. 
„       hyalina,  Watson. 
„      dentifera,  A.  Adams. 
„       dactylus,  Hedley. 
Cylichna  erecta,  Hedley. 
Haminea  vitrea,  A.  Adams. 
Cylindrobulla  sculpta,  Nevill. 
Akera  aperta,  Hedley. 
Hydatina  amplustre,  Linne. 

,,  physis,  Linne. 

Ringicula  parvula,  Hedley. 
,,         incisa,  Hedley. 

sp. 
Limacina  inflata  D'Orbigny. 

„         bulimodes,  D'Orbigny. 
Clio  virgula,  Rang. 
„      acicula,  Rang. 
„      striata,  .Rang. 
,,      subula,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
,,      pyramidata,  Linne. 
Cuvierina  columella,  Rang. 
Cavolinia  quadridentata,  Lesueur. 
„          longirostris,  Lesueur. 
,,  inflexa,  Lesueur. 

Agadina  stimpsoni,  A.  Adams. 
Elysia  nigropunctata,  var.  sanguinea,  Hedley. 
Phyllidia  varicosa,  Lamarck. 
Plecotrema  bellum,  H.  and  A.  Adams. 

„  mordax,  Dohrn. 

Melampus  fasciatus,  Deshayes. 

„          luteus,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
Toruatellina  oblonga,  Pease. 
„  conica,  Mousson. 


528  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

Vertigo  pediculus,  Shuttleworth. 
Stenogyra  gracilis,  Button. 
Endodonta  inodicella,  Ferussac. 

„  decemplicata,  Mousson. 

Trochonanina  samoensis,  Mousson. 
Dentalium  lessoni,  Deshayes. 
Cadulus  aratus,  Hedley. 
Anomia  sp. 
Area  zebra,  Swainson. 

maculata,  Sowerby. 
reticulata,  Gmelin. 
velata,  Sowerby. 
tenella,  Reeve. 
congenita,  Smith. 
pteroessa,  Smith. 
Limopsis  davidi,  Hedley. 
Septifer  excisus,  Wiegman. 
Modiola  australis,  Gray. 
Lithophaga  teres,  Philippi. 

„  levigata,  Quoy  and  G'aimard. 

Plicatula  imbricata,  Menke. 
Spondylus  ocellatus,  Reeve. 
Lima  bullata,  Sotverby. 

„      tenera,  Chemnitz. 

„      squamosa,  Lamarck. 

,,      angulata,  Sowerby. 

,,      fragilis,  Gmelin. 
Limea  pectinata,  H.  Adams. 
Pecten  squamatus,  Gmelin. 

,,         pallium,  Linne. 

,,         distans,  Reeve. 

„         madreporarum,  Sowerby. 

„        speciosus,  Reeve. 
Hinnites  sp. 
Pteria  peasei,  Dunker. 

„       cumingii,  Reeve. 
Melina  samoensis,  Baird. 
Pinna  sp. 
Ostrea  hanleyana,  Sowerby. 

,,        cristagalli,  Linne. 
Cardita  sweeti,  Hedley. 
Lucina  exasperata,  Reeve. 

,,         punctata,  Linne. 

„         divergens,  Philippi. 

„        oblonga,  Hedley. 
Cor  bis  fimbriata,  Linne. 
Cryptodon  globosum,  Forskal. 
Tellina  rugosa,  Born. 


SUMMARY.  529 

Tellina  scobinata,  Linne. 

„         flammula,  Deshayes. 

„         dispar,  Conrad. 

,,         obliquaria,  Deshayes. 

,,         rhoinboides,  Quoy  and  G'aimard. 

„         robusta,  Hanley. 

,,         opalina,  Sowerby. 

„         fijiensis,  Sowerby. 

„         crebrimaculata,  Sowerby. 

„         ellicensis,  Hedley. 
Libitina  guinaica,  Lamarck. 
Circe  pectinata,  Linne. 

„     picta,  Lamarck. 

,,      castrensis,  Linne. 
Cytherea  obliquata,  var.  prora,  Conrad. 

,,         subpellucida,  Sowerby. 
Venus  toreuma,  Gould. 

,,       puerpera,  var.  listeri,  Gray. 
Venerupis  raacrophylla,  Deshayes. 
Naranio  lapicida,  Chemnitz. 
Crassatella  sp. 
Kelly  a  pacitica,  Hedley. 
Scintilla  semiclausa,  Sowerby. 
Atactodea  striata,  Gmelin. 
Asaphis  deflorata,  Linne. 
Psaramobia  squammosa,  Lamarck. 
Cardium  angulatum,  Lamarck. 
„          maculosura,  Wood. 
,,         cardissa,  var.  dionseum,  Sowerby. 
,,         fragrum,  Linne. 
,,  ,,         var.  sueziense,  Issel. 

Tridacna  gigas,  var.  squamosa,  Lamarck. 

,,          elongata,  Lamarck. 
Chama  imbricata,  Broderip. 

,,       spinosa,  Broderip. 

,,       unicornis,  Bruguicre. 
Corbula  taheitensis,  Lamarck. 
Gastrochajna  lamellosa,  Deshayes. 
Nausitoria  aurita,  Hedley. 
Tonicia  sp. 

Class  BRACHIOPODA. 
Thecidea  maxilla,  Hedley. 

Class    ECHINODERMATA. 

To  the   Echinoderraata  enumerated  in  the  body  of  this  work 
there  are  added  in  the  following  list  the  species  collected  by 


530  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

J.  S.  Gardiner,  and  determined  by  F.  P.  Bedford  and  F.  J.  Bell.* 
A  sea-urchin,  believed  to  be  Metalia  sternalis,  Gray,  was  occas- 
ionally found  dead  at  high-water  mark  on  the  beaches  of  the 
leeward  islets  of  Funafuti,  but  as  no  specimens  were  preserved  for 
exact  identification,  it  is  not  here  included.  A  starfish  dredged 
off  the  north-west  corner  of  Funafuti,  at  a  depth  of  one  hundred 
and  thirty  fathoms  by  H.M.S.  " Penguin,"  which  was,  in  life, 
bordered  by  segments  of  brick-red  and  yellow-red,  size  R.  30  mm., 
has  been  presented  to  the  Australian  Museum  by  Lieutenant  A. 
Waugh,  R.N.  This  has  been  determined  by  Mr.  Whitelegge  as 
probably  an  immature  example  of  Nardoa  gomophia,  Perrier, 
originally  described  from  New  Caledonia,  f 
Echinothrix  diadeina,  Linne. 

,,  turcarum,  Schynvoet. 

Heterocentrotus  mamillatus,  Klein. 
Echinometra  lucunter,  Leske. 

,,  oblonga,  Blainville. 

Echinus  angulosus,  Leske. 
Laganum  depressum,  Lesson. 
Echinoneus  cyclostomus,  Leske. 
Maretia  planulata,  Lamarck. 
Ophidiaster  cylindricus,  Lamarck. 
Linckia  pacifica,  Gray. 
Nardoa  gomophia,  Perrier. 
Culcita  acutispina,  Bell. 
Ophiactis  savignii,  Muller  and  Troschel. 
Ophiocoma  scolopendrina,  Agassiz. 

,,  erinaceus,  Muller  and  Troschel. 

Ophiarthrum  elegans,  Peters. 
Mulleria  echinites,  Jaeger. 
,,          parvula,  Selenka. 
Holothuria  argus,  Jaeger. 
atra,  Jaeger. 

,,     var.  amboinensis,  Semper. 
vagabunda,  Selenka. 
maculata,  Brandt. 
imitans,  Ludivig. 
Chiridota  intermedia,  Bedford. 
Synapta  ooplax,  Marenzeller. 

Class  ANNELIDA. 
Eurythoe  complanata,  Pallas. 

,,         pacifica,  var.  levuksensis,  Mclntosh. 
Phyllodoce  sp. 
Perichseta  grubei,  Rosa. 


*  Bedford  and  Bell— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1898,  pp.  834-850. 
t  Perrier— Archiv.  Zool.  Exper.,  iv.,  1875,  p.  431. 


SUMMARY.  531 

Class  GEPHYREA. 

To  the  list  of  Gephyrean  worms  recorded  by  A.  E.  Shipley  from 
Funafuti,*  has  been  added  A.  steenstrupii,  identified  (ante  p.  394) 
by  Mr.  Whitelegge.  The  distribution  of  most  of  these  has  been 
further  elucidated  by  Shipley  in  a  Report  on  theWilley  Collection.! 

Sipunculus  vastatus,  Selenhi  and  Billow. 

,,  funafuti,  Shipley. 

Pliyscosouia  nigrescens,  Keferstein. 
paciticum.  Xefer  stein. 
scolops,  Selenka  and  de  JIan. 
varians,  Keferstein. 
microdontodon,  Sluiter. 
dentigerum,  Selenka  and  de  Man. 
Aspidosiphon  elegans,  Chamisso  and  Eysenhardt. 
,,  steenstrupii,  Diesiny. 

,,  klunzingeri,  Selenka  and  Bulow. 

Cloeosiphon  aspergillum,  Quatrefages. 

Class    PORIFERA. 

Eeniera  australis,  Lendenfeld. 

sp. 

Halichondria  solida  car.  rugosa,  Ridley  and  Dendy. 
Spinosella  glomerata,  Whitelegge. 
Gellius  aculeatus,  Whitelegge. 
Clathria  pellicula,  Whitelegge. 
Agelas  gracilis,  Whitelegge. 
Echinodictyum  asperum,  Ridley  and  Dendy. 
Acanthella  stipitata,  Carter. 

,,  pulcherrima,  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

Ciocalypta  incrustans.  Whitelegge. 
Polymastia  dendyi,  Whitelegge. 
8pirastrella  papillosa.  Ridley  and  Dendy. 
Euspongia  irregularis  var.  silicata,  Lendenfeld. 
Hippospongia  dura,  Lendenfeld. 
Spongelia  fragilis  var.  irregularis,  Lendenfeld. 

Class   HYDROZOA. 

A  dead  specimen  of  Distichopora  rosea  was  collected  on  the 
beach  but  was  overlooked  in  packing.  Some  notes  on  Millepura 
from  Funafuti  have  been  published  by  Prof.  S.  J.  Hickson.  J 

Thuiaria  divergens,  Whitelegge. 
Aglaophenia  clavicula,  Whitelegge. 
Millepora  squarrosa,  Lamarck. 

,,  platyphylla,  Ehrenberg. 

*  Shipley— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1898.  pp.  468-473. 

t  Willey— Zoological  Results,  part  2,  1899,  p.  151  -  158. 

J  Hickson— Prbc-  Zool.  Soc.,  1898,  p.  828. 


532  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Millepora  nodosa,  JEsper. 
,,  tortuosa,  Dana. 

Distichopora  rosea,  Kent. 
Physalia  megalista,  Lamarck. 

Class  SCYPHOZOA. 

Aurelia  clausa,  Lesson. 
Polyrhiza  orithyia,  Haeckel. 

Class  ACTINOZOA. 

The  following  list  of  Actinozoa  is  compiled  from  different  sources 
under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  Whitelegge,  whose  papers  in  this 
volume  (pp.  213  -  225,  307  -  320,  349  -  368,  and  384  -  391)  have 
formed  the  basis.  With  these  have  been  incorporated  information 
from  the  articles  of  J.  S.  Gardiner  and  I.  L.  Hiles.* 

In  some  prefatory  notes  to  the  Mollusca,  it  was  remarked  that 
the  high  proportion  of  novelties  to  the  mass  of  previously  known 
forms  should  not  be  mistaken  for  an  indication  of  endemic  impor- 
tance, but  should  be  ascribed  to  the  imperfection  of  our  knowledge 
of  the  continental  faunas.  This  statement  has  received  support 
from  the  Gorgonidse  in  the  brief  time  that  has  elapsed  since  it  was 
written.  Keroeides  gracilis  has  been  retaken  by  Willey  in  New 
Guinea,  Villogorgia  rubra  by  Willey  in  the  Loyalty  Islands, 
Acamptogogia  spinosa  by  Willey  in  New  Britain,  Lobophytum 
hedleyi  and  L.  densurn  by  Hedley  in  New  Caledonia. 

Some  giant  specimens  of  a  white  Sea  Anemone,  ten  inches  in 
diameter,  were  observed  on  Funafuti,  but  defied  any  effort  to 
remove  them  and  are  hence  unnoted  in  the  following  list. 

The  specific  identification  of  Reef  Corals  is  regarded  by  the 
highest  authorities  as  a  matter  of  extreme  uncertainty.  H.  M. 
Bernard  wrote  : — "  The  only  specimens  which  can  be  claimed  with 
absolute  certainty  as  specifically  identical  are  a  few  which  have 
in  each  case  been  gathered  at  the  same  place  and  time,  and  resemble 
one  another  as  closely  as  if  they  were  two  fragments  of  one  and 
the  same  stock.  Beyond  these  no  certainty  exists,  and  strict 
regard  to  the  variations  of  form  and  structure  would  compel  us  to 
label  all  the  remaining  specimens  as  different  varieties  or  species."! 
To  maintain  such  a  position  means  chaos.  Either  we  must,  as 
Bernard  proceeds  to  suggest,  "  break  loose  from  the  restraint  of 
the  Linnean  species,"  or  deal  with  the  group  on  the  broader  lines 
on  which  Hickson  has  lately  dealt  with  the  Heliopora  and 


*  Gardiner— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1897,  pp.  941  -  953;  Idem  1898,  pp.  257  - 
276,525-539,  and  994-1000;  Hiles,  in  Willey,  Zoological  Results, 
part  2,  1899,  pp.  195  -  204. 

t  Bernard— Cat.  Madreporarian  Corals  Brit.  Mus..  1896,  p.  20. 


SUMMARY.  533 

Finding  ourselves  unable  to  reconcile  the  species  enumerated  by 
Whitelegge  and  Gardiner  the  results  arrived  at,  by  each  are  given 
in  parallel  columns. 

Sarcophytum  glaucum,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

trochoheliophorum  var.  amboinense,  Marenzeller. 
latum,  Dana. 

Lobophytum  pauciflorum  var.  validum,  Marenzeller. 
hedleyi,  Whitelegge. 
marenzelleri,  Wright  and  Studer. 
tuberculosurn,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
confer  turn,  Dana. 
densum,  Whitelegge. 
viride,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
Spongodes  pallida.  Wjiitelegge 

,,          curvicornis,  Wright  and  Studer. 
Siphonogorgia  godeffroyi,  Kolliker. 
,,  pallida,  Studer. 

„  kollikeri,  Wright  and  Studer. 

,,  macrospina,  Whitelegge. 

Heliopora  crerulea,  Pallas. 
Keroides  gracilis,  Whitelegge. 
Acamptogorgia  spinosa,  Hiles. 
Acanthogorgia  breviflora,  Whitelegge. 
Acanthomuricea  simplex,  Whitelegge. 
Yillogorgia  flagellata,  Whitelegge. 
,,  intricata,  Gray. 

,,  ruber,  Hiles. 

Bebryce  studeri,  Whitelegge. 
Muricella  purpurea,  Whitelegge. 
Plexaura  antipathes,  Esper. 
Nicella  laxa,  Whitelegge. 
Verrucella  flabellata,  Whitelegge. 
Antipathella  brookii,  Whitelegge. 
Zoanthus  f unafutiensis,  Hill  and  Whitelegge. 
Gemmaria  willeyi,  Hill  and  Whitelegge. 
Palythoa  howesi,  Haddon  and  Shackleton. 
,,         kochii,  Haddon  and  Shackleton. 
,,        coesia,  Dana. 

BEEF  CORALS 
Eeported  from  Funafuti  by, — 

Whitelegge.  Gardiner. 

Caryophylla  clavus  Rhizotrochus,  sp. 

var.  epitheata,  Duncan. 
Stylophora  digitata,  Pallas.  Stylophora  digitata,  Pallas. 

flabellata,  Quelc/i. 
,,          compressa,  Gardiner. 
,,          rugosa,  Gardiner. 


534 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


WUtelegge. 


Pocillopora  grandis,  Dana. 
,,  caespitosa,  Dana. 

,,  verrucosa,  E.  <$f  Sol. 


Gardiner. 

Stylophora  pistillata,  Esper. 
,,          palmata,  Blainville. 
,,          lobata,  Gardiner. 
Pocillopora,  grandis,  Dana. 

,,         glomerata,  Gardiner. 

rugosa,  Gardiner. 
,,  mteandrina,  Dana. 
,,  squarrosa,  Dana. 

,,          aspera,  Verrill. 

,,       vffr.danpe,  V. 

,,  ,,       var.  ligulata, 

Dana. 

,.          favosa,  Elirenlerg. 
.,          clavaria,  Ehrenberg. 
,,  brevicornis,  Lam. 

,,          septata,  Gardiner. 
,,          suffruticosa,  Verrill. 
,,          paucistella,  Quelck. 
Seriatopora  conferta,  Quelch. 


Mussa  costata,  Dana. 
Coeloria  esperi,  Edw.  and  H. 
Hydnophora  microconia,  Lam. 
Astreea  versipora,  Dana. 

,,       dan  SB,  Ediv.  and  H. 
• ,,       denticulata,  E.  and  Sol. 
Acanthastraea  patula,  Dana. 

,,  echinata,  Dana. 

Leptastrsea  solida,  Edw.  and  H. 
,,          transversa,  JTlunz. 
Cyphastrsea  danpe,  Edw.  and  If. 
Pavonia  repens,  Bruggeman. 
,,        explanata,  Lamarck. 
Psaramocera  contigua,  Esp. 
,,  fossata,  Dana. 


Oxypora  sp. 

Fungia  tenuidens,  Quelch. 
,,        discus,  Dana. 


Madreporaria  fruticosa,  Brook. 
,,  syringodes,  Brook. 

,,  spicifera,  Dana. 

,,  botryodes,  Brook 

var.  funafutiensis, 


Pavonia  repens,  Bruggeman. 

Psamraocera  contigua,  Esp. 

,,  haimeana,  Ed.SfH. 

,,  superficialis,  Gard. 

,,  savigniensis,  Gard. 


Halomitra  irregularis,  Gardiner. 
Herpolitha  crassa,  Gardiner. 
Madreporaria  fruticosa,  Brook. 

,,  crateriformis, 

Gardiner. 

,,  secunda,  Dana. 

,,  scabrosa,  Quelch. 

„  reticulata,  Brook. 


535 


Whitelegge.  Gardiner. 

Madreporaria  patula,  Brook.         Madreporaria  profunda.  (yard. 
.,  efflorescens,.D«w0.  ,  surculosa,  Dana. 


eurystoma,.ff7wnz. 
spinulifera, 


impressa,  Whitelegge. 


latistella,  Brooli. 
sinensis,  Brook. 
cuneata,  Dana. 
bseodacty  la,  Brook . 
loripes,  Brook. 
angulata,  Quelch. 
Astneopora  incrustans,  Bernard.    Astrseopora  listeri,  Bernard. 

,,          ocellata,  Bernard.  ,,          tabulata,  Gardiner. 

,,          hirsuta,  Bernard  .,          ovalis,  Bernard. 

Monti pora  verrucosa,  Dana.  Montipora  verrucosa,  Lamarck. 

,,          foveolata,  Dana.  ,,          profunda,  Bernard. 

,,          tuberosa,  Khtnzinger.          ,,          caliculata,  Dana,  var. 
,,          scabricula,  Dana.  piriformis,  Bernard. 

,,          exserta,  Quelch.  ,,          saxea,  Bernard. 

,,          incognita,  Bernard. 
„  granifera,  Bernard. 

Porites  lutea,  Edw.andJI.  Porites  arenosa,  Esper. 

,,       lichen,  Dana.  ,,  ,,      var.  lutea,  E. fyH. 

,,       lobata,  Dana.  ,,  ,,      var.  parvicellata, 

,.       crassa,  Quelch.  Gardiner. 

,,       mirabilis,  Quelch.  „      purpurea,  Gardiner. 

,,       gaimardi,  Edw.  and  H.  ,,      trimurata,  Gardiner. 

.,      umbellifera,  Gardiner. 
,.      superfusa,  Gardiner. 
,,      exilis,  Gardiner. 

Class    FORAMINIFERA. 

Pressure  of  Museum    duties  has  unfortunately  not  allowed  the 
preparation  of  a  Report  on  the  Foraminifera  collected  at  Funafuti. 


APPENDIX. 


THE  FISHES  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

(SUPPLEMENT.) 

BY  EDGAR  R.  WAITE,  F.L.S., 
Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  FISHES  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

(SUPPLEMENT.) 
BY  EDGAR  R.  WAITE,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 


WHEN  Mr.  H.  E.  Finckh  was  about  to  leave  for  Funafuti  in 
order  to  study  living  corals,  it  was  suggested  that  he  should 
collect  objects  of  marine  life  for  the  Museum.  In  order  the  better 
to  know  our  requirements,  he  interviewed  my  colleagues  and 
myself  ;  among  other  matters  I  especially  impressed  upon  Mr. 
Finckh  the  desirability  of  obtaining  the  "  Palu  "  mentioned  in  my 
report  on  the  Fishes  (pp.  199  —  201)  as  frequenting  deep  water  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  coral  atolls. 

It  was  with  considerable  satisfaction  therefore  that  on  the 
return  of  the  expedition,  we  learned  that  a  "Palu"  had  been 
obtained.  By  the  kind  offices  of  the  Local  Funafuti  Committee 
of  the  Royal  Society,  the  specimen  passed  into  the  possession  of 
the  Trustees  and  has  been  entrusted  to  me  for  determination ;  it 
proves  to  be  of  most  exceptional  interest. 

Owing  to  the  large  size  of  the  fish  and  the  difficulty  of  preserv- 
ing it,  it  was  cut  into  three  pieces ;  an  unfortunate  proceeding, 
but  one  which  does  not  interfere  with  its  recognition.  It  proves 
to  be  as  follows  : — 

GEMPYLID^l. 

RUVETTUS,     COCCO, 
RUVETTUS    PRETIOSUS,   CoCCO. 

Ruvettus  preiiosus,  Cocco,   Giorn.  Sci.   Sicil.,  xlii.,  1829,  p.  21  ; 

Goode  and  Bean,    Oceanic  Ichth.,  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Sp.  Bull. 

No.  2.,  1895,  p.  196,  pi.  Ivii.,  fig.  210. 

This  is  a  North  Atlantic  form  and  the  only  member  of  the 
genus.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the  Atlantic  basin  it  ranges  from 
the  Canary  Islands  to  Portugal  and  is  found  at  several  stations  in 
the  Mediterranean :  on  the  American  coast  it  is  common  off  Cuba 
and  two  examples  have  been  taken  east  of  New  York.  It  is 
therefore  distributed  in  the  North  Atlantic  in  twenty-five  degrees 
of  latitude,  roughly  speaking  from  20°  to  45°  N.  Its  extreme 
eastern  station  appears  to  be  Spalatro  in  the  Adriatic  16°  K, 
and  its  western  limit  Cuba  85°  W  ;  thus  it  extends  over  one 
hundred  degrees  of  longitude. 


540  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

The  specimen  now  obtained  enables  us  to  extend  its  distribution 
surprisingly.  Not  only  is  it  recorded  in  the  Pacific,  and  south  of 
the  Equator,  but  many  definite  localities  are  known  widely  apart, 
while  inferentially  its  Pacific  range  is  very  extensive  indeed. 

Taking  Mr.  Louis  Becke's  account  (p.  199)  the  Palu  is  first  to 
be  noted  as  frequenting  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Line  Islands 
(the  Gilberts  or  Kingsmill  Group)  thence  at  the  Ellice  Group  where 
he  describes  it  as  being  hooked  at  Nanomanga.  From  the  same 
group,  namely  at  Funafuti,  we  receive  the  specimen  obtained  by 
Mr.  Finckh.  The  next  locality  is  Tokelau  or  the  Union  Group, 
and  still  proceeding  in  a  south  westerly  direction  we  encounter 
Pukapuka  (Danger  Island),  Manahiki  (Humphrey  Island),  and 
Suwarrow,  and  further  to  the  south  Niue  or  Savage  Island. 

We  have  thus  definite  records  of  the  occurrence  of  the  Palu 
through  twenty-six  degrees  of  longitude,  that  is  from  the  Gilberts 
173°  E.  to  Manahiki  161°  W.,  and  nineteen  degrees  of  latitude, 
namely  from  the  Equator  (or  thereabouts)  southwards,  to  Savage 
Island,  19°  S. 

Hedley  has  published  (pp.  272-276)  an  exhaustive  account  of 
the  so-called  "  shark-hook  "  of  the  Pacific,  and  has  shown  that  this 
peculiar  wooden  hook  is  not  intended  for  shark  but  for  Palu 
catching. 

As  these  hooks  are  so  commonly  known  to  Ethnologists,  and 
are  'found  over  such  a  large  area,  it  might  be  thought  that  the  fish 
for  which  they  are  intended  would  surely  also  be  known.  Palu 
fishing  however,  is  conducted  in  a  ceremonious  and  superstitious 
manner,  and  the  natives  are  very  jealous  of  their  capture,  which 
is  "prized  above  all  other  fish."  It  is  small  wonder  then  that  the 
Palu  has  so  long  remained  unknown  to  Europeans,  and  indeed 
Becke  writes  :  "  With  the  exception  of  an  old  trader  named  Jack 
O'Brien,  now  living  in  Funafuti,*  in  the  Ellice  Group,  I  do  not 
think  there  is  among  the  white  traders  of  to-day  another  man 
besides  myself  who  has  caught  'Palu.'  In  the  first  place,  a  man 
must  have  much  experience  of  deep-sea  fishing;  in  the  next,  the 
native  inhabitants  would  strongly  resent  a  strange  white  man 
attempting  to  catch  one." 

Taking  all  things  into  consideration  it  is  not  unreasonable  to 
argue  that  where  the  Palu  hook  is  found,  thence  will  the  fish, 
sooner  or  later  be  recorded. 

"  Tracing  the  geographical  distribution  of  this  hook  (writes 
Hedley,  p.  273),  we  note  it  recorded  from  Nanomea,  by  Brill ; 
from  Nukufetau  in  the  Ellice,  Nukuor  in  the  Carolines,  and 
Tarowa  in  the  Gilberts,  by  Dr.  Finsch  ;  from  Nukulailai,  Meue, 
Tamana,  and  the  Union  Group,  and  possibly  an  eccentric  type 

*  Mr.  O'Brien  died  in  1899,  since  the  publication  of  Part  3  of  this 
Memoir. 


APPENDIX — FISHES. 


541 


from  the  Louisiades,  by  Edge-Partingtori,  and  the  latter  also  by 
Macgillivray  ;  a  drawing  of  a  Penrhyn  Island  hook,  by  Wilkes, 
may  be  intended  for  this  type  ;  while  a  huge  form  is  represented 
in  the  Australian  Museum  from  the  Mortlock  Group,  and  another 
variation  is  pictured  from  the  Trobriands  by  Finsch."  Another 
Palu  hook  has  been  described  by  Hedley,*  as  from  Milne  Bay, 
British  New  Guinea. 

The  distribution  may  thus  be  circumstantially  extended  north 
of  the  line  to  the  Marshall  Group  thence  westward  to  the  Caroline 
Islands.  About  the  same  latitude,  but  south  of  the  Equator,  we 
include  eastern  New  Guinea.  The  known  eastern  range  may  be 
extended  a  few  degrees  from  Manahiki  to  Penrhyn  Island. 

The  natives  say  that  the  Palu  is  never 
found  among  the  high  islands,  such  as  the 
Fijis,  Samoa,  New  Hebrides,  etc.;  and  that 
it  affects  only  the  low-lying  coral  atolls. 
This  statement  may  be  explained  (as  Mr. 
Hedley  suggests  to  me)  as  follows :  The 
so  called  high  islands  have  shelving  shores 
so  that  a  journey  of  twenty  or  even  thirty 
miles  might  have  to  be  undertaken  in  order 
to  reach  the  depths  frequented  by  the  Palu, 
on  the  other  hand  the  shores  of  the  coral 
atolls  are  precipitous  and  deep  water  is 
sounded  within  a  few  miles  of  the  coast. 

When  transcribing  Becke's  account  the 
statement  that  the  jaws  are  toothless,  did 
not  seem  in  harmony  with  the  appearance 
of  the  palu  hooks :  these  exhibit  scratch- 
ings  such  as  would  be  made  by  the  teeth 
of  a  captured  fish,  and  when  examined  the 
teeth  of  the  specimen  now  received  are  just 
the  kind  to  produce  such  marks.  The 
general  form  of  the  hook  is  shown  in  the 
cut  here  reproduced  (Fig.  58).  Examples 
from  the  Mortlock  Group  exhibited  in  the 
Australian  Museum  are  of  enormous  size, 
measuring  seventeen  and  a  half  inches  in 
length.  Such  suggest  that  they  were 
prepared  for  the  capture  of  much  larger 
fish  than  those  described. 

The  most  graphic  account  of  Ruvettus  pretiosus  available  to  me, 
is  that  by  Goode  and  Bean,  and  the  following  is  extracted  from 
their  "Oceanic  Ichthyology":— "This  form,  first  described  from 

»  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  «ii.,  1898,,  p.  288,  pi.  xiv. 


Fig.  58. 


542  FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 

the  Mediterranean,  occurs  about  Sicily ;  here  it  is  so  rare  at  the 
present  time  that  it  does  not  appear  to  have  a  common  name 
among  the  fishermen,  though  Canestrini  says  that  its  flesh  is 
delicious.  Bonaparte  refers  to  it  as  JRovetto,  and  the  fishermen  of 
Catania  call  it  Pesci  Ruvetto.  Dr.  Anastasio  Cocco  first  described 
it  from  Messina.  Giglioli  has  observed  it  at  Genoa,  Naples, 
Palermo,  Malta,  and  Spalato  (Dalmatia)  and  at  Nice.  It  was 
subsequently  found  by  Lowe  at  Madeira,  and  by  Webb  and 
Berthelot  at  the  Canaries.  It  occurs  rarely  on  the  Portuguese 
coast,  where  it  is  called  Escolar,  and  doubtless  also  in  Spanish 
waters.  About  the  Canaries  the  fish  is  known  as  the  Escolar,  a 
name  which  is  said  to  be  applied  to  members  of  the  family  Gadidce 
by  Spanish  fishermen.  The  Escolar  occurs  in  great  schools  about 
the  Canaries  in  winter,  and  the  fishermen  capture  it  with  hook 
and  line  at  a  depth  of  a  hundred  fathoms  or  less,  and  its  flesh  is 
highly  prized.  Cantraine  states  that  it  is  taken  at  considerable 
depths  about  Malta.  Lowe  found  it  at  Madeira  at  depths  as 
great  as  300  and  400  fathoms.  It  was  found  by  Poey  in  the 
waters  of  Cuba  before  1854.  Poey  tells  us  that  it  is  rarely  seen 
in  the  markets  because  of  the  difficulty  attending  its  capture,  for 
it  can  be  caught  only  at  a  depth  of  300  fathoms  on  dark  nights 
in  September  and  the  early  part  of  October.  Poey  further  states 
that  when  one  of  these  fishes  is  brought  to  the  surface  it  appears 
to  be  surrounded  by  a  globe  of  phosphorescent  light.  The  Cuban 
fishermen  go  "a  scholaring  "  (a  escolarear)  after  the  fishing  for 
the  Speartish  (Tetrapturus)  has  ceased,  and  before  that  for  the 
Red  Snapper  (Lutjanus  aya)  begins.  According  to  Canestrini  it 
grows  to  the  weight  of  100  pounds  in  Sicilian  waters." 

Owing  to  mutilation  the  relative  proportions  of  our  specimen 
cannot  be  well  ascertained,  the  following  description  is  however  not 
affected,  excepting  where  the  length  of  the  body  is  concerned. 
As  the  body  has  been  examined  with  the  sawn  vertebrae  in 
proximity,  such  error  as  would  be  made  in  measuring  the  shrunken 
skin  is  avoided. 

B.  VII.  D.  XV.  18  +  2  ;  A.  17  +  2 ;  P.  14 ;  V.  I.  5 ;  C.  9  +  8  ; 
L.  lat.  94.     L.  tr.  14  +  28. 

Length  of  head  3*7,  height  of  body  4'6  in  the  total  length, 
(caudal  excluded).  Eye  large,  nearly  round \  4-8  in  the  length  of 
the  head;  interorbital  space  slightly  convex,  3 '7  in  the  head: 
snout  3-0  in  the  same.  Anterior  nostril  vertically  oval,  situated 
one  half  nearer  the  eye  than  its  distance  from  the  end  of  the  snout ; 
posterior  nostril,  a  deep  vertical  slit  with  a  large  valvular  flap  in 
front,  one  half  nearer  the  eye  than  its  distance  from  the  anterior 
nostril.  Two  weak  flat  spines  on  the  opercle  of  which  the  lower  is 
the  longer ;  at  the  angle  of  the  preopercle  are  a  number  of  minute 
soft  denticulations.  The  maxilla  measures  half  the  length  of  the 


APPENDIX — PISHES.  543 

head  and  extends  to  nearly  beneath  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
orbit,  in  the  diameter  of  which  its  distal  extremity  is  contained 
rather  more  than  twice,  and  is  rounded.  Lower  jaw  the  longer 
and  very  powerful.  The  skin  covering  the  bony  arch  of  the  gills 
is  studded  with  rough  scales,  and  gill  rakers  are  developed  as 
needle-like  spines  most  pronounced  on  the  lower  part  of  the  upper 
and  posterior  part  of  the  lower  limb.  The  spines  arise  from  a 
broad  flattened  base  embedded  in  the  skin  on  the  outer  side  of 
the  limb  and  moveable  thereon,  being  attached  each  by  a  ligament. 
These  bases  bear  from  one  to  three  spines  and  are  placed  at  some 
distance  apart,  the  scales  between  them  are  also  minutely  spiny. 
In  the  angle  of  the  first  and  second  arch  is  a  large  and  strong 
obtuse  process  surmounted  by  two  or  more  slender  spines  directed 
inwards. 

The  teeth  are  small,  canine-like,  set  at  some  distant  apart  and' 
curved  inwards,  red  at  the  base  ;  in  the  jaws  they  are  arranged  in 
a  single  row,  those  of  the  mandible  being  the  larger.  There  are 
four  comparatively  large  teeth  on  the  premaxillary  and  three  on 
the  head  of  the  vomer ;  a  single  row  of  teeth  on  the  palatines 
similar  to,  but  smaller  than  those  of  the  jaws.  The  anterior  pair 
of  mandibular  teeth  are  set  forward  and  are  entirely  in  front  of 
the  upper  jaw.  No  teeth  on  the  tongue. 

The  longest  spines  of  the  dorsal  fin  are  equal  in  length  to  the 
diameter  of  the  eye.  The  soft  dorsal  is  similar  to  the  anal,  very 
high  anteriorly  ;  the  rays  one-third  the  length  of  the  head.  The 
pectoral  is  contained  2-2  and  the  ventral  3 '4  times  in  the  length 
of  the  head.  The  upper  caudal  lobe  is  slightly  longer  than  the 
lower  and  is  nine-elevenths  the  length  of  the  head,  the  least 
depth  of  the  pedicel  is  5 '9  in  the  same. 

Scales.  The  whole  head  (including  the  lips  and  maxilla)  and 
body  are  clothed  with  minute  scales  which  average  six  or  seven 
between  each  bony  tubercle ;  these  tubercles  are  rooted  by  long 
irregular  rays,  two  or  three  in  number,  and  the  portion  projecting 
from  the  skin  is  bi-  or  more  usually  trifurcate  ;  surrounding  the 
base  of  each  tubercle  is  a  number  of  pores,  two  being  immedi- 
ately in  front.  The  lateral  line  is  not  very  marked,  but  beneath 
the  skin  it  is  more  easily  traced;  along  this  line  the  bony 
tubercles  are  much  smaller,  closer,  and  more  deeply  imbedded, 
producing  a  rather  naked  appearance.  There  are  ninety-four 
plates  along  this  line  and  fourteen  and  twenty -eight  above  and 
below  it  respectively,  counting  the  transverse  series. 

Colours.  Dark  reddish-brown  throughout,  the  bony  scutes  naked 
and  white. 


644  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

The  dorsal  and  anal  finlets  are  not  separate  as  described  and 
figured  in  Oceanic  Ichthyology,  and  the  last  dorsal  and  anal  rays 
not  so  completely  attached  as  the  preceding  ones,  a  character 
correctly  illustrated  in  the  figure  quoted.  The  anal  fin  commences 
further  behind  the  origin  of  the  dorgal  than  there  shown.  If  the 
pores  above  referred  to  emit  light,  it  seems  very  probable  that  the 
plates  or  tubercles  serve  as  reflectors,  and  one  may  therefore 
readily  believe  Poey's  statement  (fide  Goode  and  Bean)  that  when 
one  of  these  fishes  is  brought  to  the  surface  it  appears  to  be  sur- 
rounded by  a  globe  of  phosphorescent  light. 

"Dr.  Liitken  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  Gernpylidce 
possess  a  system  of  dermal  ribs  or  subcutaneous  ribs,  composed  of 
slender  bony  filaments  close-set,  directed  backward  and  upward, 
and  backward  and  downward  from  the  median  line.  This  character 
has  been  verified  in  Thy r sites,  Nealotus,  and  Gempylus."* 

Our  example  of  Ruvettus  possesses  similar  bones  but  appar- 
ently of  simpler  type :  they  extend  from  behind  the  head  to 
nearly  the  middle  of  the  spinous  dorsal  beyond  which  point  they 
cannot  be  traced.  Situated  immediately  beneath  the  lateral  line 
they  are  directed  backwards  and  upwards,  and  appear  to  be  the 
ossified  terminations  of  the  ligaments  which  arise  from  the 
vertebrae. 

How  nearly  the  habits  of  the  fish  in  the  Pacific  coincide  with 
the  accounts  of  writers  on  Atlantic  specimens  the  following  com- 
parison will  show. 

In  the  "Atoll  of  Funafuti  "  the  Palu  is  described  as  being  caught 
only  in  the  deepest  water  and  while  Mr.  Louis  Becke  remarks 
that  it  is  not  unusual  to  fish  in  one  hundred  and  fifty  to  two 
hundred  fathoms,  he  cites  as  remarkable  that  he  once  caught  five 
Palu  in  one  night,  in  eighty  fathoms  only.  All  Palu  are  fished 
for  at  night. 

The  Escolar,  (Atlantic  name)  has  been  taken  at  depths  as  great 
as  three  hundred  and  four  hundred  fathoms,  and  can  be  taken  only 
at  night  in  September  and  the  early  part  of  October. 

The  Palu  or  Oil  Fish  as  it  is  also  called  (both  in  the  Pacific 
and  the  Atlantic)  is  prized  above  all  other  fish,  and  its  effect  as 
a  purgative  has  earned  for  it  the  name  '  Te  icka  ne  peka '  by 
the  Line  Islanders.  Of  the  Escolar,  Lowef  writes  : — "  The  flesh 
of  this  very  singular  species  is  said  to  be  extremely  rich,  and  the 
bones,  it  is  affirmed,  abound  in  an  oil  or  marrow,  which,  when 
they  are  sucked  incautiously,  produces  speedy  diarrhoea." 


*  Jordan  and  Evermann— Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  47,  1896,  p.  877. 
t  Lowe— Fishes  of  Madeira,  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  ii.  p.  181. 


APPENDIX — FISHES.  545 

Additional  fishes  not  obtained  by  the  original  expedition  are 
as  follows  : — 

SERRANID^E. 

EPINEPHBLUS,  Block. 

EPINEPHELUS  FUSCOGUTTATUS,  Forsk. 

Epinephelus  fuscoguttatus,  Forsk.,  sp.,  Descr.  Anim.,  p.  42  ;  Playf . 
and  Giinth.,  Fish.  Zanzibar,  p.  6,  pi.  i.,  figs.  2  and  3. 

The  species  is  represented  by  a  single  immature  example  measur- 
ing only  50  mm.  in  length.  Funafuti  forms  another  station  for 
this  widely  distributed  form,  connecting  the  Marshall  Group  with 
the  Samoan  and  Friendly  Isles,  whence  it  has  been  previously 
recorded. 

GRAMMISTES,  Artedi. 
GKAMMISTES  SEXLINEATUS,  Thunb. 

Grammistes  sexlineatus,  Thunb.  sp.,  Vetensk.  Ac.  Handl.  Stockh. 

xiii.,i792,p.  142,  pi.  v.;  Day.Fishesof  India,  p.  28,  pl.ix.,  fig.  1. 

Though   the  only  example  received  measures  but  21  mm.  in 

length,  the  striking  features  of  the  species   (the  only  one  of  its 

genus)  renders  identification  unmistakable.   The  usual  longitudinal 

white  lines  are  broken  up  into  spots,  and  all  the  anal  rays  are 

articulated,   a  character  which   separates   it  from   Pogonoperca, 

wherein  anal  spines  are  noticeably  developed. 

CH^TODONTID^J. 

ZANCLUS,  Cuv.  and  Vol. 

ZANCLUS  CORNUTUS,  Linn. 

Zanclus  cornutus,  Linn.,  sp.,  Giinth.,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  142, 

pi.  xcii. 

The  solitary  specimen  obtained  is  about  the  size  of  the  young 
figured  by  Giinther.  The  anterior  black  band  is  however  continued 
to  the  ventral  profile,  as  in  the  adult. 

BLENNIID^E. 

SALARIAS,  Cuv. 
SALARIAS  PERIOPTHALMUS,  Cuv.  and  Vol. 

Salarias  periopthalmus,  Cuv.  and  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.,  xi.,  p.  311, 
pi.  cccxxviii. ;    Giinth. ,  Fische  der  Siidsee,  p.  207,  pi.  cxiv., 
figs.  D  and  E. 
Two  examples  are  to  hand,  each  about  the  size  of  Giinther's 

fig.  D.     The  only  variation  is  in  the  markings  of  the  tins.     The 


546  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

red  dots  on  the  dorsal  are  not  observable  and  the  spinous  portion 
is  ornamented  near  its  edge  with  a  series  of  black  blotches,  one  to 
each  spine.  These  did  not  occur  in  Giinther's  specimens  neither 
did  a  dark  vertical  mark  at  the  base  of  every  third  spine  and  ray 
throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

PLEURONEOTID^E. 

PLATOPHRYS,  Swains. 
PLATOPHRYS  PANTHERINUS,  Riipp. 

Platophrys  pantherinus,    Riipp.,   Atlas  Fische,  p.  121,    pi.    xxxr 
fig.  1 ;  Day,  Fishes  of  India,  p.  425,  pi.  xcii.,  figs.  3  and  4. 

The  small  specimen  obtained  differs  from  Day's  figure  (fig.  3)  by 
having  the  anterior  dorsal  rays  free  for  half  their  length,  and  by 
having  white  spots  on  the  vertical  and  caudal  fins,  a  feature  how- 
ever mentioned  in  the  description.  In  addition,  the  vertical  fins 
have  small  black  spots  at  intervals  near  the  base  of  the  rays, 
apparently  similar  to  P.  nebularis,  Jord.  and  Gilb.*  In  April, 
1898,  I  obtained  P.  pantherinus  at  Lord  Howe  Island. 

DIODONTIDJE. 

TETRODON,  Linnceus. 

TETRODON  MARGARITATUS,  Riipp. 

Tetrodon  margaritatus,   Riipp.,   Atlas   Fische,  p.  66  ;    Richards, 

Voy.  Samarang,  Fish,  p.  20,  pi.  ix.,  figs.  1  and  2. 
This  widely  distributed  and  variable  species  is  represented  by 
two  small  examples;    they  agree  most  nearly  with  the  variety 
described  as  T.  papua. 


Jordan  and  Gilbert— Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vii.,  1884,  p.  31. 


THE  MOLLUSCA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

(SUPPLEMENT.) 
BY  CHARLES  HEDLEY, 

Conchologist,  Australian  Museum. 


THE  MOLLUSCA  OF  FUNAFUTI. 

(SUPPLEMENT,) 

By  CHARLES  HEDLEY, 
Conchologist,  Australian  Museum. 

IN  the  year  1897,  a  second,  and  .in  1898,  a  third  expedition  visited 
the  Atoll  of  Funafuti  in  prosecution  of  the  attempt  to  carry  a 
bore  through  the  coral  formation.  The  mollusca  herein  described 
were  obtained  by  these  parties,  chiefly  by  deep  dredging,  and  were 
remitted  to  the  Australian  Museum  by  the  Local  Funafuti 
Committee  of  the  Royal  Society.  This  material  reached  the  Writer 
too  late  for  incorporation  in  the  body  of  this  Memoir.  The  results 
of  a  study  of  it  are  accordingly  presented  in  this  appendix. 

This  material  is  of  importance  since  it  illustrates  a  side  of  the 
Funafuti  zoology  which  I  had  little  opportunity  of  investigating 
personally,  viz.,  that  of  the  deeper  water.  Dredgings  carried  out 
by  Mr.  G.  H.  Halligan  in  one  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms,  and  again 
in  two  hundred  fathoms,  produced  results  of  especial  interest. 
In  the  latter  depth  he  discovered  a  bed  of  the  typical  "Pteropod 
Ooze."  The  sample  of  his  dredgings  submitted  to  me,  might  have 
stood  for  the  portrait  of  that  deposit  figured  by  Murray  and 
Renard.* 

This  ooze  has  been  chiefly,  studied  in  the  Atlantic,  and  though 
its  equal  distribution  in  the  Pacific  is  a  matter  of  course,  the 
present  record  is  an  interesting  extension  of  the  known  range. 

But  the  chief  claim  that  this  deposit  has  on  our  attention  is 
that  it  appears  in  water  of  less  depth  than  in  any  instance  known 
heretofore.  The  least  depth  in  which  the  "  Challenger  "  obtained 
Pteropod  Ooze  was  in  390  fathoms,  the  greatest  1,525  fathoms, 
the  average  being  1,044  fathoms,  f 

The  following  species  already  noted  as  from  surface  waters  again 
occurred  in  greater  depths : 

Teinostoma  tricarinatum — 150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funa- 
manu),  and  36  fathoms  north  of  Pava  Islet. 

Cisondla  ovata — 150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu). 

Stomatella  sanguinea—36  fathoms  N.  30°  West  of  Pava,  45  -  52 
fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 


*Murray  and  Keuard— Chall.  Rep.,  Deep  Sea  Deposits,  1891,  pi.  xi.  fig.  C. 
f  Murray  and  Kenard— loc.  cit.,  p.  225. 


550  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

Caecum  vertebrale — off  Tutaga  in  45-52,  50-60,  and  200 
fathoms;  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu),  at  150;  and  in  36  fathoms 
north;  and  36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava.  This  is  evidently  from 
jts  abundance  a  native  of  the  deeper  water.  Some  of  the  examples 
from  150  and  200  fathoms  have  a  few  brown  blotches  on  the  shell. 

Ccecum  gulosum — dredged  at  every  station  with  C,  vertebrale. 
Columbella  varians—3Q  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava. 
Marginella  iota— 36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava,  off  Beacon  Islet 
(Funamanu)  in  150,  and  off  Tutaga  in  45-52  and  £00  fathoms. 

Marginella  sandwicensis — 150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funa- 
manu). 

Oiivella  simplex — 36  fathoms  N.  of  Pava. 


Those  species  which  are  either  new  to  science  or  have  not  been 
yet  recorded  from  Funafuti  are  as  under. 

CEPHALOPODA. 

OCTOPUS   TONGANUS,  Hoyle. 
Hoyle,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xvi.,  1886,  p.  83,  pi.  viii.,  figs.  1,  2. 

One  male  specimen  was  procured  in  the  lagoon  by  Mr.  A.  E* 
Finckh.     The  species  has  only  been  found  before  at  Tonga. 

POLYPLACOPHERA. 

TONICIA  sp. 
(Fig.  59.) 

A  single  mutilated 
median  valve  of  a  Chiton 
was  obtained  at  a  depth 
of  150  fathoms  off  Beacon 
Islet  (Funamanu).  Such 
features  as  it  has,  point 
to  an  affinity  with  T. 
Fig.  59.  confossa,  Gould.  The 

rarity   of   this    group   in 

the  Central  Pacific  renders  the  occurrence  of  this  fragment  note- 
worthy. Only  six  species  were  known  to  Harper  Pease  from  the 
Central  Pacific.  In  his  last  paper  he  stated  that, — "  The  absence 
of  Chitonidfe  from  Polynesia  has  been  noticed  by  authors  as  a 
remarkable  fact,  abounding  as  they  do*  in  the  surrounding  pro- 
vinces, especially  on  the  west  coast  of  America,  at  Australia  and 
New  Zealand."! 

*  The  Chitons  not  the  authors. 

t  Pease— Am.  Journ.  Conch.,  vii.,  1872,  p.  194. 


APPENDIX— MOLLUSCA. 


551 


Fig.  GO. 


SCAPHOPODA. 

CADULUS  ARATUS,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  60.) 

Shell  short  and  stout,  slightly  swollen  and  gently 
tapering  to  either  end,  on  one  side  almost  straight, 
on  the  other  arcuate,  glossy  and  almost  transparent. 
In  one  case  the  translucent  ground  is  mottled  with 
opaque  white  spots.  Four  longitudinal  equally  spaced 
furrows  impress  the  surface.  Anal  end  bilabiate,  the 
lips  usually  widely  parted,  that  on  the  straighter  side 
projecting  beyond  its  fellow.  In  one  case  the  lips 
are  of  equal  length  almost  touching  distally  and 
divided  by  a  narrow  slit.  Aperture  very  oblique 
with  a  small  thickened  rim.  Length  3-4  ;  breadth 
•64  mm.  Another  specimen,  length  2;  breadth  -48  mm. 

Dredged  36  fathoms  north  of  Pava  Islet;  36 
fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava  Islet ;  50-60  fathoms 
off  Tutaga  Islet  and  150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet 
(Funamanu). 

The  Fijian  C.  dichelus,  Watson,  a  near  relative,  is  twice  as  large, 
more  bent  and  unfurrowed. 

GASTEROPODA. 

SCISSURELLA    EQUATORIA,  Sp.  UOV. 
(Fig.  61.) 

Shell  large  for  the  genus,  thin,  trochi- 
form,  with  gradate  spire  ;  frilled,  pro- 
jecting keels ;  compressed  belt  below 
the  fasciole,  and  tumid  base.  Colour 
white.  Whorls  five.  Sculpture— about 
eighty  five,  curved,  oblique,  lamellate 
ribs  cross  the  whole  shell  Above,  the 
spiral  sculpture  can  hardly  be  traced, 
but  on  the  base  it  is  distinguishable  as 
delicate,  widely  spaced  threads  over- 
riding the  ribs  and  latticing  the  inter- 
spaces. Fasciole  enfolded  by  broad 
margins,  which  are  fimbriated  by  the 
ribs.  Umbilicus  narrow,  infundibuli- 
form,  deep.  Aperture  oblique,  sub- 
quadrate;  lip  slightly  and  gently 
recurved  ;  columella  margin  explanate 
and  reaching  over  the  umbilicus.  Major 
diameter  3,  minor  2'5;  height  2'68  m.m. 

One  specimen  dredged  off  Tutaga 
Islet  in  200  fathoms. 


Fig.  61. 


552 


FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 


Fig.  62. 


This,  the  largest  species  of  the  genus,  seems  very  close  to  S. 
aedonia,  Watson,  from  which  I  separate  it  by  the  contracted  zone 
beneath  the  fascicle,  larger  size  and  less  development  of  spiral 
sculpture. 

SCHISMOPE    PLICATA,  sp.  HOV. 
(Fig.  62.) 

Shell  large  for  the  genus,  thin, 
subglobose,  flattened  above.  Colour 
cream.  Whorls  three,  rapidly  in- 
creasing. Earlier  whorls  wound  in 
the  same  plane,  the  last  steeply 
descending,  sharply  angled  at  the 
fascicle,  compressed  and  then  inflated 
beneath  it.  Umbilicus  moderate  in 
width,  deep,  with  smooth  walls. 
Sculpture —both  above  and  below 
the  fasciole  the  shell  is  ornamented 
by  about  twenty-two  prominent 
longitudinal  ribs,  which  project 
most  beneath  the  fasciole  half  a  whorl  behind  the  mouth,  from 
thence  on  they  diminish  considerably.  These  are  overridden  by 
close,  sharp,  raised,  spiral  lines,  which  cross  the  interstices  and 
denticulate  the  crests  of  the  ribs.  Slit  pointed  anteriorly,  rounded 
posteriorly,  in  length  about  a  sixth  of  the  circumference  of  the 
shell.  The  fasciole,  a  broad  gutter  with  raised  margins,  its  trough 
septate  by  continuations  of  the  longitudinal  ribs,  ascends  the 
spire  for  a  whorl  and  a  half,  as  in  other  Pacific  species.  Aperture 
ovate,  columella  slightly  reflected.  Major  diameter  2'3,  minor 
1-7;  height  2  mm. 

Dredged  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu),  in  150  fathoms,  and  off 
Tutaga  in  150  and  50-60  fathoms. 

This  species  stands  nearest  to  S.  ferriezi,  Crosse,  from  which  it 
is  clearly  distinguished  by  a  more  elevated  spire,  coarser  sculpture 
and  larger  size. 

TBINOSTOMA  QUALUM,  var.  PAUCICOSTAIUM,  var.  nov. 

(Fig.  63.) 

Under  this  varietal  name  is  distinguished 
a  specimen,  which,  though  probably  imma- 
ture is  larger  than  the  type,  measuring  in 
major  diameter  2  and  in  minor  T32  mm. 
It  has  the  same  detail  sculpture  but  carries 
sixteen  ribs  on  the  last  whorl  instead  of 
twenty.  The  chief  distinction  however  is 
that  the  ribs  are  continued  to  the  suture 
instead  of  terminating  at  a  distance  there- 
from as  in  the  type. 
Dredged  at  150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu). 


Fig.  63. 


APPENDIX — MOLLUSCA. 


553 


HALIOTIS  OVINA,  Chemnitz. 

Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xii.,  1890,  p.  125,  pi.  xix.,  figs.  7,  8. 
A  specimen  was  obtained  at  Funafuti  by  Mr.  A.  E.  Finckh. 

TKINOSTOMA  PARVULUM,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  64.) 


.:  4 


Fig.  64. 


Shell  minute,  solid,  depressed  turbinate, 
with  slightly  elevated  spire.  Colour  cream. 
Whorls  four.  Sculpture — about  fourteen 
elevated,  spiral  lyrse  which  are  weaker 
and  widest  apart  above  and  closer  and 
stronger  towards  the  umbilicus.  Above 
and  on  the  periphery,  their  interstices  are 
occupied  by  one  or  two  fine  spiral  threads. 
No  transverse  sculpture  is  apparent.  Base 
rounded.  Umbilicus  oblong,  narrow,  deep; 
the  basal  sculpture  winding  obliquely  into 
it.  Aperture  oblique,  circular,  with  a  smooth,  inner,  raised 
margin  and  a  stout  varix  alternately  and  evenly  grooved  and 
ridged  by  the  spiral  sculpture.  The  left  lower  margin  of  the 
varix  is  produced  in  a  tongue  over  the  umbilicus.  Major  diameter 
1-14,  minor  1;  height  -8  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  in  36  fathoms  north  of  Pava  Islet. 

This  species,  the  least  of  the  genus  to  which  I  have  assigned  it, 
has  an  equal  claim  to  be  placed  in  Liotia.  The  subumbilical 
tongue,  a  rather  artificial  feature,  has  governed  the  present  generic 
disposition. 


Shell  small,  per- 
forate, subdiscoidal. 
Colour  whi  t  e. 
Whorls  three  and 
a  half,  rounded, 
gradually  increas- 
ing, last  descending 

LL 


TEINOSTOMA  ROTATUM,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  65.) 


Fig.  65. 


554 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


and  contracting  at  the  aperture.  First  two  whorls  smooth,  the  rest 
sculptured  by  about  forty,  fine,  close,  even,  flat-topped,  spiral 
lyrse ;  parted  by  sharp,  narrow  interstices.  On  the  base  are 
eight,  raised,  radiating  bars  of  callus,  unevenly  set  round  the 
umbilicus,  like  the  spokes  of  a  wheel.  A  fifth  of  a  whorl  behind 
the  aperture  the  scar  of  a  former  aperture  has  left  a  kind  of 
varix.  Umbilicus  small,  its  margin  crenulate.  Aperture  oblique, 
circular,  entire;  left  margin  barely  recurved;  lower  right  margin 
advancing  over  the  umbilicus  in  imbricating  callous  tongues;  upper 
right  margin  linked  to  the  preceding  whorl  by  a  V-shaped  callous 
ridge.  Major  diameter  1'86,  minor  1'76;  height  1-16  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  in  200  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 

By  its  small  size  and  peculiarly  sculptured  base,  this  species  is 
sufficiently  distinguished  from  the  remainder  of  the  genus. 

LIOTIA  sp. 
(Fig.  66.) 

Shell  globose,  rather  flattened  on  the 
base.  Colour  cream.  Whorls  three.  Sculp- 
ture— eight  equally  spaced  spiral  lyrse,  can- 
cellated by  the  intersection  of  about  eigh- 
teen longitudinal  ribs  of  equal  size.  Um- 
bilicus narrow.  Aperture  unfinished. 
Major  diameter  1*16,  minor  1'6;  height 
1-16  mm. 

One  specimen  in  200  fathoms  off  Tutaga 
Islet. 


Fig.  66. 


This  shell,  though  not  adult,  is  evidently  new.  Its  future 
recognition  should  be  ensured  by  the  remarkable  sculpture. 
Probably  it  belongs  near  Liotia  and  possibly  to  the  new  genus 
Mecoliotia.  Until  the  important  characters  of  the  aperture  are 
known,  no  good  end  would  be  served  by  bestowing  on  it  a  specific 
name. 


LIOTIA  PARVISSIMA,  sp,  nov. 

(Fig.  67.) 

Shell  minute,  solid,  turbinate.  Colour 
cream.  Whorls  four.  Sculpture — a 
heavy,  elevated  keel  on  the  shoulder, 
two  equally  massive  on  the  periphery, 
and  two  smaller  on  the  base.  Across 
keels  and  interstices  run  distant,  longi- 
tudinal, raised  threads.  Umbilicus 
small,  oblique  narrow  and  deep.  Aper- 
ture, circular,  oblique,  with  a  short  but 


Fig.  67. 


APPENDIX— MOLLU8CA.  555 

heavy  varix,  crenulated  by  the  spiral  sculpture.     Major  diameter 
•84,  minor  -66;  height  -84  mm. 

Dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  at  a  depth  of  200  fathoms,  and  off 
Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu)  at  150  fathoms. 

This,  the  smallest  known  Liotia,  is  well  distinguished  by  its 
simple  and  massive  sculpture. 

MECOLIOTIA,  gen.  nov. 

A  genus  of  the  Liotiidse,  distinguished  from  Liotia  by  an 
elevated  spire  of  six  whorls,  an  obliquely  truncate  base  and  granose 
sculpture. 

The  type  species  appears  to  me  to  be  co-generic  with  Iphitus 
tuberculatus,  Watson.*  The  genus  Iphitus  was  founded  by 
Jeffreys  on  a  single  immature  specimen,!  and  is  known  from 
Watson's  rather  than  from  Jeffreys'  account.  Jeffreys  placed  the 
genus  in  the  Littorinidte  and  Fisher  in  the  Fossaridie.  My  specias 
cannot  enter  either  of  these  families,  nor,  I  should  think,  could  /. 
tuberculatus.  We  are  however,  relieved  from  the  unsatisfactory 
genus  of  Jeffreys  by  the  fact  that  Iphitus  is  preocupied  in 
Mollusca  by  Rafinesque.J  In  Hemiptera  Stal  introduced  Iphita 
in  1870.§ 

Type,  Mecoliotia  halligani. 

MECOLIOTIA  HALLIGANI,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  68.) 

Shell  small,  most  massive,  conical, 
with  obliquely  truncate  base,  narrowly 
perforate.  Colour  white.  Whorls  six 
of  which  two  are  apical,  separated  by 
deeply  impressed  sutures.  Sculpture — 
the  third  has  one,  the  fourth  and  fifth 
each  two,  and  the  last  whorl  three, 
prominent,  heavy,  spiral  keels.  These 
are  overridden  and  knotted  by  longi- 
tudinal ribs,  which  on  the  last  whorl 
number  seventeen,  cross  from  umbilicus 
to  suture,  and  mount  the  upper  whorls 
perpendicularly  and  continuously.  Deep 
square  pits  are  enclosed  by  the  inter- 
section of  this  sculpture.  The  first  whorl  is  rounded,  the  second 
keeled.  The  base  is  hollow  beneath  the  periphery,  with  a  central 

*  Watson— Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p.  583,  pi.  xlvi.,  fig.  5. 
t  Jeffreys— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1883.  p.  113,  pi.  xx.,  fi-j.  1-'. 
J  Rafinesque— Anal.  Nat.,  1815,  p.  141. 
§  Stal— Sv.  Ak.  Handl.,  1870,  p.  99. 


556 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


nodose  lyra,  then  a  furrow,  followed  by  the  smooth  raised  margin 
of  the  narrow  oblique  umbilicus.  Aperture,  oblique,  circular 
with  a  double  lip,  one  within  the  other,  and  an  expanded,  trifid 
wing-like  varix.  Length  1-6;  breadth  1-4  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  50  -  60  fathoms. 

Named  in  honour  of  Mr.  G.  H.  Halligan,  who  procured  most 
of  the  deeper  water  species  mentioned  in  this  supplement. 

EULIMA    DIAPHANA,  sp.  UOV. 
(Fig.  69.) 

Shell  narrow,  subulate,  transparent.  Whorls  seven, 
rapidly  increasing,  wound  more  obliquely  as  the  growth 
proceeds.  Surface  smooth,  most  glossy,  through  it  is 
seen  every  detail  of  the  columella.  Aperture  some- 
what claw-shaped,  narrow  and  curved,  acuminate 
posteriorly,  broadest  and  truncate  anteriorly.  Outer 
lip  sharp  sinuous.  Columella  slightly  curved,  spread- 
ing a  callus  on  the  preceding  whorl.  Length  1  '8 ; 
breadth  -44  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  at  45  -  52  fathoms  off  Tutaga. 

This  species  appears  to  be  widely  different  from  any 
hitherto  figured. 

Fig.  69. 

EULIMA  SAMOENSIS,  Crosse. 

Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  viii.,  1886,  pi.  Ixx.,  fig.  78. 

One  specimen  collected  by  Mr.  W.  Poole  on  the  lagoon  beach 
was  by  him  presented  to  the  Australian  Museum.  The  species 
was  previously  only  known  from  Samoa. 

ODONTOSTOMIA  ROBUSTA,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  70.) 

Shell  small,  strong,  ovate.  Colour  white. 
Whorls  four  ;  exclusive  of  the  smooth,  prostrate, 
heterostrophic  two-whorled  apex.  Sculpture — 
sixteen  strong,  smooth,  outstanding,  longitudinal 
ribs  sinuate  the  suture  and  reach  to  the  extreme 
point  of  the  base.  Similar  ribs  extend  con- 
tinuously across  the  upper  whorls.  Between 
these  ribs  appear  the  broken  lengths  of  about  a 
dozen,  delicate,  widely  parted,  raised,  spiral 
threads.  Aperture  ear-shaped,  effuse  anteriorly. 
Columella  massive,  entering  in  a  strong,  spiral 
twist.  Lip  formed  by  the  last  rib.  Length  1*2; 
Fig.  70.  breadth  -65  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  45  -  52  fathoms. 


APPENDIX— MOLLUSCA. 


557 


Fig.  71. 


This  species  is  most  like  0.  oodes,  Watson,  from  which  it  is 
separated  by  more  conical  shape,  fewer  ribs  and  different  apex. 

ODONTOSTOMIA  BIPLICATA,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig   71.) 

Shell  oblong-ovate,  imperforate,  white. 
Whorls  three  and  an  inrolled  vertical  and  half 
buried  apex,  slightly  gradate,  separated  by  a 
channeled  suture.  Upper  whorls  angled  and 
contracted  above  the  suture.  Last  whorl 
slightly  angled  at  the  periphery.  Sculpture — 
last  whorl  with  two  small,  but  sharp  revolving 
ridges,  one  at  the  periphery  and  the  other 
below  the  suture,  both  ascending  the  earlier 
whorls.  Upper  whorls  otherwise  smooth,  final 
whorl  furrowed  spirally  by  about  twenty-five 
fine  close  grooves  beneath  the  periphery. 
Aperture  ovate,  acuminate  above  and  below. 
Deep  within  the  throat  and  confined  to  the 
posterior  moiety,  are  five  strong  revolving 
ridges,  the  remainder  of  the  throat  is  grooved 
by  small  revolving  striae,  answering  to  the  externals  culpture.  Lip 
sharp,  simple,  produced  anteriorly.  Columella  with  a  heavy, 
median,  transverse  fold,  posterior  to  which  is  another  deeper 
oblique  fold.  Length  1  46;  breadth  '7  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  at  36  fathoms  north  of  Pava  Islet. 

This  is  a  well  marked  species.  Not  only  is  it  smaller  than  any 
enumerated  in  Tryon's  Monograph,  but  the  second,  deep  seated 
columella  fold  seems  to  be  unmatched  in  the  genus.  The  ridges 
in  the  throat  occur  in  some  species  from  the  Red  Sea. 

RlSSOA    FINCKHI,  8p.  HOV. 

(Fig.  72.) 

Shell  narrow,  subulate,  turretted,  massive, 
small.  Colour  white  with  a  yellow  apex. 
Whorls  eight.  Sculpture-round  the  periphery 
of  each  whorl  is  wound  a  heavy  tabulate  keel. 
The  penultimate  whorl  carries  a  spiral  thread 
above  and  another  below  this  keel.  On  the 
last  whorl  is  a  raised  subsutural  thread  and 
three  basal  lyrae.  Aperture  oblique,  circular, 
peristome  entire,  thickened  and  broadly 
reflected.  Length  1  92;  breadth  -92  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in 
200  fathoms. 

Named  in  honour  of  Mr.  A.  E.  Finckh, 
who  made  zoological  collections  on  Funafuti 


Fig.  72. 


558 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


in    1898,    when 
Expedition. 


in    charge    of    the    Diamond     Drill     Boring 


.  73. 


RISSOA  POOLEI,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  73.) 

Shell  broadly  ovate.  Whorls  four. 
Colour  white  with  a  few  subsutural  orange 
dots,  one  of  which  occurs  on  the  lip  and 
three  on  the  remainder  of  the  last  whorl. 
Sculpture — the  last  whorl  is  angled  at  a 
weak  spiral  rib  on  the  periphery.  Pro- 
portionately stronger  are  three  on  the 
penultimate,  and  two  on  the  antipenulti- 
mate,  similar  spiral  ribs.  The  whole  shell 
is  closely  covered  by  minute,  close,  wavy, 
spiral  threads  which  are  overridden  by 
faint,  close,  longitudinal  sculpture  extend- 
ing across  the  whole  whorl.  Umbilicus 
small,  covered  by  the  columella.  Aperture 

round,    rather   oblique.       Lip    massive,    expanded    and    broadly 

reflected   with   a  second   lip   or  varix    close   behind.     Columella 

broad  appressed.     Length  '95;   breadth  '66  mm. 

Dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  at  depths  of  45-52,  50  -  60,  and  200 

fathoms  ;  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu)  at  150  fathoms  ;  and  north 

of  Pava  Islet  at  36  fathoms. 

The  affinities  of  this  shell   are  with   the   species   previously 

described  from    Funafuti   as   Rissoa  invisibilis.     It  is   named  in 

honour  of  Mr.  William  Poole,  B.A.,  a  volunteer  assistant  of  the 

second  expedition  to  Funafuti. 

DlALA    PROFUNDA,  sp.  HOV. 

(Fig.  74.) 

Shell  subulate,  thin.  Colour,  the  figured  example 
has  the  first  four  whorls  ochraceous,  the  next  two 
almost  white,  the  last  two  ochraceous  buff  with  the 
columella  and  lip  tawny  ;  another  specimen  is  uni- 
form dark  brown.  Whorls  eight.  The  apex  smooth 
and  blunt ;  the  third  and  fourth  whorls  with  two 
raised  spiral  cords  each,  the  remaining  whorls 
angled  above  and  below  the  suture.  Surface 
smooth  and  shining.  Aperture  perpendicular, 
angled  above,  rounded  below  ;  outer  lip  straight 
and  sharp  ;  columella  reflected  over  a  minute  per- 
foration. Length  1-9;  breadth  '66  mm. 

Dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  at  depths  of  45  -  50, 
50  -  60  and  200  fathoms  ;  and  in  36  fathoms  north 
and  36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava  Islet. 


Fig.  74. 


APPENDIX — MOLLD8CA. 


559 


CAECUM    AMALTHEANUM,  Sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  75.) 

Shell  small,  a  twisted  cone,  performing  about 
a  third  of  a  revolution,  rapidly  enlarging.  White 
very  glossy,  with  about  twenty,  faint  rib  rings. 
Aperture  circular,  slightly  contracted  behind 
the  everted  lip.  Septum  gradate,  with  three 
steps,  arising  deep  within  the  collar,  peaked  on 
the  outer  side.  Length  -76;  breadth  at  aperture 
•34  mm. 

Two  examples  dredged  at  36  fathoms,  north 
of  Pava  Islet. 

The  contour  of  this  species  isolates  it  from 
any  co-generic  type. 


dECUM    LEGUMEN,  Sp.  HOV. 
(Fig.  76.) 

Shell  pod-shaped,  arched  on  one  side,  nearly 
straight  on  the  other ;  rounded  in  transverse 
section  on  the  arched  side  and  flattened  on  the 
straight.  Colour  white.  Sculptured  by  fine 
growth  rings,  surface  glossy  and  shining.  At  the 
aperture  slightly  contracted,  mouth  oval,  flattened 
on  one  side.  Septum  much  exserted,  peaked  on 
the  curved  side.  As  foreshortened  to  show  the 
aperture  in  my  drawing,  the  shell  has  a  quaint 
resemblence  to  a  tobacco  pipe.  Length  1*5; 
breadth  -64  mm. 

Dredged  at  36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava  Islet 
and  again  at  150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu). 

The  only  species  at  all  resembling  this,  figured  in 
Tryon's  Manual,  is  C.  nitidunt,  Stimpson,  than  which  it 
is  less  inflated. 

TRIFORIS  ASPEBRIMUS,  Hinds. 

(Fig.  77.) 
Hinds,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  xi.,  1843,  p.  18  ;    Tryon, 

Man.  Conch.,  ix.,  1887,  p.  181,  pi.  xxxviii.,  fig.  6. 
A  single,  probably  immature,  specimen  of  twelve 
whorls,  in  length  2*92  and  in  breadth  -56  ram.,  which 
was  dredged  in  36  fathoms,  north  of  Pava  Islet  is  thus 
doubtfully  determined.  The  species  appears  not  to  have 
been  seen  since  Sir  Edward  Belcher  dredged  his  unique 
specimen  in  eight  fathoms  on  the  Papuan  coast. 


Fig.  75. 


Fig.  77. 


560  FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 

MUREX  RAMOSUS,  Linne. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  ii.,  1880,  p.  95,  pi.  i.,  figs.  1,  2. 

A  specimen  was  obtained  by  Mr.  A.  E.  Finckh  on  one  of  the 
leeward  islets  of  Funafuti. 

CYPR^EA  BECKI,  Gaskoin. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  vii.,  1885,  p.  91,  pi.  xvii.,  figs.  86,  87. 

One  specimen  collected  by  Mr.  W.  Poole  on  the  lagoon  beach 
of  Funafuti. 

TORRICULA  EXASPERATA,  Gmelin. 
Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  iv.,   1882,  p.   180,  pi.  liii.,  figs.  541-544, 

pi.  liv.,  figs.  545-546. 
One  dead  shell  dredged  in  36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava  Islet. 

MARGINELLA  ISSELI,  Nevill,  var.  ELLICENSIS,  var.  nov. 
(Fig.  78.) 

Shell  small,  ovate,  white,  smooth,  with  a 
buried  spire.  Aperture  narrow,  crescentic. 
Outer  lip  arching  from  and  above  the  vertex, 
thickened  without  and  finely  crenulate  within, 
channeled  anteriorly.  Inner  lip  with  a  heavy 
layer  of  callus  edged  abruptly.  Columella 
with  three  oblique  entering  folds,  the  posterior 
one  small.  Length  1*4;  breadth  '64  mm. 

Dredged  at  36  fathoms  north  of  Pava  Islet' 
at  36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava  Islet,  and  at 
150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet  (Funamanu) 

After  much  perplexity  I  have  concluded  not  to  separate  this 
specifically  from  M.  isseli,  Nevill,*  which  agrees  in  size  and  shape 
but  apparently  differs  by  an  additional  fold  on  the  columella. 
The  example  of  that  which  Issel  examined  f  had  not  the  crenulated 
lip  of  the  type.  Savigny's  work,  containing  the  original  descrip- 
tion, is  unfortunately  inaccessible  to  me.  No  distinction  is 
apparent  to  me  between  this  species  and  M.  nympha,  Brazier,! 
from  Sydney  Harbour, 

Examples  from  Cape  Sidmouth,  Queensland,  of  what  appears 
to  be  another  variety  of  M.  isseli  are  before  me.  They  agree  in 
shape  but  differ  by  being  2  mm.  in  length,  and  by  having  five 
plications  on  the  columella. 


*  Tryon— Man.  Conch.,  v.,  1883,  p.  40,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  39. 

f  Issel— Malae.  del  Mar  Eosso,  18G9,  p.  117. 

j  Brazier— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  W.,  (2)  ix.,  1894,  p.  168,  pi.  xiv.,  fig.  2. 


APPENDIX — MOLLUSCA.  561 

PTKBOSOMA  PLANA,  Lesson. 

Hedley,   Proc.  Malac.  Soc.,  i.,  1895,  p.  333;    Crosse,  Journ.   de 
Conch.,  xliv.,  1896  (1897),  pp.  207  -212. 

An  imperfect  shell  from  a  depth  of  200  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet, 
is  with  doubt  so  identified.  Since  writing  the  article  above  quoted 
I  have  found  that  Fischer's  reason  for  classing  this  as  a  Nemertine 
was  a  mistaken  identification  by  the  Naturalists  of  the  "Chal- 
lenger."* 

ATLANTA  GIBBOSA,  Eydoux  and  Souleyet. 

Eydoux  and  Souleyet,  Voy.  Bonite,  Zool.,  ii.,  1841,  p.  386,  p).  xxi., 
figs.  1  -  8. 

Dead  shells  were  dredged  off  Tutaga,  in  45-52  and  200 
fathoms.  This  species  does  not  seem  to  have  been  recorded  from 
the  Pacific. 

ATLANTA  TURRICULATA,  D'Orbigny. 

Eydoux  and  Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  391,  pi.  xxi.,  figs.  30-35. 
Dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  45  -  52  and  200  fathoms. 

ATLANTA  GUIDICHAUDII,  Eydoux  and  Souleyet. 
Eydoux  and  Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  397,  pi.  xix.,  figs.  29  -  34. 
Several  dead  shells  dredged  in  200  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 

TORNATINA    LEPTEKES,    Watson. 

Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xv.,  1893,  p.  200,  pi.  xxiv.,  figs.  29,  30. 

Dredged  in  36  fathoms  north  of  Pava  Islet,  and  off  Tutaga  in 
45-52  and  200  fathoms. 

Previously    taken    oft'    Raine     Island,    Queensland,    by    the 

"  Challenger," 

RlNGICULA,  sp. 

A  small  Ringicula  was  dredged  in  45  -  52  fathoms  off  Tutaga 
Islet.  It  corresponds  exactly  to  specimens  from  Torres  Straits, 
which  I  have  identified  as  P.  pusilla,  Watson,  and  differs  very 
little  from  my  JR.  parvula.  It  may  be  here  pointed  out  that  the 
illustration  of  R.  pusilla,j  appears  to  represent  a  young  and 
broken  shell,  and  that  the  description  conveys  a  totally  different 
idea  of  the  species. 

*  Moseley— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (4)  xvi.,  1875,  p.  382. 
t  Watson— Chall.  Eep.,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  pi.  xlvii.,  fig.  9. 
MX 


562 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Fig.  79. 


RlNGICULA    INCISA,  sp,  nOV. 

(Fig.  79.) 

Shell  ovate,  glossy.  Whorls  five.  Colour 
white.  Sculpture — girt  around  the  last  whorl 
are  eight  nearly  equidistant  sharp  furrows, 
sloping  above  and  cut  square  below  so  as  to 
carve  the  surface  into  descending  steps.  On 
the  upper  whorls  there  are  three  furrows.  A 
distinct  varix  marks  the  penultimate  whorl. 
Aperture  ear-shaped,  effuse  and  truncate 
anteriorly.  Outer  lip  broadly  reflected,  rather 
straight,  without  tubercles.  Inner  lip  with 
broad  and  strong  plications  below  and  a  small 
one  above.  Length  2 '2;  breadth  1-2  mm. 

One  specimen  dredged  in  36  fathoms  N.  30° 
W.  of  Pava  Islet. 


PHYLLIDIA  VARICOSA,  Lamarck. 

Bergh,  Reis.  Archip.  Philippinen,ii.,  1876,  p.  380,  pi.  lxxxvi.,fig.  11. 
Three  specimens  were  collected  by  Mr.  A.  E.  Finckh  in  the 
Funafuti  lagoon. 

CRYPTOPTHALMUS  SMARAGDINUS,  Leuckart. 
Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  xvi.,  1895,  p.  37,  pi.  vi.,  figs.  29  -  36. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  by  myself  alive  in  shallow  water  in 
the  lagoon.  Mention  of  them  was  inadvertantly  omitted  from 
preceding  pages.  With  them  were  taken  an  undetermined  Doris, 
and  an  Eolis. 

LIMACINA  INFLATA,  D'Orbigny. 

H.  and  A.  Adams,  Genera  Recent  Mollusca,  iii.,  1858,  pi.  cxxxvii., 

figs.  2,  2a,  26;  Pelseneer,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xxiii.,  1888,  p.  17. 

Dead  shells  were  dredged  in  abundance,  off  Tutaga  Islet,  in  45 

-  52,  50  -  60,  and  200  fathoms  ;  in  36  fathoms  north  and  in  36 

fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava ;  and  in  150  fathoms  off  Beacon  Islet 

(Funamanu). 

LIMACINA  BULIMOIDES,  D'Orbigny. 
Rang  and  Souleyet,  Hist.   Nat.  Pteropodes,  1852,  p.  65,  pi.  xv., 

figs.  1-7;  Pelseneer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  30. 

Dead  shells  dredged  plentifully  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  36,  45  -  52 
and  200  fathoms,  and  N.  30°  W.  of  Pava  Islet  in  36  fathoms. 

CLIO  VIRGULA,  Rang. 

Rang  and   Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  57,  pi.  vi.,  tig.  2,  pi.  xiii.,  figs.  20 
-  24;  Pelseneer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  48. 


APPENDIX — MOLLU8CA.  563 

A  few  shells  dredged  off  Tutas;a  Islet  in  45  -  52  and  200  fathoms 
and  off  Beacon  Islet  in  150  fathoms. 

CLIO  AGICULA,  Rang. 

Rang  and  Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  56,  pi.   vi.,  figs.  5,  7;    Pelseneer, 
loc.  cit.,  p.  51. 

A  few  dead  shells  dredged  in  200  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 
CLIO  STRIATA,  Rany. 

Rang  and  Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  55,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  3;   Pelseneer,  loc.  cit., 
p.  51. 

One  broken  specimen  from  45  -  52  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 
CLIO  SUBDLA,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

Rang   and  Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  55,  pi.  vi.,  fig.  1;  Pelseneer,  loc. 
cit.,  p.  57. 

Numerous  dead  shells  dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  45  -  52  and 
200  fathoms. 

CLIO  PYRAMIDATA,  Linne. 

Rang   and  Souleyet,  loc.  cit.,  p.  50,  pi.  v.,  figs.  7-11;  Pelseneer, 

loc.  cit.,  p.  63. 
Dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  45  -  52  and  200  fathoms. 

CUVIERINA  COLUMNELLA,  Rang. 

Boas,  Spolia  Atlantica,   1885,  pi.  iii.,  tig.  39;    Pelseneer,  loc.  cit., 

p.  67. 
One  specimen  dredged  in  200  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 

CAVOLINIA  QUADRIDENTATA,  Lesueur. 

Boas,  loc.  cit.,  p.  99,  pi.  i.,  fig.  4,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  15;    Pelseneer,  loc. 

cit.,  p.  78. 

A  few  dead  specimens  dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet,  in  45  -  52  and 
200  fathoms. 

CAVOLINIA  LONGIROSTRIS,  Lesueur. 

Boas,  loc.  cit.,  p.  102,  pi.  i.,  tig.  5,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  16;  Pelseneer,  loc. 

cit.,  p.  79. 
One  dead  specimen  dredged  in  200  fathoms  ofi  Tutaga  Islet. 

OAVOLINIA  IN  FLEX  A,  Lesueur. 

Boas,  loc.  cit.,  p.  123,  pi.  i.,  fig.  11,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  21;  Pelseneer,  loc. 

cit.,  p.  85. 
Dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  45  -  52  and  200  fathoms. 


564 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


AGADINA  STIMPSONI,  A.  Adams. 
Pelseneer,  loc.  cit.,  p.  31,  pi.  i.,  figs.  11-14. 

A  few  specimens  dredged  off  Tutaga  Islet  in  45  -  52  and   2  00 
fathoms  and  north  of  Pava  in  36  fathoms. 


PELECYPODA. 
ARCA  PTEROESSA,  Smith. 

Smith,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zoo!.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  262,  pi.  xvii.,  fig.  4. 

Two  small  .separate   valves   were   dredged  at  200  fathoms  off 
Tutaga  Islet. 

ARCA  CONGKNITA,  Smith. 
Smith,  loc.  cit.,  p.  264,  pi.  xvii.,  fig.  6. 

One  small  valve  from  50  -  60  fathoms  off  Tutaga  Islet. 

LIMOPSIS  DAVIDIS,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  80.) 

Shell  small,  suborbicular,  flattened, 
scarcely  inequilateral.  Colour  white, 
with  a  few,  small,  scattered  brown 
dots.  Posterior  margin  truncate ; 
ventral  and  anterior  margins  rounded. 
Umbo  prominent.  Epidermis  de- 
nuded. Sculpture — about  twenty- 
four,  prominent,  radiating  ridges 
sharply  crenulate  the  margin  and 
fade  away  before  reaching  the  umbo, 
these  are  separated  by  flat  interstices 
of  about  twice  their  breadth.  They  are 
more  prominent  and  closer  together 
at  the  posterio- ventral  side,  but  for  a 
space  in  the  posterior  slope  one  or 
two  seem  missing.  The  whole  valve 
is  covered  with  close  concentric 
wrinkles,  which  become  coarser  as 
the  ventral  margin  is  approached. 
Hinge  area  very  broad  and  rather 
curved,  teeth  three  on  each  side. 
Internal  margin  crenulate.  Height 
1-22,  length  1-22  mm. 

One  valve  from  45  —  52  fathoms 
off  Tutaga  Islet. 

Named  in  honour  of  Prof.  T.  W.  E.  David,  B.A.,  under  whose 
auspices  it  was  secured. 


APPENDIX— MOLLUSCA.  565 

If  adult  this  species  is  the  smallest  known  member  of  the  genus 
In  several  respects  it  approaches  L.  antillensis,  Ball,*  which  is 
deeper,  and  has  certain  internal  tubercles  absent  in  L,  davidis. 

LlMEA    FECTINATA,  H.  Adams. 

H.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1870,  p.  7,  pi.  i.,  fig.  11. 
One  valve  from  36  fathoms  N.  30°  W.  of.Pava. 

This  is  the  first  appearance  of  either  species  or  genus  in  the 
Pacific. 

PECTEN  SPECIOSUS,  Reeve. 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  viii.,  pi.  xxvii.,  sp.  112. 

One  living  example  was  taken  in  the  lagoon  by  Mr.  A.  E.  Finckh. 

CRASSATELLA  sp. 

A  fragment  of  a  Crassatella  which  might  belong  to  C.  rhom- 
boides,  Smith,  was  taken  off  Tutaga  in  50  —  60  fathoms. 


ADDENDA. — Since  revising  the  preceding  pages,  I  have  found 
among  the  shells  which  I  collected  at  Funafuti,  the  following 
additional  species  : — Engina  lineata,  Reeve;  Sistrum  dumosum, 
Conrad ;  and  Sistrum  undatum,  Chemnitz. 


*  Dall— Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool ,  xii.,  1886,  p.  237,  pi.  viii.,  tig.  7. 

Nv 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 

THE  Collections  gathered  at  Funafuti  by  Mr.  Charles  Hedley, 
on  which  the  observations  contained  in  the  present  volume  are 
principally  based,  were  supplemented  by  other  gatherings  made 
during  the  Second  Expedition  to  that  Atoll  by  Prof.  T.  W.  E. 
David,  B.A.,  and  Mr.  G.  Sweet,  of  Melbourne,  and  whilst  the 
Third  Expedition  was  in  progress  by  Messrs.  A.  E.  Finckh  and 
G.  H.  Halligan. 

A  selection  of  the  specimens  obtained  by  Prof.  David  and 
Messrs.  Finckh  and  Halligan  was  presented  to  the  Trustees  by 
the  Local  Funafuti  Committee  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London  ; 
Mr.  Sweet  very  kindly  lent  his  Mollusca  for  investigation,  and 
presented  duplicates  of  the  otherwise  unrepresented  species  to  the 
Trustees;  whilst,  chiefly  owing  to  Mr.  Halligan's  exertions,  we  are 
indebted  for  a  knowledge  of  those  forms  of  Molluscan  life  occurring 
in  the  Pteropod  Ooze  of  Funafuti. 

•  The  larger  portion  of  the  descriptive  work,  fell,  by  far,  to  the 
lot  of  Messrs.  C.  Hedley  and  T.  Whitelegge,  the  former  con- 
tributing the  General  Account  of  the  Atoll,  the  Ethnology  and 
the  Mollusca,  whilst  Mr.  Whitelegge  is  responsible  for  the  articles 
on  the  Crustacea,  Echinodermata,  Alcyonaria,  Spongida,  Madre- 
poraria,  Hydrozoa,  Scyphozoa,  and  Venues. 

Mr.  J.  P.  Hill  has  laid  the  Australian  Museum  under  obligations 
by  the  readiness  with  which  he  collaborated  with  Mr.  Whitelegge 
in  working  out  the  Actinozoa,  and  on  his  own  account  investigated 
the  Enteropneusta. 

Mr.  W.  J.  Rainbow  described  the  Insect  and  Arachnian 
Faunas  ;  Mr.  E.  R.  Waite  the  Mammals,  Reptilia,  and  Pisces ; 
whilst  the  few  facts  that  could  be  gleaned  respecting  the  Aves 
and  Rocks,  were  recorded  by  Mr.  A.  J.  North  and  Dr.  T, 
Cooksey  respectively. 


568  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

A  "Summary  of  the  Fauna  of  Funafuti,"  prepared  by  Mr. 
Hedley,  with  the  assistance  of  his  colleagues,  is  given  in  Part  8  of 
the  Memoir,  including  not  only  the  results  derived  from  their 
conjoint  work,  but  also  embodying  the  researches  of  other 
investigators  that  have  appeared  during  the  progress  of  the 
Memoir  through  the  press. 

Capt.  E.  C.  Hore,  of  the  London  Missionary  Society,  and  late 
of  the  s.s.  "  John  Williams,"  prepared  a  very  excellent  model  of 
the  Atoll  of  Funafuti,  which  is  deposited  in  the  Australian 
Museum. 

Memoir  No.  iii.  of  the  Australian  Museum  Series  comprises 
ten  parts,  commencing  in  December,  1896.  The  ninth,  published 
in  August,  1899,  completed  the  descriptive  matter,  and  the  tenth 
or  final  part  contains  the  Indices.  The  respective  dates  of 
publication  of  each  part  are  given  on  the  front  coloured 
wrappers. 

R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUNR., 

CURATOR. 


INDEX. 


I  1ST 


A. 


PAGE 


ABLEPHARUS  boutonii       ...       180 

pcecilopleurus 180 

ABUTILON    ...         40,  95 

ACALYPHA  grandis  . . .         ...         22 

ACAMPTOGOBGIA  spinosa     532,  533 

ACANTHASTRJEA        353 

echinata           ...          353,  534 
patula 353,534 

ACANTHELLA  ...  ...          323 

pulcherrima    ...  323,  329,  531 
stipitata          ...  323,329.  531 

ACANTHOGOBGIA  breviflora  307, 

309,  533 

ACANTHOMUBICEA  simplex         533 

ACANTHURUS  ...  ...          187 

achilles  ...          188,  515 

blochii 188,  515 

guttatus  ...          188,  515 

matoides          188 

triostegus         ...          187,  515 

Acarina        105,109 

ACHJZA  melicerte     ...          ...       520 

achilles,  ACANTHUBUS  188,  515 
acicula,  CLIO  ...  527,  563 

acidula,  PEMPHIS 35,109 

ACMAEA  saccharma  402,  520 

ACOMPSE  suivis      ...  106,  122,  519 
Acronuridse          ...        ...      187 

ACT^EA  rugata  ...  129,516 
ACT^ODES  speoiosa...  136,  517 

Actinaria 372 

Actinozoa  ...      369,  371,  384,  532 
ACTITIS  incana       ...         ...         81 

aculeaius,  BALISTES  197,  515 

aculeatus,  GELLIDS...  323,326,  531 
acuminata,  MITBA  ...  466,  525 

acuta,  ANTHENEA  ...  159,160 

acutispina,  CULCITA  157,  530 

acutispinosa,  CULCITA  ...  155 
ADELOCEBA  modesta  ...  93 
admete,  THALAMITA  138,  517 

Admiralty  Islands— 250, 253, 

254,  261,  288 
adspersum,  LTGOSOMA        180,  514 


adustus,  MUBEX      ...          458,  525 

Adzes  249 

aedonia,  SCISSUBELLA  ...  552 
cegle,  TBIFOBIS  ...  439,  522 
ceneus,  ZOZTMUS  ...  131,  516 
ceqwibilis,  CLIBANAEIUS  ...  5!7 
cequatoria,  SCISSUBELLA  ..  520 
cethops,  PANESTHIA  100,  520 

Afa 33,276 

affine,  GYRINEUM     ..          457,  524 

affinis,  GALATHEA 517 

j       affinis,  EISSOINA       ..          422.  522 
affinis,  TEREBRA      ...          481,  527 

Africa  106 

South 90 

West 90 

Afu 48 

AFZELIA  bijuga       31 

AGADINA  stimpsoni  ..  527,  564 
AGELAS  gracilis  ...323,328,531 

Agiagi  ...          83 

AGLAOPHENIA  bispinosa  ...  374 
clavicula  ...  373,  531 
distans  ..  ...  ...  374 

Aito  tree      274 

AKEEA  aperta          ...          485,527 

alba,  CTLICHNA      4S4 

ALABA/ulva  ...         ...       414 

striata 414 

albicilla,  NEBITA    ...          409,  521 
albugo,  DIALA          ...         ...       423 

Alcyonacea  .;        ...      308 

Alcyonaria      17,211,213, 

214,  305,  307 
ALCYONID.S...          .          ...       214 

ALCTONIUM  confertum       ...       213 

latum 213,  215 

tuberculosum  ...       213 

viride 213 

ALCTONUM  viride 220 

ALEUBITES  triloba  ...  ..  238 
alicea,  GLTPHOSTOMA  471,  526 
Allotments  of  Property  ...60,61 
alofa,  COLUMBELLA  463,  525 


572 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


PAGE 

ALOCASIA  indica     61 

ALOPIAS  vulpes       ...          199,  516 

ALPH.KUS  collumianus       ...       518 

edwardsii        ...          146,  518 

frcmtalis          518 

funafutiensis 518 

Icevis     146,  518 

parvirostris     518 

prolificus         518 

strenvus  518 

ALPHITOBIUS  diaparinus  ...         93 

piceus 93 

Alunga         293 

alveolata,  CLUBIONA  106,  122,  519 
amaltheanum,  CAECUM  522,  559 

AMARYGMUS,  sp 93 

ambigua,  EISSOINA...  422,  522 
am6oinense,var.,  SARCOPHTTUM 

215,  533 
amboinensis,  HOLOTHURIA...       530 

Amboyna     91,106,196 

Arnedee        205 

America,  Tropical 101 

Western         101 

Amo.. 289 

Amphinomidae     392 

AMPHISTEGINA  lessonii  ...  75 
amphizosta,  RETUSA  ...  483 

amplustre,  HYDATINA  485,  527 
amputatum,  CAECUM  ...  426 

AMYNA  octo 90,91.520 

Anaa  499,504 

ancestheta,  STERNA 84,514 

AN  AX  guttata  99 

Ancestor  worship 46,48 

ANCHISTUS  miersi 518 

Anchorite  Island 261 

ANDROCTININI        107 

ANDKOCTONID^E     ...  105,107 

Aneiteum      176,  491,  499, 501, 506 

Anemone,  Sea        532 

angulata,  LIMA        ...  493,528 

angulata,  MADRBPOKARIA...  535 
angulatum,  CARDIUM  503,  529 
angulosa,  TURRICULA  467,  526 
angulosus,  ECHINUS  156,  530 

aniculi,  ATHELGUE  . . .          149,518 

ANICULUS 129 

typicus  ..      127,  144, 150,  517 

Ankle-ring 247 

Annelida 530 

annulipes,  ARANEUS  ...       519 

annulipes,  EPEIRA 117 

annulipes,  RUPPELLIA  137,  517 
annulus,  CYPRJEA  ...  452,  524 
anomala,  PURPURA  ...  476 

ANOMIA        491,  528 


ANOMURA 127,140 

Anou  303 

ANGUS  leucocapillus  ...         83 

melanogenys 83 

stolidus  84,514 

antarcticus,  IBACUS...  146,  51R 

ANTHENEA,  acuta  ...          159,  160 

ANTHOMIZID^E         97 

ANTHOMURICEA  simplex     307,  310 
Anthropological    measure- 
ments        233, 234, 235,  236 
antttlensis,  LIMOPSIS          ...       565 

Antilles  106 

Antipatharia        ...         372,384 
ANTIPATHELLA  allantica  ..        385 

brooki 372,384,533 

tristis 385 

antipathes,  GORGONIA        ...       317 
antipathes,  PLEXAURA    307,494, 

533 

Antipathidte        384 

antipodum,  OBISITTM    106, 108, 

518,  519 

antiquorum,  COLOCASIA     ...         62 
antiquus,  MAGILUS...          461,  525 

Ants,  White  26,100 

Ants 94 

anus,  DISTORTRIX  ...  456,  524 

Apa 248 

Apia 185 

aperta,  AKERA         ...          485,  527 
apicalis,  CLATHURELLA      474,  526 

Apidae  93 

appendigaster,  EVANIA      ...         90 

Apteryx  283 

aquila,  ATAGEN      ...         ...         59 

aquila,  FREGATA     ...  85,  514 

arabica,  CYPR^A     ...          451,  524 
Arachnida  ...  103, 105,  518 

ARACHNOCEPHALUS  vestitus 

100,  520 

ARANEID^; 105,  109 

ARANEUS  annulipes  ...       519 

distincta          519 

etheridgei        519 

festiva 519 

hoggi 519 

longispina       519 

obscura  519 

plebeja 519 

speciosa  519 

theis,  var.  mangareva         519 

ventricosa        519 

aratus,  CADULUS     ...          528,  551 

ARCA 68 

congenita         ...          528,  564 
divaricata  ...       491 


573 


AECA  dubia  ... 
maculata 
occidentalis 
pteroessa 
reticulata 
tenella  . . . 
velata  . . . 
zebra  ... 

ARCH^A  melicerte 


PAGE 

...  491 
491,  528 
...  491 
528,  564 

491,  528 

492,  528 
491,  528 
491,  528 

...  90,91 


archeri,  CTCLOSTBEMA  ...  406 
arcuata,  COCCINELLA  ...  93 
ARDEA  sacra  ...  81,  82,  84 

arenarius,  KUPHUS 427 

arenosa,  POBITES 535 

Areva  46 

argentea,  TOURNEFORTIA  ...  22,  37 
argenteus,  PIPTURUS  ...  22 

argus,  CYPR^EA  ...  449,  524 
argus,  HOLOTHURI A  1 55, 1 6 1 ,  530 
argyrostomus,  TURBO  408,  521 

Ariki 43 

armigera,  HELIOTHIS  90 

armigera,  PURPURA     143,  400,  459 
Arorae  ..         ...         ...         65 

ARRIPIS  salar          ...         ...       267 

ARTEMISIA 300 

articulita,  COLUMBELLA  ...  463 
ARTOCARPUS  ...  ...  61 

incisus 63 

integrifolia      ...  63 

artuffeli,  CYPR.EA    ...          453,  524 
aruanum,  TETRADRACHMUM  191, 

515 
ARUM  esculentum  ...          ...       167 

Arvicola        ...         ...         ...       170 

ASAPHI8  deflorata  68, 264, 503,  529 
ASCYLTUS  pterygodes          ...       519 
asiaticus,  PETROLISTHBS  ...       517 
aspergillum,  CLOEOSIPHON  372, 

394,  531 

asperrimus,  TRIFORIS  522,  559 

asperrimus,  UROGYMNUS     201,  516 
aspersa,  HELIX        ...         ...       409 

aspersa,  POCILLOPORA  ...  534 
asperum,  CERITHIUM  435,  523 
asperum,  ECHINODICTYUM  323, 

324,  328,  531 
ASPIDOSIPHON  elegans   372, 

393,  531 

klunzingeri      531 

speculator        ...         ...       394 

steenstrupii     ...  372,  394,  531 
ASPLENIUM  nidus  ...         ...         39 

ASSIMINEA  nitida  ...          417,  522 
Assouri        ...         ...          ..68, 503 

astenon,  OTOSTIGMUS         ...       519 

ASTEROIDEA  157 


PAGE 

ASTRJEA       349 

dance 353,  534 

denticulata      ...          353,  534 
microphthalma          ...       354 
porcata  ...         ...       353 

versipora         ...          352,534 

Astneidse 352 

astrceoides,  Po RITES  ...       367 

ASTR^EOPORA  incrustans     361,  535 

hirsuta  ...          362,  535 

listeri 535 

ocellata  ...          361,  535 

ovalis  ...         ...         ...       535 

tabulata          535 

ASTRALIUM  petrosum  408,  521 
astricta,  MITRA  ...  466,  525 
ATACTODEA  striata  503,  529 

Atafu  15,  237,  240,  245,  273 

A  TAG  EN  aquila        59 

ATERGATis/oridus  ..          129,  516 

ATLANTA  gibbosa    ...          527,561 

guidichaudii   ...  527,  561 

turriculata      ..  527,  561 

atlantica,  ANTIPATHELLA  ..       385 

ATHANUS  sulcatipes  ...       518 

ATHELGUE 127,  151 

anicula  ...          149,  518 

atra,  HOLOTHURIA...  161,  530 
atropurpureus,  TROCHUS  404,  520 
attenuatum,  CAECUM  ...  426 

Atupa  255 

ATYS  cylindrica  ...  483,527 
dactylus  ...  484,  527 
dentifera  ...  483,  527 
hyalina  ...  483,  527 

Jeffrey  si  484 

Auckland     19 

audax,  HYLLUS       ...          124,  519 

Aulima         302 

Aumatupu 16 

Aunaki        302 

aurantia,  PTEROCERA  429,  522 
auratus,  CONUS  ...  480,  526 

aurea,  PYRENE       464 

AURELIA  clausa     ...  371,  383,  532 

Anrelid* 383 

auriga,  CH^TODON...  183,  514 
aurita,  NAUSITORIA  507,  529 

australasice,  HORMURUS    ...       519 

Austral  Islands      3,  167 

Australia     89,90,96 

aus<raJie«sis,PTYCHODERA,  207, 209 
australis,  DAMMARA  ...  40 
australis,  HIPPONYX  416,  429,  522 
australis,  MODIOLA...  492,528 
australis,  POROMYA  ...  508 

australis,  KKNIKKA      323,  324,  531 


574 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


PAGE 

Avalau         17 

Aves 79,513 

AVICULA  267,  268,  269,  270,  308 
cumingii  ...  267,  268 
cypsellus  ...  ...  494 

radiata  494 

Awls 292 

Axes  249 

Axinellidae  329 

aya,  LUTJANUS        ...          ...       542 

AZOLLA  rubra  40 


298 

BACTRONOPHORTJS 508 

baculatus,  TINOPORUS     16,  75,  198 
bcBodactyla,  MADREPORARIA       535 

Bailers         288 

baillonii,  TRACHTNOTUS     190,  515 

Baka 35 

balinensis,  HEMIBHAMPHUS  195, 

515 

BALISTES  aculeatus  197,  515 

flavomarginatus  197,  515 

fuscus 196,  515 

Balistidae 196 

Balls  303 

Bamboo-trap  ...         ...       280 

Bananas      ...         62,  63 

Banks  Island          ...  241,  259,  303 
barclayi,  LATIRUS  ...          ...       457 

Barracouta  ...  47,  65,  199 

Barracuda  199 

BARRINGTONIA       32 

butonica  32 

speciosa  20 

basilanica,  LIMA     493 

Baskets        290 

batata,  CONVOLVULUS        ...       167 

Batavia        194 

bataviensis,  PSEUDOSCARUS  194, 

515 

Batti 299 

Bawonga     64,266 

bayani,  TRIFORIS    ...          ...       448 

Bay  of  Oupi  505 

Beacon  Islet    549,  550,  551 , 

552, 555, 558, 559, 560, 562,  563 

BEBRYCE  mollis      315 

philippi  315 

studeri  ...  307,  314,  533 

Beche-de-mer         67 

becki,  CYPR2EA         ...          524,  560 


Bee,  leaf -cutting 93 

Beetles  89,90 

Bekka  304 

bellum,  PLECOTREMA  486,  527 

BELONE  platura  ...  194,515 

bengalensis,  LUTIANUS  183,  514 

Beret  24 

Berycidse 186 

BET^US  ...  ...  127 

minutus  ...  147,  518 

Betelnut  25 

bifasciatum,  CLATHURELLA       475 
bijuga,  AFZELIA  ...         31 

bilineata,  CLATHURELLA    ...       475 
b-iloba,  IPOM^A        ...          ...         40 

biocellatus,  GOBIUS  ..  190,  515 

biplicata,  ODONTOSTOMIA  521,  557 
bipunctata,  TBITHEMIS  ...  99 

Birds,  trapping  278 

BIBGUS  ...  ...  128 

latro  ...  29,  68,  140,  517 
bispinosa,  AGLAOPHENIA  ...  374 

Black  Clam  shell 250 

Blark-naped  Tern  83,  270 

Black  Eat 166 

Blatta  90 

Blattidae 100 

Blenniidie 190,545 

Blindness 71 

blochii,  ACANTHURUS          188,  515 

Bofala          455 

Bombay         106 

Bondi  8,77,78 

Hone  hook  ...  .         266 

Bonito  24, 64, 199, 267, 268, 271, 286 

fishing  268 

hooks 266 

Borneo          259 

Borouselif 44 

botryodes,  MADREPORARIA  356,  534 

Boua 14,  36 

Bougainville  Straits         ...       245 

Boureriva 195 

Bourou         47 

boutonii,  ABLEPHARUS       ...       180 

Boutularu 187 

Bowditch  Island 29 

Bowen          492,501 

Bowl,  food 298 


Box-tubs,  wooden  ...          296,  297 
Brachiopoda     489,  491,  508,  529 

Brachyura 129 

BRANDELLA  intricata         ...       314 

Brazil  101,  106 

Breadfruit  trees    ...  .54,63 

breve,  CERITHIUM  ...  432,  523 


INDEX. 


575 


brevicauflatus,  BUTHUS      ... 
brevicornis,  POCILLOPORA  .  .  . 


107 
534 


309,  533 

brevipinnis,  LOLIGO  402,  520 

brevirostris,  CORALLIOCARIS       518 
British  New  Guinea  253,254, 

258,  288 
Brokka        ......         61,62,63 

brooki,  ANTIPATHBLLA  372, 

384,  533 
Broom          .........       292 

BROUSSONETIA,  9,35,40,64, 

231,  271,  289,  297 
papyracea       ...         ...         34 

papyrifera       ......         35 

Brown  Eat  .........         59 

brownriggii,  GLYPHIDODON    192, 

515 
BRUGUIERA...         ...         ...         21 

brunnea,  MITRA      ...          466,  525 
Buckets       .........       296 

bufonium,  GYRINEUM        ...       524 
bulimoides,  LIMACINA         527,  562 
bulimoides,  ODONTOSTOMIA         521 
bullata,  LIMA          ...          493,  528 
Bunga          .........       300 

Burial  .........         52 

buroensis,  MUR.&NA  196,  515 

BUTHUS  brevicaudatus       ...       107 
butonica,  BARRINGTONIA  ...         32 
Butta  .........         63 

Butterflies  .........  90,  95 

byronia,  PTEROCERA  429,  522 


O. 

CADULUS  aratus     ... 
dichelus 

amaltheanum 
amputatum  ... 
attenua.tum  ... 


528,  551 
551 

522,  559 
...       426 

...       426 


exile     ......          426,  522 

gulosum          ...  426,  522,  550 
legumen          ...          522,  559 
nitidum  ......       559 

vertebrate        ..   425,  522,  550 
ccelatus,  ETISODES  ...  131,  516 

C.ENOBITA  .........       128 

ccerulea,  HELIOPORA  11,  535 

carulea,  PROCELSTERNA      84,  514 
ctespitosa,  POCILLOPORA     349, 

352,  534 

Cake  of  the  Pandanus  fruit        30 
CALANDRID^E          ...         ...         91 

CALAPPA  hepatica  ...          139,  517 


Calcareous  Conglomerate  75 

CALCINUS  elegans  ...  129,  143,  517 

goAmardi         ...  143,  517 

herbsti 517 

herbsti.  var.  lividus  ...       517 

latens 143,  517 

tibicen 144 

caledonica,  MITRA  ...          466,  525 
caledonica,  OVULA  . . .         ...       449 

caledonica,  PTYCHODERA  ...  205 
caledonica,  SCALIOLA  ...  415 
caledonicus,  TURBO  408,  521 

caliculata,  MONTIPORA  ...  535 
California  ...  100,  101,  106 

CALLIANIDEA  typa  ..  518 

CALOBATES 507,508 

CALOPHYLLUM  40, 261, 262, 

288. 294. 296.  298 
inophyllum     ...          5,  20,  31 

wood 261 

CALOTBRMES  castaneus  100 

marginipennis       26,  100, 

101,  520 

campanulata.  TEREDO  507 

CAMPONOTUS  novaehollandiae  520 
canceUatum,  SISTRUM  461,  525 

Candida,  GYGIS       514 

Canoes          32,280 

CANTHARUS  undosus  457,  525 

Cape  Gooseberry 32 

Cape  Sidmouth      560 

Cape  York 494,  499,  508 

capitaneus,  CONUS  ..          478,  526 
CAPULUS  intortus  ...          416.  522 
violaceus         ...          416,  522 
caputserpentis,  CYPR^EA  401, 

451,  524 

Carangidse  189 

CARANX  crumenopthalmus    189, 

515 

muroadsi        189 

sanctce-helence  ..  ...  515 
CARBONATE  OF  LIME  ...  75 
CARCHARIAS  lamia  201,  300,  516 
CARCINOPS,  sp.  ...  ...  93 

CARDAMINE 41 

sarmento$a      ...         ...         39 

CARDISOMA 129,139 

hirtipes  ...  138,  517 

cardissa,  CARDIUM...          504,  529 

CARDITA  dilecta     496 

sweeti 495,  528 

CARDIUM  angvlatum          503,  529 
cardissa  ...  504.  529 

dionceum         ...          504,  529 
fragrum          ...  504,  529 

maculosum      ...          504,  529 


576 


FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 


PAGE 

CARDIUM  philippinense     . . .       504 
sueziense         ...  504,  529 

carduus,  GELLIUS 327 

CAKICA  papaya       ...  63 

carneola,  CTPBJEA  ...          450,  524 

Caroline  Group      21 

Caroline  Islands      20,  168, 
170,237,250,255,265, 

267,270,271,273,303,541 

CARPILODES  127 

margaritatus  ...  127,  131,516 

CARPOPHAGA          85 

pacifica  85 

CARPOPHILUS,  sp 93 

Carrier  Pigeons     59 

CARTOPHTLLIA  clavus,  var. 

epithecata  ...  351,  533 
CASSIS  cornuta  ...  299,  455,  524 
vibex,  var.  erinacea  455,  524 
casianeus,  CALOTERMES  ...  100 
castrensis,  CIRCE  ...  501,  529 
CASUARINA  equisetifolia  ..  274 

Cat 59,278 

catappa,  TERMINALIA        ...         34 

CATEPHIA  linteola 90 

Caterpillars  95 

Catometopa  ...  127, 138 
catus,  CONDS  ...  479,526 

cavicollis,  ULOMA 91,  519 

cavimana,  TETRALIA          127,  138 

CAVOLINIA  inflexa  ...          527,  563 

longirostris     ...          527,  563 

quadridentata  527,  563 

caystrus,  PSEUDOOZIUS   127, 

136,  517 

cedo-nulli,  CERITHIUM  435,  523 
cedo-nulli,  VERTAGUS  ...  144 
CEDRELA  toona  ...  ...  260 

Celebes        193 

CENOBITA 139 

clypeata  ...          140,  517 

olivieri  ...     64,140,517 

perlata 517 

rugosa 140,  517 

rugosa,  var.  pulchra  ...       517 

Centipedes 102 

Cephalopoda       ...         401, 550 

CEPHONODES  hylas 90 

Ceram          ...  ...       196 

ceratophalma,  Ocypoda       128, 

138,  517 

CERATOPTERA  ...  65,199,516 
CERESIUM,  simplex...  518,520 
CERITHIOPSIS  electrina  438,  523 
eutrapela  ...  438,  523 
CERITHIUM  asperum  435,  522, 


CERITHIUM  aspersum  ...  434 
breve,  var.  ellicensis  432,  523 
citrinum  ...  430,  523 
columna  ...  430,  523 

dicroum  434 

echinatum  ...  430,  523 
elegantissimum  436,  523 

granosus          431 

hanleyi  432 

ianthinum       434 

impendent       ...          434,  523 

lacteum  433 

lineatum         436 

maculosum     ...  431,  434,  523 

morus ...       433 

nodulosum  ...  401,  430,  523 
obeliscus  ...  435,  523 
fbeliscus,  var.  codo-nulli 

•     435,  523 
oceanicum       ...          431,  523 

pharos 436,523 

piperitum  ...  435,  523 
rostratum  ...  431,  523 
rubrolineatum  ...  432 

spiculum  ...  433,  523 
strictum  ...  433,  523 

unilineatum 434 

variegatum  ...  434,523 
zebrum  ...  434,  523 

Ceylon         90 

ceylonensis,  CONUS  ...  400,  478,  526 
CH^EROCAMPA  erotoides  ...  90 
CHJETODON  auriga...  183,514 

setifer 184 

Cluetodontidae     ...         183, 545 

Chsetopoda          392 

CHAMA        68 

foliacea  506 

gigas 505 

imbricata  ...  506,  529 
spinosa  ...  506,  529 

unicornis         ...          506,  529 

CHARADRITTS/wZimS  ...          514 

CHARCHARIAS  lamia  ...  201 
CHAROPA  rotumana  ...  488 
CHELIFERIDJE  ...  105,  108 
CHELIFER  longidigitatus  ..  108 
CHELONE  269 

mydas  ...65, 178, 252, 264,  514 
Chelonethi  ...  105,  108 

China  106,  193 

China  Straits  276 

chiragra,  GONO]>ACTYLUS  148,  518 
chiragra,  PTEROCERUS  ...  143 
childreni,  CTPR^EA  ..  454,524 

CHILINUS  fasciatus  193,  515 

trilobatus        ...          192,  515 


577 


CHILOPODA 102 

Chincha  Islands 5,42 

chiragra,  GONDACTYLUS  ...  5 18 
CHIRODOTA  intermedia  ...  530 

Chlamydothorax     206 

CHLOANGES  suralis  90,  91,  520 
chlorostomum,  TRITONIUM  456, 

524 
CHORINEMUS  sancti-petri   189,  515 

Christianity  96 

chrysalis,  MITRA  ...  465,  525 
cicercula,  CYPR.EA  ...  454,  524 
ciliata,  PSEDDOSQUILLA  ...  518 

cinera,  BENIEBA 325 

cinguliferus,  TKIFORIS  ...  441 
cinnamomea,  PHENAOOLEPAS  404 
CIOCALYPTA  incrustans  323, 

329,  531 

CIRCE  castrer.sis      ...          501,  529 
pectinata         ...          501,  529 

picta 501,529 

CIRRHITES  maculatus  186,  514 
Cirrhitidae 186 

ClRBlPEDIA 127,  151 

CIROLANA  latystylis  127,  149,  518 
CIRSONELLA  ovata  ...  407,  521,  549 
citrifolia,  MORINDA  20,  34, 

38,  93,  241 

citrinella,  TETRODON  ...  197 
citrinum,  CERITHIUM  430,  523 

Clam  68 

clandestina,  CLATHURELLA  474, 

526 

clandestina,  CYPR^A  453,  524 
clathrata,  EMARGINULA  402,  520 
clathrata,  EISSOINA  ...  420 

CLATHRIA  pellicula    323,  324, 

327,  531 

CLATHURELLA  apicalis       474,  526 
bifasciatum     ...         ...       475 

bilineata          475 

clandestina     ...          474,  526 
euzonata          ...         ...       475 

felina 474 

idiomorpha     473 

irreiita  ...          475,  526 

lactea 474,  526 

pulchella         471 

pumila 474 

rubicunda        471 

rugosa 473 

clausa,  AURELIA  ...  371,  383,  532 
clavaria,  POCILLIPORA  ...  534 
clavicula,  AGLAOPHENIA  373,  531 
davicula,  PLUMULARIA  ...  371 
clavus,  CARYOPHYLLIA  351,  533 
Clearwing,  European  ...  95 


PAQ« 
CLEOSIPHON  aspergillum  372, 

394,531 

CLIBANARIUS  (Equambilis  ...      517 
corallinus         ...          ...        517 

cruentatus       ...  143,  517 

virescens          ...          143,  517 
zebra    ...         ...         ...       517 

Climate        .........         19 

CLIO  acicula  ...          527,  563 

pyramidata     ...          527,  563 
striata  ...  527,  563 

subula  ......  527,563 

virgula  ...          527,  562 

clio,  TRIFORIS         ...          443,  523 
Club  .........       249 

CLUBIONA  alveolata    106,  122,  519 
clypeata,  CENOBITA  140,  517 

Coarse  Sand  ...         ...         75 

COCCTNELLA  arcuata         ...         93 
transversalis  ...         ...         93 

Coconut,  Cultivation  of  the        26 
Coconut  Oil  ......        24 

Coconut  Palm         ......  22,23 

Coconut  Scrapers    .....      262 

Coconut  Trees        ......       100 

Cockroaches  ......        24 

Cocos  .........        40 

nucifera          ...    22,  100,  101 
CffiLORiA  esperi       ...     '  ,  352,  534 
Coerarai      .........       249 

ccerulea,  HELIOPORA         ...       308 
ccesia,  PALYTHOA   ...  372,  391,  533 
Coleoptera          ......       91 

Colina          .........       435 

collaris,  TRIFORIS  ...          399,  439 
Collection,  Arachnological       105 
collumianus,  ALPH^US      ...       518 
COLOCASIA  antiquorum      ...         62 
esculenta         ......        62 

colubrinus,  OPHICHTHYS     195,  516 

COLUMBELLA  alofa  463,  525 

articvlata       ......       463 

galaxias  ...          463,  525 

melvilli  ...          463,  525 

mindorensis    ......       463 

obtusa  ......          464,  525 

rubicunda       ...          464,  525 
tringa  ......          464,525 

varians  ...462,525,550 


columna,  CBRITHIUM  430,  523 
columnella,  CUVIKRINA  527,  563 
complaneUa.EuRYTHOE  372,392,  530 
complanato,  ORBITOLITK8...75, 

198,  241 

complexa,  HARPAQON«URA  91,  520 
compressa,  STYLOPHORA.  ...  533 


578 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


concava,  TURRITKLLA  427,  523 
CONCEPHALUS  ensiger  ...99,  520 
concinna,  GIBBULA...  404,  521 
conferta,  SERIATOPORA  ...  534 
confertum,  ALCYONIUM  ...  213 
confertum,  LOBOPHYTUM  213, 

218,  533 

confossa,  TONICIA  ...  550 

congenita,  ARCA      ...  528,  564 

congenita,  LUCINA 497 

Conglomerate         75 

Conglomerate,  Calcareous  75 

conica,  TORNATELLINA  437,  527 
cnnnatum,  TRIFORIS  ...  448 

conoiialis,  RISELLA  424,  522 

contigua,  MADREPORA  ...  355 
contigua,  PSAMMOCORA  355,  534 
Cou  volvulus  ...  35 

CONVOLVULUS  batata         ...       167 

Contiimax 436 

CONTUMAX  decollatus         437,  523 

CONUR  auratus        ...          480,526 

capitaneus       ...  478,  526 

catus 479,  526 

ceylonensis  ...  400,  478,  526 
geographus  ...  4SO,  526 
hebraeus  301,  400,  477,  526 
hebraeus,v&r.  vermiculatus 

478,  526 
literatus          ...          476,  526 

lividus 401,  479,  526 

lividus,  var.  flavidus  479,  526 
nussatella  ..  479,  526 

pulicarius        ...  30 1,  477,  526 

rattus 401,478,526 

sponsalis          143 

striatus  ...  480,  5 '-'6 

tessellatus         ..  477,  526 

tulipa 480,  526 

vexillum  ...          478,  526 

vitulinus          ...          479,  526 

Cook  Group...      168, 169,  171,  172 

coppingeri,  ZOANTHUS        ...       385 

Copra  24 

corallinus.  CLIBANARIUS  ...  517 
CORALLIOCAB.IS  brevirostris  518 
CORALLIOPHILA  coronata  461,  525 

CORAL  ROCK  75,76 

Corals        533 

CORBIS fimbriata  ...  497,  528 
CORBULA  taheitensis  506,  529 

Cordage       288 

CORDICEPS  larvarum  ...  238 
CORDYLINE  ...  38,40,242,304 

terminalis        38 

cornuta,  CASSIS  ...  299,  455,  524 
cornutus,  ZANCLUS  ...  514,  545 


coronata,  CORALLIOPHILA  461,  525 
corrugatus,  TRIFORIS  448,  523 
costata,  MUSSA  ...  352,  534 

Couches       ...         ...         ...       294 

Cowry  Shells          265 

Crab  Pot 64,65 

Crab,  Robber          29,68 

crassa,  HERPOLITHA  ...  534 
crassa,  PORITES  ...  367,  515 
CRASSATELLA,  sp 529 

rhomboides      ...         ...       565 

crate nformis,  MADREPORARIA  534 
craticulatus,  LATIRUS  457,  524 

Crawfish       68 

crebrimaculata,  TELLINA  500.  529 
crenata,  LIOTIA  ..  407,  521 
crenulata,  PHENACOLEPAS...  404 
crenulata,  TEREBRA  480,  527 

creonalis,  MARASMIA  ...  90 
cribraria,  CYPR^A  ...  453,  524 

crinipes,  GEOGRAPSUS  127,139,517 

CRINCM         37.41 

cristagalli,  OSTKEA...  328,  495,  528 
crotaphis,  STYLIFER  ...  412 

cruentatus,  CLIBANARIUS  143,  517 
crumenopthalmus,  CARANX  189, 515 

Crustacea 127,  516 

CRYPTODON  globosum  498,  528 
CRYPTODROMIA  japonica  140,  517 

lateralis  140 

CRYPTO  PTHALMUS  smaragdinus  562 

Cuckoo         46 

cucumerina ,  MITRA  465,  525 
CULCITA  159 

acutispina        ...  157,  530 

acutispinosa    ...         ...       155 

CULEX  hispiodosus  ..          ...97,  520 

Culicidse     97 

Cultivation 60 

Cultivation  of  the  Coconut  26 
cumingii,  AVICULA  ...  267,  268 
cumingii,  PTERIA  ...  494,  528 
cuneata,  MADREPORARIA  ...  535 
Cure  for  the  Tokelau  ring- 
worm   69,70 

cursor,  PILUMNUS 136 

curvicornis,  SPONGODES      222,  533 

CUSCDTA      40 

Cushion        293 

CUVIERINA  columnella  527,  563 
cyanura,  MABOUIA  ..  ...  180 
cyanurum,  LYGOSOMA  180,  514 
CYCLOMETOPA  ...  127,  129 

Cycloseridse         355 

cyclostomus,  ECHINONEUS...  530 
CYCLOSTREMA  archeri  ...  406 
CYLICHNA  alba  484 


579 


CYLICHHA  cylindracea 

discus 

erecta   ... 

involuta 

protracta 


PAGE 
...  484 
...  484 
484,  527 
...  484 
...  484 


cylindracea,  CYLICHNA       ...       484 
CYLINDRA  dactylus  ..  144,469,526 
cylindrica,  ATYS     ...          483,  527 
cylindricus,  OPHIDIASTER  155, 

157,  530 

CYLINDROBULLA  sculpta    485,  527 
cymodoce,  TRAPEZIA  137,  517 

CYNODON  dactylon...         ...         40 

CYPHASTR^EA  dance  354,  534 

cypsellus,  AVICULA  ...         ...       494 

CYPR^A  arabica      ...          451,  524 

argus 449,  524 

becki     524,560 

caputserpentis...  401,  451,  524 
carneola  ...  450,  524 

carneola,  var.  propinqua 

450,  524 

childreni          ...  454,  524 

cicercula  ...          454,  524 

eland estina,  var.  artuffeli 

453,  524 
cribraria          ...  453,  524 

erosa 453,  524 

fimbriata          ...  450,  524 

goodalli  ...          450,  524 

helvola...         .v          454,  524 
isabella  ...          450,  524 

lynx     453,  524 

macula  ...          451,  524 

mappa 451,  524 

mauritiana      ...          451,  524 
moneta  ...  401,  452,  524 

moneta,  var.  annulus  452,  524 
nucleus  ...          454,  524 

obvelata  ...         ...       452 

ovula 284 

poraria  ...          454,  524 

retieulata        ...          452,  524 

scurra 449,  524 

talpa 450,  524 

testudinaria    ...          449,  524 

tigris 452,524 

vitellus  ...          453,  524 

CTTHEREA  obliquata  501,  529 

subpellucida    ...          501,  529 


D. 

daclylon,  CYNODON  ...         40 

dactylus,  ATYS  ...  484,527 
dactylus,  CYLINDSA  144,  469,  526 
Dafeta  106 


DAIRA  perlata  ...  129,  131,  516 
DAMMARA  Gum  ...  ...  238 

australis          ...          ..  40 

dance,  ASTR^A  ...  353,  534 
dance,  CYPHASTR.SA  354,  534 

dance,  FA  VIA  353 

dance,  PERICLIMBNES  ...  518 
Dance  ornaments  ...  247 

Danger  Island  199,  267,  273,  540 
danieli,  GIBBULA  ..  ...  405 
DAPHNELLA  delicata  475,  526 

lymneiformis  ...          476,  526 

pupoidea         ...          476,  526 

thiasotes          ...          476,  526 

Dart 248 

Dart  throwing:  ...  302,303 
Daudai,  New  Guinea  67 

davidis,  LIMOPSIS  ...  564,  565,  528 
dawsoni,  DEGEERIA  ..97,  520 

debilis,  SAROTES  ...  106,  12:.',  519 
df-cemplicata,  ENDODONTA  488,  528 
decipiens,  EULIMA  ...  411,  521 
decipiens,  LOBOPTERA  100,  520 
decollatus,  CONTUMAX  437,  523 
deflorata,  ASAPHIS  68, 264,  503,  529 
DEGEERIA  dawsoni..  ..97,520 
DEIOPEIA  pulchella  90,  91,  520 
delicata,  DAPHNELLA  475,  526 
DELPHINULA  laciniata  409,  521 
DELPHINUS...  ...  ...  269 

sp 513 

DEMIEGRETTA  sacra          ...       514 

DENDROPHYLLIA 350 

dendyi,  POLYMASTIA  323, 330,  531 
densum,  LOBOPHYTUM  213,  219,  533 
DENTALIUM  lessoni  402,  528 

dentatus,  PETROLISTHEB    129, 

139,  144 

dentatus,  var.  rugosus,  STROM- 
BUS    428,  523 

denticulata,  ASTR^EA  353,  531 

denticulata,  MADRKPORA  ...  353 
dentifera,  ATYS  ...  183,  527 
dentigerum,  PHYSCOSOMA  ...  531 
Dentrecasteaux  Archipelago 

251,  253 

De  Peyster's  Group          ...  5 

depressum,  LAGANUM  155, 156,  530 
DERMESTKS,  sp.  ...  ...  93 

desquamosa,  TINEA 6,  b9 

Devil  Master          47,48 

DIADEMA  nerina     ...  95,520 

otaheita          ...  95,  520 

diadema,  ECHINOTHRIX     ...       .~»:tti 

diadema,  MELO       2»8 

DIAI.A  albugo          423 

hardyi 428,  522 


580 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


DIALA  ludens          423 

profunda         ...  522,  558 

virgata  ...          422,  52 * 

diaparinus,  ALPHITOBUIS   ..         93 

diaphana,  EULIMA  ...          521,  556 

dichelus,  CADULUS  ...         ...       551 

dichotoma,  NICELLA  ...       319 

dichroum,  CEBITHIUM  ...  434 
DicoTYLiCHTHYS^unciwJatws  515 
DICTIS  striatipes  ...  106,  122,  519 
digitale,  TRITON  IUM  456,  524 
digitata,  STYLOPHOBA  351,  533 
digitatum,  SISTRUM  460,  525 

dilecta,  CARDITA     496 

Dim  dim      287 

dimidiata,  TEREBRA  ...       527 

DIOCLEA       35,  41 

violacea  ...         ...         38 

DIODON        199 

IModontidse          ...         197, 546 

DIOGENES    ...       127 

pallescens        ...          141,  517 
dionceum,  CARDIUM  504,  529 

Diplocelonthi      108 

diploxiphus,  HOLOCENTRUM  187, 

515 

Diptera       95 

Disappointment  Island  ...  163 
discoideus,  HELIACUS  424,  522 

Discomedusae       383 

discus,  CYLICHNA    ...         ...       484 

discus,  PUNGIA  ...  355,  534 
dispar,  TELLINA  ...  498,529 
distans,  AGLAOPHENIA  ...  374 
dislans,  PECTEN  ...  494,  528 
DISTICHOPORA  rosea  531,  532 

distincta,  ARANEUS 519 

distincta,  EPEIRA  ...  106,  118 
distincta,  EUPHLCEA  ...  520 

distincta,  EUPL^EA 95 

DISTORTRIX  anus  ...          456,  524 

divaricata,  ABC  A     491 

divaricata,  NARANIO  ...  502 
divergens,  LUCINA  ...  497,  528 
divergent,  THUIABIA  371,  372,  531 

Djakkaferra          35 

Dog  Island 168 

Dogs 59 

dolabrata,  PYRAMIDELLA   412,  521 

dolicha,  TRIFORIS    ..          439,  523 

DOLIUM  perdix        ...  455,524 

pomum  ...          455,  524 

Domestic  Articles 288 

Domestic  Life        53-60 

DORIS  562 

Double  Canoe        281 

Dragon-flies  90 


Drassidae 

Dranu          

Dress  

Dresses,  Titi 
DRILLIA  pygmcea    ... 

unijonalis 

vidua   ... 

Droughts     

Drum  

Drum-stick 

dubia,  ABCA. 

ditcosensis,  TBIFOEIS 
dumosum,  SISTRUM 


PAGE 

105,  122 


...  102 
...  476 
470,  526 
...  471 
19 

...  299 
...  299 
...  491 
...  443 
565 


dura,  HiePOSPONGiA  324,  332,  531 

D'Urville  Island 255 

Duke  of  York's  Island     ...         29 
Dye 40 


Earwig 
Easter  Island 
EBENIA  fieldi 

nigricruris 
eburneus,  STYLIFER 


90 
..   232 

98,  520 

98,  520 

412 


ECHENEIS  naucrates  190,  515 

echmata,  ACANTHASTR^EA  353,  534 
echinatum,  CERITHIUM  430,  523 
echinites,  MUELLEBIA  160,  530 
£chinodermata  ...  155,  529 

Echinoderms          75 

ECHINODICTY" UM  aspersum   323, 

324,  328,  531 

ECHINOIDEA  155 

ECHINOMKTRA  lucunter       156,  530 

oblonga  ...          156,  530 

ECHINONEUS  cyclostomus  ...       530 

ECHINOTHBIX  diadema     ...       530 

turcarum         ...  155,  530 

ECHINUS  angfuZosus...          156,530 

Eclipse  Island        503 

Edible  Screw  Pine  ...         30 

edwardsii,  ALPH^EUS  146,  518 

Eels 65 

Efate  176 

efflorescens,  MADBEPOBABIA  357, 
535 

Eight  Islands         45 

Elateridse 91 

electrina,  CERITHIOPSIS  438,  523 
elegans,  ASPIDOSIPHON  372, 

393.  531 

elegans,  CALCINUS  ...  129,  143,  517 
elegans,  OPHIABTHBUM  155,  160, 

530 
elegantissimum,  CERITHIUM  436, 


INDEX. 


581 


PAGE 

Elephantiasis  pudendi     ...        68 

eleutho,  EVPLJEA. 95,520 

Ellice  Group     89.  90,  91,  95, 96, 
101,  1S5,  186,197,199,200, 

201,  540 

Ellice  Islands         ...        89,91,95 
ellicensis,  CEEITHIUM         432,  523 
ellicensis,  MARGINS  LI,  A.      526,  560 
ellicensis,  TELLINA  ...          ...       529 

elliptica,  MARGINELLA      ...       470 
elongata,  TRIDACNA    68,  401, 

505,529 

elongata,  VOLUTELLA        ...       470 
ELYSiAmanjinahis...          ...       486 

nigropunctata,  var. 

sanguinea  ...  486.  527 
ELYTRURUS  squamatus  ...92,  519 
EMARGINULA  clathrata  402,  520 

maiiei 402,  520 

ENDODONTA  decemplicata  488,  528 

modicella         ...          488,  528 

ENGINA  lineata       ...  565 

mendicaria      ...  46  !•,  525 

nodicostata      ...          464.  525 

parva  ...          4*i4.  525 

ensige r,  Co NCEPHALUS       ...99,520 

Entomological  fauna        ...         89 

EPEIRIDJE  ...          105,  109 

EPEIRA  annulipes 117 

distinct*          ...          106,118 
etheridgei          ..          ...        114 

festiva 115 

hoggi ...       119 

longispina       ...          ...        Ill 

mangarei-a      ...          ...       109 

multispina      ...  112,  115,  116 
obscura  ...         ...       116 

plebeja  110 

speciosa  ...         ...       120 

ventricosa        ...          ...        110 

EPIBULUS  insidiator  199,  515 

EpiNEPHELUS/wscoputtaius  514. 

545 
leopardus         ...          181,  514 

merra 182,  514 

tauvina  ...          182,  514 

urodelus  ...          181,  514 

episcopalis,  MITBA  ...         ...       525 

epithecata,  CARYOPHYLLA  351,  533 
equatoria,  SCISSURELLA  ...  551 
equestris.  MITROLARIA  ...  522 
equisetifolm,  CASDARINA  ...  274 
ERATO  schmeltziana  469,  526 

erecta,  CYLICHNA  ...  484,  527 
ERILITA  modestalis  ...91,520 

erinacea,  CASSIS  ...  455,  524 
erinaceus,  OPHIOCOMA  160,  530 

Oo 


ERIPHIA  laevimana  137,  517 

scabricula  ...  137,  517 
erosa,  CYPR^A  ...  453,524 
erotoid.es,  CHA:ROCAMPA  ...  90 
en/Mrarum.HoLOCBNTRUM  186,515 
erythrostoma.  OLIVA  470,  526 

Escolar         542 

esculenta,  COLOCASIA          ...         62 
esculentum,  AHTM  ...          ...        167 

esperi,  CCELORIA  ...  352,  534 
etheridgei,  ARANEDS  or  EPEIRA 

114.  519 

ETISODES  ccelatus  ...  131,  516 
ETISUS  Icevimanus  ..  131,  516 
EUCHELUS  instrictus  405,  521 

EULIMA  decipiens   ...          411,521 
diaphana         ...          521,556 

infleza 411 

pyramidalis    ...          410,  521 
samoensis         ...  521,  556 

solida  411 

EUPL.EA  distincta 95,520 

eleutho ...95,520 

European  Clearwing         ...         95 
eurystoma,  MADREPORARIA        535 
EuRYTHOEcomptanata  372.392,530 
pacifica,  var.  levukcensis  372, 

392,  530 
EUSPONGIA  irregularis,  var. 

silicata  323,324,331.531 
eutrapela,  CBRITHIOPSIS  438,  523 
euzonata,  CLATHURELLA  ...  475 
EVANIA  appendigaster  ...  90 
exaratus,  LEPTODIUS  137,  517 

exasperata,  LUCINA  ...       528 

exasperata,  EISSOINA  ...  522 
exasperata.  TDBBICULA  ...  525 
excisus,  SEPPIFEE  ...  402,  528 
exile,  CJSCUM  ...  426,  522 

exilis,  PORITFS        535 

EXOC^TUS  sp.  ...  199,  515 
explanata,  PAVONIA  ...  584 

exserta,  MONTIPORA  365,  535 

exulans,  Mus       166,  167,  174,  513 


P. 

Faba 266 

fabimanus,  PAGURUS  142,  517 

Facing  Island,  Queensland        22 
Faiava         ...  ...  5 

Fakaafu  48,  55.  234,  240,  245, 
247,  258,  259,  265.  266.  269, 
273,  275,282,  283,286, 288, 296 

Fakaofo       43,45,229 

Fakarava,  Paumotu  Group      260 


582 


FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 


Fala 14,29 

Falakai       30 

Fale-Atua 48 

Fan  ...         293 

Fandango 29 

Fangafana  ...         5 

Fanning  Island     20 

fasciata,  LIMA         493 

fasciatus,  CHILINUS  193,  515 

fasciatus,  MELAMPUS  487,  527 

fasciculata,  PISANIA  457,  525 

fustigatus,  TROCHUS  404,  521 

Fasua  noa 68 

Fasua  Takau          17 

Fasua  tuka 67,504 

Fatuki         156 

Fau 11,32 

Fauna,  Entomological     ...         89 

Fauna,  Insect         90 

FAViAdano: 353 

Favola         34 

favosa,  POCILLOPOEA         ...       534 

Feki 61,68 

felina,  CLATHURELLA        ...       474 

FENELLA  pupoides 413 

Fe'ou  47 

ferox,  HYLLTJS         ...122,124,519 

Ferra  35 

ferriezi,  SCHISMOEPE  ...  552 
ferruginea,  MITRA  ...  466,  525 

ferruginea,  TRAPEZIA  137,  517 
ferrugineum,  TRIBOLIUM  ...  93 
ferrugineus,  MONOCREPIDIUS  91, 

519 
/estiva,  ARANEDS    ...          ..         519 

f estiva,  EPEIRA       115 

Fetau  5.31,36 

Feud  between  Funafuti  and 

Nukulailai     45 

Fibre  Trees  40 

fibula,  LUCINA         497 

F*icus  40 

aspera ...         ...          ...         35 

obliqua  ...          ..  35 

fieldi,  EBENIA          ...  98,520 

FlERASFBR 155 

homii 194,  515 

Fig 35 

Fiji  4,  8,  21,  31,  32,  33,  34,  35, 
37,38,52.62,63,90,91,93, 
106,166,  167,170,  199,230, 
249,  260, 273, 280,  302,  493, 

500,  541 

fijiensis,  TELLINA  ...  500,  529 
Files,  Shark's  skin  ...  259 

fimbriata,  CORBIS  ...  497,  528 
fimbriata,  CYPRJEA  ...  450,  524 


fimbriatus,  PETROLISTHES...  517 
finchki,  RISSOA  ...  522,  557 

FiDSchhafen  ...  254,  263 

Firafi  8,  46, 47 

Fire  37 

Fire-saw      301 

Fire  sticks  301 

fiscellum,  Si  STRUM..  461,525 

Fishes          163,181,537 

Fish  hawks 59 

Fish-hooks 261 

Fishing         6< 

Fishing  Bonito      268 

Fishing  Canoe        283 

Fishing,  Implements  for  .  264 
Fishing  Nets  ...  .  64 

Fish  Trap 29 

fissi-frons,  PILUMNUS  ...  136 
flabellata  STYLOPHORA  ...  533 
.#a&eJZata,VERRUCELLA  307,319, 

320,  533 
./ZajjelZafa.ViLLOGORGiA  307,312, 

314,  533 
flammea,  MITRA      ...          465,  525 

flammea,  RISSOA     423 

flammea,  var.  hystrix,  MITRA  465, 

525 
flammula,  TELLINA  498,  529 

Flasks          295 

flava,  PTTCHODERA...      205,206, 

210,  516 
flavescens,  PANTALA  ...         99 

flavida,  PLEXAURA 313 

Jiavidus,  CON  us  ...  479,  526 
flavohneatus,  MULLOIDES  184,  514 
flavomarginatus,  BALISTES  197, 

515 

Fleas  96 

Florida        258 

Florida,  Solomon  Islands  ..  495 
floridus,  ATERGATIS  129,  516 

floridus,  STROMBUS      401, 428,  523 

Fly-flap        293 

Fly  Eiver 254,  288 

Flying-fish 7,65,199 

Fo 34 

Foelangi      50,  51 

Fofafini      33 

foliacea,  CHAM  A      506 

Foliage        9,  47 

Fouu  65 

Food  Bowl 298 

Food  Plants  40 

Foraminifer  ...          ...       241 

Foraminlfera      13, 16, 75, 76, 

198,  242,  535 
FormicidJB 94 


INDEX. 


583 


PAGE 

formosa,  MUR.ENA  ...  195,  516 
FOSSARUS  lamellosus  424,  522 
fossata,  PSAMMOCOEA  355,  534 

Fo  tangata, 34 

Fotuna         ...          42,47,229,247 

Foua  191 

Fouamoualara        63 

Fouamouarounga 63 

Fouroua      23,282 

Foussi          196 

foveolata,  MONTIPOEA        362,  535 

Fowling  Net  278 

Fowls  7,60 

fragilis,  LIMA  ...  493,  528 
fragilis,  SPONGELIA  323,  332,  531 
fragrum,  CARDIUM...  504,  529 

France,  Isle  of       106 

FREQATA  aquila      ...  85,  514 

frontalis,  ALPH^EUS  ...       518 

Frigate-birds     59,  85,  86,  267,  278 

Friendly  Islands 545 

fruticans,  NIPA       ...         ...         21 

fruticosa,  MADREPORA         358,  534 

Fuage'a       16 

Fui  Fala      29 

fulva,  ALABA  ...         ...       414 

fulviflamma,  LUTIANUS  183,  514 
fulvus,  CHARADRIUS  ...  514 

Funafala     17 

Funafuna    ...         ...         ...       160 

Funafuti  fauna      127 

funafuti,  SIPUNCULUS  ...  531 
funafutiensis,  ALPH^US  ...  518 
funafutiensis,  MADREPORARIA 

356,  534 

funafutiensis,  MUREX  458,  525 
funafatiensis,  ZOANTHUS  372, 

385,  390,  533 
Funamanu       549,  550, 551,  552, 

555,  558,  559, 560,  562 

Funata        5 

Fungafari 10 

FUNGIA  discus        ...          355,  534 
tenuidens        ...          355,  534 

Fungidje      349,355 

Fungiotagnia         63 

Fungipalangi         ...         ...         63 

fuscescens,  STRIGATELLA  ...  466 
fuscoguttatus,  EPINEPHELUS  514, 

545 

fuscus,  BALISTES  ...  196,  515 
Futi  o  rotuma  ...  ...  63 

Futta  292 

Futuna  179 


Q.  PAOB 

gabbii,  GTPHOSTOMA         ...      472 

Gadidtc      542 

gaga,  VIA     ...          ...          ...         82 

goAmardi,  CALCINUS  143,  517 

gaimardi,  PORITES...          367,  535 

GALATHEA  ajfflnis 517 

GALAXEA     350 

galaxias,  COLUMBELLA  463,  525 
GALEOCERDO  rayneri  199,  300, 

516 
GALEROPSIS  madreporarum  461, 

525 

Garfish       65 

GARDENIA 36,  41 

taitensis          36 

GARTPUS  longdigitatus      ...       519 

Gasteropoda        395 

GASTEROPODS         18 

GASTROCH^INA  lamdlosa    506,  529 

Gea 68,426 

Geckonidae  179 

GEHTRA  oceanica    ...          180,  514 

GELASMDS 129 

GELASIMUS  tetragonon  138,  517 
GELLIUS  aculeatus  ...  323,  326,  531 

carduus  327 

GEMMARIA 389 

isolata 389,  390 

macmurrichi 389 

mutuki  ...389,390,391 

rusei ...       389 

urilleyi 372,387,533 

gemmatum,  TRITONIUM  456,  524 
gemmatus,  TRITON...  141,  143 
gemmea,  RISSOINA  ...  420,  522 
gemmulatus,  TRIFOHIS  ...  442 

GEMPYLUS 544 

Gempylidso  ...         539, 54t 

GENA  rosacea          ...          407,  521 

General  account 1 

geniculatus,  ULOBORUS  ..  519 
geographus,  CONUS...  480,  526 
GEOGRAPSUS  crinipes  127,139,517 

Geology       9 

Gephyrea 372,  393,  531 

Giant  Ray 65 

gibberosus,  HIPPOLYTE  146,  618 
gibberulus,  STROMBUS  428,  523 
gibbosa,  ATLANTA  ...  627,  561 
GIBBOLA  concinna  ...  404.  521 

danieli  405 

phasianella     ...          405,  521 
gibbus,  LUTIANOS   ...          183,  514 

gigas,  CHAM  A          505 

gigas,  TRIDACNA     ...  504,  505,  529 


584 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


Gilbert  Islands  3,  6,  7.  15,  19, 
20,21,25,30,41,46,59,62, 
86,  89,  90,  91,  93,  94,  95, 
96,  99,  168,  180,  231,  250, 
252,  253,  261,  271,  283, 

290,  540 

glaberrimus,  PILUMNUS  ...  136 
GLANDICE.PS  talaboti  ...  208 
glaucum,  SAECOPHYTUM  214,  533 
GLOBICEBA  pacifica  86,  513,  514 
globosum,  CBYPTODON  498,  528 
glomerata,  POCILLOPOBA  ...  534 
glomerata,  SPINOSELLA  323,  324, 

326,  531 

Ulyphidodontidse  ...  191 
GLYPHIDODON  brownriggii  192,515 

modestus          192 

septem-fasciatus  192, 515 

sordidus          ...          192,  515 

GLYPHOSTOMA  alicece         471,  526 

gabbii 472 

goubini  471 

malleti 471,  526 

purpurascens  ...          471,  526 

Gnashu        102 

GOBIUS  biocellatus  ...          190,  515 

Gobiid*     190 

gode/royi,  SIPHONOGOBGIA  223,  533 
gomophia,  NABDOA  ...  530 

GONODACTYLUS  chiragra    148,  518 

GONIASTE^A          17 

goodalli,  CYPE^A   ...          450,  524 

Gooseberry,  Cape 32 

Goramaton...         248 

GOBGONIA 17 

antipathes       317 

GOEGONIAS 214 

GOBGONID.S;  307 

trorgronacea         308 

Gorgronellidse      318 

GOBGONI^E 328 

goubini,  GLYPHOSTOMA  ..  471 
gracilis,  AGELAS  ...  323,328,  531 
gracilis,  HA.EPA  ..  470,  526 

gracilis,  KEBOEIDES    307,  308,  532 
533 

gracilis,  PLAGIOLEPIS  ...  520 
gracilis,  STENOGYBA  488,  528 

graeffei,  PHASIANELLA      ...       407 

GEAMMISTES  545 

sexlineatus      ...          514,  545 
grandis,  ACALYPHA  ...         22 

grandis,  POCILLOPOBA  352,  534 
grandis,  VEBMETUS  ...  427 

grandoculis,  SPH^EODON  186,  514 
granifera,  MONTIPOEA  .  535 
granifera,  NASSA  ...  462,  525 


PAGE 

141 
457 
130 

...       431 
...       508 
128,  139,  517 
...  3 

...         16 
276 
65 

...         81 
...       166 
81 
81 
186 

372,  392,  530 
467,  525 
501 

499,  503 
4 

...       238 
255 
416,  522 

..  40 

22,  36 
527,  561 
100 

500,529 
..         93 
...  426,  522,  550 
99 

guttata,  OLIVA        ...          470,  526 
guttatus,  ACANTHTTRUS       188,  515 
guttatus,  PAGURUS  ...  143,  516,  517 
guttatus,  PALINDBUS   68,  146,  518 
GYGIS  Candida        ......       514 

GYMNODACTYLUS  pelagicus  179,  514 

GYRINEUM  affine     ...          457,524 

bufonium         ...          457,  524 

graniferum     ...         ...       457 


hadfieldi,  TOBNATINA  483,  527 
hcemastoma,  STBOMBUS  428,  523 
haimeana,  PSAMMOCEEA  ...  534 

Hair 234 

halligani,  MECOLIOTIA       ...       521 

HALIOTIS  iris         267 

ovina 520,  553 

stomaticeformis  402,  520 

HALOBATES  99,520 

HALICHONDEIA  solida,  var. 

rugosa 323,325,531 

HALOMITBA  irregularis  ...  534 
Half-castes  234 


granifera,  EANELLA          ... 
graniferum,  GYBINEUM     ... 
granosomanus,  XANTHODES 
granosus,  CEBITHIUM         ... 
granulata,  POBOMYA 
GBAPSUS  maculatus 
Great  Atoll  Valley 
Great  Barrier  Reef 
Greenwich  Island 
Green  Turtle 
greyi,  HEBODIAS     ... 
Grey  Eat     ... 
Grey-rumped  Sandpiper 
griseopygius,  TOTANUS 
Gropa 

grubei,  PEBICH.ETA 
gruneri,  TUBRICULA 
Guadalcanar 
Guam  ...... 

Guano 

Gum,  Dammara     ... 

Guap 

gueriniana,  VANIKOBO 

GUETTARDA  ... 

speciosa 

guidichaudii,  ATLANTA 
Guillidse 

guinaica,  LIBITINA... 
guisens,  PANTOPCEDS 
gulosum,  CJECUM 
guttata,  ANAX 


INDEX. 


585 


Hall  Sound 494 

HAMINEA  tenera     435 

vitrea 485,527 

Hand-nets 277 

hanleyana,  OSTREA...  495,528 
hanleyi,  CEKITHIUM  ...  432 

Hapi  188 

hardyi,  DIALA  ...  423,  522 
HARPAGONEURA  complexa  91,  520 
HARPA  gracilis  ...  470,  526 

minor 143,  470,  526 

HARPiLiuswiiersii ...          127,148 
Haru  raa  puu          ...          ...       303 

haswelli,  PETROLISTHES    ...       144 

Hauraki       281 

Havannah  Harbour  ..       495 

Hawaii  34, 38, 100, 101, 168, 230, 

231,  257,  267,  289,  290,  295, 

300,  302,  303,  495 

Head-dresses          247 

Head-rest 293 

Heathen  Worship 46 

hebraeus,  CONUS  304,  400,  477,  526 
hebraeus,v&T.  vermiculatus,  CONUS 

478,  526 

hedleyi,  LOBOPHTTUM  216,  532, 533 
hedleyi,  MEGACHILE  ...93,520 
hedleyi,  PTYCHODERA  206,  208,  516 
HELIACUS  discoideus  424,  522 

HELICINA  musiva,  var.  rotundata 

410,  521 
HELIOPORA...H,  14,  307,  308,  532 

ccerulea  ...    11,  308,  533 

Helioporidse        308 

HELIOTHIS  armigera          ...         90 
HELIX  aspersa         ...         ...       409 

helvola,  CYPR^A     ...          454,  524 

Hemichorda        516 

Hemiptera 90.  99 

HEMiBHAMpHUs6oHnensisl95,  515 

intermedius      ..          ..         195 

hepatica,  CALAPPA  ...  139,  517 

herbsti,  CALCINUS  ...         ...       517 

herbsti,  var.  lividus,  CALCINUS  517 
HERNANDIA...  40,  238,  279,  280 

Nut     238 

peltata 16,83 

Hermit  Island        264 

HERODIAS  greyi      ...         ...         81 

jugularis          ...          ...         81 

Heron,  reef  ..         ...         ...         81 

HERPOLITHA  crassa  ...       534 

Hervey  Islands       3,  36,  53,  96, 

230,  281 

hervieri,  OVULA  ...  448,  524 
HETEROCENTEOTUS  mamillatus 

156,  530 


PAGK 

Heterocera          91 

HETEROPODA  venatoria  619 

Heterorrhaphidtt  326 

HIBISCUS     34,40.61,271 

moschatus        33 

tiliaceus          33,241 

tricuspis  ...          ...         33 

Hygiene      68 

himerta,  MANGILIA  474,  526 

HINNITES     ...  494,  528 

hippocastaneum,  PURPURA    400, 

459,  525 

HIPPOLYTE  gibberosus  146,  518 
HIPPONYX  australis  416,  429,  522 
HIPPOSPONGIA  dura  323,  324. 

332,  531 

hirsuta,  ASTR^OPOEA 
hirtipes,  CARDISOMA 

HlSTIOPHOBUS 

hispiodosus,  CULEX 

History        

History  of  Mangrove  Swamp     11 

Holaxonia 309 

HOLOCENTBUM  diploxiphus  187,515 
erythaum        ...          186,515 

HOLOTHUBIA 

amboinensis     . . . 

argus   ...      155,  161, 

atra     

imitans 

maculata 

mammifera     . 

pardalis 

vagabunda 
Holothuroidea    . 
hoggi,  ABANBUS      . 
hoggi,  EPEIBA 
homii,  FIEBASFEB  , 
Homorrhaphida; 
Hona 

Honden  Island 
Honolulu     ... 

Hoc 

Hood  Lagoon 
Hooks 
Hooks,  Palu 
Hoonga 

Hooni          

HOBMUBUS  australasice 

horrida,  RICINULA... 

horridum,  SISTBUM 

Home  Island 

howesii,  PALYTHOA...  372,  391,  533 

Huaheine    ... 

Hudson  Island 

Hull  Island 

Humphrey  Island... 


362,  535 
138,  517 
201,  515 
...97,  520 
.41-46 


161,  237 
...  530 
194,530 
161,  530 
155.  161,  530 
...  530 
...  155 
...  161 
161,  530 
...  160 
...  519 
106,  119 
194.  515 
...  324 
...  178 

11 

100, 172,  244,  495 

260 

494 

292 

272 

...  168,  172,  173 

37 

...  519 
...  148 
460,525 


106 
6 

168 
540 


586 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Hunting,  Implements  for  264 

Hurrricanes  19 

Huts 54,55 

hyalina,  ATYS         ...          483,  527 
hyalina,  SCALA       ...          ...       414 

hybridum,  SOLARIUM  423,  522 
HYDATINA  amplustre  485,  527 

physis 486,  527 

HYDNOPHOBA  microconia  352,  534 
Hydrocorallinae  ...  371,  374 
Hydroid  Zoophytes  ...  371 

Hydromedusae  372 

Hydrozoa 369,  371,  531 

Hyenghien 499 

hylas,  CEPHONODES  ...  90 

HYLLUS  audax  ...  124,  519 

ferox  122,124,519 

Hymenoptera  90,93 

hystrix,  MITBA  ...  465,  525 
hystrix,  SISTRUM  ...  460,  525 


I. 

IANTHINA,  sp.  ...  415,522 
ianthinum,  CERITHIUM  ...  434 
IBACUS  antarcticus  . . .  146,  518 

idiomorpha,  CLATHURELLA  473 
Igafo 


62 

...         62 

62 

62 

27 

506,  529 


dni 
Ikamava      ...         ... 

Ikoroa 
Ikourourou 
Iku  kukau 
imbricata,  CHAMA  ... 


imbricata,  PLICATULA         492,  528 
imbricatus,  VERMETUS      ...       427 
imitans,  HOLOTHDRIA  155,  161,  530 
immaculatus,  TETRODON    198,  515 
impendens,  CERITHIUM      434,  523 
impressa,  MADREPORA   351,  360, 

361,  535 

Implements  for  fishing    ...       264 
Implements  for  hunting...       264 
incana,  ACTITIS      ......         81 

incana,  SCOLOPAX  ......         81 

Incantation  to  Turtle      ...         66 
incanus.  TOTANUS  ......  81,514 

incisa,  RINGICULA  ...          527,  562 
incisus,  ABTOCARPUS          ...         63 
incisus,  TRIFORIS    ...          447,523 
incognita,  MONTIPORA       ...       535 
incolor,  ORITHYIA  ......       384 

incrassata,  MILLEPORA       371,  374 


mcrustans,CiocALYPTA  323,329, 

531 
incrustans,  ASTB^OPOEA    361,  535 

India,  North  90 

Indian  Archipelago  ...       101 

indica,  ALOCASIA 61 

Indulgence  in  fermented  Toddy  25 

Infanticide 54 

inflexa,  CAVOLINIA...          527,563 

inflexa,  EULIMA      411 

inflata,  LIMACINA  ...          527,  562 

Ingati  23 

Ingia  bush ...  .  ...         35 

inopTiyMMm.CALOPHYLLUM  5,20, 31 
inornate,  MEGABRHINA  89,  96, 

97, 520 
insculpta,  NEEITA  ...          410,  521 

Insecta        89,90,519 

insidiator,  EPIBULUS  199,  515 

instrictus,  EUCHELUS          405,  521 

insularis,  ULOMA 91,519 

integra,  THALMITA  ..  138,  517 
integrifolia,  ARTOCABPUS  63 

interioris,  STENOGYBA  ...  488 
intermedia,  CHIBODOTA  ...  530 
intermedius,  HEMIRHAMPHUS  195 
intermedius,  LAMBRUS  ...  516 
interpres.  STREPSILAS  ...  514 
intortus,  CAPULUS  ...  416,  522 
intricata,  BBANDELLA  ...  314 
intricata,  VILLOGOBGIA  314,  533 
Invasions  by  the  Tongans  44,  45 
invisibtiis,  RISSOA  418,  522,  558 
involuta,  CYLICHNA  ...  484 

iota,  MARGINELLA      469,  526,  550 

IPHITUS       ...       555 

tuberculatus 555 

IPOM^A  b'doba        40 

irregularis,  EUSPONGIA  323, 324, 

331,  531 

irregularis,  HALOMITRA  ...  534 
irregularis,  NANOPORA  ...  366 
irregularis,  SPONGELIA  332,  531 
irretita,  CLATHURELLA  475,  526 

iris,  HALIOTIS         267 

irisans,  OLIVA         ...          470,  526 

Irites  71 

Iron  wood     35 

Isabella,  CYPR^A  ...  450,  524 
isseli,  MARGINELLA  526,  560 

Isle  of  France        106 

Isle  of  Pines  ...          489,  505 

isolata,  GEMMABIA...          389,  390 

Isopoda      127,149 

ISOPORA  351,  360 


INDEX. 


587 


J.  PAGE 

.Tnckfruit     63 

jacobice,  Mus  166 

Japan  . . .       106,  243, 257,  300 

japonica,  CRYPTODBOMIA   140,  517 

Java 106,193,194 

Jeffrey  si,  ATYS          484 

Jiale 37 

Jiali 36 

Jiga 303 

Jini 298 

Jira 44 

Jiri 259 

JOPAS  sertum          ...          460,  525 
joviana,  KISSOA       ...          ...       414 

jugularis,  HERODIAS  ...  81 
jukesii,  ZOANTHUS  ...  386,  387 
JULIS  lunaris  ...  193,  515 

juncea,  STENOGTRA  ...       488 

JUNONIA  vellida      ...89, 90, 95,  520 


Kafa 

Kafunga 
Kahawai 

Kahi 

Kaieri 

Kaiioro 

Kakariki      ... 

Kama  waoke 

Kamdjoo 

Kaounga 

Karaki 

Karang 

Karea 

Karika 

Kashi 

Kashnfi 


K. 


285,  2S9 

26,290 

...267,270,  272 

263 

23 

62 

167 

244 

263 

43,  46 

167 

427 

...    67,  263,  429 

2S1 

68 

191- 


Kauri  (  DAMMAR  A  australis)        4<» 

Kava  25,43 

Kawerau  Tribe      291 

Keeling  Islands     20,231 

Kei    ...         45 

KELLYA  pacifica     ...          502,519 

Kekana        45 

Keratites      71 

KEROEIDES 307 

gracilis  ...307,308,533 

koreni  ...         ...         ...       309 

Kertnadeo  Islands...  166,169 

Kerepunu 251,  258 

Kete  291 

Ki     254 

Kikau  30 

KIM  A  (Cockle)       250 

King  Atupa  ...         ...         51 


Kingsmill  Group    41, 199.  249, 

273,  499,  540 

King  Touassa        101 

Kiore  167 

Kis 254 

Kisosunga  ...         43 

klunzingeri,  ASPIDOSIPHON  531 
kochii,  PALTTHOA  ...  372,  391,  533 
koenigii,  SC.SVOLA  ...  17,  35,  95 
kollikeri,  SIPHONOGORGIA  224,  533 

Konnung     248 

Koolimans  ...         31 

Korokoro     289 

koreni,  KEROEIDES   ..         ...       309 

Kosh 68 

Kouboru     276 

Koufataronga         302 

Kousikanga 302 

Kouta  299 

Kouteki       26.262 

Krakatoa     77,  78 

Kuditcha  shoes      2*4 

Kulu 50 

Kumiti         298 

Kumiti  tuki  298 

Kuria  96 

KUPHUS  arenarius  ...         ...       427 

Kupaaikee  adze     256 

Kura  34 

Kure  3 

Kusaie  ... 21,251, 


Labridw     ...      192 

LACAZELLA  ...         510 

Lrtcerstidje  99 

Lachela        254 

laciniata,  DELPHINULA  409,  521 
laciniata,  ORBITOLITES  ...  24-1 
lacta,  LEPTOTHYRA  408,  521 

lactea,  OLATHURELLA  474,  526 
lacteum,  CERITHIUM  ...  433 
lammanus,  ETISUS...  131,  516 

laevimana,  ERIPHIA  137,  517 

IcBvis,  ALPH^EUS      ...          146,  618 

Lafa 6 

Laf.ga          5 

Latai  43 

LAGANUM     ^  324,  329 

LAGANUM  depressum   155, 156,  530 

LAGENARIA 295 

Lakautaua 248,  249 

Lakea  «3 

Lakena        8 

Lakoumonong 

Lakoutoua 46 


588 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


lamarckii,  PETROLISTHES  . 
lamarckii,  XANTHODES 
LAMBBUS,  sp. 

intermedius 
lambis,  PTEBOCERAS 
lamellata,  ORIBATA 
lamellosa,  GASTBOCHJENA 
lamellosus,  FOSSABUS 
lamia,  CHARCHARIAS  201, 
Lamp-wick,  European 

Lancets        

Lancet,  Serrate-toothed 


PAGE 

..  517 
130,  516 

516 

..  516 
..67,263 
109,  519 
506,  529 
424,  522 
300,  516 
..  271 
..  299 

300 


Lapi 193 

lapicida,  NARANIO  ...  502,  529 

lapillifera,  SCALIOLA  415,  522 

laqueata,  TETBAGNATHA  106, 

121,  519 

larvarum,  COBDICEPS  ...  238 
latens,  CALCINUS  ...  143,517 
lateralis,  CBYPTODBOMIA  ...  140 
LATIBUS  craticulatus  457,  524 

polygonus  ...  457,  524 
latistella,  MADBEPOBABIA...  535 
latro,  BIEGUS  29,  68,  140,  517 

latystylis,  CIBOLANA  127,  149,  518 
latum,  ALCTONIDM...  213,  215 
latum,  SARCOPHTTUM  ...  215 

Lau  Fala     29 

laurinum,  PABINA.BIUM     ...       285 

Laupapa      45 

LAVA  77 

Lava  lava 240 

laxa,  NICELLA         ...  307,  318,  533 

Leaf -cutting  Bee 93 

Le  Fe'e        43 

legumen,  C.ECUM  ...  522,  559 
LEIOLOPHUS  planissimus  129, 

139,  517 

lentiginosus,  STROMBUS  428,  523 
leopirdus,  EPINEPHELUS  181,  514 

Lepers  Island         250 

LEPIDODACTYLUS  lugubris          180 

Lepidoptera         95 

LEPTASTB^EA  solida  353,  534 

transversa  ...  354,  534 
leptekes,  TORNATINA  527,  561 

LEPTODIUS  exaratus  137,  517 

sanguineous  ...  137,  517 
LEPTOTHYRA  laeta  ...  408,  521 
lessonii,  AMPHISTEGINA  ...  75 
lessoni,  DENTALIUM  402,  528 

LETHBINUS  ramak  ...          185,  514 

rostalus  ...  185,  514 

Levuka        499,  500 

levukaensis,  ECTBYTHOE  372,  392. 

530 


leucisus,  MYXUS       ...  191,  515 

leucocapillus,  ANGUS  ...  83 
leucocapillus,  MICKANOUS  81,83, 

514 
levigata,  LITHOPHAGA         492,  528 

Liangle         10,  11 

LIBITINA  guinaica  ...  5CO,  529 
lichen,  POBITES  ...  366,  535 

Lifu  206,405,406,407,492,493, 
496, 497, 498,  499,  501,  503, 

506 

lifuana,  MONILEA  ...  405,  521 
Lightening,  Thunder  and  46 

ligulata,  POCILLOPOBA  534 

Liku 32,33,34 

Lilima         247 

LIMA  angulata        ...          493,528 

basilanica        493 

bullata  ...          493,  528 

fasciata  493 

fragilis 493,  528 

orientalis         493 

squamosa         ...          493,  528 

tenera 493,  528 

LIMACINA  bulimoides          527,  562 

inflata 527,562 

limbifira,  MITBA  ...  401,  466,  525 
LIMEA  pectiiuita  ...  528,565 
LIMOPSIS  antillensis  ...  565 

davidis  ...  564,  565,  528 

LIMOSA  novcczealandice  ...  514 
limosa,  TRIFOBIS  ...  444,  446 
LINCKIA  pacifica  ...  157,530 

Line  Isl  ands      3,  30,  200, 20 1 ,  540 

lineata,  ENGINA     565 

lineatum,  CEEITHIUM  ...  436 
lineatus,  PLAN  AXIS...  425,522 
lineatus,  VEETAGUS  140,  142,  143 
linguaeformis,  PERNA  ...  495 
linteola,  CATEPHIA...  .  90 

LIOTIA  553,554,555 

crenata  ...          407,  521 

parvissima       ...  521,  554 

Liotiidae     555 

listen,  ASTR^OPORA  ...  535 
listeri,  VENUS  ...  502,529 

LISPE  vittata  97,520 

LITHODOMUS  malaccanus  ...  492 
LITHOPHAGA  levigata  492,  528 

teres     492,  528 

LITHOTRYA  nicrobarica  127,151, 

518 

rhodiopus  ...  516,  518 
literata,  MITRA  ...  400,  467,  525 
literatus,  CONUS  ...  476,  526 

LITTOEINA  obesa     ...  424,  522 

Littorinidse  555 


INDEX. 


589 


PAGE 

lituratus,  NASBUS   ...          188,  515 
lividus,  CALCINTJS  ...         ...       517 

lividus,  CONUS  ...  401,  479,  526 
lividus,  ORPHNCEUS  ...  102 

lividus,  var.  flavidus,  CONUS  479, 

526 

lobata,  PORITES       ...          366,  535 

lobata,  STTLOPHORA          ...       534 

LOBOPHYTUM          ...          213,  214 

confertum        ...213,218,533 

densum        213,  219,  532,  533 

hedleyi  ...  216,  532,  533 

marenzelleri    ...  213,  217,  533 

pauciflorum,  var.  validum 

216,  533 
tuberculosum  ...  213,  217,  533 

viride 533 

LOBOPTERA  decipiens          100,  520 

LOBULARIA 213 

viride 220 

Locusta      90 

LOLIGO  brevipinnis  402,  520 

longidigitatus,  CHELIFER    ..       108 
longidigitatus,  GARYPUS   ...       519 
longirostris,  CAVOLINIA       527,  563 
longispina,  ARANEUS          ...       519 
longispina,  EPEIRA...         ...       Ill 

longiventer,  OLPIUM  518,  519 

LOPHOSERIS  repens  ...       354 

Lord  Howe  Island  3,  505,  546 
loripes,  MADREPORARA  ...  535 

Lou 39 

Louisiade  Archipelago  273,  285, 

287 
Louisiade  Islands  ...         ...       541 

Loukafa       29,288 

Low  Archipelago   ...          106,  168 
Loyalty  Groups      ...         ...         34 

Loyalty  Islands     ...          206,  501 

Luamanif 10,36,75,76 

LUCINA  congenita 497 

divergens         ...          497,  528 
exasperate       ...          496,  528 

fibula 497 

oblonga  ...          497,  528 

ovum 498 

punctata          ...          496,  528 

seminula         497 

lucunter,  ECHINOMKTRA      156,  530 

ludens,  DIALA         423 

lugubris,  LEPIDODACTYLUS  180 
lugubris,  PLATY DACTYLUS  . . .  180 
luhuanus,  STROMBUS  68, 401,  429, 

523 

lunaris,  JULIS  ...  193,  515 
lutea,  PORITES  ...  366,  535 
luteus,  MELAMPUS  ...  246,  487,  527 

PP 


PAGE 

LUTIANUS  bengalensis         183,  514 
fulviflamma    ...          183,  514 

gibbus 183,  514 

LUTJANUS  aya        ...         ...       542 

LYGOSOMA  adspersum         180,  514 

cyanurum        ...          180,  514 

lymneiformis,  DAPHNBLLA  476,  526 

lynx,  CYPR^A          ...          453,524 

Lynx  Island          7 

LYRODUS      .  ...       507 


M. 

MABOUIA  cyanura 180 

Mackerel,  European         ...       267 

Macleay  Museum 91 

macmunrichi,  GEMMARIA  ...  389 
macrophylla,  VENERUPIS  502,  529 
macrospina,  SIPHONOGORGIA  224, 


MACRURA     ... 
MACRURIDJE 
Macruroid  ... 
macula,  CYPRJEA 
maculata,  A  RCA 


127,  146 
...  199 
...  272 

451,  524 
491,  528 


maculata,  HOLOTHURIA  ...  530 
maculata,  TEREBBA  249,259,269, 

481,  527 

maculatus,  CIRRHITES  186,  514 
maculatus,  GRAPSUS  128,  139,  517 
maculosum,  CARDIUM  501,  529 
maciiJosum,CERiTHiuM431, 434, 

523 
maculosum,  TRITONIUM      456,  524 

Madagascar  106 

Madrai         62 

Madras        499 

MADREPORA    347,  349,  351,  356, 

534,  535 
angulata         ...         ...       535 

bcBodactyla      535 

botryodes         356 

botryodes,  var.  funafutien- 


sis  ... 

...       356 

contigua 

...       355 

crateriformis  . 

...        S»4 

cuneata 

361,  5:t5 

denticulata     . 

...       353 

efflorescent 

357,  535 

eurystoma 

358,  535 

fruticosa 
impressa 

358,  534 
.  351,  360,  535 

latistella 

...       536 

loripes... 

...       535 

patula  ... 

357,  535 

prof  undo, 

...       535 

590 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


MADREPORA  reticulata 

scabrosa 

secunda 

sinesis 

specif  era 

spinulifera      ...351,359,535 

surculosa 

syringodes        ...  31 

Madreporaria  aporosa ... 
Madreporaria  fungida  ... 
Madreporaria  peri'orata 
madreporarum,  GALEROPSIS  461, 
5 
madreporarum,  PECTEN      494,  528 

Madreporidre       

mceandrina,  POCILLOPORA... 
mageni,  MELANIA  ...  41 
MAGILUS  antiquus ...  4i 

Mai'ava       

Maki 

Making  the  "Titi" 
malaccanus,  LITHODOMUS  ... 
Malay  Archipelago 

Malayta       

Maiden  Island        ...    20,  1 

Malili  

Malina         

malleti,  GLYPHOSTOMA       4 

Malo 

Malorli         

Malou  

mamilla,  NATICA  141, 247, 415,  522 

Mammalia 

MAMMALS 

mammifera,  HOLOTHCTRIA 
mamillatus,  HETEROCENTROTUS 
1 

Manahiki     199,  5 

Mangaia   168,169,170,171, 
182,  2 

Mangareva 

mangareva,  ARANEUS 
mingareva,  EPEIRA...          1 
MANGILIA  himerta ...          4 

thiasotes          

victor  ... 

vincenti 

Mangrove    ...       21,  124,  2' 
Mangrove  Swamp  10, 11, 15, 19,  61 
Manihiki  42, 96,  267,  269, 271,  273 

Manini         

Manner  of  Tatooing 
Man-of- War  Bird... 
Man's  Fibre  Tree  ... 

Manu  

Manufacture  of  toddy 
Manuka 


534 

Maori  Eat   166,  167,  168 

534 

maorium,  Mus        ...           166,  167 

534 

mappa,  CTPR^IA      ...          451,  524 

535 

Marae          49 

534 

Marakau      106 

535 

MARASMIA  creonalis          ...         90 

535 

marenzelleri,  LOBOPHTTUM  213, 

,  534 

217,  533 

351 

MARETIA     324,  329 

354 

planulata        ...          157,  530 

356 

MARGARITA  striatula        ...      405 

51, 

margaritatus,  CARPILODES    127, 

525 

131,516 

,  528 

margaritatus,  TETRODON    515,  546 

356 

margaritifera,  MELEAGRINA       260 

534 

MARGERONIA  woodfordi    ...         90 

,  522 

marginatus,  ELYSIA           ...       486 

,525 

MARGINELLA  ellicensis       526,  560 

187 

elliptica           470 

291 

iota      469,526,550 

242 

isseli     526,  560 

492 

mariei  469 

21 

nympha           ...         ...       560 

258 

peasii   469,  526 

,250 

sandwicensis    ...  469,  526.  550 

184 

marginipennis,  CALOTERMES  26, 

2t4 

100,  101,  520 

,  526 

mariei,  EMARGINULA         ...       520 

34 

mariei,  MARGINELLA          ...       469 

161 

mariei,  RINGICULA  486 

186 

maritima,  SURIANA            ...         22 

>,  522 

marmoratus,  SALARIAS        190,  515 

513 

rnarmoratus,  SARON           ...       518 

,  165 

marochiensis,  NATICA          415,  522 

155 

Maroubra    379,  380,  382 

IS 

Marquesas  176,  238,  267 

,  530 

Marshall  Islands    3,  20,  21,  33, 

,541 

35,  40,  89,  90,  91,  102,  167. 

f2, 

168,  205  237,  250,  263,  267. 

,281 

281,  290,  541,  554 

106 

Martinique  106 

519 

Marutea      ...  491,  494,  495,  500, 

,  109 

501,  506 

,526 

Mataili        245 

476 

Mata  Nukulaelae  5 

476 

Matakiva     182 

476 

Matavai       44 

,276 

Mat  Bed      295 

9,61 

MATHILDA  eurytima          ...       437 

,273 

Matiri          181 

187 

matoides,  ACANTHURUS     ...       188 

238 

Matoutifa  64,265 

59 

Matto           188 

34 

Mattock       261 

44 

Matty  Island          ...          252,  263 

24 

Maumau      50,  51 

35 

MaunaLoa  12,244 

INDEX. 


591 


PAGE 

Mauritius    106,  193 

Mautara      ...         ...         ...         39 

mauritiana,  CYPB^EA  451,  524 

mauritanica,  TROGOSITA  ...  93 
maxilla,  THECIDEA  494,508,510, 

529 

maxima,  NKRITA  ...  409,  521 
mo#imws,VEBMETUS  68, 243,  523 
Measurements,  Anthropological 


MECiSTOCEPHALUsj>unc<i/Tons  519 
MECOLIOTIA  555 

halligani         ...  521,  555 

mediterranea,  THECIDEA  ...       510 

Medo  282 

Meduro  Island       106 

MEGACHILE,  sp 93 

hedleyi  93,520 

MEGARRHINA  inornata  89, 96, 97, 

520 
megalista,  PHYSALIA     371,377, 

378,  379,  380,  381,  382,  532 

Meia 187 

Meili  39 

MELAMPUS  fasciatus  487,  527 

luteus 246,  487,527 

Melanesian  Plateau  ...  3.  4 
MELANIA  mageni  ...  425,  522 

montrouzieri 425 

melanogenys,  ANGUS  ...  83 
melanostoma,  NATICA  416,  522 
MELEAGBINA  ...  ...  264 

margaritifera ...         ...       260 

melicerte,  ARCHJSA  ...  90,  91,  520 
MELINA  samoensis  ...  495,  528 
MELO  397 

diadema          288 

melvilli,  COLUMBELLA  463,  525 
mendicaria,  ENGINA  400,  46 i,  525 
MERANOPLTJS  oceanicus  ...  520 

pubescens        ...         ...       520 

merra,  EPINEPHELUS          182,  514 

MEBULINA 350 

Meshing  Needles 33, 276 

messor,  METOPOGRAPSUS    139,  517 
METALIA  sternalis ...         ...       530 

Method  of  collecting  rain- 
water           28 

METOPOGBAPSUS  messor     139,  517 

Mexico         100,  101,  106 

MICRANOUS  leucocapillus  81,  83, 

514 

microconia,  HYDNOPHORA  352,  534 
microdontodon,  PHYSCOSOMA  531 

Micronesia  ...         62 

microphthalma,  ASTR.EA  ...  354 
miersi,  ANCHISTUS 518 


PAGE 

miersi,  HABPILIUS...          127,  148 

Mila,  Via 62 

Millepora  ...  14,  56,  531,  532 
MILLEPORA  incroisato  371,374 

nodosa 371,  375,  532 

platyphylla  ...  37 1 ,  375,  53 1 
tquarrosa  ...371,374,531 
tortuosa  ...  371,  376,  532 

>lilleporidae        374 

Milli 259 

Milne  Bay 273,  541 

Mimi  410 

mindorensis,  COLUMBELLA  463 
minima,  PHASIANELLA  ...  521 
minor,  HABPA  ...  143,  470,  526 
minuta,  PTYCHODERA  206, 207,  208 
minuta,  RINGICULA  ...  486 

minutus,  BETJEUS  ...  147,  518 
mirabilis,  POBITES  ..  367,535 
mirabilis,  EINECEBA  ..91,  520 

Miro 37,268 

Missile         248 

Missile  Club          248 

Mita,  Milne  Bay 263 

Mitiaro        182,  183 

mifis,  PAPHIA         68 

MITEA  acuminata  ...          466,  525 
astricta  ...          466,  525 

6runnea  ...          466,  525 

chrysalis  ...  465,  525 
cucumerina  ...  465,  525 
episcopate  249,  259,  269, 

401,  464,  525 

ferruginea  ..  466,  525 
flammea,  var.  hystrix  465,  525 
limbifera  ...  401 ,  466,  525 
literata  1-43,  400,  467,  525 
pauper cula  ...  467,525 
pontificalia  ...  465,  525 
tabanula,  var.  caledonica 

466,  525 

virgata  ...          467,  525 

MITBULABIA  equestris,  var. 

tortilis 416,  522 

mitralis,  PYBAMIDELLA     412,  521 

Moas  283 

modesta,  ADKLOCEKA  ...  93 
modestalis,  EBILITA  ...91,  520 

modicella,  ENDODONTA  488,  528 
MODIOLA  australis  ...  492,528 
modestus,  QLYPHIDODON  ...  192 
MODULUS  tectum  ...  424,  522 

Mofeki        401 

mollis,  BEBBYCK     315 

Mollusca       395,  397,  489,  491 , 

520,  547,  549 
Molucca  Islands 499 


592 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


PAGE 

Mombus      106 

Mo  11  acanthus        39 

Monaco        191 

Monaxonidae        824 

moneta,  CTPB^A    ...  401,  452,  524 
moneta,  var.  annulus,  CTPEJEA 

452,  524 

MONILEA  lifuana   ...          405,  521 

tragema          ...          405,  521 

monilifera,  PILUMNUS       ...       135 

Monoceratina      331 

MONOCBEPIDIUS,  sp.          ...  91,  93 

ferruginous     ...         ...91,519 

umbraculatus . . .          ..  91,519 

monticulosus,  PHTMODIUS  136.  517 

MONTIPOBA  14,  56.  269,  349 

caliculata,  var  piriformis  535 

exserta 365,  535 

foveolata          ...          362,  535 

granifera        535 

incognita         535 

planiuscula     363 

prof  undo,         535 

saxea 535 

scabricula        ...          365,  535 

tuberosa          ...          364,  535 

verrucosa         ...          363,  535 

montrouzieri,  MELANIA     ...       425 

MOECHIELLA  421 

mordax,  PLECOTBEMA        487,  527 

Moree          193 

Moreton  Bay        90,  498,  501,  507 

MOBINDA     40,41 

eitrifolia       20, 34,  38,  93,  241 

Moroti         43 

morsicans,  SCOLOPENDBA  ...       519 
morsura,  THETIDOS  473,  526 

Mortar,  Wooden 298 

Mortlock  Group     ...          273,  54] 
Mortlock  Island    252,  261,  267, 

271,  272 

morus,  CEBITHITTM 433 

morus,  SISTBUM      ...          460,  525 
moschatus,  HIBISCUS          ...         33 

Mosquitoes 89,96 

Mother-of -Pearl    269 

Moths          90,  91,  95 

Motufetau 5 

Motuloa      5 

Motuloto     6 

Motu  ninie 17 

Moturaro 5 

MotusaNafa        17 

Motu  tu  lua  5 

Mou 182 

Moulmein 90 

Mouri  ounga          465 


Mouse,  European 59 

Moutou  moutou     192 

Moxa  300 

mucronata,  EHIZOPHOBA  22,  32, 124 

MUELLEEIA  155 

echinites          ...          160,  530 

parvula  530 

Mugilidse 191 

Mukkamuk 23 

Mullidro 184 

MULLOIDES  flavoUneatus    184,  514 
samoensis        ...  184,  514 

multispina,  EPEIBA  112,114  115, 
116,  117 

Munga-munga  ti 157 

Mungo         199 

Mursenidrc 195 

MURJSNA  buroensis  196,515 

formosa  ...          195,  515 

MUBEX  adustus       ...          458,  525 

funafutiensis  ...  458,  525 

nuclea ...       458 

radula 459,525 

ramosus  ...  401,  525,  560 

muriaceum,  POLTTBEMA   ...         75 
MUEICELLA  purpurea  307,  315,  533 

Muriceidae 309 

muroadsi,  CABANX 189 

Mus 176 

exulans 166, 167,  174,  278, 513 
jacobice  ...         ...       166 

maorium          ...  166,  167 

novcezealandice  ...       167 

pencillatus      166 

vitiensis       166,  168,  169,  170 

MUSA  sapientium 62 

Muscadte    ...        95 

Museum,  Macleay 91 

Music  of  Native  Song       ...         58 
musiva,  HELICINA  ...          410,  521 

MUSSA          12,350 

costata 352,  534 

Mutta-mutta          23 

mutuki,  GEMMAEIA  ..  389,  390,  391 
mydas,  CHELONE      65, 178,  252, 

264,  514 

mylas,  SESIA  91 

Myriapoda 102,  519 

MYXUS  leuciscus      ...          191,  515 


N. 
NACEEDES    ... 

transmarina   . 
Naiabui 
Names,  Native 
Nangiia 


...  92,  93 

92,  519 

...       258 


INDEX. 


593 


PAGE 

Nanomana  4.6,8,13,45,46,50, 

51,  52,  53,60, 6S,  303 
Nanomanga         6, 19, 5 1 , 200,  540 
NaDomea    4,  8, 19,51,  237,  250, 

273.  540 

NANOPORA  irregularis        ...       366 

NAEANIO  divaricata  ...       502 

lapicida  ...          502,  529 

NARDOA  gomophia ...         ...       530 

NASSA  granifera      ...          462,  525 
semitexla         ...          462,  525 
nassatula,  PERISTERNIA  144, 457, 

524 

Nassau         22 

NASEDS  lituralus     ...          188,515 

Natal  90 

Natala         183 

NATICA  mamilla  141,247,415,  522 

marochiensis  ...          415,  522 

melanostoma  ...          416,  522 

umbilicata       ...          416,  522 

violacea  ...          415,  522 

Native  amusements          ...        56 

Native  charts         ...          281,  282 

Native  names         ...         ...         60 

Native  song  ...         ...         57 

Native  traditions 42,  43 

numerates,  ECHENEIS  190,  515 

NAUSITORIA  508 

aurita 507,  529 

Nautili         65 

NAUTILUS     ..          ..          397,510 

Shells 246 

NEALOTUS    ...         544 

nebularis,  PLATOPHBYS     ...       546 

Necklaces 246 

NECROBIA  rufipes 93 

Needles       292 

Needles  (Meshing)  ...       276 

Nephalidte 95 

Nephthyidse         ...         214, 221 
NEPHROLEPIS  exaltata      ...         22 

NEREIS         182 

nerina,  DIADEM  A    ...  95,  520 

NERITA        68 

albicilla  ...          409,  521 

inxculpta         ...          410,  521 
maxima  ...          409,  521 

plicata 409,  521 

polita 410,  521 

NERITINA  reticulata  410,  521 

NERiTOPSisrodula...          409,521 

Netherland  Island 6 

Nets,  Fishing        64 

Nets,  Fowling        278 

Nets,  Hand 277 

Nettle  ...      268 


Newcastle   .........      497 

New  Britain          ...    65,  254,  289 
New  Caledonia  34,  39,  106,  167, 
169,  230,  252,  257,  292,  492, 
493,  494,  496,  497,  498,  501, 

503,  504,  507 

New  Caledonian  Archipelago  205 
New  Georgia  .....       263 

New  Guinea    23,  28,  52,  64,  89, 
93,  96,  106,  230,  240,  254, 
255,  272,  276,  287,  288,  290, 
291,  293,  493,  503,  506,  541 
New  Hebrides  4,  34,  77,  93,  176, 
200,  230,  241,  257,  259,  273, 
280,  290,  303,  497,  503,  541 
New  Ireland          ...         :..      289 
New  South  Wales  ......      377 

New  Zealand  35,  167,  169,  170, 
171,  173,  238,  255,  260,  267, 
270,  272,  280  281,  285,  304 


Ngau 
Ngashu 
Ngia 
Ngiangia 
NICELLA      ... 

dichotoma 

laxa 


500 
14,  35 
14,  35,  109 
63 
307 
319 
307,  318,  533 


nicobarica,  LITHOTRYA  127,  151, 

518 
nidus,  ASPLENIUM  ......         39 

Nieue        68,  176,  252,  273,  276, 

302,540 
NiPA/ruf  icons        ......         21 

NipaPalm  .........        21 

Nifikifa        .........       300 

Niggerheads          ......         16 

nigrescens,  PHYSCOSOMA  372,  393, 

531 

nigricruris,  EBENIA  98,  520 

nigropunctata,  ELTSIA,  var. 

sanguinea       ...          486,  527 
nigropunctatus,  TETRODON    197, 

198,  515 
Nikau  leaves          ......      291 

Ningi  .........        48 

nitida,  ASSIHTNEA  ...          417,  522 
nit\dulus,  XANTHODBS  127,  130,516 
nitidum,  CXCVH     ......       559 

Niu  ............         23 

Niuaruko    .........          5 

Niuatangi    ........          6 

Niuatibu     .........          5 

Niuatui       .........          5 

Niutao    4,  7,  8,  49,  50,  54,  55,  59, 

60,291 
Niu  nut       .........        23 

Niu  tabu   .........  26,  27 


594 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


nodicostata,  ENGINA  464,  525 

nodosa,  MILLEPORA  371,375,532 
nodosa,  TURRICULA  468,  526 

noduZosam,  CERITHIUM  401,430, 

523 

Nouo  38,258 

Nonou          38,  241,  247 

Nonou  bark  33 

Nonou  dye 38 

North  India  90 

Norfolk  Island       ,  .    75,  167,  169 

Noumea       205,  507 

novce-guinece,  PECTEN  . . .  494 
novcehollandice,  CAMPONOTUS  520 
novcezealandice,  LIMOSA  ...  514 
novcezealandice,  Mus  ...  167 

Naalei          ...  5 

nucifera, Cocos       ...    22,100,101 

nuclea,  MUREX       458 

nucleus,  CTPR^EA  ...  454,524 
Nui  ...  4,  6,  8,  41,  62,  234,  282 

Nukubati 33 

Nukufetau  4,  5,  8,  33,  44,  45, 
47,  54,  63,  91,  95,  237, 240, 
243,  247,  273,  282,  283,  540 

Nukuhiva 93 

Nukulaelae 4,5 

Nukulailai  4,  5,  8,  9, 18,  33,  37, 
45, 59, 60, 61,  246,  252,  259, 
261, 264,  267, 268, 273, 274, 
275, 284,  292,  293,  294,  299, 

304,  308,  540 

Nukunau     ..         65 

Nukuor        265,  270,  271,  273,  540 


Nuku  saralivali 
NULLIPORES 
NUMENIUS  taheiteneis 

Nunpuri      

Nurakita     

nussatella,  CONTTS    ... 

Nutta          

nympha,  MARGINELLA 


17 

13,  131 
...  514 
...  452 
...  4,17 
479,  526 
...  185 
560 


Oaitupu       6,  282 

obeliscus,  CERITHIUM  435,  523 
obeliscus,  TROCHUS...  401,  404,  520 
obesa,  LITTORINA  ...  424,  522 
obesula,  TRIFORIS  ...  444,  447,  523 
OBISITTM  antipodum  106,  108, 

518,  519 

obliqua,  Ficua         35 

obliquata,  CYTHEREA  501,  529 
obliquaria,  TELLINA  498,  529 

obliquistriata,  TELLINA     ...      499 


o6Zon</a,EcHiNOMETRA  155, 156, 530 
oblonga,  LuciNA  ..  497,528 

oblonga,  TORNATKLLINA     487,527 

obscura,  ARANEUS 519 

obscura,  EPEIRA  ...  ..  116 
obscurus,  SPHENOPHORUS  518,  519 

OBTORTIO 412 

pyrrhacme       ...          413,  522 
obtusa,  COLUMBELLA  464,  525 

obvelata,  CYPRJEA 452 

occidentalis,  ARCA 491 

oceanica,  GEHYRA   ...  180,514 

oceanica,  PHEIDOLE  ...       520 

oceanicus,  MERANOPLUS  ...  520 
oceanicwm,  CERITHIUM  431,  523 
ocellata,  ASTR.EOPORA  361,  535 
ocellatus,  SPONDYLUS  493,  528 

Ocean  Island          59 

OCHROSIA    40,  41,  261 

parviflora        ...          ...         22 

po.rviflorus       32 

wood    ...  ...       261 

octo,  AMYNA  ...      90,91.520 

OCTOBLEPHARUM  smaragdinum 

22,40 
OCTOPUS  tonganus  ...          520,  550 

Oculinidje 351 

OCYPODA        139 

ceratophthalma   128,  138,  517 
ODONTOCYATHUS  ...       351 

ODONTOSTOMIA  biplicata    521,  557 

bulimoides      521 

codes 557 

robusta  ...          521,  556 

rubra 521 

odoratissimus,  PANDANUS  ...  83,  93 
ODOSTOMIA  bulimoides  ...  412 

rubra 412 

(Edemeridae          92 

(EDIPUS  superbus    ...          ...        148 

Offensive  weapons 248 

officinarum,  SACCHARUM   ...         63 

Oil  Fish       199,  544 

Oligochseta          392 

OLIVA  guttata        ...          470,  526 
irisans,  var.  erythrostoma 

470,  526 

OLIVELLA  simplex  ...  470,  526,  550 
olivieri,  CENOBITA  ...  64, 140,  517 
OLPIUM  longiventer  518,  519 

OMPHALOTROPIS  rotumana        417 
zebriolata        ...          417,  522 
oodes,  ODONTOSTOMIA        ...       557 

Oom 196 

ooplax,  SYNAPTA     530 

opalina,  TKLLINA  ...  499,  529 
OPHIACTIS  savignii 530 


INDEX. 


595 


PAGE 

OPHIARTHRUM  elegans  155,  160, 

530 

OPHICHTHYS  colubrinus      195,  515 
OPHIDIASTER  cylindricus    155, 

157,  530 
Ophidiida;  ........      194 

OPHIOCOMA  erinaceus          160,  530 

scolopendrina  ...          160,530 
OPHITTROIDEA         ...         ...       160 

ORBITOLITES  complanata  16,75, 

193,  241 

laciniata          ......       241 

ORIBATA  lamellata  ..          109,  519 
Oribatidae  ......         105,  109 

orientalis,  LIMA      ...         ...       493 

orientalis,  OTOSTIGNUS      ...       102 
ORITHTIA  incolor  ......       384 

orithyia,  PHTLLORHIZA       371,  383 
orithyia,  POLTRHIZA          ...       532 
Ornaments  .........       246 

Ornate  dance  ("Tukai")  240,242 
ORPHNCEUS  lividus..,         ...       102 
ORPHM^IUS  phosphoreus    ...       519 
ORTHOPTERA          ......         99 

orysa,  TRIVIA          ...          455,  524 
Osnaburgh  Island...         ...         11 

OSTREA  cristagalli  ...  328,  495,  528 

hanleyana       ...          495,  528 
otaheitce,  DIADEMA...  95,  520 

Otiorhycides       ......       92 

OTOSTIGMUS  astenon          ...      519 

orientalis         ...         ...       102 

Qua  ............  5 

Oula  ............         68 

Oukafakanapoua   ...          276,  290 
Oulafi  .........       193 

Ounga  koula  ...         ...         64 

Ourafi  .........       193 

Ouvea          .........       495 

Ovalau         .........       106 

ovalis,  ASTR^OPORA  ...       535 

ovalis,  SCALA  ...          415,  522 

ouafa,CiRSONELLA...  407,  521,  549 
ovina,  HALIOTIS  ...  520,  553 
OVULA  .........  286 

caledonica       ......       449 

hervieri  ...          448,  524 

ovum    ...         ...         ...         53 


Shells 

ovula,  CYPR^IA 
ovulina,  SCINTILLA 
ovum,  LUCINA 
ovum,  OVULA          . 
OXYPORA 

OPYSTOMATA  . 

Ozius,  sp.    ...         .. 


286 
284 

...  503 
498 

...         63 

355,  534 
127,  139 

...       136 


P.  PAGE 

Paanopa      59 

pacifica,  CARPOPHAGA  ...  85 
pacifica,  EURYTHOE  372,  392,  530 
pacifica,  GLOBICKRA  86,  513,  514 
pacifica,  KELLIA  ...  502,  529 
pacifica,  LINCKIA  ...  157,530 
Pacific  Islands  77,89,93,  101.  186 

Pacific  Rat 166,169,278 

pacificum,  PHYSCOSOMA     ...       531 

pacificus,  EEMIPES 517 

Paddle         284 

PAGURUS  fabimanus  142,  517 

euopsis...         517 

guttatus  ...143,516,517 

setifer 516,  517 

Pai 7 

Paifa  5 

PAL-&MONKLLA  iridentata...  518 
PALINURUS  guttatus  68,  146,  518 
pallescens,  DIOGENES  141,  517 
pallida,  SIPHONOGORGIA  223,  533 
pallida,  SPONGODES  214,  221,  533 
pallium,  PECTEN  ...  494.  528 
palmata,  STYLOPHORA  ...  534 

Palm,  Coconut       22,  23 

Palmerston  Islands  ...         36 

palmyra,  PUPA        488 

Paloloworm  65 

Palou  43 

Palu    64, 199,  200,  201, 272,  539, 

540,  541,  544 

Palu  Hooks 272,  540,  541 

PALYTHOA  coesia     ...  372,  391,  533 

howesii 372,391,533 

kochii 372,  391,  533 

PANTALA/tavescens 99 

pantherinus,  PLATOPHRYS  515,  546 

PANTOPCEUS  guisens  ...         93 

PANDANUS  ...  40,  41,  60,  128 

Fruit,  Cake  of  the    ...        30 

odoratissimus...  28,2983,93 

Paneia          68,  429 

PANESTHIA  cethops...  100,520 
panopea.TETRAGBATHA...  519 

papaya,  CARICA      63 

Paper  Mulberry     34,60 

PAPHIA  mitis          68 

papillosa,  SeiRASTRELLA  323, 

331,  531 

Papua          230,245,299 

papua.  TETRODON 546 

papyrifera,  BROUSSONETIA  34,  85 
papyracea,  BROUSSONETIA  34 

Parank        106 

pardalis,  HOLOTHURIA.  ...  161 
PARINA.RIUM  laurinum  .  285 


596 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


parva,  ENGINA  ...  464,  525 
parvicellata,  POBITES  ...  535 
parviflora,  OCHBOSIA  ...  22 
parviflorus,  OCHROSIA  ...  32 
parvirostris,  ALPH^IUS  ...  518 
parvissima,  LIOTIA  ..  521,554 

pirvula,  MULLKBIA  ...       530 

parvula,  EINGICULA  486,  527,  561 
parvulum,  TEINOSTOMA  ...  521 
patula,  ACANTHA.STB.EA  353,  534 
patula,  MADBEPOBA  357,  535 

paucicostatum,  TEINOSTOMA  552 
pauciflorum,  LOBOPHYTUM  216,563 
paucistella,  POCILLOPOBA  ...  534 
paumotensis,  SCALA  ..  414,  522 
Paumotus  14,  106,  168,  250,  260 

paupercula,  MITBA 525 

Pa va Islet  549. 550,  551, 553,  557. 

558,  559,  560,  5t>l,  562,  564 
PAVONIA  explanulata          354,  534 

repens 354,  534 

Pawa  267,272 

Pawpaw       63 

Pearl  shell  Bonito  Hooks         266 

Pearly  Nautilus    246 

peasei,  PTEBIA  ...  494,  528 
peasii,  MAEGINELLA  469,  526 

Pebbles,  Pumice 77 

PECTEN  distans       ...          494,  528 
madreporarum  491,  528 

novce-guinece 494 

pallium  ...          494,  528 

speciosus         ...          528,  565 

squamatus       ...          493,  528 

pectinata,  CIBCE     ...          501,  529 

pectinata,  LIMEA     ...          528,  565 

pediculus,  VEBTIGO. . .          488,  528 

2>eJaC/icWS,GYMNODACTYLU8  179,  514 

pelamys,  THYNNUS  ...  267,515 
Pelecypoda  . . .  489,  49 1 ,  564 
Pelew  Islands  106, 187,  250, 253, 

254,  497 
pellicula,  CLATHEIA   323,  324, 

327,  531 

peltata,  HEBNANDIA  ...  16,83 
PEMPHIS  40, 248,  249, 277,  299,  303 

acidula  35,  109 

pencillatus,  Mus     166 

Penhryn  Island        67,  96,  168, 

173,  178, 249,  252, 263,  273, 

285,  541 

perdix,  DOLIUM  ...  455,  524 
PEBICHJETA 372,393 

grubei 372,  392,  530 

Perichaetidae        392 

PEBICLIMENES  dance  ...  518 
PEBIOPTHALMUS 191 


periopthalmus,  SA.LAEIAS  515,  545 
PEBISTEBNIA  nassatula  457,  524 

perlata,  CENOBITA 517 

perlala,  DAIBA        ...129,131,516 

Permambuco          106 

PEBNA  linguaeformis         ...      495 

Peru 15,30 

PesciEuvetto         542 

Pestles        298 

petholatus,v&r.  caledonicus,  TUBBO 
408,  521 

PETBOLISTHEB  dentatus  129, 139, 
144 

haswelli  144 

lamarckii         ...          ...       517 

lamarckii,  var.  asiaticus  517 
lamarckii,  var.  rufescens  517 
lamarckii,  var.  fimbriatus  517 

speciosa  144 

petrosum,  ASTBALIUM        408,  521 

pretosus,  EUVETTUS   515,  539,  541 

pharos,  CEBITHIUM...          436,  523 

phasianella,  GIBBULA         405,  521 

PHASIANELLA  grae/ei       ...       407 

minima  ...          407,  521 

wisemanni       ...          407,  521 

PnEiDOLEoceanica...  .         520 

sexspinosa        ...      93, 94,  520 

PHEIDOXLACANTHINDS      ...        94 

PHENAOOLEPAS  cinnamomea      404 

crenulata         404 

senta 403,  520 

philippii,  BEBBYCE 315 

philippinense,  CAEDIUM  ...  504 
Phoaaix  Group  ...  1(58,  229 
phosphoreus,  OBPHM^EUS  ...  519 

Phosphoric  acid     76 

PHYLLIDIA  varicosa  527,  562 

PHYLLODOCE  ...  372,  392,  530 

quadraticeps 392 

Phyllodocidae       392 

PHYMODIUS  monticulosus  136,  517 
phymotis,  STOMATIA  407,  521 

PHYSALIA 378 

megalista  371,  377,  378,  379, 

380,  381,  382,  532 
vtriculus    371,  377,  378, 380, 
381,  382 

Physalidse 377 

PHYSCOSOMA  dentigerum  ...       531 
microdontodon  ...       531 

nigrescens        ...  372,  393,  531 

padficum        531 

scolops 372,393,531 

varians  531 

Physical  structure  ...  9 

physis,  HYDATINA  ...          486,  527 


597 


PAGE 

piceus,  ALPHITOBIUS          ...         93 

picta,  CIRCE 501,529 

Pigeons,  Carrier 59 

Pigs 7,58 

Pika 32 

pilearis,  TRITON     ...          140,  144 
pileare,  TRITONIUM  456,  524 

Pillows         293 

pilslryi,  TURRICULA  468,  526 

PILUMNUS 127 

cursor 136 

fissi-frons        136 

glaberrimus     136 

monilifera       135 

prunosus         ...          133,  516 
rufo-punctatus  ...       135 

terra-regina 136 

vespertilio        136 

vestitus  ...132,136,516 

PINNA          260,  269,  528 

Shell 269 

Shell  Spade 260 

trigonalis        495 

Pi'o 43 

piperitum,  CERITHIUM       435,  523 

Pipon  Islands         498 

PIPTURUS  argenteus  ...         22 

piriformis,  EULIMA  ...       411 

piriformis,  MONTIPORA      ...       535 
PiSANiA/asciculata  457,  525 

Pisces        514 

pistillata,  STYLOPHORA     ...       534 
pistrinaria,  CARPOPHAGA  ...       513 

Pitcairn  Island      255 

PLAGIOLEPIS  gracilis         ...      520 

plana,  PTEROSOMA...          527,  561 

PL  AN  AXIS  lineatus ...          425,  522 

sulcatus       140,  401,  424,  522 

virgatus  ...         ...       425 

planissimus,  LEIOLOPHUS    129, 

139,  517 

planiuscula,  MONTIPORA  ...       363 
planulata,  MARETIA  157,  530 

PLATOPHRYS  ..          ...       546 

nebularis         ...         ...       546 

pantherinus  ...  515,  546 
plalura,  BELONE  ...  194,  515 
PLATYDACTYLUS  lugubris ...  180 
platyphylla,  MILLEPORA  371,375, 

531 
platypus,  SCOLOPENDRA     ...       102 

Pleasant  Island     59 

plebeja,  ARANEUS    ...         ...      519 

plebeja,  EPEIRA       ...          106,  110 

PLECOTREMA  bellum  486,  527 

mordax  ...          487,  527 

souverbiei        487 


PAGE 

PLECOTRKMA  striatum      ...      487 

Plesiofnngidrc     354 

PLESiocROCHoasouverWanus  424, 
522 

Pleuronectidsc    546 

PLEXAURA 308 

antipathes     307, 317  494,  533 

flavida... 313 

Plexanridse          317 

plicata,  NERITA  ...  409,  521 
plicata,  PSAMMOCORA  ...  355 
plicata,  EISSOINA  ...  421,  522 

plicata,  SCHISMOPK 520 

PLICATTJLA  imbricata         492,  528 

Plumularidfe       373 

PLUMTTLARIA  davicula      ...      371 

POCILLOPORA  aspersa        ...       534 

aspersa,  var.  dance     ...       534 

aspersa,  var.  ligulata         534 

brevicornis      534 

ccespitosa         ...  349,  352,  534 

clavaria  534 

favosa 534 

glomerata       534 

grandis  ...          352,  534 

mceandrina     534 

paucistella      534 

rugosa...         ...         ...       534 

septata 534 

squarrosa        534 

suffruticosa     ...         ...       534 

verrucosa         ...          352,  534 

Pocilloporidae     352 

PODOCARPUS  238 

totara 267 

pcecilopleurus,  ABLEPHARUS       180 

Pcerare        259 

POGONOPERCA        545 

polita,  NERITA        ...          410,  521 

Polychseta 372,392 

poh/(7onus,LiATiBU8...  457,  524 
POLYMASTIA  dendyi  323,330,531 

POLYPODIUM  39 

POLYPORUS 40 

Poljrhizidw        383 

POLYRHIZA  orithyia  371,  383,  532 
POLYTREMA  mwnoccum  ...  75 
polytropa,  RISSOINA  420,  522 

pomum,  DOLIUM     ...          455,  524 

Ponape        247 

pontificate,  MITRA  ...  465,  525 
poolei,  KISSOA  ...  522,  558 
populnea,  THESPESIA  20,  37.  268 
poraria,  CYPB^IA  ...  454,  524 
porcata,  ASTHMA 353 

POBCELLANA  127 

sollasi  ...  144,  518 


598 


FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 


Porcupine  fish 
Porifera    ... 

PORITES 


...  531 
11,  17,  349 

...       535 

...  367 
367,  535 

...  535 
367,  535 
366,  535 
366,  535 

366,  535 

367,  535 
...       535 
...       535 
...       535 
...       535 

535 


crassa  ... 

exilis    ... 

gaimardi 

lichen  ... 

lobata  ... 

lutea    ... 

mirabilis 

parvicellata 

purpurea 

superfusa 

trimurata 

umbelli/era     , 

Poritidse 366 

POBOMYA  australis  ...       508 

granulata        508 

porphyroleuca,  PUEPURA  ...       461 

Porpoises     ...         67 

Port  Curtis    492,  497,  498,  501, 

503,  504 

Port  Essington      493 

Port  Molle 492,  493,  501 

Port  Moresby         ...  258,  495,  501 

Potiki  5 

Pou 455 

Pouka          31,83,285 

Pouka  wood  32 

Pouli  246 

Pounder      299 

Poussi          196 

Poussikenna  196 

PREMNA       40,  41 

iaitensis  22,  37,  274,  300,  302 
PRENOLEPIS  vividula  ...  520 
Prescription  for  Ringworm  70 
pretiosus,  EUVETTUS  515,  539, 

541 
Prevalent  Diseases  of  Funafuti  69 

PRITCHARDIA         293 

PROCELSTERNA  carulea  84,  514 
procumbens,  TRIUMFETTA...  39 

PRODEMIA  retina 90 

profunda,  DIALA  ...  522,  558 
prof  undo,,  MADREPORARIA  535 
profunda,  MONTIPORA  ...  535 
prolificus,  ALPBUEUS  ...  518 

Property,  Allotments  of  ...  60,  61 
propinqua,  CYPRJEA  450,  524 

protracta,  CYLICHHA          ...       484 

Provision-tub        296 

prunosus,  PILUMNUS  133,  516 

pudendi,  Elephantiasis  ...  68 
PSAMMOBIA  squamosa 


PAGE 
PSAMMOCORA  contigua       355,  534 

fossata 355,  534 

haimeana        534 

plicata 355 

savigniensis     534 

superficial     534 

Pseudoneuroptera        ...      100 

PSEUDOSCARUS  bataviensis  194,  515 

pulchellus        ...          193,  515 

singapurensis  ...          194,  515 

troschelli          ...  194,  515 

PSEUDOSQUILLA  ciliata     ...       518 

PSEUDOZIUS  caystrus    127, 136,  517 

PSILOTTJM 41 

triquetrum      ...          ...         39 

PTERIA  cumingii     ...          494,  528 

peasei 494,  528 

PTEROCERA  aurantia          429,  523 
byronia  ...          429,  523 

lambis 67,263 

rugosa 430,  523 

PTEROCERAS  259 

PTEROCERUS  chiragra  ...  143 
pteroessa,  ARCA  ...  528,  564 
PTEROSOMA  piano,  ...  527,  561 
pterygodes,  ASCYLTUS  ...  519 
PTYCHODERA  205,  206,  339,  345 
australiensis  207,  209,  336, 

338,  340,  345 

aperta 338 

bahamensis      ...          341,  343 

caledonica       205 

erythrcea          ...          341,  343 
flava    205,  206,  210,  343,  516 
hedleyi  206,  208.  335, 345,  516 
minuta    206,  207,  208,  335, 

336,  340,341,343,341,345 
sarniensis  206, 207,  208, 338, 

339,  344,  345 

PTYCHODERID.E      206 

pubescens,  MERANOPLUS    ...       520 
puerpera,  VENUS    ...          502,  529 

Pukapuka 199,  540,  273 

pulchella,  CLATHURELLA  ...       471 
pulchella,  DEIOPEIA       90,  91,  520 
pulchella,  UTETHERIA       ...         91 
pulchellus,  PSEUDOSCARUS  193,  515 
pul chra,  CENOBITA  . .         ...       517 
pulchenrima,  ACANTHELLA    323, 

329,  531 
pulicarius,  CONUS  ...  304,  477,  526 

PUMICE        16, 65,  77 

Pebbles          77 

pumila,  CLATHURELLA      ...       474 

Pump  Drill 256,  257,  258 

punctata,  LUCINA  ...          496,  528 
puncti/rons,MECiSTOCEPHALUs  519 


INDEX. 


599 


PAGE 

punctulatus,  DICOTYLICHTHYS   515 

PUPA  palmyra         488 

selebensis         488 

pupoidea,  DAPHNELLA        476,  526 

pupoides,  FENELLA 413 

Puputa        258 

PIJEPUBA  anomala 476 

armigera      143,  400,  459,  525 
hippocastaneum  400,  459,  525 
porphyroleuca...         ...       461 

purpurascens,  GLTPHOSTOMA  471, 

526 

purpurea,  MURICELLA  307, 315, 533 
purpurea,  POBITES  ..         ...       535 

PUSIA  468 

pusilla,  RINGICULA 561 

pyramidalis,  EULIMA          410,  521 
pyramidata,  CLIO   ...          527,  563 
PTBAMIDELLA  mitralis       412,  521 
dolabrata  var.  terebelloides 

412,  521 

turrita 412,  521 

pygmcea,  DRILLIA   ...         ...       476 

pyrrhacme,  OBTOBTIO         413,522 

pyrrhacme,  RISSOA 413 

PYBENE  aurea  464 


Q 

quadraticeps,  PHTLLODOCE  392 
quadricornis,  SALABIAS  191,  515 
<jfua<Jrulenta<a,CAVOLiNiA  527,  563 
quahon,TEiNO6TOMA  406,  521, 

552 

quasillus,  RISSOINA  ...       419 

Queensland  ...    65,  493,  561 


radiata,  AVICULA 494 

radiata,  THECIDEA 510 

radula,  MUBBX  ...  459,  525 
radula,  NEBITOPSIS  409,521 

Eain 19 

Rain-water,  Methodof  collecting 
28 

Raine  Island         561 

Rakaanga 66,96 

Rakomanini  188 

ramak,  LETHBINUS...  185,514 
ramosus,  MUBEX  ...  401 ,  525,  560 
RANELLA  granifera  ...  141 

Rapa  498 

Rarotonga    27, 67,  96,  106,  168, 
171,  173,  230,  492,  498,  501 


Rasps 

Rat,  Black  ... 
Rat,  Brown... 
Rat,  European 
Rat,  Grey   ... 
Rat,  Kiore  ... 
Rat,  Maori... 
Rat,  Norwegian 
Rat,  Pacific... 
Rat-trap 
rattus,  CONUS 
Rawak 

Ray 

Ray,  Giant... 


PACK 

259,260 
166 
59 
59 
166 
167 
...  166, 167,  168 

168 

166,  169, 176,  278 

278 

...  401,  478,  526 

257 

259 

65 


Ray's  spine  Awl 292 

rayneri,  GALEOCEBDO  199,  300,  516 
Receipe  for  making  Toddy  24,  25 


Reef  Corals... 

Reef  Heron 

regius,  SABOTES 
RKMIOIA  iranslata.. 
REMIPES  pacificus  .. 

testudinarius  .. 
RENIEBA  australis 

cinera 

rosea    . . 


532,  533 
81 

106,  122 
90,  91,  520 
...       517 
...       140 
323,  324,  531 
325 

323,  325 
sp.        ...     323,  324,  325,  531 
repens,  LOPHOSKBIS  ...       354 

repens,  PAVONIA     ...          354,  534 

Reptiles     163, 178,  514 

reticulata,  ABCA  ...  491,  528 
reticulata,CffRMA....  452,524 
reticulata.MADREFORARiA  534 
reticulata,  NEBITINA  410,  521 

retina,  PBODENIA 90 

RETUSA  amphizosta  ...       483 

waughiana      ...          482,  527 

Reunion       106 

revoluta,  SCALA  ...  414,  522 
RHIZOPHOBA  10,  21,  22,  40,  41, 

206,  276,  279,  286,  292 
mucronata      ...      22,  32,  124 

RHIZOTBOCHUS  sp 533 

rhodiopus,  LITHOTHYBA  516,  518 
rhomboides,  CBASSATELLA...  665 


rhomboides,  TJSLLINA 
RHTSOTA  sowerbyana 
RICINULA  horrida  ... 
ricinous,  SISTBUM  ... 
RINECEBA  mirabilis 

RlNOICDLA 

acuta,  var.  minuta 


mare... 

parvula 

pusMa 


499,  529 
...        21 

460,  525 
...91,520 

561 

...       486 
527,562 
...          •••       486 
...486,627.561 
561 
627,661 


600 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


PAGE 

Rio  Grande 106 

RiSELLAconoicfaiis...  424,  522 
RissoAfinchki  ...  522,  557 

flammea  423 

invisibilis        ...  418,  522,  558 
joviana  ...         ...       414 

poolei 522,  558 

pyrhacme        413 

trajectus          418 

RISSOINA  affinis      ...          422.  522 
ambigua          ...          422,  522 

clathrata         420 

exasperata       ...418,419,522 
yemmea  ...          420,  522 

plicata 421,  522 

polytropa         ...  420,  522 

quassilus         ...          ...       419 

spirata,  var.  supracostata  422 
transenna        ...          ...       420 

turricula         421 

Bobber  Crab  29,  68 

robusta,  ODONTOSTOMIA  521,  556 
robusta,  TELLINA  ...  499,  529 

Rockery       17 

Rock,  Coral 75,76 

Rock  specimens 73,  75 

Roman  zoff  Atoll     231 

Romanzoff  Group 205 

rosacea,  GENA  ...  407,521 
rosea,  DISTICHOPORA  531,  532 
rosea,  RENIERA  ...  323,  325 
rostrate,  TKUTHIS  ...  187,515 
rostraium;  CERITHIUM  431,  523 
rostratus,  LETHKINUS  185,  514 
Rotatory  Adze  ...  253,255 

Rotatory  Drill        256 

rotatum,  TEINOSTOMA  521,  553 
Rotumah  9,  168,  179,  229,  240, 

280,  304 

rotumana,  CHAROPA  ...  488 
rotumana,  OMPHALOTROPIS  417 
rotundata,  HELICINA  410,  521 
Rovetto  542 

ROXANIELLA  484 

ruber,  TRIFORIS  ...  441,523 
ruber,  VILLOGORGIA  ...  533 

rubicunda,  CLATHURELLA...  471 
rubicunda,  COLUMBELLA  464,  525 

Rubiana      245 

rubra,  AZOLLA         40 

rubra,  ODOSTOMIA  ...  412,  521 
rubra,  VILLOGORGIA  ...  532 
rubrolineatum,  CERITHIUM  432 
rufescer.s,  PETROLISTBES  ...  517 

Ruffa  69 

rufipes,  NECROBIA 93 

rufo-punctatus,  PILUMNUS         135 


rugata,  ACT^A        ...          129,  516 

Ruggea        194 

rugosa,  CENOBITA  ...  140,  517 
rugosa,  CLATHURELLA  ...  473 
rugosa,  HALICHONDKIA  ...  531 
rugosa,  POCILLOPORA  ...  534 
rufifosa.PTEROCERA...  430,  523 
rugosa,  STTLOPHORA  ...  533 
rugosa,  TELLINA  ..  498,  528 

rugosa,  var.  pulchra,  CENOBITA  517 
rugosus,  STROMBUS...  428,  523 

Ruk 303 

RUPPELLIA  annulipes  137,  517 

rusei,  GEMMARIA    ..  389 

RUVETTUS 539,  544 

pretiosus          ...  515,  539,  541 


S. 

saccharina,  ACMAEA  402,  520 

SACCHARUM  officinarum    ...         63 

Sacco  3 

sacra,  ARDEA          ...        81,  82,  84 
sacra,  DEMIEGRETTA          ...       514 

Sai 63 

Sail 284 

St.  Thomas 106 

St.  Vincent's  Gulf...          498,  507 


Sagittate  leaf         10 

Sakuru        ...         ...         ...  5 

Salticidte 105,  106,  122 

Salu 292 

salar,  ARRIPIS         267 

SALARIAS     129,  189,  545 

marmoratus    ...  190,  515 

periopthalmus...          515,  545 
quadricornis    ...  191,515 

Samarai       273 

samar,  STROMBUS  ...          429,  523 

Samaria       194 

Sami 239 

Samoa  3,4,7,  14,  15,  21,  30,42, 
46,48,57,60,168,176,185, 
200,  230, 231, 238,  243,  246, 
258, 260, 273,  280, 283,  288, 
292, 293,  296, 298, 494,  495, 

503,  541,  545,  556 
Samoan  Archipelago  ...  106 
samoensis,  EULIMA...  521,  556 

samoensis,  MELINA...  495,  528 
samoensis,  MULLOIDES  184,  514 
samoerms,TROCHONANiNA  488,  528 
San  Augustin  Island  ...  8 

San  Bernardo  Island  . .  36 
SanChristoval  Island  245,258,494 
sanctce-helence,  CAEANX  ...  615 


INDEX. 


601 


sancti-petri,  CHORINEMUS  189,  515 

Sandals        243,  244,  304 

Sand,  coarse  ...         ...        75 

Sandpiper,  Grey-rumped...  81 
sandwicensis,  MARGINELLA  469, 

526,  550 

Sandwich  Islands  ...  188,  281 
sanguined,  ELYSIA  ...  486,  527 
sanguinea,  STOMATELLA  407,521, 

539 
sanguineus,  LEPTODITJS     ...       517 

Sanidine      ...         77 

Santa  Cruz 244,  255,  259 

sapientium,  MUSA 62 

SARCOPHTTA       324,  325,  331,  332 

SARCOPHYTUM        ...  213,  214,  324 

glaucum  ...  214,  533 

latum 215,  533 

trocheliophorum,  var.  amboi- 

nense  ...  215,533 
sarmentosa,  CARDAMINE  ...  39 
sarniensis,  PTYCHODERA  206, 207, 

208,  338,  339,  314,  345 
SARON  marmoratus  ...       518 

SAROTES  debilis      ...  106,  122,  519 

regius 106,  122 

Sa  Seve        43 

Saupou        68 

Savage  Island       ...  176,  201,  540 

Savaii  281 

Savani          183 

Savea  45 

savigniensis,  PSAMMOCERA  534 
savignii,  OPHIACTIS  ...  530 

Savo 245 

Saws,  Shark's  skin  ...      259 

saxea,  MONTIPOBA 535 

scabricula.  ERIPHIA  137,  517 

scabricula,  MONTIPORA  365,  535 
scabrosa,  MADREPORARIA  ...  534 

SCJEVOLA     102,  303 

koenigii  ...        17,  35,  95 

SCALA  hyalina        ...         ...       414 

ovalis 415,522 

paumotensis    ...          414,  522 
revoluta  ...          414,  522 

subauricuMa...          414,522 
SCALIOLA  caledonica          ...       415 
lapillifera       ...  415,  522 

Scaphopoda         551 

Scarlet  Hermit  Crab        ...         64 

SCARUS        198 

Scent  36,  40 

Scent  trees 36 

ScmsMOPE/erriezi...         ...       552 

plicata 520,  552 

schmdtziana,  ERATO  469,  626 


Scincidse 180 

SCINTILLA  oculinu  ..  503 

semiclausa  ...  503,  529 
SCISSURELLA  dedonia  ...  552 

equatoria  ...  520,  551 

Scleraxonia  308 

Sclerogorgia  308 

scofcinaia.TKLLiNA...  498,529 

i  SCOLOPAX  incana 81 

SCOLOPENDRA  morstcans  ...  519 
scolopendrina,  OPHIOCOMA  160,  530 
SCOLOPENDRA  platypus  ...  102 
scoleps,  PHYMOSOMA  ...  372 
scolops,  PHYSCOSOMA  393,  531 

Ncombresocidie 194 

Scombridte  190 

Scorpions 90 

Scorpioiiidse  ...  105.  107 
Scrapers,  Coconut  ..  ...  262 

Screw  Pine 29 

sculpta,  CYLINDROBULLA  485,  527 
scurra,  CYPR^EA  ...  449,524 

SCUTELLINA  404 

Scyphozoa...     370,  371,  383,  532 

Scytodffi      105,  122 

Sea  Anemone         532 

Sebo 68 

secunda,  MADREPOBA         . . .       534 

selebensis,  PUPA      488 

semiclausa,  SCINTILLA       503,  529 
seminula,  LUCINA  ...         ...       497 

semitexla,  NASSA     ...          462,525 

Senegal       106 

senta,  PHKNACOLEPAS        403,  520 

SEPIA  64,  68 

septata,  POCILLOPORA  ...  534 
SEPTIFKR  excisus  ...  492,  528 
septem-fasciatus,  GLYPHIDODON 

192,  515 

«eri,ViA       62 

SERIATOPOBA  conferta      ...       534 

spinosa  534 

Serranid« 181,545 

Serrate-toothed  Lancet    ...       300 

Sertularidae        372 

sertum,  JOPAS          ...          460,525 

Sesefonua 264 

SESiAmylo* 91 

setifer,  CasTODON 184 

setifer,  PAGUNUS  ...  516,517 
setosus,  TURBO  140, 143, 144, 150, 

400,  408,  521 

Seve 43 

sexlineatus,  GRAMMISTKS  514,  545 
sexspinosa,  PHEIDOLK  93,  94,  520 

Seychelles 106 

Shaou-shaou          84;  278 


602 


FUNAFUTI    ATOLL. 


Sharks        

Shark  hook 

Sharks' skin  Files... 
Sharks'  skin  Saws... 
Shark  tooth  Knives 
Shell  Trumpet 
Sherson  Islands  ... 
Sidmouth,  Cape  ... 

Sihi 

Sikamani     

Sikaiana  Island     . 


PAGE 

...  7,65 
...  272 
...  259 
...  259 
...  248 
...  299 
8 

...   560 
...   240 
44 

...20,276 
silicata,  EUSPONGIA       323,  324, 

331,  531 

SILVANUS  sp.         93 

Simbo  268,  304 

Simple  Fish-hooks  ...       265 

simplex,  ACANTHOMUEICEA  533 
simplex,  ANTHOMUBICEA  307,  310 
simplex,  CEBESIUM...  518,  520 
simplex,  OLIVELLA  ...  470,  526,  550 
sinesis,  MADBEPORARIA  ...  535 

Singa          270 

Singapore 106,  194 

singapurensis,  PSEUDOSCARUS 

194,  515 

Singlestick...          46 

SIPHONOGORGIA  ...  214,  223 
godeffroyi  ...  223,  533 
kollikeri  ...  224,  533 
macrospina  ...  224,  533 

pallida 223,  533 

SIPHONOGORGIN.S 223 

SIPHONOPHORA      ...          371,  377 

Sipnncnlidae        393 

Hipunculoidea     393 

SIPUNCULUS  funafuti       ...       531 

vastatus  531 

Sir  C.  Hardy  Island         ...      493 

Sirimiou      44 

SISTRUM  cancellatum  461,  525 
digitatum  ...  460,  525 

dumosum        565 

fiscellum          ...          461,  525 
horridum        ...          460, 525 

hystrix 460,  525 

morus 460,  525 

ricinus 460,  525 

tuberculatum...          461,525 

undatum         565 

SITOPHILUS  sp 93 

Skipjack      7 

smaragdinum,  OCTOBLEPHARUM 

22,40 
smaragdinus,  CBTPTOPTHALMUS 

562 
Society  Islands      168, 1 83, 187, 

230,  495,  498 


Soil 76 

SOLARIUM  hybridum  423,  522 

solida,  EULIMA       411 

solida,  LEPTASTR^A  353,  534 

solida,  HALICHONDRIA  323, 325, 531 
SOLIDOLA  sulcata  ..  482,  527 
sollasi,  PORCELLANA  144,  518 

sollasi,  TRICHOCAMBALA  ...  519 
Solomon  Islanders  33,285 

Solomon  Islands  4, 21, 32, 59, 77, 
90,  91,  230,  238,  240,  245, 
250, 258,  263, 267,  268, 272, 
280, 288, 298, 301 , 304, 498, 503 

Sophia  Island        4 

sordidiis,  GLTPHIDODON     192,  515 

Soui 198 

Soumou       ...         197 

Soumoulaia 194 

South  Africa          90 

South  Australia 502 

souverbianus,  PLESIOTROCHUS 

424,  522 

souverbiei,  PLECOTREMA  ...  487 
sowerbyana,  EHTSOTA  ...  21 

Spades         ...         260 

Spade-blade,  Tortoise  shell  260 
Spade,  Pinna  shell  ...  260 

Sparidie     185 

sped/era,  MADREPORA        356,  534 

speciosa,  ARANEUS 519 

speciosa,  ACT^ODES  127,  136,  517 
speciosa,  BARRINGTONIA  ...  20 
speciosa,  EPEIBA  ...  106,  120 
speciosa,  GUETTARDA  ...  22,  36 
speciosus,  PECTEN  ...  528,  565 
speciosa,  PETROLISTHES  ...  144 
speculator,  ASPIDOSIPHON...  394 

Speiden  Island      7 

SPHJERODON  grandoculis  186,  514 
SPHENOPHORUS  obscums  518,  519 

sulcipes 89,  81,  519 

Sphingidie 95 

SPHINX  urotus        91 

SPHYR^ENA  sp.  ...  199,  515 
spiculum,  CKRITHIUM  433,  523 

Spiders        89,  90, 96 

spinosa,  ACAMPTOGORGIA  532,  533 
spinosa,  CHAMA  ...  506,  529 
spinosa,  SEBIATOPOBA  ..  534 

Spinning  Tops       304 

SPINOSELLA  glomerata  323,  324, 

326,  531 
spinulifera,  MADBEPOBA  351,  359, 

535 
SpiRASTBELLApapiWosa323,  331, 

531 
spirata,  KISSOINA 422 


INDEX. 


603 


PAGE 

SPIBULA      402 

SPONDYLUS 510 

ocellatus          ...          493,  528 

Spongelidae         332 

Sponges 321 

Spongidse 331 

Spirastrelliilii'     331 

SPONGELIA  fragilis,  var.  irregu- 

laris     323,  332,  531 

SPONGODES 214 

curvicornis      ...          222,  533 

pallida 214,221,533 

SPONGODIN.S          221 

sponsalis,  CONUS     143 

squamat us,  ELYTRURUS  . .  .92,  519 
squamatus,  PECTEN  493,  528 

squamosa,  PSAMMOBIA  503,  529 
sguamosa,  LIMA  ...  493,  528 
sguamosa,  TRIDACNA  67,  251, 

504,529 

squarrosa,  MILLEPORA  371,374,  531 
squarrosa,  POCILLOPORA   ...       534 
Staff  denoting  Orator      ...        42 
steenstrupii,  ASPNXJSIPHON  372, 
391,  531 

Steering  paddles 260 

STENOGYRA  gracilis  488,  528 

interioris         488 

juncea 488 

STERNA  ancestheta 84,514 

melanauchen  81, 83, 86, 270, 

514 

sternalis,  METALIA 530 

Stewart's  Islands 96 

St.  Fe  de  Bogotk 106 

St.  Helena 106 

stimpsoni,  AGAUINA  527,  564 

Sting  Bay 201,292 

stipitata,  A  CANTHELLA  323, 329, 531 

stolidus,  ANGUS     84,514 

STOMATELLA  sanguinea  407, 521, 

549 

STOMATIA  phymotis  407,  521 

stomaticeformis,  HALIOTIS  402,  520 
STOMATOPODA  ...  127,  148 

Stone  bait 265 

Strap  291 

s<renuus,ALPH.sus 518 

STREPSILAS  interpres         ..        514 

striata,  A  LAB  A        414 

striata,  ATACTODEA  503,  529 

striata,  CLIO  ...          527,  563 

striatipes,  DICTIS  ...  106,  122,  519 
striatula,  MARGARITA  ...  406 
striatum,  PLECOTRBMA  ...  487 
striatus,  CONUS  ...  480,526 
itrictum,  CERITHIUM  433,  523 


STRIG ATELLA  columbell&formia  467 

fuscescena        466 

strigulosa,  WE  DELI  A  ...         39 

STROMBUS 258 

dentatus,  var.  rugosus  428,  523 
fioridus  ...401,428,523 

gibberulus        ...         428,  523 
hcemastoma     ...  428,  523 

lentiginosus     ...  428,  523 

luhuanus  68,  401,  428,  429, 

523 

samar 429,  523 

Shells 258 

terebellatus     ...          428,  523 

urceus 142,143 

Strong's  Island     ...  267,  270,  272 
Structure,  Physical          ...          9 
studeri,  BKBRYCK  ...  307,  314,  533 
STYLIPER  crotaphis  ...       412 

eliurneus          ...         ...       412 

variciferus      ...          411,  521 

STYLOPHORA          349 

compressa        ...         ...       533 

digitata  ...          351,  533 

flabellata         533 

lobata 534 

palmata          534 

pistiUata         534 

rugosa 533 

ntatns,  ACOMPSK  ...  106,  122,  519 
subauriculata,  SCALA  414,  522 

Suberitidse          330 

subpellucida,  CYTHEREA  501,  529 
subula,  CLIO  ...  527,  563 

subulata,  TEREBRA  481,  527 

subulatum,  TERKBELLUM   430,  523 

Sucker-fish 190 

sueziense,  CARDIUM  ...       504 

suffruticota,  POCILLOPORA  534 
sulcata,  SOLIDULA  ...  482,  527 
sulcatus,  PLANAXIS  140,401,424, 

522 

sulcatipes,  ATHANAS  ...  518 
sulcipes,  SPHENOPHORUS  89,  91, 

519 

Summary 40,  41 

Summary  of  the  Fauna  ...       513 
Summary  of  Preceding  Geo- 
logical Observations          18 
Sunday  Island       ...          166,  169 

Sun-shade 345 

superbus,  (Enipus 148 

superficial™,  PSAMMCK-ERA          534 

superfusa,  PORITIS 535 

supracostata,  EISSOINA  ...  422 
surolw,  CHLOANGES  90,  91,  620 
turculosa,  MADRIPOKARI  A  . . .  636 


604 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


SUBIANA  maritima 22 

Sus 269 

Suwarrow  Island  ...  199,  273,  540 

Swabee ...        23 

Swanu         23 

sweeti,  CAEDITA      ...          495,  528 

Sword-club 248 

Sword-fish 201 

Sword-fish  bill  Awls         ...       292 

Sydney        68,77,492 

Sydney  Harbour    ...          323,  560 
Sydney  Island       ...  168,  170,  171 

SYNAPTA  ooplax      530 

SYNAR.EA  undulata  ...       367 

syringodes,  MADREPORA      356,  534 


T. 

tabulate,,  ASTRJEOPORA      ...       535 
tabanula,  MITRA     ...          466,  525 

Taea 183 

Tachinaridae        97 

Tafitos         6 

taheitensis,  CORBULA  506,  529 

taheitensis,  NUMENIUS      ...       514 
Tahiti    37,90,93,  106,  168,  231, 
241,  243,  245,  252,  257,  265, 
267,  268,  269,  270,  274,  281, 

292, 295, 300, 303, 492,  501 
taitensis,  GARDENIA  ...         36 

taitensis,  PREMNA      22,  37,  274, 

300,  302 
taitensis,  URODTNAMIS  46,  86,  514 

Takamiti     43 

Takufonu 65 

taldboti,  GLANDICEPS         ...       208 

Talai  maeto  250 

Talla  talla  gemoa 39 

Talo 62 

talpa,  CYPRJEA        ...          450,  524 

Talwalphin 34 

Tainana       273 

Tamataniilema      63 

Tangaloa     49,  267,  271 

Tanifa         200 

Tanna         77,176 

Taou 68 

Tapetewea 95 

Tappa  cloth  ...          240,  271 

Tappa  plant  231 

Tappa  Tappa         146 

Tar 247 

Tarafo         44 

Taro 10,  62,  243 

Taro  Gardens        23 

Taro  Plantation     .  76 


PAGE 

Taro  Spade  of  bone          ...      264 

Tarowa        273,  275,  540 

Tasmania 493 

Taswell  Island       8 

Tatooing,  Manner  of        ...      238 

Taturi          44 

Taumata     245 

Taupoo        245 

Tausoun      37 

tauvina,  EPINEPHELUS       182,  514 

Tavita         52 

Te  afatule 5 

Te  afua       5 

Te  af ua  fale  niu 6 

Te  afua  fou 17 

Te  afu  alii 16 

Teafualoi 5 

Te  afualoto 6 

Teafuana 5 

Teafuanono 5 

Te  afuatakalau      6 

Te  afuavea 5 

Teafunina ...          5 

Te  anamu 5 

Te  api          188 

tectum,  MODULUS   ...          424,  522 

Te  fala  o  Inga       16 

Te  fala        6,  16 

Tefata        ..,        17 

Teforo          185 

Tefuafatu 16 

Tefualopa 16 

Tefuatife'e         16 

Tei 277 

Teia 183 

TEINOSTOMA  parvulum       521,  553 
paueicostatum  . . .       552 

qualum  ...  406,  521,  552 

tricarinata      ...          406,  521 

Teioumai     62 

TEINOSTATUM  rotatum  521,  553 
TEINOSTOMA  tricarinatum  521,  549 
TELLINA  crebrimaculata  500.  529 

dispar 498,  529 

ellicensis         ...          500,  529 
fijiensis  ...          500,  529 

flammula        ...          498,  529 
obliquaria        ...          498,  529 

obliquistriata 499 

opalina  ...          499,  529 

rhomboides      ...          499,  529 
robusta  ...          499,  529 

rugosa 498,  528 

scobinata         ...          498,  529 

tenuilirata      500 

Te  motumua  5 

Te  muri  te  fala     .  ...        16 


INDEX. 


605 


PAGE 

To  lie  brio  11  id  a- 
tenella,  ARCA 
tenera,  GLYPHOSTOMA 
tenera,  HAMINEA    ... 
tenera,  LIMA 
Te  ngasu     ... 
tenuidens,  FUNGIA  ... 
tenuilirata,  TELLINA 

Te  Pava      

Te  puka       

Te  puka  savilivili ... 
terce-regina,  PILUMNUS 
terebeUatus,  STROMBUS 
terebelloides,  PYRAMIDELLA  412, 

TEREBELLUM  subulatum 
TEREBRA     

qffinis 

crenulata 

dimidiata 

maculata  249, 259, 

Shell 

subulata 

tigrina  .. 
TEREDO  campanulata 

Te  rere        

Terematua  .. 
terrebellatus,  STROMBUS 
teres,  LITHOPHAGA  ... 

Teriki          

TERMINALIA  catappa 
terminalis,  CORDYLINE 
TERMITIA.    ... 

Termitidse 

Tern,  Black-naped 
Tern,  White-capped 
tessellatus,  CONUS   ... 
Teste  Island 
testudinaria,  CYPRJEA 
testudinarius,  EEMIPES 
TETRADRACHMUM  aruonuml91,515 
Tetragnathidee    . 
TETRAQNATHA  laqueata  106, 

panopea 

tetragonon,  GELASIMUS 
TETRALIA  cavimana 
TETRAPTURUS 
TETRODON  

citrinella 

immaculatus  . . . 

margaritatus  ... 

nigropunctatus    1! 

papua  ... 
Teuanuku  ... 
Tcuthidie 

RB 


91 

TEUTHIS  rostrata   ...          187,  515 

492,  528 

THALAMITA           138 

471,  526 

admete            ...          138,  517 

...       485 

integra            ...          138,  517 

493,  528 

Thatching  implements    ...       292 

17 

THECIDEA  barretti  ..         ...       510 

355,  534 

maxilla        494,  508,  510,  529 

...       500 

mediterranea  ...         ...       510 

16 

radiata             510 

16 

theis,  var.  mangareva,  ARANEDS  519 

16 

THESPESIA      40,  61,  277,  298,  299 

...       136 

populnea        ...      20,  37,  268 

428,  523 

THETIDOS    472 

LA  412, 

morsura          ...          473,  526 

521 

thetis,  TRIFORIS      ...          445,  523 

430,  523 

thiasotes,  DAPHNELLA        476,  526 

...       258 

thiasotes,  MANGILIA          ...      476 

481,  527 

ThomisidtB          ...         105,  122 

480,  527 

Thresher     199 

481,  527 

THUIARIA  divergens    371,  372,  531 

69,481, 
527 

Thunder  and  Lightning  Worship 

...       258 

Thursday  Island    ...          391,501 

481,  527 

THYNNUS    199 

481,  527 

pelamys           ...          267,  515 

...       507 

THYRSITES  544 

17 

Ti     88 

43 

Tiapa          45 

...       428 

tibiana,  EUNICE      392 

492,  528 

tibicen,  CALCINUS    144 

44 

Tibouro       43 

34 

Tierra  del  Fuego    289 

38 

Tifa  266 

...       100 

tigrina,  TEREBRA    ..          481,  527 

100 

tigris,  CYPR.EA         .,          452,  524 

83 

Tika  302,303 

83 

Tikimoa      175 

477,  526 

tiliaceus,  HIBISCUS  33,241 

...       503 

Timber  Trees         40 

449,  524 

Tinaimanu  45 

...        140 

Tinaman     ...         44 

m!91,515 

TINEA  desquamosa  6,69 

105,  121 

Tingia        276 

106, 

TINOPORUS  baculatus     16,  75,  198 

121,  519 

Tiora           248 

...       519 

Tiputa         240 

138  517 

Tiri     84 

127   138 

Tiro                48 

...     '542 

Tiro  the  Second    43 

...       546 

Tisala          10 

...       197 

Titi  ...           8,28,30,33,240,242 

198,  515 

Titi  dresses  102 

515,  546 

Titiesi         65 

,  198,  515 

Titika          802 

...       546 

Ti  tree        242 

30 

Toa             48 

'.'.'.       187 

Toddy         24 

606 


FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 


PAGE 

Toddy,  Manufacture  of    ...        24 

Togi 252 

Togi  fucca  anga  gehe      ...       251 

Tokelau       199,  229,  540 

Tokelau  Islands     8,  15,  28,  41, 

42,  46,  48,  249,  273 
Tokelau  ringworm  ...         69 

Tokelau  ring- worm  Cure ...  69, 70 

Toki ...         252,  255 

Toki  fasua 251 

Tokifonu 251 

Tonassa,  King       101 

Tonga      27,  32,  36,  44,  60, 106, 

252,  259, 260, 267, 271,  281, 

286,  293,  295,  494 
Tonga  Archipelago  106,  168, 

170,  172,  173 
tonganus,  OCTOPUS...          520,  550 

Tongatabu 176,  501 

TONICIASP 529 

confossa  550 

Tonna          70,  71 

Tools  248 

toona,  CEDRELA      260 

Top,  Spinning        304 

Torches       29 

toreuma,  VENUS     ...          501,  529 
TORNATINA  hadfieldi          482,  527 

leptekes  ...          527,  561 

valuta 482,  527 

TORNATELLINA  cotiica       487,  527 

oblonga  ...          487,  527 

torquatus,  TRIFORIS  440,  523 

Torres  Straits  292,  385, 492, 493, 

501,  503,  504,  561 
tortilis,  MITRULARIA  416,  522 
Tortoise  shell  hook  ...  266 
Tortoise  shell  spade-blade  260 
tortuosa,  MILLEPORA  371,  376,  532 

Tosi 242,252,292 

TOTANUS  griseopygius        ...         81 

incana 81 

incanus  81,514 

Totara  wood          267 

totara,  PODOCARPUS          ...       267 

Toua  44 

Touassa       43,  44 

Touassa's  trees      23 

Touriki        43 

Toulon  Island        258 

TOURNEFORTIA      41 

argentea         22,  37 

Tourouma 296,  297 

Toys 302 

Toy  Windmill        304 

TRACHTNOTUS  baillonii     190,  515 
Traditions,  Native  ...  42,  43 


PAGE 

tragema,  MONILEA  .  405,  521 
Trailed  Pearl  shell  hooks. . .  271 

trajectus,  RISSOA 418 

transenna,  EISSOINA  ...  420 
transmarina,  NACERDES  ...92,  519 
transversa,  LEPTASTR^A  354,  534 
transversaZis.CocciNELLA...  93 
translata,  REMIGIA  90,  91,  520 
TRAPEZIA  cymodoce  137,  517 

ferruginea       ...          137,  517 

Trap,  Fish 29 

Trapping  Birds      278 

Trap,  fiat 278 

Trees,  Coconut       100 

TRIBOLIUM  sp 93 

ferrugirteum 93 

tricarinata,  TEINOSTOMA  406,  521 
tricarinatum,  TEINOSTOMA  521, 549 
TRICHOCAMBALA  sollasi  ...  519 

tricuspis,  HIBISCUS 33 

TRIDACNA 249,  250 

Adze 251,254 

Axe     250 

gigas 504,  505,  529 

elongata        68,  401,  505,  529 
squamosa  67, 251, 504, 505, 529 

TRIDACOPHTLLIA 350 

tridentata,  PAL.EMONELLA         518 

trifasciatus,  UPENEUS         185,514 

TRIFORIS  cegle         ...          439,  523 

asperrimus      ...  523,  559 

bayani 448 

cinguliferus    ...         ...       441 

clio       443,  523 

collaris  ...          399, 439 

connatum        ...          ...       448 

corrugatus       ...          448,  523 
dolicha  ...  439,  523 

ducosensis       443 

gemmulatus    ...          ...       442 

incisus 447,  523 

limosa 444,446 

obesula 444,447,523 

ruber 441,  523 

thetis 445,  523 

torquatus         ...          440,  523 

vwlaceus         442 

TRIGONIA 510 

trigonalis,  PINNA 495 

triloba,  ALEURITES...         ...       238 

trilobatus,  CHILINUS  192,  515 

trimurata,  PORITES  ...       535 

tringa,  COLUMBELLA          464,  525 

Trinity  Bay  491 

triostegus,  ACANTHURUS  187,  515 
triquetrum,  PSILOTUM  ...  39 
tristis,  ANTIPATHELLA  . . .  385 


INDEX. 


607 


PAGE 

TEITHEMIS  bipunctata,     ...        99 

TRITON  ge mmatus  ...          141,143 

pilearis  ...          140,  144 

tritonis,  TRITONIUM  455,  524 

TRITONIUM  cJilorostomum  456,  524 

digitate  ...          456,  524 

gemmatum      ...          456,  524 

maculosum      ...          456,  524 

pileare 456,  524 

tritonis  ...          455,  524 

tuberosum       ...          456,  524 

TBIUMFETTA          ...         ...         41 

procumbens     ...         ...         39 

TRIVIA  oryaa  ...          455,524 

Treasury  Island    258 

Trobriands 273,541 

TBOCHONANINA  samoensis  488,  528 
trocheliophoi-um,  SARCOPHTTUM 

215,  533 

Trochmorphae     21 

TEOCHUS  atropurpureus     404,  520 

fastigatus        ...          404,  521 

obeliscus          ...  401,  404,  520 

tubijerus         ...          404,  520 

TROGOSITA  mauritanica    ...        93 

Tropical  America 101 

troschelli,  PSEUDOSCARUS  194,  515 

Trumpet,  Shell      299 

TRUNCATELLA  valida         417,  522 

vitiana  417 

TRYGON  sp 516 

Trygonidae  201 

Tubai  Islands        167 

Tuber          62 

tuber -culatum,  SISTRUM  461,  525 
tuberculatus,  IPHITTJS  ...  555 
<u6ercuZosMm,ALCYONiUM...  213 
tuberculosum,  LOBOPHTTUM 

213,  217,  533 

tuberosa,  MONTIPORA  364,  535 
tuberosum,  TRITONIUM  456,  524 
tubiferus,  TROCHUS  ..  404,520 

Tucopia       281 

Tufe 263 

Tufokoula 46 

Tugimoa     279 

Tui  fonu      292 

Tui  sokera 292 

Tukai  240,241 

Tukai  dress 233,240 

Tukka          244 

Tukkatukka  kula 24 

Tukka  tukka  gea 24 

Tukituki 299 

Tullatulla 39 

tulipa,  CONUS  ...  480,526 
Tumti  183 


PAGB 

Tupuselei    492,  494 

TURBINARIA  ...  ...          350 

Turbinolidte        351 

TURBO         64,129 

argyrostomus  ...          408,  521 
petholatus,  var.  caledonicus 

408,  521 
setosus    140,  143,  144,  150, 

400,  408,  521 

Shell 64 

turcarum,  ECHINOTHRIX    155,  530 

TURRICULA  angulosa  467,  526 

exasperata       ...          525,  560 

gruneri  ...          467, 525 

nodosa  ..         ...          468,  526 

pUsbryi  ...          468,  526 

variata  ...          467,  526 

turricula,  RISSOINA  ...       421 

turriculata,  ATLANTA         527,  561 

tumta,  PYRAMIDELLA        412,  521 

TURRITKLLA  concava          427,  523 

Turtle          65,66,67 

Turtle  Axes  ...          251,  252 

Turtle  bone  Awls 292 

Turtle,  Green        65 

Turtle,  Incantation  to     ...        66 

Turtle-shell  269 

Turtle-shell  Axe 252 

Tutaga  Islet  549,  550,  551, 552, 
554, 555, 556,  557,  558, 561, 

562,  563,  564,  565 

Tutanga      16 

Tutuila        176,495 

Twai  264 

Twaikarea 262 

typa,  CALLIANIDEA  ...       518 

typicus,  ANICULUS  127, 144, 150, 

517 


U. 

Ualan          21 

Uea  Island 504 

Ugi 245 

Ulakita        5 

Uloboridse 105, 121 

ULOBORUS  geniculatus      ...       519 

zosis     106,121 

ULOMA  cavicollis    91,519 

insularis         91,519 

Ulutoa         302 

umbellifera,  PORITES  ...  535 
umbilicata  NATIC A  ...  41 6,  522 
umbraculatus,  MONOCRBPIDIUS 

91,519 

undatum,  SISTRUM 565 

undosuj,  CANTHABUS         457,  525 


608 


FUNAFUTI   ATOLL. 


undulata,  SYNAB.&A          ...      367 

Ungakoa     243,  427 

Ungulates 59 

unicornis,  CHAMA  ...  506,  529 
unilineatum,  CERITHIUM  ...  434 
Union  Group  199, 229, 249,  269, 

273.  540 

unizonalis,  DBILLIA  470,  526 

UPENETTS  trifasciatus  185,  514 
Upolu  ...  106,  176,  498,  501 

urceus,  STBOMBUS  ...  142,  Ii3 
urodelus,  EPINEPHELTTS  181,  514 
UBODTNAMIS  taitensis  46,  86,  514 
UBOGYMNUS  asperrimus  201,  516 

Urotoa         303 

urotus,  SPHINX       91 

Uta  maunga  ...         ...         23 

UTETHEBIA  pulchella  ...  91 
utriculus,  PHYSALIA  371,  377, 

378,  380,  381,  382 


V. 

vagdbunda,  HOLOTHUBIA  161,  530 

Vaitalo        304 

Vaitupu  4,  6, 7,  8, 17,  23, 33, 43, 
53,  57,  62,  68,  231, 234, 252, 

282,  294,  295 

Vaka  32,283 

Vakatua      48,283 

Vala  vala 37,  274,  300 

valida,  TBUNCATELLA  417,  522 
validum,  LOBOPHYTUM  216,  533 

Valparaiso 106 

Vanikoro     93 

VANIKOEO  gueriniana        416,  522 

Vanua  Levu  9 

wrians.CoLUMBELLA  462,  525, 550 
varians,  PHYSCOSOMA  ...  531 
variata,  TUBBICULA  467,  526 

variciferus,  STYLIFEB  411,  521 
varicosa,  PHYLLIDIA  527,  562 

variegatum,  CEBITHIUM    ...       523 

Vate 503 

Van 7 

Vanna          156 

vastatus,  SIPUNCULTJS       ...       531 

Vegetation 20-41 

Vei'i 295 

Veitegi  vutu          32 

velata,  ABCA  ...  491,  528 
vellida,  JUNONIA  ... 89, 90, 95,  520 
venatoria,  HETEBOPODA  519 

VENEBUPIS  macrophylla  502,  529 
ventricosa,  ABANEUS  ...  519 
ventricosa,  EPEIBA 110 


VENUS  listen  ...  502,529 
puerpera  ...  502,  529 
toreuma  ...  501,  529 

Vermes      371,372,369 

VEBMETUS  imbricatus       ...       427 

maximus         68,  243,  426,  523 

vermiculatus,  CONUS  478,  526 

VEBONICA 238 

VEBRUCELLA          312 

flabellata  307,  319,  320,  533 
verrucosa.  MONTIPORA  363,  535 
verrucosa,  POCILLOPOEA  352,  534 
versipora,  ASTB^EA  ..  352,  534 
VEBTAGU8  cedo-nulli  ...  144 
lineatus  ...  140,  142,  143 

vertebrale,  C.2ECUM  ...  425,  522,  550 
VEETIGO  pediculus  . . .  488,  528 

Vesi 31 

vespertilio,  PILUMNUS  ...  136 
vestitus,  ABACHNOCEPHALUS  100, 

520 

vestitus,  PILUMNUS...  132,  136,  516 
vexillum,  CONUS  ...  478,  526 

Via  gaga     62 

Via  inila      62 

Via  seri       62 

vibex,  CASSIS  ...          455,  524 

vicaria,  ENDODONTA          ...       488 

victor,  MANGILIA 476 

vidua,  DBILLIA      ...         ...       471 

Views  of  Pacific  Vegetation  21 
VILLOGOBGIA  flagellata  307, 312, 

314,  533 
intricata          ...          314,  533 

rubra 532 

ruber 533 

vincenti,  MANGILIA  ...       476 

violacea,  DIOCLEA 38 

violacea,  NATICA  ...  415,  522 
violaceus  CAPULUS  ...  416,  522 
violaceus,  TBIFOBIS  ...  442 

virescens,  CLIBANABIUS  143,  517 
virgata,  DIALA  ...  422,  522 
virgata,  MITEA  ...  467,  525 
virgatus,  PLAN  AXIS  ...  425 

virgula,  CLIO  ...  527,  562 

viride,  ALCYONIUM  ..  213,  220 
viride,  LOBOPHYTUM  ...  533 

viride,  LOBULABIA 220 

vitellus,  CYPB^A    ...          453,  524 

Viti 106 

vitiana,  TBUNCATELLA  ...  417 
vitiensis,  Mus  166,  168,  169,  170 
vitrea,  HAMINEA  ...  485,527 

vittata,  LISPE          97,520 

vitulinus,  CONUS  ...  479,526 
vividula,  PBENOLEPIS  ...  520 


INDEX. 


VOLUTA 

Voluta,  TORNATINA 

VOLUTELLA  elotigata 
vulgaris,  LAGENARIA 
vulpes,  ALOPIAS 


W. 


PAGE 

...  397 
482,  527 
...  470 
...  167 
199,  516 


168 
504 

482,  527 
45,248 
41 


Wallis  Island 
waughiana,  EETUSA 
Weapons 
WEDELIA 

strigulosa        ...         ...         39 

West  Africa  ......         90 

Western  America  ......       101 

White  Ants  .........  26,100 

White-capped  Tern          ...         83 
uilleyi,  GEMMARIA...  372,  387,  533 
Wind  ...         .  .....         19 

Windmill,  Toy       ......       304 

Winter        .........         19 

wisemanni,  PHASIANELLA  407,  521 
Witteewittee         ......       267 

Woman's  Dress     ...        32,33,34 
Woman's  Fibre  tree         ...         33 
Wonga         .........       269 

Wooden  Box-tubs  ...          2%,  297 
Wooden  Dishes     ......       297 

Wooden  Knife       ......       302 

Wooden  Mortar     ......       298 

woodfordi,  MARQERONIA  ...        90 
Woodlark  Island  ...          498,  503 
Worship       .........  46,48 

Wrestling   .........         46 


X.  PAGE 

XANTHODES  granosomanus  130 
lamarckii  ...  130,516 
nitidulus  ...  127,  130,  516 


Yakoba 

Yaro 

Yarn 

Ysabel  Island 

Yappi 

Yap 


Y 


44 
37 
288 
245 
188 
502 


Z. 

ZANCLUS      545 

cornutus          ...          514,  545 

Zanzibar     106 

zebra,  ARCA 491,528 

zebra,  CLIBANARIUS  ...  517 
2e&rioZata,OMPHALOTROPis417, 522 
zebrum,  CERITHITJM  434,  523 
Zoantharia  ...  384, 385 
ZoaithMn  385 

ZOANTHUS  coppingeri        ...       385 
funafuiiensis  372, 385, 390, 533 

jukesii 386,387 

Zodiacal  light        19 

zosis,  ULOBORUS  ...  106,  121 
ZOZYMUS  ceneus  ...  131,  516 


ADDENDUM. 


ANTHOMURICEA  argentea...  312 

chcemelon        312 

argentea,  AUTHOMURICEA...  312 
BALANOGLOSSUS  kupfferi  335,  345 
Brachiopoda  ...  397, 402 

CARPOPHAGA pistrinaria  ...  513 

chcemelnn,  ANTHOMURICEA  312 

COLUMBELLA  sagitta         ...  463 

CORYNOCARPUS  IcBvigata   ...  167 

dance,  POCILLOPORA           ...  534 

decumanus,  Mus     ...         ...  167 

ECHINELLA  gaidvi 424 

EOLIS           562 

EPICARIDEA            ...         ...  127 

Fasua  noa 505 

Feki  401 


PAGE 

Formol        189 

gaidei,  ECHINELLA 424 

kupfferi,  BALANOOLOSSTJS  335,  345 
LAGENARIA  vulgaris          ...       167 
Icevigata,  CORYNOCARPUS  ...       167 
lambis,  PTEROCEEA  ...       429 

lalum,  SARCOPHYTUM       ...       538 
Mus  decumanus      ...         ...       167 

POLYPLACOPHORA  ...          397,  402 

PORPHYRIO 167 

PTEROCERA  lambis 429 

Pukeko        167 

Rat,  Native           174 

RISSOINA     462 

sagitta,  COLUMBELLA        ...  463 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


'JUN 


Form  L9-Series  4939 


,UC  SOUTHED  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

Illllllllllllllllll 
AA    001  028  707   6 


DU 

590 

H359a 


I 


PLEASE  DO   NOT    REMOVE 
THIS   BOOK  CARD* 


University  Research  Library